diff options
| author | Roger Frank <rfrank@pglaf.org> | 2025-10-15 04:42:32 -0700 |
|---|---|---|
| committer | Roger Frank <rfrank@pglaf.org> | 2025-10-15 04:42:32 -0700 |
| commit | b7c211292df91c8580133c8b61defb55cb58bfef (patch) | |
| tree | 9fc88af0d9fdb1478982d4c1eddfb3f47b4dbd9e /old | |
Diffstat (limited to 'old')
| -rw-r--r-- | old/13603-8.txt | 18725 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/13603-8.zip | bin | 0 -> 298082 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/13603.txt | 18725 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/13603.zip | bin | 0 -> 297984 bytes |
4 files changed, 37450 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/old/13603-8.txt b/old/13603-8.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..804a372 --- /dev/null +++ b/old/13603-8.txt @@ -0,0 +1,18725 @@ +Project Gutenberg's The Hawaiian Romance Of Laieikawai, by Anonymous + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + + +Title: The Hawaiian Romance Of Laieikawai + +Author: Anonymous + +Release Date: October 5, 2004 [EBook #13603] + +Language: English + +Character set encoding: ISO-8859-1 + +*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE HAWAIIAN ROMANCE OF LAIEIKAWAI *** + + + + +Produced by Karen Lofstrom and the PG Online Distributed Proofreading +Team. This file was produced from images generously made available +by the Bibliotheque nationale de France (BnF/Gallica) at +http://gallica.bnf.fr + + + + + +THE HAWAIIAN ROMANCE OF + +LAIEIKAWAI + + +WITH INTRODUCTION AND TRANSLATION + +BY + +MARTHA WARREN BECKWITH + + + +[Illustration: A KAHUNA OR NATIVE SORCERER] + + + + +PREFACE + + +This work of translation has been undertaken out of love for the land of +Hawaii and for the Hawaiian people. To all those who have generously aided +to further the study I wish to express my grateful thanks. I am indebted to +the curator and trustees of the Bishop Museum for so kindly placing at my +disposal the valuable manuscripts in the museum collection, and to Dr. +Brigham, Mr. Stokes, and other members of the museum staff for their help +and suggestions, as well as to those scholars of Hawaiian who have +patiently answered my questions or lent me valuable material--to Mr. Henry +Parker, Mr. Thomas Thrum, Mr. William Rowell, Miss Laura Green, Mr. Stephen +Desha, Judge Hazelden of Waiohinu, Mr. Curtis Iaukea, Mr. Edward +Lilikalani, and Mrs. Emma Nawahi. Especially am I indebted to Mr. Joseph +Emerson, not only for the generous gift of his time but for free access to +his entire collection of manuscript notes. My thanks are also due to the +hosts and hostesses through whose courtesy I was able to study in the +field, and to Miss Ethel Damon for her substantial aid in proof reading. +Nor would I forget to record with grateful appreciation those Hawaiian +interpreters whose skill and patience made possible the rendering into +English of their native romance--Mrs. Pokini Robinson of Maui, Mr. and Mrs. +Kamakaiwi of Pahoa, Hawaii, Mrs. Kama and Mrs. Supé of Kalapana, and Mrs. +Julia Bowers of Honolulu. I wish also to express my thanks to those +scholars in this country who have kindly helped me with their criticism--to +Dr. Ashley Thorndike, Dr. W.W. Lawrence, Dr. A.C.L. Brown, and Dr. A.A. +Goldenweiser. I am indebted also to Dr. Roland Dixon for bibliographical +notes. Above all, thanks are due to Dr. Franz Boas, without whose wise and +helpful enthusiasm this study would never have been undertaken. + +MARTHA WARREN BECKWITH. + +COLUMBIA UNIVERSITY, + +October, 1917. + + + + +CONTENTS + +Introduction + +I. The book and its writer + +II. Nature and the Gods as reflected in the story + 1. Polynesian origin of Hawaiian romance + 2. Polynesian cosmogony + 3. The demigod as hero + 4. The earthly paradise; divinity in man and nature + 5. The story: its mythical character + 6. The story as a reflection of aristocratic social life + +III. The art of composition + 1. Aristocratic nature of Polynesian art + 2. Nomenclature: its emotional value + 3. Analogy: its pictorial quality + 4. The double meaning; plays on words + 5. Constructive elements of style + +IV. Conclusions + +Persons in the story +Action of the story +Background of the story + +Text and translation + +Chapter I. The birth of the Princess[A] + II. The flight to Paliuli + III. Kauakahialii meets the Princess + VI. Aiwohikupua goes to woo the Princess + V. The boxing match with Cold-nose + VI. The house thatched with bird feathers + VII. The Woman of the Mountain + VIII. The refusal of the Princess + IX. Aiwohikupua deserts his sisters + X. The sisters' songs + XI. Abandoned in the forest + XII. Adoption by the Princess + XIII. Hauailiki goes surf riding + XIV. The stubbornness of Laieikawai + XV. Aiwohikupua meets the guardians of Paliuli + XVI. The Great Lizard of Paliuli + XVII. The battle between the Dog and the Lizard + XVIII. Aiwohikupua's marriage with the Woman of the Mountain + XIX. The rivalry of Hina and Poliahu + XX. A suitor is found for the Princess + XXI. The Rascal of Puna wins the Princess + XXII. Waka's revenge + XXIII. The Puna Rascal deserts the Princess + XXIV. The marriage of the chiefs + XXV. The Seer finds the Princess + XXVI. The Prophet of God + XXVII. A journey to the Heavens + XXVIII. The Eyeball-of-the-Sun + XXIX. The warning of vengeance + XXX. The coming of the Beloved + XXXI. The Beloved falls into sin + XXXII. The Twin Sister + XXXIII. The Woman of Hana + XXXIV. The Woman of the Twilight + +[Footnote A: The titles of chapters are added for +convenience in reference and are not found in the text.] + + +Notes on the text + +Appendix: Abstracts from Hawaiian stories + I. Song of Creation, as translated by Liliuokalani + II. Chants relating to the origin of the group + III. Hawaiian folk tales, romances, or moolelo + +Index to references + + +ILLUSTRATIONS + +PLATE 91. A kahuna or native sorcerer + 92. In the forests of Puna + 93. A Hawaiian paddler + 94. Mauna Kea in its mantle of snow + 95. A native grass house of the humbler class + + + + +INTRODUCTION + +I. THE BOOK AND ITS WRITER; SCOPE OF THE PRESENT EDITION + + +The _Laieikawai_ is a Hawaiian romance which recounts the wooing of a +native chiefess of high rank and her final deification among the gods. +The story was handed down orally from ancient times in the form of a +_kaao_, a narrative rehearsed in prose interspersed with song, in which +form old tales are still recited by Hawaiian story-tellers.[1] It was +put into writing by a native Hawaiian, Haleole by name, who hoped thus +to awaken in his countrymen an interest in genuine native story-telling +based upon the folklore of their race and preserving its ancient +customs--already fast disappearing since Cook's rediscovery of the group +in 1778 opened the way to foreign influence--and by this means to +inspire in them old ideals of racial glory. Haleole was born about the +time of the death of Kaméhaméha I, a year or two before the arrival of +the first American missionaries and the establishment of the Protestant +mission in Hawaii. In 1834 he entered the mission school at Lahainaluna, +Maui, where his interest in the ancient history of his people was +stimulated and trained under the teaching of Lorrin Andrews, compiler of +the Hawaiian dictionary, published in 1865, and Sheldon Dibble, under +whose direction David Malo prepared his collection of "Hawaiian +Antiquities," and whose History of the Sandwich Islands (1843) is an +authentic source for the early history of the mission. Such early +Hawaiian writers as Malo, Kamakau, and John Ii were among Haleole's +fellow students. After leaving school he became first a teacher, then an +editor. In the early sixties he brought out the _Laieikawai_, first as +a serial in the Hawaiian newspaper, the _Kuokoa_, then, in 1863, in book +form.[2] Later, in 1885, two part-Hawaiian editors, Bolster and Meheula, +revised and reprinted the story, this time in pamphlet form, together +with several other romances culled from Hawaiian journals, as the +initial volumes of a series of Hawaiian reprints, a venture which ended +in financial failure.[3] The romance of _Laieikawai_ therefore remains +the sole piece of Hawaiian, imaginative writing to reach book form. Not +only this, but it represents the single composition of a Polynesian mind +working upon the material of an old legend and eager to create a genuine +national literature. As such it claims a kind of classic interest. + +The language, although retaining many old words unfamiliar to the +Hawaiian of to-day, and proverbs and expressions whose meaning is now +doubtful, is that employed since the time of the reduction of the speech +to writing in 1820, and is easily read at the present day. Andrews +incorporated the vocabulary of this romance into his dictionary, and in +only a few cases is his interpretation to be questioned. The songs, +though highly figurative, present few difficulties. So far as the +meaning is concerned, therefore, the translation is sufficiently +accurate. But as regards style the problem is much more difficult. To +convey not only the meaning but exactly the Hawaiian way of seeing +things, in such form as to get the spirit of the original, is hardly +possible to our language. The brevity of primitive speech must be +sacrificed, thus accentuating the tedious repetition of detail--a trait +sufficiently characteristic of Hawaiian story-telling. Then, too, common +words for which we have but one form, in the original employ a variety +of synonyms. "Say" and "see" are conspicuous examples. Other words +identical in form convey to the Polynesian mind a variety of ideas +according to the connection in which they are used--a play upon words +impossible to translate in a foreign idiom. Again, certain relations +that the Polynesian conceives with exactness, like those of direction +and the relation of the person addressed to the group referred to, are +foreign to our own idiom; others, like that of time, which we have more +fully developed, the Polynesian recognizes but feebly. In face of these +difficulties the translator has reluctantly foregone any effort to +heighten the charm of the strange tale by using a fictitious idiom or by +condensing and invigorating its deliberation. Haleole wrote his tale +painstakingly, at times dramatically, but for the most part concerned +for its historic interest. We gather from his own statement and from the +breaks in the story that his material may have been collected from +different sources. It seems to have been common to incorporate a +_Laieikawai_ episode into the popular romances, and of these episodes +Haleole may have availed himself. But we shall have something more to +say of his sources later; with his particular style we are not +concerned. The only reason for presenting the romance complete in all +its original dullness and unmodified to foreign taste is with the +definite object of showing as nearly as possible from the native angle +the genuine Polynesian imagination at work upon its own material, +reconstructing in this strange tale of the "Woman of the Twilight" its +own objective world, the social interests which regulate its actions and +desires, and by this means to portray the actual character of the +Polynesian mind. + +This exact thing has not before been done for Hawaiian story and I do +not recall any considerable romance in a Polynesian tongue so +rendered.[4] Admirable collections of the folk tales of Hawaii have been +gathered by Thrum, Remy, Daggett, Emerson, and Westervelt, to which +should be added the manuscript tales collected by Fornander, translated +by John Wise, and now edited by Thrum for the Bishop Museum, from which +are drawn the examples accompanying this paper. But in these collections +the lengthy recitals which may last several hours in the telling or run +for a couple of years as serial in some Hawaiian newspaper are of +necessity cut down to a summary narrative, sufficiently suggesting the +flavor of the original, but not picturing fully the way in which the +image is formed in the mind of the native story-teller. Foreigners and +Hawaiians have expended much ingenuity in rendering the _mélé_ or chant +with exactness,[5] but the much simpler if less important matter of +putting into literal English a Hawaiian _kaao_ has never been attempted. + +To the text such ethnological notes have been added as are needed to +make the context clear. These were collected in the field. Some were +gathered directly from the people themselves; others from those who had +lived long enough among them to understand their customs; others still +from observation of their ways and of the localities mentioned in the +story; others are derived from published texts. An index of characters, +a brief description of the local background, and an abstract of the +story itself prefaces the text; appended to it is a series of abstracts +from the Fornander collection, of Hawaiian folk stories, all of which +were collected by Judge Fornander in the native tongue and later +rendered into English by a native translator. These abstracts illustrate +the general character of Hawaiian story-telling, but specific +references should be examined in the full text, now being edited by the +Bishop Museum. The index to references includes all the Hawaiian +material in available form essential to the study of romance, together +with the more useful Polynesian material for comparative reference. It +by no means comprises a bibliography of the entire subject. + + + +_Footnotes to Section I: Introduction_ + +[Footnote 1: Compare the Fijian story quoted by Thomson (p. 6).] + +[Footnote 2: Daggett calls the story "a supernatural folklore legend of +the fourteenth century," and includes an excellent abstract of the +romance, prepared by Dr. W.D. Alexander, in his collection of Hawaiian +legends. Andrews says of it (Islander, 1875, p. 27): "We have seen that +a Hawaiian Kaao or legend was composed ages ago, recited and kept in +memory merely by repetition, until a short time since it was reduced to +writing by a Hawaiian and printed, making a duodecimo volume of 220 +pages, and that, too, with the poetical parts mostly left out. It is +said that this legend took six hours in the recital." In prefacing his +dictionary he says: "The Kaao of Laieikawai is almost the only specimen +of that species of language which has been laid before the public. Many +fine specimens have been printed in the Hawaiian periodicals, but are +neither seen nor regarded by the foreign community."] + +[Footnote 3: The changes introduced by these editors have not been +followed in this edition, except in a few unimportant omissions, but the +popular song printed below appears first in its pages: + + "Aia Laie-i-ka-wai + I ka uka wale la o Pali-uli; + O ka nani, o ka nani, + Helu ekahi o ia uka. + + "E nanea e walea ana paha, + I ka leo nahenahe o na manu. + + "Kau mai Laie-i-ka-wai + I ka eheu la o na manu; + O ka nani, o ka nani, + Helu ekahi o Pali-uli. + + "E nanea, etc. + + "Ua lohe paha i ka hone mai, + O ka pu lau-i a Malio; + Honehone, honehone, + Helu ekahi o Hopoe. + + "E nanea, etc." + + Behold Laieikawai + On the uplands of Paliuli; + Beautiful, beautiful, + The storied one of the uplands. + + REF.--Perhaps resting at peace, + To the melodious voice of the birds. + + Laieikawai rests here + On the wings of the birds; + Beautiful, beautiful, + The storied one of the uplands. + + She has heard perhaps the playing + Of Malio's ti-leaf trumpet; + Playfully, playfully, + The storied one of Hopoe.] + +[Footnote 4: Dr. N. B. Emerson's rendering of the myth of _Pele and +Hiiaka_ quotes only the poetical portions. Her Majesty Queen Liluokalani +interested herself in providing a translation of the _Laieikawai,_ and +the Hon. Sanford B. Dole secured a partial translation of the story; but +neither of these copies has reached the publisher's hands.] + +[Footnote 5: The most important of these chants translated from the +Hawaiian are the "Song of Creation," prepared by Liliuokalani; the "Song +of Kualii," translated by both Lyons and Wise, and the prophetic song +beginning _"Haui ka lani,"_ translated by Andrews and edited by Dole. To +these should be added the important songs cited by Fornander, in full or +in part, which relate the origin of the group, and perhaps the name song +beginning "The fish ponds of Mana," quoted in Fornander's tale of +_Lonoikamakahiki_, the canoe-chant in _Kana_, and the wind chants in +_Pakaa_.] + + +II. NATURE AND THE GODS AS REFLECTED IN THE STORY + +1. POLYNESIAN ORIGIN OF HAWAIIAN ROMANCE + +Truly to interpret Hawaiian romance we must realize at the start its +relation to the past of that people, to their origin and migrations, +their social inheritance, and the kind of physical world to which their +experience has been confined. Now, the real body of Hawaiian folklore +belongs to no isolated group, but to the whole Polynesian area. From New +Zealand through the Tongan, Ellice, Samoan, Society, Rarotongan, +Marquesan, and Hawaiian groups, fringing upon the Fijian and the +Micronesian, the same physical characteristics, the same language, +customs, habits of life prevail; the same arts, the same form of +worship, the same gods. And a common stock of tradition has passed from +mouth to mouth over the same area. In New Zealand, as in Hawaii, men +tell the story of Maui's fishing and the theft of fire.[1] A close +comparative study of the tales from each group should reveal local +characteristics, but for our purpose the Polynesian race is one, and its +common stock of tradition, which at the dispersal and during the +subsequent periods of migration was carried as common treasure-trove of +the imagination as far as New Zealand on the south and Hawaii on the +north, and from the western Fiji to the Marquesas on the east, repeats +the same adventures among similar surroundings and colored by the same +interests and desires. This means, in the first place, that the race +must have developed for a long period of time in some common home of +origin before the dispersal came, which sent family groups migrating +along the roads of ocean after some fresh land for settlement;[2] in the +second place, it reflects a period of long voyaging which brought about +interchange of culture between far distant groups.[3] As the Crusades +were the great exchange for west European folk stories, so the days of +the voyagers were the Polynesian crusading days. The roadway through the +seas was traveled by singing bards who carried their tribal songs as a +race heritage into the new land of their wanderings. Their inns for +hostelry were islets where the boats drew up along the beach and the +weary oarsmen grouped about the ovens where their hosts prepared cooked +food for feasting. Tales traveled thus from group to group with a +readiness which only a common tongue, common interests, and a common +delight could foster, coupled with the constant competition of family +rivalries. + +Hawaiian tradition reflects these days of wandering.[4] A chief vows to +wed no woman of his own group but only one fetched from "the land of +good women." An ambitious priest seeks overseas a leader of divine +ancestry. A chief insulted by his superior leads his followers into +exile on some foreign shore. There is exchange of culture-gifts, +intermarriage, tribute, war. Romance echoes with the canoe song and the +invocation to the confines of Kahiki[5]--this in spite of the fact that +intercourse seems to have been long closed between this northern group +and its neighbors south and east. When Cook put in first at the island +of Kauai, most western of the group, perhaps guided by Spanish charts, +perhaps by Tahitian navigators who had preserved the tradition of +ancient voyages,[6] for hundreds of years none but chance boats had +driven upon its shores.[7] But the old tales remained, fast bedded at +the foundation of Hawaiian imaginative literature. As now recited they +take the form of chants or of long monotonous recitals like the +_Laieikawai_, which take on the heightened form of poetry only in +dialogue or on occasions when the emotional stress requires set song. +Episodes are passed along, from one hero cycle to another, localities +and names vary, and a fixed form in matter of detail relieves the +stretch of invention; in fact, they show exactly the same phenomena of +fixing and reshaping, that all story-telling whose object is to please +exhibits in transference from mouth to mouth. Nevertheless, they are +jealously retentive of incident. The story-teller, generally to be found +among the old people of any locality, who can relate the legends as they +were handed down to him from the past is known and respected in the +community. We find the same story[8] told in New Zealand and in Hawaii +scarcely changed, even in name. + + + +_Footnotes to Section II, 1: Polynesian Origin of Hawaiian Romance_ + +[Footnote 1: Bastian In Samoanische Schöpfungssage (p. 8) says: +"Oceanien (im Zusammenbegriff von Polynesien und Mikronesien) +repräsentirt (bei vorläufigem Ausschluss von Melanesien schon) einen +Flächenraum, der alles Aehnliche auf dem Globus intellectualis weit +übertrifft (von Hawaii bis Neu-Seeland, von der Oster-Insel bis zu den +Marianen), und wenn es sich hier um Inseln handelt durch Meeresweiten +getrennt, ist aus solch insularer Differenzirung gerade das Hilfsmittel +comparativer Methode geboten für die Induction, um dasselbe, wie +biologiseh sonst, hier auf psychologischem Arbeitsfelde zur Verwendung +zu bringen." Compare: Krämer, p. 394; Finck, in Royal Scientific Society +of Göttingen, 1909.] + +[Footnote 2: Lesson says of the Polynesian groups (I, 378): "On sait ... +que tous ont, pour loi civile et religieuse, la même interdiction; que +leurs institutions, leurs cérémonies sont semblables; que leurs +croyances sont foncièrement identiques; qu'ils ont le même culte, les +mêmes coutumes, les mêmes usages principaux; qu'ils ont enfin les mêmes +moeurs et les mêmes traditions. Tout semble donc, a priori, annoncer +que, quelque soit leur éloignement les uns des autres, les Polynesiens +ont tiré d'une même source cette communauté d'idées et de langage; +qu'ils ne sont, par consequent, que les tribus disperses d'une même +nation, et que ces tribus ne se sont séparées qu'à une epoque où la +langue et les idées politiques et religieuses de cette nation étaient +déja fixées."] + +[Footnote 3: Compare: Stair, Old Samoa, p. 271; White, I, 176; Fison, +pp. 1, 19; Smith, Hawaiki, p. 123; Lesson, II, 207, 209; Grey, pp. +108-234; Baessler, Neue Südsee-Bilder, p. 113; Thomson, p. 15.] + +[Footnote 4: Lesson (II, 190) enumerates eleven small islands, covering +40 degrees of latitude, scattered between Hawaii and the islands to the +south, four showing traces of ancient habitation, which he believes to +mark the old route from Hawaii to the islands to the southeast. +According to Hawaiian tradition, which is by no means historically +accurate, what is called the second migration period to Hawaii seems to +have occurred between the eleventh and fourteenth centuries (dated from +the arrival of the high priest Paao at Kohala, Hawaii, 18 generations +before Kaméhaméha); to have come from the southeast; to have introduced +a sacerdotal system whose priesthood, symbols, and temple structure +persisted up to the time of the abandoning of the old faith in 1819. +Compare Alexander's History, ch. III; Malo, pp. 25, 323; Lesson, II, +160-169.] + +[Footnote 5: _Kahiki_, in Hawaiian chants, is the term used to designate +a "foreign land" in general and does not refer especially to the island +of Tahiti in the Society Group.] + +[Footnote 6: Lesson, II, 152.] + +[Footnote 7: Ibid., 170.] + +[Footnote 8: Ibid., 178.] + + + + +2. POLYNESIAN COSMOGONY + +In theme the body of Polynesian folk tale is not unlike that of other +primitive and story-loving people. It includes primitive +philosophy--stories of cosmogony and of heroes who shaped the earth; +primitive annals--migration stories, tales of culture heroes, of +conquest and overrule. There is primitive romances--tales of +competition, of vengeance, and of love; primitive wit--of drolls and +tricksters; and primitive fear in tales of spirits and the power of +ghosts. These divisions are not individual to Polynesia; they belong to +universal delight; but the form each takes is shaped and determined by +the background, either of real life or of life among the gods, familiar +to the Polynesian mind. + +The conception of the heavens is purely objective, corresponding, in +fact, to Anaxagoras's sketch of the universe. Earth is a plain, walled +about far as the horizon, where, according to Hawaiian expression, rise +the confines of Kahiki, _Kukulu o Kahiki_.[1] From this point the +heavens are superimposed one upon the other like cones, in number +varying in different groups from 8 to 14; below lies the underworld, +sometimes divided into two or three worlds ruled by deified ancestors +and inhabited by the spirits of the dead, or even by the gods[2]--the +whole inclosed from chaos like an egg in a shell.[3] Ordinarily the gods +seem to be conceived as inhabiting the heavens. As in other mythologies, +heaven and the life the gods live there are merely a reproduction or +copy of earth and its ways. In heaven the gods are ranged by rank; in +the highest heaven dwells the chief god alone enjoying his supreme right +of silence, _tabu moe_; others inhabit the lower heavens in gradually +descending grade corresponding to the social ranks recognized among the +Polynesian chiefs on earth. This physical world is again the prototype +for the activities of the gods, its multitudinous manifestations +representing the forms and forces employed by the myriad gods in making +known their presence on earth. They are not these forms themselves, but +have them at their disposal, to use as transformation bodies in their +appearances on earth, or they may transfer them to their offspring on +earth. This is due to the fact that the gods people earth, and from them +man is descended. Chiefs rank, in fact, according to their claim to +direct descent from the ancient gods.[4] + +Just how this came about is not altogether uniformly explained. In the +Polynesian creation story[5] three things are significant--a monistic +idea of a god existing before creation;[6] a progressive order of +creation out of the limitless and chaotic from lower to higher forms, +actuated by desire, which is represented by the duality of sex +generation in a long line of ancestry through specific pairs of forms +from the inanimate world--rocks and earth, plants of land and sea +forms--to the animate--fish, insects, reptiles, and birds;[7] and the +special analysis of the soul of man into "breath," which constitutes +life; "feeling," located in the heart; "desire" in the intestines; and +"thought" out of which springs doubt--the whole constituting _akamai_ or +"knowledge." In Hawaii the creation story lays emphasis upon progressive +sex generation of natural forms. + +Individual islands of a group are popularly described as rocks dropped +down out of heaven or fished up from below sea as resting places for the +gods;[8] or they are named as offspring of the divine ancestors of the +group.[9] The idea seems to be that they are a part of the divine +fabric, connected in kind with the original source of the race. + + + +_Footnotes to Section II, 2: Polynesian Cosmogony_ + +[Footnote 1: In the Polynesian picture of the universe the wall of +heaven is conceived as shutting down about each group, so that boats +traveling from one group to another "break through" this barrier wall. +The _Kukulu o Kahiki_ in Hawaii seems to represent some such confine. +Emerson says (in Malo, 30): "Kukulu was a wall or vertical erection such +as was supposed to stand at the limits of the horizon and support the +dome of heaven." Points of the compass were named accordingly _Kukulu +hikina, Kukulu komohana, Kukulu hema, Kukulu akau_--east, west, south, +north. The horizon was called _Kukulu-o-ka-honua_--"the +compass-of-the-earth." The planes inclosed by such confines, on the +other hand, are named _Kahiki_. The circle of the sky which bends upward +from the horizon is called _Kahiki-ku_ or "vertical." That through +which, the eye travels in reaching the horizon, _Kahiki-moe_, or +"horizontal."] + +[Footnote 2: The Rarotongan world of spirits is an underworld. (See +Gill's Myths and Songs.) The Hawaiians believed in a subterranean world +of the dead divided into two regions, in the upper of which Wakea +reigned; in the lower, Milu. Those who had not been sufficiently +religious "must lie under the spreading _Kou_ trees of Milu's world, +drink its waters and eat lizards and butterflies for food." Traditional +points from which the soul took its leap into this underworld are to be +found at the northern point of Hawaii, the west end of Maui, the south +and the northwest points of Oahu, and, most famous of all, at the mouth +of the great Waipio Valley on Hawaii. Compare Thomson's account from +Fiji of the "pathway of the shade." p. 119.] + +[Footnote 3: White, I, chart; Gill, Myths and Songs, pp. 3, 4; Ellis, +III, 168-170.] + +[Footnote 4: Gill says of the Hervey Islanders (p. 17 of notes): "The +state is conceived of as a long house standing east and west, chiefs +from the north and south sides of the island representing left and +right; under chiefs the rafters; individuals the leaves of the thatch. +These are the counterpart of the actual house (of the gods) in the +spirit world." Compare Stair, p. 210.] + +[Footnote 5: Bastian, Samoanische Schöpfungs-Sage; Ellis, I, 321; White, +vol. I; Turner, Samoa, 3; Gill, Myths and Songs, pp. 1-20; Moerenhout I, +419 et seq.; Liliuokalani, translation of the Hawaiian "Song of +Creation"; Dixon, Oceanic Mythology.] + +[Footnote 6: Moerenhout translates (I, 419): "He was, _Taaroa_ (Kanaloa) +was his name. He dwelt in immensity. Earth was not. _Taaroa_, called, +but nothing responded to him, and, existing alone, he changed himself +into the universe. The pivots (axes or orbits), this is _Taaroa_; the +rocks, this is he. _Taaroa_ is the sand, so is he named. _Taaroa_ is the +day. _Taaroa_ is the center. _Taaroa_ is the germ. _Taaroa_ is the base. +_Taaroa_ is the invincible, who created the universe, the sacred +universe, the shell for _Taaroa_, the life, life of the universe."] + +[Footnote 7: Moerenhout, I, 423: "_Taaroa_ slept with the woman called +_Hina_ of the sea. Black clouds, white clouds, rain are born. _Taaroa_ +slept with the woman of the uplands; the first-germ is born. Afterwards +is born all that grows upon the earth. Afterwards is born the mist of +the mountain. Afterwards is born the one called strong. Afterwards Is +born the woman, the beautiful adorned one," etc.] + +[Footnote 8: Grey, pp. 38-45; Krämer, Samoa Inseln, pp. 395-400; Fison, +pp. 139-146; Mariner, I, 228; White, II, 75; Gill, Myths and Songs, p. +48.] + +[Footnote 9: In Fornander's collection of origin chants the Hawaiian +group is described as the offspring of the ancestors Wakea and Papa, or +Hina.] + + + + +3. THE DEMIGOD AS HERO + + +As natural forms multiplied, so multiplied the gods who wedded and gave +them birth. Thus the half-gods were born, the _kupua_ or demigods as +distinguished from _akua_ or spirits who are pure divinities.[1] The +nature of the Polynesian _kupua_ is well described in the romance of +_Laieikawai_, in Chapter XXIX, when the sisters of Aiwohikupua try to +relieve their mistress's fright about marrying a divine one from the +heavens. "He is no god--_Aole ia he Akua_--" they say, "he is a man like +us, yet in his nature and appearance godlike. And he was the first-born +of us; he was greatly beloved by our parents; to him was given +superhuman power--_ka mana_--which we have not.... Only his taboo rank +remains, Therefore fear not; when he comes you will see that he is only +a man like us." It is such a character, born of godlike ancestors and +inheriting through the favor of this god, or some member of his family +group, godlike power or _mana_, generally in some particular form, who +appears as the typical hero of early Hawaiian romance. His rank as a god +is gained by competitive tests with a rival _kupua_/ or with the +ancestor from whom he demands recognition and endowment. He has the +power of transformation into the shape of some specific animal, object, +or physical phenomenon which serves as the "sign" or "body" in which the +god presents himself to man, and hence he controls all objects of this +class. Not only the heavenly bodies, clouds, storms, and the appearances +in the heavens, but perfumes and notes of birds serve to announce his +divinity, and special kinds of birds, or fish, or reptiles, or of +animals like the rat, pig, or dog, are recognized as peculiarly likely +to be the habitation of a god. This is the form in which _aumakua_, or +guardian spirits of a family, appear to watch over the safety of the +household they protect.[2] + +Besides this power of transformation the _kupua_ has other supernatural +gifts, as the power of flight,[3] of contraction and expansion at will, +of seeing what is going on at a distance, and of bringing the dead to +life. As a man on earth he is often miraculously born or miraculously +preserved at birth, which event is heralded by portents in the heavens. +He is often brought up by some supernatural guardian, grows with +marvelous rapidity, has an enormous appetite--a proof of godlike strain, +because only the chief in Polynesian economic life has the resources +freely to indulge his animal appetite--and phenomenal beauty or +prodigious skill, strength, or subtlety in meeting every competitor. His +adventures follow the general type of mythical hero tales. Often he +journeys to the heavens to seek some gift of his ancestors, the +ingenious fancy keeping always before it an objective picture of this +heavenly superstructure--bearing him thither upon a cloud or bird, on +the path of a cobweb, a trailing vine, or a rainbow, or swung thither on +the tip of a bamboo stalk. Arrived in the region of air, by means of +tokens or by name chants, he proves his ancestry and often substantiates +his claim in tests of power, ability thus sharing with blood the +determining of family values. If his deeds are among men, they are of a +marvelous nature. Often his godlike nature is displayed by apparent +sloth and indolence on his part, his followers performing miraculous +feats while he remains inactive; hence he is reproached for idleness by +the unwitting. Sometimes he acts as a transformer, changing the form of +mountains and valleys with a step or stroke; sometimes as a culture hero +bringing gifts to mankind and teaching them the arts learned from the +gods, or supplying food by making great hauls of fish by means of a +miraculous hook, or planting rich crops; sometimes he is an avenger, +pitting his strength against a rival demigod who has done injury to a +relative or patron of his own, or even by tricks outwitting the +mischievous _akua_. Finally, he remains on earth only when, by +transgressing some _kupua_ custom or in contest with a superior +_kupua_, he is turned into stone, many rock formations about the islands +being thus explained and consequently worshiped as dwelling places of +gods. Otherwise he is deified in the heavens, or goes to dwell in the +underworld with the gods, from whence he may still direct and inspire +his descendants on earth if they worship him, or even at times appear to +them again on earth in some objective form.[4] + + + +_Footnotes to Section II, 3: The Demigod as Hero_ + +[Footnote 1: Mariner, II, 103; Turner, Nineteen Tears in Polynesia, pp. +238-242; Ibid., Samoa, pp. 23-77; Ellis, I, 334; Gracia, pp. 41-44; +Krämer (Samoa Inseln, p. 22) and Stair (p. 211) distinguished _akua_ as +the original gods, _aiku_ as their descendants, the demonic beings who +appear in animal forms and act as helpers to man; and _kupua_ as deified +human beings.] + +[Footnote 2: When a Polynesian invokes a god he prays to the spirit of +some dead ancestor who acts as his supernatural helper. A spirit is much +stronger than a human being--hence the custom of covering the grave with +a great heap of stone or modern masonry to keep down the ghost. Its +strength may be increased through prayer and sacrifice, called "feeding" +the god. See Fornander's stories of _Pumaia_, and _Nihoalaki_. In +Fison's story of Mantandua the mother has died of exhaustion in rescuing +her child. As he grows up her spirit acts as his supernatural helper, +and appears to him in dreams to direct his course. He accordingly +achieves prodigies through her aid. In _Kuapakaa_ the boy manages the +winds through his grandmother's bones, which he keeps in a calabash. In +_Pamano_, the supernatural helper appears in bird shape. The Fornander +stories of _Kamapua'a_, the pig god, and of _Pikoiakaalala_, who belongs +to the rat family, illustrate the _kupua_ in animal shape. Malo, pp. +113-115. Compare Mariner, II, 87, 100; Ellis, I, 281.] + +[Footnote 3: Bird-bodied gods of low grade in the theogony of the +heavens act as messengers for the higher gods. In Stair (p. 214) Tuli, +the plover, is the bird messenger of Tagaloa. The commonest messenger +birds named in Hawaiian stories are the plover, wandering tattler, and +turnstone, all migratory from about April to August, and hence naturally +fastened upon by the imagination as suitable messengers to lands beyond +common ken. Gill (Myths and Songs, p. 35) says that formerly the gods +spoke through small land birds, as in the story of Laieikawai's visit to +Kauakahialii.] + +[Footnote 4: With the stories quoted from Fornander may be compared such +wonder tales as are to be found in Krämer, pp. 108, 116, 121, 413-419; +Fison, pp. 32, 49, 99; Grey, p. 59; Turner, Samoa, p. 209; White I, 82, +etc.] + + + + +4. THE EARTHLY PARADISE; DIVINITY IN MAN AND NATURE + + +For according to the old myth, Sky and Earth were nearer of access in +the days when the first gods brought forth their children--the winds, +the root plants, trees, and the inhabitants of the sea, but the younger +gods rent them apart to give room to walk upright;[1] so gods and men +walked together in the early myths, but in the later traditions, called +historical, the heavens do actually get pushed farther away from man and +the gods retreat thither. The fabulous demigods depart one by one from +Hawaii; first the great gods--Kane, Ku, Lono, and Kanaloa; then the +demigods, save Pele of the volcano. The supernatural race of the dragons +and other beast gods who came from "the shining heavens" to people +Hawaii, the gods and goddesses who governed the appearances in the +heavens, and the myriad race of divine helpers who dwelt in the tiniest +forms of the forest and did in a night the task of months of labor, all +those god men who shaped the islands and named their peaks and valleys, +rocks, and crevices as they trampled hollows with a spring and thrust +their spears through mountains, were superseded by a humaner race of +heroes who ruled the islands by subtlety and skill, and instead of +climbing the heavens after the fiery drink of the gods or searching the +underworld for ancestral hearth fires, voyaged to other groups of +islands for courtship or barter. Then even the long voyages ceased and +chiefs made adventure out of canoe trips about their own group, never +save by night out of sight of land. They set about the care of their +property from rival chiefs. Thus constantly in jeopardy from each other, +sharpening, too, their observation of what lay directly about them and +of the rational way to get on in life, they accepted the limits of a +man's power and prayed to the gods, who were their great ancestors, for +gifts beyond their reach.[2] + +And during this transfer of attention from heaven to earth the +objective picture of a paradise in the heavens or of an underworld +inhabited by spirits of the dead got mixed up with that of a land of +origin on earth, an earthly paradise called Hawaiki or Bulotu or "the +lost land of _Kane_"--a land about which clustered those same wistful +longings which men of other races have pictured in their visions of an +earthly paradise--the "talking tree of knowledge," the well of life, and +plenty without labor.[3] "Thus they dwelt at Paliuli," says Haleole of +the sisters' life with Laieikawai, "and while they dwelt there never did +they weary of life. Never did they even see the person who prepared +their food, nor the food itself save when, at mealtimes, the birds +brought them food and cleared away the remnants when they had finished. +So Paliuli became to them a land beloved." + +Gods and men are, in fact, to the Polynesian mind, one family under +different forms, the gods having superior control over certain +phenomena, a control which they may impart to their offspring on earth. +As he surveys the world about him the Polynesian supposes the signs of +the gods who rule the heavens to appear on earth, which formerly they +visited, traveling thither as cloud or bird or storm or perfume to +effect some marriage alliance or govern mankind. In these forms, or +transformed themselves into men, they dwelt on earth and shaped the +social customs of mankind. Hence we have in such a romance as the +_Laieikawai_ a realistic picture, first, of the activities of the gods +in the heavens and on earth, second, of the social ideas and activities +of the people among whom the tale is told. The supernatural blends into +the natural in exactly the same way as to the Polynesian mind gods +relate themselves to men, facts about one being regarded as, even though +removed to the heavens, quite as objective as those which belong to the +other, and being employed to explain social customs and physical +appearances in actual experience. In the light of such story-telling +even the Polynesian creation myth may become a literal genealogy, and +the dividing line between folklore and traditional history, a mere shift +of attention and no actual change in the conception itself of the nature +of the material universe and the relations between gods and men. + + + +_Footnotes to Section II, 4: The Earthly Paradise_ + +[Footnote 1: Grey, pp. 1-15; White, I, 46; Baessler, Neue Südsee-Bilder, +pp. 244, 245; Gill, Myths and Songs, pp. 58-60.] + +[Footnote 2: Compare Krämer's Samoan story (in Samoa Inseln, p. 413) of +the quest after the pearl fishhooks kept by Night and Day in the twofold +heavens with the Hawaiian stories collected by Fornander of _Aiai_ and +_Nihoalaki_. Krämer's story begins: + + "Aloalo went to his father + To appease Sina's longing; + He sent him to the twofold heavens, + To his grandparents, Night and Day, + To the house whence drops fall spear-shaped, + To hear their counsel and return. + Aloalo entered the house, + Took not the unlucky fishhook, + Brought away that of good luck," + etc.] + +[Footnote 3: Krämer, Samoa Inseln, pp. 44, 115; Fison, pp. 16, +139-161, 163; Lesson, II, 272, 483 (see index); Mariner, II, 100, 102, +115, et seq.; Moerenhout, I, 432; Gracia, p. 40; Turner, Nineteen Years +in Polynesia, p. 237; Gill, Myths and Songs, pp. 152-172. + +In Fison's story (p. 139) the gods dwell in Bulotu, "where the sky meets +the waters in the climbing path of the sun." The story goes: "In the +beginning there was no land save that on which the gods lived; no dry +land was there for men to dwell upon; all was sea; the sky covered it +above and bounded it on every side. There was neither day nor night, but +a mild light shone continually through the sky upon the water, like the +shining of the moon when its face is hidden by a white cloud."] + + + + +5. THE STORY: ITS MYTHICAL CHARACTER + +These mythical tales of the gods are reflected in Haleole's romance of +_Laieikawai_. Localized upon Hawaii, it is nevertheless familiar with +regions of the heavens. Paliuli, the home of Laieikawai, and +Pihanakalani, home of the flute-playing high chief of Kauai, are +evidently earthly paradises.[1] Ask a native where either of these +places is to be found and he will say, smiling, "In the heavens." The +long lists of local place names express the Polynesian interest in local +journeyings. The legend of _Waiopuka_ is a modern or at least adapted +legend. But the route which the little sister follows to the heavens +corresponds with Polynesian cosmogonic conceptions, and is true to +ancient stories of the home of the gods. + +The action of the story, too, is clearly concerned with a family of +demigods. This is more evident if we compare a parallel story translated +by Westervelt in "Gods and Ghosts," page 116, which, however confused +and fragmentary, is clearly made up of some of the same material as +Haleole's version.[2] + +The main situation in this story furnishes a close parallel to the +_Laieikawai_ A beautiful girl of high rank is taken from her parents and +brought up apart in an earthly paradise by a supernatural guardian, +Waka, where she is waited upon by birds. A great lizard acts as her +protector. She is wedded to a high taboo chief who is fetched thither +from the gods, and who later is seduced from his fidelity by the beauty +of another woman. This woman of the mountain, Poliahu, though identical +in name and nature, plays a minor part in Haleole's story. In other +details the stories show discrepancies.[3] It is pretty clear that +Haleole's version has suppressed, out of deference to foreign-taught +proprieties, the original relationship of brother and sister retained in +the Westervelt story. This may be inferred from the fact that other +unpublished Hawaiian romances of the same type preserve this relation, +and that, according to Hawaiian genealogists, the highest divine rank is +ascribed to such a union. Restoring this connection, the story describes +the doings of a single family, gods or of godlike descent.[4] + +In the Westervelt story, on the whole, the action is treated mythically +to explain how things came to be as they are--how the gods peopled the +islands, how the _hula_ dances and the lore of the clouds were taught in +Hawaii. The reason for the localization is apparent. The deep forests of +Puna, long dedicated to the gods, with their singing birds, their forest +trees whose leaves dance in the wind, their sweet-scented _maile_ vine, +with those fine mists which still perpetually shroud the landscape and +give the name Haleohu, House-of-mist, to the district, and above all the +rainbows so constantly arching over the land, make an appropriate +setting for the activities of some family of demigods. Strange and +fairylike as much of the incident appears, allegorical as it seems, upon +the face of it, the Polynesian mind observes objectively the activities +of nature and of man as if they proceeded from the same sort of +consciousness. + +[Illustration: IN THE FORESTS OF PUNA (HENSHAW)] + +So, in Haleole's more naturalistic tale the mythical rendering is +inwrought into the style of the narrative. Storm weds Perfume. Their +children are the Sun-at-high-noon; a second son, possibly Lightning; +twin daughters called after two varieties of the forest vine, _ieie_, +perhaps symbols of Rainbow and Twilight; and five sweet-smelling +daughters--the four varieties of _maile_ vine and the scented _hala_ +blossom. The first-born son is of such divine character that he dwells +highest in the heavens. Noonday, like a bird, bears visitors to his +gate, and guards of the shade--Moving-cloud and Great-bright-moon--close +it to shut out his brightness. The three regions below him are guarded +by maternal uncles and by his father, who never comes near the taboo +house, which only his mother shares with him. His signs are those of the +rainstorm--thunder, lightning, torrents of "red rain," high seas, and +long-continued mists--these he inherits from his father. An ancestress +rears Rainbow in the forests of Puna. Birds bear her upon their wings +and serve her with abundance of food prepared without labor, and of +their golden feathers her royal house is built; sweet-scented vines and +blossoms surround her; mists shroud her when she goes abroad. Earthquake +guards her dwelling, saves Rainbow from Lightning, who seeks to destroy +her, and bears a messenger to fetch the Sun-at-high-noon as bridegroom +for the beautiful Rainbow. The Sun god comes to earth and bears Rainbow +away with him to the heavens, but later he loves her sister Twilight, +follows her to earth, and is doomed to sink into Night. + + + +_Footnotes to Section II, 5: The Story: Its Mythical Character_ + +[Footnote 1: As such Paliuli occurs in other Hawaiian folk tales: + +1. At Paliuli grew the mythical trees Makali'i, male and female, which +have the power to draw fish. The female was cut down and taken to +Kailua, Oahu, hence the chant: + + "Kupu ka laau ona a Makali'i, + O Makali'i, laau Kaulana mai ka pomai." + +2. In the Fornander notes from Kepelino and Kamakau, Paliuli is the land +given to the first man and is called "hidden land of Kane" and "great +land of the gods." 3. In Fornander's story of _Kepakailiula_, the gods +assign Paliuli to be the hero's home. To reach it the party start at +second cockcrow from Keaau (as in the _Laieikawai_) and arrive in the +morning. It is "a good land, flat, fertile, filled with many things +desired by man." The native apples are as large as breadfruit. They see +a pond "lying within the land stocked with all kinds of fish of the sea +except the whale and the shark." Here "the sugar cane grew until it lay +flat, the hogs until the tusks were long, the chickens until the spurs +were long and sharp, and the dogs until their backs were flattened out." +They leave Paliuli to travel over Hawaii, and "no man has ever seen it +since." + +4. In Fornander's story of _Kana_, Uli, the grandmother of Kana, goes up +to Paliuli to dig up the double canoe Kaumaielieli in which Kana is to +sail to recover his mother. The chant in which this canoe is described +is used to-day by practicers of sorcery to exorcise an enemy.] + +[Footnote 2: The gods Kane and Kanaloa, who live in the mountains of +Oahu, back of Honolulu, prepare a home for the first-born son of Ku and +Hina, whom they send Rainbow to fetch from Nuumealani. The messenger, +first gaining the consent of the lizard guardian at Kuaihelani, brings +back Child-adopted-by-the-gods to the gods on Oahu. Again Hina bears a +child, a daughter. For this girl also the gods send two sister +messengers, who bring Paliuli to Waka, where she cares for the birds in +the forests of Puna. Here a beautiful home is prepared for the girl and +a garden planted with two magical food-producing trees, Makalei, brought +from Nuumealani to provide fish and prepared food in abundance. These +two children, brother and sister, are the most beautiful pair on earth, +and the gods arrange their marriage. Kane precedes the boy, dressed in +his lightning body, and the tree people come to dance and sing before +Paliuli. Some say that the goddess Laka, patroness of the _hula_ dance, +accompanied them. For a time all goes well, then the boy is beguiled by +Poliahu (Cold-bosom) on the mountain. Paliuli, aware of her lover's +infidelity, sends Waka to bring him back, but Cold-bosom prevents his +approach, by spreading the mountain with snow. Paliuli wanders away to +Oahu, then to Kauai, learning dances on the way which she teaches to the +trees in the forest on her return. + +Meanwhile another child is born to Ku and Hina. The lizard guardian +draws this lovely girl from the head of Hina, calls her Keaomelemele, +Golden-cloud, and sets her to rule the clouds in the Shining-heavens. +Among these clouds is Kaonohiokala, the Eyeball-of-the-sun, who knows +what is going on at a distance. From the lizard guardian Golden-cloud +learns of her sister Paliuli's distress, and she comes to earth to +effect a reconciliation. There she learns all the dances that the gods +can teach. + +Now, Ku and Hina, having learned the lore of the clouds, choose other +mates and each, bears a child, one a boy called Kaumailiula, +Twilight-resting-in-the-sky, the other a girl named Kaulanaikipokii. + +The boy is brought to Oahu, riding in a red canoe befitting a chief, to +be Goldencloud's husband. His sister follows with her maidens riding in +shells, which they pick up and put in their pockets when they come to +land. Ku, Hina, and the lizard family also migrate to Oahu to join the +gods, Kane and Kanaloa, for the marriage festival. Thus these early +gods came to Oahu.] + +[Footnote 3: Although the earthly paradise has the same location in both +stories, the name Paliuli in Westervelt's version belongs to the +heroine herself. The name of the younger sister, too, who acts no part +in this story, appears again in the tale collected by Fornander of +_Kaulanapokii_, where, like the wise little sister of Haleole's story, +she is the leader and spokesman of her four Maile sisters, and carries +her part as avenger by much more magical means than in Haleole's +naturalistic conception. The character who bears the name of Haleole's +sungod, Kaonohiokala, plays only an incidental part in Westervelt's +story.] + +[Footnote 4: First generation: Waka, Kihanuilulumoku, +Lanalananuiaimakua. + +Second generation: Moanalihaikawaokele, Laukieleula; Mokukeleikahiki and +Kaeloikamalama (brothers to Laukieleula). + +Third generation: Kaonohiokala m. Laieikawai, Laielohelohe (m. +Kekalukaluokewaii), Aiwohikupua, Mailehaiwale, Mailekaluhea, +Mailelaulii, Mailepakaha, Kahalaomapuana.] + + + + +6. THE STORY AS A REFLECTION OF ARISTOCRATIC SOCIAL LIFE + + +Such is the bare outline of the myth, but notice how, in humanizing the +gods, the action presents a lively picture of the ordinary course of +Polynesian life. Such episodes as the concealment of the child to +preserve its life, the boxing and surfing contests, all the business of +love-making--its jealousies and subterfuges, the sisters to act as +go-betweens, the bet at checkers and the _Kilu_ games at night, the +marriage cortege and the public festival; love for music, too, +especially the wonder and curiosity over a new instrument, and the love +of sweet odors; again, the picture of the social group--the daughter of +a high chief, mistress of a group of young virgins, in a house apart +which is forbidden to men, and attended by an old woman and a humpbacked +servant; the chief's establishment with its soothsayers, paddlers, +soldiers, executioner, chief counselor, and the group of under chiefs +fed at his table; the ceremonial wailing at his reception, the _awa_ +drink passed about at the feast, the taboo signs, feather cloak, and +wedding paraphernalia, the power over life and death, and the choice +among virgins. Then, on the other hand, the wonder and delight of the +common people, their curious spying into the chief's affairs, the +treacherous paddlers, the different orders of landowners; in the temple, +the human sacrifices, prayers, visions; the prophet's search for a +patron, his wrestling with the god, his affection for his chief, his +desire to be remembered to posterity by the saying "the daughters of +Hulumaniani"--all these incidents reflect the course of everyday life in +aristocratic Polynesian society and hence belong to the common stock of +Hawaiian romance. + +Such being the material of Polynesian romance--a world in which gods and +men play their part; a world which includes the heavens yet reflects +naturalistically the beliefs and customs of everyday life, let us next +consider how the style of the story-teller has been shaped by his manner +of observing nature and by the social requirements which determine his +art--by the world of nature and the world of man. And in the first place +let us see under what social conditions Polynesia has gained for itself +so high a place, on the whole, among primitive story-telling people for +the richness, variety, and beauty of its conceptions.[1] + +Polynesian romance reflects its own social world--a world based upon the +fundamental conception of social rank. The family tie and the inherited +rights and titles derived from it determine a man's place in the +community. The families of chiefs claim these rights and titles from the +gods who are their ancestors.[2] They consist not only in land and +property rights but in certain privileges in administering the affairs +of a group, and in certain acknowledged forms of etiquette equivalent to +the worship paid to a god. These rights are administered through a +system of taboo.[3] + +A taboo depends for its force upon the belief that it is divinely +ordained and that to break it means to bring down the anger of the gods +upon the offender. In the case, therefore, of a violation of taboo, the +community forestalls the god's wrath, which might otherwise extend to +the whole number, by visiting the punishment directly upon the guilty +offender, his family or tribe. But it is always understood that back of +the community disapproval is the unappeased challenge of the gods. In +the case of the Polynesian taboo, the god himself is represented in the +person of the chief, whose divine right none dare challenge and who may +enforce obedience within his taboo right, under the penalty of death. +The limits of this right are prescribed by grade. Before some chiefs the +bystander must prostrate himself, others are too sacred to be touched. +So, when a chief dedicates a part of his body to the deity, for an +inferior it is taboo; any act of sacrilege will throw the chief into a +fury of passion. In the same way tabooed food or property of any kind is +held sacred and can not be touched by the inferior. To break a taboo is +to challenge a contest of strength--that is, to declare war. + +As the basis of the taboo right lay in descent from the gods, lineage +was of first importance in the social world. Not that rank was +independent of ability--a chief must exhibit capacity who would claim +possession of the divine inheritance;[4] he must keep up rigorously the +fitting etiquette or be degraded in rank. Yet even a successful warrior, +to insure his family title, sought a wife from a superior rank. For this +reason women held a comparatively important position in the social +framework, and this place is reflected in the folk tales.[5] Many +Polynesian romances are, like the _Laieikawai_, centered about the +heroine of the tale. The mother, when she is of higher rank, or the +maternal relatives, often protect the child. The virginity of a girl of +high rank is guarded, as in the _Laieikawai_, in order to insure a +suitable union.[6] Rank, also, is authority for inbreeding, the highest +possible honor being paid to the child of a brother and sister of the +highest chief class. Only a degree lower is the offspring of two +generations, father and daughter, mother and son, uncle and niece, aunt +and nephew being highly honorable alliances.[7] + +Two things result as a consequence of the taboo right in the hands of a +chief. In the first place, the effort is constantly to keep before his +following the exclusive position of the chief and to emphasize in every +possible way his divine character as descended from a god. Such is the +meaning of the insignia of rank--in Hawaii, the taboo staff which warns +men of his neighborhood, the royal feather cloak, the high seat apart in +the double canoe, the head of the feast, the special apparel of his +followers, the size of his house and of his war canoe, the superior +workmanship and decoration of all his equipment, since none but the +chief can command the labor for their execution. In the second place, +this very effort to aggrandize him above his fellows puts every material +advantage in the hands of the chief. The taboo means that he can +command, at the community expense, the best of the food supply, the most +splendid ornaments, equipment, and clothing. He is further able, again +at the community expense, to keep dependent upon himself, because fed at +his table, a large following, all held in duty bound to carry out his +will. Even the land was, in Hawaii and other Polynesian communities, +under the control of the chief, to be redistributed whenever a new chief +came into power. The taboo system thus became the means for economic +distribution, for the control of the relation between the sexes, and for +the preservation of the dignity of the chief class. As such it +constituted as powerful an instrument for the control of the labor and +wealth of a community and the consequent enjoyment of personal ease and +luxury as was ever put into the hands of an organized upper class. It +profoundly influenced class distinctions, encouraged exclusiveness and +the separation of the upper ranks of society from the lower.[8] + +To act as intermediary with his powerful line of ancestors and perform +all the ceremonials befitting the rank to which he has attained, the +chief employs a priesthood, whose orders and offices are also graded +according to the rank into which the priest is born and the patronage he +is able to secure for himself.[9] Even though the priest may be, when +inspired by his god, for the time being treated like a god and given +divine honors, as soon as the possession leaves him he returns to his +old rank in the community.[10] Since chief and priest base their +pretensions upon the same divine authority, each supports the other, +often the one office including the other;[11] the sacerdotal influence +is, therefore, while it acts as a check upon the chief, on the whole +aristocratic. + +The priest represented in Polynesian society what we may call the +professional class in our own. Besides conducting religious ceremonials, +he consulted the gods on matters of administration and state policy, +read the omens, understood medicine, guarded the genealogies and the +ancient lore, often acted as panegyrist and debater for the chief. All +these powers were his in so far as he was directly inspired by the god +who spoke through him as medium to the people.[12] + + + +_Footnotes to Section II, 6: The story as a reflection of aristocratic +social life_ + +[Footnote 1: J.A. Macculloch (in Childhood of Fiction, p. 2) says, +comparing the literary ability of primitive people: "Those who possess +the most elaborate and imaginative tales are the Red Indians and +Polynesians."] + +[Footnote 2: Moerenhout, II, 4, 265.] + +[Footnote 3: Gracia (p. 47) says that the taboo consists in the +interdict from touching some food or object which, has been dedicated to +a god. The chief by his divine descent represents the god. Compare +Ellis, IV, 385; Mariner, II, 82, 173; Turner, Samoa, pp. 112, 185; +Fison, pp. 1-3; Malo, p. 83; Dibble, p. 12; Moerenhout, I, 528-533. +Fornander says of conditions in Hawaii: "The chiefs in the genealogy +from Kane were called _Ka Hoalii_ or 'anointed' (_poni ia_) with the +water of Kane (_wai-niu-a-Kane_) and they became 'divine tabu chiefs' +(_na lii kapu-akua_). Their genealogy is called _Iku-pau_, because it +alone leads up to the beginning of all genealogies. They had two taboo +rights, the ordinary taboo of the chiefs (_Kapu-alii_) and the taboo of +the gods (_Kapu-akua_). The genealogy of the lower ranks of chiefs (_he +lii noa_), on the other hand, was called _Iku-nuu_. Their power was +temporal and they accordingly were entitled only to the ordinary taboo +of chiefs (_Kapu-alii_)."] + +[Footnote 4: Compare Krämer, Samoa Inseln, p. 31; Stair, p. 75; Turner, +Samoa, p. 173; White, II, 62, and the Fornander stories of _Aukele_ and +of _Kila_, where capacity, not precedence of birth, determines the +hero's rank.] + +[Footnote 5: In certain groups inheritance descends on the mother's side +only. See Krämer, op. cit., pp. 15, 39; Mariner, II, 89, 98. Compare +Mariner, II, 210-212; Stair, p. 222. In Fison (p. 65) the story of +_Longapoa_, shows what a husband of lower rank may endure from a +termagant wife of high rank.] + +[Footnote 6: Krämer (p. 32 et seq.) tells us that in Samoa the daughter +of a high chief is brought up with extreme care that she may be given +virgin to her husband. She is called _taupo_, "dove," and, when she +comes of age, passes her time with the other girls of her own age in the +_fale aualuma_ or "house of the virgins," of whom she assumes the +leadership. Into this house, where the girls also sleep at night, no +youth dare enter. + +Compare Fornander's stories of _Kapuaokaoheloai_ and _Hinaaikamalama_. + +See also Stair, p. 110; Mariner, II, 142, 212; Fison, p. 33. + +According to Gracia (p. 62) candidates in the Marquesas for the +priesthood are strictly bound to a taboo of chastity.] + +[Footnote 7: Rivers, I, 374; Malo, p. 80. + +Gracia (p. 41) says that the Marquesan genealogy consists in a long line +of gods and goddesses married and representing a genealogy of chiefs. To +the thirtieth generation they are brothers and sisters. After this point +the relation is no longer observed.] + +[Footnote 8: Keaulumoku's description of a Hawaiian chief (Islander, +1875) gives a good idea of the distinction felt between the classes: + + "A well-supplied dish is the wooden dish, + The high-raftered sleeping-house with shelves; + The long eating-house for women. + The rushes are spread down, upon them is spread the mat, + They lie on their backs, with heads raised in dignity, + The fly brushers wave to and fro at the door; the door is shut, + the black _tapa_ is drawn up. + + "Haste, hide a little in refreshing sleep, dismiss fatigue. + They sleep by day in the silence where noise is forbidden. + If they sleep two and two, double is their sleep; + Enjoyable is the fare of the large-handed man. + In parrying the spear the chief is vigorous; + the breaking of points is sweet. + Delightful is the season of fish, the season of food; + when one is filled with fish, when one is filled with food. + Thou art satisfied with food, O thou common man, + To be satisfied with land is for the chief." + +Compare the account of the Fiji chief in Williams and Calvert, I, 33-42.] + +[Footnote 9: Stair, p. 220; Gracia, p. 59; Alexander, History, chap. IV; +Malo, p. 210. The name used for the priesthood of Hawaii, _kahuna_, is +the same as that applied in the Marquesas, according to Gracia (p. 60), +to the order of chanters.] + +[Footnote 10: Gracia, p. 46; Mariner, II, 87, 101, 125; Gill, Myths and +Songs, pp. 20, 21; Moerenhout, I, 474-482.] + +[Footnote 11: Malo, p. 69.] + +[Footnote 12: Ellis (III, 36) describes the art of medicine in +Polynesia, and Erdland (p. 77) says that on the Marshall Islands +knowledge of the stars and weather signs is handed down to a favorite +child and can raise rank by attaching a man to the service of a chief. + +Compare Mariner, II, 90; Moerenhout, I, 409; Williams and Calvert, I, +111.] + + + + +III. THE ART OF COMPOSITION + +1. ARISTOCRATIC NATURE OF POLYNESIAN ART + + +The arts of song and oratory, though practiced by all classes,[1] were +considered worthy to be perfected among the chiefs themselves and those +who sought their patronage. Of a chief the Polynesian says, "He speaks +well."[2] Hawaiian stories tell of heroes famous in the _hoopapa_, or +art of debating; in the _hula_, or art of dance and song; of chiefs who +learned the lore of the heavens and the earth from some supernatural +master in order to employ their skill competitively. The _oihana +haku-mele_, or "business of song making," was hence an aristocratic art. +The able composer, man or woman, even if of low rank, was sure of +patronage as the _haku mele_, "sorter of songs," for some chief; and his +name was attached to the song he composed. A single poet working alone +might produce the panegyric; but for the longer and more important songs +of occasion a group got together, the theme was proposed and either +submitted to a single composer or required line by line from each member +of the group. In this way each line as it was composed was offered for +criticism lest any ominous allusion creep in to mar the whole by +bringing disaster upon the person celebrated, and as it was perfected it +was committed to memory by the entire group, thus insuring it against +loss. Protective criticism, therefore, and exact transmission were +secured by group composition.[3] + +Exactness of reproduction was in fact regarded as a proof of divine +inspiration. When the chief's sons were trained to recite the +genealogical chants, those who were incapable were believed to lack a +share in the divine inheritance; they were literally "less gifted" than +their brothers.[4] + +This distinction accorded to the arts of song and eloquence is due to +their actual social value. The _mele_, or formal poetic chants which +record the deeds of heroic ancestors, are of aristocratic origin and +belong to the social assets of the family to which they pertain. The +claim of an heir to rank depends upon his power to reproduce, letter +perfect, his family chants and his "name song," composed to celebrate +his birth, and hence exact transmission is a matter of extreme +importance. Facility in debate is not only a competitive art, with high +stakes attached, but is employed in time of war to shame an enemy,[5] +quickness of retort being believed, like quickness of hand, to be a +God-given power. Chants in memory of the dead are demanded of each +relative at the burial ceremony.[6] Song may be used to disgrace an +enemy, to avenge an insult, to predict defeat at arms. It may also be +turned to more pleasing purposes--to win back an estranged patron or +lover;[7] in the art of love, indeed, song is invaluable to a chief. +Ability in learning and language is, therefore, a highly prized chiefly +art, respected for its social value and employed to aggrandize rank. How +this aristocratic patronage has affected the language of composition +will be presently clear. + + + +_Footnotes to Section III, 1: Aristocratic Nature of Polynesian Art_ + +[Footnote 1: Jarves says: "Songs and chants were common among all +classes, and recited by strolling musicians as panegyrics on occasions +of joy, grief, or worship. Through them the knowledge of events in the +lives of prominent persons or the annals of the nation were perpetuated. +The chief art lay in the formation of short metrical sentences without +much regard to the rhythmical terminations. Monosyllables, dissyllables, +and trisyllables had each their distinct time. The natives repeat their +lessons, orders received, or scraps of ancient song, or extemporize in +this monotonous singsong tone for hours together, and in perfect +accord." + +Compare Ellis's Tour, p. 155.] + +[Footnote 2: Moerenhout, I, 411.] + +[Footnote 3: Andrews, Islander, 1875, p. 35; Emerson, Unwritten +Literature, pp. 27, 38.] + +[Footnote 4: In Fornander's story of _Lonoikamakahiki_, the chief +memorizes in a single night a new chant just imported from Kauai so +accurately as to establish his property right to the song.] + +[Footnote 5: Compare with Ellis, I, 286, and Williams and Calvert, I, +46, 50, the notes on the boxing contest in the text of _Laieikawai_.] + +[Footnote 6: Gill, Myths and Songs, pp. 268 et seq.] + +[Footnote 7: See Fornander's stories of _Lonoikamakahiki, Halemano_, and +_Kuapakaa_.] + + + + +2. NOMENCLATURE: ITS EMOTIONAL VALUE + + +The Hawaiian (or Polynesian) composer who would become a successful +competitor in the fields of poetry, oratory, or disputation must store +up in his memory the rather long series of names for persons, places, +objects, or phases of nature which constitute the learning of the +aspirant for mastery in the art of expression. He is taught, says one +tale, "about everything in the earth and in the heavens"--- that is, +their names, their distinguishing characterstics. The classes of objects +thus differentiated naturally are determined by the emotional interest +attached to them, and this depends upon their social or economic value +to the group. + +The social value of pedigree and property have encouraged genealogical +and geographical enumeration. A long recitation of the genealogies of +chiefs provides immense emotional satisfaction and seems in no way to +overtax the reciter's memory. Missionaries tell us that "the Hawaiians +will commit to memory the genealogical tables given in the Bible, and +delight to repeat them as some of the choicest passages in Scripture." +Examples of such genealogies are common; it is, in fact, the part of the +reciter to preserve the pedigree of his chief in a formal genealogical +chant. + +Such a series is illustrated in the genealogy embedded in the famous +song to aggrandize the family of the famous chief Kualii, which carries +back the chiefly line of Hawaii through 26 generations to Wakea and +Papa, ancestors of the race. + + "Hulihonua the man, + Keakahulilani the woman, + Laka the man, Kepapaialeka the woman," + +runs the song, the slight variations evidently fitting the sound to the +movement of the recitative. + +In the eleventh section of the "Song of Creation" the poet says: + + She that lived up in the heavens and Piolani, + She that was full of enjoyments and lived in the heavens, + Lived up there with Kii and became his wife, + Brought increase to the world; + +and he proceeds to the enumeration of her "increase": + + Kamahaina was born a man, + Kamamule his brother, + Kamaainau was born next, + Kamakulua was born, the youngest a woman. + +Following this family group come a long series, more than 650 pairs of +so-called husbands and wives. After the first 400 or so, the enumeration +proceeds by variations upon a single name. We have first some 50 _Kupo_ +(dark nights)--"of wandering," "of wrestling," "of littleness," etc.; 60 +or more _Polo_; 50 _Liili_; at least 60 _Alii_ (chiefs); +followed by _Mua_ and _Loi_ in about the same proportion. + +At the end of this series we read that-- + + Storm was born, Tide was born, + Crash was born, and also bursts of bubbles. + Confusion was born, also rushing, rumbling shaking earth. + +So closes the "second night of Wakea," which, it is interesting to note, +ends like a charade in the death of Kupololiilialiimualoipo, whose +nomenclature has been so vastly accumulating through the 200 or 300 last +lines. Notice how the first word _Kupo_ of the series opens and swallows +all the other five. + +Such recitative and, as it were, symbolic use of genealogical chants +occurs over and over again. That the series is often of emotional rather +than of historical value is suggested by the wordplays and by the fact +that the hero tales do not show what is so characteristic of Icelandic +saga--a care to record the ancestry of each character as it is +introduced into the story. To be sure, they commonly begin with the +names of the father and mother of the hero, and their setting; but in +the older mythological tales these are almost invariably _Ku_ and +_Hina_, a convention almost equivalent to the phrase "In the olden +time"; but, besides fixing the divine ancestry of the hero, carrying +also with it an idea of kinship with those to whom the tale is related, +which is not without its emotional value. + +Geographical names, although not enumerated to such an extent in any of +the tales and songs now accessible, also have an important place in +Hawaiian composition. In the _Laieikawai_ 76 places are mentioned by +name, most of them for the mere purpose of identifying a route of +travel. A popular form of folk tale is the following, told in Waianae, +Oahu: "Over in Kahuku lived a high chief, Kaho'alii. He instructed his +son 'Fly about Oahu while I chew the _awa_; before I have emptied it +into the cup return to me and rehearse to me all that you have seen.'" +The rest of the tale relates the youth's enumeration of the places he +has seen on the way. + +If we turn to the chants the suggestive use of place names becomes still +more apparent. Dr. Hyde tells us (_Hawaiian Annual_, 1890, p. 79): "In +the Hawaiian chant (_mele_) and dirge (_kanikau_) the aim seems to be +chiefly to enumerate every place associated with the subject, and to +give that place some special epithet, either attached to it by +commonplace repetition or especially devised for the occasion as being +particularly characteristic." An example of this form of reference is to +be found in the _Kualii_ chant. We read: + + Where is the battle-field + Where the warrior is to fight? + On the field of Kalena, + At Manini, at Hanini, + Where was poured the water of the god, + By your work at Malamanui, + At the heights of Kapapa, at Paupauwela, + Where they lean and rest. + +In the play upon the words _Manini_ and _Hanini_ we recognize some +rhetorical tinkering, but in general the purpose here is to enumerate +the actual places famous in Kualii's history. + +At other times a place-name is used with allusive interest, the +suggested incident being meant, like certain stories alluded to in the +Anglo-Saxon "Beowulf," to set off, by comparison or contrast, the +present situation. It is important for the poet to know, for example, +that the phrase "flowers of Paiahaa" refers to the place on Kau, Hawaii, +where love-tokens cast into the sea at a point some 20 or 30 miles +distant on the Puna coast, invariably find their way to shore in the +current and bring their message to watchful lovers. + +A third use of localization conforms exactly to our own sense of +description. The Island of Kauai is sometimes visible lying off to the +northwest of Oahu. At this side of the island rises the Waianae range +topped by the peak Kaala. In old times the port of entry for travelers +to Oahu from Kauai was the seacoast village of Waianae. Between it and +the village of Waialua runs a great spur of the range, which breaks off +abruptly at the sea, into the point Kaena. Kahuku point lies beyond +Waialua at the northern extremity of the island. Mokuleia, with its old +inland fishpond, is the first village to the west of Waialua. This is +the setting for the following lines, again taken from the chant of +_Kualii_, the translation varying only slightly from that edited by +Thrum: + + O Kauai, + Great Kauai, inherited from ancestors, + Sitting in the calm of Waianae, + A cape is Kaena, + Beyond, Kahuku, + A misty mountain back, where the winds meet, Kaala, + There below sits Waialua, + Waialua there, + Kahala is a dish for Mokuleia, + A fishpond for the shark roasted in ti-leaf, + The tail of the shark is Kaena, + The shark that goes along below Kauai, + Below Kauai, thy land, + Kauai O! + +The number of such place names to be stored in the reciter's memory is +considerable. Not only are they applied in lavish profusion to beach, +rock, headland, brook, spring, cave, waterfall, even to an isolated tree +of historic interest, and distributed to less clearly marked small land +areas to name individual holdings, but, because of the importance of the +weather in the fishing and seagoing life of the islander, they are +affixed to the winds, the rains, and the surf or "sea" of each locality. +All these descriptive appellations the composer must employ to enrich +his means of place allusion. Even to-day the Hawaiian editor with a nice +sense of emotional values will not, in his obituary notice, speak of a +man being missed in his native district, but will express the idea in +some such way as this: "Never more will the pleasant _Kupuupuu_ +(mist-bearing wind) dampen his brow." The songs of the pleading sisters +in the romance of _Laieikawai_ illustrate this conventional usage. In +_Kualii_, the poet wishes to express the idea that all the sea belongs +to the god Ku. He therefore enumerates the different kinds of "sea," +with their locality--"the sea for surf riding," "the sea for casting the +net," "the sea for going naked," "the sea for swimming," "the sea for +surf riding sideways," "the sea for tossing up mullet," "the sea for +small crabs," "the sea of many harbors," etc. + +The most complete example of this kind of enumeration occurs in the +chant of Kuapakaa, where the son of the disgraced chief chants to his +lord the names of the winds and rains of all the districts about each +island in succession, and then, by means of his grandmother's bones in a +calabash in the bottom of the canoe (she is the Hawaiian wind-goddess) +raises a storm and avenges his father's honor. He sings: + + There they are! There they are!! + There they are!!! + The hard wind of Kohala, + The short sharp wind of Kawaihae, + The fine mist of Waimea, + The wind playing in the cocoanut-leaves of Kekaha, + The soft wind of Kiholo, + The calm of Kona, + The ghost-like wind of Kahaluu, + The wind in the hala-tree of Kaawaloa, + The moist wind of Kapalilua, + The whirlwind of Kau, + The mischievous wind of Hoolapa, + The dust-driven wind of Maalehu, + The smoke-laden wind of Kalauea. + +There is no doubt in this enumeration an assertion of power over the +forces the reciter calls by name, as a descendant of her who has +transmitted to him the magic formula. + +Just so the technician in fishing gear, bark-cloth making, or in canoe +or house building, the two crafts specially practiced by chiefs, +acquires a very minute nomenclature useful to the reciter in word debate +or riddling. The classic example in Hawaiian song is the famous +canoe-chant, which, in the legend of _Kana_, Uli uses in preparing the +canoe for her grandsons' war expedition against the ravisher of Hina +(called the Polynesian Helen of Troy) and which is said to be still +employed for exorcism by sorcerers (_Kahuna_), of whom Uli is the patron +divinity. The enumeration begins thus: + + It is the double canoe of Kaumaielieli, + Keakamilo the outrigger, + Halauloa the body, + Luu the part under water, + Aukuuikalani the bow; + +and so on to the names of the cross stick, the lashings, the sails, the +bailing cup, the rowers in order, and the seat of each, his paddle, and +his "seagoing loin cloth." There is no wordplay perceptible in this +chant, but it is doubtful whether the object is to record a historical +occurrence or rather to exhibit inspired craftsmanship, the process of +enumeration serving as the intellectual test of an inherited gift from +the gods. + +Besides technical interests, the social and economic life of the people +centers close attention upon the plant and animal life about them, as +well as upon kinds of stone useful for working. Andrews enumerates 26 +varieties of edible seaweed known to the Hawaiians. The reciters avail +themselves of these well-known terms, sometimes for quick comparison, +often for mere enumeration. It is interesting to see how, in the "Song +of Creation," in listing plant and animal life according to its supposed +order of birth--first, shellfish, then seaweed and grasses, then fishes +and forests plants, then insects, birds, reptiles--wordplay is employed +in carrying on the enumeration. We read: + + "The Mano (shark) was born, the Moana was born in the sea and swam, + The Mau was born, the Maumau was born in the sea and swam, + The Nana was born, the Mana was born in the sea and swam." + +and so on through Nake and Make, Napa and Nala, Pala and Kala, Paka +(eel) and Papa (crab) and twenty-five or thirty other pairs whose +signification is in most cases lost if indeed they are not entirely +fictitious. Again, 16 fish names are paired with similar names of forest +plants; for example: + + "The Pahau was born in the sea, + Guarded by the Lauhau that grew in the forest." + + "The Hee was born and lived in the sea, + Guarded by the Walahee that grew in the forest." + +Here the relation between the two objects is evidently fixed by the +chance likeness of name. + +On the whole, the Hawaiian takes little interest in stars. The +"canoe-steering star," to be sure, is useful, and the "net of Makalii" +(the Pleiads) belongs to a well-known folk tale. But star stories do not +appear in Hawaiian collections, and even sun and moon stories are rare, +all belonging to the older and more mythical tales. Clouds, however, are +very minutely observed, both as weather indicators and in the lore of +signs, and appear often in song and story.[1] + +Besides differentiating such visible phenomena, the Polynesian also +thinks in parts of less readily distinguishable wholes. When we look +toward the zenith or toward the horizon we conceive the distance as a +whole; the Polynesian divides and names the space much as we divide our +globe into zones. We have seen how he conceives a series of heavens +above the earth, order in creation, rank in the divisions of men on +earth and of gods in heaven. In the passage of time he records how the +sun measures the changes from day to night; how the moon marks off the +month; how the weather changes determine the seasons for planting and +fishing through the year; and, observing the progress of human life from +infancy to old age, he names each stage until "the staff rings as you +walk, the eyes are dim like a rat's, they pull you along on the mat," or +"they bear you in a bag on the back." + +Clearly the interest aroused by all this nomenclature is emotional, not +rational. There is too much wordplay. Utility certainly plays some part, +but the prevailing stimulus is that which bears directly upon the idea +of rank, some divine privilege being conceived in the mere act of +naming, by which a supernatural power is gained over the object named. +The names, as the objects for which they stand, come from the gods. Thus +in the story of _Pupuhuluena_, the culture hero propitiates two +fishermen into revealing the names of their food plants and later, by +reciting these correctly, tricks the spirits into conceding his right to +their possession. Thus he wins tuberous food plants for his people. + +For this reason, exactness of knowledge is essential. The god is +irritated by mistakes.[2] To mispronounce even casually the name of the +remote relative of a chief might cost a man a valuable patron or even +life itself. Some chiefs are so sacred that their names are taboo; if it +is a word in common use, there is chance of that word dropping out of +the language and being replaced by another. + +Completeness of enumeration hence has cabalistic value. When the +Hawaiian propitiates his gods he concludes with an invocation to the +"forty thousand, to the four hundred thousand, to the four thousand"[3] +gods, in order that none escape the incantation. Direction is similarly +invoked all around the compass. In the art of verbal debate--called +_hoopapa_ in Hawaii--the test is to match a rival's series with one +exactly parallel in every particular or to add to a whole some +undiscovered part.[4] A charm mentioned in folk tale is "to name every +word that ends with _lau_." Certain numbers, too, have a kind of magic +finality in themselves; for example, to count off an identical phrase by +ten without missing a word is the charm by which Lepe tricks the +spirits. In the _Kualii_, once more, Ku is extolled as the tenth chief +and warrior: + + The first chief, the second chief, + The third chief, the fourth chief, + The fifth chief, the sixth chief, + The seventh chief, the eighth chief, + The ninth, chief, the tenth chief is Ku, + Ku who stood, in the path of the rain of the heaven, + The first warrior, the second warrior, + The third warrior, the fourth warrior, + The fifth warrior, the sixth warrior, + The seventh warrior, the eighth warrior, + The ninth warrior, the tenth warrior + Is the Chief who makes the King rub his eyes, + The young warrior of all Maui. + +And there follows an enumeration of the other nine warriors. A similar +use is made of counting-out lines in the famous chant of the "Mirage of +Mana" in the story of _Lono_, evidently with the idea of completing an +inclusive series. + +Counting-out formulae reappear in story-telling in such repetitive +series of incidents as those following the action of the five sisters of +the unsuccessful wooer in the _Laieikawai_ story. Here the interest +develops, as in the lines from _Kualii_, an added emotional element, +that of climax. The last place is given to the important character. +Although everyone is aware that the younger sister is the most competent +member of the group, the audience must not be deprived of the pleasure +of seeing each one try and fail in turn before the youngest makes the +attempt. The story-teller, moreover, varies the incident; he does not +exactly follow his formula, which, however, it is interesting to note, +is more fixed in the evidently old dialogue part of the story than in +the explanatory action. + +Story-telling also exhibits how the vital connection felt to exist +between a person or object and the name by which it is distinguished, +which gives an emotional value to the mere act of naming, is extended +further to include scenes with which it is associated. The Hawaiian has +a strong place sense, visible in his devotion to scenes familiar to his +experience, and this is reflected in his language. In the _Laieikawai_ +it appears in the plaints of the five sisters as they recall their +native land. In the songs in the _Halemano_ which the lover sings to win +his lady and the chant in _Lonoikamakahiki_ with which the disgraced +favorite seeks to win back his lord, those places are recalled to mind +in which the friends have met hardship together, in order, if possible, +to evoke the same emotions of love and loyalty which were theirs under +the circumstances described. Hawaiians of all classes, in mourning their +dead, will recall vividly in a wailing chant the scenes with which their +lost friend has been associated. I remember on a tramp in the hills +above Honolulu coming upon the grass hut of a Hawaiian lately released +from serving a term for manslaughter. The place commanded a fine +view--the sweep of the blue sea, the sharp rugged lines of the coast, +the emerald rice patches, the wide-mouthed valleys cutting the roots of +the wooded hills. "It is lonely here?" we asked the man. "_Aole! maikai +keia!_" ("No, the view is excellent") he answered. + +The ascription of perfection of form to divine influence may explain the +Polynesian's strong sense for beauty.[5] The Polynesian sees in nature +the sign of the gods. In its lesser as in its more marvelous +manifestations--thunder, lightning, tempest, the "red rain," the +rainbow, enveloping mist, cloud shapes, sweet odors of plants, so rare +in Hawaii, at least, or the notes of birds--he reads an augury of divine +indwelling. The romances glow with delight in the startling effect of +personal beauty upon the beholder--a beauty seldom described in detail +save occasionally by similes from nature. In the _Laieikawai_ the sight +of the heroine's beauty creates such an ecstasy in the heart of a mere +countryman that he leaves his business to run all about the island +heralding his discovery. Dreaming of the beauty of Laieikawai, the young +chief feels his heart glow with passion for this "red blossom of Puna" +as the fiery volcano scorches the wind that fans across its bosom. A +divine hero must select a bride of faultless beauty; the heroine chooses +her lover for his physical perfections. Now we can hardly fail to see +that in all these cases the delight is intensified by the belief that +beauty is godlike and betrays divine rank in its possessor. Rank is +tested by perfection of face and form. The recognition of beauty thus +becomes regulated by express rules of symmetry and surface. Color, too, +is admired according to its social value. Note the delight in red, +constantly associated with the accouterments of chiefs. + + + +_Footnotes to Section III, 2: Nomenclature_ + +[Footnote 1: In the Hawaiian Annual, 1890, Alexander translates some notes +printed by Kamakau in 1865 upon Hawaiian astronomy as related to the art of +navigation. The bottom of a gourd represented the heavens, upon which were +marked three lines to show the northern and southern limits of the sun's +path, and the equator--called the "black shining road of Kane" and "of +Kanaloa," respectively, and the "road of the spider" or "road to the navel +of Wakea" (ancestor of the race). A line was drawn from the north star to +Newe in the south; to the right was the "bright road of Kane," to the left +the "much traveled road of Kanaloa." Within these lines were marked the +positions of all the known stars, of which Kamakau names 14, besides 5 +planets. For notes upon Polynesian astronomy consult Journal of the +Polynesian Society, iv, 236. Hawaiian priestly hierarchies recognize +special orders whose function it is to read the signs in the clouds, in +dreams, or the flight of birds, or to practice some form of divination with +the entrails of animals. In Hawaii, according to Fornander, the soothsayers +constitute three of the ten large orders of priests, called Oneoneihonua, +Kilokilo, and Nanauli, and these are subdivided into lesser orders. _Ike_, +knowledge, means literally "to see with, the eyes," but it is used also to +express mental vision, or knowledge with reference to the objective means +by which such knowledge is obtained. So the "gourd of wisdom"--_ka ipu o ka +ike_--which Laieikawai consults, brings distant objects before the eyes so +that the woman "knows by seeing" what is going on below. Signs in the +clouds are especially observed, both as weather indicators and to forecast +the doings of chiefs. According to Westervelt's story of _Keaomelemele_, +the lore is taught to mythical ancestors of the Hawaiian race by the gods +themselves. The best analysis of South Sea Island weather signs is to be +found in Erdland's "Marshall Insulaner," page 69. Early in the morning or +in the evening is the time for making observations. Rainbows, +_punohu_--doubtfully explained to me as mists touched by the end of a +rainbow--and the long clouds which lie along the horizon, forecast the +doings of chiefs. A pretty instance of the rainbow sign occurred in the +recent history of Hawaii. When word reached Honolulu of the death of King +Kalakaua, the throng pressed to the palace to greet their new monarch, and +as Her Majesty Liliuokalani appeared upon the balcony to receive them, a +rainbow arched across the palace and was instantly recognized as a symbol +of her royal rank. In the present story the use of the rainbow symbol shows +clumsy workmanship, since near its close the Sun god is represented as +sending to his bride as her peculiar distinguishing mark the same sign, a +rainbow, which has been hers from birth.] + +[Footnote 2: Moerenhout (I, 501-507) says that the Areois society in +Tahiti, one of whose chief objects was "to preserve the chants and songs +of antiquity," sent out an officer called the "Night-walker," _Hare-po_, +whose duty it was to recite the chants all night long at the sacred +places. If he hesitated a moment it was a bad omen. "Perfect memory for +these chants was a gift of god and proved that a god spoke through and +inspired the reciter." If a single slip was made, the whole was +considered useless. + +Erdland relates that a Marshall Islander who died in 1906 remembered +correctly the names of officers and scholars who came to the islands in +the Chamisso party when he was a boy of 8 or 10. + +Fornander notes that, in collecting Hawaiian chants, of the _Kualii_ +dating from about the seventeenth century and containing 618 lines, one +copy collected on Hawaii, another on Oahu, did not vary in a single +line; of the _Hauikalani_, written just before Kamehameha's time and +containing 527 lines, a copy from Hawaii and one from Maui differed only +in the omission of a single word. + +Tripping and stammering games were, besides, practiced to insure exact +articulation. (See Turner, Samoa, p. 131; Thomson, pp. 16, 315.)] + +[Footnote 3: Emerson, Unwritten Literature, p. 24 (note).] + +[Footnote 4: This is well illustrated in Fornander's story of +Kaipalaoa's disputation with the orators who gathered about +Kalanialiiloa on Kauai. Say the men: + + "Kuu moku la e kuu moku, + Moku kele i ka waa o Kaula, + Moku kele i ka waa, Nihoa, + Moku kele i ka waa, Niihau. + Lehua, Kauai, Molokai, Oahu, + Maui, Lanai, Kahoolawe, + Moloklni, Kauiki, Mokuhano, + Makaukiu, Makapu, Mokolii." + + My island there, my island; + Island to which my canoe sails, Kaula, + Island to which my canoe sails, Nihoa, + Island to which my canoe sails, Niihau. + Lehua, Kauai, Molokai, Oahu, + Maui, Lanai, Kahoolawe, + Molokini, Kauiki, Mokuhano, + Makaukiu, Makapu, Mokolii. + +"You are beaten, young man; there are no islands left. We have taken up +the islands to be found, none left." + +Says the boy: + + "Kuu moku e, kuu moku, + O Mokuola, ulu ka ai, + Ulu ka niu, ulu ka laau, + Ku ka hale, holo ua holoholona." + + Here is my island, my island + _Mokuola_, where grows food, + The cocoanut grows, trees grow, + Houses stand, animals run. + +"There is an island for you. It is an island. It is in the sea." + +(This is a small island off Hilo, Hawaii.) + +The men try again: + + "He aina hau kinikini o Kohala, + Na'u i helu a hookahi hau, + I e hiku hau keu. + O ke ama hau la akahi, + O ka iaku hau la alua, + O ka ilihau la akolu, + O ka laau hau la aha, + O ke opu hau la alima, + O ka nanuna hau la aone, + O ka hau i ka mauna la ahiku." + + A land of many _hau_ trees is Kohala + Out of a single _hau_ tree I have counted out + And found seven _hau_. + The _hau_ for the outriggers makes one, + The _hau_ for the joining piece makes two, + The _hau_ bark makes three, + The _hau_ wood makes four, + The _hau_ bush makes five, + The large _hau_ tree makes six, + The mountain _hau_ makes seven. + +"Say, young man, you will have no _hau_, for we have used it all. There +is none left. If you find any more, you shall live, but if you fail you +shall surely die. We will twist your nose till you see the sun at +Kumukena. We will poke your eyes with the _Kahili_ handle, and when the +water runs out, our little god of disputation shall suck it up--the god +Kaneulupo." + +Says the boy, "You full-grown men have found so many uses, you whose +teeth are rotten with age, why can't I, a lad, find other uses, to save +myself so that I may live. I shall search for some more hau, and if I +fail you shall live, but if I find them you shall surely die." + + "Aina hau kinikini o Kona, + Na'u i helu hookahi hau, + A ehiku hau keu. + O Honolohau la akahi, + O Lanihau la alua + O Punohau la akolu, + O Kahauloa la aha, + O Auhaukea la alima, + O Kahauiki la aono, + Holo kehau i ka waa kona la ahiku." + + A land of many _hau_ trees is in _Kona_ + Out of a single _hau_ I have counted one, + And found seven _hau_. + Honolahau makes one, + Lanihau makes two, + Punohau makes three, + Kahauloa makes four, + Auhaukea makes five, + Kahaniki makes six, + The Kehau that drives the canoe at Kona makes seven. + +(All names of places in the Kona district.) + +"There are seven _hau_, you men with rotten teeth."] + +[Footnote 5: Thomson says that the Fijians differ from the Polynesians +in their indifference to beauty in nature.] + + + + +3. ANALOGY: ITS PICTORIAL QUALITY + + +A second significant trait in the treatment of objective life, swiftness +of analogy, affects the Polynesian in two ways: the first is pictorial +and plays upon a likeness between objects or describes an idea or mood +in metaphorical terms; the second is a mere linguistic play upon words. +Much nomenclature is merely a quick picturing which fastens attention +upon the special feature that attracts attention; ideas are naturally +reinforced by some simple analogy. I recall a curious imported flower +with twisted inner tube which the natives call, with a characteristic +touch of daring drollery, "the intestines of the clergyman." Spanish +moss is named from a prominent figure of the foreign community "Judge +Dole's beard." Some native girls, braiding fern wreaths, called my +attention to the dark, graceful fronds which grow in the shade and are +prized for such work. "These are the natives," they said; then pointing +slyly to the coarse, light ferns burned in the sun they added, "these +are the foreigners." After the closing exercises of a mission school in +Hawaii one of the parents was called upon to make an address. He said: +"As I listen to the songs and recitations I am like one who walks +through the forest where the birds are singing. I do not understand the +words, but the sound is sweet to the ear." The boys in a certain +district school on Hawaii call the weekly head inspection "playing the +ukulele" in allusion to the literal interpretation of the name for the +native banjo. These homely illustrations, taken from the everyday life +of the people, illustrate a habit of mind which, when applied for +conscious emotional effect, results in much charm of formal expression. +The habit of isolating the essential feature leads to such suggestive +names as "Leaping water," "White mountain," "The gathering place of the +clouds," for waterfall or peak; or to such personal appellations as that +applied to a visiting foreigner who had temporarily lost his voice, "The +one who never speaks"; or to such a description of a large settlement as +"many footprints."[1] The graphic sense of analogy applies to a mountain +such a name as "House of the sun"; to the prevailing rain of a certain +district the appellation "The rain with a pack on its back," "Leaping +whale" or "Ghostlike"; to a valley, "The leaky canoe"; to a canoe, "Eel +sleeping in the water." A man who has no brother in a family is called +"A single coconut," in allusion to a tree from which hangs a single +fruit.[2] + +This tendency is readily illustrated in the use of synonyms. _Oili_ +means "to twist, roll up;" it also means "to be weary, agitated, tossed +about in mind." _Hoolala_ means "to branch out," as the branches of a +tree; it is also applied in sailing to the deflection from a course. +_Kilohana_ is the name given to the outside decorated piece of tapa in a +skirt of five layers; it means generally, therefore, "the very best" in +contrast to that which is inferior. _Kuapaa_ means literally "to harden +the back" with oppressive work; it is applied to a breadfruit parched on +the tree or to a rock that shows itself above water. Lilolilo means "to +spread out, expand as blossom from bud;" it also applies to an +open-handed person. _Nee_ may mean "to hitch along from one place to +another," or "to change the mind." _Palele_ means "separate, put +somewhere else when there is no place vacant;" it also applies to +stammering. These illustrations gathered almost at random may be +indefinitely multiplied. I recall a clergyman in a small hamlet on +Hawaii who wished to describe the character of the people of that place. +Picking up a stone of very close grain of the kind used for pounding and +called _alapaa_, literally, "close-grained stone," he explained that +because the people of that section were "tight" (stingy) they were +called _Kaweleau alapaa_. This ready imitativeness, often converted into +caricature, enters into the minutest detail of life and is the clew to +many a familiar proverb like that of the canoe on the coral reef quoted +in the text.[3] The chants abound in such symbols. Man is "a long-legged +fish" offered to the gods. Ignorance is the "night of the mind." The +cloud hanging over Kaula is a bird which flies before the wind[4]-- + + The blackbird begged, + The bird of Kaula begged, + Floating up there above Waahila. + +The coconut leaves are "the hair of the trees, their long locks." Kailua +district is "a mat spread out narrow and gray." + +The classic example of the use of such metaphor in Hawaiian song is the +famous passage in the _Hauikalani_ in which chiefs at war are compared +with a cockfight, the favorite Hawaiian pastime[5] being realistically +described in allusion to Keoua's wars on Hawaii: + + Hawaii is a cockpit; the trained cocks fight on the ground. + The chief fights--the dark-red cock awakes at night for battle; + The youth fights valiantly--Loeau, son of Keoua. + He whets his spurs, he pecks as if eating; + He scratches in the arena--this Hilo--the sand of Waiolama. + + * * * * * + + He is a well-fed cock. The chief is complete, + Warmed in the smokehouse till the dried feathers rattle, + With changing colors, like many-colored paddles, like piles of + polished Kahili. + The feathers rise and fall at the striking of the spurs. + +Here the allusions to the red color and to eating suggest a chief. The +feather brushes waved over a chief and the bright-red paddles of his war +fleet are compared to the motion of a fighting cock's bright feathers, +the analogy resting upon the fact that the color and the motion of +rising and falling are common to all three. + +This last passage indicates the precise charm of Polynesian metaphor. It +lies in the singer's close observation of the exact and characteristic +truth which suggests the likeness, an exactness necessary to carry the +allusion with his audience, and which he sharpens incessantly from the +concrete facts before him. Kuapakaa sings: + + The rain in the winter comes slanting, + Taking the breath away, pressing down the hair, + Parting the hair in the middle. + +The chants are full of such precise descriptions, and they furnish the +rich vocabulary of epithet employed in recalling a place, person, or +object. Transferred to matters of feeling or emotion, they result in +poetical comparisons of much charm. Sings Kuapakaa (Wise's translation): + + The pointed clouds have become fixed in the heavens, + The pointed clouds grow quiet like one in pain before childbirth, + Ere it comes raining heavily, without ceasing. + The umbilicus of the rain is in the heavens, + The streams will yet be swollen by the rain. + +[Illustration: A HAWAIIAN PADDLER (HENSHAW)] + +Hina's song of longing for her lost lover in _Laieikawai_ should be +compared with the lament of Laukiamanuikahiki when, abandoned by her +lover, she sees the clouds drifting in the direction he has taken: + + The sun is up, it is up; + My love is ever up before me. + It is causing me great sorrow, it is pricking me in the side, + For love is a burden when one is in love, + And falling tears are its due. + +How vividly the mind enters into this analogy is proved, by its swift +identification with the likeness presented. Originally this +identification was no doubt due to ideas of magic. In romance, life in +the open--in the forests or on the sea--has taken possession of the +imagination. In the myths heroes climb the heavens, dwelling half in the +air; again they are amphibian like their great lizard ancestors. In the +_Laieikawai_, as in so many stories, note how much of the action takes +place on or in the sea--canoeing, swimming, or surfing. In less +humanized tales the realization is much more fantastic. To the +Polynesian, mind such figurative sayings as "swift as a bird" and "swim +like a fish" mean a literal transformation, his sense of identity being +yet plastic, capable of uniting itself with whatever shape catches the +eye. When the poet Marvel says-- + + Casting the body's vest aside, + My soul into the boughs does glide; + There, like a bird, it sits and sings, + Then whets and combs its silver wings, + And, till prepared for longer flight, + Waves in its plumes the various light-- + +he is merely expressing a commonplace of primitive mental experience, +transformation stories being of the essence of Polynesian as of much +primitive speculation about the natural objects to which his eye is +drawn with wonder and delight. + + + +_Footnotes to Section III, 3: Analogy_ + +[Footnote 1: Turner, Samoa, p. 220.] + +[Footnote 2: Ibid.; Moerenhout, I, 407-410.] + +[Footnote 3: Turner, Samoa, pp. 216-221; Williams and Calvert, I, p. +110.] + +[Footnote 4: Williams and Calvert, I, 118.] + +[Footnote 5: Moerenhout, II, 146.] + + + + +4. THE DOUBLE MEANING; PLAYS ON WORDS + + +Analogy is the basis of many a double meaning. There is, in fact, no +lyric song describing natural scenery that may not have beneath it some +implied, often indelicate, allusion whose riddle it takes an adroit and +practiced mind to unravel. + +This riddling tendency of figurative verse seems to be due to the +aristocratic patronage of composition, whose tendency was to exalt +language above the comprehension of the common people, either by +obscurity, through ellipsis and allusion, or by saying one thing and +meaning another. A special chief's language was thus evolved, in which +the speaker might couch his secret resolves and commands unsuspected by +those who stood within earshot. Quick interpretation of such symbols was +the test of chiefly rank and training. On the other hand, the wish to +appear innocent led him to hide his meaning in a commonplace +observation. Hence nature and the objects and actions of everyday life +were the symbols employed. For the heightened language of poetry the +same chiefly strain was cultivated--the allusion, metaphor, the double +meaning became essential to its art; and in the song of certain periods +a play on words by punning and word linking became highly artificial +requirements.[1] + +Illustrations of this art do not fall upon a foreign ear with the force +which they have in the Polynesian, because much of the skill lies in +tricks with words impossible to translate, and often the jest depends +upon a custom or allusion with which the foreigner is unfamiliar. It is +for this reason that such an art becomes of social value, because only +the chief who keeps up with the fashion and the follower who hangs upon +the words of his chief can translate the allusion and parry the thrust +or satisfy the request. In a Samoan tale a wandering magician requests +in one village "to go dove catching," and has the laugh on his simple +host because he takes him at his word instead of bringing him a wife. In +a Tongan story[2] the chief grows hungry while out on a canoe trip, and +bids his servant, "Look for a banana stalk on the weather side of the +boat." As this is the side of the women, the command meant "Kill a woman +for me to eat." The woman designed for slaughter is in this case wise +enough to catch his meaning and save herself and child by hiding under +the canoe. In Fornander's story a usurper and his accomplice plan the +moment for the death of their chief over a game of _konane_, the +innocent words which seem to apply to the game being uttered by the +conspirators with a more sinister meaning. The language of insults and +opprobrium is particularly rich in such double meanings. The pig god, +wishing to insult Pélé, who has refused his advances, sings of her, +innocently enough to common ears, as a "woman pounding _noni_." Now, the +_noni_ is the plant from which red dye is extracted; the allusion +therefore is to Pélé's red eyes, and the goddess promptly resents the +implication. + +It is to this chiefly art of riddling that we must ascribe the stories +of riddling contests that are handed down in Polynesian tales. The best +Hawaiian examples are perhaps found in Fornander's _Kepakailiula_. Here +the hero wins supremacy over his host by securing the answer to two +riddles--"The men that stand, the men that lie down, the men that are +folded," and "Plaited all around, plaited to the bottom, leaving an +opening." The answer is in both cases a house, for in the first riddle +"the timbers stand, the batons lie down, the grass is folded under the +cords"; in the second, the process of thatching is described in general +terms. In the story of _Pikoiakaala_, on the other hand; the hero +puzzles his contestants by riddling with the word "rat." This word +riddling is further illustrated in the story of the debater, Kaipalaoa, +already quoted. His opponents produce this song: + + The small bird chirps; it shivers in the rain, in Puna, at Keaau, + at Iwainalo, + +and challenge him to "find another _nalo_." Says the boy: + + The crow caw caws; it shines in the rain. In _Kona_, at _Honalo_, + it is hidden (_nalo_). + +Thus, by using _nalo_ correctly in the song in two ways, he has +overmatched his rivals. + +In the elaborated _hula_ songs, such as Emerson quotes, the art can be +seen in full perfection. Dangerous as all such interpretation of native +art must be for a foreigner, I venture in illustration, guided by Wise's +translation, the analysis of one of the songs sung by Halemano to win +back his lost lady love, the beauty of Puna. The circumstances are as +follows: Halemano, a Kauai chief, has wedded a famous beauty of Puna, +Hawaii, who has now deserted him for a royal lover. Meanwhile a Kohala +princess who loves him seeks to become his mistress, and makes a +festival at which she may enjoy his company. The estranged wife is +present, and during the games he sings a series of songs to reproach her +infidelity. One of them runs thus: + + Ke kua ia mai la e ke kai ka hala o Puna. + E halaoa ana me he kanaka la, + Lulumi iho la i kai o Hilo-e. + Hanuu ke kai i luna o Mokuola. + Ua ola ae nei loko i ko aloha-e. + He kokua ka inaina no ke kanaka. + Hele kuewa au i ke alanui e! + Pela, peia, pehea au e ke aloha? + Auwe kuu wahine--a! + Kuu hoa o ka ulu hapapa o Kalapana. + O ka la hiki anuanu ma Kumukahi. + Akahi ka mea aloha o ka wahine. + Ke hele neiia wela kau manawa, + A huihui kuu piko i ke aloha, + Ne aie kuu kino no ia la-e. + Hoi mai kaua he a'u koolau keia, + Kuu wahine hoi e! Hoi mai. + Hoi mai kaua e hoopumehana. + Ka makamaka o ia aina makua ole. + + Hewn down by the sea are the pandanus trees of Puna. + They are standing there like men, + Like a multitude in the lowlands of Hilo. + Step by step the sea rises above the Isle-of-life. + So life revives once more within me, for love of you. + A bracer to man is wrath. + As I wandered friendless over the highways, alas! + That way, this way, what of me, love? + Alas, my wife--O! + My companion of the shallow planted breadfruit of Kalapana. + Of the sun rising cold at Kumukahi. + Above all else the love of a wife. + For my temples burn, + And my heart (literally "middle") is cold for your love, + And my body is under bonds to her (the princess of Kohala). + Come back to me, a wandering Au bird of Koolau, + My love, come back. + Come back and let us warm each other with love, + Beloved one in a friendless land (literally, "without parents"). + + +Paraphrased, the song may mean: + + The sea has encroached upon the shore of Puna and Hilo so that the + _hala_ trees stand out in the water; still they stand firm in spite + of the flood. So love floods my heart, but I am braced by anger. + Alas! my wife, have you forgotten the days when we dwelt in Kalapana + and saw the sun rise beyond Cape Kumukahi? I burn and freeze for + your love, yet my body is engaged to the princess of Kohala, by the + rules of the game. Come back to me! I am from Kauai, in the north, + and here in Puna I am a stranger and friendless. + +The first figure alludes to the well-known fact that the sinking of the +Puna coast has left the pandanus trunks standing out in the water, which +formerly grew on dry land. The poetical meaning, however, depends first +upon the similarity in sound between _Ke kua_, "to cut," which begins +the parallel, and _He Kokua_, which is also used to mean cutting, but +implies assisting, literally "bracing the back," and carries over the +image to its analogue; and, second, upon the play upon the word ola, +life: "The sea floods the isle of life--yes! Life survives in spite of +sorrow," may be the meaning. In the latter part of the song the epithets +_anuanu_, chilly, and _hapapa_, used of seed planted in shallow soil, +may be chosen in allusion to the cold and shallow nature of her love for +him. + +The nature of Polynesian images must now be apparent. A close observer +of nature, the vocabulary of epithet and image with which it has +enriched the mind is, especially in proverb or figurative verse, made +use of allusively to suggest the quality of emotion or to convey a +sarcasm. The quick sense of analogy, coupled with a precise +nomenclature, insures its suggestive value. So we find in the language +of nature vivid, naturalistic accounts of everyday happenings in +fantastic reshapings, realistically conceived and ascribed to the gods +who rule natural phenomena; a figurative language of signs to be read as +an implied analogy; allusive use of objects, names, places, to convey +the associated incident, or the description of a scene to suggest the +accompanying emotion; and a sense of delight in the striking or +phenomenal in sound, perfume, or appearance, which is explained as the +work of a god. + + + +_Footnotes to Section III, 4: The Double Meaning_ + +[Footnote 1: See Moerenhout, II, 210; Jarves, p. 34; Alexander in +Andrews' Dict., p. xvi; Ellis, I, 288; Gracia, p. 65; Gill, Myths and +Songs, p. 42.] + +[Footnote 2: Fison, p. 100.] + + + + +5. CONSTRUCTIVE ELEMENTS OF STYLE + + +Finally, to the influence of song, as to the dramatic requirements of +oral delivery, are perhaps due the retention of certain constructive +elements of style. No one can study the form of Hawaiian poetry without +observing that parallelism is at the basis of its structure. The same +swing gets into the prose style. Perhaps the necessity of memorizing +also had its effect. A composition was planned for oral delivery and +intended to please the ear; tone values were accordingly of great +importance. The variation between narrative, recitative, and formal +song; the frequent dialogue, sometimes strictly dramatic; the repetitive +series in which the same act is attempted by a succession of actors, or +the stages of an action are described in exactly the same form, or a +repetition is planned in ascending scale; the singsong value of the +antithesis;[1] the suspense gained by the ejaculation[2]--all these +devices contribute values to the ear which help to catch and please the +sense. + + + +_Footnotes to Section III, 5: Constructive Elements of Style_ + +[Footnote 1: The following examples are taken from the Laieikawai, where +antithesis is frequent: + +"Four children were mine, four are dead." + +"Masters inside and outside" (to express masters over everything). + +"I have seen great and small, men and women; low chiefs, men and women; + high chiefs." + +"When you wish to go, go; if you wish to stay, this is Hana, stay here." + +"As you would do to me, so shall I to you." + +"I will not touch, you, you must not touch me." + +"Until day becomes night and night day." + +"If it seems good I will consent; if not, I will refuse." + +"Camped at some distance from A's party and A's party from them." + +"Sounds only by night, ... never by day." + +"Through us the consent, through us the refusal." + +"You above, our wife below." + +"Thunder pealed, this was Waka's work; thunder pealed, this was Malio's + work." + +"Do not look back, face ahead." + +"Adversity to one is adversity to all;" "we will not forsake you, do not + you forsake us." + +"Not to windward, go to leeward." + +"Never ... any destruction before like this; never will any come + hereafter." + +"Everyone has a god, none is without." + +"There I stood, you were gone." + +"I have nothing to complain of you, you have nothing to complain of me." + + +The balanced sentence structure is often handled with particular skill: + +"If ... a daughter, let her die; however many daughters ... let them die." + +"The penalty is death, death to himself, death to his wife, death to all + his friends." + +"Drive him away; if he should tell you his desire, force him away; if he is + very persistent, force him still more." + +"Again they went up ... again the chief waited ... the chief again sent a + band." + +"A crest arose; he finished his prayer to the amen; again a crest arose, + the second this; not long after another wave swelled." + +"If she has given H. a kiss, if she has defiled herself with him, then we + lose the wife, then take me to my grave without pity. But if she has + hearkened ... then she is a wife for you, if my grandchild has hearkened + to my command." + + +A series of synonyms is not uncommon, or the repetition of an idea in +other words: + +"Do not fear, have no dread." + +"Linger not, delay not your going." + +"Exert your strength, all your godlike might." + +"Lawless one, mischief maker, rogue of the sea." + +"Princess of broad Hawaii, Laieikawai, our mistress." + +"House of detention, prison-house." + +"Daughter, lord, preserver."] + +[Footnote 2: In the course of the story of _Laieikawai_ occur more than +50 ejaculatory phrases, more than half of these in the narrative, not +the dialogue, portion: + +1. The most common is used to provide suspense for what is to follow and +is printed without the point--_aia hoi_, literally, "then (or there) +indeed," with the force of our lo! or behold! + +2. Another less common form, native to the Hawaiian manner of thought, is +the contradiction of a plausible conjecture--_aole ka!_ "not so!". Both +these forms occur in narrative or in dialogue. The four following are found +in dialogue alone: + +3. _Auhea oe?_ "where are you?" is used to introduce a vigorous address. + +4. _Auwe!_ to express surprise (common in ordinary speech), is rare in +this story. + +5. The expression of surprise, _he mea kupapaha_, is literally "a +strange thing," like our impersonal "it is strange" + +6. The vocable _e_ is used to express strong emotion. + +7. Add to these an occasional use, for emphasis, of the belittling +question, whose answer, although generally left to be understood, may be +given; for example: _A heaha la o Haua-i-liki ia Laie-i-ka-wai? he +opala paha_, "What was Hauailiki to Laieikawai? 'mere chaff!'", and the +expression of contempt--_ka_--with which the princess dismisses her wooer] + + + + +IV. CONCLUSIONS + + +1. Much of the material of Hawaiian song and story is traditional within +other Polynesian groups. + +2. Verse making is practiced as an aristocratic art of high social value +in the households of chiefs, one in which both men and women take part. + +3. In both prose and poetry, for the purpose of social aggrandizement, +the theme is the individual hero exalted through his family connection +and his own achievement to the rank of divinity. + +4. The action of the story generally consists in a succession of +contests in which is tested the hero's claim to supernatural power. +These contests range from mythical encounters in the heavens to the +semihistorical rivalries of chiefs. + +5. The narrative may take on a high degree of complexity, involving many +well-differentiated characters and a well-developed art of conversation, +and in some instances, especially in revenge, trickster, or recognition +motives, approaching plot tales in our sense of the word. + +6. The setting of song or story, both physical and social, is distinctly +realized. Stories persist and are repeated in the localities where they +are localized. Highly characteristic are stories of rock transformations +and of other local configurations, still pointed to as authority for the +tale. + +7. Different types of hero appear: + +(_a_) The hero may be a human being of high rank and of unusual power +either of strength, skill, wit, or craft. + +(_b_) He may be a demigod of supernatural power, half human, half +divine. + +(_c_) He may be born in shape of a beast, bird, fish, or other object, +with or without the power to take human form or monstrous size. + +(_d_) He may bear some relation to the sun, moon, or stars, a form rare +in Hawaii, but which, when it does occur, is treated objectively rather +than allegorically. + +(_e_) He may be a god, without human kinship, either one of the +"departmental gods" who rule over the forces of nature, or of the +hostile spirits who inhabited the islands before they were occupied by +the present race. + +(_f_) He may be a mere ordinary man who by means of one of these +supernatural helpers achieves success. + +8. Poetry and prose show a quite different process of development. In +prose, connected narrative has found free expression. In poetry, the +epic process is neglected. Besides the formal dirge and highly developed +lyric songs (often accompanied and interpreted by dance), the +characteristic form is the eulogistic hymn, designed to honor an +individual by rehearsing his family's achievements, but in broken and +ejaculatory panegyric rather than in connected narrative. In prose, +again, the picture presented is highly realistic. The tendency is to +humanize and to localize within the group the older myth and to develop +later legendary tales upon a naturalistic basis. Poetry, on the other +hand, develops set forms, plays with double meanings. Its character is +symbolic and obscure and depends for its style upon, artificial devices. + +9. Common to each are certain sources of emotional Interest such as +depend upon a close interplay of ideas developed within an intimate +social group. In prose occur conventional episodes, highly elaborated +minor scenes, place names in profusion which have little to do with the +action of the story, repetitions by a series of actors of the same +incident in identical form, and in the dialogue, elaborate chants, +proverbial sayings, antithesis and parallelism. In poetry, the panegyric +proceeds by the enumeration of names and their qualities, particularly +place or technical names; by local and legendary allusions which may +develop into narrative or descriptive passages of some length; and by +eulogistic comparisons drawn from nature or from social life and often +elaborately developed. The interjectional expression of emotion, the +rhetorical question, the use of antithesis, repetition, wordplay (puns +and word-linking) and mere counting-out formulas play a striking part, +and the riddling element, both in the metaphors employed and in the use +of homonyms, renders the sense obscure. + + + + +PERSONS IN THE STORY + + +1. AIWOHI-KUPUA. A young chief of Kauai, suitor to Laie-i-ka-wai. + +2. AKIKEEHIALE. The turnstone, messenger of Aiwohikupua. + +3. AWAKEA. "Noonday." The bird that guards the doors of the sun. + +4. HALA-ANIANI. A young rascal of Puna. + +5. HALULU-I-KE-KIHE-O-KA-MALAMA. The bird who bears the visitors to the +doors of the sun. + +6. HATUA-I-LIKI. "Strike-in-beating." A young chief of Kauai, suitor to +Laie-i-ka-wai. + +7. HAUNAKA. A champion boxer of Kohala. + +8. HINA-I-KA-MALAMA. A chiefess of Maui. + +9. HULU-MANIANI. "Waving feather." A seer of Kauai. + +10. IHU-ANU. "Cold-nose." A champion boxer of Kohala. + +11. KA-ELO-I-KA-MALAMA. The "mother's brother" who guards the land of +Nuumealani. + +12. KA-HALA-O-MAPU-ANA. "The sweet-scented hala." The youngest sister of +Aiwohikupua. + +13. KAHAU-O-KAPAKA. The chief of Koolau, Oahu, father of Laie-i-ka-wai. + +14. KAHOUPO 'KANE. Attendant upon Poliahu. + +15. KA-ILI-O-KA-LAU-O-KE-KOA. "The-skin-of-the-leaf-of-the-koa (tree)." +The wife of Kauakahialii. + +16. KALAHUMOKU. The fighting dog of Aiwohikupua. + +17. KA-OHU-KULO-KIALEA. "The-moving-cloud-of-Kaialea." Guard of the +shade at the taboo house of Kahiki. + +18. KA-ONOHI-O-KA-LA. "The-eyeball-of-the-sun." A high taboo chief, who +lives in Kahiki. + +19. KAPUKAI-HAOA. A priest, grandfather of Laie-i-ka-wai. + +20. KAUA-KAHI-ALII. The high chief of Kauai. + +21. KAULAAI-LEHUA. A beautiful princess of Molokai. + +22. KE-KALUKALU-O-KE-WA. Successor to Kauakahi-alii and suitor to +Laie-i-ka-wai. + +23. KIHA-NUI-LULU-MOKU. "Great-convulsion-shaking-the-island." A +guardian spirit of Pali-uli. + +24. KOAE. The tropic bird. Messenger of Aiwohikupua. + +25. LAIE-I-KA-WAI. A species of the _ieie_ vine. (?) The beauty of +Pali-uli. + +26. LAIE-LOHELOHE. Another species of the _ieie_ vine. (?) Twin sister +of Laie-i-ka-wai. + +27. LANALANA-NUI-AI-MAKUA. "Great-ancestral-spider." The one who lets +down the pathway to the heavens. + +28. LAU-KIELE-ULA. "Red-kiele-leaf." The mother who attends the young +chief in the taboo house at Kahiki. + +29. LILI-NOE. "Fine-fog." Attendant to Poliahu. + +30. MAHINA-NUI-KONANE. "Big-bright-moon." Guard of the shade at the +taboo house at Kahiki. + +31. MAILE-HAIWALE. "Brittle-leafed-maile-vine." Sister of Aiwohikupua. + +32. MAILE-KALUHEA. "Big-leafed-maile-vine." Sister of Aiwohikupua. + +33. MAILE-LAULII. "Fine-leaf ed-maile-vine." Sister of Aiwohikupua. + +34. MAILE-PAKAHA. "Common-maile-vine." Sister of Aiwohikupua. + +35. MAKA-WELI. "Terrible-eyes." A young chief of Kauai. + +36. MALAEKAHANA. The mother of Laie-i-ka-wai. + +37. MALIO. A sorceress, sister of the Puna rascal, + +38. MOANALIHA-I-KA-WAOKELE. A powerful chief in Kahiki. + +39. MOKU-KELE-KAHIKI. "Island-sailing-to-Kahiki." The mother's brother +who guards the land of Ke-alohi-lani. + +40. POLI-AHU. "Cold-bosom." A high chiefess who dwells on Maunakea. + +41. POLOULA. A chief at Wailua, Kauai. + +42. ULILI. The snipe. Messenger to Aiwohikupua. + +43. WAI-AIE. "Water-mist." Attendant of Poliahu. + +44. WAKA. A sorceress, grandmother of Laie-i-ka-wai. + +The chief counsellor of Aiwohikupua. +The humpbacked attendant of Laie-i-ka-wai. +A canoe owner of Molokai. +A chief of Molokai, father of Kaulaailehua. +A countrywoman of Hana. +Paddlers, soldiers, and country people. + + + + +ACTION OF THE STORY + + +Twin sisters, Laieikawai and Laielohelohe, are born in Koolau, Oahu, +their birth heralded by a double clap of thunder. Their father, a great +chief over that district, has vowed to slay all his daughters until a +son is born to him. Accordingly the mother conceals their birth and +intrusts them to her parents to bring up in retirement, the priest +carrying the younger sister to the temple at Kukaniloko and Waka hiding +Laieikawai in the cave beside the pool Waiapuka. A prophet from Kauai +who has seen the rainbow which always rests over the girl's dwelling +place, desiring to attach himself to so great a chief, visits the place, +but is eluded by Waka, who, warned by her husband, flies with her +charge, first to Molokai, where a countryman, catching sight of the +girl's face, is so transported with her beauty that he makes the tour of +the island proclaiming her rank, thence to Maui and then to Hawaii, +where she is directed to a spot called Paliuli on the borders of Puna, a +night's journey inland through the forest from the beach at Keaau. Here +she builds a house for her "grandchild" thatched with the feathers of +the _oo_ bird, and appoints birds to serve her, a humpbacked attendant +to wait upon her, and mists to conceal her when she goes abroad. + +To the island of Kauai returns its high chief, Kauakahialii, after a +tour of the islands during which he has persuaded the fair mistress of +Paliuli to visit him. So eloquent is his account of her beauty that the +young chief Aiwohikupua, who has vowed to wed no woman from his own +group, but only one from "the land of good women," believes that here he +has found his wish. He makes the chief's servant his confidant, and +after dreaming of the girl for a year, he sets out with his counsellor +and a canoeload of paddlers for Paliuli. On the way he plays a boxing +bout with the champion of Kohala, named Cold-nose, whom he dispatches +with a single stroke that pierces the man through the chest and comes +out on the other side. Arrived at the house in the forest at Paliuli, he +is amazed to find it thatched all over with the precious royal feathers, +a small cloak of which he is bearing as his suitor's gift. Realizing the +girl's rank, he returns at once to Kauai to fetch his five sweet-scented +sisters to act as ambassadresses and bring him honor as a wooer. +Laieikawai, however, obstinately refuses the first four; and the angry +lover in a rage refuses to allow the last and youngest to try her +charms. Abandoning them, all to their fate in the forest, he sails back +to Kauai. The youngest and favorite, indeed, he would have taken with +him, but she will not abandon her sisters. By her wit and skill she +gains the favor of the royal beauty, and all five are taken into the +household of Laieikawai to act as guardians of her virginity and pass +upon any suitors for her hand. + +When Aiwohikupua, on his return, confesses his ill fortune, a handsome +comrade, the best skilled in surfing over all the islands, lays a bet to +win the beauty of Paliuli. He, too, returns crestfallen, the guards +having proved too watchful. But Aiwohikupua is so delighted to hear of +his sisters' position that he readily cancels the debt and hurries off +to Puna. His sisters, however, mindful of his former cruelty, deny him +access, and he returns to Kauai burning with rage, to collect a war +party to lead against the obdurate girls. Only after band after band has +been swallowed up in the jaws of the great lizard who guards Paliuli, +and his supernatural fighting dog has returned with ears bitten off and +tail between its legs, does he give over the attempt and return home +disconsolate to Kauai. + +Now, on his first voyage to Puna, as the chief came to land at Hana, +Maui, a high chiefess named Hina fell in love with him. The two staking +their love at a game of _konane_, she won him for her lover. He excused +himself under pretext of a vow to first tour about Hawaii, but pledged +himself to return. On the return trip he encountered and fell in love +with the woman of the mountain, Poliahu or Snow-bosom, but she, knowing +through her supernatural power of his affair with Hina, refused his +advances. Now, however, he determines to console himself with this lady. +His bird ambassadors go first astray and notify Hina, but finally the +tryst is arranged, the bridal cortege arrives in state, and the bridal +takes place. On their return to Kauai during certain games celebrated by +the chiefs, the neglected Hina suddenly appears and demands her pledge. +The jealous Poliahu disturbs the new nuptials by plaguing their couch +first with freezing cold, then with burning heat, until she has driven +away her rival. She then herself takes her final departure. + +Kauakahialii, the high chief of Kauai, now about to die, cedes the +succession to his favorite chief, Kekalukaluokewa, and bids him seek out +the beauty of Paliuli for a bride. He is acceptable to both the girl and +her grandmother--to the first for his good looks, to the second for his +rank and power. But before the marriage can be consummated a wily rascal +of Puna, through the arts of his wise sister Malio, abducts Laieikawai +while she and her lover are out surfing, by his superior dexterity wins +her affection, and makes off with her to Paliuli. When the grandmother +discovers her grandchild's disgrace, she throws the girl over and +seeks out her twin sister on Oahu to offer as bride to the great chief +of Kauai. So beautiful is Laielohelohe that now the Puna rascal abandons +his wife and almost tricks the new beauty out of the hands of the noble +bridegroom; but this time the marriage is successfully managed, the +mists clear, and bride and bridegroom appear mounted upon birds, while +all the people shout, "The marriage of the chiefs!" The spectacle is +witnessed by the abandoned beauty and her guardians, who have come +thither riding upon the great lizard; and on this occasion Waka +denounces and disgraces her disowned grandchild. + +Left alone by her grandmother, lordly lover, and rascally husband, +Laieikawai turns to the five virgin sisters and the great lizard to +raise her fortunes. The youngest sister proposes to make a journey to +Kealohilani, or the Shining-heavens, and fetch thence her oldest +brother, who dwells in the "taboo house on the borders of Tahiti." As a +youth of the highest divine rank, he will be a fit mate to wed her +mistress. The chiefess consents, and during the absence of the +ambassadress, goes journeying with her four remaining guardians. During +this journey she is seen and recognized by the prophet of Kauai, who has +for many years been on the lookout for the sign of the rainbow. Under +his guardianship she and the four sisters travel to Kauai, to which +place the scene now shifts. Here they once more face Aiwohikupua, and +the prophet predicts the coming of the avenger. Meanwhile the lizard +bears the youngest sister over sea. She ascends to various regions of +the heavens, placating in turn her maternal uncles, father, and mother, +until finally she reaches the god himself, where he lies basking in the +white radiance of the noonday sun. Hearing her story, this divine one +agrees to lay aside his nature as a god and descend to earth to wed his +sister's benefactress and avenge the injuries done by his brother and +Waka. Signs in the heavens herald his approach; he appears within the +sun at the back of the mountain and finally stands before his bride, +whom he takes up with him on a rainbow to the moon. At his return, as he +stands upon the rainbow, a great sound of shouting is heard over the +land in praise of his beauty. Thus he deals out judgment upon +Laieikawai's enemies: Waka falls dead, and Aiwohikupua is dispossessed +of his landed rights. Next, he rewards her friends with positions of +influence, and leaving the ruling power to his wife's twin sister and +her husband, returns with Laieikawai to his old home in the heavens. + +In the final chapters the Sun-god himself, who is called "The +eyeball-of-the-sun," proves unfaithful. He falls captive to the charms +of the twin sister, sends his clever youngest sister, whose foresight he +fears, to rule in the heavens, and himself goes down to earth on some +pretext in pursuit of the unwilling Laielohelohe. Meanwhile his wife +sees through the "gourd of knowledge" all that is passing on earth and +informs his parents of his infidelity. They judge and disgrace him; the +divine Sun-god becomes the first _lapu_, or ghost, doomed to be shunned +by all, to live in darkness and feed upon butterflies. The beauty of +Paliuli, on the other hand, returns to earth to live with her sister, +where she is worshiped and later deified in the heavens as the +"Woman-of-the-Twilight." + + + + +BACKGROUND OF THE STORY. + + +Whatever the original home of the _Laieikawai_ story, the action as here +pictured, with the exception of two chapters, is localized on the +Hawaiian group. This consists of eight volcanic islands lying in the +North Pacific, where torrid and tropical zones meet, about half again +nearer to America than Asia, and strung along like a cluster of beads +for almost 360 miles from Kauai on the northwest to the large island of +Hawaii on the southeast. Here volcanic activity, extinct from +prehistoric times on the other islands, still persists. Here the land +attains its greatest elevation--13,825 feet to the summit of the highest +peak--and of the 6,405 square miles of land area which constitute the +group 4,015 belong to Hawaii. Except in temperature, which varies only +about 11 degrees mean for a year, diversity marks the physical features +of these mid-sea islands. Lofty mountains where snow lies perpetually, +huge valleys washed by torrential freshets, smooth sand dunes, or fluted +ridges, arid plains and rain-soaked forests, fringes of white beach, or +abrupt bluffs that drop sheer into the deep sea, days of liquid sunshine +or fierce storms from the south that whip across the island for half a +week, a rainfall varying from 287 to 19 inches in a year in different +localities--these are some of the contrasts which come to pass in spite +of the equable climate. A similar diversity marks the plant and sea +life--only in animal, bird, and especially insect life, are varieties +sparsely represented. + +Most of the action of the story takes place on the four largest +islands--on Oahu, where the twins are born; on Maui, the home of Hina, +where the prophet builds the temple to his god; on Hawaii, where lies +the fabled land of Paliuli and where the surf rolls in at Keaau; and on +Kauai, whence the chiefs set forth to woo and where the last action of +the story takes place. These, with Molokai and Lanai, which lie off Maui +"like one long island," virtually constitute the group. + +Laie, where the twins are born, is a small fishing village on the +northern or Koolau side of Oahu, adjoining that region made famous by +the birth and exploits of the pig god, Kamapuaa. North from Laie +village, in a cane field above the Government road, is still pointed out +the water hole called Waiopuka--a long oval hole like a bathtub dropping +to the pool below, said by the natives to be brackish in taste and to +rise and fall with the tide because of subterranean connection with the +sea. On one side an outjutting rock marks the entrance to a cave said to +open out beyond the pool and be reached by diving. Daggett furnishes a +full description of the place in the introduction to his published +synopsis of the story. The appropriateness of Laie as the birthplace of +the rainbow girl is evident to anyone who has spent a week along this +coast. It is one of the most picturesque on the islands, with the open +sea on one side fringed with white beach, and the Koolau range rising +sheer from the narrow strip of the foothills, green to the summit and +fluted into fantastic shapes by the sharp edge of the showers that drive +constantly down with the trade winds, gleaming with rainbow colors. + +Kukaniloko, in the uplands of Wahiawa, where Laielohelohe is concealed +by her foster father, is one of the most sacred places on Oahu. Its fame +is coupled with that of Holoholoku in Wailua, Kauai, as one of the +places set apart for the birthplace of chiefs. Tradition says that since +a certain Kapawa, grandson of a chief from "Tahiti" in the far past, was +born upon this spot, a special divine favor has attended the birth of +chiefs upon this spot. Stones were laid out right and left with a mound +for the back, the mother's face being turned to the right. Eighteen +chiefs stood guard on either hand. Then the taboo drum sounded and the +people assembled on the east and south to witness the event. Say the +Hawaiians, "If one came in confident trust and lay properly upon the +supports, the child would be born with honor; it would be called a +divine chief, a burning fire."[1] Even Kaméhaméha desired that his son +Liholiho's birth should take place at Kukaniloko. Situated as it is upon +the breast of the bare uplands between the Koolau and Waianae Ranges, +the place commands a view of surprising breadth and beauty. Though the +stones have been removed, through the courtesy of the management of the +Waialua plantation a fence still marks this site of ancient interest. + +The famous hill Kauwiki, where the seer built the temple to his god, and +where Hina watched the clouds drift toward her absent lover, lies at the +extreme eastern end of Maui. About this hill clusters much mythic lore +of the gods. Here the heavens lay within spear thrust to earth, and here +stood Maui, whose mother is called Hina, to thrust them apart. Later, +Kauwiki was the scene of the famous resistance to the warriors of Umi, +and in historic times about this hill for more than half a century waged +a rivalry between the warriors of Hawaii and Maui. The poet of the +Kualii mentions the hill thrice--once in connection with the legend of +Maui, once when he likens the coming forth of the sun at Kauwiki to the +advent of Ku, and in a descriptive passage in which the abrupt height is +described: + + Shooting up to heaven is Kauwiki, + Below is the cluster of islands, + In the sea they are gathered up, + O Kauwiki, + O Kauwiki, mountain bending over, + Loosened, almost falling, Kauwiki-e. + +Finally, Puna, the easternmost district of the six divisions of Hawaii, +is a region rich in folklore. From the crater of Kilauea, which lies on +the slope of Mauna Loa about 4,000 feet above sea level, the land slopes +gradually to the Puna coast along a line of small volcanic cones, on the +east scarcely a mile from the sea. The slope is heavily forested, on the +uplands with tall hard-wood trees of _ohia_, on the coast with groves of +pandanus. Volcanic action has tossed and distorted the whole district. +The coast has sunk, leaving tree trunks erect in the sea. Above the +bluffs of the south coast lie great bowlders tossed up by tidal waves. +Immense earthquake fissures occur. The soil is fresh lava broken into +treacherous hollows, too porous to retain water and preserving a +characteristic vegetation. About this region has gathered the mysterious +lore of the spirit world. "Fear to do evil in the uplands of Puna," +warns the old chant, lest mischief befall from the countless wood +spirits who haunt these mysterious forests. Pélé, the volcano goddess, +still loves her old haunts in Puna, and many a modern native boasts a +meeting with this beauty of the flaming red hair who swept to his fate +the brave youth from Kauai when he raced with her down the slope to the +sea during the old mythic days when the rocks and hills of Puna were +forming. + + + +_Footnotes to Background of the Story_ + +[Footnote 1: _Kuakoa_, iv, No. 31, translated also in _Hawaiian Annual_, +1912, p. 101; Daggett, p. 70; Fornander, II, 272.] + + + + +[Illustration: MAUNA KEA IN ITS MANTLE OF SNOW (HENSHAW)] + + + + +LAIE I KA WAI + +A HAWAIIAN ROMANCE TRANSLATED FROM THE HAWAIIAN TEXT OF S.N. HALEOLE +(PRINTED IN HONOLULU, 1863)[1] + + +[Footnote 1: Title pages. + +(_First edition_.) The story of _Laie-i-ka-wai_, The Beauty of +Pali-uli, the Woman-of-the-Twilight. Composed from the old stories of +Hawaii. Written by S.N. Haleole, Honolulu, Oahu. Published by Henry W. +Whitney, editor of the _Kuakoa_, 1863. + +(_Second edition_.) The Treasure-Book of Hawaii. The Story of +Laie-i-ka-wai who is called The-Woman-of-the-Twilight. Revised and +published by Solomon Meheula and Henry Bolster. For the benefit and +progress of the new generation of the Hawaiian race. Honolulu. Printed +by the _Bulletin_, 1888.] + + + + +FOREWORD + + +The editor of this book rejoices to print the first fruits of his +efforts to enrich the Hawaiian people with a story book. We have +previously had books of instruction on many subjects and also those +enlightening us as to the right and the wrong; but this is the first +book printed for us Hawaiians in story form, depicting the ancient +customs of this people, for fear lest otherwise we lose some of their +favorite traditions. Thus we couch in a fascinating manner the words and +deeds of a certain daughter of Hawaii, beautiful and greatly beloved, +that by this means there may abide in the Hawaiian people the love of +their ancestors and their country. + +Take it, then, this little book, for what it is worth, to read and to +prize, thus showing your search after the knowledge of things Hawaiian, +being ever ready to uphold them that they be not lost. + +It is an important undertaking for anyone to provide us with +entertaining reading matter for our moments of leisure; therefore, when +the editor of this book prepared it for publication he depended upon the +support of all the friends of learning in these islands; and this +thought alone has encouraged him to persevere in his work throughout all +the difficulties that blocked his way. Now, for the first time is given +to the people of Hawaii a book of entertainment for leisure moments like +those of the foreigners, a book to feed our minds with wisdom and +insight. Let us all join in forwarding this little book as a means of +securing to the people more books of the same nature written in their +own tongue--the Hawaiian tongue. + +And, therefore, to all friends of learning and to all native-born +Hawaiians, from the rising to the setting sun, behold the +Woman-of-the-Twilight! She comes to you with greetings of love and it is +fitting to receive her with the warmest love from the heart of Hawaii. +_Aloha no!_[1] + +[Footnote 1: For the translation of Haleole's foreword, which is in a +much more ornate and involved style than the narrative itself, I am +indebted to Miss Laura Green, of Honolulu.] + + + + +CHAPTER I + + +This tale was told at Laie, Koolau; here they were born, and they were +twins; Kahauokapaka was the father, Malaekahana the mother. Now +Kahauokapaka was chief over two districts, Koolauloa and Koolaupoko, and +he had great authority over these districts. + +At the time when Kahauokapaka took Malaekahana to wife,[1] after their +union, during those moments of bliss when they had just parted from the +first embrace, Kahauokapaka declared his vow to his wife, and this was +the vow:[2] + +"My wife, since we are married, therefore I will tell you my vow: If we +two live hereafter and bear a child and it is a son, then it shall be +well with us. Our children shall live in the days of our old age, and +when we die they will cover our nakedness.[3] This child shall be the +one to portion out the land, if fortune is ours in our first born and it +is a boy; but if the first born is a daughter, then let her die; however +many daughters are born to us, let them die; only one thing shall save +them, the birth of a son shall save those daughters who come after." + +About the eighth year of their living as man and wife, Malaekahana +conceived and bore a daughter, who was so beautiful to look upon, the +mother thought that Kahauokapaka would disregard his vow; this child he +would save. Not so! At the time when she was born, Kahauokapaka was away +at the fishing with the men. + +When Kahauokapaka returned from the fishing he was told that Malaekahana +had born a daughter. The chief went to the house; the baby girl had been +wrapped in swaddling clothes; Kahauokapaka at once ordered the +executioner to kill it. + +After a time Malaekahana conceived again and bore a second daughter, +more beautiful than the first; she thought to save it. Not so! +Kahauokapaka saw the baby girl in its mother's arms wrapped in swaddling +clothes; then the chief at once ordered the executioner to kill it. + +Afterwards Malaekahana bore more daughters, but she could not save them +from being killed at birth according to the chief's vow. + +When for the fifth time Malaekahana conceived a child, near the time of +its birth, she went to the priest and said, "Here! Where are you? Look +upon this womb of mine which is with child, for I can no longer endure +my children's death; the husband is overzealous to keep his vow; four +children were mine, four are dead. Therefore, look upon this womb of +mine, which is with child; if you see it is to be a girl, I will kill it +before it takes human shape.[4] But if you see it is to be a boy, I will +not do it." + +Then the priest said to Malaekahana, "Go home; just before the child is +to be born come back to me that I may know what you are carrying." + +At the time when the child was to be born, in the month of October, +during the taboo season at the temple, Malaekahana remembered the +priest's command. When the pains of childbirth were upon her, she came +to the priest and said, "I come at the command of the priest, for the +pains of childbirth are upon me; look and see, then, what kind of child +I am carrying." + +As Malaekahana talked with the priest, he said: "I will show you a sign; +anything I ask of you, you must give it." + +Then the priest asked Malaekahana to give him one of her hands, +according to the sign used by this people, whichever hand she wished to +give to the priest. + +Now, when the priest asked Malaekahana to give him one of her hands she +presented the left, with the palm upward. Then the priest told her the +interpretation of the sign: "You will bear another daughter, for you +have given me your left hand with the palm upward." + +When the priest said this, the heart of Malaekahana was heavy, for she +sorrowed over the slaying of the children by her husband; then +Malaekahana besought the priest to devise something to help the mother +and save the child. + +Then the priest counseled Malaekahana, "Go back to the house; when the +child is about to be born, then have a craving for the _manini_ +spawn,[5] and tell Kahauokapaka that he must himself go fishing, get the +fish you desire with his own hand, for your husband is very fond of the +young _manini_ afloat in the membrane, and while he is out fishing he +will not know about the birth; and when the child is born, then give it +to me to take care of; when he comes back, the child will be in my +charge, and if he asks, tell him it was an abortion, nothing more." + +At the end of this talk, Malaekahana went back to the house, and when +the pains came upon her, almost at the moment of birth, then Malaekahana +remembered the priest's counsel to her. + +When the pain had quieted, Malaekahana said to her husband, "Listen, +Kahauokapaka! the spawn of the _manini_ come before my eyes; go after +them, therefore, while they are yet afloat in the membrane; possibly +when you bring the _manini_ spawn, I shall be eased of the child; this +is the first time my labor has been hard, and that I have craved the +young of the _manini_; go quickly, therefore, to the fishing." + +Then Kahauokapaka went out of the house at once and set out. While they +were gone the child was born, a girl, and she was given to Waka, and +they named her Laieikawai. As they were attending to the first child, a +second was born, also a girl, and they named her Laielohelohe. + +After the girls had been carried away in the arms of Waka and +Kapukaihaoa, Kahauokapaka came back from the fishing, and asked his +wife, "How are you?" + +Said the woman, "I have born an abortion and have thrown it into the +ocean." + +Kahauokapaka already knew of the birth while he was on the ocean, for +there came two claps of thunder; then he thought that the wife had given +birth. At this time of Laieikawai and Laielohelohe's birth thunder first +sounded in October,[6] according to the legend. + +When Waka and Kapukaihaoa had taken their foster children away, Waka +said to Kapukaihaoa, "How shall we hide our foster children from +Kahauokapaka?" + +Said the priest, "You had better hide your foster child in the water +hole of Waiapuka; a cave is there which no one knows about, and it will +be my business to seek a place of protection for my foster child." + +Waka took Laieikawai where Kapukaihaoa had directed, and there she kept +Laieikawai hidden until she was come to maturity. + +Now, Kapukaihaoa took Laielohelohe to the uplands of Wahiawa, to the +place called Kukaniloko.[7] + +All the days that Laieikawai was at Waiapuka a rainbow arch was there +constantly, in rain or calm, yet no one understood the nature of this +rainbow, but such signs as attend a chief were always present wherever +the twins were guarded. + +Just at this time Hulumaniani was making a tour of Kauai in his +character as the great seer of Kauai, and when he reached the summit of +Kalalea he beheld the rainbow arching over Oahu; there he remained 20 +days in order to be sure of the nature of the sign which he saw. By +that time the seer saw clearly that it was the sign of a great +chief--this rainbow arch and the two ends of a rainbow encircled in dark +clouds. + +Then the seer made up his mind to go to Oahu to make sure about the sign +which he saw. He left the place and went to Anahola to bargain for a +boat to go to Oahu, but he could not hire a boat to go to Oahu. Again +the seer made a tour of Kauai; again he ascended Kalalea and saw again +the same sign as before, just the same as at first; then he came back to +Anahola. + +While the seer was there he heard that Poloula owned a canoe at Wailua, +for he was chief of that place, and he desired to meet Poloula to ask +the chief for a canoe to go to Oahu. + +When Hulumaniani met Poloula he begged of him a canoe to go to Oahu. +Then the canoe and men were given to him. That night when the canoe star +rose they left Kauai, 15 strong, and came first to Kamaile in Waianae. + +Before the seer sailed, he first got ready a black pig, a white fowl, +and a red fish. + +On the day when they reached Waianae the seer ordered the rowers to wait +there until he returned from making the circuit of the island. + +Before the seer went he first climbed clear to the top of Maunalahilahi +and saw the rainbow arching at Koolauloa, as he saw it when he was on +Kalalea. + +He went to Waiapuka, where Laieikawai was being guarded, and saw no +place there set off for chiefs to dwell in. Now, just as the seer +arrived, Waka had vanished into that place where Laieikawai was +concealed. + +As the seer stood looking, he saw the rippling of the water where Waka +had dived. Then he said to himself: "This is a strange thing. No wind +ripples the water on this pool. It is like a person bathing, who has +hidden from me." After Waka had been with Laieikawai she returned, but +while yet in the water she saw someone sitting above on the bank, so she +retreated, for she thought it was Kahauokapaka, this person on the brink +of the water hole. + +Waka returned to her foster child, and came back at twilight and spied +to discover where the person had gone whom she saw, but there was the +seer sitting in the same place as before. So Waka went back again. + +The seer remained at the edge of the pool, and slept there until +morning. At daybreak, when it was dawn, he arose, saw the sign of the +rainbow above Kukaniloko, forsook this place, journeyed about Oahu, +first through Koolaupoko; from there to Ewa and Honouliuli, where he saw +the rainbow arching over Wahiawa; ascended Kamaoha, and there slept over +night; but did not see the sign he sought. + + + + +CHAPTER II + + +When the seer failed to see the sign which he was following he left +Kamaoha, climbed clear to the top of Kaala, and there saw the rainbow +arching over Molokai. Then the seer left the place and journeyed around +Oahu; a second time he journeyed around in order to be sure of the sign +he was following, for the rainbow acted strangely, resting now in that +place, now in this. + +On the day when the seer left Kaala and climbed to the top of +Kuamooakane the rainbow bent again over Molokai, and there rested the +end of the rainbow, covered out of sight with thunderclouds. Three days +he remained on Kuamooakane, thickly veiled in rain and fog. + +On the fourth day he secured a boat to go to Molokai. He went on board +the canoe and had sailed half the distance, when the paddlers grew vexed +because the prophet did nothing but sleep, while the pig squealed and +the cock crowed. + +So the paddler in front[8] signed to the one at the rear to turn the +canoe around and take the seer back as he slept. + +The paddlers turned the canoe around and sailed for Oahu. When the canoe +turned back, the seer distrusted this, because the wind blew in his +face; for he knew the direction of the wind when he left Oahu, and now, +thought he, the wind is blowing from the seaward. + +Then the seer opened his eyes and the canoe was going back to Oahu. Then +the seer asked himself the reason, But just to see for himself what the +canoe men were doing, he prayed to his god, to Kuikauweke, to bring a +great tempest over the ocean. + +As he prayed a great storm came suddenly upon them, and the paddlers +were afraid. + +Then they awoke him: "O you fellow asleep, wake up, there! We thought +perhaps your coming on board would be a good thing for us. Not so! The +man sleeps as if he were ashore." + +When the seer arose, the canoe was making for Oahu. + +Then he asked the paddlers: "What are you doing to me to take the canoe +back again? What have I done?" + +Then the men said: "We two wearied of your constant sleeping and the +pig's squealing and the cock's crowing; there was such a noise; from the +time we left until now the noise has kept up. You ought to have taken +hold and helped paddle. Not so! Sleep was the only thing for you!" + +The seer said: "You two are wrong, I think, if you say the reason for +your returning to Oahu was my idleness; for I tell you the trouble was +with the man above on the seat, for he sat still and did nothing." + +As he spoke, the seer sprang to the stern of the canoe, took charge of +the steering, and they sailed and came to Haleolono, on Molokai. + +When they reached there, lo! the rainbow arched over Koolau, as he saw +it from Kuamooakane; he left the paddlers, for he wished to see the sign +which he was following. + +He went first clear to the top of Waialala, right above Kalaupapa. +Arrived there, he clearly saw the rainbow arching over Malelewaa, over a +sharp ridge difficult to reach; there, in truth, was Laieikawai hidden, +she and her grandmother, as Kapukaihaoa had commanded Waka in the +vision. + +For as the seer was sailing over the ocean, Kapukaihaoa had +foreknowledge of what the prophet was doing, therefore he told Waka in a +vision to carry Laieikawai away where she could not be found. + +After the seer left Waialala he went to Waikolu right below Malelewaa. +Sure enough, there was the rainbow arching where he could not go. Then +he considered for some time how to reach the place to see the person he +was seeking and offer the sacrifice he had prepared, but he could not +reach it. + +On the day when the seer went to Waikolu, the same night, came the +command of Kapukaihaoa to Laieikawai in a dream, and when she awoke, it +was a dream. Then Laieikawai roused her grandmother, and the grandmother +awoke and asked her grandchild why she had roused her. + +The grandchild said to her: "Kapukaihaoa has come to me in a dream and +said that you should bear me away at once to Hawaii and make our home in +Paliuli; there we two shall dwell; so he told me, and I awoke and +wakened you." + +As Laieikawai was speaking to her grandmother, the same vision came to +Waka. Then they both arose at dawn and went as they had both been +directed by Kapukaihaoa in a vision. + +They left the place, went to Keawanui, to the place called Kaleloa, and +there they met a man who was getting his canoe ready to sail for Lanai. +When they met the canoe man, Waka said: "Will you let us get into the +canoe with you, and take us to the place where you intend to go?" + +Said the canoe man: "I will take you both with me in the canoe; the only +trouble is I have no mate to paddle the canoe." + +And as the man spoke this word, "a mate to paddle the canoe," Laieikawai +drew aside the veil that covered her face because of her grandmother's +wish completely to conceal her grandchild from being seen by anyone as +they went on their way to Paliuli; but her grandchild thought otherwise. + +When Laieikawai uncovered her face which her grandmother had concealed, +the grandmother shook her head at her grandchild to forbid her showing +it, lest the grandchild's beauty become thereafter nothing but a common +thing. + +Now, as Laieikawai uncovered her face, the canoe man saw that Laieikawai +rivaled in beauty all the daughters of the chiefs round about Molokai +and Lanai. And lo! the man was pierced through[9] with longing for the +person he had seen. + +Therefore, the man entreated the grandmother and said: "Unloosen the +veil from your grandchild's face, for I see that she is more beautiful +than all the daughters of the chiefs round about Molokai and Lanai." + +The grandmother said: "I do not uncover her because she wishes to +conceal herself." + +At this answer of Waka to the paddler's entreaties, Laieikawai revealed +herself fully, for she heard Waka say that she wished to conceal +herself, when she had not wanted to at all. + +And when the paddler saw Laieikawai clearly, desire came to him afresh. +Then the thought sprang up within him to go and spread the news around +Molokai of this person whom he longed after. + +Then the paddler said to Laieikawai and her companion, "Where are you! +live here in the house; everything within is yours, not a single thing +is withholden from you in the house; inside and outside[10] you two are +masters of this place." + +When the canoe man had spoken thus, Laieikawai said, "Our host, shall +you be gone long? for it looks from your charge as if you were to be +away for good." + +Said the host, "O daughter, not so; I shall not forsake you; but I must +look for a mate to paddle you both to Lanai." + +And at these words, Waka said to their host, "If that is the reason for +your going away, leaving us in charge of everything in your house, then +let me say, we can help you paddle." + +The man was displeased at these words of Waka to him. + +He said to the strangers, "Let me not think of asking you to paddle the +canoe; for I hold you to be persons of importance." + +Now it was not the man's intention to look for a mate to paddle the +canoe with him, but as he had already determined, so now he vowed within +him to go and spread around Molokai the news about Laieikawai. + +When they had done speaking the paddler left them and went away as he +had vowed. + +As he went he came first to Kaluaaha and slept at Halawa, and here and +on the way there he proclaimed, as he had vowed, the beauty of +Laieikawai. + +The next day, in the morning, he found a canoe sailing to Kalaupapa, got +on board and went first to Pelekunu and Wailau; afterwards he came to +Waikolu, where the seer was staying. + +When he got to Waikolu the seer had already gone to Kalaupapa, but this +man only stayed to spread the news of Laieikawai's arrival. + +When he reached Kalaupapa, behold! a company had assembled for boxing; +he stood outside the crowd and cried with a loud voice:[11] "O ye men of +the people, husbandmen, laborers, tillers of the soil; O ye chiefs, +priests, soothsayers, all men of rank in the household of the chief! All +manner of men have I beheld on my way hither; I have seen the high and +the low, men and women; low chiefs, the _kaukaualii_, men and women; +high chiefs, the _niaupio_, and the _ohi_; but never have I beheld +anyone to compare with this one whom I have seen; and I declare to you +that she is more beautiful than any of the daughters of the chiefs on +Molokai or even in this assembly." + +Now when he shouted, he could not be heard, for his voice was smothered +in the clamor of the crowd and the noise of the onset. + +And wishing his words to be heard aright, he advanced into the midst of +the throng, stood before the assembly, and held up the border of his +garment and repeated the words he had just spoken. + +Now the high chief of Molokai heard his voice plainly, so the chief +quieted the crowd and listened to what the stranger was shouting about, +for as he looked at the man he saw that his face was full of joy and +gladness. + +At the chief's command the man was summoned before the chief and he +asked, "What news do you proclaim aloud with glad face before the +assembly?" + +Then the man told why he shouted and why his face was glad in the +presence of the chief: "In the early morning yesterday, while I was +working over the canoe, intending to sail to Lanai, a certain woman came +with her daughter, but I could not see plainly the daughter's face. But +while we were talking the girl unveiled her face. Behold! I saw a girl +of incomparable beauty who rivaled all the daughters of the chiefs of +Molokai." + +When the chief heard these words he said, "If she is as good looking as +my daughter, then she is beautiful indeed." + +At this saying of the chief, the man begged that the chiefess be shown +to him, and Kaulaailehua, the daughter of the chief, was brought +thither. Said the man, "Your daughter must be in four points more +beautiful than she is to compare with that other." + +Replied the chief, "She must be beautiful indeed that you scorn our +beauty here, who is the handsomest girl in Molokai." + +Then the man said fearlessly to the chief, "Of my judgment of beauty I +can speak with confidence."[12] + +As the man was talking with the chief, the seer remained listening to +the conversation; it just came to him that this was the one whom he was +seeking. + +So the seer moved slowly toward him, got near, and seized the man by the +arm, and drew him quietly after him. + +When they were alone, the seer asked the man directly, "Did you know +that girl before about whom you were telling the chief?" + +The man denied it and said, "No; I had never seen her before; this was +the very first time; she was a stranger to me." + +So the seer thought that this must be the person he was seeking, and he +questioned the man closely where they were living, and the man told him +exactly. + +After the talk, he took everything that he had prepared for sacrifice +when they should meet and departed. + + + + +Chapter III + + +When the seer set out after meeting that man, he went first up Kawela; +there he saw the rainbow arching over the place which the man had +described to him; so he was sure that this was the person he was +following. + +He went to Kaamola, the district adjoining Keawanui, where Laieikawai +and her companion were awaiting the paddler. By this time it was very +dark; he could not see the sign he saw from Kawela; but the seer slept +there that night, thinking that at daybreak he would see the person he +was seeking. + +That night, while the seer was sleeping at Kaamola, then came the +command of Kapukaihaoa to Laieikawai in a dream, just as he had directed +them at Malelewaa. + +At dawn they found a canoe sailing to Lanai, got on board, and went and +lived for some time at Maunalei. + +After Laieikawai and her companion had left Kalaeloa, at daybreak, the +seer arose and saw that clouds and falling rain obscrued the sea between +Molokai and Lanai with a thick veil of fog and mist. + +Three days the veil of mist hid the sea, and on the fourth day the +seer's stay at Kaamola, in the very early morning, he saw an end of the +rainbow standing right above Maunalei. Now the seer regretted deeply not +finding the person he was seeking; nevertheless he was not discouraged +into dropping the quest. + +About 10 days passed at Molokai before he saw the end of the rainbow +standing over Haleakala; he left Molokai, went first to Haleakala, to +the fire pit, but did not see the person he was seeking. + +When the seer reached there, he looked toward Hawaii; the land was veiled +thick in cloud and mist. He left the place, went to Kauwiki, and there +built a place of worship[13] to call upon his god as the only one to +guide him to the person he was seeking. + +Whenever the seer stopped in his journeying he directed the people, if +they found the person he was following, to search him out wherever he +might be. + +At the end of the days of consecration of the temple, while the seer was +at Kauwiki, near the night of the gods Kane and Lono,[14] the land of +Hawaii cleared and he saw to the summit of the mountains. + +Many days the seer remained at Kauwiki, nearly a year or more, but he +never saw the sign he had followed thither. + +One day in June, during the first days of the month, very early in the +morning, he caught a glimpse of something like a rainbow at Koolau on +Hawaii; he grew excited, his pulse beat quickly, but he waited long and +patiently to see what the rainbow was doing. The whole month passed in +patient waiting; and in the next month, on the second day of the month, +in the evening, before the sun had gone down, he entered the place of +worship prepared for his god and prayed. + +As he prayed, in the midst of the place appeared to the seer the spirit +forms[15] of Laieikawai and her grandmother; so he left off praying, nor +did those spirits leave him as long as it was light. + +That night, in his sleep, his god came to him in a vision and said: "I +have seen the pains and the patience with which you have striven to find +Waka's grandchild, thinking to gain honor through her grandchild. Your +prayers have moved me to show you that Laieikawai dwells between Puna +and Hilo in the midst of the forest, in a house made of the yellow +feathers of the _oo_ bird[16]; therefore, to-morrow, rise and go." + +He awoke from sleep; it was only a dream, so he doubted and did not +sleep the rest of the night until morning. + +And when it was day, in the early morning, as he was on Kauwiki, he saw +the flapping of the sail of a canoe down at Kaihalulu. He ran quickly +and came to the landing, and asked the man where the boat was going. +The man said, "It is going to Hawaii"; thereupon he entreated the man to +take him, and the latter consented. + +The seer returned up Kauwiki and brought his luggage, the things he had +got ready for sacrifice. + +When he reached the shore he first made a bargain with them: "You +paddlers, tell me what you expect of me on this trip; whatever you +demand, I will accede to; for I was not well treated by the men who +brought me here from Oahu, so I will first make a bargain with you men, +lest you should be like them." + +The men promised to do nothing amiss on this trip, and the talk ended; +he boarded the canoe and set out. + +On the way they landed first at Mahukona in Kohala, slept there that +night, and in the morning the seer left the paddlers, ascended to +Lamaloloa, and entered the temple of Pahauna,[17] an ancient temple +belonging to olden times and preserved until to-day. + +Many days he remained there without seeing the sign he sought; but in +his character as seer he continued praying to his god as when he was on +Kauwiki, and in answer to the seer's prayer, he had again the same sign +that was shown to him on Kauwiki. + +At this, he left the place and traversed Hawaii, starting from Hamakua, +and the journey lasted until the little pig he started with had grown +too big to be carried. + +Having arrived at Hamakua, he dwelt in the Waipio Valley at the temple +of Pakaalana but did not stay there long. + +The seer left that place, went to Laupahoehoe, and thence to +Kaiwilahilahi, and there remained some years. + + + +Here we will leave the story of the seer's search. It will be well to +tell of the return of Kauakahialii to Kauai with Kailiokalauokekoa.[18] +As we know, Laieikawai is at Paliuli. + +In the first part of the story we saw that Kapukaihaoa commanded Waka in +a dream to take Laieikawai to Paliuli, as the seer saw. + +The command was carried out. Laieikawai dwelt at Paliuli until she was +grown to maidenhood. + +When Kauakahialii and Kailiokalauokekoa returned to Kauai after their +meeting with the "beauty of Paliuli" there were gathered together the +high chiefs, the low chiefs, and the country aristocracy as well, to see +the strangers who came with Kailiokalauokekoa's party. Aiwohikupua came +with the rest of the chiefs to wail for the strangers. + +After the wailing the chiefs asked Kauakahialii, "How did your journey +go after your marriage with Kailiokalauokekoa?" + +Then Kauakahialii told of his journey as follows: "Seeking hence after +the love of woman, I traversed Oahu and Maui, but found no other woman +to compare with this Kailiokalauokekoa here. I went to Hawaii, traveled +all about the island, touched first at Kohala, went on to Kona, Kau, and +came to Keaau, in Puna, and there I tarried, and there I met another +woman surpassingly beautiful, more so than this woman here +(Kailiokalauokekoa), more than all the beauties of this whole group of +islands." + +During this speech Aiwohikupua seemed to see before him the lovely form +of that woman. + +Then said Kauakahialii: "On the first night that she met my man she told +him at what time she would reach the place where we were staying and the +signs of her coming, for my man told her I was to be her husband and +entreated her to come down with him; but she said: 'Go back to this ward +of yours who is to be my husband and tell him this night I will come. +When rings the note of the _oo_ bird I am not in that sound, or the +_alala_, I am not in that sound; when rings the note of the _elepaio_ +then am I making ready to descend; when the note of the _apapane_ +sounds, then am I without the door of my house; if you hear the note of +the _iiwipolena_[19] then am I without your ward's house; seek me, you +two, and find me without; that is your ward's chance to meet me.' So my +man told me. + +"When the night came that she had promised she did not come; we waited +until morning; she did not come; only the birds sang. I thought my man +had lied. Kailiokalauokekoa and her friends were spending the night at +Punahoa with friends. Thinking my man had lied, I ordered the +executioner to bind ropes about him; but he had left me for the uplands +of Paliuli to ask the woman why she had not come down that night and to +tell her he was to die. + +"When he had told Laieikawai all these things the woman said to him, +'You return, and to-night I will come as I promised the night before, so +will I surely do.' + +"That night, the night on which the woman was expected, +Kailiokalauokekoa's party had returned and she was recounting her +adventures, when just at the edge of the evening rang the note of the +_oo_; at 9 in the evening rang the note of the _alala_; at midnight rang +the note of the _elepaio_; at dawn rang the note of the _apapane_; and +at the first streak of light rang the note of the _iiwipolena_; as soon +as it sounded there fell the shadow of a figure at the door of the +house. Behold! the room was thick with mist, and when it passed away she +lay resting on the wings of birds in all her beauty." + +At these words of Kauakahialii to the chiefs, all the body of +Aiwohikupua pricked with desire, and he asked, "What was the woman's +name?" + +They told him it was Laieikawai, and such was Aiwohikupua's longing for +the woman of whom Kauakahialii spoke that he thought to make her his +wife, but he wondered who this woman might be. Then he said to +Kauakahialii: "I marvel what this woman may be, for I am a man who has +made the whole circuit of the islands, but I never saw any woman resting +on the wings of birds. It may be she is come hither from the borders of +Tahiti, from within Moaulanuiakea."[20] + +Since Aiwohikupua thought Laieikawai must be from Moaulanuiakea, he +determined to get her for his wife. For before he had heard all this +story Aiwohikupua had vowed not to take any woman of these islands to +wife; he said that he wanted a woman of Moaulanuiakea. + +The chiefs' reception was ended and the accustomed ceremonies on the +arrival of strangers performed. And soon after those days Aiwohikupua +took Kauakahialii's man to minister in his presence, thinking that this +man would be the means to attain his desire. + +Therefore Aiwohikupua exalted this man to be head over all things, over +all the chief's land, over all the men, chiefs, and common people, as +his high counsellor. + +As this man became great, jealous grew the former favorites of +Aiwohikupua, but this was nothing to the chief. + + + + +CHAPTER IV + + +After this man had become great before the chief, even his high +counsellor, they consulted constantly together about those matters which +pleased the chief, while the people thought they discussed the +administration of the land and of the substance which pertained to the +chief; but it was about Laieikawai that the two talked and very seldom +about anything else. + +Even before Aiwohikupua heard from Kauakahialii about Laieikawai he had +made a vow before his food companions, his sisters, and before all the +men of rank in his household: "Where are you, O chiefs, O my sisters, +all my food companions! From this day until my last I will take no woman +of all these islands to be my wife, even from Kauai unto Hawaii, no +matter how beautiful she is reported to be, nor will I get into mischief +with a woman, not with anyone at all. For I have been ill-treated by +women from my youth up. She shall be my wife who comes hither from other +islands, even from Moaulanuiakea, a place of kind women, I have heard; +so that is the sort of woman I desire to marry." + +When Aiwohikupua had heard Kauakahialii's story, after conferring long +with his high counsellor about Laieikawai, then the chief was convinced +that this was the woman from Tahiti. + +Next day, at midday, the chief slept and Laieikawai came to Aiwohikupua +in a dream[21] and he saw her in the dream as Kauakahialii had described +her. + +When he awoke, lo! he sorrowed after the vision of Laieikawai, because +he had awakened so soon out of sleep; therefore he wished to prolong his +midday nap in order to see again her whom he had beheld in his dream. + +The chief again slept, and again Laieikawai came to him for a moment, +but he could not see her distinctly; barely had he seen her face when he +waked out of sleep. + +For this reason his mind was troubled and the chief made oath before all +his people: + +"Where are you? Do not talk while I am sleeping; if one even whispers, +if he is chief over a district he shall lose his chiefship; if he is +chief over part of a district, he shall lose his chiefship; and if a +tenant farmer break my command, death is the penalty." + +The chief took this oath because of his strong desire to sleep longer in +order to make Laieikawai's acquaintance in his dream. + +After speaking all these words, he tried once more to sleep, but he +could not get to sleep until the sun went down. + +During all this time he did not tell anyone about what he saw in the +dream; the chief hid it from his usual confidant, thinking when it came +again, then he would tell his chief counsellor. + +And because of the chief's longing to dream often, he commanded his +chief counsellor to chew _awa_. + +So the counsellor summoned the chief's _awa_ chewers and made ready what +the chief commanded, and he brought it to him, and the chief drank with +his counsellor and drunkenness possessed him. Then close above the chief +rested the beloved image of Laieikawai as if they were already lovers. +Then he raised his voice in song, as follows:[22] + + "Rising fondly before me, + The recollection of the lehua blossom of Puna, + Brought hither on the tip of the wind, + By the light keen wind of the fiery pit. + Wakeful--sleepless with heart longing, + With desire--O!" + +Said the counsellor, to the chief, after he had ended his singing, "This +is strange! You have had no woman since we two have been living here, +yet in your song you chanted as if you had a woman here." + +Said the chief, "Cut short your talk, for I am cut off by the drink." +Then the chief fell into a deep sleep and that ended it, for so heavy +was the chief's sleep that he saw nothing of what he had desired. + +A night and a day the chief slept while the effects of the _awa_ lasted. +Said the chief to his counsellor, "No good at all has come from this +_awa_ drinking of ours." + +The counsellor answered, "What is the good of _awa_ drinking? I thought +the good of drinking was that admirable scaley look of the skin?"[23] + +Said the chief, "Not so, but to see Laieikawai, that is the good of +_awa_ drinking." + +After this the chief kept on drinking _awa_ many days, perhaps a year, +but he gained nothing by it, so he quit it. + +It was only after he quit _awa_ drinking that he told anyone how +Laieikawai had come to him in the dream and why he had drunk the _awa_, +and also why he had laid the command upon them not to talk while he +slept. + +After talking over all these things, then the chief fully decided to go +to Hawaii to see Laieikawai. At this time they began to talk about +getting Laieikawai for a wife. + +At the close of the rough season and the coming of good weather for +sailing, the counsellor ordered the chief's sailing masters to make the +double canoe ready to sail for Hawaii that very night; and at the same +time he appointed the best paddlers out of the chief's personal +attendants. + +Before the going down of the sun the steersmen and soothsayers were +ordered to observe the look of the clouds and the ocean to see whether +the chief could go or not on his journey, according to the signs. And +the steersmen as well as soothsayers saw plainly that he might go on his +journey. + +And in the early morning at the rising of the canoe-steering star the +chief went on board with his counsellor and his sixteen paddlers and two +steersmen, twenty of them altogether in the double canoe, and set sail. + +As they sailed, they came first to Nanakuli at Waianae. In the early +morning they left this place and went first to Mokapu and stayed there +ten days, for they were delayed by a storm and could not go to Molokai. +After ten days they saw that it was calm to seaward. That night and the +next day they sailed to Polihua, on Lanai, and from there to Ukumehame, +and as the wind was unfavorable, remained there, and the next day left +that place and went to Kipahulu. + +At Kipahulu the chief said he would go along the coast afoot and the men +by boat. Now, wherever they went the people applauded the beauty of +Aiwohikupua. + +They left Kipahulu and went to Hana, the chief and his counsellor by +land, the men by canoe. On the way a crowd followed them for admiration +of Aiwohikupua. + +When they reached the canoe landing at Haneoo at Hana the people crowded +to behold the chief, because of his exceeding beauty. + +When the party reached there the men and women were out surf riding in +the waves of Puhele, and among them was one noted princess of Hana, +Hinaikamalama by name. When they saw the princess of Hana, the chief and +his counsellor conceived a passion for her; that was the reason why +Aiwohikupua stayed there that day. + +When the people of the place had ended surfing and Hinaikamalama rode +her last breaker, as she came in, the princess pointed her board +straight at the stream of Kumaka where Aiwohikupua and his companion had +stopped. + +While the princess was bathing in the water of Kumaka the chief and his +counsellor desired her, so the chief's counsellor pinched Aiwohikupua +quietly to withdraw from the place where Hinaikamalama was bathing, but +their state of mind got them into trouble. + +When Aiwohikupua and his companion had put some distance between +themselves and the princess's bathing place, the princess called, "O +chiefs, why do you two run away? Why not throw off your garment, jump +in, and join us, then go to the house and sleep? There is fish and a +place to sleep. That is the wealth of the people of this place. When you +wish to go, go; if you wish to stay, this is Hana, stay here." + +At these words of the princess the counsellor said to Aiwohikupua, "Ah! +the princess would like you for her lover! for she has taken a great +fancy to you." + +Said Aiwohikupua, "I should like to be her lover, for I see well that +she is more beautiful than all the other women who have tempted me; but +you have heard my vow not to take any woman of these islands to wife." + +At these words his counsellor said, "You are bound by that vow of yours; +better, therefore, that this woman be mine." + +After this little parley, they went out surf riding and as they rode, +behold! the princess conceived a passion for Aiwohikupua, and many +others took a violent liking to the chief. + +After the bath, they returned to the canoe thinking to go aboard and set +out, but Aiwohikupua saw the princess playing _konane_[24] and the +stranger chief thought he would play a game with her; now, the princess +had first called them to come and play. + +So Aiwohikupua joined the princess; they placed the pebbles on the +board, and the princess asked, "What will the stranger stake if the game +is lost to the woman of Hana?" + +Said Aiwohikupua, "I will stake my double canoe afloat here on the sea, +that is my wager with you." + +Said the princess, "Your wager, stranger, is not well--a still lighter +stake would be our persons; if I lose to you then I become yours and +will do whatever you tell me just as we have agreed, and if you lose to +me, then you are mine; as you would do to me, so shall I to you, and you +shall dwell here on Maui." + +The chief readily agreed to the princess's words. In the first game, +Aiwohikupua lost. + +Then said the princess, "I have won over you; you have nothing more to +put up, unless it be your younger brother; in that case I will bet with +you again." + +To this jesting offer of the princess, Aiwohikupua readily gave his word +of assent. + +During the talk, Aiwohikupua gave to the princess this counsel. +"Although I belong to you, and this is well, yet let us not at once +become lovers, not until I return from my journey about Hawaii; for I +vowed before sailing hither to know no woman until I had made the +circuit of Hawaii; after that I will do what you please as we have +agreed. So I lay my command upon you before I go, to live in complete +purity, not to consent to any others, not to do the least thing to +disturb our compact; and when I return from sight-seeing, then the +princess's stake shall be paid. If when I return you have not remained +pure, not obeyed my commands, then there is an end of it." + +Now, this was not Aiwohikupua's real intention. After laying his +commands upon Hinaikamalama, they left Maui and went to Kapakai at +Kohala. + +The next day they left Kapakai and sailed along by Kauhola, and +Aiwohikupua saw a crowd of men gathering mountainward of Kapaau. + +Then Aiwohikupua ordered the boatmen to paddle inshore, for he wanted +to see why the crowd was gathering. + +When they had come close in to the landing at Kauhola the chief asked +why the crowd was gathering; then a native of the place said they were +coming together for a boxing match. + +At once Aiwohikupua trembled with eagerness to go and see the boxing +match; they made the canoe fast, and Aiwohikupua, with his counsellor +and the two steersmen, four in number, went ashore. + +When they came to Hinakahua, where the field was cleared for boxing, the +crowd saw that the youth from Kauai surpassed in beauty all the natives +of the place, and they raised a tumult. + +After the excitement the boxing field again settled into order; then +Aiwohikupua leaned against the trunk of a _milo_ tree to watch the +attack begin. + +As Aiwohikupua stood there, Cold-nose entered the open space and stood +in the midst to show himself off to the crowd, and he called out in a +loud voice: "What man on that side will come and box?" But no one dared +to come and stand before Cold-nose, for the fellow was the strongest +boxer in Kohala. + +As Cold-nose showed himself off he turned and saw Aiwohikupua and called +out, "How are you, stranger? Will you have some fun?" + +When Aiwohikupua heard the voice of Cold-nose calling him, he came +forward and stood in front of the boxing field while he bound his red +loin cloth[25] about him in the fashion of a chief's bodyguard, and he +answered his opponent: + +"O native born, you have asked me to have some fun with you, and this is +what I ask of you: Take two on your side with you, three of you +together, to satisfy the stranger." + +When Cold-nose heard Aiwohikupua, he said, "You are the greatest boaster +in the crowd![26] I am the best man here, and yet you talk of three from +this side; and what are you compared to me?" + +Answered Aiwohikupua, "I will not accept the challenge without others on +your side, and what are you compared to me! Now, I promise you, I can +turn this crowd into nothing with one hand." + +At Aiwohikupua's words, one of Cold-nose's backers came up behind +Aiwohikupua and said: "Here! do not speak to Cold-nose; he is the best +man in Kohala; the heavy weights of Kohala can not master that man."[27] + +Then Aiwohikupua turned and gave the man at his back a push, and he fell +down dead.[28] + + + + +CHAPTER V + + +When all the players on the boxing field saw how strong Aiwohikupua was +to kill the man with just a push; + +Then Cold-nose's backers went to him and said: "Here, Cold-nose, I see +pretty plainly now our side will never get the best of it; I am sure +that the stranger will beat us, for you see how our man was killed by +just a push from his hand; when he gives a real blow the man will fly +into bits. Now, I advise you to dismiss the contestants and put an end +to the game and stop challenging the stranger. So, you go up to the +stranger and shake hands,[29] you two, and welcome him, to let the +people see that the fight is altogether hushed up." + +These words roused Cold-nose to hot wrath and he said: "Here! you +backers of mine, don't be afraid, don't get frightened because that man +of ours was killed by a push from his hand. Didn't I do the same thing +here some days ago? Then what are you afraid of? And now I tell you if +you fear the stranger, then hide your eyes in the blue sky. When you +hear that Cold-nose has conquered, then remember my blow called +_The-end-that-sang_, the fruit of the tree which you have never tasted, +the master's stroke which you have never learned. By this sign I know +that he will never get the better of me, the end of my girdle sang +to-day."[30] + +At these words of Cold-nose his supporters said, "Where are you! We say +no more; there is nothing left to do; we are silent before the fruit of +this tree of yours which you say we have never tasted, and you say, too, +that the end of your girdle has sung; maybe you will win through your +girdle!" Then his backers moved away from the crowd. + +While Cold-nose was boasting to his backers how he would overcome +Aiwohikupua, then Aiwohikupua moved up and cocked his eye at Cold-nose, +flapped with his arms against his side like a cock getting ready to +crow, and said to Cold-nose, "Here, Cold-nose! strike me right in the +stomach, four time four blows!" + +When Cold-nose heard Aiwohikupua's boasting challenge to strike, then he +glanced around the crowd and saw someone holding a very little child; +then said Cold-nose to Aiwohikupua, "I am not the man to strike you; +that little youngster there, let him strike you and let him be your +opponent." + +These words enraged Aiwohikupua. Then a flush rose all over his body as +if he had been dipped in the blood of a lamb.[31] He turned right to the +crowd and said, "Who will dare to defy the Kauai boy, for I say to him, +my god can give me victory over this man, and my god will deliver the +head of this mighty one to be a plaything for my paddlers." + +Then Aiwohikupua knelt down and prayed to his gods as follows: "O you +Heavens, Lightning, and Rain, O Air, O Thunder and Earthquake! Look upon +me this day, the only child of yours left upon this earth. Give this day +all your strength unto your child; by your might turn aside his fists +from smiting your child, and I beseech you to give me the head of Ihuanu +into my hand to be a plaything for my paddlers, that all this assembly +may see that I have power over this uncircumcised[32] one. Amen."[33] + +At the close of this prayer Aiwohikupua stood up with confident face and +asked Cold-nose, "Are you ready yet to strike me?" + +Cold-nose answered, "I am not ready to strike you; you strike me first!" + +When Cold-nose's master heard these words he went to Cold-nose's side +and said, "You are foolish, my pupil. If he orders you forward again +then deliver the strongest blow you can give, for when he gives you the +order to strike he himself begins the fight." So Cold-nose was +satisfied. + +After this, Aiwohikupua again asked Cold-nose, "Are you ready yet to +strike me? Strike my face, if you want to!" + +Then Cold-nose instantly delivered a blow like the whiz of the wind at +Aiwohikupua's face, but Aiwohikupua dodged and he missed it. + +As the blow missed, Aiwohikupua instantly sent his blow, struck right on +the chest and pierced to his back; then Aiwohikupua lifted the man on +his arm and swung him to and fro before the crowd, and threw him outside +the field, and Aiwohikupua overcame Cold-nose, and all who looked on +shouted. + +When Cold-nose was dead his supporters came to where he was lying, those +who had warned him to end the fight, and cried, "Aha! Cold-nose, could +the fruit we have never tasted save you? Will you fight a second time +with that man of might?" These were the scornful words of his +supporters. + +As the host were crowding about the dead body of their champion and +wailing, Aiwohikupua came and cut off Cold-nose's head with the man's +own war club[34] and threw it contemptuously to his followers; thus was +his prayer fulfilled. This ended, Aiwohikupua left the company, got +aboard the canoe, and departed; and the report of the deed spread +through Kohala, Hamakua, and all around Hawaii. + +They sailed and touched at Honokaape at Waipio, then came off Paauhau +and saw a cloud of dust rising landward. Aiwohikupua asked his +counsellor, "Why is that crowd gathering on land? Perhaps it is a boxing +match; let us go again to look on!" + +His counsellor answered, "Break off that notion, for we are not taking +this journey for boxing contests, but to seek a wife." + +Said Aiwohikupua to his counsellor, "Call to the steersman to turn the +canoe straight ashore to hear what the crowd is for." The chief's wish +was obeyed, they went alongside the cliff and asked the women gathering +shellfish, "What is that crowd inland for?" + +The women answered, "They are standing up to a boxing match, and whoever +is the strongest, he will be sent to box with the Kauai man who fought +here with Cold-nose and killed Cold-nose; that is what all the shouting +is about." + +So Aiwohikupua instantly gave orders to anchor the canoe, and +Aiwohikupua landed with his counsellor and the two steersmen, and they +went up to the boxing match; there they stood at a distance watching the +people. + +Then came one of the natives of the place to where they stood and +Aiwohikupua asked what the people were doing, and the man answered as +the women had said. + +Aiwohikupua said to the man, "You go and say I am a fellow to have some +fun with the boxers, but not with anyone who is not strong." + +The man answered, "Haunaka is the only strong one in this crowd, and he +is to be sent to Kohala to fight with the Kauai man." + +Said Aiwohikupua, "Go ahead and tell Haunaka that we two will have some +fun together." + +When the man found Haunaka, and Haunaka heard these words, he clapped +his hands, struck his chest, and stamped his feet, and beckoned to +Aiwohikupua to come inside the field, and Aiwohikupua came, took off his +cape,[35] and bound it about his waist. + +When Aiwohikupua was on the field he said to Haunaka, "You can never +hurt the Kauai boy; he is a choice branch of the tree that stands upon +the steep."[36] + +As Aiwohikupua was speaking a man called out from outside the crowd, who +had seen Aiwohikupua fighting with Cold-nose, "O Haunaka and all of you +gathered here, you will never outdo this man; his fist is like a spear! +Only one blow at Cold-nose and the fist went through to his back. This +is the very man who killed Cold-nose." + +Then Haunaka seized Aiwohikupua's hand and welcomed him, and the end of +it was they made friends and the players mixed with the crowd, and they +left the place; Aiwohikupua's party went with their friends and boarded +the canoes, and went on and landed at Laupahoehoe. + + + + +CHAPTER VI + + +In Chapter V of this story we have seen how Aiwohikupua got to +Laupahoehoe. Here we shall say a word about Hulumaniani, the seer who +followed Laieikawai hither from Kauai, as described in the first chapter +of this story. + +On the day when Aiwohikupua's party left Paauhau, at Hamakua, on the +same day as he sailed and came to Laupahoehoe, the prophet foresaw it +all on the evening before he arrived, and it happened thus: + +That evening before sunset, as the seer was sitting at the door of the +house, he saw long clouds standing against the horizon where the signs +in the clouds appear, according to the soothsayers of old days even +until now. + +Said the seer, "A chief's canoe comes hither, 19 men, 1 high chief, a +double canoe." + +The men sitting with the chief started up at once, but could see no +canoe coming. Then the people with him asked, "Where is the canoe which +you said was a chief's canoe coming?" + +Said the prophet, "Not a real canoe; in the clouds I find it; to-morrow +you will see the chief's canoe." + +A night and a day passed; toward evening he again saw the cloud rise on the +ocean in the form which the seer recognized as Aiwohikupua's--perhaps as we +recognize the crown of any chief that comes to us, so Aiwohikupua's cloud +sign looked to the seer. + +When the prophet saw that sign he arose and caught a little pig and a +black cock, and pulled a bundle of _awa_ root to prepare for +Aiwohikupua's coming. + +The people wondered at his action and asked, "Are you going away that +you make these things ready?" + +The seer said, "I am making ready for my chief, Aiwohikupua; he is the +one I told you about last evening; for he comes hither over the ocean, +his sign is on the ocean, and his mist covers it." + +As Aiwohikupua's party drew near to the harbor of Laupahoehoe, 20 peals +of thunder sounded, the people of Hilo crowded together, and as soon as +it was quiet all saw the double canoe coming to land carrying above it +the taboo sign[37] of a chief. Then the seer's prediction was fulfilled. + +When the canoe came to land the seer was standing at the landing; he +advanced from Kaiwilahilahi, threw the pig before the chief, and prayed +in the name of the gods of Aiwohikupua, and this was his prayer: + +"O Heavens, Lightning, and Rain; O Air, Thunder, and Earthquake; O gods +of my chief, my beloved, my sacred taboo chief, who will bury these +bones! Here is a pig, a black cock, _awa_, a priest, a sacrifice, an +offering to the chief from your servant here; look upon your servant, +Hulumaniani; bring to him life, a great life, a long life, to live +forever, until the staff rings as he walks, until he is dragged upon a +mat, until the eyes are dim.[38] Amen, it is finished, flown away." + +As the chief listened to the prophet's prayer, Aiwohikupua recognized +his own prophet, and his heart yearned with love toward him; for he had +been gone a long while; he could not tell how long it was since he had +seen him. + +As soon as the prayer was ended, Aiwohikupua commanded his counsellor to +"present the seer's gifts to the gods." + +Instantly the seer ran and clasped the chief's feet and climbed upward +to his neck and wept, and Aiwohikupua hugged his servant's shoulders and +wailed out his virtues. + +After the wailing the chief asked his servant: "Why are you living here, +and how long have you been gone?" + +The servant told him all that we have read about in former chapters. +When the seer had told the business on which he had come and his reason +for it, that was enough. Then it was the seer's turn to question +Aiwohikupua, but the chief told only half the story, saying that he was +on a sight-seeing tour. + +The chief stayed with the seer that night until at daybreak they made +ready the canoe and sailed. + +They left Laupahoehoe and got off Makahanaloa when one of the men, the +one who is called the counsellor, saw the rainbow arching over Paliuli. + +He said to the chief: "Look! Where are you! See that rainbow arch? +Laieikawai is there, the one whom you want to find and there is where I +found her." + +Said Aiwohikupua: "I do not think Laieikawai is there; that is not her +rainbow, for rainbows are common to all rainy places. But let us wait +until it is pleasant and see whether the rainbow is there then; then we +shall know it is her sign." + +At the chief's proposal they anchored their canoes in the sea, and +Aiwohikupua went up with his counsellor to Kukululaumania to the houses +of the natives of the place and stayed there waiting for pleasant +weather. After four days it cleared over Hilo; the whole country was +plainly visible, and Panaewa lay bare. + +On this fourth day in the early morning Aiwohikupua awoke and went out +of the house, lo! the rainbow arching where they had seen it before; +long the chief waited until the sun came, then he went in and aroused +his counsellor and said to him: "Here! perhaps you were right; I myself +rose early while it was still dark, and went outside and actually saw +the rainbow arching in the place you had pointed out to me, and I waited +until sunrise--still the rainbow! And I came in to awaken you." + +The man said: "That is what I told you; if we had gone we should have +been staying up there in Paliuli all these days where she is." + +That morning they left Makahanaloa and sailed out to the harbor of +Keaau. + +They sailed until evening, made shore at Keaau and saw Kauakahialii's +houses standing there and the people of the place out surf riding. When +they arrived, the people of the place admired Aiwohikupua as much as +ever. + +The strangers remained at Keaau until evening, then Aiwohikupua ordered +the steersmen and rowers to stay quietly until the two of them returned +from their search for a wife, only they two alone. + +At sunset Aiwohikupua caught up his feather cloak and gave it to the +other to carry, and they ascended. + +They made way with difficulty through high forest trees and thickets of +tangled brush, until, at a place close to Paliuli, they heard the crow +of a cock. The man said to his chief: "We are almost out." + +They went on climbing, and heard a second time the cock crow (the cock's +second crow this). They went on climbing until a great light shone. + +The man said to his chief, "Here! we are out; there is Laieikawai's +grandmother calling together the chickens as usual."[39] + +Asked Aiwohikupua, "Where is the princess's house?" + +Said the man, "When we get well out of the garden patch here, then we +can see the house clearly." + +When Aiwohikupua saw that they were approaching Laieikawai's house, he +asked for the feather cloak to hold in his hand when they met the +princess of Paliuli. + +The garden patch passed, they beheld Laieikawai's house covered with the +yellow feathers of the _oo_ bird, as the seer had seen in his vision +from the god on Kauwiki. + +When Aiwohikupua saw the house of the princess of Paliuli, he felt +strangely perplexed and abashed, and for the first time he felt doubtful +of his success. + +And by reason of this doubt within him he said to his companion, "Where +are you? We have come boldly after my wife. I supposed her just an +ordinary woman. Not so! The princess's house has no equal for +workmanship; therefore, let us return without making ourselves known." + +Said his counsellor, "This is strange, after we have reached the woman's +house for whom we have swum eight seas, here you are begging to go back. +Let us go and make her acquaintance, whether for failure or success; +for, even if she should refuse, keep at it; we men must expect to meet +such rebuffs; a canoe will break on a coral reef."[40] + +"Where are you?" answered Aiwohikupua. "We will not meet the princess, +and we shall certainly not win her, for I see now the house is no +ordinary one. I have brought my cloak wrought with feathers for a gift +to the princess of Paliuli and I behold them here as thatch for the +princess's house; yet you know, for that matter, even a cloak of +feathers is owned by none but the highest chiefs; so let us return." +And they went back without making themselves known. + + + + +CHAPTER VII + + +When Aiwohikupua and his companion had left Paliuli they returned and +came to Keaau, made the canoe ready, and at the approach of day boarded +the canoe and returned to Kauai. + +On the way back Aiwohikupua would not say why he was returning until +they reached Kauai; then, for the first time, his counsellor knew the +reason. + +On the way from Keaau they rested at Kamaee, on the rocky side of Hilo, +and the next day left there, went to Humuula on the boundary between +Hilo and Hamakua; now the seer saw Aiwohikupua sailing over the ocean. + +After passing Humuula they stopped right off Kealakaha, and while the +chief slept they saw a woman sitting on the sea cliff by the shore. + +When those on board saw the woman they shouted, "Oh! what a beautiful +woman!" + +At this Aiwohikupua started up and asked what they were shouting about. +They said, "There is a beautiful woman sitting on the sea cliff." The +chief turned his head to look, and saw that the stranger was, indeed, a +charming woman. + +So the chief ordered the boatmen to row straight to the place where the +woman was sitting, and as they approached they first encountered a man +fishing with a line, and asked, "Who is that woman sitting up there on +the bank directly above you?" + +He answered, "It is Poliahu, Cold-bosom.". + +As the chief had a great desire to see the woman, she was beckoned to; +and she approached with her cloak all covered with snow and gave her +greeting to Aiwohikupua, and he greeted her in return by shaking hands. + +After meeting the stranger, Aiwohikupua said, "O Poliahu, fair mistress +of the coast, happily are we met here; and therefore, O princess of the +cliff, I wish you to take me and try me for your husband, and I will be +the servant under you; whatever commands you utter I will obey. If you +consent to take me as I beseech you, then come on board the canoe and go +to Kauai. Why not do so?" + +The woman answered, "I am not mistress of this coast. I come from +inland; from the summit of that mountain, which is clothed in a white +garment like this I am wearing; and how did you find out my name so +quickly?" + +Said Aiwohikupua, "This is the first I knew about your coming from the +White Mountain, but we found out your name readily from that fisherman +yonder." + +"As to what the chief desires of me," said Poliahu, "I will take you for +my husband; and now let me ask you, are you not the chief who stood up +and vowed in the name of your gods not to take any woman of these +islands from Hawaii to Kauai to wife--only a woman who comes from +Moaulanuiakea? Are you not betrothed to Hinaikamalama, the famous +princess of Hana? After this trip around Hawaii, then are you not +returning for your marriage? And as to your wishing our union, I assure +you, until you have made an end of your first vow it is not my part to +take you, but yours to take me with you as you desire." + +At Poliahu's words Aiwohikupua marveled and was abashed; and after a +while a little question escaped him: "How have you ever heard of these +deeds of mine you tell of? It is true, Poliahu, all that you say; I have +done as you have described; tell me who has told you." + +"No one has told me these things, O chief; I knew them for myself," said +the princess; "for I was born, like you, with godlike powers, and, like +you, my knowledge comes to me from the gods of my fathers, who inspire +me; and through these gods I showed you what I have told you. As you +were setting out at Humuula I saw your canoe, and so knew who you +were." + +At these words Aiwohikupua knelt and did reverence to Poliahu and begged +to become Poliahu's betrothed and asked her to go with him to Kauai. + +"We shall not go together to Kauai," said the woman, "but I will go on +board with you to Kohala, then I will return, while you go on." + +Now, the chiefs met and conversed on the deck of the canoe. + +Before setting out the woman said to Aiwohikupua and his companion, "We +sail together; let me be alone, apart from you two, fix bounds between +us. You must not touch me, I will not touch you until we reach Kohala; +let us remain under a sacred taboo;" and this request pleased them. + +As they sailed and came to Kohala they did not touch each other. + +They reached Kohala, and on the day when Aiwohikupua's party left, +Poliahu took her garment of snow and gave it to Aiwohikupua, saying, +"Here is my snow mantle, the mantle my parents strictly forbade my +giving to anyone else; it was to be for myself alone; but as we are +betrothed, you to me and I to you, therefore I give away this mantle +until the day when you remember our vows, then you must seek me, and you +will find me above on the White Mountain; show it to me there, then we +shall be united." + +When Aiwohikupua heard these things the chief's heart was glad, and his +counsellor and the paddlers with him. + +Then Aiwohikupua took out his feather cloak, brought it and threw it +over Poliahu with the words, "As you have said to me before giving me +the snow mantle, so do you guard this until our promised union." + +When their talk was ended, at the approach of day, they parted from the +woman of the mountain and sailed and came to Hana and met Hinaikamalama. + + + + +CHAPTER VIII + + +When Aiwohikupua reached Hana, after parting with Poliahu at Kohala, his +boat approached the canoe landing at Haneoo, where they had been before, +where Hinaikamalama was living. + +When Aiwohikupua reached the landing the canoe floated on the water; and +as it floated there Hinaikamalama saw that it was Aiwohikupua's canoe; +joyful was she with the thought of their meeting; but still the boat +floated gently on the water. + +Hinaikamalama came thither where Aiwohikupua and his men floated. Said +the woman, "This is strange! What is all this that the canoe is kept +afloat? Joyous was I at the sight of you, believing you were coming to +land. Not so! Now, tell me, shall you float there until you leave?" + +"Yes," answered Aiwohikupua. + +"You can not," said the woman, "for I will order the executioner to hold +you fast; you became mine at _konane_ and our vows are spoken, and I +have lived apart and undefiled until your return." + +"O princess, not so!" said Aiwohikupua. "It is not to end our vow--that +still holds; but the time has not come for its fulfillment. For I said +to you, 'When I have sailed about Hawaii then the princess's bet shall +be paid;' now, I went meaning to sail about Hawaii, but did not; still +at Hilo I got a message from Kauai that the family was in trouble at +home, so I turned back; I have stopped in here to tell you all this; and +therefore, live apart, and on my next return our vow shall be +fulfilled." + +At these words of Aiwohikupua the princess's faith returned. + +After this they left Hana and sailed and came to Oahu, and on the sea +halfway between Oahu and Kauai he laid his command upon the oarsmen and +the steersmen, as follows: "Where are you? I charge you, when you come +to Kauai, do not say that you have been to Hawaii to seek a wife lest I +be shamed; if this is heard about, it will be heard through you, and the +penalty to anyone who tells of the journey to Hawaii, it is death, death +to himself, death to his wife, death to all his friends; this is the +debt he shall pay." This was the charge the chief laid upon the men who +sailed with him to Hawaii. Aiwohikupua reached Kauai at sunset and met +his sisters. Then he spoke thus to his sisters: "Perhaps you wondered +when I went on my journey, because I did not tell you my reason, not +even the place where I was to go; and now I tell it to you in secret, my +sisters, to you alone. To Hawaii I disappeared to fetch Laieikawai for +my wife, after hearing Kauakahialii's story the day when his party +returned here. But when I came there I did not get sight of the woman's +face; I did not see Laieikawai, but my eyes beheld her house thatched +with the yellow feathers of the _oo_ bird, so I thought I could not win +her and came back here unsuccessful. And as I thought of my failure, +then I thought of you sisters,[41] who have won my wishes for me in the +days gone by; therefore I came for you to go to Hawaii, the very ones to +win what I wish, and at dawn let us rise up and go." Then they were +pleased with their brother's words to them. + +As Aiwohikupua talked with his sisters, his counsellor for the first +time understood the reason for their return to Kauai. + +The next day Aiwohikupua picked out fresh paddlers, for the chief knew +that the first were tired out. When all was ready for sailing, that very +night the chief took on board 14 paddlers, 2 steersmen, the 5 sisters, +Mailehaiwale, Mailekaluhea, Mailelaulii, Mailepakaha, and the youngest, +Kahalaomapuana, the chief himself, and his counsellor, 23 in all. That +night, at the approach of day, they left Kauai, came to Puuloa, and +there rested at Hanauma; the next day they lay off Molokai at +Kaunakakai, from there they went ashore at Mala at Lahaina; and they +left the place, went to Keoneoio in Honuaula, and there they stayed 30 +days. + +For it was very rough weather on the ocean; when the rough weather was +over, then there was good sailing. + +Then they left Honuaula and sailed and came to Kaelehuluhulu, at Kona, +Hawaii. + +As Aiwohikupua's party were on the way from Maui thither, Poliahu knew +of their setting sail and coming to Kaelehuluhulu. + +Then Poliahu made herself ready to come to wed Aiwohikupua; one month +she waited for the promised meeting, but Aiwohikupua was at Hilo after +Laieikawai. + +Then was revealed to Poliahu the knowledge of Aiwohikupua's doings; +through her supernatural power she saw it all; so the woman laid it up +in her mind until they should meet, then she showed what she saw +Aiwohikupua doing. + +From Kaelehuluhulu, Aiwohikupua went direct to Keaau, but many days and +nights the voyage lasted. + +At noon one day they came to Keaau, and after putting to rights the +canoe and the baggage, the chief at once began urging his sisters and +his counsellor to go up to Paliuli; and they readily assented to the +chief's wish. + +Before going up to Paliuli, Aiwohikupua told the steersmen and the +paddlers, "While we go on our way to seek her whom I have so longed to +see face to face, do you remain here quietly, doing nothing but guard +the canoes. If you wait until this night becomes day and day becomes +night, then we prosper; but if we come back to-morrow early in the +morning, then my wishes have failed, then face about and turn the course +to Kauai;" so the chief ordered. + +After the chief's orders to the men they ascended half the night, +reaching Paliuli. Said Aiwohikupua to the sisters: "This is Paliuli +where Laieikawai is, your sister-in-law. See what you are worth." + +Then Aiwohikupua took Mailehaiwale, the first born; she stood right at +the door of Laieikawai's house, and as she stood there she sent forth a +fragrance which filled the house; and within was Laieikawai with her +nurse fast asleep; but they could no longer sleep, because they were +wakened by the scent of Mailehaiwale. + +And starting out of sleep, they two marveled what this wonderful +fragrance could be, and because of this marvel Laieikawai cried out in a +voice of delight to her grandmother: + +LAIEIKAWAI: "O Waka! O Waka--O!" + +WAKA: "Heigh-yo! why waken in the middle of the night?" + +LAIEIKAWAI: "A fragrance is here, a strange fragrance, a cool fragrance, +a chilling fragrance; it goes to my heart." + +WAKA: "That is no strange fragrance; it is certainly Mailehaiwale, the +sweet-smelling sister of Aiwohikupua, who has come to get you for his +wife, you for the wife and he for the husband; here is the man for you +to marry." + +LAIEIKAWAI: "Bah! I will not marry him."[42] + +When Aiwohikupua heard Laieikawai's refusal to take Aiwohikupua for her +husband, then he was abashed, for they heard her refusal quite plainly. + + + + +CHAPTER IX + + +After this refusal, then Aiwohikupua said to his counsellor, "You and I +will go home and let my sisters stay up here; as for them, let them live +as they can, for they are worthless; they have failed to gain my wish." + +Said the counsellor, "This is very strange! I thought before we left +Kauai you told me that your sisters were the only ones to get your wish, +and you have seen now what one of them can do; you have ordered +Mailehaiwale to do her part, and we have heard, too, the refusal of +Laieikawai. Is this your sisters' fault, that we should go and leave +them? But without her you have four sisters left; it may be one of them +will succeed." + +Said Aiwohikupua, "If the first-born fails, the others perhaps will be +worthless." + +His counsellor, spoke again, "My lord, have patience; let Mailekaluhea +try her luck, and if she fails then we will go." + +Now, this saying pleased the chief; said Aiwohikupua, "Suppose you try +your luck, and if you fail, all is over." + +Mailekaluhea went and stood at the door of the chief-house and gave out +a perfume; the fragrance entered and touched the rafters within the +house, from the rafters it reached Laieikawai and her companion; then +they were startled from sleep. + +Said Laieikawai to her nurse, "This is a different perfume, not like the +first, it is better than that; perhaps it comes from a man." + +The nurse said, "Call out to your grandmother to tell you the meaning of +the fragrance." + +Laieikawai called: + +LAIEIKAWAI: "O Waka! O Waka--O!" + +WAKA: "Heigh-yo! why waken in the middle of the night?" + +LAIEIKAWAI: "Here is a fragrance, a strange fragrance, a cool fragrance, +a chilling fragrance; it goes to my heart." + +WAKA. "That is no strange fragrance, it is Mailekaluhea, the +sweet-smelling sister of Aiwohikupua, who has come to make you his wife +to marry him." + +LAIEIKAWAI: "Bah! I will not marry him!" + +Said Aiwohikupua to his counsellor, "See! did you hear the princess's +refusal?" + +"Yes, I heard it; what of her refusing! it is only their scent she does +not like; perhaps she will yield to Mailelaulii." + +"You are persistent," said Aiwohikupua. "Did I not tell you I wanted to +go back, but you refused--you would not consent!" + +"We have not tried all the sisters; two are out; three remain," said his +counsellor. "Let all your sisters take a chance; this will be best; +perhaps you are too hasty in going home; when you reach Keaau and say +you have not succeeded, your other sisters will say: 'If you had let us +try, Laieikawai would have consented;' so, then, they get something to +talk about; let them all try." + +"Where are you, my counsellor!" said Aiwohikupua. "It is not you who +bears the shame; I am the one. If the grandchild thought as Waka does +all would be well." + +"Let us bear the shame," said his counsellor. "You know we men must +expect such rebuffs; 'a canoe will break on a coral reef;' and if she +should refuse, who will tell of it? We are the only ones to hear it. Let +us try what Mailelaulii can do." + +And because the counsellor urged so strongly the chief gave his consent. + +Mailelaulii went right to the door of the chief-house; she gave out her +perfume as the others had done; again Laieikawai was startled from sleep +and said to her nurse, "This is an entirely different fragrance--not +like those before." + +Said the nurse, "Call out to Waka." + +LAIEIKAWAI: "O Waka! O Waka--O!" + +WAKA: "Heigh-yo! Why waken in the middle of the night?" + +LAIEIKAWAI: "Here is a fragrance, a strange fragrance, a cool fragrance, +a chilling fragrance; it goes to my heart." + +WAKA: "That is no strange fragrance; it is Mailelaulii, one of the +sweet-smelling sisters of Aiwohikupua, who has come to get you for his +wife; he is the husband, the husband for you to marry." + +LAIEIKAWAI: "Bah! I will not marry him!" + +"One refusal is enough," said Aiwohikupua, "without getting four more! +You have brought this shame upon us both, my comrade." + +"Let us endure the shame," said his counsellor, "and if our sisters do +not succeed, then I will go and enter the house and tell her to take you +for her husband as you desire." + +Then the chief's heart rejoiced, for Kauakahialii had told him how this +same man had got Laieikawai to come down to Keaau, so Aiwohikupua +readily assented to his servant's plea. + +Then Aiwohikupua quickly ordered Mailepakaha to go and stand at the door +of the chief-house; she gave forth her perfume, and Laieikawai was +startled from sleep, and again smelled the fragrance. She said to her +nurse, "Here is this fragrance again, sweeter than before." + +Said the nurse again, "Call Waka." + +LAIEIKAWAI: "O Waka! O Waka--O!" + +WAKA: "Heigh-yo! Why waken in the middle of the night?" + +LAIEIKAWAI: "Here is a fragrance, a strange fragrance, not like the +others, a sweet fragrance, a pleasant fragrance; it goes to my heart." + +WAKA: "That is no strange fragrance; it is Mailepakaha, the +sweet-smelling sister of Aiwohikupua, who has come to get you for a wife +to marry him." + +LAIEIKAWAI: "Bah! I will not marry him! No matter who comes I will not +sleep with him. Do not force Aiwohikupua on me again." + +When Aiwohikupua heard this fresh refusal from Laieikawai, his +counsellor said, "My lord, it is useless! There is nothing more to be +done except one thing; better put off trying the youngest sister and, if +she is refused, my going myself, since we have heard her vehement +refusal and the sharp chiding she gave her grandmother. And now I have +only one thing to advise; it is for me to speak and for you to decide." + +"Advise away," said Aiwohikupua, "If it seems good, I will consent; but +if not, I will refuse." + +"Let us go to the grandmother," said his counsellor, "and ask her; maybe +we can get the consent from her." + +Said Aiwohikupua, "There is nothing left to be done; it is over; only +one word more--our sisters, let them stay here in the jungle, for they +are worthless." + +Then Aiwohikupua said to his sisters, "You are to stay here; my +cherished hope has failed in bringing you here; the forest is your +dwelling hereafter." It was then pretty near dawn. + +At Aiwohikupua's words all the sisters bowed their heads and wailed. + +When Aiwohikupua and his companion started to go, Kahalaomapuana, the +youngest sister, called out, "O you two there! Wait! Had we known in +Kauai that you were bringing us to leave us in this place, we would +never have come. It is only fair that I, too, should have had a chance +to win Laieikawai, and had I failed then you would have a right to leave +me; we are all together, the guilty with the guiltless; you know me +well, I have gained all your wishes." + +When Aiwohikupua heard his youngest sister, he felt himself to blame. + +Aiwohikupua called to his sister, "You shall come with me; your older +sisters must stay here." + +"I will not go," answered the youngest sister, "unless we all go +together, only then will I go home." + + + + +CHAPTER X + + +At these words of his youngest sister[43] Aiwohikupua said, "Stay here, +then, with your sisters and go with them wherever you wish, but I am +going home." + +Aiwohikupua turned to go, and as the two were still on the way, sang the +song of Mailehaiwale, as follows: + + My divine brother, + My heart's highest, + Go and look + Into the eyes of our parents, say + We abide here, + Fed upon the fruit of sin.[44] + Is constancy perhaps a sin? + +Aiwohikupua turned and looked back at his younger sisters and said, +"Constancy is not a sin; haven't I told you that I leave you because +you are worthless? If you had gained for me my desire you would not have +to stay here; that was what you were brought here for." The two turned +and went on and did not listen to the sisters any longer. + +When Aiwohikupua and his companion had departed, the sisters conferred +together and agreed to follow him, thinking he could be pacified. + +They descended and came to the coast at Keaau, where the canoe was +making ready for sailing. At the landing the sisters sat waiting to be +called; all had gone aboard the canoe, there was no summons at all, the +party began to move off; then rang out the song of Mailekaluhea, as +follows: + + My divine brother, + My heart's highest--turn hither, + Look upon your little sisters, + Those who have followed you over the way, + Over the high way, over the low way, + In the rain with a pack on its back, + Like one carrying a child, + In the rain that roars in the hala trees, + That roars in the hala trees of Hanalei. + How is it with us? + Why did you not leave us, + Leave us at home, + When you went on the journey? + You will look, + Look into the eyes, + The eyes of our parents, + Fare you well! + +While Mailekaluhea was singing not once did their brother +compassionately look toward them, and the canoe having departed, the +sisters sat conferring, then one of them, Kahalaomapuana, the youngest, +began to speak. + +These were her words: "It is clear that our brother chief is not +pacified by the entreaties of Mailehaiwale and Mailekaluhea. Let us, +better, go by land to their landing place, then it will be Mailelaulii's +turn to sing. It may be he will show affection for her." And they did as +she advised. + +They left Keaau, came first to Punahoa, to a place called Kanoakapa, and +sat down there until Aiwohikupua's party arrived. + +When Aiwohikupua and his companions had almost come to land where the +sisters were sitting, Aiwohikupua suddenly called out to the paddlers +and the steersmen, "Let us leave this harbor; those women have chased us +all this way; we had better look for another landing place." + +As they left the sisters sitting there, Mailelaulii sang a song, as +follows: + + My divine brother, + My heart's highest, + What is our great fault? + The eyes of our chief are turned away in displeasure, + The sound of chanting is forbidden, + The chant of your little ones + Of your little sisters. + Have compassion upon us, + Have compassion upon the comrades who have followed you, + The comrades who climbed the cliffs of Haena, + Crept over the cliff where the way was rugged, + The rugged ladder-way up Nualolo + The rough cliff-way up Makana, + It is there--return hither, + Give a kiss to your sisters, + And go on your way, + On the home journey--heartless. + Farewell-to you, you shall look + Look, in our native land, + Into the eyes of our parents. + Fare you well! + +As Aiwohikupua heard the sister's voice, they let the canoe float +gently; then said Kahalaomapuana, "That is good for us; this is the only +time they have let the canoe float; now we shall hear them calling to +us, and go on board the canoe, then we shall be safe." + +After letting the canoe float a little while, the whole party turned and +made off, and had not the least compassion. + +When they had left, the sisters consulted afresh what they should do. +Kahalaomapuana gave her advice. + +She said to her sisters, "There are two of us left, I and Mailepakaha." + +Answered Mailepakaha, "He will have no compassion for me, for he had +none on any of our sisters; it may be worse with me. I think you had +better plead with him as you are the little one, it may be he will take +pity on you." + +But the youngest would not consent; then they drew lots by pulling the +flower stems of grass; the one who pulled the longest, she was the one +to plead with the brother; now when they drew, the lot fell to +Kahalaomapuana. + +When this was done, they left Punahoa, again followed their brother and +came to Honolii, where Aiwohikupua's party had already arrived. Here +they camped at some distance from Aiwohikupua's party, and Aiwohikupua's +party from them. + +At Honolii that night they arranged that the others should sleep and a +single one keep watch, and to this all consented. They kept watch +according to age and gave the morning watch to the youngest. This was in +order to see Aiwohikupua's start, for on their journey from Kauai the +party had always set out at dawn. + +The sisters stood guard that night, until in Mailepakaha's watch +Aiwohikupua's party made the canoes ready to start; she awakened the +others, and all awoke together. + +As the sisters crouched there Kahalaomapuana's watch came, and the party +boarded the canoe. The sisters followed down to the landing, and +Kahalaomapuana ran and clung to the back of the canoe and called to them +in song, as follows: + + Our brother and lord, + Divine brother, + Highest and closest! + Where are you, oh! where? + You and we, here and there, + You, the voyager, + We, the followers. + Along the cliffs, swimming 'round the steeps, + Bathing at Waihalau, + Waihalau at Wailua; + No longer are we beloved. + Do you no longer love us? + The comrades who followed you over the ocean, + Over the great waves, the little waves, + Over the long waves, the short waves, + Over the long-backed waves of the ocean, + Comrades who followed you inland, + Far through the jungle, + Through, the night, sacred and dreadful, + Oh, turn back! + Oh, turn back and have pity, + Listen to my pleading, + Me the littlest of your sisters. + Why will you abandon, + Abandon us + In this desolation? + You have opened the highway before us, + After you we followed, + We are known as your little sisters, + Then forsake your anger, + The wrath, the loveless heart, + Give a kiss to your little ones, + Fare you well! + +When, his youngest sister raised this lamentation to Aiwohikupua, then +the brother's heart glowed with love and longing for his sister. + +And because of his great love for his little sister, he took her in his +arms, set her on his lap, and wept. + +When Kahalaomapuana was in her brother's lap, Aiwohikupua ordered the +canoemen to paddle with all their might; then the other sisters were +left far behind and the canoe went ahead. + +As they went, Kahalaomapuana was troubled in mind for her sisters. + +Then Kahalaomapuana wept for her sisters and besought Aiwohikupua to +restore her to her sisters; but Aiwohikupua would not take pity on her. + +"O Aiwohikupua," said his sister, "I will not let you take me by myself +without taking my sisters with me, for you called me to you before when +we were at Paliuli, but I would not consent to your taking me alone." + +And because of Aiwohikupua's stubbornness in refusing to let his sister +go, then Kahalaomapuana jumped from the canoe into the sea. Then, for +the last time she spoke to her brother in a song, as follows: + + You go home and look, + Look into the eyes, + Into the eyes of our parents. + Love to our native land, + My kindred and our friends, + I am going back to your little sisters, + To my older sisters I return. + + + + +Chapter XI + + +During this very last song of Kahalaomapuana's, Aiwohikupua's heart +filled with love, and he called out for the canoe to back up, but +Kahalaomapuana had been left far behind, so swiftly were the men +paddling, and by the time the canoe had turned about to pick her up she +was not to be found. + +Here we must leave Aiwohikupua for a little and tell about his sisters, +then speak again about Aiwohikupua. + +When Aiwohikupua's party forsook his sisters at Honolii and took +Kahalaomapuana with them, the girls mourned for love of their younger +sister, for they loved Kahalaomapuana better than their parents or their +native land. + +While they were still mourning Kahalaomapuana appeared by the cliff; +then their sorrow was at an end. + +They crowded about their younger sister, and she told them what had +happened to her and why she had returned, as has been told in the +chapter before. + +After talking of all these things, they consulted together where they +might best live, and agreed to go back to Paliuli. + +After their council they left Honolii and returned to the uplands of +Paliuli, to a place near Laieikawai's house, and lived there inside of +hollow trees. + +And because they wished so much to see Laieikawai they spied out for +her from day to day, and after many days of spying they had not had the +least sight of her, for every day the door was fast closed. + +So they consulted how to get sight of Laieikawai, and after seeking many +days after some way to see the princess of Paliuli they found none. + +During this debate their younger sister did not speak, so one of her +older sisters said, "Kahalaomapuana, all of us have tried to devise a +way to see Laieikawai, but we have not found one; perhaps you have +something in mind. Speak." + +"Yes" said, their younger sister, "let us burn a fire every night, and +let the oldest sing, then the next, and so on until the last of us, only +one of us sing each night, then I will come the last night; perhaps the +fire burning every night will annoy the princess so she will come to +find out about us, then perhaps we shall see Laieikawai." + +Kahalaomapuana's words pleased them. + +The next night they lighted the fire and Mailehaiwale sang that night, +as they had agreed, and the next night Mailekaluhea; so they did every +night, and the fourth night passed; but Laieikawai gave them no concern. +The princess had, in fact, heard the singing and seen the fire burning +constantly, but what was that to the princess! + +On the fifth night, Kahalaomapuana's night, the last night of all, they +lighted the fire, and at midnight Kahalaomapuana made a trumpet of a +_ti_ leaf[45] and played on it. + +Then for the first time Laieikawai felt pleasure in the music, but the +princess paid no attention to it. And just before daylight +Kahalaomapuana played again on her _ti_ leaf trumpet as before, then +this delighted the princess. Only two times Kahalaomapuana blew on it +that night. + +The second night Kahalaomapuana did the same thing again; she began +early in the evening to play, but the princess took no notice. + +Just before daylight that night she played a second time. Then +Laieikawai's sleep was disturbed, and this night she was even more +delighted. + +And, her interest aroused, she sent her attendant to see where the +musical instrument was which was played so near her. + +Then the princess's attendant went out of the door of the chief-house +and saw the fire which the girls had lighted, crept along until she came +to the place where the fire was, and stood at a distance where she was +out of sight of those about the fire. + +And having seen, she returned to Laieikawai, and the princess inquired +about it. + +The attendant told the princess what she had seen. "When I went outside +the door of the house I saw a fire burning near, and I went and came and +stood at a distance without being myself seen. There, behold! I saw five +girls sitting around the fire, very beautiful girls; all looked alike, +but one of them was very little and she was the one who played the sweet +music that we heard." + +When the princess heard this she said to her attendant, "Go and get the +smallest of them, tell her to come here and amuse us." + +At these words of the princess, the nurse went and came to the place +where the sisters were and they saw her, and she said, "I am a messenger +sent hither by my chief to fetch whichever one of you I want to take; so +I take the smallest of you to go and visit my princess as she has +commanded." + +When Kahalaomapuana was carried away, the hearts of the sisters sang for +joy, for they thought to win fortune thereafter. + +And their sister went into the presence of Laieikawai. + +When they had come to the house, the attendant opened the door; then, +Kahalaomapuana was terrified to see Laieikawai resting on the wings of +birds as was her custom; two scarlet _iiwi_ birds were perched on the +shoulders of the princess and shook the dew from red _lehua_ blossoms +upon her head. + +And when Kahalaomapuana saw this, then it seemed marvelous to the +stranger girl, and she fell to the ground with trembling heart. + +The princess's attendant came and asked, "What is the matter, daughter?" + +And twice she asked, then the girl arose and said to the princess's +attendant as follows: "Permit me to return to my sisters, to the place +from which you took me, for I tremble with fear at the marvelous nature +of your princess." + +Said the princess's attendant, "Do not fear, have no dread, arise and +enter to meet my princess as she has commanded you." + +"I am afraid," said the girl. + +When the princess heard their low voices, she arose and called to +Kahalaomapuana; then the girl's distress was at an end, and the stranger +entered to visit the princess. + +Said Laieikawai, "Is the merry instrument yours that sounded here last +night and this?" + +"Yes; it is mine," said Kahalaomapuana. + +"Go on," said Laieikawai, "play it." + +Kahalaomapuana took her _ti_ leaf trumpet from behind her ear, and +played before the princess; then Laieikawai was delighted. This was the +first time the princess had seen this kind of instrument. + + + + +CHAPTER XII + + +Now, Laieikawai became fascinated with the merry instrument upon which +the girl played, so she bade her sound it again. + +Said the girl, "I can not sound it again, for it is now daylight, and +this instrument is a kind that sounds only by night; it will never sound +by day." + +Laieikawai was surprised at these words, thinking the girl was lying. So +she snatched the trumpet out of the girl's hand and played upon it, and +because she was unpracticed in playing the trumpet the thing made no +sound; then the princess believed that the trumpet would not sound by +day. + +Said Laieikawai to Kahalapmapuana, "Let us two be friends, and you shall +live here in my house and become my favorite, and your work will be to +amuse me." + +Said Kahalaomapuana, "O princess, you have spoken well; but it would +grieve me to live with you and perhaps gain happiness for myself while +my sisters might be suffering." + +"How many of you are there?" asked Laieikawai, "and how did you come +here?" + +Said Kahalaomapuana, "There are six of us born of the same parents; one +of the six is a boy and five of us are his younger sisters, and the boy +is the oldest, and I am the youngest born. And we journeyed hither with +our brother, and because we failed to gain for him his wish, therefore +he has abandoned us and has gone back with his favorite companion, and +we live here in distress." + +Laieikawai asked, "Where do you come from?" + +"From Kauai," answered Kahalaomapuana. + +"And what is your brother's name?" + +"Aiwohikupua," replied the girl. + +Again Laieikawai asked, "What are the names of each of you?" + +Then she told them all. + +Then Laieikawai understood that these were the persons who came that +first night. + +Said Laieikawai, "Your sisters and your brother I know well, if it was +really you who came to me that night; but you I did not hear." + +"Yes; we were the ones," said Kahalaomapuana. + +Said Laieikawai, "If you were the ones who came that night, who guided +you here? For the place is unfrequented, not a single person comes +here." + +The girl said, "We had a native of the place to guide us, the same man +who spoke to you in behalf of Kauakahialii." Then it was clear he was a +fellow countryman of theirs. + +The end of all this talk was that Laieikawai bade her grandmother to +prepare a house for the sisters of Aiwohikupua. + +Then, through the supernatural power of her grandmother, Waka, the +matter was quickly dispatched, the house was made ready. + +When the house was prepared Laieikawai gave orders to Kahalaomapuana: +"You return, and to-night come here with all your sisters; when I have +seen them then you shall play to us on your merry instrument." + +When Kahalaomapuana rejoined her sisters they asked what she had +done--what kind of interview she had had with the princess. + +Answered the girl, "When I reached the door of the palace a hunchback +opened the door to receive me, and when I saw the princess resting on +the wings of birds, at the sight I trembled with fear and fell down to +the earth. For this reason when I was taken in to talk with the princess +I did just what she wished, and she asked about us and I told her +everything. The result is, fortune is ours; she has commanded us all to +go to her to-night." + +When they heard this the sisters were joyful. + +At the time the princess had directed they left the hollow tree where +they had lived as fugitives. + +They went and stood at the door of the chief-house. Laieikawai's +attendant opened the door, and they saw just what their sister had +described to them. + +But when they actually saw Laieikawai, then they were filled with dread, +and all except Kahalaomapuana ran trembling with fear and fell to the +ground. + +And at the princess's command the strangers were brought into the +presence of the princess, and the princess was pleased with them. + +And at this interview with the princess she promised them her +protection, as follows: + +"I have heard from your younger sister that you are all of the same +parentage and the same blood; therefore I shall treat you all as one +blood with me, and we shall protect each other. Whatever one says, the +others shall do. Whatever trouble comes to one, the others shall share; +and for this reason I have asked our grandmother to furnish you a home +where you may live virgin like myself, no one taking a husband without +the others' consent. So shall it be well with us from this time on."[46] + +To these conditions the stranger girls agreed; the younger sister +answered the princess for them all: + +"O princess, we are happy that you receive us; happy, too, that you take +us to be your sisters as you have said; and so we obey. Only one thing +we ask of you: All of us sisters have been set apart by our parents to +take no delight in men; and it is their wish that we remain virgin +until the end of our days; and so we, your servants, beseech you not to +defile us with any man, according to the princess's pleasure, but to +allow us to live virgin according to our parents' vow." + +And this request of the strangers seemed good to the princess. + +After talking with the princess concerning all these things, they were +dismissed to the house prepared for them. + +As soon as the girls went to live in the house they consulted how they +should obey the princess's commands, and they appointed their younger +sister to speak to the princess about what they had agreed upon. + +One afternoon, just as the princess woke from sleep, came Kahalaomapuana +to amuse the princess by playing on the trumpet until the princess +wished it no longer. + +Then she told Laieikawai what the sisters had agreed upon and said, "O +princess, we have consulted together how to protect you, and all five of +us have agreed to become the bodyguard for your house; ours shall be the +consent, ours the refusal. If anyone wishes to see you, be he a man, or +maybe a woman, or even a chief, he shall not see you without our +approval. Therefore I pray the princess to consent to what we have +agreed." + +Said Laieikawai, "I consent to your agreement, and yours shall be the +guardianship over all the land of Paliuli." + +Now the girls' main purpose in becoming guardians of Paliuli was, if +Aiwohikupua should again enter Paliuli, to have power to bar their +enemy. + +Thus they dwelt in Paliuli, and while they dwelt there never did they +weary of life. Never did they even see the person who prepared them +food, nor the food itself, save when, at mealtimes, the birds brought +them food and cleared away the remnants when they had done. So Paliuli +became to them a land beloved, and there they dwelt until the trouble +came upon them which was wrought by Halaaniani. + +Here, O reader, we leave speaking of the sisters of Aiwohikupua, and in +Chapter XIII of this tale will speak again of Aiwohikupua and his coming +to Kauai. + + + + +CHAPTER XIII + + +At the time when Kahalaomapuana leaped from the canoe into the sea it +was going very swiftly, so she fell far behind. The canoe turned back to +recover Kahalaomapuana, but the party did not find her; then Aiwohikupua +abandoned his young sister and sailed straight for Kauai. + +As Aiwohikupua sailed away from Hawaii, between Oahu and Kauai he spoke +to his paddlers as follows: "When we get back to Kauai let no one tell +that we have been to Hawaii after Laieikawai, lest shame come to me and +I be spoken of jeeringly; and therefore I lay my commands upon you. +Whoever speaks of this journey of ours and I hear of it, his penalty is +death, his and all his offspring, as I vowed to those paddlers of mine +before." + +They returned to Kauai. A few days afterwards Aiwohikupua, the chief, +wished to make a feast for the chiefs and for all his friends on Kauai. + +While the feast was being made ready the chief gave word to fetch the +feasters; with all the male chiefs, only one woman of rank was allowed +to come to the celebration; this was Kailiokalauokekoa.[47] + +On the day of the feast all the guests assembled, the food was ready +spread, and the drink at the feast was the _awa_. + +Before eating, all the guests together took up their cups of _awa_ and +drank. During the feasting, the _awa_ had not the least effect upon +them. + +And because the _awa_ had no effect, the chief hastily urged his _awa_ +chewers to chew the _awa_ a second time. When the chief's command was +carried out, the guests and the chief himself took up their cups of +_awa_ all together and drank. When this cup of _awa_ was drained the +effect of the _awa_ overcame them. But the one who felt the effects most +was the chief who gave the feast. + +Now, while the chief was drunk, the oath which he swore at sea to the +rowers was not forgotten; not from one of his own men was the forbidden +story told, but from the mouth of Aiwohikupua himself was the chief's +secret heard. + +While under the influence of the _awa_, Aiwohikupua turned right around +upon Kauakahialii, who was sitting near, and said: "O Kauakahialii, when +you were talking to us about Laieikawai, straightway there entered into +me desire after that woman; then sleepless were my nights with the wish, +to see her; so I sailed and came to Hawaii, two of us went up, until at +daylight we reached the uplands of Paliuli; when I went to see the +chief's house, it was very beautiful, I was ashamed; therefore I +returned here. I returned, in fact, thinking that the little sisters +were the ones to get my wish; I fetched them, made the journey with the +girls to the house of the princess, let them do their best; when, as it +happened, they were all refused, all four sisters except the youngest; +for shame I returned. Surely that woman is the most stubborn of all, she +has no equal." + +While Aiwohikupua talked of Laieikawai's stubbornness, Hauailiki was +sitting at the feast, the young singer of Mana, a chief of high rank on +the father's side and of unrivaled beauty. + +He arose and said to Aiwohikupua, "You managed the affair awkwardly. I +do not believe her to be a stubborn woman; give me a chance to stand +before her eyes; I should not have to speak, she would come of her own +free will to meet me, then you would see us together." + +Said Aiwohikupua, "Hauailiki, I wish you would go to Hawaii; if you get +Laieikawai, you are a lucky fellow, and I will send men with you and a +double canoe; and should you lose in this journey then your lands become +mine, and if you return with Laieikawai then all my lands are yours." + +After Aiwohikupua had finished speaking, that very night, Hauailiki +boarded the double canoe and set sail, but many days passed on the +journey. + +As they sailed they stood off Makahanaloa, and, looking out, saw the +rainbow arching above the beach of Keaau. Said Aiwohikupua's chief +counsellor to Hauailiki, "Look well at that rainbow arching the beach +there at Keaau. There is Laieikawai watching the surf riding." + +Said Hauailiki, "I thought Paliuli was where she lived." + +And on the next day, in the afternoon, when they reached Keaau, +Laieikawai had just returned with Aiwohikupua's sisters to Paliuli. + +When Hauailiki's party arrived, behold many persons came to see this +youth who rivaled Kauakahialii and Aiwohikupua in beauty, and all the +people of Keaau praised him exceedingly. + +Next day at sunrise the mist and fog covered all Keaau, and when it +cleared, behold! seven girls were sitting at the landing place of Keaau, +one of whom was more beautiful than the rest. This was the very first +time that the sisters of Aiwohikupua had come down with Laieikawai, +according to their compact. + +As Laieikawai and her companions were sitting there that morning, +Hauailiki stood up and walked about before them, showing off his good +looks to gain the notice of the princess of Paliuli. But what was +Hauailiki to Laieikawai? Mere chaff! + +Four days Laieikawai came to Keaau after Hauailiki's entering the +harbor; and four days Hauailiki showed himself off before Laieikawai, +and she took no notice at all of him. + +On the fifth day of her coming, Hauailiki thought to display before the +beloved one his skill with the surf board;[48] the truth is Hauailiki +surpassed any one else on Kauai as an expert in surf riding, he +surpassed all others in his day, and he was famous for this skill as +well as for his good looks. + +That day, at daybreak, the natives of the place, men and women, were out +in the breakers. + +While the people were gathering for surfing, Hauailiki undid his +garment, got his surf board, of the kind made out of a thick piece of +_wili-wili_ wood, went directly to the place where Laieikawai's party +sat, and stood there for some minutes; then it was that the sisters of +Aiwohikupua took a liking to Hauailiki. + +Said Mailehaiwale to Laieikawai, "If we had not been set apart by our +parents, I would take Hauailiki for my husband." + +Said Laieikawai, "I like him, too; but I, too, have been set apart by my +grandmother, so that my liking is useless." + +"We are all alike," said Mailehaiwale. + +When Hauailiki had showed himself off for some minutes, Hauailiki leaped +with his surf board into the sea and swam out into the breakers. + +When Hauailiki was out in the surf, one of the girls called out, "Land +now!" + +"Land away!" answered Hauailiki, for he did not wish to ride in on the +same breaker with the crowd. He wished to make himself conspicuous on a +separate breaker, in order that Laieikawai should see his skill in surf +riding and maybe take a liking to him. Not so! + +When the others had gone in a little wave budded and swelled, then +Hauailiki rode the wave. As he rode, the natives cheered and the sisters +of Aiwohikupua also. What was that to Laieikawai? + +When Hauailiki heard the cheering, then he thought surely Laieikawai's +voice would join the shouting. Not so! He kept on surfing until the +fifth wave had passed; it was the same; he got no call whatever; then +Hauailiki first felt discouragement, with the proof of Aiwohikupua's +saying about the "stubbornness of Laieikawai." + + + + +CHAPTER XIV + + +When Hauailiki saw that Laieikawai still paid no attention to him he +made up his mind to come in on the surf without the board. + +He left it and swam out to the breakers. As he was swimming Laieikawai +said, "Hauailiki must be crazy." + +Her companions said, "Perhaps he will ride in on the surf without a +board." + +When Hauailiki got to the breakers, just as the crest rose and broke at +his back, he stood on its edge, the foam rose on each side of his neck +like boars' tusks. Then all on shore shouted and for the first time +Laieikawai smiled; the feat was new to her eyes and to her guardians +also. + +When Hauailiki saw Laieikawai smiling to herself he thought she had +taken a liking to him because of this feat, so he kept on repeating it +until five breakers had come in; no summons came to him from Laieikawai. + +Then Hauailiki was heavy-hearted because Laieikawai took no notice of +him, and he felt ashamed because of his boast to Aiwohikupua, as we have +seen in the last chapter. + +So he floated gently on the waves, and as he floated the time drew near +for Laieikawai's party to return to Paliuli. Then Laieikawai beckoned to +Hauailiki. + +When Hauailiki saw the signal the burden was lifted from his mind; +Hauailiki boasted to himself, "You wanted me all the time; you just +delayed." + +And at the signal of the princess of Paliuli he lay upon the breaker and +landed right where Laieikawai and her companions were sitting; then +Laieikawai threw a _lehua_ wreath around Hauailiki's neck, as she always +did for those who showed skill in surf riding. And soon after the mist +and fog covered the land, and when it passed away nothing was to be seen +of Laieikawai and her party; they were at Paliuli. + +This was the last time that Laieikawai's party came to Keaau while +Hauailiki was there; after Hauailiki's return to Kauai, then Laieikawai +came again to Keaau. + +After Laieikawai's party were gone to the uplands of Paliuli, Hauailiki +left off surf riding and joined his guide, the chief counsellor of +Aiwohikupua. Said he, "I think she is the only one who is impregnable; +what, Aiwohikupua said is true. There is no luck in my beauty or my +skill in surf riding; only one way is left, for us to foot it to Paliuli +to-night." To this proposal of Hauailiki his comrade assented. + +In the afternoon, after dinner, the two went up inland and entered the +forest where it was densely overgrown with underbrush. As they went on, +they met Mailehaiwale, the princess's first guardian. When she saw them +approaching from a distance, she cried, "O Hauailiki, you two go back +from there, you two have no business to come up here, for I am the +outpost of the princess's guards and it is my business to drive back all +who come here; so turn back, you two, without delay." + +Said Hauailiki, "Just let us go take a look at the princess's house." + +Said Mailehaiwale, "I will not let you; for I am put here to drive off +everybody who comes up here like you two." + +But because they urged her with such persuasive words, she did consent. + +As they went on, after Mailehaiwale let them pass, they soon encountered +Mailekaluhea, the second of the princess's guardians. + +Said Mailekaluhea, "Here! you two go back, you two have no right to +come up here. How did you get permission to pass here?" + +Said they, "We came to see the princess." + +"You two have no such right," said Mailekaluhea, "for we guards are +stationed here to drive off everybody who comes to this place; so, you +two go back." + +But to Mailekaluhea's command they answered so craftily with flattering +words that they were allowed to pass. + +As the two went on they met Mailelaulii and with the same words they had +used to the first, so they addressed Mailelaulii. + +And because of their great craft in persuasion, the two were allowed to +pass Mailelaulii's front. And they went on, and met Mailepakaha, the +fourth guardian. + +When they came before Mailepakaha this guardian was not at all pleased +at their having been let slip by the first guards, but so crafty was +their speech that they were allowed to pass. + +And they went on, and behold! they came upon Kahalaomapuana, the +guardian at the door of the chief-house, who was resting on the wings of +birds, and when they saw how strange was the workmanship of the +chief-house, then Hauailiki fell to the earth with trembling heart. + +When Kahalaomapuana saw them she was angry, and she called out to them +authoritatively, as the princess's war chief, "O Hauailiki! haste and go +back, for you two have no business here; if you persist, then I will +call hither the birds of Paliuli to eat your flesh; only your spirits +will return to Kauai." + +At these terrible words of Kahalaomapuana, Hauailiki's courage entirely +left him; he arose and ran swiftly until he reached Keaau in the early +morning. + +For weariness of the journey up to Paliuli, they fell down and slept. + +While Hauailiki slept, Laieikawai came to him in a dream, and they met +together; and on Hauailiki's starting from sleep, behold! it was a +dream. + +Hauailiki slept again; again he had the dream as at first; four nights +and four days the dream was repeated to Hauailiki, and his mind was +troubled. + +On the fifth night after the dream had come to Hauailiki so repeatedly, +after dark, he arose and ascended to the uplands of Paliuli without his +comrade's knowledge. + +In going up, he did not follow the road the two had taken before, but +close to Mailehaiwale he took a new path and escaped the eyes of the +princess's guardians. + +When he got outside the chief-house Kahalaomapuana was fast asleep, so +he tiptoed up secretly, unfastened the covering at the entrance to the +house, which was wrought with feather work, and behold! he saw +Laieikawai resting on the wings of birds, fast asleep also. + +When he had entered and stood where the princess was sleeping, he caught +hold of the princess's head and shook her. Then Laieikawai started up +from' sleep, and behold! Hauailiki standing at her head, and her mind +was troubled. + +Then Laieikawai spoke softly to Hauailiki, "Go away now, for death and +life have been left with my guardians, and therefore I pity you; arise +and go; do not wait." + +Hauailiki said, "O Princess, let us kiss[49] one another, for a few +nights ago I came up and got here without seeing you; we were driven +away by the power of your guards, and on our reaching the coast, +exhausted, I fell asleep; while I slept we two met together in a dream +and we were united, and many days and nights the same dream came; +therefore I have come up here again to fulfill what was done in the +dream." + +Laieikawai said, "Return; what you say is no concern of mine; for the +same thing has come to me in a dream and it happened to me as it +happened to you, and what is that to me? Go! return!" + +As Kahalaomapuana slept, she heard low talking in the house, and she +started up from sleep and called out, "O Laieikawai, who is the +confidant who is whispering to you?" + +When she heard the questioner, Laieikawai ceased speaking. + +Soon Kahalaomapuana arose and entered the house, and behold! Hauailiki +was in the house with Laieikawai. + +Kahalaomapuana said, "O Hauailiki, arise and go; you have no right to +enter here; I told you before that you had no business in this place, +and I say the same thing to-night as on that first night, so arise and +return to the coast." + +And at these words of Kahalaomapuana Hauailiki arose with shame in his +heart, and returned to the beach at Keaau and told his comrades about +his journey to Paliuli. + +When Hauailiki saw that he had no further chance to win Laieikawai, then +he made the canoe ready to go back to Kauai, and with the dawn left +Keaau and sailed thither. + +When Hauailiki's party returned to Kauai and came to Wailua, he saw a +great company of the high chiefs and low chiefs of the court, and +Kauakahialii and Kailiokalauokekoa with them. + +As Hauailiki and his party were nearing the mouth of the river at +Wailua, he saw Aiwohikupua and called out, "I have lost." + +When Hauailiki landed and told Aiwohikupua the story of his journey and +how his sisters had become the princess's guardians, then Aiwohikupua +rejoiced. + +He declared to Hauailiki, "There's an end to our bet, for it was made +while we were drunk with _awa_." + +While Hauailiki was telling how Aiwohikupua's sisters had become +guardians to Laieikawai, then Aiwohikupua conceived afresh the hope of +sailing to Hawaii to get Laieikawai, as he had before desired. + + + + +CHAPTER XV + + +Said Aiwohikupua, "How fortunate I am to have left my sisters on Hawaii, +and so I shall attain my desire, for I have heard that my sisters are +guardians to the one on whom I have set my heart." + +Now, while all the chiefs were gathered at Wailua, then Aiwohikupua +stood up and declared his intention in presence of the chiefs: "Where +are you! I shall go again to Hawaii, I shall not fail of my desire; for +my sisters are now guardians of her on whom I have set my heart." + +At these words of Aiwohikupua, Hauailiki said, "You will not succeed, +for I saw that the princess was taboo, and your sisters also put on +reserved airs; one of them, indeed, was furious, the smallest of them; +so my belief is you will not succeed, and if you go near you will get +paid for it." + +To Hauailiki's words Aiwohikupua paid no attention, for he was hopeful +because of what he had heard of his sisters' guarding the princess. + +After this he summoned the bravest of his fighting men, his bodyguard, +all his chiefly array, and the chief arranged for paddlers; then he +commanded the counsellor to make the canoes ready. + +The counsellor chose the proper canoes for the trip, twenty double +canoes, and twice forty single canoes, these for the chiefs and the +bodyguard, and forty provision canoes for the chief's supplies; and as +for the chief himself and his counsellor, they were on board of a triple +canoe. + +When everything was ready for such a journey they set out. + +Many days they sailed. When they came to Kohala, for the first time the +Kohala people recognized Aiwohikupua, a magician renowned all over the +islands. And because the chief came in disguise to Kohala when he fought +with Cold-nose, this was why they had not recognized him. + +They left Kohala and went to Keaau. Just as they reached there, +Laieikawai and the sisters of Aiwohikupua returned to Paliuli. + +When Laieikawai and her companions returned, on the day when +Aiwohikupua's party arrived, their grandmother had already foreseen +Aiwohikupua's arrival at Keaau. + +Said Waka, "Aiwohikupua has come again to Keaau, so let the guard be +watchful, look out for yourselves, do not go down to the sea, stay here +on the mountain until Aiwohikupua returns to Kauai." + +When the princess's head guard heard the grandmother's words, then +Kahalaomapuana immediately ordered Kihanuilulumoku,[50] their god, to +come near the home of the chief and prepare for battle. + +As the princess's chief guard, she ordered her sisters to consult what +would be the best way to act in behalf of the princess. + +When they met and consulted what was best to be done, all agreed to what +Kahalaomapuana, the princess's chief guard, proposed, as follows: "You, +Mailehaiwale, if Aiwohikupua should come hither, and you two meet, drive +him away, for you are the first guard; and if he should plead his cause +force him away: and if he is very persistent, because he is a brother, +resist him still more forcibly; and if he still insists then despatch +one of the guardian birds to me, then we will all meet at the same +place, and I myself will drive him away. If he threatens to harm us, +then I will command our god, Kihanuilulumoku, who will destroy him." + +After all the council had assented they stationed themselves at a +distance from each other to guard the princess as before. + +At dawn that night arrived Aiwohikupua with his counsellor. When they +saw the taboo sign--the hollow post covered with white _tapa_--then they +knew that the road to the princess's dwelling was taboo. But Aiwohikupua +would not believe it taboo because of having heard that his sisters had +the guardian power. + +So they went right on and found another taboo sign like the first which +they had found, for one sign was set up for each of the sisters. + +After passing the fourth taboo sign, they approached at a distance the +fifth sign; this was Kahalaomapuana's. This was the most terrible of +all, and then it began to be light; but they could not see in the dark +how terrible it was. + +They left the sign, went a little way and met Mailehaiwale; overjoyed +was Aiwohikupua to see his sister. At that instant Mailehaiwale cried, +"Back, you two, this place is taboo." + +Aiwohikupua supposed this was in sport; both again began to approach +Mailehaiwale; again the guardian told them to go. "Back at once, you +two! What business have you up here and who will befriend you?" + +"What is this, my sister?" asked Aiwohikupua. "Are you not my friends +here, and through you shall I not get my desire?" + +Then Mailehaiwale sent one of her guardian birds to Kahalaomapuana; in +less than no time the four met at the place guarded by Mailekaluhea, +where they expected to meet Aiwohikupua. + + + + +CHAPTER XVI + + +And they were ready and were sent for and came. When Aiwohikupua saw +Kahalaomapuana resting on the wings of birds, as commander in chief, +this was a great surprise to Aiwohikupua and his companion. Said the +head guard, "Return at once, linger not, delay not your going, for the +princess is taboo, you have not the least business in this place; and +never let the idea come to you that we are your sisters; that time has +passed." Kahalaomapuana arose and disappeared. + +Then the hot wrath of Aiwohikupua was kindled and his anger grew. He +decided at that time to go back to the sea to Keaau, then send his +warriors to destroy the younger sisters. + +When they turned back and came to Kahalaomapuana's taboo sign, behold! +the tail of the great lizard protruded above the taboo sign, which was +covered with white _tapa_ wound with the _ieie_ vine and the +sweet-scented fern,[51] and it was a terrible thing to see. + +As soon as Aiwohikupua and his companion reached the sea at Keaau, +Aiwohikupua's counsellor dispatched the chief's picked fighting men to +go up and destroy the sisters, according to the chief's command. + +That very day Waka foresaw what Aiwohikupua's intention was. So Waka +went and met Kahalaomapuana, the princess's commander in chief, and +said: "Kahalaomapuana, I have seen what your brother intends to do. He +is preparing ten strong men to come up here and destroy you, for your +brother is wrathful because you drove him away this morning; so let us +be ready in the name of our god." + +Then she sent for Kihanuilulumoku, the great lizard of Paliuli, their +god. And the lizard came and she commanded him: "O our god, +Kihanuilulumoku, see to this lawless one, this mischief-maker, this +rogue of the sea; if they send a force here, slaughter them all, let no +messenger escape, keep on until the last one is taken, and beware of +Kalahumoku, Aiwohikupua's great strong dog;[52] if you blunder, there is +an end of us, we shall not escape; exert your strength, all your godlike +might over Aiwohikupua. Amen, it is finished, flown away." This was +Kahalaomapuana's charge to their god. + +That night the ten men chosen by the chief went up to destroy the +sisters of Aiwohikupua, and the assistant counsellor made the eleventh +in place of the chief counsellor. + +At the first dawn they approached Paliuli. Then they heard the humming +of the wind in the thicket from the tongue of that great lizard, +Kihanuilulumoku, coming for them, but they did not see the creature, so +they went on; soon they saw the upper jaw of the lizard hanging right +over them; they were just between the lizard's jaws; then the assistant +counsellor leaped quickly back, could not make the distance; it snapped +them up; not a messenger was left. + +Two days passed; there was no one to tell of the disaster to +Aiwohikupua's party, and because he wondered why they did not return the +chief was angry. + +So the chief again chose a party of warriors, twenty of them, from the +strongest of his men, to go up and destroy the sisters; and the +counsellor appointed an assistant counsellor to go for him with the men. + +Again they went up until they came clear to the place where the first +band had disappeared; these also disappeared in the lizard; not a +messenger was left. + +Again the chief waited; they came not back. The chief again sent a band +of forty; all were killed. So it went on until eight times forty +warriors had disappeared. + +Then Aiwohikupua consulted with his counsellor as to the reason for none +of the men who had been sent returning. + +Said Aiwohikupua to his counsellor, "How is it that these warriors who +are sent do not return?" + +Said his counsellor, "It may be when they get to the uplands and see the +beauty of the place they remain, and if not, they have all been killed +by your sisters." + +"How can they be killed by those helpless girls, whom I intended to +kill?" So said Aiwohikupua. + +And because of the chief's anxiety to know why his warriors did not come +back he agreed with his counsellor to send messengers to see what the +men were doing. + +At the chief's command the counsellor sent the Snipe and the Turnstone, +Aiwohikupua's swiftest messengers, to go up and find out the truth about +his men. + +Not long after they had left they met another man, a bird catcher from +the uplands of Olaa;[53] he asked, "Where are you two going?" + +The runners said, "We are going up to find out the truth about our +people who are living at Paliuli; eight times forty men have been +sent--not one returned." + +"They are done for," said the bird catcher, "in the great lizard, +Kihanuilulumoku; they have not been spared." + +When they heard this they kept on going up; not long after they heard +the sighing of the wind and the humming of the trees bending back and +forth; then they remembered the bird catcher's words, "If the wind hums, +that is from the lizard." + +They knew then this must be the lizard; they flew in their bird bodies. +They flew high and looked about. There right above them was the upper +jaw shutting down upon them, and only by quickness of flight in their +bird bodies did they escape. + + + + +CHAPTER XVII + + +As they flew far upward and were lost to sight on high, Snipe and his +companion looked down at the lower jaw of the lizard plowing the earth +like a shovel, and it was a fearful thing to see. It was plain their +fellows must all be dead, and they returned and told Aiwohikupua what +they had seen. + +Then Kalahumoku, Aiwohikupua's great man-eating dog, was fetched to go +and kill the lizard, then to destroy the sisters of Aiwohikupua. + +When Kalahumoku, the man-eating dog from Tahiti, came into the presence +of his grandchild (Aiwohikupua), "Go up this very day and destroy my +sisters," said Aiwohikupua, "and bring Laieikawai." + +Before the dog went up to destroy Aiwohikupua's sisters the dog first +instructed the chief, and the chiefs under him, and all the men, as +follows: "Where are you? While I am away, you watch the uplands. When +the clouds rise straight up, if they turn leeward then I have met +Kihanuilulumoku and you will know that we have made friends. But if the +clouds turn to the windward, there is trouble; I have fought with that +lizard. Then pray to your god, to Lanipipili; if you see the clouds +turn, seaward, the lizard is the victor; but when the clouds ascend and +turn toward the mountain top, then the lizard has melted away; we have +prevailed.[54] Then keep on praying until I return."[55] + +After giving his instructions, the dog set out up the mountain, and +Aiwohikupua sent with him Snipe and Turnstone as messengers to report +the deeds of the dog and the lizard. + +When the dog had come close to Paliuli, Kihanuilulumoku was asleep at +the time; he was suddenly startled from sleep; he was awakened by the +scent of a dog. By that time the lizard was too late for the dog, who +went on until he reached the princess's first guardian. + +Then the lizard took a sniff, the guardian god of Paliuli, and +recognized Kalahumoku, the marvel of Tahiti; then the lizard lifted his +upper jaw to begin the fight with Kalahumoku. + +Instantly the dog showed his teeth at the lizard, and the fight began; +then the lizard was victor over Kalahumoku and the dog just escaped +without ears or tail. + +At the beginning of the fight the messengers returned to tell +Aiwohikupua of this terrible battle. + +When they heard from Snipe and his companion of this battle between the +lizard and the dog, Aiwohikupua looked toward the mountain. + +As they looked the clouds rose straight up, and no short time after +turned seaward, then Aiwohikupua knew that the lizard had prevailed and +Aiwohikupua regretted the defeat of their side. + +In the evening of the day of the fight between the two marvelous +creatures Kalahumoku came limping back exhausted; when the chief looked +him over, gone were the ears and tail inside the lizard. + +So Aiwohikupua resolved to depart, since they were vanquished. They +departed and came to Kauai and told the story of the journey and of the +victory of the lizard over them. (This was the third time that +Aiwohikupua had been to Paliuli after Laieikawai without fulfilling his +mission.) + +Having returned to Kauai without Laieikawai, Aiwohikupua gave up +thinking about Laieikawai and resolved to carry out the commands of +Poliahu. + +At this time Aiwohikupua, with his underchiefs and the women of his +household, clapped hands in prayer before Lanipipili, his god, to annul +his vow. + +And he obtained favor in the presence of his god, and was released from +his sinful vow "not to take any woman of these islands to wife," as has +been shown in the former chapters of this story. + +After the ceremonies at Kauai, he sent his messengers, the Snipe and the +Turnstone, to go and announce before Poliahu the demands of the chief. + +In their bird bodies they flew swiftly to Hinaikamalama's home at Hana +and came and asked the people of the place, "Where is the woman who is +betrothed to the chief of Kauai?" + +"She is here," answered the natives of the place. + +They went to meet the princess of Hana. + +The messengers said to the princess, "We have been sent hither to tell +you the command of your betrothed husband. You have three months to +prepare for the marriage, and in February, on the night of the +seventeenth, the night of Kulu, he will come to meet you, according to +the oath between you." + +When the princess had heard these words the messengers returned and came +to Aiwohikupua. + +Asked the chief, "Did you two meet Poliahu?" + +"Yes," said the messengers, "we told her, as you commanded, to prepare +herself; Poliahu inquired, 'Does he still remember the game of _konane_ +between us?'" + +"Perhaps so," answered the messengers. + +When Aiwohikupua heard the messengers' words he suspected that they had +not gone to Poliahu; then Aiwohikupua asked to make sure, "How did you +two fly?" + +Said they, "We flew past an island, flew on to some long islands--a +large, island like the one we first passed, two little islands like one +long island, and a very little island; we flew along the east coast of +that island and came to a house below the hills covered with shade; +there we found Poliahu; that was how it was." + +Said Aiwohikupua, "You did not find Poliahu; this was Hinaikainalama." + +Now for this mistake of the messengers the rage of Aiwohikupua was +stirred against his messengers, and they ceased to be among his +favorites. + +At this, Snipe and his companion decided to tell the secrets prohibited +to the two by their master. Now how they carried out their intrigue, you +will see in Chapter XVIII. + + + + +CHAPTER XVIII. + + +After the dismissal of Snipe and his fellow, the chief dispatched +Frigate-bird, one of his nimble messengers, with the same errand as +before. + +Frigate-bird went to Poliahu; when they met, Frigate-bird gave the +chief's command, according to the words spoken in Chapter XVII of this +story. Having given his message, the messenger returned and reported +aright; then his lord was pleased. + +Aiwohikupua waited until the end of the third month; the chief took his +underchiefs and his favorites and the women of his household and other +companions suitable to go with their renowned lord in all his royal +splendor on an expedition for the marriage of chiefs. + +On the twenty-fourth day of the month Aiwohikupua left Kauai, sailed +with 40 double canoes, twice 40 single canoes, and 20 provision boats. + +Some nights before that set for the marriage, the eleventh night of the +month, the night of Huna, they came to Kawaihae; then he sent his +messenger, Frigate-bird, to get Poliahu to come thither to meet +Aiwohikupua on the day set for the marriage. + +When the messenger returned from Poliahu, he told Poliahu's reply: +"Your wife commands that the marriage take place at Waiulaula. When you +look out early in the morning of the seventeenth, the day of Kulu, and +the snow clothes the summit of Maunakea, Maunaloa, and Hualalai,[56] +clear to Waiulaula, then they have reached the place where you are to +wed; then set out, so she says." + +Then Aiwohikupua got ready to present himself with the splendor of a +chief. + +Aiwohikupua clothed the chiefs and chiefesses and his two favorites in +feather capes and the women of his household in braided mats of Kauai. +Aiwohikupua clothed himself in his snow mantle that Poliahu had given +him, put on the helmet of _ie_ vine wrought with feathers of the red +_iiwi_ bird. He clothed his oarsmen and steersmen in red and white +_tapa_ as attendants of a chief; so were all his bodyguard arrayed. + +On the high seat of the double canoe in which the chief sailed was set +up a canopied couch covered with feather capes, and right above the +couch the taboo signs of a chief, and below the sacred symbols sat +Aiwohikupua. + +Following the chief and surrounding his canoe came ten double canoes +filled with expert dancers. So was Aiwohikupua arrayed to meet Poliahu. + +On the seventeenth day, the day of Kulu, in the early morning, a little +later than sunrise, Aiwohikupua and his party saw the snow begin to hide +the summits of the mountain clear to the place of meeting. + +Already had Poliahu, Lilinoe, Waiaie, and Kahoupokane arrived for the +chief's marriage. + +Then Aiwohikupua set out to join the woman of the mountain. He went in +the state described above. + +As Aiwohikupua was sailing from Kawaihae, Lilinoe rejoiced to see the +unrivaled splendor of the chief. + +When they came to Waiulaula they were shivering with cold, so +Aiwohikupua sent his messenger to tell Poliahu, "They can not come for +the cold." + +Then Poliahu laid off her mantle of snow and the mountain dwellers put +on their sun mantles, and the snow retreated to its usual place. + +When Aiwohikupua and his party reached Poliahu's party the princess was +more than delighted with the music from the dancers accompanying the +chief's canoe and she praised his splendid appearance; it was beautiful. + +When they met both showed the robes given them before in token of their +vow. + +Then the chiefs were united and became one flesh, and they returned and +lived in Kauai, in the uplands of Honopuwai. + +Now Aiwohikupua's messengers, Snipe and Turnstone, went to tell +Hinaikamalama of the union of Aiwohikupua with Poliahu. + +When Hinaikamalama heard about it, then she asked her parents to let her +go on a visit to Kauai, and the request pleased her parents. + +The parents hastened the preparation of canoes for Hinaikamalama's +voyage to Kauai, and selected a suitable cortege for the princess's +journey, as is customary on the journey of a chief. + +When all was ready Hinaikamalama went on board the double canoe and +sailed and came to Kauai. + +When she arrived Aiwohikupua was with Poliahu and others at Mana, where +all the chiefs were gathered for the sport between Hauailiki and +Makaweli. + +That night was a festival night, the game of _kilu_ and the dance +_kaeke_ being the sports of the night.[57] + +During the rejoicings in the middle of the night came Hinaikamalama and +sat in the midst of the festive gathering, and all marveled at this +strange girl. + +When she came into their midst Aiwohikupua did not see her, for his +attention was taken by the dance. + +As Hinaikamalama sat there, behold! Hauailiki conceived a passion for +her. + +Then Hauailiki went and said to the master of ceremonies, "Go and tell +Aiwohikupua to stop the dance and play at spin-the-gourd; when the game +begins, then you go up and draw the stranger for my partner to-night." + +At the request of the one for whom the sports were given the dance was +ended. + +Then Hauailiki played at spin-the-gourd with Poliahu until the gourd had +been spun ten times. Then the master of ceremonies arose and made the +circuit of the assembly, returned and touched Hauailiki with his _maile_ +wand and sang a song, and Hauailiki arose. + +Then the master of ceremonies took the wand back and touched +Hinaikamalama's head and she arose. + +As she stood there she requested the master of the sports to let her +speak, and he nodded. + +Hinaikamalama asked for whom the sports were given, and they told her +for Hauailiki and Makaweli. + +And Hinaikamalama turned right around and said to Hauailiki, "O chief of +this festal gathering (since I have heard this is all in your honor), +your sport master has matched us two, O chief, to bring us together for +a little; now I put off the match which the master of ceremonies has +chosen. But let me explain my object in coming so far as Kauai. That +fellow there, Aiwohikupua, is my reason for coming to this land, because +I heard that he was married to Poliahu; therefore I came here to see how +he had lied to me. For that man there came to Hana on Maui while we were +surf riding. The two of them were the last to surf, and when they were +through, they came home to play _konane_ with me. He wanted to play +_konane_. We set up the board again; I asked what he would bet; he +pointed to his double canoe. I said I did not like his bet; then I told +the bet I liked, our persons; if he beat me at _konane_, then I would +become his and do everything that he told me to do, and the same if he +lost to me, then he was to do for me as I to him; and we made this +bargain. And in the game in a little while my piece blocked the game, +and he was beaten. I said to him, 'You have lost; you ought to stay with +me as we have wagered.' Said that fellow, 'I will wait to carry out the +bet until I return, from a touring trip. Then I will fulfill the bet, O +princess.' And because of his fine speeches we agreed upon this, and for +this reason, I have lived apart under a taboo until now. And when I +heard that he had a wife, I came to Kauai and entered the festal +gathering. O chief, that is how it was." + +Then the men at the gathering all around the _kilu_ shelter were roused +and blamed Aiwohikupua. Then at Hinaikamalama's story, Poliahu was +filled with hot anger; and she went back to White Mountain and is there +to this day. + +Soon after Hinaikamalama's speech the games began again; the game was +between Aiwohikupua and Makaweli. + +Then the master of ceremonies stood up and touched Hauailiki and +Hinaikamalama with the wand, and Hauailiki arose and Hinaikamalama also. +This time Hinaikamalama said to Hauailiki, "O chief, we have been +matched by the sport master as is usual in this game. But I must delay +my consent; when Aiwohikupua has consented to carry out our vow, after +that, at the chief's next festival night, this night's match shall be +fulfilled." Then Hauailiki was very well pleased. + +And because of Hinaikamalama's words, Aiwohikupua took Hinaikamalama to +carry out their vow. + +That very night as they rested comfortably in the fulfillment of their +bargain, Hinaikamalama grew numb with cold, for Poliahu had spread her +cold snow mantle over her enemy. + +Then Hinaikamalama raised a short chant-- + + Cold, ah! cold, + A very strange cold, + My heart is afraid. + Perhaps sin dwells within the house, + My heart begins to fear, + Perhaps the house dweller has sinned. + O my comrade, it is cold. + + + + +CHAPTER XIX + + +When Hinaikamalama ceased chanting, she said to Aiwohikupua, "Where are +you? Embrace me close to make me warm; I am cold all over; no warmth at +all." + +Then Aiwohikupua obeyed her, and she grew as warm as before. + +As they began to take their ease in fulfillment of their vow at the +betrothal, then the cold came a second time upon Hinaikamalama. + +Then she raised a chant, as follows: + + O my comrade, it is cold, + Cold as the snow on the mountain top, + The cold lies at the soles of my feet, + It presses upon my heart, + The cold wakens me + In my night of sleep. + +This time Hinaikamalama said to Aiwohikupua, "Do you not know any +reason for our being cold? If you know the reason, then tell me; do not +hide it." + +Said Aiwohikupua, "This cold comes from your rival; she is perhaps angry +with us, so she wears her snow mantle; therefore we are cold." + +Hinaikamalama answered, "We must part, for we have met and our vow is +fulfilled." + +Said Aiwohikupua, "We will break off this time; let us separate; +to-morrow at noon, then we will carry out the vow." + +"Yes," said Hinaikamalama. + +After they had parted then Hinaikamalama slept pleasantly the rest of +the night until morning. + +At noon Aiwohikupua again took her in fulfillment of the agreement of +the night before. + +As those two reposed accordingly, Poliahu was displeased. + +Then Poliahu took her sun mantle and covered herself; this time it was +the heat Poliahu sent to Hinaikamalama. Then she raised a short song, as +follows: + + The heat, ah! the heat, + The heat of my love stifles me, + It burns my body, + It draws sweat from my heart, + Perhaps this heat is my lover's--ah! + +Said Aiwohikupua, "It is not my doing; perhaps Poliahu causes this heat; +perhaps she is angry with us." + +Said Hinaikamalama, "Let us still have patience and if the heat comes +over us again, then leave me." + +After this, they again met in fulfillment of their vow. + +Then again the heat settled over them, then she raised again the chant: + + The heat, ah! the heat, + The heat of my love stifles me. + Its quivering touch scorches my heart, + The sick old heat of the winter, + The fiery heat of summer, + The dripping heat of the summer season, + The heat compels me to go, + I must go. + +Then Hinaikamalama arose to go. + +Said Aiwohikupua, "You might give me a kiss before you go." + +Said Hinaikamalama, "I will not give you a kiss; the heat from that wife +of yours will come again, it will never do. Fare you well!" + +Let us leave off here telling about Aiwohikupua. It is well to speak +briefly of Hinaikamalama. + +After leaving Aiwohikupua, she came and stayed at the house of a native +of the place. + +This very night there was again a festivity for Hauailiki and the chiefs +at Puuopapai. + +This night Hinaikamalama remembered her promise to Hauailiki after the +game of spin-the-gourd, before she met Aiwohikupua. + +This was the second night of the festival; then Hinaikamalama went and +sat outside the group. + +Now, the first game of spin-the-gourd was between Kauakahialii and +Kailiokalauokekoa. Afterward Kailiokalauokekoa and Makaweli had the +second game. + +During the game Poliahu entered the assembly. To Hauailiki and Poliahu +went the last game of the night. + +And as the master of ceremonies had not seen Hinaikamalama early that +night, he had not done his duty. For on the former night the first game +this night had been promised to Hauailiki and Hinaikamalama, but not +seeing her he gave the first game to others. + +Close on morning the sport master searched the gathering for +Hinaikamalama and found her. + +Then the sport master stood up in the midst of the assembly, while +Hauailiki and Poliahu were playing, then he sang a song while fluttering +the end of the wand over Hauailiki and took away the wand and Hauailiki +stood up. The sport master went over to Hinaikamalama, touched her with +the wand and withdrew it. Then Hinaikamalama stood in the midst of the +circle of players. + +When Poliahu saw Hinaikamalama, she frowned at the sight of her rival. + +And Hauailiki and Hinaikamalama withdrew where they could take their +pleasure. + +When they met, said Hinaikamalama to Hauailiki, "If you take me only for +a little while, then there is an end of it, for my parents do not wish +me to give up my virginity thus. But if you intend to take me as your +wife, then I will give myself altogether to you as my parents desire." + +To the woman's words Hauailiki answered, "Your idea is a good one; you +think as I do; but let us first meet according to the choice of the +sport master, then afterwards we will marry." + +"Not so," said Hinaikamalama, "let me be virgin until you are ready to +come and get me at Hana." + +On the third night of Hauailiki's festivities, when the chiefs and +others were assembled, that night Lilinoe and Poliahu, Waiaie and +Kahoupokane met, for the three had come to find Poliahu, thinking that +Aiwohikupua was living with her. + +This night, while Aiwohikupua and Makaweli were playing spin-the-gourd, +in the midst of the sport, the women of the mountain entered the place +of assembly. + +As Poliahu and the others stood in their mantles of snow, sparkling in +the light, the group of players were in an uproar because of these +women, because of the strange garments they wore; at the same time cold +penetrated the whole _kilu_ shelter and lasted until morning, when +Poliahu and her companions left Kauai. At the same time Hinaikamalama +left Kauai. + +When we get to Laieikawai's coming to Kauai after Kekalukaluokewa's +marriage with Laieikawai, then we will begin again the story of +Hinaikamalama; at this place let us tell of Kauakahialii's command to +his friend, and so on until he meets Laieikawai. + +After their return from Hawaii, Kauakahialii lived with +Kailiokalauokekoa at Pihanakalani. [58] Now the end of their days was +near. + +Then Kauakahialii laid a blessing upon his friend, Kekalukaluokewa, and +this it was: + +"Ah! my friend, greatly beloved, I give you my blessing, for the end of +my days is near, and I am going back to the other side of the earth. + +"Only one thing for you to guard, our wife.[59] When I fall dead, there +where sight of you and our wife comes not back, then do you rule over +the island, you above, and our wife below; as we two ruled over the +island, so will you and our wife do. + +"It may be when I am dead you will think of taking a wife; do not take +our wife; by no means think of her as your wife, for she belongs to us +two. + +"The woman for you to take is the wife left on Hawaii, Laieikawai. If +you take her for your wife it will be well with you, you will be +renowned. Would you get her, guard one thing, our flute, guard well the +flute,[60] then the woman is yours, this is my charge to you." + +Kauakahialii's charge pleased his friend. + +In the end Kauakahialii died; the chief, his friend, took the rule, and +their wife was the counsellor. + +Afterwards, when Kailiokalauokekoa's last days drew near, she prayed her +husband to guard Kanikawi, their sacred flute, according to +Kauakahialii's command: + +"My husband, here is the flute; guard it; it is a wonderful flute; +whatever things you desire it can do; if you go to get the wife your +friend charged you to, this will be the means of your meeting. You must +guard it forever; wherever you go to dwell, never leave the flute at +all, for you well know what your friend did when you two came to get me +when I was almost dead for love of your friend. It was this flute that +saved me from the other side of the grave; therefore, listen and guard +well my sayings." + + + + +CHAPTER XX + + +After Kailiokalauokekoa's death, the chief's house and all things else +became Kekalukaluokewa's, and he portioned out the land[61] and set up +his court. + +After apportioning the land and setting up his court, Kekalukaluokewa +bethought him of his friend's charge concerning Laieikawai. + +Then he commanded his counsellor to make ready 4,000 canoes for the +journey to Hawaii after a wife, according to the custom of a chief. + +When the chief's command was carried out, the chief took two favorites, +a suitable retinue of chiefs, and all the embalmed bodies of his +ancestors. + +In the month called "the first twin," when the sea was calm, they left +Kauai and came to Hawaii. Many days passed on the voyage. + +As they sailed, they arrived in the early morning at Makahanaloa in +Hilo. Then said the man who had seen Laieikawai before to the chief, +"See that rainbow arching over the uplands; that is Paliuli, where I +found her." Now the rain was sweeping Hilo at the time when they came to +Makahanaloa. + +At the man's words, the chief answered, "I will wait before believing +that a sign for Laieikawai; for the rainbow is common in rainy weather; +so, my proposal is, let us anchor the canoes and wait until the rain has +cleared, then if the rainbow remains when there is no rain, it must be a +sign for Laieikawai." The chief's proposal was the same as +Aiwohikupua's. + +So they remained there as the chief desired. In ten days and two it +cleared over Hilo, and the country was plainly visible. + +In the early morning of the twelfth day the chief went out of the house, +and lo! the rainbow persisted as before; a little later in the day the +rainbow was at the seacoast of Keaau; Laieikawai had gone to the coast +(as in the narrative before of Aiwohikupua's story). + +That day there was no longer any doubt of the sign, and they sailed and +came to Keaau. When they arrived, Laieikawai had gone up to Paliuli. + +When they arrived the people crowded to see Kekalukaluokewa and +exclaimed, "Kauai for handsome men!" + +On the day when Kekalukaluokewa sailed and came to Keaau, Waka foresaw +this Kekalukaluokewa. + +Said Waka to her grandchild, "Do not go again to the coast, for +Kekalukaluokewa has come to Keaau to get you for his wife. Kauakahialii +is dead, and has charged his favorite to take you to wife; therefore +this is your husband. If you accept this man you will rule the island, +surely preserve these bones. Therefore wait up here four days, then go +down, and if you like him, then return and tell me your pleasure." + +So Laieikawai waited four days as her grandmother commanded. + +In the early morning of the fourth day of retirement, she arose and went +down with her hunchbacked attendant to Keaau. + +When she arrived close to the village, lo! Kekalukaluokewa was already +out surf riding; three youths rose in the surf, the chief and his +favorites. + +As Laieikawai and her companion spied out for Kekalukaluokewa, they did +not know which man the grandmother wanted. + +Said Laieikawai to her nurse, "How are we to know the man whom my +grandmother said was here?" + +Her nurse said, "Better wait until they are through surfing, and the one +who comes back without a board, he is the chief." + +So they sat and waited. + +Then, the surf riding ended and the surfers came back to shore. + +Then they saw some men carrying the boards of the favorites, but the +chief's board the favorites bore on their shoulders, and Kekalukaluokewa +came without anything. So Laieikawai looked upon her husband. + +When they had seen what they had come for, they returned to Paliuli and +told their grandmother what they had seen. + +Asked the grandmother, "Were you pleased with the man?" + +"Yes," answered Laieikawai. + +Said Waka, "To-morrow at daybreak Kekalukaluokewa goes surfing alone; at +that time I will cover all the land of Puna with a mist, and in this +mist I will send you on the wings of birds to meet Kekalukaluokewa +without your being seen. When the mist clears, then all shall see you +riding on the wave with Kekalukaluokewa; that is the time to give a kiss +to the Kauai youth. So when you go out of the house, speak no word to +anyone, man or woman, until you have given a kiss to Kekalukaluokewa, +then you may speak to the others. After the surf riding, then I will +send the birds and a mist over the land; that is the time for you to +return with your husband to your house, become one flesh according to +your wish." + +When all this had been told Laieikawai, she returned to the chief-house +with her nurse. + +Afterward, when they were in the house, she sent her nurse to bring +Mailehaiwale, Mailekaluhea, Mailelaulii, Mailepakaha, and +Kahalaomapuana, her counsellors, as they had agreed. + +When the counsellors came, her body guard, Laieikawai said, "Where are +you, my comrades? I have taken counsel with our grandmother about my +marriage, so I sent my nurse to bring you, as we agreed when we met +here. My grandmother wishes Kekalukaluokewa to be my husband. What do +you say? What you all agree, I will do. If you consent, well; if not, it +shall be just as you think." Kahalaomapuana said, "It is well; marry him +as your grandmother wishes; not a word from us. Only when you marry a +husband do not forsake us, as we have agreed; where you go, let us go +with you; if you are in trouble, we will share it." + +"I will not forsake you," said Laieikawai. + + + +Now we have seen in former chapters, in the story of Hauailiki and the +story of Aiwohikupua's second trip to Hawaii, that it was customary for +Laieikawai to go down to Keaau, and it was the same when Kekalukaluokewa +came to Hawaii. + +Every time Laieikawai came to Keaau the youth Halaaniani saw her without +knowing where she came from; from that time the wicked purpose never +left his mind to win Laieikawai, but he was ashamed to approach her and +never spoke to her. + +As to this Halaaniani, he was Malio's brother, a youth famous throughout +Puna for his good looks, but a profligate fellow. + +During the four days of Laieikawai's retirement Halaaniani brooded +jealously over her absence. She came no more to Keaau. + +In the village he heard that Laieikawai was to be Kekalukaluokewa's. + +Then quickly he went to consult his sister, to Malio.[62] + +Said her brother, "Malio, I have come to you to gain my desire. All +those days I was absent I was at Keaau to behold a certain beautiful +woman, for my passion forced me to go again and again to see this woman. +To-day I heard that to-morrow she is to be the chief's of Kauai; +therefore let us exert all our arts over her to win her to me." + +Said his sister, "She is no other than Waka's grandchild, Laieikawai, +whom the grandmother has given to the great chief of Kauai; to-morrow is +the marriage. Therefore, as you desire, go home, and in the dark of +evening return, and we will sleep here on the mountain; that is the time +for us to determine whether you lose or win." + +According to Malio's directions to her brother, Halaaniani returned to +his house at Kula. + +He came at the time his sister had commanded. + +Before they slept, Malio said to Halaaniani, "If you get a dream when +you sleep, tell it to me, and I will do the same." + +They slept until toward morning. Halaaniani awoke, he could not sleep, +and Malio awoke at the same time. + + + + +CHAPTER XXI + + +Malio asked Halaaniani, "What did you dream?" + +Said Halaaniani, "I dreamed nothing, as I slept I knew nothing, had not +the least dream until I awoke just now." + +Halaaniani asked his sister, "How was it with you?" + +Said his sister, "I had a dream; as we slept we went into the thicket; +you slept in your hollow tree and I in mine; my spirit saw a little bird +building its nest; when it was completed the bird whose the nest was +flew away out of sight. And by-and-by another bird flew hither and sat +upon the nest, but I saw not that bird come again whose the nest was." + +Asked Halaaniani of the dream, "What is the meaning of this dream?" + +His sister told him the true meaning of the dream. "You will prosper; +for the first bird whose the nest was, that is Kekalukaluokewa, and the +nest, that is Laieikawai, and the last bird who sat in the nest, that is +you. Therefore this very morning the woman shall be yours. When Waka +sends Laieikawai on the wings of the birds for the marriage with +Kekalukaluokewa, mist and fog will cover the land; when it clears, then +you three will appear riding on the crest of the wave, then you shall +see that I have power to veil Waka's face from seeing what I am doing +for you; so let us arise and get near to the place where Laieikawai +weds." + +After Malio's explanation of the dream was ended they went right to the +place where the others were. + +Now Malio had power to do supernatural deeds; it was to secure this +power that she lived apart. + +When they came to Keaau they saw Kekalukaluokewa swimming out for surf +riding. + +Malio said to Halaaniani, "You listen to me! When you get on the back of +the wave and glide along with the breaker, do not ride--lose the wave; +this for four waves; and the fifth wave, this is their last. Maybe they +will wonder at your not riding ashore and ask the reason, then you +answer you are not accustomed to surfing on the short waves, and when +they ask you what long waves you surf on say on the _Huia_.[63] If they +pay no attention to you, and prepare to ride in on their last wave, as +they ride you must seize hold of Laieikawai's feet while Kekalukaluokewa +rides in alone. When you have the woman, carry her far out to sea; look +over to the coast where Kumukahi[64] swims in the billows, then this is +the place for surfing; then pray in my name and I will send a wave over +you; this is the wave you want; it is yours." + +While they were talking Waka covered the land with a mist. Then the +thunder pealed and there was Laieikawai on the crest of the wave. This +was Waka's work. Again the thunder pealed a second peal. This was +Malio's work. When the mist cleared three persons floated on the crest +of the wave, and this was a surprise to the onlookers. + +As Waka had commanded her grandchild, "speak to no one until you have +kissed Kekalukaluokewa, then speak to others," the grandchild obeyed her +command. + +While they rode the surf not one word was heard between them. + +As they stood on the first wave Kekalukaluokewa said, "Let us ride." +Then they lay resting upon their boards; Halaaniani let his drop back, +the other two rode in; then it was that Laieikawai and Kekalukaluokewa +kissed as the grandmother had directed. + +Three waves they rode, three times they went ashore, and three times +Halaaniani dropped back. + +At the fourth wave, for the first time Laieikawai questioned Halaaniani: +"Why do you not ride? This is the fourth wave you have not ridden; what +is your reason for not riding?" + +"Because I am not used to the short waves," said Halaaniani, "the long +wave is mine." + +He spoke as his sister had directed. + +The fifth wave, this was the last for Laieikawai and Kekalukaluokewa. + +As Kekalukaluokewa and Laieikawai lay resting on the wave, Halaaniani +caught Laieikawai by the soles of her feet and got his arm around her, +and Laieikawai's surf board was lost. Kekalukaluokewa rode in alone and +landed on the dry beach. + +When Laieikawai was in Halaaniani's arms she said, "This is strange! my +board is gone." + +Said Halaaniani, "Your board is all right, woman; a man will bring it +back." + +While they were speaking Laieikawai's surf board floated to where they +were. + +Said Laieikawai to Halaaniani, "Where is your wave that you have kept me +back here for?" + +At this question of the princess they swam, and while they swam +Halaaniani bade the princess, "As we swim do not look back, face ahead; +when my crest is here, then I will tell you." + +They swam, and after a long time Laieikawai began to wonder; then she +said, "This is a strange wave, man! We are swimming out where there are +no waves at all; we are in the deep ocean; a wave here would be strange; +there are only swells out here." + +Said Halaaniani, "You listen well; at my first word to you there will be +something for us." + +Laieikawai listened for the word of her surfing comrade. + +They swam until Halaaniani thought they could get the crest, then +Halaaniani said to his surfing comrade, "Look toward the coast." + +Laieikawai replied, "The land has vanished, Kumukahi comes bobbing on +the wave." + +"This is our crest," said Halaaniani. "I warn you when the first wave +breaks, do not ride that wave, or the second; the third wave is ours. +When the wave breaks and scatters, keep on, do not leave the board which +keeps you floating; if you leave the board, then you will not see me +again." + +At the close of this speech Halaaniani prayed to their god in the name +of his sister, as Malio had directed. + +Halaaniani was half through his prayer; a crest arose; he finished the +prayer to the amen; again a crest arose, the second this; not long after +another wave swelled. + +This time Halaaniani called out, "Let us ride." + +Then Laieikawai quickly lay down on the board and with Halaaniani's help +rode toward the shore. + +Now, when Laieikawai was deep under the wave, the crest broke finely; +Laieikawai glanced about to see how things were; Halaaniani was not with +her. Laieikawai looked again; Halaaniani with great dexterity was +resting on the very tip of the wave. That was when Laieikawai began to +give way to Halaaniani. + +Waka saw them returning from surf riding and supposed Laieikawai's +companion was Kekalukaluokewa. + +Malio, the sister of Halaaniani, as is seen in the story of her life, +can do many marvelous things, and in Chapters XXII and XXIII you will +see what great deeds she had power to perform. + + + + +CHAPTER XXII + + +While Laieikawai was surfing ashore with Halaaniani, Waka's +supernatural gift was overshadowed by Malio's superior skill, and she +did not see what was being done to her grandchild. + +Just as Laieikawai came to land, Waka sent the birds in the mist, and +when the mist passed off only the surf boards remained; Laieikawai was +with Halaaniani in her house up at Paliuli. There Halaaniani took +Laieikawai to wife. + +The night passed, day came, and it was midday; Waka thought this +strange, for before sending her grandchild to meet Kekalukaluokewa she +had said to her: + +"Go, to-day, and meet Kekalukaluokewa, then return to the uplands, you +two, and after your flesh has become defiled come to me; I will take +care of you until the pollution is past." Now, this was the custom with +a favorite daughter. + +Because Waka was surprised, at midday of the second day after Laieikawai +joined Halaaniani, the grandmother went to look after her grandchild. + +When the grandmother came to them, they were both fast asleep, like new +lovers, as if the nights were the time for waking. + +As Laieikawai lay asleep, her grandmother looked and saw that the man +sleeping with her grandchild was not the one she had chosen for her. + +Then Waka wakened the grandchild, and when she awoke the grandmother +asked, "Who is this?" + +Answered the grandchild, "Kekalukaluokewa, of course." + +Said the grandmother in a rage, "This is no Kekalukaluokewa; this is +Halaaniani, the brother of Malio. Therefore, I give you my oath never to +see your face again, my grandchild, from this time until I die, for you +have disobeyed me. I thought to hide you away until you could care for +me. But now, live with your husband for the future; keep your beauty, +your supernatural power is yours no longer; that you must look for from +your husband; work with your own hands; let your husband be your fortune +and your pride." + +After this Waka made ready to build another house like that she had +built for Laieikawai. And by Waka's art the house was speedily +completed. + +When the house was ready, Waka went herself to meet Kekalukaluokewa in +person, for her heart yearned with love for Kakalukaluokewa. + +When Waka reached Kekalukaluokewa's place, she clasped his feet and +said, with sorrowful heart: "Great is my grief and my love for you, O +chief, for I desired you for my grandchild as the man to save these +bones. I thought my grandchild was a good girl, not so! I saw her +sleeping with Halaaniani, not the man I had chosen for her. Therefore, I +come to beseech you to give me a canoe and men also, and I will go and +get the foster child of Kapukaihaoa, Laielohelohe,[66] who is like +Laieikawai, for they are twins." + +And for this journey Kekalukaluokewa gave a double canoe with men and +all the equipment. + +Before Waka went after Laielohelohe she commanded Kekalukaluokewa as +follows: "I shall be gone three times ten days and three days over, then +I shall return. Keep watch, and if the mist rises on the ocean, then you +will know that I am returning with your wife, then purify yourself for +two days before the marriage." + +According to her determination, Waka sailed to Oahu, where the canoes +landed at Honouliuli and Waka saw the rainbow arching up at Wahiawa. + +She took a little pig to sacrifice before Kapukaihaoa, the priest who +took care of Laielohelohe, and went up thither. + +Waka went up and reached Kukaniloko; she draw near the place where +Laielohelohe was hidden, held the pig out to the priest and prayed, and +came to the amen, then she let the pig go. + +The priest asked, "Why do you bring me the pig? What can I do for you?" + +Said Waka, "My foster child has sinned, she is not a good girl; I wished +to have the chief of Kauai for her husband, but she would not listen to +me, she became Halaaniani's; therefore, I come to take your foster child +to be the wife of Kekalukaluokewa, the chief of Kauai. We two shall be +provided for, he will preserve our bones in the days of our old age +until we die, and when that chief is ours my foster child will be +supplanted, and she will realize how she has sinned." + +Said Kapukaihaoa, "The pig is well, therefore I give you my foster child +to care for, and if you succeed well, and I hear of your prosperity, +then I will come to seek you." + +Then Waka entered with Kapukaihaoa the taboo place where Laielohelohe +was hidden; Waka waited and the priest went still farther into the place +and brought her to Waka, then Waka knelt before Laielohelohe and did her +reverence. + +On the day when Laielohelohe went on board the canoe, then the priest +took his foster child's umbilical cord[66] and wore it about his neck. +But he did not sorrow for Laielohelohe, thinking how good fortune had +come to her. + +From the time Laielohelohe was taken on board, not one of the paddlers +had the least glimpse of her until they came to Hawaii. + +Kekalukaluokewa waited during the time appointed. + +The next day, in the early morning, when the chief awoke from sleep, he +saw the sign which Waka had promised, for there was the colored cloud on +the ocean. + +Kekalukaluokewa prepared for Laielohelohe's arrival, expecting to see +her first at that time. Not so! + +In the afternoon, when the double canoes came in sight, all the people +crowded to the landing place to see the chief, thinking she would come +ashore and meet her husband. + +When the canoe approached the shore, then fog and mist covered the land +from Paliuli to the sea. + +Then Laielohelohe and Waka were borne under cover of the mist on the +birds to Paliuli, and Laielohelohe was placed in the house prepared for +her and stayed there until Halaaniani took her. + +Three days was Waka at Paliuli after returning from Oahu. Then she came +down with Kekalukaluokewa for the marriage of the chiefs. + +Then Waka came to Kekalukaluokewa and said, "Your wife has come, so +prepare yourself in forty days; summon all the people to assemble at the +place where you two shall meet; make a _kilu_ shelter; there disgrace +Laieikawai, that she may see what wrong she has done." + +At the time when Waka took away her supernatural protection from +Laieikawai, Aiwohikupua's sisters took counsel as to what they had +better do; and they agreed upon what they should say to Laieikawai. + +Kahalaomapuana came to Laieikawai, and she said: "We became your +bodyguard while Waka still protected you; now she has removed her +guardianship and left you. Therefore, as we agreed in former days, +'Adversity to one is adversity to all;' now that you are in trouble, we +will share your trouble. As we will not forsake you, so do not you +forsake us until our death; this is what we have agreed." + +When Laieikawai heard these words her tears fell for love of her +comrades, and she said, "I supposed you would forsake me when fortune +was taken from me; not so! What does it matter! Should fortune come to +me hereafter, then I will place you far above myself." + +Halaaniani and Laieikawai lived as man and wife and Aiwohikupua's +sisters acted as her servants. + +Perhaps the fourth month of their union, one day at noon when Halaaniani +opened the door and went outside the house, he saw Laielohelohe going +out of her taboo house. Then once more longing seized Halaaniani. + +He returned with his mind fixed upon doing a mischief to the girl, +determined to get her and pollute her. + +As he was at that time living on good terms with Laieikawai, Halaaniani +sought some pretext for parting from Laieikawai in order to carry out +his purpose. + +That night Halaaniani deceived Laieikawai, saying, "Ever since we have +lived up here, my delight in surf riding has never ceased; at noon the +longing seizes me; it is the same every day; so I propose to-morrow we +go down to Keaau surf riding, and return here." + +The wife agreed. + +Early in the morning Laieikawai sought her counsellors, the sisters of +Aiwohikupua, and told them what the husband had proposed that night, and +this pleased her counsellors. + +Laieikawai said to them, "We two are going to the sea, as our husband +wishes. You wait; do not be anxious if ten days pass and our husband has +not had enough of the sport of surf riding; but if more than ten days +pass, some evil has befallen us; then come to my help." + +They departed and came to a place just above Keaau; then Halaaniani +began to make trouble for Laieikawai, saying, "You go ahead to the coast +and I will go up and see your sister-in-law, Malio, and return. And if +you wait for me until day follows night, and night again that day, and, +again the day succeeds the night, then you will know that I am dead; +then marry another husband." + +This proposal of her husband's did not please the wife, and she proposed +their going up together, but the slippery fellow used all his cunning, +and she was deceived. + +Halaaniani left her. Laieikawai went on to Keaau, and at a place not +close to Kekalukaluokewa, there she remained; and night fell, and the +husband did not return; day came, and he did not return. She waited that +day until night; it was no better; then she thought her husband was +dead, and she began to pour out her grief. + + + + +CHAPTER XXIII + + +Very heavy hearted was Laieikawai at her husband's death, so she mourned +ten days and two (twelve days) for love of him. + +While Laieikawai mourned, her counsellors wondered, for Laieikawai had +given them her charge before going to Keaau. + +"Wait for me ten days, and should I not return," she had bidden them as +told in Chapter XXII; so clearly she was in trouble. + +And the time having passed which Laieikawai charged her companions to +wait, Aiwohikupua's sisters awoke early in the morning of the twelfth +day and went to look after their comrade. + +They went to Keaau, and as they approached and Laieikawai spied her +counsellors she poured out her grief with wailing. + +Now her counsellors marveled at her wailing and remembered her saying +"some evil has befallen"; at her wailing and at her gestures of +distress, for Laieikawai was kneeling on the ground with one hand +clapped across her back and the other at her forehead, and she wailed +aloud as follows: + + O you who come to me--alas! + Here I am, + My heart is trembling, + There is a rushing at my heart for love. + Because the man is gone--my close companion! + He has departed. + + He has departed, my lehua blossom, spicy kookoolau, + With his soft pantings, + Tremulous, thick gaspings, + Proud flower of my heart, + Behold--alas! + + Behold me desolate-- + The first faint fear branches and grows--I can not bear it! + My heart is darkened + With love. + Alas, my husband! + +When her companions heard Laieikawai wailing, they all wailed with her. + +After their lament, said Kahalaomapuana, "This is a strange way to cry; +you open your mouth wide, but no tears run; you seem to be dried up, as +if the tears were shut off." + +Said the sisters, "What do you mean?" + +Kahalaomapuana replied, "As if there were nothing the matter with our +husband." + +Said Laieikawai, "He is dead, for on the way down, just above here, he +said, 'You go ahead and I will go up and see your sister-in-law, and if +you wait for me until day follows night and night day and day again that +night, then I am dead,' so he charged me. I waited here; the appointed +time passed; I thought he was dead; here I stayed until you came and +found me wailing." + +Said Kahalaomapuana, "He is not dead; wait a day; stop wailing!" + +Because of Kahalaomapuana's words they waited four days, but nothing +happened. Then Laieikawai began to wail again until evening of the +third day, and this night, at dawn, for the first time she fell asleep. + +Just as sleep came to her Halaaniani stood before her with another +woman, and Laieikawai started up, and it was only a dream! + +At the same time Mailehaiwale had a vision. She awoke and told her dream +to Mailelaulii and Mailekaluhea. + +As they were talking about it Laieikawai awoke and told her dream. + +Said Mailelaulii, "We are just talking of Mailehaiwale's dream." + +As they discussed the dreams Kahalaomapuana awoke from sleep and asked +what they were talking about. + +Mailehaiwale told the dream that had come to her: "It was up at Paliuli, +Halaaniani came and took you, Kahalaomapuana, and you two went away +somewhere; my spirit stood and watched you, and the excitement awoke +me." + +Laieikawai also told her dream, and Kahalaomapuana said, "Halaaniani is +not dead; we will wait; do not weep; waste no tears." + +Then Laieikawai stopped wailing, and they returned to Paliuli. + +At this place we shall tell of Halaaniani, and here we shall see his +clever trickery. + +When Halaaniani told Laieikawai he was going up to see Malio, this was +in order to get away from her after giving her his commands. + +The fellow went up and met Malio. His sister asked. "What have you come +up here for?" + +Said Halaaniani, "I have come up here to you once more to show you what +I desire; for I have again seen a beautiful woman with a face like +Laieikawai's. + +"Yesterday morning when I went outside my house I saw this young girl +with the lovely face; then a great longing took possession of me. + +"And because I remembered that you were the one who fulfilled my wishes, +therefore I have come up here again." + +Said Malio to her brother, "That is Laielohelohe, another of Waka's +grandchildren; she is betrothed to Kekalukaluokewa, to be his wife. +Therefore go and watch the girl's house without being seen for four +days, and see what she does; then come back and tell me; then I will +send you to seduce the girl. I can not do it by my power, for they are +two." + +At these words of Malio, Halaaniani went to spy outside of +Laielohelohe's house without being seen; almost twice ten days he lay in +wait; then he saw Laielohelohe stringing _lehua_ blossoms. He came +repeatedly many days; there she was stringing _lehua_ blossoms. + +Halaaniani returned to his sister as he had been directed, and told her +what he had seen of Laielohelohe. + +When Malio heard the story she told her brother what to do to win +Laielohelohe, and said to Halaaniani, "Go now, and in the middle of the +night come up here to me, and we two will go to Laielohelohe's place." + +Halaaniani went away, and close to the appointed time, then he arose and +joined his sister. His sister took a _ti_-leaf trumpet and went with her +brother, and came close to the place where Laielohelohe was wont to +string _lehua_ blossoms. + +Then Malio said to Halaaniani, "You climb up in the _lehua_ tree where +you can see Laielohelohe, and there you stay. Listen to me play on the +_ti_-leaf trumpet; when I have blown five times, if you see her turn her +eyes to the place where the sound comes from, then we shall surely win, +but if she does not look toward where I am playing, then we shall not +win to-day." + +As they were speaking there was a crackling in the bushes at the place +where Laielohelohe strung _lehua_ blossoms, and when they looked, there +was Laielohelohe breaking _lehua_ blossoms. + +Then Halaaniani climbed up the trunk of a tree and kept watch. When he +was up the tree, Malio's trumpet sounded, again it sounded a second +time, so on until the fifth time, but Halaaniani did not see the girl +turn her eyes or listen to the sound. + +Malio waited for Halaaniani to return and tell what he had seen, but as +he did not return, Malio again blew on the trumpet five times; still +Halaaniani did not see Laielohelohe pay the least attention until she +went away altogether. + +Halaaniani came back and told his sister, and his sister said, "We have +not won her with the trumpet; shall we try my nose flute?" + +The two returned home, and very early in the morning, they came again to +the same place where they had lain in ambush before. + +No sooner were they arrived than Laielohelohe arrived also at her +customary station. Malio had already instructed her brother, as +follows: + +"Take _lehua_ flowers, bind them into a cluster, when you hear me +playing the nose flute, then drop the bunch of flowers right over her; +maybe she will be curious about this." + +Halaaniani climbed the tree right over where Laielohelohe was wont to +sit. Just as Malio's nose flute sounded, Halaaniani dropped the bunch of +_lehua_ flowers down from the tree, and it fell directly in front of +Laielohelohe. Then Laielohelohe turned her eyes right upward, saying, +"If you are a man who has sent me this gift and this music of the flute, +then you are mine: if you are a woman, then you shall be my intimate +friend." + +When Halaaniani heard this speech, he waited not a moment to descend and +join his sister. + +To Malio's question he told her what he had seen. + +Said Malio to Halaaniani, "We will go home and early in the morning come +here again, then we shall find out her intentions." + +They went home and returned early in the morning. When they had taken +their stations, Laielohelohe came as usual to string _lehua_ blossoms. + +Then Malio sounded the flute, as Laielohelohe began to snip the _lehua_ +blossoms, and she stopped, for her attention was attracted to the music. + +Three times Malio sounded the nose flute. + +Then said Laielohelohe, "If you are a woman who sounds the flute, then +let us two kiss." + +At Laielohelohe's words, Malio approached Laielohelohe and the girl saw +her, and she was a stranger to Laielohelohe's eyes. + +Then she started to kiss her. + +And as the girl was about to give the promised kiss, Malio said, "Let +our kiss wait, first give my brother a kiss; when you two have done, +then we will kiss." + +Then said Laielohelohe, "You and your brother may go away, do not bring +him into my presence; you both go back to your own place and do not come +here again. For it was only you I promised to greet with a kiss, no one +else; should I do as you desire, I should disobey my good guardian's +command." + +When Malio heard this she returned to her brother and said, "We have +failed to-day, but I will try my supernatural arts to fulfill your +desire." + +They went back to the house, then she directed Halaaniani to go and spy +upon Laieikawai. + +When Halaaniani came to Keaau as his sister directed, he neither saw nor +heard of Laieikawai. + + + + +CHAPTER XXIV + + +On his arrival there, Halaaniani heard there was to be a great day for +Kakalukaluokewa, a day of celebration for the marriage of Laielohelohe +with Kekalukaluokewa. And when he had carefully noted the day for the +chief's wedding feast he returned and told his sister this thing. + +When Malio heard it she said to her brother, "On the marriage day of +Kekalukaluokewa with Laielohelohe, on that day Laielohelohe shall be +yours." + +Now Aiwohikupua's sisters were wont to go down to the sea at Keaau to +keep watch for their husband, to make sure if he were dead or not. + +As Aiwohikupua's sisters were on the way to Keaau, they heard of the +festival for Kekalukaluokewa and Laielohelohe. + +When the great day drew near, Waka went down from Paliuli to meet +Kekalukaluokewa, and Waka said to Kekalukaluokewa: "To-morrow at sunrise +call together all the people and the chiefs of the household to the +place prepared for the celebration; there let all be assembled. Then go +and show yourself first among them and near midday return to your house +until day declines, then I will send a mist to cover the land, and the +place where the people are assembled. + +"When the mist begins to close down over the land, then wait until you +hear the birds singing and they cease; wait again until you hear the +birds singing and they cease. + +"And after that I will lift the mist over the land. Then you will see up +to Paliuli where the cloud rises and covers the mountain top, then the +mist will fall again as before. + +"Wait this time until you hear the cry of the _alae_ bird, and the +_ewaewaiki_ calling; then come out of the house and stand before the +assembly. + +"Wait, and when the _oo_ birds call and cease, then I am prepared to +send Laielohelohe. + +"When the voice of the _iiwipolena_ sounds, your wife is on the left +side of the place of meeting. Soon after this, you will hear the land +snails[67] singing, then do you two meet apart from the assembly. + +"And when you two meet, a single peal of thunder will crash, the earth +tremble, the whole place of assembly shall shake. Then I will send you +two on the birds, the clouds and mist shall rise, and there will be you +two resting upon the birds in all your splendor. Then comes Laieikawai's +disgrace, when she sees her shame and goes off afoot like a captive +slave." + +After all this was arranged, Waka returned to Paliuli. + +Already has Halaaniani's expedition been described to look after his +wife Laieikawai at Keaau, and already has it been told how he heard of +the marriage celebration of Kekalukaluokewa and Laielohelohe. + +On the day when Waka went to Keaau to meet Kekalukaluokewa, as we have +seen above, + +On that very day, Malio told Halaaniani to get ready to go down to the +festival, saying: "To-morrow, at the marriage celebration of +Kekalukaluokewa and Laielohelohe, then Laielohelohe shall be yours. For +them shall crash the thunder, but when the clouds and mist clear away, +then all present at the place of meeting shall behold you and +Laielohelohe resting together upon the wings of birds." + +Early in the morning of the next day, the day of the chief's marriage +celebration, Kihanuilulumoku was summoned into the presence of +Aiwohikupua's sisters, the servants who guarded Laieikawai. + +When the lizard came, Kahalaomapuana said, "You have been summoned to +take us down to the sea at Keaau to see Kekalukaluokewa's wedding feast. +Be ready to take us down soon after the sun begins to decline." + +Kihanuilulumoku went away until the time appointed, then he came to +them. + +And as the lizard started to come into his mistress's presence, lo! the +land was veiled thick with mist up there at Paliuli, and all around, but +Kihanuilulumoku did not hurry to his mistresses, for he knew when the +chiefs' meeting was to take place. + +When Kekalukaluokewa saw this mist begin to descend over the land, then +he remembered Waka's charge. + +He waited for the remaining signs. After hearing the voices of the +_ewaewaiki_ and the land shells, then Kekalukaluokewa came out of his +house and stood apart from the assembly. + +Just at that moment, Kihanuilulumoku stuck out his tongue as a seat for +Laieikawai and Aiwohikupua's sisters. + +And when the voice of the thunder crashed, clouds and mist covered the +land, and when it cleared, the place of meeting was to be seen; and +there were Laielohelohe and Halaaniani resting upon the birds. + +Then also were seen Laieikawai and Aiwohikupua's sisters seated upon the +tongue of Kihanuilulumoku, the great lizard of Paliuli. + +Now they arrived at the same instant as those for whom the day was +celebrated; lo! Laieikawai saw that Halaaniani was not dead, and she +remembered Kahalaomapuana's prediction. + +When Kekalukaluokewa saw Halaaniani and Laielohelohe resting on the +birds, he thought he had lost Laielohelohe. + +So Kekalukaluokewa went up to Paliuli to tell Waka. + +And Kekalukaluokewa told Waka all these things, saying: "Halaaniani got +Laielohelohe; there she was at the time set, she and Halaaniani seated +together!" + +Said Waka, "He shall never get her; but let us go down and I will get +close to the place of meeting; if she has given Halaaniani a kiss, the +thing which I forbade her to grant, for to you alone is my grandchild's +kiss devoted--if she has defiled herself with him, then we lose the +wife, then take me to my grave without pity. But if she has harkened to +my command not to trust anyone else; not even to open her lips to +Halaaniani, then she is your wife, if my grandchild has harkened to my +command." + +As they approached, Waka sent the clouds and mist over the assembly, and +they could not distinguish one from another. + +Then Waka sent Kekalukaluokewa upon the birds, and when the clouds +cleared, lo! Laielohelohe and Kekalukaluokewa sat together upon the +birds. Then the congregation shouted all about the place of assembly: +"The marriage of the chiefs! The marriage of the chiefs!"[68] + +When Waka heard the sound of shouting, then Waka came into the presence +of the assembly and stood in the midst of the congregation and taunted +Laieikawai. + +When Laieikawai heard Waka's taunts, her heart smarted and the hearts of +every one of Aiwohikupua's sisters with her; then Kihanuilulumoku bore +them back on his tongue to dwell in the uplands of Olaa; thus did +Laieikawai begin to burn with shame at Waka's words, and she and her +companions went away together. + +On that day, Kekalukaluokewa wedded Laielohelohe, and they went up to +the uplands of Paliuli until their return to Kauai. And Halaaniani +became a vagabond; nothing more remains to be said about him. + +And when the chief resolved to return to Kauai, he took his wife and +their grandmother to Kauai, and the men together with them. + +When they were ready to return, they left Keaau, went first to +Honouliuli on Oahu and there took Kapukaihaoa with them to Kauai; and +they went to Kauai, to Pihanakalani, and turned over the rule over the +land and its divisions to Kapukaihaoa, and Waka was made the third heir +to the chief's seat. + +At this place let us tell of Laieikawai and her meeting with the +prophet, Hulumaniani. + +Laieikawai was at Olaa as beautiful as ever, but the art of resting on +the wings of birds was taken away from her; nevertheless some of her +former power remained and the signs of her chiefly rank, according to +the authority the sisters of Aiwohikupua had over the lizard. + + + + +CHAPTER XXV + + +When Laieikawai returned from Keaau after Waka had disgraced her, and +dwelt at Olaa, then Aiwohikupua's sisters consulted how to comfort the +heavy heart of the princess, Laieikawai, for her shame at Waka's +reproaches. + +They went and told Laieikawai their decision, saying: + +"O princess of peace, we have agreed upon something to relieve your +burden of shame, for not you alone bear the burden; all of us share your +trouble. + +"Therefore, princess, we beseech you, best ease your heart of sorrow; +good fortune shall be yours hereafter. + +"We have agreed here to share your fortune; our younger sister has +consented to go and get Kaonohiokala for your husband, the boy chief who +dwells in the taboo house at the borders of Tahiti, a brother of ours, +through whom Aiwohikupua gained the rank of chief. + +"If you will consent to your brother being fetched, then we shall win +greater honor than was ours before, and you will become a sacred person +of great dignity so that you can not associate with us; now this is what +we have thought of; you consent, then your reproach is lifted, Waka is +put to shame." + +Said Laieikawai, "Indeed I would consent to ease my burden of shame, +only one thing I will not consent to--my becoming your brother's wife; +for you say he is a taboo chief, and if we should be united, I should +not see you again, so high a chief is he, and this I should regret +exceedingly, our friendship together." + +Said her companions, "Do not think of us; consider your grandmother's +taunts; when her reproach is lifted, then we are happy, for we think +first of you." + +And for this reason Laieikawai gave her consent. + +Then Kahalaomapuana left directions with Laieikawai and her sisters, +saying: "I go to get our brother as husband for the princess; your duty +is to take good care of our mistress; wherever she goes, there you go, +whatever she wishes, that is yours to fulfill; but let her body be kept +pure until I return with our brother." + +After saying all this, Kahalaomapuana left her sisters and was borne on +the back of the big lizard Kihanuilulumoku and went to fetch +Kaonohiokala. + +At this place we will leave off speaking of this journey; we must tell +about Laieikawai and her meeting with the prophet who followed her from +Kauai hither, as related in the first two chapters of this story. + +After Kahalaomapuana left her sisters, the desire grew within +Laieikawai's mind to travel around Hawaii. + +So her companions carried out the chief's wish and they set out to +travel around about Hawaii. + +On the princess's journey around Hawaii they went first to Kau, then +Kona, until they reached Kaiopae in Kohala, on the right-hand side of +Kawaihae, about five miles distant; there they stayed several days for +the princess to rest. + +During the days they were there the seer saw the rainbow arching over +the sea as if right at Kawaihae. The uplands of Ouli at Waimea was the +place the seer looked from. + +For in former chapters it has been told how the seer came to Hilo, to +Kaiwilahilahi, and lived there some years waiting for the sign he was +seeking. + +But when it did not come to the seer as he waited for the sign he was +seeking, then he waited and sought no longer for the sign he had +followed from Kauai to this place. + +So he left Hilo, intending to go all the way back to Kauai, and he set +out. On his return, he did not leave the offerings which he had brought +from Kauai thither, the pig and the cock. + +When he reached Waimea, at Ouli, there he saw the rainbow arching over +the sea at Kawaihae. + +And the seer was so weary he was not quick to recognize the rainbow, but +he stayed there, and on the next day he did not see the sign again. + +Next day the seer left the place, the very day when Laieikawai's party +left Kaiopae, and came back above Kahuwa and stopped at Moolau. + +When the seer reached Puuloa from Waimea, he saw the rainbow arching +over Moolau; then the seer began to wonder, "Can that be the sign I came +to seek?" + +The seer kept right on up to the summit of Palalahuakii. There he saw +the rainbow plainly and recognized it, and knew it was the sign he was +seeking. + +Then he prayed to his god to interpret the rainbow to him, but his god +did not answer his prayer. + +The seer left that place, went to Waika and stayed there, for it was +then dark. + +In the early morning, lo! the rainbow arched over the sea at Kaiopae, +for Laieikawai had gone back there. + +Then the seer went away to the place where he had seen the rainbow, and, +approaching, he saw Laieikawai plainly, strolling along the sea beach. A +strange sight the beautiful woman was, and there, directly above the +girl, the rainbow bent. + +Then the seer prayed to his god to show him whether this woman was the +one he was seeking or not, but he got no answer that day. Therefore, the +seer did not lay down his offering before Laieikawai. The seer returned +and stayed above Waika. + +The next day the seer left the place, went to Lamaloloa and remained +there. Then he went repeatedly into the temple of Pahauna and there +prayed unceasingly to his god. After a number of days at Moolau, +Laieikawai and her companions left that place. + +They came and stayed at Puakea and, because the people of the place were +surf riding, gladly remained. + +The next day at noon, when the sun shone clear over the land, the +prophet went outside the temple after his prayer. + +Lo! he saw the rainbow bending over the sea at Puakea, and he went away +thither, and saw the same girl whom he had seen before at Kaiopae. + +So he fell back to a distance to pray again to his god to show him if +this was the one he was seeking, but he got no answer that day; and, +because his god did not answer his petition, he almost swore at his god, +but still he persevered. + +He approached the place where Laieikawai and her sisters were sitting. + +The seer was greatly disturbed at seeing Laieikawai, and when he had +reached the spot, he asked Laieikawai and her companions, "Why do you +sit here? Why do you not go surfing with the natives of the place?" + +The princess answered, "We can not go; it is better to watch the +others." + +The seer asked again, "What are you doing here?" + +"We are sitting here, waiting for a canoe to carry us to Maui, Molokai, +Oahu, and to Kauai, then we shall set sail," so they answered. + +To this the seer replied, "If you are going to Kauai, then here is my +canoe, a canoe without pay." + +Said Laieikawai, "If we go on board your canoe, do you require anything +of us?" + +The seer answered, "Where are you? Do not suppose I have asked you on +board my canoe in order to defile you; but my wish is to take you all as +my daughters; such daughters as you can make my name famous, for my name +will live in the saying, 'The daughters of Hulumaniani,' so my name +shall live; is not this enough to desire?" + +Then the seer sought a canoe and found a double canoe with men to man +it. + +Early in the morning of the next day they went on board the canoe and +sailed and rested at Honuaula on Maui, and from there to Lahaina, and +the next day to Molokai; they left Molokai, went to Laie, Koolauloa, and +stayed there some days. + +On the day of their arrival at Laie, that night, Laieikawai said to her +companions and to her foster father: + +"I have heard from my grandmother that this is my birthplace; we were +twins, and because our father had killed the first children our mother +bore, because they were girls, when we also were born girls, then I was +hidden within a pool of water; there I was brought up by my grandmother. + +"And my twin, the priest guarded her, and because the priest who guarded +my companion saw the prophet who had come here from Kauai to see us, +therefore the priest commanded my grandmother to flee far away; and this +was why I was carried away to Paliuli and why we met there." + + + + +CHAPTER XXVI + + +When the seer heard this story the seer saw plainly that this was the +very one he sought. But in order to make sure, the seer withdrew to a +distance and prayed to his god to confirm the girl's story. + +After praying he came back and went to sleep, and as he slept the seer +received the assurance in a vision from his god, saying, "The time has +come to fulfill your wishes, to free you from the weariness of your long +search. She is here--the one who told you her story; this is the one you +are seeking. + +"Therefore arise and take the offering you have prepared and lay it +before her, having blessed her in the name of your god. + +"This done, linger not; carry them at once to Kauai, this very night, +and let them dwell on the cliffs of Haena in the uplands of +Honopuwaiakua." + +At this the seer awoke from his dream; he arose and brought the pig and +the cock and held them out to Laieikawai, saying, "Blessed am I, my +mistress, that my god has shown you to me, for long have I followed you +to win a blessing from you. + +"And therefore I beseech you to guard these bones under your special +favor, my mistress, and to leave this trust to your descendants unto the +last generation." + +Laieikawai answered, "Father, the time of my prosperity has passed, for +Waka has taken her favor from me; but hereafter I shall win honor beyond +my former honor and glory; then you shall also rise to prosperity with +us." + +And after these things the prophet did as his god commanded--sailed that +night and dwelt in the place commanded. + +Many days the seer lived here with his daughter above Honopuwaiakua. At +one time the seer made one of his customary journeys. + +As he traveled in his character as seer he came to Wailua. Lo! all the +virgin daughters of Kauai were gathered together, all of the rank of +chief with the girls of well-to-do families, at the command of +Aiwohikupua to bring the virgins before the chief, the one who pleased +the chief to become the wife of Aiwohikupua. + +When the seer came within the crowd, lo! the maidens were assembled in +one place before the chief. + +The seer asked some one in the crowd, "What is this assembly for and +why are all these maidens standing in a circle before the chief?" + +He was told, "All the virgins have been summoned by the chief's command, +and the two who please Aiwohikupua, these he will take for his wives in +place of Poliahu and Hinaikamalama, and their parents are to be clothed +in feather cloaks." + +Then the seer stood before the chiefs and all the assembly and cried in +a loud voice: + +"O chiefs, it is a wise and good thing for the chief to take whichever +one of these virgins pleases him, but not one of these can fill the loss +of Poliahu and Hinaikamalama. + +"If any one of these virgins here could compare in beauty with the left +leg of my daughters, then she would be worth it. These are pretty +enough, but not like my daughters." + +Said Aiwohikupua in an angry voice, "When did we ever know that you had +daughters!" + +And those who had brought their daughters before the chief looked upon +the seer as an enemy. + +And to the chief's angry words the seer replied, "Did I not seek +diligently and alone for a ruler over all these islands? And this lord +of the land, she is my daughter, and my other daughters, they are my +lord's sisters. + +"Should my daughter come hither and stand upon the sea, the ocean would +be in tumult; if on land, the wind would blow, the sun be darkened, the +rain fall, the thunder crash, the lightning flash, the mountain tremble, +the land would be flooded, the ocean reddened, at the coming of my +daughter and lord." + +And the seer's words spread, fear through the assembly. But those whose +virgin daughters were present were not pleased. + +They strongly urged the chief, therefore, to bind him within the house +of detention, the prison house, where the chief's enemies were wont to +be imprisoned. + +Through the persistence of his enemies, it was decided to make the seer +fast within that place and let him stay there until he died. + +On the day of his imprisonment, that night at dawn, he prayed to his +god. And at early daybreak the door of the house was opened for him and +he went out without being seen. + +In the morning the chief sent the executioner to go and see how the +prophet fared in prison. + +When the executioner came to the outside of the prison, he called with a +loud voice: + +"O Hulumaniani! O Hulumaniani! Prophet of God! How are you? Are you +dead?" Three times the executioner called, but heard not a sound from +within. + +The executioner returned to the chief and said, "The prophet is dead." + +Then the chief commanded the head man of the temple to make ready for +the day of sacrifice and flay the prophet on the place of sacrifice +before the altar. + +Now the seer heard this command from some distance away, and in the +night he took a banana plant covered with _tapa_ like a human figure and +put it inside the place where he had been imprisoned, and went back and +joined his daughters and told them all about his troubles. + +And near the day of sacrifice at the temple, the seer took Laieikawai +and her companions on board of the double canoe. + +In the very early morning of the day of sacrifice at the temple the man +was to be brought for sacrifice, and when the head men of the temple +entered the prison, lo! the body was tightly wrapped up, and it was +brought and laid within the temple. + +And close to the hour when the man was to be laid upon the altar all the +people assembled and the chief with them; and the chief went up on the +high place, the banana plant was brought and laid directly under the +altar. + +Said the chief to his head men, "Unwrap the _tapa_ from the body and +place it upon the altar prepared for it." + +When it was unwrapped there was a banana plant inside, not the prophet, +as was expected. "This is a banana plant! Where is the prophet?" +exclaimed the chief. + +Great was the chief's anger against the keeper of the prison where the +prophet was confined. + +Then all the keepers were called to trial. While the chief's keepers +were being examined, the seer arrived with his daughters in a double +canoe and floated outside the mouth of the inlet. + +The seer stood on one canoe and Aiwohikupua's sisters on the other, and +Laieikawai stood on the high seat between, under the symbols of a taboo +chief. + +As they stood there with Laieikawai, the wind blew, the sun was +darkened, the sea grew rough, the ocean was reddened, the streams went +back and stopped at their sources, no water flowed into the sea.[69] +After this the seer took Laieikawai's skirt[70] and laid it down on the +land; then the thunder crashed, the temple fell, the altar crumbled. + +After all these signs had been displayed, Aiwohikupua and the others saw +Laieikawai standing above the canoes under the symbol of a taboo chief. +Then the assembly shouted aloud, "O the beautiful woman! O the beautiful +woman! How stately she stands!" + +Then the men ran in flocks from the land down to the sea beach; one +trampled on another in order to see. + +Then the seer called out to Aiwohikupua, "Your keepers are not guilty; +not by their means was I freed from prison, but by my god, who has saved +me from many perils; and this is my lord. + +"I spoke truly; this is my daughter, my lord, whom I went to seek, my +preserver." + +And when Aiwohikupua looked upon Laieikawai his heart trembled, and he +fell to the ground as if dead. + +When the chief recovered he commanded his head man to bring the seer and +his daughter to fill the place of Poliahu and Hinaikamalama. + +The head man went and called out to the seer on the canoe and told him +the chief's word. + +When the seer heard it he said to the head man, "Return and tell the +chief, my lord indeed, that my lordly daughter shall never become his +wife; she is chief over all the islands." + +The head man went away; the seer, too, went away with his daughters, nor +was he seen again after that at Wailua; they returned and dwelt at +Honopuwaiakua. + + + + +CHAPTER XXVII + + +In this chapter we will tell how Kahalaomapuana went to get +Kaonohiokala, the Eyeball-of-the-Sun, the betrothed husband of +Laieikawai, and of her return. + +After Kahalaomapuana had laid her commands upon her sisters she made +preparation for the journey. + +At the rising of the sun Kahalaomapuana entered inside Kihanuilulumoku +and swam through the ocean and came to The Shining Heavens; in four +months and ten days they reached Kealohilani. + +When they arrived they did not see Mokukelekahiki, the guard who watches +over Kaonohiokala's wealth, his chief counsellor in The Shining Heavens; +twice ten days they waited for Mokukelekahiki to return from his garden +patch. + +Mokukelekahiki returned while the lizard was asleep inside the house; +the head alone filled that great house of Mokukelekahiki's, the body and +tail of the lizard were still in the sea. + +A terrible sight to Mokukelekahiki to see that lizard; he flew away up +to Nuumealani, the Raised Place in the Heavens; there was +Kaeloikamalama, the magician who closes the door of the taboo house on +the borders of Tahiti, where Kaonohiokala was hidden. + +Mokukelekahiki told Kaeloikamalama how he had seen the lizard. Then +Kaeloikamalama flew down with Mokukelekahiki from the heights of +Nuumealani, the land in the air. + +As Mokukelekahiki and his companion approached the house where the +lizard was sleeping, then said Kihanuilulumoku to Kahalaomapuana, "When +those men get here who are flying toward us, then I will throw you out +and land you on Kaeloikamalama's neck, and when he questions you, then +tell him you are a child of theirs, and when he asks what our journey is +for, then tell him." + +Not long after, Mokukelekahiki and Kaeloikamalama thundered at the door +of the house. + +When the lizard looked, there stood Kaeloikamalama with the digging +spade called Kapahaelihonua, The Knife-that-cuts-the-earth, twenty +fathoms its length, four men to span it. Thought the lizard, "A +slaughterer this." There was Kaeloikamalama swinging the digging spade +in his fingers. + +Then Kihanuilulumoku lifted his tail out of the water, the sea swelled, +the waves overwhelmed the cliffs from their foundations as high waves +sweep the coast in February; the spume of the sea rose high, the sun was +darkened, white sand was flung on the shore. + +Then fear fell upon Kaeloikamalama and his companion, and they started +to run away from before the face of the lizard. + +Then Kihanuilulumoku threw out Kahalaomapuana, and she fell upon +Kaeloikamalama's neck.[71] + +Kaeloikamalama asked, "Whose child are you?" + +Said Kahalaomapuana, "The child of Mokuekelekahiki, of Kaeloikamalama, +of the magicians who guard the taboo house on the borders of +Tahiti."[72] + +The two asked, "On what journey, my child, do you come hither?" + +Kahalaomapuana answered, "A journey to seek one from the heavens." + +Again they asked, "To seek what one from the heavens?" + +"Kaonohiokala," replied Kahalaomapuana, "the high taboo one of +Kaeloikamalama and Mokukelekahiki." + +Again they asked, "Kaonohiokala found, what is he to do?" + +Said Kahalaomapuana, "To be husband to the princess of broad Hawaii, to +Laieikawai, our mistress." + +Again they asked, "Who are you?" + +She told them, "Kahalaomapuana, the youngest daughter of +Moanalihaikawaokele and Laukieleula."[73] + +When Mokukelekahiki and Kaeloikamalama heard she was their own child, +then they released her from Kaeloikamalama's neck and kissed their +daughter. + +For Mokukelekahiki and Kaeloikamalama were brothers of Laukieleula, +Aiwohikupua's mother. + +Said Kaeloikamalama, "We will show you the road, then you shall ascend." + +For ten days they journeyed before they reached the place to go up; +Kaeloikamalama called out, "O Lanalananuiaimakua! Great ancestral +spider. Let down the road here for me to go up!! There is trouble +below!!!" + +Not long after, Great ancestral spider let down a spider-web that made a +network in the air. + +Then Kaeloikamalama instructed her, saying, "Here is your way, ascend to +the top, and you will see a house standing alone in a garden patch; +there is Moanalihaikawaokele; the country is Kahakaekaea. + +"When you see an old man with long gray hair, that is +Moanalihaikawaokele; if he is sitting up, don't be hasty; should he spy +you first, you will die, he will not listen to you, he will take you for +another. + +"Wait until he is asleep; should he turn his face down he is not asleep, +but when you see him with the face turned up, he is really asleep; then +approach not the windward, go to the leeward, and sit upon his breast, +holding tight to his beard, then call out: + + "O Moanalihaikawaokele--O! + Here am I--your child, + Child of Laukieleula, + Child of Mokukelekahiki, + Child of Kaeloikamalama, + The brothers of my mother, + Mother, mother, + Of me and my older sisters + And my brother, Aiwohikupua, + Grant me the sight, the long sight, the deep sight, + Release the one in the heavens, + My brother and lord, + Awake! Arise! + +"So you must call to him, and if he questions you, then, tell him +about your journey here. + +"On the way up, if fine rain covers you, that is your mother's doings; +if cold comes, do not be afraid. Keep on up; and if you smell a +fragrance, that too is your mother's, it is her fragrance, then all is +well, you are almost to the top; keep on up, and if the sun's rays +pierce and the heat strikes you, do not fear when you feel the sun's hot +breath; try to bear it and you will enter the shadow of the moon; then +you will not die, you have entered Kahakaekaea." + +When they had finished talking, Kahalaomapuana climbed up, and in the +evening she was covered with fine rain; this she thought was her +father's doings; at night until dawn she smelled the fragrance of the +_kiele_ plant; this she thought was her mother's art; from dawn until +the sun was high she was in the heat of the sun, she thought this was +her brother's doing. + +Then she longed to reach the shadow of the moon, and at evening she came +into the shadow of the moon; she knew then that she had entered the land +called Kahakaekaea. + +She saw the big house standing, it was then night. She approached to the +leeward; lo! Moanalihaikawaokele was still awake; she waited at a +distance for him to go to sleep, as Kaeloikamalama had instructed her. +Still Moanalihaikawaokele did not sleep. + +When at dawn she went, Moanalihaikawaokele's face was turned upwards, +she knew he was asleep; she ran quickly and seized her father's beard +and called to him in the words taught her by Kaeloikamalama, as shown +above. + +Moanalihaikawaokele awoke; his beard, the place where his strength lay, +was held fast; he struggled to free himself; Kahalaomapuana held the +beard tight; he kept on twisting here and there until his breath was +exhausted. + +He asked, "Whose child are you?" + +Said she, "Yours." + +Again he asked, "Mine by whom?" + +She answered, "Yours by Laukieleula." + +Again he asked, "Who are you?" + +"It is Kahalaomapuana." + +Said the father, "Let go my beard; you are indeed my child." + +She let go, and the father arose and set her upon his lap and wailed, +and when he had ended wailing, the father asked, "On what journey do you +come hither?" + +"A journey to seek one from the heavens," answered Kahalaomapuana. + +"To seek what one from the heavens?" + +"Kaonohiokala," the girl answered. + +"The high one found, what is he to do?" + +Said Kahalaomapuana, "I have come to get my brother and lord to be the +husband to the princess of broad Hawaii, to Laieikawai, our royal +friend, the one who protects us." + +She related all that her brother had done, and their friend. + +Said Moanalihaikawaokele, "The consent is not mine to give, your mother +is the only one to grant it, the one who has charge of the chief; she +lives there in the taboo place prohibited to me. When your mother is +unclean, she returns to me, and when her days of uncleanness are over, +then she leaves me, she goes back to the chief. + +"Therefore, wait until the time comes when your mother returns, then +tell her on what journey you have come hither." + +They waited seven days; it was Laukieleula's time of uncleanness. + +Said Moanalihaikawaokele, "It is almost time for your mother to come, so +to-night, get to the taboo house first and sleep there; in the early +morning when she comes, you will be sleeping in the house; there is no +place for her to go to get away from you, because she is unclean. If she +questions you, tell her exactly what you have told me." + +That night Moanalihaikawaokele sent Kahalaomapuana into the house set +apart for women. + + + + +CHAPTER XXVIII + + +Very early in the morning came Laukieleula; when she saw someone +sleeping there, she could not go away because she was unclean and that +house was the only one open to her. "Who are you, lawless one, +mischief-maker, who have entered my taboo house, the place prohibited to +any other?" So spoke the mistress of the house. + +Said the stranger, "I am Kahalaomapuana, the last fruit of your womb." + +Said the mother, "Alas! my ruler, return to your father. I can not see +you, for my days of uncleanness have come; when they are ended, we will +visit together a little, then go." + +So Kahalaomapuana went back to Moanalihaikawaokele; the father asked, +"How was it?" + +The daughter said, "She told me to return to you until her days of +uncleanness were ended, then she would come to see me." + +Three days the two stayed there; close to the time when Laukieleula's +uncleanness would end, Moanalihaikawaokele said to his daughter, "Come! +for your mother's days are almost ended; to-morrow, early in the morning +before daylight, go and sit by the water hole where she washes herself; +do not show yourself, and when she jumps into the pool and dives under +the water, then run and bring hither her skirt and her polluted clothes; +when she has bathed and returns for the clothes, they will be gone; then +she will think that I have taken them; when she comes to the house, then +you can get what you wish. + +"If you two weep and cease weeping and she asks you if I have taken her +clothes, then tell her you have them, and she will be ashamed and shrink +from you because she has defiled you; then she will have nothing great +enough to recompense you for your defilement, only one thing will be +great enough, to get you the high one; then when she asks you what you +desire, tell her; then you shall see your brother; we shall both see +him, for I see him only once a year; he peeps out and disappears." + +At the time the father had said, the daughter arose very early in the +morning before daylight, and went as her father had directed. + +When she arrived, she hid close to the water hole; not long after, the +mother came, took off her polluted clothes and sprang into the water. + +Then the girl took the things as directed and returned to her father. + +She had not been there long; the mother came in a rage; +Moanalihaikawaokele absented himself and only the daughter remained in +the house. + +"O Moanalihaikawaokele, give me back my polluted clothes, let me take +them to wash in the water." No answer; three times she called, not once +an answer; she peeped into the house where Kahalaomapuana lay sleeping, +her head covered with a clean piece of _tapa_. + +She called, "O Moanalihaikawaokele, give me back my polluted skirt; let +me take it to wash in the water." + +Then Kahalaomapuana started up as if she had been asleep and said to her +mother, "My mother and ruler, he has gone; only I am in the house; that +polluted skirt of yours, here it is." + +"Alas! my ruler. I shrink with fear of evil for you, because you have +guarded my skirt that was polluted; what recompense is there for the +evil I fear for you, my ruler?" + +She embraced the girl and wailed out the words in the line above. + +When she had ceased wailing, the mother asked, "On what journey do you +come hither to us?" + +"I come to get my older brother for a husband for our friend, the +princess of the great broad land of Hawaii, Laieikawai, our protector +when we were lovelessly deserted by our older brother; therefore we are +ashamed; we have no way to repay the princess for her protection; and +for this reason permit me and my princely brother to go down below and +bring Laieikawai up here." These were Kahalaomapuana's words to her +mother. + +The mother said, "I grant it in recompense for your guarding my polluted +garment. + +"If anyone else had come to get him, I would not have consented; since +you come in person, I will not keep him back. + +"Indeed, your brother has said that you are the one he loves best and +thinks the most of; so let us go up and see your brother. + +"Now you wait here; let me call the bird guardian of you two, who will +bear us to the taboo house at the borders of Tahiti." + +Then the mother called: + + O Halulu at the edge of the light, + The bird who covers the sun, + The heat returns to Kealohilani. + The bird who stops up the rain, + The stream-heads are dry of Nuumealani. + The bird who holds back the clouds above, + The painted clouds move across the ocean, + The islands are flooded, + Kahakaekaea trembles, + The heavens flood not the earth. + O the lawless ones, the mischief makers! + O Mokukelekahiki! + O Kaeloikamalama! + The lawless ones who close the taboo house at the borders of Tahiti, + Here is one from the heavens, a child of yours, + Come and receive her, take her above to Awakea, the noonday. + +Then that bird[71] drooped its wings down and its body remained aloft, +then Laukieleula and Kahalaomapuana rested upon the bird's wings and it +flew and came to Awakea, the Noonday, the one who opens the door of the +sun where Kaonohiokala lived. + +At the time they arrived, the entrance to the chief's house was blocked +by thunderclouds. + +Then Laukieleula ordered Noonday, "Open the way to the chief's place!" + +Then Noonday put forth her heat and the clouds melted before her; lo! +the chief appeared sleeping right in the eye of the sun in the fire of +its intensest heat, so he was named after this custom The Eye of the +Sun. + +Then Laukieleula seized hold of one of the sun's rays and held it. Then +the chief awoke. + +When Kohalaomapuana looked upon her brother his eyes were like lightning +and his skin all over his body was like the heat, of the furnace where +iron is melted. + +Laukieleula cried out, "O my heavenly one, here is your sister, +Kahalaomapuana, the one you love best, here she is come to seek you." + +When Kaonohiokala heard he awoke from sleep and signed with his eyes to +Laukieleula to call the guards of the shade. She called: + + O big bright moon, + O moving cloud of Kaialea, + Guards of the shadows, present yourselves before the chief. + +Then the guards of the shade came and stood before the chief. Lo! the +heat of the sun left the chief. + +When the shadows came over the place where the chief lay, then he called +his sister, and went to her, and wept over her, for his heart fainted +with love for his youngest sister, and long had been the days of their +separation. + +When their wailing was ended he asked, "Whose child are you?" + +Said the sister, "Mokukelekahiki's, Kaeloikamalama's, +Moanalihaikawaokele's through Laukieleula." + +Again the brother asked, "What is your journey for?" + +Then she told him the same thing she had told the mother. + +When the chief heard these things, he turned to their mother and asked, +"Laukieleula, do you consent to my going to get the one whom she speaks +of for my wife?" + +"I have already given you, as she requested me; if anyone else had +brought her to get you, if she had not come to us two, she might have +stayed below; grant your little sister's request, for you first opened +the pathway, she closed it; no one came before, none after her." Thus +the mother. + +After this answer Kaonohiokala asked further about her sisters and her +brother. + +Then said Kahalaomapuana, "My brother has not done right; he has opposed +our living with this woman whom I am come to get you for. When he first +went to woo this woman he came back again after us; we went with him and +came to the woman's house, the princess of whom I speak. That night we +went to the uplands; in the midst of the forest there she dwelt with her +grandmother. We stood outside and looked at the workmanship of +Laieikawai's house, inwrought with the yellow feathers of the _oo_ bird. + + +"Mailehaiwale went to woo her, gained nothing, the woman refused; +Mailekaluhea went, gained nothing at all; Mailelaulii went, gained +nothing at all; Mailepakaha went, gained nothing at all; she refused +them all; I remained, I never went to woo her; he went away in a rage +leaving us in the jungle. + +"When he left us, we followed; our brother's rage waxed as if we had +denied his wish. + +"Then it was we returned to where he left us, and the princess protected +us, until I left to come hither; that is how we live." + +When Kaonohiokala heard this story, he was angry. Then he said to +Kahalaomapuana, "Return to your sisters and to your friend, the +princess; my wife she shall be; wait, and when the rain falls and floods +the land, I am still here. + +"When the ocean billows swell and the surf throws white sand on the +shore, I am still here; when the wind whips the air and for ten days +lies calm, when thunder peals without rain, then I am at Kahakaekaea. + +"When the dry thunder peals again, then ceases, I have left the taboo +house at the borders of Tahiti. I am at Kealohilani, my divine body is +laid aside, only the nature of a taboo chief remains, and I am become a +human being like you. + +"After this, hearken, and when the thunder rolls, the rain pours down, +the ocean swells, the land is flooded, the lightning flashes, a mist +overhangs, a rainbow arches, a colored cloud rises on the ocean, for one +month bad weather closes down,[75] when the storm clears, there I am +behind the mountain in the shadow of the dawn. + +"Wait here and at daybreak, when I leave the summit of the mountain, +then you shall see me sitting within the sun in the center of its ring +of light, encircled by the rainbow of a chief. + +"Still we shall not yet meet; our meeting shall be in the dusk of +evening, when the moon rises on the night of full moon; then I will meet +my wife. + +"After our marriage, then I will bring destruction over the earth upon +those who have done you wrong. + +"Therefore, take a sign for Laieikawai, a rainbow; thus shall I know my +wife." + +These words ended, she returned by the same way that she had climbed up, +and within one month found Kihanuilulumoku and told all briefly, "We are +all right; we have prospered." + +She entered into Kihanuilulumoku and swam over the ocean; as many days +as they were in going, so many were they in returning. + +They came to Olaa. Laieikawai and her companions were gone; the lizard +smelled all about Hawaii; nothing. They went to Maui; the lizard smelled +about; not a trace. + +He sniffed about Kahoolawe, Lanai, Molokai. Just the same. They came to +Kauai; the lizard sniffed about the coast, found nothing; sniffed +inland; there they were, living at Honopuwaiakua, and Kihanuilulumoku +threw forth Kahalaomapuana. + +The princess and her sisters saw her and rejoiced, but a stranger to the +seer was this younger sister, and he was terrified at sight of the +lizard; but because he was a prophet, he stilled his fear. + +Eleven months, ten days, and four days over it was since Kahalaomapuana +left Laieikawai and her companions until their return from +The-shining-heavens. + + + + +CHAPTER XXIX + + +When Kahalaomapuana returned from Kealohilani, from her journey in +search of a chief, she related the story of her trip, of its windings +and twistings, and all the things she had seen while she was away. + +When she recited the charge given her by Kaonohiokala, Laieikawai said +to her companions, "O comrades, as Kahalaomapuana tells me the message +of your brother and my husband, a strange foreboding weighs upon me, and +I am amazed; I supposed him to be a man, a mighty god that! When I think +of seeing him, however I may desire it, I am ready to die with fear +before he has even come to us." + +Her companions answered, "He is no god; he is a man like us, yet in his +nature and appearance godlike. He was the first-born of us; he was +greatly beloved by our parents; to him was given superhuman powers which +we have not, except Kahalaomapuana; only they two were given this power; +his taboo rank still remains; therefore, do not fear; when he comes, you +will see he is only a man like us." + +Now, before Kahalaomapuana's return from Kealohilani, the seer foresaw +what was to take place, one month before her return. Then the seer +prophesied, in these words: "A blessing descends upon us from the +heavens when the nights of full moon come. + +"When we hear the thunder peal in dry weather and in wet, then we shall +see over the earth rain and lightning, billows swell on the ocean, +freshets on the land, land and sea covered thick with fog, fine mist and +rain, and the beating of the ocean rain. + +"When this passes, on the day of full moon, in the dusk of the early +morning, at the time when the sun's rays strike the mountain tops, then +the earth shall behold a youth sitting within the eye of the sun, one +like the taboo child of my god. Afterwards the earth shall behold a +great destruction and shall see all the haughty snatched away out of the +land; then we shall be blessed, and our seed." + +When his daughters heard the seer's prophecy, they wondered within +themselves that he should prophesy at this distance, without knowing +anything about their sister's mission for which they waited. + +As a prophet it was his privilege to proclaim about Kauai those things +which he saw would come to pass. + +So, before leaving his daughters, he commanded them and said, "My +daughters, I am giving you my instructions before leaving you, not, +indeed, for long; but I go to announce those things which I have told +you, and shall return hither. Therefore, dwell here in this place, which +my god has pointed out to me, and keep yourselves pure until my prophecy +is fulfilled." + +The prophet went away, as he had determined, and he went into the +presence of the chiefs and men of position, at the place where the +chiefs were assembled; there he proclaimed what he had seen. + +And first he came to Aiwohikupua and said, "From this day, erect flag +signals around your dwelling, and bring inside all whom you love. + +"For there comes shortly a destruction over the earth; never has any +destruction been seen before like this which is to come; never will any +come hereafter when this destruction of which I tell is ended. + +"Before the coming of the wonder-worker he will give you a sign of +destruction, not over all the people of the land, but over you yourself +and your people; then the high ones of earth shall lie down before him +and your pride shall be taken from you. + +"If you listen to my word, then you will be spared from the destruction +that is verily to come; therefore, prepare yourselves at once." + +And because of the seer's words, he was driven away from before the +face of the chief. + +Thus he proclaimed to all the chiefs on Kauai, and the chiefs who +listened to the seer, they were spared. + +He went to Kekalukaluokewa, with his wife and all in their company. + +And as he said to Aiwohikupua, so he said to Kekalukaluokewa, and he +believed him. + +But Waka would not listen, and answered, "If a god is the one to bring +destruction, then I have another god to save me and my chiefs." + +And at Waka's words the seer turned to the chiefs and said, "Do not +listen to your grandmother, for a great destruction is coming over the +chiefs. Plant flag signals at once around you, and bring all dear to you +inside the signals you have set up, and whoever will not believe me, let +them fall in the great day of destruction. + +"When that day comes, the old women will lie down before the soles of +the feet of that mighty youth, and plead for life, and not get it, +because they have disbelieved the words of the prophet." + +And because Kekalukaluokewa knew that his former prophecies had been +fulfilled, therefore he rejected the old woman's counsel. When the seer +left the chief planted flag signals all around the palace and stayed +within the protected place as the prophet had commanded. + +At the end of his circuit, the seer returned and dwelt with his +daughters. + +For no other reason than love did the seer go to tell those things which +he saw. He had been back one day with his daughters at Honopuwaiakua +when Kahalaomapuana arrived, as described in the chapter before. + + + + +CHAPTER XXX + + +Ten days after Kahalaomapuana's return from Kealohilani came the first +of their brother's promised signs. + +So the signs began little by little during five days, and on the sixth +day the thunder cracked, the rain poured down, the ocean billows +swelled, the land was flooded, the lightning flashed, the mist closed +down, the rainbow arched, the colored cloud rose over the ocean. + +Then the seer said, "My daughters, the time is come when my prophecy is +fulfilled as I declared it to you." + +The daughters answered, "This is what we have been whispering about, for +first you told us these things while Kahalaomapuana had not yet +returned, and since her return she has told us the same thing again." + +Said Laieikawai, "I tremble and am astonished, and how can my fear be +stilled?" + +"Fear not; be not astonished; we shall prosper and become mighty ones +among the islands round about; none shall be above us; and you shall +rule over the land, and those who have done evil against you shall flee +from you and be chiefs no more. + +"For this have I followed you persistently through danger and cost and +through hard weariness, and I see prosperity for me and for my seed to +be mine through you." + +One month of bad weather over the land as the last sign; in the early +morning when the rays of the sun rose above the mountain, Kaonohiokala +was seen sitting within the smoking heat of the sun, right in the middle +of the sun's ring, encircled with rainbows and a red mist. + +Then the sound of shouting was heard all over Kauai at the sight of the +beloved child of Moanalihaikawaokele and Laukieleula, the great high +chief of Kahakaekaea and Nuumealani. + +Behold! a voice shouting, "The beloved of Hulumaniani! the wonderful +prophet! Hulumaniani! Give us life!" + +From morning until evening the shouting lasted, until they were hoarse +and could only point with their hands and nod their heads, for they were +hoarse with shouting for Kaonohiokala. + +Now, as Kaonohiokala looked down upon the earth, lo! Laieikawai was +clothed in the rainbow garment his sister, Kahalaomapuana, had brought +her; then through this sign he recognized Laieikawai as his betrothed +wife. + +In the dusk of the evening, at the rising of the bright full moon, he +entered the prophet's inclosure. + +When he came, all his sisters bowed down before him, and the prophet +before the Beloved. + +And Laieikawai was about to do the same; when, the Beloved saw +Laieikawai about to kneel he cried out, "O my wife and ruler! O +Laieikawai! do not kneel, we are equals." + +"My lord, I am amazed and tremble, and if you desire to take my life, it +is well; for never have I met before with anyone so terrible as this!" +answered Laieikawai. + +"I have not come to take your life, but on my sister's visit to me I +gave her a sign for me to know you by and recognize you as my betrothed +wife; and therefore have I come to fulfill her mission," so said +Kaonohiokala. + +When his sisters and the seer heard, then they shouted with joyful +voices, "Amen! Amen! Amen! it is finished, flown beyond!". They rose up +with joy in their eyes. + +Then he called to his sisters, "I take my wife and at this time of the +night will come again hither." Then his wife was caught away out of +sight of her companions, but the prophet had a glimpse of her being +carried on the rainbow to dwell within the moon; there they took in +pledge their moments of bliss. + +And the next night when the moon shone bright, at the time when its +light decreased, a rainbow was let down, fastened to the moon and +reaching to the earth; when the moon was directly over Honopuwaiakua, +then the chiefs appeared above in the sky in their majesty and stood +before the prophet, saying: "Go and summon all the people for ten days +to gather together in one place; then I will declare my wrath against +those who have done you wrong. + +"At the end of ten days, then we shall meet again, and I will tell you +what is well for you to do, and my sisters with you." + +When these words were ended the seer went away, and when he had departed +the five sisters were taken up to dwell with the wife in the shelter of +the moon. + +On the seer's circuit, according to the command of the Beloved, he did +not encounter a single person, for all had gone up to Pihanakalani, the +place where it had been predicted that victory should be accomplished. + +After ten days the seer returned to Honopuwaiakua; lo! it was deserted. + +Then Kaonohiokala met him, and the seer told him about the circuit he +had made at the Beloved's command. + +Then the prophet was taken up also to dwell in the moon. + +And in the morning of the next day, at sunrise, when the hot rays of the +sun rose over the mountains, + +Then the Beloved began to punish Aiwohikupua and Waka. To Waka he meted +out death, and Aiwohikupua was punished by being deprived of all his +wealth, to wander like a vagrant over the earth until the end of his +days. + +At the request of Laieikawai to spare Laielohelohe and her husband, the +danger passed them by, and they became rulers over the land thereafter. + +Now in the early morning of the day of Aiwohikupua's and Waka's +downfall, lo! the multitude assembled at Pihanakalani saw a rainbow let +down from the moon to earth, trembling in the hot rays of the sun. + +Then, as they all crowded together, the seer and the five girls stood on +the ladder way, and Kaonohiokala and Laieikawai apart, and the soles of +their feet were like fire. This was the time when Aiwohikupua and Waka +fell to the ground, and the seer's prophecy was fulfilled. + +When the chief had avenged them upon their enemies, the chief placed +Kahalaomapuana as ruler over them and stationed his other sisters over +separate islands. And Kekalukaluokewa was chief counsellor under +Laielohelohe, and the seer was their companion in council, with the +power of chief counsellor. + +After all these things were put in order and well established, +Laieikawai and her husband were taken on the rainbow to the land within +the clouds and dwelt in the husband's home. + +In case her sisters should do wrong then, it was Kahalaomapuana's duty +to bring word to the chief. + +But there was no fault to be found with his sisters until they left this +world. + + + + +CHAPTER XXXI + + +After the marriage of Laieikawai and Kaonohiokala, when his sisters and +the seer and Kekalukaluokewa and his wife were well established, after +all this had been set in order, they returned to the country in the +heavens called Kahakaekaea and dwelt in the taboo house on the borders +of Tahiti. + +And when she became wife under the marriage bond, all power was given +her as a god except that to see hidden things and those obscure deeds +which were done at a distance; only her husband had this power. + +Before they left Kauai to return to the heavens, a certain agreement was +made in their assembly at the government council. + +Lo! on that day, the rainbow pathway was let down from Nuumealani and +Kaonohiokala and Laieikawai mounted upon that way, and she laid her +last commands upon her sisters, the seer, and Laielohelohe; these were +her words: + +"My companions and our father the prophet, my sister born with me in the +womb and your husband, I return according to our agreement! leave you +and return to that place where you will not soon come to see me; +therefore, live in peace, for each alike has prospered, not one of you +lacks fortune. But Kaonohiokala will visit you to look after your +welfare." + +After these words they were borne away out of sight. And as to her +saying Kaonohiokala would come to look after the welfare of her +companions, this was the sole source of disturbance in Laieikawai's life +with her husband. + +While Laieikawai lived at home with her husband it was Kaonohiokala's +custom to come down from time to time to look after his sisters' welfare +and that of his young wife three times every year. + +They had lived perhaps five years under the marriage contract, and about +the sixth year of Laieikawai's happy life with her husband, Kaonohiokala +fell into sin with Laielohelohe without anyone knowing of his falling +into sin. + +After Laieikawai had lived three months above, Kaonohiokala went down to +look after his sister's welfare, and returned to Laieikawai; so he did +until the third year, and after three years of going below to see after +his sisters, lo! Laielohelohe was full-grown and her beauty had +increased and surpassed that of her sister, Laieikawai's. + +Not at this time, however, did Kaonohiokala fall into sin, but his +sinful longing had its beginning. + +On every trip Kaonohiokala took to do his work below, for four years, +lo! Laielohelohe's loveliness grew beyond what he had seen before, and +his sinful lust increased mightily, but by his nature as a child of god +he persisted in checking his lust; for perhaps a minute the lust flew +from him, then it clung to him once more. + +In the fifth year, at the end of the first quarter, Kaonohiokala went +away to do his work below. + +At that time virtue departed far from the mind of Kaonohiokala and he +fell into sin. + +Now at this time, when he met his sisters, the prophet and his _punalua_ +and their wife (Laielohelohe), Kaonohiokala began to redistribute the +land, so he called a fresh council. + +And to carry out his evil purpose, he transferred his sisters to be +guards over the land called Kealohilani, and arranged that they should +live with Mokukelekahiki and have charge of the land with him. + +When some of his sisters saw how much greater the honor was to become +chiefs in a land they had never visited, and serve with Mokukelekahiki +there, they agreed to consent to their brother's plan. + +But Kahalaomapuana would not consent to return to Kealohilani, for she +cared more for her former post of honor than to return to Kealohilani. + +And in refusing, she spoke to her brother as follows: "My high one, as +to your sending us to Kealohilani, let them go and I will remain here, +living as you first placed me; for I love the land and the people and am +accustomed to the life; and if I stay below here and you above and they +between, then all will be well, just as we were born of our mother; for +you broke the way, your little sisters followed you, and I stopped it +up; that was the end, and so it was." + +Now he knew that his youngest sister had spoken well; but because of +Kaonohiokala's great desire to get her away so that she would not detect +his mischievous doings, therefore he cast lots upon his sisters, and the +one upon whom, the lot rested must go back to Kealohilani. + +Said Kaonohiokala to his sisters, "Go and pull a grass flower; do not go +together, every one by herself, then the oldest return and give it to +me, in the order of your birth, and the one who has the longest grass +stem, she shall go to Kealohilani." + +Every one went separately and returned as they had been told. + +The first one went and pulled one about two inches in length, and the +second one pulled and broke her flower perhaps three inches and a half; +and the third, she pulled her grass stem about two inches long; and the +fourth of them, hers was about one inch long; and Kahalaomapuana did not +pull the tall flowers, she pulled a very short one, about three feet +long hers was, and she cut off half and came back, thinking her grass +stem was the shortest. + +But in comparing them, the oldest laid hers down before her brother. +Kahalaomapuana saw it and was much surprised, so she secretly broke hers +inside her clothing; but her brother saw her doing it and said, +"Kahalaomapuana, no fooling! leave your grass stem as it is." + +The others laid down theirs, but Kahalaomapuana did not show hers; said +he, "The lot rests upon you." + +Then she begged her brother to draw the lot again; again they drew lots, +again the lot rested upon Kahalaomapuana; Kahalaomapuana had nothing +left to say, for the lot rested upon her. + +Lo! she was sorrowful at separating herself from her own chief-house +and the people of the land; darkened was the princess's heart by the +unwelcome lot that sent her back to Kealohilani. + +And on the day when Kahalaomapuana was to depart for Kealohilani, the +rainbow was let down from above the earth. + +Then she said to her brother, "Let the pathway of my high one wait ten +days, and let the chiefs be gathered together and all the people of the +land, that I may show them my great love before you take me away." + +When Kaonohiokala saw that his sister's words were well, he granted her +wish; then the pathway was taken up again with her brother. + +And on the tenth day, the pathway was let down again before the +assembly, and Kahalaomapuana mounted upon the ladder way prepared for +her and turned with heavy heart, her eyes filled with a flood of tears, +the water drops of Kulanihakoi, and said: "O chiefs and people, I am +leaving you to return to a land unknown to you; only I and my older +sisters have visited it; it was not my wish to go back to this land; but +my hand decided my leaving you according to the lot laid by my divine +brother. But I know that every one of us has a god, no one is without; +now, therefore, do you pray to your god and I will pray to my god, and +if our prayer has might, then shall we meet again hereafter. Love to you +all, love to the land, we cease and disappear." + +Then she caught hold of her garment and held it up to her eyes before +the assembly to hide her feeling for the people and the land. And she +was borne by the rainbow to the land above the clouds, to Lanikuakaa, +the heavens higher up. + +The great reason why Kaonohiokala wished to separate Kahalaomapuana in +Kealohilani was to hide his evil doings with Laielohelohe, for +Kahalaomapuana was the only one who could see things done in secret; and +she was a resolute girl, not one to give in. Kaonohiokala thought she +might disclose to Moanalihaikawaokele this evil doing; so he got his +sister away, and by his supernatural arts he made the lot fall to +Kahalaomapuana. + +When his sister had gone, about the end of the second quarter of the +fifth year, he went away below to carry out his lustful design upon +Laielohelohe. + +Not just at that time, but he made things right with Kekalukaluokewa by +putting him in Kahalaomapuana's place and the seer as his chief +counsellor. + +Mailehaiwale was made governor on Kauai, Mailekaluhea on Oahu, +Mailelaulii on Maui and the other islands, Mailepakaha on Hawaii. + + + + +CHAPTER XXXII + + +When Kekalukaluokewa became head over the group, then Kaonohiokala sent +him to make a tour of the islands and perform the functions of a ruler, +and he put Laielohelohe in Kekalukaluokewa's place as his substitute. + +And for this reason Kekalukaluokewa took his chief counsellor (the +prophet) with him on the circuit. + +So Kekalukaluokewa left Pihanakalani and started on the business of +visiting the group; the same day Kaonohiokala left those below. + +When Kaonohiokala started to return he did not go all the way up, but +just watched that day the sailing of Kekalukaluokewa's canoes over the +ocean. + +Then Kaonohiokala came back down and sought the companionship of +Laielohelohe, but not just then was the sin committed. + +When the two met, Kaonohiokala asked Laielohelohe to separate herself +from the rest, and at the high chief's command the princess's retainers +withdrew. + +When Laielohelohe and Kaonohiokala were alone he said, "This is the +third year that I have desired you, for your beauty has grown and +overshadowed your sister's, Laieikawai's. Now at last my patience no +longer avails to turn away my passion from you." + +"O my high one," said Laielohelohe, "how can you rid yourself of your +passion? And what does my high one see fit to do?" + +"Let us know one another," said Kaonohiokala, "this is the only thing +to be done for me." + +Said Laielohelohe, "We can not touch one another, my high one, for the +one who brought me up from the time I was born until I found my husband, +he has strictly bound me not to defile my flesh with anyone; and, +therefore, my high one, it is his to grant your wish." + +When Kaonohiokala heard this, then he had some check to his passion, +then he returned to the heavens to his wife, Laieikawai. He had not been +ten days there when, he was again thick-pressed by the thunders of his +evil lust, and he could not hold out against it. + +To ease this passion he was again forced down below to meet +Laielohelohe. + +And having heard that her guardian who bound her must give his consent, +he first sought Kapukaihaoa and asked his consent to the chief's +purpose. + +So he went first and said to Kapukaihaoa: "I wish to unite myself with +Laielohelohe for a time, not to take her away altogether, but to ease my +heavy heart of its lust after your foster child; for I first begged my +boon of her, but she sent me for your consent, and so I have come to +you." + +Said Kapukaihaoa: "High one of the highest, I grant your request, my +high one; it is well for you to go in to my foster child; for no good +has come to me from my charge. It was our strong desire, mine and hers +who took care of your wife Laieikawai, that Kekalukaluokewa should be +our foster child's husband; very good, but in settling the rule over the +islands, the gain has gone to others and I have nothing. For he has +given all the islands to your sisters, and I have nothing, the one who +provided him with his wife; so it will be well, in order to avoid a +second misfortune, that you have the wife for the two of you." + +At the end of their secret conference, Kapukaihaoa went with the chief +to Laielohelohe. + +Said he, "My ward, here is the husband, be ruled by him; heavens above, +earth beneath; a solid fortune, nothing can shake its foundation; and +look to the one who bore the burden." + +Then Laielohelohe dismissed her doubts; and Kaonohiokala took +Laielohelohe and they took their pleasure together. + +Three days after, Kaonohiokala returned to Kahakaekaea. + +And after he had been some days absent, the pangs of love caught him +fast, and changed his usual appearance. + +Then on the fourth day of their separation, he told a lie to Laieikawai +and said, "This was a strange night for me, I never slept, there was a +drumming all night long." + +Said Laieikawai, "What was it?" + +Said Kaonohiokala, "Perhaps the people below are in trouble." + +"Perhaps so," said Laieikawai. "Why not go down and see?" + +And at his wife's mere suggestion, in less than no time Kaonohiokala was +below in the companionship of Laielohelohe. But Laielohelohe never +thought of harm; what was that to her mind! + +When they met at the chief's wish. Laielohelohe did not love +Kaonohiokala, for the princess did not wish to commit sin with the great +chief from the heavens, but to satisfy her guardian's greed. + +After perhaps ten days of these evil doings, Kaonohiokala returned +above. + +Then Laielohelohe's love for Kekalukaluokewa waxed and grew because she +had fallen into sin with Kaonohiokala. + +One day in the evening Laielohelohe said to Kapukaihaoa, "My good guard +and protector, I am sorry for my sin with Kaonohiokala, and love grows +within me for Kekalukaluokewa, my husband; good and happy has been our +life together, and I sinned not by my own wish, but through your wish +alone. What harm had you refused? I referred the matter to you because +of your binding me not to keep companionship with anyone; I thought you +would keep your oath; not so!" + +Said Kapukaihaoa, "I allowed you to be another's because your husband +gave me no gifts; for in my very face your husband's gifts were given to +others; there I stood, then you were gone. Little he thought of me from +whom he got his wife." + +Said Laielohelohe to her foster father, "If that is why you have given +me over to sin with Kaonohiokala, then you have done very wrong, for you +know the rulers over the islands were not appointed by Kekalukaluokewa, +but by Kaonohiokala; and therefore to-morrow I will go on board a double +canoe and set sail to seek my husband." + +That very evening she commanded her retainers, those who guarded the +chief's canoe, to get the canoe ready to set sail to seek the husband. + +And not wishing to meet Kaonohiokala, she hid inside the country +people's houses where he would not come, lest Kaonohiokala should come +again and sin with her against her wish; so she fled to the country +people's houses, but he did not come until that night when she had left +and was out at sea. + +When she sailed, she came to Oahu and stayed in the country people's +houses. So she journeyed until her meeting with Kekalukaluokewa. + +About the time that Laielohelohe was come to Oahu, that next day +Kaonohiokala came again to visit Laielohelohe; but on his arrival, no +Laielohelohe at the chief's house; he did not question the guard for +fear of his suspecting his sin with Laielohelohe. Now Laielohelohe had +secretly told the guard of the chief's house why she was going. And +failing in his desires he returned above. + +The report of his lord's falling into sin had reached the ears of the +chief through some of his retainers and he had heard also of +Laielohelohe's displeasure. + +Now the vagabond, Aiwohikupua, was one of the chief's retainers, he was +the one who heard these things. And when he heard Laielohelohe's reason +for setting sail to seek her husband, then he said to the palace guard, +"If Kaonohiokala returns again, and asks for Laielohelohe, tell him she +is ill, then he will not come back, for she would pollute Kaonohiokala +and our parents; when the uncleanness is over, then the deeds of Venus +may be done." + +When Kaonohiokala came again and questioned the guard then he was told +as Aiwohikupua had said, and he went back up again. + + + + +CHAPTER XXXIII + + +In Chapter XXXII of this story the reason was told why Laielohelohe went +in search of her husband. + +Now, she followed him from Kauai to Oahu and to Maui; she came to +Lahaina, heard Kekalukaluokewa was in Hana, having returned from Hawaii. + +She sailed by canoe and came to Honuaula; there they heard that +Hinaikamalama was Kekalukaluokewa's wife; the Honuaula people did not +know that this was his wife. + +When Laielohelohe heard this news, they hurried forward at once and +came to Kaupo and Kipahulu. There was substantiated the news they heard +first at Honuaula, and there they beached the canoe at Kapohue, left it, +went to Waiohonu and heard that Kekalukaluokewa and Hinaikamalama had +gone to Kauwiki, and they came to Kauwiki; Kekalukaluokewa and his +companion had gone on to Honokalani; many days they had been on the way. + +On their arrival at Kauwiki, that afternoon, Laielohelohe asked a native +of the place how much farther it was to Honokalani, where +Kekalukaluokewa and Hinaikamalama were staying. + +Said the native, "You can arrive by sundown." + +They went on, accompanied by the natives, and at dusk reached +Honokalani; there Laielohelohe sent the natives to see where the chiefs +were staying. + +The natives went and saw the chiefs drinking _awa_, and returned and +told them. + +Then Laielohelohe sent the natives again to go and see the chiefs, +saying, "You go and find out where the chiefs sleep, then return to us." + +And at her command, the natives went and found out where the chiefs +slept, and returned and told Laielohelohe. + +Then for the first time she told the natives that she was +Kekalukaluokewa's married wife. + +Before Laielohelohe's meeting with Kekalukaluokewa he had heard of her +falling into sin with Kaonohiokala; he heard it from one of +Kauakahialii's men, the one who became Aiwohikupua's chief counsellor; +and, because of that man's hearing about Laielohelohe, he came there to +tell Kekalukaluokewa. + +When Laielohelohe and her companions came to the house where +Kekalukaluokewa was staying, lo! they lay sleeping in the same place +under one covering, drunk with _awa_. + +Laielohelohe entered and sat down at their heads, kissed him and wept +quietly over him; but the fountain of her tears overflowed when she saw +another woman sleeping by her husband, nor did they know this; for they +were drunk with _awa_. + +Then Laielohelohe did not stay her anger against Hinaikamalama. So she +got between them, pushed Hinaikamalama away, took Kekalukaluokewa and +embraced him, and wakened him. + +Then Kekalukaluokewa started from his sleep and saw his wife; just then, +Hinaikamalama waked suddenly from sleep and saw this strange woman with +them; she ran away from them in a rage, not knowing this was +Kekalukaluokewa's wife. + +When Kekalukaluokewa saw the anger in Hinaikamalama's eyes as she went, +then he said, "O Hinaikamalama, will you run to people with angry eyes? +Do not take this woman for a stranger, she is my wedded wife." Then her +rage left her and shame and fear took the place of rage. + +When Kekalukaluokewa awoke from his drunken sleep and saw his wife +Laielohelohe, they kissed as strangers meet. + +Then he said to his wife, "Laielohelohe, I have heard about your falling +into sin with our lord, Kaonohiokala, and now this is well for you and +him, and well for me to rule under you two; for from him this honor +comes, and life and death are with him; if I should object, he would +kill me; therefore, whatever our lord wishes it is best for us to obey; +it was not for my pleasure that I gave you up, but for fear of death." + +Then Laielohelohe said to her husband, "Where are you, husband of my +childhood? What you have heard is true, and it is true that I have +fallen into sin with the lord of the land, not many times, only twice +have we sinned; but, my husband, it was not I who consented to defile my +body with our lord, but it was my guardian who permitted the sin; for on +the day when you went away, that very day our lord asked me to defile +myself; but I did not wish it, therefore I referred my refusal to him; +but on his return from above he asked Kapukaihaoa, and so we met twice; +and because I did not like it, I hid myself in the country people's +houses, and for the same reason have I left the seat appointed me, and +have sought you; and when I arrived, I found you with that woman. +Therefore we are square; I have nothing to complain of your you have +nothing to complain of me; therefore, leave this woman this very night." + +Now his wife's words seemed right to her husband; but at Laielohelohe's +last request to separate them from their sinful companionship, then was +kindled the fire of Hinaikamalama's hot love for Kekalukaluokewa. + +Hinaikamalama returned home to Haneoo to live; every day that +Hinaikamalama stayed at her chief-house, she was wont to sit at the door +of the house and turn her face to Kauwiki, for the hot love that wrapped +her about. + +One day, as the princess sought to ease the love she bore to +Kekalukaluokewa, she climbed Kaiwiopele with her attendants, and sat +there with her face turned toward Kauwiki, facing Kahalaoaka, and as the +clouds rested there right above Honokalahi then the heart of the +princess was benumbed with love for her lover; then she chanted a little +song, as follows: + + Like a gathering cloud love settles upon me, + Thick darkness wraps my heart. + A stranger perhaps at the door of the house, + My eyes dance. + It may be they weep, alas! + I shall be weeping for you. + As flies the sea spray of Hanualele, + Right over the heights of Honokalani. + My high one! So it is I feel. + +After this song she wept, and seeing her weep, her attendants wept with +her. + +They sat there until evening, then they returned to the house; her +parents and her attendants commanded her to eat, but she had no appetite +for food because of her love. + +It was the same with Kekalukaluokewa, for when Hinaikamalama left +Kekalukaluokewa that night, when Laielohelohe came, the chief was not +happy, but he endured it for some days after their separation. + +And on the day when Hinaikamalama went up on Kaiwiopele, that same +night, he went to Hinaikamalama without Laielohelohe's knowledge, for +she was asleep. + +While Hinaikamalama lay awake, sleepless for love, entered +Kekalukaluokewa, without the knowledge of anyone in the chief's house. + +When Kekalukaluokewa came, he went right to the place where the princess +slept, took the woman by the head and wakened her. + +Then Hinaikamalama's heart leaped with the hope it was her lover; now +when she seized him it was in truth the one she had hoped for. Then she +called out to the attendants to light the lamps, and at dawn +Kekalukaluokewa returned to his true wife, Laielohelohe. After that, +Kekalukaluokewa went to Hinaikamalama every night without being seen; +ten whole days passed that the two did evil together without the wife +knowing it; for in order to carry out her husband's desire +Laielohelohe's senses were darkened by the effects of _awa_. + +One day one of the native-born women of the place felt pity for +Laielohelohe, therefore the woman went to visit the princess. + +While Kekalukaluokewa was in the fiber-combing house with the men, the +woman visited with Laielohelohe, and she said mysteriously, "How is your +husband? Does he not struggle and groan sometimes for the woman?" + +Said Laielohelohe, "No; all is well with us." + +Said the woman again, "It may be he is deceiving you." + +"Perhaps so," answered Laielohelohe, "but so far as I see we are living +very happily." + +Then the woman told her plainly, "Where are you? Our garden patch is +right on the edge of the road; my husband gets up to dig in our garden. +As he was digging, Kekalukaluokewa came along from Haneoo; my husband +thought at once he had been with Hinaikamalama; my husband returned and +told me, but I was not sure. On the next night, at moonrise, I got up +with my husband, and we went to fish for red fish in the sea at Haneoo; +as we came to the edge of the gulch, we saw some one appear above the +rise we had just left; then we turned aside and hid; it was +Kekalukaluokewa coming; then we followed his footsteps until we came +close to Hinaikamalama's house; here Kekalukaluokewa entered. After we +had fished and returned to the place where we met him first, we met him +going back, and we did not speak to him nor he to us; that is all, and +this day Hinaikamalama's own guard told me--my husband's sister she +is--ten days the chiefs have been together; that is my secret; and +therefore my husband and I took pity on you and I came to tell you." + + + + +CHAPTER XXXIV + + +And at the woman's words, the princess's mind was moved; not at once did +she show her rage; but she waited but to make sure. She said to the +woman, "No wonder my husband forces me to drink _awa_ so that when I am +asleep under the influence of the _awa_, he can go; but to-night I will +follow him." + +That night Kekalukaluokewa again gave her the _awa_, then she obeyed +him, but after she had drunk it all, she went outside the house +immediately and threw it up; and afterwards her husband did not know of +his wife's guile, and she returned to the house, and Laielohelohe lay +down and pretended to sleep. + +When Kekalukaluokewa thought that his wife was fast asleep under the +effects of the _awa_, then he started to make his usual visit to +Hinaikamalama. + +When Laielohelohe saw that he had left her, she arose and followed +Kekalukaluokewa without being seen. + +Thus following, lo! she found her husband with Hinaikamalama. + +Then Laielohelohe said to Kekalukaluokewa, when she came to +Hinaikamalama's house where they were sleeping, "My husband, you have +deceived me; no wonder you compelled me to drink _awa_, you had +something to do; now I have found you two, I tell you it is not right to +endure this any longer. We had best return to Kauai; we must go at +once." + +Her husband saw that the princess was right; they arose and returned to +Honokalani and next day the canoes were hastily prepared to fulfill +Laielohelohe's demand, thinking to sail that night; but they did not, +for Kekalukaluokewa pretended to be ill, and they postponed going that +night. The next day he did the same thing again, so Laielohelohe gave up +her love for her husband and returned to Kauai with her canoe, without +thinking again of Kekalukaluokewa. + +The next day after Laielohelohe reached Kauai after leaving her husband, +Kaonohiokala arrived again from Kahakaekaea, and met with Laielohelohe. + +Four months passed of their amorous meetings; this long absence of +Kaonohiokala's seemed strange to Laieikawai, he had been away four +months; and as Laieikawai wondered at the long absence, Kaonohiokala +returned. + +Laieikawai asked, "Why were you gone four months? You have not done so +before." + +Said Kaonohiokala, "Laielohelohe has had trouble with her husband; +Kekalukaluokewa has taken a stranger to wife, and this is why I was so +long away." + +Then Laieikawai said to her husband, "Get your wife and bring her up +here and let us live together." + +Therefore, Kaonohiokala left Laieikawai and went away, as Laieikawai +thought, to carry out her command. Not so! + +On this journey Kaonohiokala stayed away a year; now Laieikawai did not +think her husband's long stay strange, she laid it to Laielohelohe's +troubles with Kekalukaluokewa. + +Then she longed to see how it was with her sister, so Laieikawai went to +her father-in-law and asked, "How can I see how it is with my sister, +for I have heard from my husband and high one that Laielohelohe is +having trouble with Kekalukaluokewa, and so I have sent Kaonohiokala to +fetch the woman and return hither; but he has not come back, and it is a +year since he went, so give me power to see to that distant place to +know how it is with my relatives." + +Then said Moanalihaikawaokele, her father-in-law, "Go home and look for +your mother-in-law; if she is asleep, then go into the taboo temple; if +you see a gourd plaited with straw and feathers mounted on the edge of +the cover, that is the gourd. Do not be afraid of the great birds that +stand on either side of the gourd, they are not real birds, only wooden +birds; they are plaited with straw and inwrought with feathers. And when +you come to where the gourd is standing take off the cover, then put +your head into the mouth of the gourd and call out the name of the +gourd, 'Laukapalili, Trembling Leaf, give me wisdom.' Then you shall see +your sister and all that is happening below. Only when you call do not +call in a loud voice; it might resound; your mother-in-law, Laukieleula, +might hear, the one who guards the gourd of wisdom." + +Laukieleula was wont to watch the gourd of wisdom, at night, and by day +she slept. + +Very early next morning, at the time when the sun's warmth began to +spread over the earth, she went to spy out Laukieleula; she was just +asleep. + +When she saw she was asleep Laieikawai did as Moanalihaikawaokele had +directed, and she went as he had instructed her. + +When she came to the gourd, the one called "the gourd of wisdom," she +lifted the cover from the gourd and bent her head to the mouth of the +gourd, and she called the name of the gourd, then she began to see all +that was happening at a distance. + +At noon Laieikawai's eyes glanced downward, lo! Kaonohiokala sinned with +Laielohelohe. + +Then Laieikawai went and told Moanalihaikawaokele about it, saying, "I +have employed the power you gave me, but while I was looking my high +lord sinned; he did evil with my sister; for the first time I understand +why his business takes him so long down below." + +Then Moanalihaikawaokele's wrath was kindled, and Laukieleula heard it +also, and her parents-in-law went to the gourd--lo! they plainly saw the +sin committed as Laieikawai had said. + +That day they all came together, Laieikawai and her parents-in-law, to +see what to do about Kaonohiokala, and they came to their decision. + +Then the pathway was let down from Kahakaekaea and dropped before +Kaonohiokala; then Kaonohiokala's heart beat with fear, because the road +dropped before him; not for long was Kaonohiokala left to wonder. + +Then the air was darkened and it was filled with the cry of wailing +spirits and the voice of lamentation--"The divine one has fallen! The +divine one has fallen!!" And when the darkness was over, lo! +Moanalihaikawaokele and Laukieleula and Laieikawai sat above the rainbow +pathway. + +And Moanalihaikawaokele said to Kaonohiokala, "You have sinned, O +Kaonohiokala, for you have defiled yourself and, therefore, you shall no +longer have a place to dwell within Kahakaekaea, and the penalty you +shall pay, to become a fearsome thing on the highway and at the doors of +houses, and your name is Lapu, Vanity, and for your food you shall eat +moths; and thus shall you live and your posterity." + +Then was the pathway taken from him through his father's supernatural +might. Then they returned to Kahakaekaea. + +In this story it is told how Kaonohiokala was the first ghost on these +islands, and from his day to this, the ghosts wander from place to +place, and they resemble evil spirits in their nature.[76] + +On the way back after Kaonohiokala's punishment, they encountered +Kahalaomapuana in Kealohilani, and for the first time discovered she was +there. + +And at this discovery, Kahalaomapuana told the story of her dismissal, +as we saw in Chapter XXVII of this story, and at the end Kahalaomapuana +was taken to fill Kaonohiokala's place. + +At Kahakaekaea, sometimes Laieikawai longed for Laielohelohe, but she +could do nothing; often she wept for her sister, and her parents-in-law +thought it strange to see Laieikawai's eyes looking as if she had wept. + +Moanalihaikawaokele asked the reason for this; then she told him she +wept for her sister. + +Said Moanalihaikawaokele, "Your sister can not live here with us, for +she is defiled with Kaonohiokala; but if you want your sister, then you +go and fill Kekalukaluokewa's place." Now Laieikawai readily assented to +this plan. + +And on the day when Laieikawai was let down, Moanalihaikawaokele said, +"Return to your sister and live virgin until your death, and from this +time forth your name shall be no longer called Laieikawai, but your name +shall be 'The Woman of the Twilight,' and by this name shall all your +kin bow down to you and you shall be like a god to them." + +And after this command, Moanalihaikawaokele took her, and both together +mounted upon the pathway and returned below. + +Then, Moanalihaikawaokele said all these things told above, and when he +had ended he returned to the heavens and dwelt in the taboo house on the +borders of Tahiti. + +Then, The Woman of the Twilight placed the government upon the seer; so +did Laieikawai, the one called The Woman of the Twilight, and she lived +as a god, and to her the seer bowed down and her kindred, according to +Moanalihaikawaokele's word to her. And so Laieikawai lived until her +death. + +And from that time to this she is still worshiped as The Woman of the +Twilight. + +(THE END) + + + + +NOTES ON THE TEXT + + +CHAPTER I + +[Footnote 1: Haleole uses the foreign form for wife, _wahine mare_, +literally "married woman," a relation which in Hawaiian is represented +by the verb _hoao_. A temporary affair of the kind is expressed in +Waka's advice to her granddaughter, "_O ke kane ia moeia_," literally, +"the man this to be slept with".] + +[Footnote 2: The chief's vow, _olelo paa_, or "fixed word," to slay all +his daughters, would not be regarded as savage by a Polynesian audience, +among whom infanticide was commonly practiced. In the early years of the +mission on Hawaii, Dibble estimated that two-thirds of the children born +perished at the hands of their parents. They were at the slightest +provocation strangled or burned alive, often within the house. The +powerful Areois society of Tahiti bound its members to slay every child +born to them. The chief's preference for a son, however, is not so +common, girls being prized as the means to alliances of rank. It is an +interesting fact that in the last census the proportion of male and +female full-blooded Hawaiians was about equal.] + +[Footnote 3: The phrase _nalo no hoi na wahi huna_, which means literally +"conceal the secret parts," has a significance akin to the Hebrew rendering +"to cover his nakedness," and probably refers to the duty of a favorite to +see that no enemy after death does insult to his patron's body. So the +bodies of ancient chiefs are sewed into a kind of bag of fine woven coconut +work, preserving the shape of the head and bust, or embalmed and wrapped in +many folds of native cloth and hidden away in natural tombs, the secret of +whose entrance is intrusted to only one or two followers, whose +superstitious dread prevents their revealing the secret, even when offered +large bribes. These bodies, if worshiped, may be repossessed by the spirit +and act as supernatural guardians of the house. See page 494, where the +Kauai chief sets out on his wedding embassy with "the embalmed bodies of +his ancestors." Compare, for the service itself, Waka's wish that the Kauai +chief might be the one to hide her bones, the prayer of Aiwohikupua's seer +that his master might, in return for his lifelong service, "bury his +bones"--"_e kalua keai mau iwi_," and his request of Laieikawai, that she +would "leave this trust to your descendants unto the last generation."] + +[Footnote 4: Prenatal infanticide, _omilomilo_, was practiced in various +forms throughout Polynesia even in such communities as rejected +infanticide after birth. The skeleton of a woman, who evidently died +during the operation, is preserved in the Bishop Museum to attest the +practice, were not testimony of language and authority conclusive.] + +[Footnote 5: The _manini_ (_Tenthis sandvicensis_, Street) is a +flat-shaped striped fish common in Hawaiian waters. The spawn, called +_ohua_, float in a jellylike mass on the surface of the water. It is +considered a great delicacy and must be fished for in the early morning +before the sun touches the water and releases the spawn, which instantly +begin to feed and lose their rare transparency.] + +[Footnote 6: The month _Ikuwa_ is variously placed in the calendar year. +According to Malo, on Hawaii it corresponds to our October; on Molokai +and Maui, to January; on Oahu, to August; on Kauai, to April.] + +[Footnote 7: The adoption by their grandparents and hiding away of the +twins must be compared with a large number of concealed birth tales in +which relatives of superior supernatural power preserve the hero or +heroine at birth and train and endow their foster children for a life of +adventure. This motive reflects Polynesian custom. Adoption was by no +means uncommon among Polynesians, and many a man owed his preservation +from death to the fancy of some distant relative who had literally +picked him off the rubbish heap to make a pet of. The secret amours of +chiefs, too, led, according to Malo (p. 82), to the theme of the high +chief's son brought up in disguise, who later proves his rank, a theme +as dear to the Polynesian as to romance lovers of other lands.] + + + + +CHAPTER II + + +[Footnote 8: The _iako_ of a canoe are the two arched sticks which hold +the outrigger. The _kua iako_ are the points at which they are bound to +the canoe, or rest upon it, aft and abaft of the canoe.] + +[Footnote 9: The verb _hookuiia_ means literally "cause to be pierced" +as with a needle or other sharp instrument. _Kui_ describes the act of +piercing, _hoo_ is the causative prefix, _ia_ the passive particle, +which was, in old Hawaiian, commonly attached to the verb as a suffix. +The Hawaiian speech expresses much more exactly than our own the +delicate distinction between the subject in its active and passive +relation to an action, hence the passive is vastly more common. Mr. J.S. +Emerson points out to me a classic example of the passive used as an +imperative--an old form unknown to-day--in the story of the rock, Lekia, +the "pohaku o Lekia" which overlooks the famous Green Lake at Kapoho, +Puna. Lekia, the demigod, was attacked by the magician, Kaleikini, and +when almost overcome, was encouraged by her mother, who called out, +"_Pohaku o Lekia, onia a paa_"--"be planted firm." This the demigod +effected so successfully as never again to be shaken from her position.] + +[Footnote 10: Hawaiian challenge stories bring out a strongly felt +distinction in the Polynesian mind between these two provinces, _maloko +a mawaho_, "inside and outside" of a house. When the boy Kalapana comes +to challenge his oppressor he is told to stay outside; inside is for the +chief. "Very well," answers the hero, "I choose the outside; anyone who +comes out does so at his peril." So he proves that he has the better of +the exclusive company.] + +[Footnote 11: In his invocation the man recognizes the two classes of +Hawaiian society, chiefs and common people, and names certain +distinctive ranks. The commoners are the farming class, _hu, makaainu, +lopakuakea, lopahoopiliwale_ referring to different grades of tenant +farmers. Priests and soothsayers are ranked with chiefs, whose +households, _aialo_, are made up of hangers-on of lower rank--courtiers +as distinguished from the low-ranking countrymen--_makaaina_--who remain +on the land. Chiefs of the highest rank, _niaupio_, claim descent within +the single family of a high chief. All high-class chiefs must claim +parentage at least of a mother of the highest rank; the low chiefs, +_kaukaualii_, rise to rank through marriage (Malo, p. 82). The _ohi_ are +perhaps the _wohi_, high chiefs who are of the highest rank on the +father's side and but a step lower on the mother's.] + +[Footnote 12: With this judgment of beauty should be compared +Fornander's story of _Kepakailiula_, where "mother's brothers" search +for a woman beautiful enough to wed their protegé, but find a flaw in +each candidate; and the episode of the match of beauty in the tale of +_Kalanimanuia_.] + + + + +CHAPTER III + + +[Footnote 13: The building of a _heiau_, or temple, was a common means +of propitiating a deity and winning his help for a cause. Ellis records +(1825) that on the journey from Kailua to Kealakekua he passed at least +one _heiau_ to every half mile. The classic instance in Hawaiian history +is the building of the great temple of Puukohala at Kawaihae by +Kamehamaha, in order to propitiate his war god, and the tolling thither +of his rival, Keoua, to present as the first victim upon the altar, a +treachery which practically concluded the conquest of Hawaii. Malo (p. +210) describes the "days of consecration of the temple."] + +[Footnote 14: The nights of Kane and of Lono follow each other on the +27th and 28th of the month and constitute the days of taboo for the god +Kane. Four such taboo seasons occur during the month, each lasting from +two to three days and dedicated to the gods Ku, Kanaloa, and Kane, and +to Hua at the time of full moon. The night Kukahi names the first night +of the taboo for Ku, the highest god of Hawaii.] + +[Footnote 15: By _kahoaka_ the Hawaiians designate "the spirit or soul +of a person still living," in distinction from the _uhane_, which may be +the spirit of the dead. _Aka_ means shadow, likeness; _akaku_, that kind +of reflection in the mists which we call the "specter in the brocken." +_Hoakaku_ means "to have a vision," a power which seers possess. Since +the spirit may go abroad independently of the body, such romantic shifts +as the vision of a dream lover, so magically introduced into more +sophisticated romance, are attended with no difficulties of plausibility +to a Polynesian mind. It is in a dream that Halemano first sees the +beauty of Puna. In a Samoan story (Taylor, I, 98) the sisters catch the +image of their brother in a bottle and throw it upon the princess's +bathing pool. When the youth turns over at home, the image turns in the +water.] + +[Footnote 16: The feathers of the _oo_ bird (_Moho nobilis_), with which +the princess's house is thatched, are the precious yellow feathers used +for the manufacture of cloaks for chiefs of rank. The _mamo_ (_Drepanis +pacifica_) yields feathers of a richer color, but so distributed that +they can not be plucked from the living bird. This bird is therefore +almost extinct in Hawaiian forests, while the _oo_ is fast recovering +itself under the present strict hunting laws. Among all the royal capes +preserved in the Bishop Museum, only one is made of the _mamo_ +feathers.] + +[Footnote 17: The reference to the temple of Pahauna is one of a number +of passages which concern themselves with antiquarian interest. In these +and the transition passages the hand of the writer is directly visible.] + +[Footnote 18: The whole treatment of the Kauakahialii episode suggests an +inthrust. The flute, whose playing won for the chief his first bride, plays +no part at all in the wooing of Laieikawai and hence is inconsistently +emphasized. Given a widely sung hero like Kauakahialii, whose flute playing +is so popularly connected with his love making, and a celebrated heroine +like the beauty who dwelt among the birds of Paliuli, and the story-tellers +are almost certain to couple their names in a tale, confused as regards the +flute, to be sure, but whose classic character is perhaps attested by the +grace of the description. The Hebraic form in which the story of the +approach of the divine beauty is couched can not escape the reader, and may +be compared with the advent of the Sun god later in the story. There is +nothing in the content of this story to justify the idea that the chief had +lost his first wife, Kailiokalauokekoa, unless it be the fact that he is +searching Hawaii for another beauty. Perhaps, like the heroine of +_Halemano_, the truant wife returns to her husband through jealousy of her +rival's attractions. A special relation seems to exist in Hawaiian story +between Kauai and the distant Puna on Hawaii, at the two extremes of the +island group: it is here that _Halemano_ from Kauai weds the beauty of his +dream, and it is a Kauai boy who runs the sled race with Pele in the famous +myth of _Kalewalo_. With the Kauakahialii tale (found in _Hawaiian Annual_, +1907, and Paradise of the Pacific, 1911) compare Grey's New Zealand story +(p. 235) of Tu Tanekai and Tiki playing the horn and the pipe to attract +Hinemoa, the maiden of Rotorua. In Malo, p. 117, one of the popular stories +of this chief is recorded, a tale that resembles Gill's of the spirit +meeting of Watea and Papa.] + +[Footnote 19: These are all wood birds, in which form Gill tells us (Myths +and Songs, p. 35) the gods spoke to man in former times. Henshaw tells us +that the _oo_ (_Moho nobilis_) has "a long shaking note with ventriloquial +powers." The _alala_ is the Hawaiian crow (_Corvus hawaiiensis_), whose +note is higher than in our species. If, as Henshaw says, its range is +limited to the dry Kona and Kau sections, the chief could hardly hear its +note in the rainy uplands of Puna. But among the forest trees of Puna the +crimson _apapane_ (_Himatione sanguinea_) still sounds its "sweet +monotonous note;" the bright vermillion _iiwipolena_ (_Vectiaria coccinea_) +hunts insects and trills its "sweet continual song;" the "four liquid +notes" of the little rufous-patched _elepaio_ (_Eopsaltria sandvicensis_), +beloved of the canoe builder, is commonly to be heard. Of the birds +described in the Laielohelohe series the cluck of the _alae_ (_Gallinula +sandricensis_) I have heard only in low marshes by the sea, and the +_ewaewaiki_ I am unable to identify. Andrews calls it the cry of a spirit.] + +[Footnote 20: _Moaulanuiakea_ means literally "Great-broad-red-cock," +and is the name of Moikeka's house in Tahiti, where he built the temple +Lanikeha near a mountain Kapaahu. His son Kila journeys thither to fetch +his older brother, and finds it "grand, majestic, lofty, thatched with +the feathers of birds, battened with bird bones, timbered with _kauila_ +wood." (See Fornander's _Kila_.)] + + + + +CHAPTER IV + + +[Footnote 21: Compare Gill's story of the first god, Watea, who dreams +of a lovely woman and finds that she is Papa, of the underworld, who +visits him in dreams to win him as her lover. (Myths and Songs, p. 8.)] + +[Footnote 22: In the song the girl is likened to the lovely _lehua_, +blossom, so common to the Puna forests, and the lover's longing to the +fiery crater, Kilauea, that lies upon their edge. The wind is the +carrier of the vision as it blows over the blossoming forest and +scorches its wing across the flaming pit. In the _Halemano_ story the +chief describes his vision as follows: "She is very beautiful. Her eyes +and form are perfect. She has long, straight, black hair and she seems +to be of high rank, like a princess. Her garment seems scented with the +_pele_ and _mahuna_ of Kauai, her skirt is made of some very light +material dyed red. She wears a _hala_ wreath on her head and a _lehua_ +wreath around her neck."] + +[Footnote 23: No other intoxicating liquor save _awa_ was known to the +early Hawaiians, and this was sacred to the use of chiefs. So high is +the percentage of free alcohol in this root that it has become an +article of export to Germany for use in drug making. Vancouver, +describing the famous Maui chief, Kahekili, says: "His age I suppose +must have exceeded 60. He was greatly debilitated and emaciated, and +from the color of his skin I judged his feebleness to have been brought +on by excessive use of _awa_."] + +[Footnote 21: In the Hawaiian form of checkers, called _konane_, the +board, _papamu_, is a flat surface of stone or wood, of irregular shape, +marked with depressions if of stone, often by bone set in if of wood; +these depressions of no definite number, but arranged ordinarily at +right angles. The pieces are beach pebbles, coral for white, lava for +black. The smallest board in the museum collection holds 96, the +largest, of wood, 180 men. The board is set up, leaving one space empty, +and the game is played by jumping, the color remaining longest on the +board winning the game. _Konane_ was considered a pastime for chiefs and +was accompanied by reckless betting. An old native conducting me up a +valley in Kau district, Hawaii, pointed out a series of such evenly set +depressions on the flat rock floor of the valley and assured me that +this must once have been a chief's dwelling place.] + +[Footnote 25: The _malo_ is a loin cloth 3 or 4 yards long and a foot +wide, one end of which passes between the legs and fastens in front. The +red _malo_ is the chief's badge, and his bodyguard, says Malo, wear the +girdle higher than common and belted tight as if ready for instant +service. Aiwohikupua evidently travels in disguise as the mere follower +of a chief.] + +[Footnote 28: In Hawaiian warfare, the biggest boaster was the best man, +and to shame an antagonist by taunts was to score success. In the +ceremonial boxing contest at the Makahiki festivities for Lono, god of +the boxers, as described by Malo, the "reviling recitative" is part of +the program. In the story of _Kawelo_, when his antagonist, punning on +his grandfather's name of "cock," calls him a "mere chicken that +scratches after roaches," Kawelo's sense of disgrace is so keen that he +rolls down the hill for shame, but luckily bethinking himself that the +cock roosts higher than the chief (compare the Arab etiquette that +allows none higher than the king), and that out of its feathers, brushes +are made which sweep the chief's back, he returns to the charge with a +handsome retort which sends his antagonist in ignominious retreat. In +the story of Lono, when the nephews of the rival chiefs meet, a sparring +contest of wit is set up, depending on the fact that one is short and +fat, the other long and lanky, "A little shelf for the rats," jeers the +tall one. "Little like the smooth quoit that runs the full course," +responds the short one, and retorts "Long and lanky, he will go down in +the gale like a banana tree." "Like the _ea_ banana that takes long to +ripen," is the quick reply. Compare also the derisive chants with which +Kuapakaa drives home the chiefs of the six districts of Hawaii who have +got his father out of favor, and Lono's taunts against the revolting +chiefs of Hawaii.] + +[Footnote 27: The idiomatic passages "_aohe puko momona o Kohala_," +etc., and (on page 387) "_e huna oukou i ko oukou mau maka i ke aouli_" +are of doubtful interpretation.] + +[Footnote 28: This boast of downing an antagonist with a single blow is +illustrated in the story of _Kawelo_. His adversary, Kahapaloa, has +struck him down and is leaving him for dead. "Strike again, he may +revive," urge his supporters. Kahapaloa's refusal is couched in these +words: + + "He is dead; for it is a blow from the young, + The young must kill with a blow + Else will the fellow go down to Milu + And say Kahapaloa struck frim twice, + Thus was the fighter slain." + +All Hawaiian stories of demigods emphasize the ease of achievement as a +sign of divine rather than human capacity.] + + + + +CHAPTER V + + +[Footnote 29: Shaking hands was of foreign introduction and marks one of +the several inconsistencies in Haleole's local coloring, of which "the +deeds of Venus" is the most glaring. He not only uses such foreign +coined words as _wati_, "watch," and _mare_, "marry," but terms which +are late Hawaiian, such as the triple canoe, _pukolu_, and provision +boat, _pelehu_, said to have been introduced in the reign of Kaméhaméha +I.] + +[Footnote 30: Famous Hawaiian boxing teachers kept master strokes in +reserve for the pupils, upon whose success depended their own +reputation. These strokes were known by name. Compare Kawelo, who before +setting out to recapture Kauai sends his wife to secure from his +father-in-law the stroke called _wahieloa_. The phrase "_Ka ai a ke kumu +i ao oleia ia oukou_" has been translated with a double-punning meaning, +literal and figurative, according to the interpretation of the words. +Cold-nose's faith in his girdle parodies the far-fetched dependence upon +name signs common to this punning race. The snapping of the end of his +loin cloth is a good omen for the success of a stroke named +"End-that-sounds"! Even his supporters jeer at him.] + +[Footnote 31: Few similes are used in the story. This figure of the +"blood of a lamb," the "blow like the whiz of the wind," the _moo_ +ploughing the earth with his jaw "like a shovel," a picture of the surf +rider--"foam rose on each side of his neck like a boar's tusks," and the +appearance of the Sun god's skin, "like a furnace where iron is melted," +will, perhaps, cover them all. In each the figure is exact, but +ornamental, evidently used to heighten the effect. Images are +occasionally elaborated with exact realization of the bodily sensation +produced. The rainbow "trembling in the hot rays of the sun" is an +example, and those passages which convey the lover's sensations--"his +heart fainted with love," "thick pressed with thunders of love," or such +an image as "the burden of his mind was lifted." Sometimes the image +carries the comparison into another field, as in "the windings and +twistings of his journey"--a habit of mind well illustrated in the +occasional proverbs, and in the highly figurative songs.] + +[Footnote 32: The Polynesians, like the ancient Hebrews, practiced +circumcision with strict ceremonial observances.] + +[Footnote 33: The gods invoked by Aiwohikupua are not translated with +certainty, but they evidently represent such forces of the elements as +we see later belong among the family deities of the Aiwohikupua +household. Prayer as an invocation to the gods who are called upon for +help is one of the most characteristic features of native ritual, and +the termination _amama_, generally accompanied by the finishing phrases +_ua noa_, "it is finished," and _lele wale aku la_, "flown away," is +genuine Polynesian. Literally _mama_ means "to chew," but not for the +purpose of swallowing like food, but to spit out of the mouth, as in the +preparation of _awa_. The term may therefore, authorities say, be +connected with the ceremonial chewing of _awa_ in the ritualistic +invocations to the gods. A similar prayer quoted by Gill (Myths and +Songs, 120) he ascribes to the antiquity of the story.] + +[Footnote 34: The _laau palau_, literally "wood-that-cuts," which Wise +translates "war club," has not been identified on Hawaii in the Bishop +Museum, but is described from other groups. Gill, from the Hervey +Islands, calls it a sharpened digging stick, used also as a weapon. The +gigantic dimensions of these sticks and their appellations are +emphasized in the hero tales.] + +[Footnote 35: The Hawaiian cloak or _kihei_ is a large square, 2 yards +in size, made of bark cloth worn over the shoulders and joined by two +corners on one side in a knot.] + +[Footnote 36: The meaning of the idiomatic boast _he lala kamahele no ka +laau ku i ka pali_ is uncertain. I take it to be a punning reference to +the Pali family from whom the chief sprang, but it may simply be a way +of saying "I am a very high chief." Kamahele is a term applied to a +favorite and petted child, as, in later religious apostrophe, to Christ +himself.] + + + + +CHAPTER VI + + +[Footnote 37: The _puloulou_ is said to have been introduced by Paao +some five hundred years ago, together with the ceremonial taboo of which +it is the symbol. Since for a person of low rank to approach a sacred +place or person was death to the intruder, it was necessary to guard +against accidental offences by the use of a sign. The _puloulou_ +consisted of a ball-shaped bundle of white bark cloth attached to the +end of a staff. This symbol is to be seen represented upon the Hawaiian +coat of arms; and Kalakaua's _puloulou_, a gilded wooden ball on the end +of a long staff, is preserved in the Bishop Museum.] + +[Footnote 38: Long life was the Polynesian idea of divine blessing. Of +Kualii the chanter boasts that he "lived to be carried to battle in a +net." The word is _kaikoko_, "to carry on the back in a net," as in the +case of old and feeble persons. Polynesian dialects contain a full +vocabulary of age terms from infancy to old age.] + +[Footnote 39: Chickens were a valuable part of a chief's wealth, since +from their feathers were formed the beautiful fly brushes, _kahili_, +used to wave over chiefs of rank and carried in ceremonial processions. +The entrance to the rock cave is still shown, at the mouth of Kaliuwaa +valley, where Kamapuaa's grandmother shut up her chickens at night, and +it was for robbing his uncle's henroost that this rascally pig-god was +chased away from Oahu. This reference is therefore one of many +indications that the Laieikawai tale belongs with those of the ancient +demigods.] + +[Footnote 40: Mr. Meheula suggested to me this translation of the +idiomatic allusions to the canoe and the coral reef.] + + + + +CHAPTER VIII + + +[Footnote 41: A peculiarly close family relation between brother and +sister is reflected in Polynesian tales, as in those of Celtic, Finnish, +and Scandinavian countries. Each serves as messenger or go-between for +the other in matters of love or revenge, and guards the other's safety +by magic arts. Such a condition represents a society in which the family +group is closely bound together. For such illustrations compare the +Fornander stories of _Halemano, Hinaikamalama, Kalanimanuia, Nihoalaki, +Kaulanapokii, Pamano_. The character of accomplished sorceress belongs +especially to the helpful sister, a woman of the Malio or Kahalaomapuana +type, whose art depends upon a life of solitary virginity. She knows +spells, she can see what is going on at a distance, and she can restore +the dead to life. In the older stories she generally appears in bird +form. In more human tales she wins her brother's wishes by strategy. +This is particularly true of the characters in this story, who win their +way by wit rather than magic. In this respect the youngest sister of +Aiwohikupua should be compared with her prototype, Kaulanapokii, who +weaves spells over plants and brings her slain brothers back to life. +Kahalaomapuana never performs any such tasks, but she is pictured as +invincible in persuasion; she never fails in sagacity, and is always +right and always successful. She is, in fact, the most attractive +character in the story. It is rather odd, since modern folk belief is +firmly convinced of the power of love spells, that none appear in the +recorded stories. All is accomplished by strategy.] + +[Footnote 42: For the translation of this dialogue I am indebted, to the +late Dr. Alexander, to whose abstract of the story I was fortunate +enough to have access.] + + + + +CHAPTER X + + +[Footnote 43: To express the interrelation between brothers and sisters +two pairs of kinship terms are used, depending upon the age and sex. +Sisters speak of brothers as _kaikunane_, and brothers of sisters as +_kaikuahine_, but within the same sex _kaikuaana_ for the elder and +_kaikaina_ for the younger is used. So on page 431 Aiwohikupua deserts +his sisters--_kaikuahine_--and the girls lament for their younger +sister--_kaikaina_. After their reunion her older sisters--_kaikuaana_ +--ask her counsel. Notice, too, that when, on page 423, the brother bids +his youngest sister--_kaikuahine opiopio_--stay with "her sisters" he uses +the word _kaikuaana_, because he is thinking of her relation to them, not +of his own. The word _pokii,_--"little sister"--is an endearing term used +to good effect where the younger sister sings-- + + "I am going back to your little sisters (_me o'u pokii_) + To my older sisters (_kaikuaana_) I return."] + +[Footnote 44: The line translated "Fed upon the fruit of sin" contains +one of those poetic plays upon words so frequent in Polynesian song, so +difficult to reproduce in translation. Literally it might read +"Sheltering under the great _hala_ tree." But _hala_, also means "sin." +This meaning is therefore caught up and employed in the next line--"is +constancy then a sin?"--a repetition which is lost in translation. +_Malu_, shade, is a doubtful word, which may, according to Andrews, mean +"protected," or may stand for "wet and uncomfortable," a doubt evidently +depending upon the nature of the case, which adds to the riddling +character of the message. In their songs the sisters call up the natural +scenery, place names, and childhood experiences of their native home on +Kauai. The images used attempt actual description. The slant of the +rain, the actual ladder of wood which helps scale the steep footpath up +Nualolo Valley (compare _Song of Kualii_, line 269, Lyons' version), the +rugged cliffs which are more easily rounded by sea--"swimming 'round the +steeps"--picture actual conditions on the island. Notice especially how +the song of the youngest sister reiterates the constant theme of the +"follow your leader" relation between the brother and his younger +sisters. Thus far they have unhesitatingly followed his lead; how, then, +can he leave them leaderless? is the plea: first, in their sports at +home; next, in this adventure over sea and through the forest; last, in +that divine mystery of birth when he first opened the roadway and they, +his little sisters, followed after.] + + + + +CHAPTER XI + + +[Footnote 45: This _ti_-leaf trumpet is constructed from the thin, dry, +lilylike leaf of the wild _ti_ much as children make whistles out of +grass. It must be recalled that musical instruments were attributed to +gods and awakened wonder and awe in Polynesian minds.] + + + + +CHAPTER XII + + +[Footnote 46: In the story of _Kapuaokaoheloai_ we read that the +daughter of the king of Kuaihelani, the younger brother of Hina, has a +daughter who lives apart under a sacred taboo, with a bathing pool in +which only virgins can safely bathe, and "ministered to by birds." +Samoan accounts say that the chiefs kept tame birds in their houses as +pets, which fluttered freely about the rafters. A stranger unaccustomed +to such a sight might find in it something wonderful and hence +supernatural.] + + + + +CHAPTER XIII + + +[Footnote 47: A strict taboo between man and woman forbade eating +together on ordinary occasions. Such were the taboo restrictions that a +well-regulated, household must set up at least six separate houses: a +temple for the household gods, _heiau_; an eating house for the men, +_hale mua_, which was taboo to the women; and four houses especially for +the women--the living house, _hale noa_, which the husband might enter; +the eating house, _hale aina_; the house of retirement at certain +periods, which was taboo for the husband, _hale pea_; and the _kua_, +where she beat out tapa. The food also must be cooked in two separate +ovens and prepared separately in different food vessels.] + +[Footnote 48: The place of surf riding in Hawaiian song and story +reflects its popularity as a sport. It inspires chants to charm the sea +into good surfing--an end also attained by lashing the water with the +convolvulus vine of the sea beach; forms the background for many an +amorous or competitive adventure; and leaves a number of words in the +language descriptive of the surfing technique or of the surf itself at +particular localities famous for the sport, as, for example, the +"Makaiwa crest" in Moikeha's chant, or the "Huia" of this story. Three +kinds of surfing are indulged in--riding the crest in a canoe, called +_pa ka waa_; standing or lying flat upon a board, which is cut long, +rounded at the front end and square at the back, with slightly convex +surfaces, and highly polished; and, most difficult feat of all, riding +the wave without support, body submerged and head and shoulders erect. +The sport begins out where the high waves form. The foundation of the +wave, _honua_, the crest side, _muku_, and the rear, _lala_, are all +distinguished. The art of the surfer lies in catching the crest by +active paddling and then allowing it to bear him in swift as a race +horse to the _hua_, where the wave breaks near the beach. All swimmers +know that three or four high waves follow in succession. As the first of +these, called the _kulana_, is generally "a high crest which rolls in +from end to end of the beach and falls over bodily," the surfer seldom +takes it, but waits for the _ohu_ or _opuu_, which is "low, smooth and +strong." For other details, see the article by a Hawaiian from Kona, +published in the _Hawaiian Annual_, 1896, page 106.] + + + + +CHAPTER XIV + + +[Footnote 49: _Honi_, to kiss, means to "touch" or "smell," and +describes the Polynesian embrace, which is performed by rubbing noses. +Williams (I, 152) describes it as "one smelling the other with a strong +sniff."] + + + + +CHAPTER XV + + +[Footnote 50: The abrupt entrance of the great _moo_, as of its +disappearance later in the story, is evidently due to the humanized and +patched-together form in which we get the old romance. The _moo_ is the +animal form which the god takes who serves Aiwohikupua's sisters, and +represents the helpful beast of Polynesian folk tale, whose appearance +is a natural result of the transformation power ascribed to the true +demigod, or _kupua_, in the wilder mythical tales. The myths of the +coming of the _moo_ to Hawaii in the days of the gods, and of their +subjection by Hiiaka, sister of Pele, are recounted in Westervelt's +"Legends of Honolulu" and in Emerson's "Pele and Hiiaka." Malo (p. 114) +places Waka also among the lizard gods. These gods seem to have been +connected] with the coming of the Pali family to Hawaii as recounted in +Liliuokalani's "Song of Creation" and in Malo, page 20. The ritual of +the god Lono, whose priests are inferior to those of Ku, is called that +of "Paliku" (Malo, 210), a name also applied to the northern part of +Hilo district on Hawaii with which this story deals. The name means +"vertical precipice," according to Emerson, and refers to the rending by +earthquakes. In fact, the description in this story of the approach of +the great lizard, as well as his name--the word _kiha_ referring to the +writhing convulsions of the body preparatory to sneezing--identify the +monster with the earthquakes so common to the Puna and Hilo districts of +Hawaii, which border upon the active volcano, Kilauea. Natives say that +a great lizard is the guardian spirit or _aumakua_ of this section. At +Kalapana is a pool of brackish water in which, they assert, lies the +tail of a _moo_ whose head is to be seen at the bottom of a pool a mile +and a half distant, at Punaluu; and bathers in this latter place always +dive and touch the head in order to avert harm. As the lizard guardians +of folk tale are to be found "at the bottom of a pit" (see Fornander's +story of _Aukele_), so the little gecko of Hawaii make their homes in +cracks along cuts in the _pali_, and the natives fear to harm their eggs +lest they "fall off a precipice" according to popular belief. When we +consider the ready contractility of Polynesian demigods, the size of the +monster dragons of the fabulous tales is no difficulty in the way of +their identification with these tiny creatures, the largest of which +found on Hawaii is 144 millimeters. By a plausible analogy, then, the +earthquake which rends the earth is attributed to the god who clothes +himself in the form of a lizard; still further, such a convulsion of +nature may have been used to figure the arrival of some warlike band who +peopled Hawaii, perhaps settling in this very Hilo region and forcing +their cult upon the older form of worship. + + + + +CHAPTER XVI + + +[Footnote 51: The _ieie_ vine and the sweet-scented fern are, like the +_maile_ vine, common in the Olaa forests, and are considered sacred +plants dedicated to ceremonial purposes.] + +[Footnote 52: The fight between two _kupua_, one in lizard form, the +other in the form of a dog, occurs in Hawaiian story. Again, when +Wahanui goes to Tahiti he touches a land where men are gathering coral +for the food of the dead. This island takes the form of a dog to +frighten travelers, and is named Kanehunamoku.] + +[Footnote 53: The season for the bird catcher, _kanaka kia manu_, lay +between March and May, when the _lehua_ flowers were in bloom in the +upland forest, where the birds of bright plumage congregated, especially +the honey eaters, with their long-curved bill, shaped like an insect's +proboscis. He armed himself with gum, snares of twisted fiber, and tough +wooden spears shaped like long fishing poles, which were the _kia manu_. +Having laid his snare and spread it with gum, he tolled the birds to it +by decorating it with honey flowers or even transplanting a strange tree +to attract their curiosity; he imitated the exact note of the bird he +wished to trap or used a tamed bird in a cage as a decoy. All these +practical devices must be accompanied by prayer. Emerson translates the +following bird charm: + + Na aumakua i ka Po, + Na aumakua i ka Ao, + Ia Kane i ka Po, + Ia Kanaloa i ka Po, + Ia Hoomeha i ka Po, + I ko'u mau kapuna a pau loa i ka Po. + + Spirits of darkness primeval, + Spirits of light, + To Kane the eternal, + To Kanaloa the eternal, + To Hoomeha the eternal, + To all my ancestors from eternity. + + Ia Ku-huluhulumanu i ka Po, + Ia pale i ka Po, + A puka i ke Ao, + Owau, o Eleele, ka mea iaia ka mana, + Homai he iki, + Homai he loaa nui, + Pii oukou a ke kuahiwi, + A ke kualono, + Ho'a mai oukou i ka manu a pau, + Hooili oukou iluna o ke kepau kahi e pili ni, + Amama! Ua noa. + + To Kuhuluhulumanu, the eternal. + That you may banish the darkness. + That we may enter the light. + To me, Eleele, give divine power. + Give intelligence. + Give great success. + Climb to the wooded mountains. + To the mountain ridges. + Gather all the birds. + Bring them to my gum to be held fast. + Amen, it is finished.] + + + + +CHAPTER XVII + + +[Footnote 54: For the cloud sign compare the story of Kualii's battles +and in Westervelt's _Lepeamoa_ (Legends of Honolulu, p. 217), the fight +with the water monster.] + +[Footnote 55: Of Hawaiians at prayer Dibble says: "The people were in +the habit of praying every morning to the gods, clapping their hands as +they muttered a set form of words in a singsong voice."] + + + + +CHAPTER XVIII + + +[Footnote 56: The three mountain domes of Hawaii rise from 13,000 to +8,000 feet above the sea, and the two highest are in the wintertime +often capped with snow.] + +[Footnote 57: The games of _kilu_ and _ume_, which furnished the popular +evening entertainment of chiefs, were in form much like our "Spin the +plate" and "Forfeits." _Kilu_ was played with "a funnel-shaped toy +fashioned from the upper portion of a drinking gourd, adorned with the +_pawehe_ ornamentation characteristic of Niihau calabashes." The player +must spin the gourd in such a way as to hit the stake set up for his +side. Each hit counted 5, 40 scoring a game. Each player sang a song +before trying his hand, and the forfeit of a _hula_ dance was exacted +for a miss, the successful spinner claiming for his forfeit the favor of +one of the women on the other side. _Ume_ was merely a method of +choosing partners by the master of ceremonies touching with a wand, +called the _maile_, the couple selected for the forfeit, while he sang a +jesting song. The sudden personal turn at the close of many of the +_oli_ may perhaps be accounted for by their composition for this game. +The _kaeke_ dance is that form of _hula_ in which the beat is made on a +_kaekeeke_ instrument, a hollow bamboo cylinder struck upon the ground +with a clear hollow sound, said to have been introduced by Laamaikahiki, +the son of Moikeha, from Tahiti.] + + + + +CHAPTER XIX + + +[Footnote 58: In the story of Kauakahialii, his home at Pihanakalani is +located in the mountains of Kauai back of the ridge Kuamoo, where, in +spite of its inland position, he possesses a fishpond well stocked with +fish.] + +[Footnote 59: The Hawaiian custom of group marriages between brothers or +sisters is clearly brought out in this and other passages in the story. +"Guard our wife"--_Ka wahine a kaua_--says the Kauai chief to his +comrade, "she belongs to us two"--_ia ia kaua_. The sisters of +Aiwohikupua call their mistress's husband "our husband"--_ka kakou +kane_. So Laieikawai's younger sister is called the "young +wife"--_wahine opio_--of Laieikawai's husband, and her husband is called +his _punalua_, which is a term used between friends who have wives in +common, or women who have common husbands.] + +[Footnote 60: The Hawaiian flute is believed to be of ancient origin. It +is made of a bamboo joint pierced with holes and blown through the nose +while the right hand plays the stops. The range is said to comprise five +notes. The name Kanikawi means "changing sound" and is the same as that +given to Kaponohu's supernatural spear.] + + + + +CHAPTER XX + + +[Footnote 61: At the accession of a new chief in Hawaii the land is +redistributed among his followers.] + +[Footnote 62: The names of Malio and Halaaniani are still to be found in +Puna. Ellis (1825) notes the name Malio as one of three hills (evidently +transformed demigods), which, according to tradition, joined at the base +to block an immense flow of lava at Pualaa, Puna. Off the coast between +Kalapana and Kahawalea lies a rock shaped like a headless human form and +called Halaaniani, although its legend retains no trace of the Puna +rascal.] + + + + +CHAPTER XXI + + +[Footnote 63: The _huia_ is a specially high wave formed by the meeting +of two crests, and is said to be characteristic of the surf at +Kaipalaoa, Hawaii.] + +[Footnote 64: Kumukahi is a bold cape of black lava on the extreme +easterly point of the group. Beyond this cape stretches the limitless, +landless Pacific. Against its fissured sides seethes and booms the swell +from the ocean, in a dash of foaming spray. Piles of rocks mark the +visits of chiefs to this sacred spot, and tombs of the dead abut upon +its level heights. A visitor to this spot sees a magnificent horizon +circling the wide heavens, hears the constant boom of the tides pulling +across the measureless waters. It is one of the noteworthy places of +Puna, often sung in ancient lays.] + + + + +CHAPTER XXII + + +[Footnote 65: The name of Laieikawai occurs in no old chants with which +I am familiar. But in the story of _Umi_, the mother of his wife, +Piikea, is called Laielohelohe. She is wife of Piilani and has four +children who "have possession on the edge of the tabu," of whom Piikea +is the first-born, and the famous rival chiefs of Maui, Lonopili, and +Kihapiilani, are the next two; the last is Kalanilonoakea, who is +described in the chant quoted by Fornander as white-skinned and wearing +a white loin cloth. Umi's wife is traditionally descended from the +Spaniards wrecked on the coast of Hawaii (see Lesson). The "Song of +Creation" repeats the same genealogy and calls Laielohelohe the daughter +of Keleanuinohoonaapiapi. In the "ninth era" of the same song Lohelohe +is "the last one born of Lailai" and is "a woman of dark skin," who +lived in Nuumealani.] + +[Footnote 66: To preserve the umbilical cord in order to lengthen the +life of a child was one of the first duties of a guardian. J.S. Emerson +says that the _piko_ was saved in a bottle or salted and wrapped in tapa +until a suitable time came to deposit it in some sacred place. Such a +depository was to be found on Oahu, according to Westervelt, in two +rocks in the Nuuanu valley, the transformed _moo_ women, Hauola and +Haupuu. In Hawaii, in Puna district, on the north and south boundaries +of Apuki, lie two smooth lava mounds whose surfaces are marked with cup +hollows curiously ringed. Pictographs cover other surfaces. These are +named Puuloa and Puumahawalea, or "Hill of long life" and "Hill that +brings together with rejoicing," and the natives tell me that within +their own lifetime pilgrimages have been made to this spot to deposit +the _piko_ within some hollow, cover it with a stone, and thus insure +long life to the newborn infant.] + + + + +CHAPTER XXIV + + +[Footnote 67: More than 470 species of land snails of a single genus, +_Achatinella_, are to be found in the mountains of Hawaii, a fact of +marked interest to science in observing environmental effect upon the +differentiation of species. One of these the natives call _pupu kani oi_ +or "shrill voiced snail," averring that a certain cricketlike chirp that +rings through the stillness of the almost insectless valleys is the +voice of this particular species. Emerson says that the name _kahuli_ is +applied to the land snail to describe the peculiar tilting motion as the +snail crawls first to one side and then to the other of the leaf. He +quotes a little song that runs: + + Kahuli aku, kahuli mai, + Kahuli lei ula, lei akolea. + Kolea, kolea, e kii ka wai, + Wai akolea. + + Tilting this way and that + Tilts the red fern-plume. + Plover, plover, bring me dew, + Dew from the fern-plume.] + +[Footnote 68: This incident is unsatisfactorily treated. We never know +how Waka circumvented Malio and restored her grandchild to the husband +designed for her. The whole thing sounds like a dramatic innovation with +farcical import, which appeared in the tale without motivation for the +reason that it had none in its inception. The oral narrator is rather an +actor than a composer; he may have introduced this episode as a +surprise, and its success as farce perpetuated it as romance.] + + + + +CHAPTER XXVI + + +[Footnote 69: This episode of the storm is another inconsistency in the +story. The storm signs belong to the gods of Aiwohikupua and his +brother, the Sun god, not to Laieikawai, and were certainly not hers +when Waka deserted her. If they were given her for protection by +Kahalaomapuana or through the influence of the seer with the Kauai +family, the story-teller does not inform us of the fact.] + +[Footnote 70: The _pa-u_ is a woman's main garment, and consists of five +thicknesses of bark cloth 4 yards long and 3 or 4 feet wide, the outer +printed in colors, and worn wrapped about the loins, reaching the +knees.] + + + + +CHAPTER XXVII + + +[Footnote 71: In mythical quest stories the hero or heroine seeks, by +proving his relationship, generally on the mother's side, to gain the +favor of the supernatural guardian of whatever treasure he seeks. By +breaking down the taboo he proclaims his rank, and by forcing the +attention of the relative before the angry god (or chief) has a chance +to kill him (compare the story of _Kalaniamanuia_, where the father +recognizes too late the son whom he has slain), he gains time to reveal +himself. In this episode the father's beard is, like the locks of +Dionysus in Euripides' line, dedicated to the god, hence to seize it was +a supreme act of lawlessness.] + +[Footnote 72: According to the old Polynesian system of age groups, the +"mother's brother" bears the relation to the child of _makua_ equally +with his real parents. Kahalaomapuana says to her father: + + "I am your child (_kama_), + The child of Laukieleula, + The child of Mokukelekahiki, + The child of Kaeloikamalama." + +thus claiming rank from all four sources. Owing to inbreeding and this +multiple method of inheriting title, Polynesian children may be of +higher rank than either parent. The form of colloquy which follows each +encounter (compare Kila's journey to Tahiti) is merely the customary +salutation in meeting a stranger, according to Hawaiian etiquette.] + +[Footnote 73: The name Laukieleula means "Red-kiele-leaf." The kiele, +Andrews says, is "a sweet-scented flower growing in the forest," and is +identified by some natives with the gardenia, of which there are two +varieties native in Hawaii; but the form does not occur in any chants +with which I am familiar. It is probably selected to express the idea of +fragrance, which seems to be the _kupua_ property of the mother's side +of the family. It is the rareness of fragrant plants indigenous to the +islands, coupled with sensuous delight in odor, which gives to perfume +the attributes of deity, and to those few varieties which possess +distinct scent like the _maile_ and _hala_, a conspicuous place in +religious ceremonial. + +The name of Moanalihaikawaokele, on the other hand, appears in the "Song +of Creation," in the eighth era where the generations of Uli are sung. +In the time of calm is born the woman Lailai, and after her the gods +Kii, Kane, and Kanaloa, and it is day. Then + + "The drums are born, + Called Moanaliha, + Kawaomaaukele came next, + The last was Kupololiilialiimuaoloipo, + A man of long life and very high rank." + +There follow 34 pages devoted to the history and generations of this +family before the death of this last chief is recorded. Now it is clear +that out of the first two names, Moanaliha and Kawao(maau)kele, is +compounded that of the storm god. This would place him in the era of the +gods as the father of Ku and ancestor of the Uli line.] + + + + +CHAPTER XXVIII + + +[Footnote 74: The story of the slaying of Halulu in the legend of +_Aukelenuiaiku_ is a close parallel to the Indian account of the +adventure with the thunder bird. (See Matthews's "Navajo legends.") The +thunder bird is often mentioned in Hawaiian chants. In the "Song of +Creation" the last stanza of the third or bird era points out + + "--the leaping point of the bird Halulu, + Of Kiwaa, the bird of many notes, + And of those birds that fly close together and shade the sun."] + +[Footnote 75: The divine approach marked by thunder and lightning, +shaken by earthquake and storm, indicates the _kupua_ bodies in which +the Sun god travels in his descent to earth. There are many parallels to +be found in the folk stories. When the sister of Halemano sets out to +woo the beauty of Puna she says: "When the lightning flashes, I am at +Maui; when it thunders I am at Kohala; when the earth quakes, at +Hamakua; when freshets stain the streams red, I am at Puna." When +Hoamakeikekula, the beauty of Kohala, weds, "thunder was heard, +lightning flashed, rain came down in torrents, hills were covered with +fog; for ten days mist covered the earth." When Uweuwelekehau, son of Ku +and Hula, is born "thunder, lightning, earthquake, water, floods and +rain" attend his birth. In Aukelenuiaiku, when the wife of Makalii comes +out of her house her beauty overshadows the rays of the sun, "darkness +covered the land, the red rain, fog, and fine rain followed each other, +then freshets flowed and lightning played in the heavens; after this the +form of the woman, was seen coming along over the tips of the fingers of +her servants, in all her beauty, the sun shone at her back and the +rainbow was as though it were her footstool." In the prayer to the god +Lono, quoted by Fornander, II, 352, we read: + + "These are the sacred signs of the assembly; + Bursting forth is the voice of the thunder; + Striking are the rays of the lightning; + Shaking the earth is the earthquake; + Coming is the dark cloud and the rainbow; + Wildly comes the rain and the wind; + Whirlwinds sweep over the earth; + Rolling down are the rocks of the ravines; + The red mountain streams are rushing to the sea; + Here the waterspouts; + Tumbled about are the clustering clouds of heaven; + Gushing forth are the springs of the mountains."] + + + + +CHAPTER XXXIV + + +[Footnote 75: Kaonohiokala, Mr. Emerson tells me, is the name of one of +the evil spirits invoked by the priest in the art of _po'iuhane_ or +"soul-catching." The spirit is sent by the priest to entice the soul of +an enemy while its owner sleeps, in order that he may catch it in a +coconut gourd and crush it to death between his hands. "_Lapu lapuwale_" +is the Hawaiian rendering of Solomon's ejaculation "Vanity of +vanities!"] + + +[Illustration: A NATIVE GRASS HOUSE OF THE HUMBLER CLASS (HENSHAW)] + + + + +APPENDIX + +HAWAIIAN STORIES + +ABSTRACTS FROM THE TALES COLLECTED BY + +FORNANDER AND EDITED BY THOMAS G. THRUM. + +THE BISHOP MUSEUM, HONOLULU + + +HAWAIIAN STORIES + +I. SONG of CREATION, as translated by Liliuokalani + +II. CHANTS RELATING THE ORIGIN OF THE GROUP: +From the Fornander manuscript: + + A. Kahakuikamoana + B. Pakui + C. Kamahualele + D. Opukahonua + E. Kukailani + F. Kualii + +III. HAWAIIAN FOLKTALES, ROMANCES, OR MOOLELO: +From the Fornander manuscript: + + A. Hero tales primarily of Oahu and Kauai + + 1. Aukelenuiaiku + 2. Hinaaikamalama + 3. Kaulu + 4. Palila + 5. Aiai + 6. Puniaiki + 7. Pikoiakaalala + 8. Kawelo + 9. Kualii + 10. Opelemoemoe + 11. Kalelealuaka + + B. Hero tales primarily of Hawaii + + 1. Wahanui + 2. Kamapuaa + 3. Kana + 4. Kapunohu + 5. Kepakailiula + 6. Kaipalaoa + 7. Moikeha + 8. Kila + 9. Umi + 10. Kihapiilani (of Maui) + 11. Pakaa and Kuapakaa + 12. Kalaepuni + 13. Kalaehina + 14. Lonoikamakahiki + 15. Keaweikekahialii (an incident) + 16. Kekuhaupio (an incident) + + C. Love stories + + 1. Halemano + 2. Uweuwelekehau + 3. Laukiamanuikahiki + 4. Hoamakeikekula + 5. Kapunokaoheloai + + D. Ghost stories and tales of men brought to life + 1. Oahu stories + + Kahalaopuna + Kalanimanuia + Pumaia + Nihoalaki + + 2. Maui stories + + Eleio + Pamano + + 3. Hawaii stories + + Kaulanapokii + Pupuhuluena + Hiku and Kawelu + + E. Trickster stories + + 1. Thefts + + Iwa + Maniniholokuaua + Pupualenalena + + 2. Contests with spirits + + Kaululaau (see Eleio) + Lepe + Hanaaumoe + Punia + Wakaina + + 3. Stories of modern cunning + + Kulepe + Kawaunuiaola + Maiauhaalenalenaupena + Waawaaikinaaupo and Waawaaikinaanao + Kuauamoa + + + + +I. SONG OF CREATION (HEKUMULIPO) + + +The "account of the creation of the world according to Hawaiian +tradition" is said to celebrate Lonoikamakahiki, also called Kaiimamao, +who was the father of Kalaniopuu, king of Hawaii at the time of Cook's +visit. The song was "composed by Keaulumoku in 1700" and handed down by +the chanters of the royal line since that day. It was translated by +"Liliuokalani of Hawaii" in 1895-1897, and published in Boston, 1897. + +From the Sea-bottom (?) (the male) and Darkness (the female) are born +the coral insect, the starfish, sea urchin, and the shellfish. Next +seaweed and grasses are born. Meanwhile land has arisen, and in the next +era fishes of the sea and plants of the forest appear. Next are born the +generations of insects and birds; after these the reptiles--all the +"rolling, clinging" creatures. In the fifth era is born a creature half +pig, half man; the races of men also appear (?). In the sixth come the +rats; in the seventh, dogs and bats; in the eighth is born the woman +Lailai (calmness), the man Kii, and the gods Kane and "the great +octopus" Kanaloa. Lailai flies to heaven, rests upon "the boughs of the +_aoa_ tree in Nuumealani," and bears the earth. She weds Kii and begets +a generation of gods and demigods. + +In the course of these appear Wakea and his three wives, Haumea, Papa, +and Hoohokukalani. Wakea, becoming unfaithful to Papa, changes the feast +days and establishes the taboo. Later the stars are hung in the heavens. +Wakea seeks in the sea for "seeds from Hina," with which to strew the +heavens. Hina floats up from the bottom of the sea and bears sea +creatures and volcanic rocks. Haumea, a stranger of high rank from +Kuaihelani at Paliuli, marries her own sons and grandsons. To her line +belong Waolena and his wife Mafuie, whose grandchild, Maui, is born in +the shape of a fowl. The brothers of his mother, Hina, are angry and +fight Maui, but are thrown. They send him to fetch a branch from the +sacred _awa_ bush; this, too, he achieves. He desires to learn the art +of fishing, and his mother gives him a hook and line with which he +catches "the royal fish Pimoe." He "scratches the eight eyes" of the bat +who abducts Hina. He nooses the sun and so wins summer. He conquers (?) +Hawaii, Maui, Kauai, and Oahu. From him descends "the only high chief of +the island." + + + + +H. CHANTS RELATING THE ORIGIN OF THE GROUP + +A. KAHAKUIKAMOANA + + +This famous priest chants the history of "the row of islands from +Nuumea; the group of islands from the entrance to Kahiki." First Hawaii +is born, "out of darkness," then Maui, then Molokai "of royal lineage." +Lanai is a foster child, Kahoolawe a foundling, of whose afterbirth is +formed the rock island Molokini. Oahu and Kauai have the same mother but +different fathers. Another pair bear the triplets, the islets Niihau, +Kaulu, and Nihoa. + + + + +B. PAKUI + + +According to this high priest and historian of Kamehameha I, from Wakea +and Papa are born Kahikiku, Kahikimoe ("the foundation stones," "the +stones of heaven"), Hawaii, and Maui. While Papa is on a visit to +Kahiki, Wakea takes another wife and begets Lanai, then takes Hina to +wife and begets Molokai. The plover tells Papa on her return, and she in +revenge bears to Lua the child Oahu. After this she returns to Wakea and +bears Kauai and its neighboring islets. + + + + +C. KAMAHUALELE + + +The foster son of Moikeha accompanies this chief on the journey to +Hawaii and Kauai. On sighting land at Hawaii he chants a song in honor +of his chief in which he calls Hawaii a "man," "child of Kahiki," and +"royal offspring from Kapaahu." + + + + +D. OPUKAHONUA + + +This man with his two brothers and a woman peopled Hawaii 95 generations +before Kamehameha. According to his chant, the islands are fished up +from Kapaahu by Kapuheeuanui, who brings up one piece of coral after +another, and, offering sacrifices and prayers to each, throws it back +into the ocean, so creating in succession Hawaii, Maui, Kauai, and the +rest of the islands of the group. + + + + +E. KUKAILANI + + +A powerful priest, 75 generations from Opukahonua, on the occasion of +the sacrifice in the temple of the rebel Iwikauikana by Kenaloakuaana, +king of Maui, chants the genealogies, dividing them into the time from +the migration from Kahiki to Pili, Pili to Wakea, Wakea to Waia, and +Waia to Liloa. + + + + +F. KUALII + + +The song of Kualii was composed about 1700 to celebrate the royal +conqueror of Oahu. It opens with an obscure allusion to the fishing up +by Maui from the hill Kauwiki, of the island of Hawaii, out of the +bottom of the sea, and the fetching of the gods Kane and Kanaloa, +Kauakahi and Maliu, to these islands. + + + + +III. HAWAIIAN FOLK TALES, ROMANCES, OR MOOLELO + +A. HERO TALES PRIMARILY OF OAHU AND KAUAI + +1. AUKELENUIAIKU[1] + + +The eleventh child of Iku and Kapapaiakea in Kuaihelani is his father's +favorite, and to him Iku wills his rank and his kingdom. The brothers +are jealous and seek to kill him. They go through the Hawaiian group to +compete in boxing and wrestling, defeat Kealohikikaupea, the strong man +of Kauai; Kaikipaananea, Kupukupukehaikalani, and Kupukupukehaiaiku, +three strong men of Oahu, and King Kakaalaneo of Maui; but are afraid +when they hear of Kepakailiula, the strong man of Hawaii, and return to +Kuaihelani. + +Aukelenuiaiku has grown straight and faultless. "His skin is like the +ripe banana and his eyeballs like the blood of the banana as it first +appears." He wants to join his brothers in a wrestling match, but is +forbidden by the father, who fears their jealousy. He steals away and +shoots an arrow into their midst; it is a twisted arrow, theirs are +jointed. The brothers are angry, but when one of them strikes the lad, +his own arm is broken. The younger brother takes up each one in turn and +throws him into the sea. The brothers pretend friendship and invite him +into the house, but only to throw him into the pit Kamooinanea, where +lives the lizard grandmother who devours men. She saves her grandchild +and instructs him how to reach the queen, Namakaokahai. For the journey +she furnishes him with a box for his god, Lonoikoualii; a leaf, +_laukahi_, to satisfy his hunger; an ax and a knife; her own tail, in +which lies the strength of her body; and her feather skirt and _kahili_, +by shaking which he can reduce his enemies to ashes. + +When his brothers see him return safe from the pit they determine to +flee to foreign lands. They make one more attempt to kill him by +shutting him into a water hole, but one soft-hearted brother lets him +out. The hero then persuades the brothers to let him accompany them. On +the way he feeds them with "food and meat" from his club, Kaiwakaapu. +They sail eight months, touch at Holaniku, where they get _awa_, sugar +cane, bananas, and coconuts, and arrive in four months more at +Lalakeenuiakane, the land of Queen Namakaokahai. The queen is guarded by +four brothers in bird form, Kanemoe, Kaneapua, Leapua and Kahaumana, +by two maid servants in animal form, and by a dog, Moela. The whole +party is reduced to ashes at the shaking of the queen's skirt, except +the hero, who escapes and by his good looks and quick wit wins the +friendship of the queen's maids and her brothers. When he approaches the +queen he must encounter certain tests. The dog he turns into ashes; to +befriend him the maids run away and the bird brothers transform +themselves into a rock, a log, a coral rock, and a hard blue rock, in +order to hide themselves. He escapes poisoned food set before him. Then +he worships each one by name, and they are astounded at his knowledge. +The queen therefore takes him as her husband. She is part human, part +divine; the moon is her grandfather, the thunder-and-lightning-bolt is +her uncle. Aukelanuiaiku must know her taboos, eat where she bids him, +not come to her unless she leads him in. + +The bird Halulu with feathers on her forehead, called Hinawaikolii, who +is the queen's cousin, carries the hero away to her nest in the cliff, +but he kills her with his ax, and her mate, Kiwaha, lets him down on a +rainbow. + +The two live happily. Their first child is to be called +Kauwilanuimakehaikalani, "the lightning seen in a rainstorm," and for +him sugar cane, potato, banana and taro are tabooed. The queen can +return to life if cut to pieces; can turn herself into a cliff, a +roaring fire, and a great ocean; and has the power of flight. All her +tricks the queen and her brothers teach to the hero. Then she sends him +with her brothers to meet her relatives. He goes ahead of his guides, +encounters Kuwahailo, who sends against him two bolts of fire, Kukuena +and Mahuia, and two thunder rocks, Ikuwa and Welehu, all of which he +wards off like a puff of wind. Next they meet Makalii and his wife, the +beautiful Malanaikuaheahea. + +The next adventure is after the water of life with which to restore the +brothers to life. The first trip is unsuccessful. Instead of flying in a +straight line between the sky (_lewa_) and space (_nenelu_--literally, +mud) the hero falls into space and is obliged to cling to the moon for +support. Meanwhile his wife thinks him dead and has summoned Night, Day, +Sun, Stars, Thunder, Rainbow, Lightning, Water-spout, Fog, Fine rain, +etc., to mourn for him. Then, through her supernatural knowledge she +hears him declare to the moon, her grandfather, Kaukihikamalama, his +birth and ancestry, and learns for the first time that they are related. +On the next trip he reaches a deep pit, at the bottom of which is the +well of everlasting life, the property of Kamohoalii. It is guarded by +two maternal uncles of the hero, Kanenaiau and Hawewe and a maternal +aunt, Luahinekaikapu, the sister of the lizard grandmother, who is +blind. The hero steals the bananas she is roasting, dodges her anger, +and restores her sight. She paints up his hands to look like +Kamohoalii's and the guards at the well hand him the gourd Huawaiakaula +with its string network called Paleaikaahalanalana. The rustling of the +_lama_ trees, the _loulou_ palms and the bamboo, as Aukelenuiaiku +retreats, wakens Kamohoalii, who pursues; but with a start of one year +and six months, the hero can not be overtaken. + +The brothers are restored to life and the hero hands over to them his +wife and kingdom and lives humbly. When he woos Pele and Hiiaka, his +wife drives them over seas until they come to Maunaloa, Hawaii. Then the +brothers leave for Kuaihelani, and Aukelenuiaiku desires also to see his +native land again. There he finds the lizard grandmother overgrown with +coral and his parents gone to Kauai. + +[Footnote 1: Compare Westervelt's Gods and Ghosts, p. 66.] + + + + +2. HINAAIKAMALAMA + + +Kaiuli and Kaikea are gods who change into _Paoo_ fish and live in the +bottom of the sea in Kahikihonuakele. They have two children, the girl +Hinaluaikoa and the boy Kukeapua. These two have 10 children, +Hinaakeahi, Hinaaimalama, Hinapaleaoana, Hinaluaimoa, all girls, Iheihe, +a boy, Moahelehaku, Kiimaluhaku, and Kanikaea, girls, and the boys +Kipapalaula and Luaehu. As Hinaaikamalama is the most beautiful she is +placed under strict taboo under guard of her brother Kipapalaula. He is +banished for neglect of duty, crawls through a crack at Kawaluna at the +edge of the great ocean. The king treats him kindly, hence he returns +and gets his sister to be the king's wife. In her calabash, called +Kipapalaulu, she carries the moon for food and the stars for fish. + +King Konikonia and Hinaaikamalama have 10 children, the youngest of +whom, the boy Maikoha, is found to be guilty of sacrilege and banished. +He goes to Kaupo and changes into the _wauke_ plant. His sisters coming +in search of him, land at Oahu and turn into fish ponds--Kaihuopalaai +into Kapapaapuhi pond at Ewa; Kaihukoa into Kaena at Waianae; Kawailoa +into Ihukoko at Waialua, and Ihukuuna into Laniloa at Laie. Kaneaukai, +their brother, comes to look for them in the form of a log. It drifts +ashore at Kealia, Waialua, changes into a man, and becomes fish god for +two old men at Kapaeloa.[1] + +[Footnote 1: The rock called Kaneaukai, "Man-floating-on-the-sea," on +the shore below Waimea, Oahu, is still worshiped with offerings. The +local story tells how two old men fish up the same rock three times. +Then they say, "It is a god," and, in spite of the weight of the rock, +carry it inshore and place it where it now stands and make it their fish +god. Thrum tells this, story, p. 250.] + + + + + +3. KAULU + + +Kukaohialaka and Hinauluohia live in Kailua, Oahu, with their two sons, +Kaeha and Kamano. A third, Kaulu, remains five years unborn because he +has heard Kamano threaten to kill him. Then he is born in the shape of a +rope, and Kaeho puts him on an upper shelf until he grows into a boy. +Meanwhile Kaeha is carried away by spirits to Lewanuu and Lewalani where +Kane and Kanaloa live, and Kaulu goes in search of him. On the way he +defeats and breaks into bits the opposing surfs and the dog Kuililoloa, +hence surf and dogs remain small. In the spirit land he fools the +spirits, then visits the land where their food is raised, Monowaikeoo, +guarded by Uweleki and Uweleka, Maaleka, and Maalaki. He fools these +guards into promising him all he can eat, and devours everything, even +obscuring the rays of the sun. In revenge the shark Kukamaulunuiakea +swallows his brother. Kaulu drinks the sea dry in search for him, +catches a thunder rock on his _poi_ finger, and forces Makalii to tell +him where Kaeho is. Then he spits out the sea and this is why the sea is +salt. The dead shark becomes the milky way. The brothers return to Oahu, +and Kaulu kills Haumea, a female spirit, at Niuhelewai, by catching her +in a net got from Makalii. Next he kills Lonokaeho, also called +Piokeanuenue, king of Koolau, by singing an incantation which makes his +forehead fast to the ground on the hill of Olomana.[1] After Kaeha's +death, Kaulu marries Kekele, but they have no children. + +[Footnote 1: See _Kamapuaa_, where the same feat is described.] + + + + +4. PALILA + + +Palila, son of Kaluapalena, chief over one-half of Kauai, and of Mahinui +the daughter of Hina, is born at Kamooloa, Koloa, Kauai, in the form of +a cord and cast out upon the rubbish heap whence he is rescued by Hina +and brought up in the temple of Alanapo among the spirits, where he is +fed upon nothing but bananas. The other chief of Kauai, Namakaokalani, +is at war with his father. Hina sends Palila to offer his services. With +his war club he fells forests as he travels and makes hollows in the +ground. When he arrives before his father, all fall on their faces until +Hina rolls over their bodies to make Palila laugh and thus remove the +taboo. As he stands on a rise of ground, Maunakalika, with his robe +Hakaula, and his mat Ikuwa, she circumcises Palila and returns with him +to Alanapo. When Palila leaves home to fight monsters, he travels by +throwing his club and hanging to one end. The first throw is to Uualolo +cliff on Kamaile, the next to Kaena Point, Oahu, thence to Kalena, to +Pohakea, Maunauna, Kanehoa, Keahumoa, and finally to Waikele. The king +of Oahu, Ahuapau, offers the rule of Oahu to anyone who can slay the +shark man, Kamaikaakui. After effecting this, Palila (who has inherited +the nature of a spirit from his mother), is carried to the temple and +made all human, in order to wed the king's daughter. He slays Olomana, +the greatest warrior on Oahu, goes fishing successfully with Kahului, +with war club for paddle and fishhook, then, with his club to aid him, +springs to Molokai, Lanai, Maui, and thence to Kaula, Hawaii. Hina's +sister Lupea becomes his attendant. She is a _hau_ tree, and where +Palila's malo is hung no _hau_ tree grows to this day, through the power +of Ku, Palila's god. The kings of Hilo and Hamakua districts, Kulukulua +and Wanua, are at war. Palila fights secretly, known only by a voice +which at each victim calls "slain by me, Palila, by the offspring of +Walewale, by the word of Lupea, by the _oo_ bird that sings in the +forest, by the mighty god Ku." Finally he makes himself known and kills +Moananuikalehua, whose war club, Koholalele, takes 700 men to carry; +Kumunuiaiake, whose spear of _mamane_ wood from Kawaihae can be thrown +farther than one _ahupuaa_; and Puupuukaamai, whose spear of hard +_koaie_ wood can kill 1,200 at a stroke. The jaw bones of these heroes +he hangs on the tree Kahakaauhae. Kulukulua is made ruler; finally +Palila becomes king of Hilo. + + + + +5. AIAI + + +Kuula and Hina live at Molopa, Nuuanu. They possess a pearl fish hook +called Kanoi, guarded by the bird Kamanuwai, who lives upon the _aku_ +fish caught by the magic hook. When Kipapalaulu, king of Honolulu, +steals the hook, the bird sleeps from hunger, hence the name of the +locality. Kaumakapili, "perching with closed eyes." Hina bears an +abortive child which she throws into the water. It drifts to a rock +below the Hoolilimanu bridge and floats there. This child is Aiai. The +king's daughter discovers it, brings up the child, and when he becomes a +handsome youth, she marries him. One day she craves the _aku_ fish. Her +husband, Aiai, persuades her to beg the stolen hook of her father. Thus +he secures the hook and returns it to its bird guardian.[1] + +[Footnote 1: Compare the fishhook Pahuhu in _Nihoalaki_; the _leho_ +shells in _Iwa_, and the pearl fishhook of Kona in _Kaulanapokii_. In +Thrum's story from Moke Manu (p. 230) Aiai is the son of the fish god, +Kuula, and, like his father, acts as a culture hero who locates the +fishing grounds and teaches the art of making fish nets for various +kinds of fishes. The hero of this story is Aiai's son, Puniaiki.] + + + + + +6. PUNIAIKI + + +The handsome son of Kuupia and of Halekou of Kaneohe, Oahu, who nurses +Uhumakaikai, the parent of all the fishes, is furnished with whatever +fish he wants. He marries Kaalaea, a handsome and well-behaved woman of +the district, who brings him no dowry, but to whom he and his father +make gifts according to custom. With his mother's permission he goes to +live in her home, but the aunt insults him because he does nothing but +sleep. The family offer to kill her, but he broods over his wrong, +leaves for Kauai, and, on a wager, bids his mother use her influence to +send the fish thither. They come just in time to save his life and to +win for him the island of Kauai. But his pet fish laments his +unfaithfulness to his home, he takes it up and kisses it and returns to +Oahu. + + + + +7. PIKOIAKAALALA + + +Raven is the father, Koukou the mother, Hat and Bat the sisters, and +Pikoiakaalala the brother of the rat family of Wailua, Kauai, who change +into human beings. The sisters marry men of note. Pikoiakaalala wins in +his first attempt to float the _Koieie_ board, then follows it down the +rapids and swims to Oahu. Here he beats Mainele, the champion rat +shooter, by summoning the rats in a chant and then shooting ten rats and +one bat at once. Then he defeats him in a riddling contest in which the +play turns upon the word rat. On Hawaii the king, Keawenuiaumi, wants +the birds shot because they deceive his canoe builders and prevent any +trees from being felled. Pikoiakaalala succeeds in shooting them by +watching their reflection in a basin of water. + + + + +8. KAWELO + + +When Kawelo is born to Maihuna and Malaiakalani in Hanamaulu, Kauai, the +fourth of five children, the maternal grandparents foresee that he is to +be a wonder, and they offer to bring him up at Wailua, where Aikanaka, +the king's son, and Kauahoa of Hanalei are his companions. Later the +parents take him to Oahu, where Kakuhewa is king, and live at Waikiki, +where Kawelo marries Kanewahineikiaoha, daughter of a famous warrior, +Kalonaikahailaau, from whom he learns the art of war. Fishing he learns +from Maakuakeke. On his parents' return to Kauai they are abused of +their property, and summon Kawelo to redress their wrongs. He sends his' +wife to fetch the stroke Wahieloa from his father-in-law, who heaps +abuse upon the son-in-law, not aware that Kawelo hears all his derisive +comments through his god Kalanikilo. A fight follows in which the +son-in-law knocks out the old man and proves his competence as a pupil. +The Oahu king furnishes a canoe in which Kawelo sets out for Kauai with +his wife, his brother, Kamalama, and other followers, of whom Kalaumeki +and Kaeleha are chief. On Kauai he and his brother defeat all the +champions of Aikanaka, with their followers, one after the other, +finally slaying his old playmate Kauahoa, this with the aid of his wife, +who tangles her _pikoi_ ball in the end of his opponent's war club. + +In the division of land that follows this victory Kona falls to his +brother and Koolau and Puna to his two chief warriors. But Kaelehu +visits Aikanaka at Hanapepe, falls in love with his daughter, and +persuades himself that he could do better by taking up the cause of the +defeated chief. Knowing that Kawelo has never learned the art of dodging +stones, they bury him in a shower of rocks, beat him with a club, and +leave him, for dead. He revives when carried to the temple for +sacrifice, rises, and slays them all; not one escapes. + + + + +9. KUALII + + +Kualii's first battle happens before he is a man, when he and his father +dedicate the temple on Kawaluna, Oahu, as an act of rebellion. The +chiefs of Oahu come against him with three armies, but Kualii, with his +warriors, Maheleana and Malanaihaehae, and his war club, Manaiakalani, +slays the enemy chiefs and beats back 12,000 men at Kalena. Later he +conducts a successful campaign in Hawaii, establishes Paepae against the +rebel faction of Molokai, and pacifies Haloalena, who is rebelling +against the king of Maui. In this campaign he secures the bold and +mischievous Kauhi as his follower, who is in time his chief warrior. As +Kualii grows stronger, he goes in disguise to battle, kills the bravest +chief, secures his feather cloak, and runs home with it. A lad who sees +him pass each day runs after and cuts a finger from the dead enemy, +after the battle of Kalakoa, and reveals the true hero of the day.[1] +The chant to Kualii is composed by two brothers, Kapaahulani and +Kamakaaulani, who are in search of a new lord. On the day of battle at +Kaahumoa one joins each army; one brother leads Kualii's forces to an +appointed spot and the other attempts to pacify the chief with the +prearranged chant, in which he is successful; the brothers are raised to +honor and peace is declared. Kualii lives to old age, when he is +"carried to battle in a net of strings." His genealogical tree carries +his ancestry back to Kane, and Kualii himself has the knowledge and +attributes of a god. + +[Footnote 1: Compare _Kalelealuaka_.] + + + + +10. OPELEMOEMOE + + +A man of Kalauao, Ewa, Oahu, has a habit of falling into a supernatural +sleep for a month at a time. In such a sleep he is taken to be +sacrificed at the temple of Polomauna, Kauai, but waking at the sound of +thunder, he goes to Waimea, where he marries, and cultivates land. When +the time comes for his sleep, he warns his wife, but she and her +brothers and servants decide to drop him into the sea. When the month is +up, it thunders, he wakens, finds himself tied in the bottom of the sea, +breaks loose and comes back to his wife. Before their son is born he +leaves her and returns to Oahu. The child is born, is abused by his +stepfather, and finding he has a different father, follows Opelemoemoe +to Oahu. The rest of his story is told under Kalelealuaka. + + + + +11. KALELEALUAKA + + +Kakuhihewa, king of Ewa, on Oahu, and Pueonui, king from Moanalua to +Makapuu, are at war with each other. Kalelealuaka, son of Opelemoemoe, +the sleeper, lives with his companion, Keinohoomanawanui, at Oahunui. He +is a dreamer; that is, a man who wants everything without working for +it. One night the two chant their wishes. His companion desires a good +meal and success in his daily avocations, but Kalelealuaka wishes for +the king's food served by the king himself, and the king's daughter for +his wife. Now Kakuhihewa has night after night seen the men's light and +wondered who it might be. This night he comes to the hut, overhears the +wish, and making himself known to the daring man, fulfills his wish to +the, letter. Thus Kalelealuaka becomes the king's son-in-law. When the +battle is on with the rival king, Kalelealuaka's companion goes off to +war, but Kalelealuaka remains at home. When all are gone, he runs off +like the wind, slays Pueo's best captain and brings home his feather +cloak, while his friend gets the praise for the deed. Finally he is +discovered, he brings out the feather cloaks and is made king of Oahu, +Kakuhihewa serving under him. + + + + +B. HERO TALES PRIMARILY OF HAWAII + + + +1. WAHANUI + + +Wahanui, king of Hawaii, makes a vow to "trample the breasts of Kane and +Kanaloa."[1] He takes his prophet, Kilohi, and starts for Kahiki. Kane +and Kanaloa have left their younger brother, Kaneapua, on Lanai, because +he made their spring water filthy. He forces himself upon Wahanui, and +saves him from the dangers of the way--from the land of Kanehunamoku, +which takes the shape of Hina's dog; from the two demigod hills, Paliuli +and Palikea, sent against them by Kane and Kanaloa; and from a 10 days' +storm loosened from the calabash of Laamaomao, which they escape by +making their boat fast to the intestines of Kamapuaa's grandmother under +the sea. When Wahanui has fulfilled his quest and sets out to return, +Kaneapua gives him his double-bodied god, Pilikua, and warns him not to +show it until he gets to Hawaii. He displays it at Kauai, and the Kauai +people kill him in order to get the god. The Hawaii people hear of it, +invite the Kauai people to see them, and slaughter them in revenge. + +[Footnote: 1 This means literally "to travel over land and sea." (See +Malo, p. 316.) The song runs: + + "Wahilani, king of Oahu. + Who sailed away to Kahiki, + To the islands of Moananuiakea, + To trample the breasts of Kane and Kanaloa."] + + + + +2. KAMAPUAA + + +This demigod, half man, half hog, lives in Kaliuwaa valley, Oahu, in the +reign of Olopana.[1] His father is Kahikiula, his mother, Hina, his +brother, Kahikihonuakele. He robs Olopana's chicken roosts, is captured, +swung on a stick, and carried in triumph until his grandmother sings a +chant which gives him supernatural strength to slay his enemies. Four +times he is captured and four times escapes, killing all of Olopana's +men but Makalii. Then he flees up the valley Kaliuwaa and lets his +followers climb up over his back to the top of the cliff, except his +grandmother, who insists upon climbing up his front. He flees to +Wahiawa, loses his strength by eating food spelled with the letters +_lau_, but eventually becomes lord of Oahu. In Kahiki, his +father-in-law, Kowea, has a rival, Lonokaeho, who in his supernatural +form has eight foreheads as sharp as an ax. Kamapuaa chants to his gods, +and the weeds Puaakukui, Puaatihaloa, and Puaamaumau grow over the +foreheads. Thus snared, Lonokaeho is slain. Kamapuaa also defeats +Kuilioloa, who has the form of a dog. + +The story next describes the struggle between Pele and the pig god. +Kamapuaa goes to Kilauea on Hawaii and stands on a point of land +overlooking the pit called Akanikolea. Below sit Pele and her sisters +stringing wreaths. Kamapuaa derides Pele's red eyes and she in revenge +tells him he is a hog, his nose pierced with a cord, his face turned to +the ground and a tail that wags behind. When he retaliates she is so +angry that she calls out to her brothers to start the fires. Kamapuaa's +love-making god, Lonoikiaweawealoha, decoys the brothers to the +lowlands. Then Pele bids her sisters and uncles to keep up the fire, but +Kamapuaa's sister, Keliiomakahanaloa, protects him with cloud and rain. +Kamapuaa takes his hog form, and hogs overrun the place; Pele is almost +dead. Then the love-making god restores her, she fills up the pit again +with fire; but Kamapuaa calls for the same plants as before, which are +his supernatural bodies, to choke out the flames. At length peace is +declared and Pele takes Puna, Kau, and Kona districts, while Kamapuaa +takes Hilo, Hamakua, and Kohala. (Hence the former districts are overrun +with lava flows; the latter escape.) + +Next Kamapuaa gets Kahikikolo for a war club. Makalii, king of Kauai, is +fighting Kaneiki. After Kamapuaa has killed two warriors and driven away +two spear throwers, he reveals himself to Makalii, who prostrates +himself. Kamapuaa recounts the names of over fifty heroes whom he has +slain and boasts of his amours. He spares Makalii on condition that he +chant the name song in his honor, and spares his own father, brother, +and mother. Later he pays a visit to his parents at Kalalau, but has to +chant his name song to gain recognition. This angers him so much that he +can be pacified only when Hina, his mother, chants all the songs in +honor of his name. By and by he goes away to Kahiki with Kowea.[1] + +[Footnote 1: This is not the Olopana of Hawaii.] + + + + +3. KAINA + + +The first-born of Hakalanileo and Hina is born in the form of a rope at +Hamakualoa, Maui, in the house Halauoloolo, and brought up by his +grandmother, Uli, at Piihonua, Hilo. He grows so long that the house has +to be lengthened from mountain to sea to hold him. When the bold +Kapepeekauila, who lives on the strong fortress of Haupu, Molokai, +carries away Hina on his floating hill, Hakalanileo seeks first his +younger son, Niheu, the trickster, then his terrible son Kana, to +beseech their aid in recovering her. From Uli, Kana secures the canoe +Kaumaielieli, which is buried at Paliuli, and the expedition sets forth, +bearing Kana stretched in the canoe like a long package to conceal his +presence, Niheu with his war club Wawaikalani, and the father +Hakalanileo, with their equipment of paddlers. The Molokai chief has +been warned by his priest Moi's dream of defeat, but, refusing to +believe him, sends Kolea and Ulili to act as scouts. As the canoe +approaches, he sends the scoutfish Keauleinakahi to stop it, but Niheu +kills the warrior with his club. When a rock is rolled down the cliff to +swamp it, Kana stops it with his hand and slips a small stone under to +hold it up. Niheu meanwhile climbs the cliff, enters the house Halehuki, +seizes Hina and makes off with her. But Hina has told her new lover that +Niheu's strength lies, in his hair, so Kolea and Ulili fly after and lay +hold of the intruder's hair. Niheu releases Hina and returns +unsuccessful. Kana next tries his skill. He stretches upward, but the +hill rises also until he is spun out into a mere cobweb and is famishing +with hunger. Niheu advises him to lean over to Hawaii that his +grandmother may feed him. After three days, this advice reaches his ear +and he bends over Haleakala mountain on Maui, where the groove remains +to this day, and puts his head in at the door of his grandmother's house +in Hawaii, where he is fed until he is fat again. Niheu, left behind in +the boat, sees his brother's feet growing fat, and finally cuts off one +to remind Kana of the business in hand. Now the hill Haupu is really a +turtle. Uli tells Kana that if he breaks the turtle's flippers it can no +longer grow higher. Thus Kana succeeds in destroying the hill Haupu and +winning Hina back to his father.[2] + +[Footnote 1: This is only a fragment of the very popular story of the +pig god. For Pele, see Ellis, IV. For both Pele and Kamapuaa, Emerson, +_Unwritten Literature_, pp. 25, 85, 180, 228; and _Pele and Hiiaka_; +Thrum, pp. 36, 193; and Daggett, who places the beginning of the Pele +worship in the twelfth century.] + +[Footnote 2: Rev. A.O. Forbes's version of this story is printed in +Thrum, p. 63. See also Daggett. They differ only in minor detail. Uli's +chant of the canoe is used by sorcerers to exorcise the spirits, and Uli +is the special god of the priests who use sorcery.] + + + + +4. KAPUNOHU + + +Kukuipahu and Niulii are chiefs of Kohala when Kapunohu, the great +warrior, is born in Kukuipahu. Kanikaa is his god, and Kanikawi his +spear. Insulted by Kukuipahu, he goes to the uplands to test his +strength, and sends his spear through 800 _wili-wili_ trees at once. Two +men he meets on the way are offered as much land as they can run over in +a certain time; thus the upland districts of Pioholowai and Kukuikiikii +are formed. Kapunohu makes a conquest of a number of women, before +joining Niulii against Kukuipahu. In the battle that follows at Kapaau +3,200 men are killed and trophies taken, and Kukuipahu falls. Kapunohu, +armed with Kanikawi, kills Paopele at Lamakee, whose huge war club 4,000 +men carry. After this feat he goes to Oahu, where his sister has married +Olopana, who is at war with Kakuhihewa. Kapunohu pulls eight patches of +taro at one time for food, then joins his brother-in-law and slays +Kakuhihewa. Next he wins against Kemano, chief of Kauai, in a throwing +contest, spear against sling stone, and becomes ruler over Kauai. His +skill in riddles brings him wealth in a tour about Hawaii, but two young +men of Kau finally outdo him in a contest of wit. + + + + +5. KEPAKAILIULA + + +When this son of Ku and Hina is born in Keaau, Puna, in the form of an +egg, the maternal uncles, Kiinoho and Kiikele, who are chiefs of high +rank, steal him away and carry him to live in Paliuli, where in 10 days' +time he becomes a beautiful child; in 40 days he has eyes and skin, as +red as the feather cape in which h& is wrapped, and eats nothing but +bananas, a bunch at a meal. The foster parents travel about Hawaii to +find a bride of matchless beauty for their favorite, and finally choose +Makolea, the daughter of Keauhou and Kahaluu, who live in Kona. Thither +they take the boy, leaving Paliuli forever, and this place has never +since been seen by man. The girl is, however, betrothed to Kakaalaneo, +king of Maui, and when her parents discover her amour with Kepakailiula +they send her off to her husband, who is a famous spearsman. +Kepakailiula now moves to Kohala and marries the pretty daughter of its +king. Two successive nights he slips over to Maui, fools the drunken +king, and enjoys his bride. Then he persuades his father-in-law, +Kukuipahu, to send a friendly expedition to Maui, which he turns into a +war venture, and slays the chief Kakaalaneo and so many men that his +father-in-law is obliged to put a stop to the slaughter by running in +front of him with his wife in his arms. He then makes Kukuipahu king +over Maui and goes on to Oahu, where Kakuhihewa hastens to make peace. +One day when Makolea is out surf riding, messengers of the king of +Kauai, Kaikipaananea, steal her away and she becomes this king's wife. +Kepakailiula follows her to Kauai and defeats the king in boxing. One +more contest is prepared; the king has two riddles, the failure to +answer which will mean death. Only one man knows the answers, Kukaea, +the public crier, and he is an outcast who has lived on nothing but +filth air his life. Kepakailiula invites him in, feeds, and clothes him. +For this attention, the man reveals the riddles, Kepakailiula answers +them correctly, and bakes the king in his own oven. The riddles are: + +1. "Plaited all around, plaited to the bottom, leaving an opening. +Answer: A house, thatched all around and leaving a door." + +2. "The men that stand, the men that lie down, the men that are folded. +Answer: A house, the timbers that stand, the battens laid down, the +grass and cords folded." + + + + +6. KAIPALAOA. + + +The boy skilled in the art of disputation, or _hoopapa_, lives in +Waiakea, Hilo, Hawaii. In the days of Pueonuiokona, king of Kauai, his +father, Halepaki, has been killed in a riddling contest with +Kalanialiiloa, the taboo chief of Kauai, whose house is almost +surrounded by a fence of human bones from the victims he has defeated in +this art. Kaipalaoa's mother teaches him all she knows, then his aunt, +Kalenaihaleauau, wife of Kukuipahu, trains him until he is an expert. He +meets Kalanialiiloa, riddles against all his champions, and defeats +them. They are killed, cooked in the oven, and the flesh stripped from +their bones. Thus Kaipalaoa avenges his father's death. + + + + +7. MOIKEHA. + + +Olopana and his wife Luukia, during the flood at Waipio, are swept out +to sea, and sail, or swim, to Tahiti, where Moikeha is king. Olopana +becomes chief counsellor, and Luukia becomes Moikeha's mistress. Mua, +who also loves Luukia, sows discord by reporting to her that Moikeha is +boasting in public of her favors. She repulses Moikeha and he, out of +grief, sails away to Hawaii. The lashing used for water bottles and for +the binding of canoes is called the _pauoluukia_ ("skirt of Luukia") +because she thus bound herself against the chief's approaches. + +Moikeha touches at various points on the islands. At Hilo, Hawaii, he +leaves his younger brothers Kumukahi and Haehae; at Kohala, his priests +Mookini and Kaluawilinae; at Maui, a follower, Honuaula; at Oahu his +sisters Makapuu and Makaaoa. With the rest--his foster son Kamahualele, +his paddlers Kapahi and Moanaikaiaiwe, Kipunuiaiakamau and his fellow, +and two spies, Kaukaukamunolea and his fellow--he reaches Wailua, +Kauai, at the beach Kamakaiwa. He has dark reddish hair and a commanding +figure, and the king of Kauai's two daughters fall in love with and +marry him. He becomes king of Kauai and by them has five sons, Umalehu, +Kaialea, Kila, Kekaihawewe, Laukapalala. How his bones are buried first +in the cliff of Haena and later removed to Tahiti is told in the story +of Kila.[1] + +[Footnote 1: See Daggett's account, who places Moikeha's role in the +eleventh century.] + + + + +8. KILA + + +Moikeha, wishing to send a messenger to fetch his oldest son from +Tahiti, summons his five sons and tests them to know by a sign which boy +to send. The lot falls upon Kila, the youngest. On his journey Kila +encounters dangers and calls upon his supernatural relatives. The +monsters Keaumiki and Keauka draw him down to the coral beds, but +Kakakauhanui saves him. His rat aunt, Kanepohihi, befriends him, and +when he goes to his uncle Makalii,[1] who has all the food fastened up +in his net, she nibbles the net and the food falls out. At Tahiti he +first kills Mua, who caused his father's exile. Then his warriors are +matched with the Tahiti champions and he himself faces Makalii, whose +club is Naulukohelewalewa. Kila, with the club Kahikikolo stuns his +uncle "long enough to cook two ovens of food." The spirits of Moikeha's +slain followers appear and join their praises to those of the crowd +assembled, together with ants, birds, pebbles, shells, grass, smoke, and +thunder. Kila goes to his father's house, Moaulanuiakea, thatched with +birds' feathers, and built of _kauila_ wood. All is desolate. The man +whom he seeks, Laamaikahiki, is hidden in the temple of Kapaahu. On a +strict taboo night Kila conceals himself and, when the brother comes to +beat the drum, delivers his message. Kila succeeds in bringing his +brother to Hawaii, who later returns to Kahiki from Kahoolawe, hence the +name "The road to Tahiti" for the ocean west of that island. When +Laamaikahiki revisits Hawaii to get the bones of his father, he brings +the _hula_ drum and _kaeke_ flute. Meanwhile Kila has become king, after +his father's death. The jealous brothers entice him to Waipio, Hawaii, +where they abandon him to slavery. The priest of the temple adopts him. +He gains influence and introduces the tenant system of working a number +of days for the landlord, and is beloved for his industry. At the time +of famine in the days of Hua,[2] one of his brothers comes to Waipo to +get food. Kila has him thrown into prison, but each time he is taken out +to be killed, Kila imitates the call of a mud hen and the sacrifice is +postponed. Finally the mother and other brothers are summoned, Kila +makes himself known, and the mother demands the brothers' death. Kila +offers himself as the first to be killed, and reconciliation follows. +Later he goes with Laamaikahiki back to Tahiti to carry their father's +bones. + +[Footnote 1: Kaulu meets the wizard Makalii in rat form and kills him by +carrying him up in the air and letting him drop. Makalii means "little +eyes" and refers to a certain mesh of fish net. One form of cat's cradle +has this name. It also names the six summer months, the Pleiades, and +the trees of plenty planted in Paliuli. "Plenty of fish" seems to be the +root idea of the symbol.] + +[Footnote 3: Daggett tells the story of _Hua_, priest of Maui.] + + + + +9. UMI + + +The great chief of Hawaii, Liloa, has a son by Piena, named Hakau. On a +journey to dedicate the temple of Manini at Kohalalele, Liloa sees +Akahiakuleana bathing in the Hoea stream at Kaawikiwiki and falls in +love with her. Some authorities claim she was of low birth, others make +her a relative of Liloa. He leaves with her the customary tokens by +which to recognize his child. When their boy Umi is grown, having +quarreled with his supposed father, he takes the tokens and, by his +mother's direction, goes to seek Liloa in Waipio valley. Two boys, +Omaokamao and Piimaiwaa, whom he meets on the way, accompany him. Umi +enters the sacred inclosure of the chief and sits in his father's lap, +who, recognizing the trophies, pardons the sacrilege and sending for his +gods, performs certain ceremonies. At his death he wills his lands and +men to Hakau, but his gods and temples to Umi. + +Hakau is of a cruel and jealous disposition. Umi is obliged to leave him +and go to farming with his two companions and a third, Koi, whom he +meets on the way. He marries two girls, but their parents complain that +he is lazy and gets no fish. Racing with Paiea at Laupahoehoe, he gets +crowded against the rocks. This is a breach of etiquette and he nurses +his revenge. Finally, by a rainbow sign and by the fact that a pig +offered in sacrifice walks toward Umi, his chiefly blood is proved to +the priest Kaoleioku. The priest considers how Umi may win the kingdom +away from the unpopular Hakau. Umi studies animal raising and farming. +He builds four large houses, holding 160 men each, and these are filled +in no time with men training in the arts of war. A couple of disaffected +old men, Nunu and Kakohe, are won over to Umi's cause, and they advise +Hakau to prepare for war with Umi. While all the king's men are gone to +the forests to get feathers for the war god, Umi and his followers +start, on the day of Olekulua, and on the day of Lono they surprise and +kill Hakau and his few attendants, who thought they were men from the +outdistricts come with their taxes. So Umi becomes king. Kaoleioku is +chief priest, and Nunu and Kakohe are high in authority. The land he +divides among his followers, giving Kau to Omaokamau, Hilo to Kaoleioku, +Hamakua to Piimaiwaa, Kahala to Koi, Kona to Ehu, and Puna to another +friend. To prove how long Umi will hold his kingdom, he is placed 8 +fathoms away from a warrior who hurls his spear at the king's middle, +using the thrust known as Wahie. Umi wards it off, catches it by the +handle and holds it. This is a sign that he will hold his kingdom +successfully--"your son, your grandson, your issue, your offspring until +the very last of your blood." + +Umi now makes a tour of the island for two years. He slays Paiea. He +sends Omaokamau to Piilani of Maui to arrange a marriage with Piikea. +After 20 days, Piikea sets sail for Hawaii with a fleet of 400 canoes, +and a rainbow "like a feather helmet" stands out at sea signaling her +approach. The rest of the story has to do with the adventures of Umi's +three warriors, Omaokamau who is right-handed, Koi who is left-handed, +and Piimaiwae, who is ambidextrous, during the campaign on Maui, +undertaken at Piikea's plea to gain for her brother, Kihapiilani, the +rule over Maui. The son and successor of Umi is Keawenuiaumi, father of +Lonoikamakahiki. + + + + +10. KIHAPILANI + + +Lonoapii, king of Maui, has two sisters, Piikea, the wife of Umi, and +Kihawahine, named for the lizard god, and a younger brother, +Kihapiilani, with whom he quarrels. Kihapiilani nurses his revenge as he +plants potatoes in Kula. Later he escapes to Umi in Hawaii, and his +sister Piikea persuades her husband to aid his cause with a fleet of war +canoes that make a bridge from Kohala to Kauwiki. Hoolae defends the +fort at Kauwiki. Umi's greatest warriors, Piimaiwae, Omaokamau, and Koi, +attack in vain by day. At night a giant appears and frightens away +intruders. One night Piimaiwaa discovers that the giant is only a wooden +image called Kawalakii, and knocks it over with his club. Lonoapii is +slain and Kihapiilani becomes king. He builds a paved road from +Kawaipapa to Kahalaoaka and a shell road on Molokai. + + + +11. PAKAA AND KUAPAKAA[1] + + +Pakaa, the favorite of Keawenuiaumi, king of Hawaii, regulates the +distribution of land, has charge of the king's household, keeps his +personal effects, and is sailing master for his double canoe. The king +gives him land in the six districts of Hawaii. He owns the paddle, +Lapakahoe, and the wooden calabash with netted cover in which are the +bones of his mother, Laamaomao, whose voice the winds obey. + +Two men, Hookeleiholo and Hookeleipuna, ruin him with the king. So, +taking the king's effects, his paddle and calabash, he sails away to +Molokai where he marries a high chiefess and has a son, Kuapakaa, named +after the king's cracked skin from drinking _awa_. He plants fields in +the uplands marked out like the districts of Hawaii, and trains his son +in all the lore of Hawaii. + +The king dreams that Pakaa reveals to him his residence in Kaula. His +love for the man returns and he sets out with a great retinue to seek +him. Pakaa foresees the king's arrival and goes to meet him and bring +him to land. He conceals his own face under the pretense of fishing, and +leaves the son to question the expedition. First pass the six canoes of +the district chiefs of Hawaii, and Kuapakaa sings a derisive chant for +each, calling him by name. Then he inquires their destination and sings +a prophecy of storm. The king's sailing masters, priests, and prophets +deny the danger, but the boy again and again repeats the warning. He +names the winds of all the islands in turn, then calls the names of the +king's paddlers. Finally he uncovers the calabash, and the canoes are +swamped and the whole party is obliged to come ashore. Pakaa brings the +king the loin cloth and scented tapa he has had in keeping, prepares his +food in the old way, and makes him so comfortable that the king regrets +his old servant. The party is weather-bound four months. As they +proceed, they carry the boy Kuapakaa with them. He blows up a storm in +which the two sailing masters are drowned, and carries the rest of the +party safe back to Kawaihae, Kohala. Here the boy is forgotten, but by a +great racing feat, in which he wins against his contestants by riding in +near shore in the eddy caused by their flying canoes, thus coming to the +last stretch unwearied, he gets the lives of his father's last enemies. +Then he makes known to the king his parentage, and Pakaa is returned to +all his former honors. + +[Footnote 1: This story Fornander calls "the most famous in Hawaiian +history."] + + + + +12. KALAEPUNI + + +The older brother of Kalaehina and son of Kalanipo and Kamelekapu, is +born and raised in Holualoa, Kona, in the reign of Keawenuiaumi. He is +mischievous and without fear. At 6 he can outdo all his playmates, at 20 +he is fully developed, kills sharks with his hands and pulls up a _kou_ +tree as if it were a blade of grass. The king hides himself, and +Kalaepuni rules Hawaii. The priest Mokupane plots his death. He has a +pit dug on Kahoolawe, presided over by two old people who are told to +look out for a very large man with long hair like bunches of _olona_ +fiber. Once Kalaepuni goes out shark killing and drifts to this island. +The old people give him fish to eat, but send him to the pit to get +water; then throw down stones on his head until he dies, at the place +called Keanapou. + + + + +13. KALAEHINA + + +The younger brother of Kalaepuni can throw a canoe into the sea as if it +were a spear, and split wood with his head. He proves his worth by +getting six canoes for his brother out of a place where they were stuck, +in the uplands of Kapua, South Kona, Hawaii. He makes a conquest of the +island of Maui; its king, Kamalalawalu, flees and hides himself when +Kalaehina defies his taboo. There he rules until Kapakohana, the strong +usurper of Kauai, wrestles with him and pushes him over the cliff +Kaihalulu and kills him.[1] + + + + +14. LONOIKAMAKAHIKE + + +Lonoikamakahike was king of Hawaii after Keawenuiaumi, his father, 64 +generations from Wakea. According to the story, he is born and brought +up at Napoopo, Hawaii, by the priests Loli and Hauna. He learns spear +throwing from Kanaloakuaana; at the test he dodges 3 times 40 spears at +one time. He discards sports, but becomes expert in the use of the spear +and the sling, in wrestling, and in the art of riddling disputation, the +_hoopapa_. He also promotes the worship of the gods. While yet a boy he +marries his cousin Kaikilani, a woman of high rank who has been +Kanaloakuaana's wife, and gives her rule over the island until he comes +of age. Then they rule together, and so wisely that everything prospers. + +Kaikilani has a lover, Heakekoa, who follows them as they set out on a +tour of the islands. While detained on Molokai by the weather, +Lonoikamakahike and his wife are playing checkers when the lover sings a +chant from the cliff above Kalaupapa. Lonoikamakahike suspects treachery +and strikes his wife to the ground with the board. Fearful of the +revenge of her friends he travels on to Kailua on Oahu to Kekuhihewa's +court, which he visits incognito. Reproached because he has no name +song, he secures from a visiting chiefess of Kauai the chant called "The +Mirage of Mana." In the series of bets which follow, Lonoikamakahike +wins from Kakuhihewa all Oahu and is about to win his daughter for a +wife when Kaikilani arrives, and a reconciliation follows. The betting +continues, concluded by a riddling match, in all of which +Lonoikamakahike is successful. + +But his wife brings word that the chiefs of Hawaii, enraged by his +insult to her person, have rebelled against him, only the district of +Kau remaining faithful. In a series of battles at Puuanahulu, called +Kaheawai; at Kaunooa; at Puupea; at Puukohola, called Kawaluna because +imdertaken at night and achieved by the strategy of lighting torches to +make the appearance of numbers; at Kahua, called Kaiopae; at Halelua, +called Kaiopihi from a warrior slain in the battle; finally at Puumaneo, +his success is complete, and Hawaii becomes his. + +Lonoikamakahike sails to Maui with his younger brother and chief +counsellor, Pupuakea, to visit King Kamalalawalu, whose younger brother +is Makakuikalani: In the contest of wit, Lonoikamakahike is successful. +The king of Maui wishes to make war on Hawaii and sends his son to spy +out the land, who gains false intelligence. At the same time +Lonoikamakahike sends to the king two chiefs who pretend disaffection +and egg him on to ruin. In spite of Lanikaula's prophecy of disaster, +Kamalalawalu sails to Hawaii with a fleet that reaches from Hamoa, Hana, +to Puakea, Kohala; he and his brother are killed at Puuoaoaka, and their +bodies offered in sacrifice.[1] + +Lonoikamakahike, desiring to view "the trunkless tree Kahihikolo," puts +his kingdom in charge of his wife and sails for Kauai. Such are the +hardships of the journey that his followers desert him, only one +stranger, Kapaihiahilani, accompanying him and serving him in his +wanderings. This man therefore on his return is made chief counsellor +and favorite. But he becomes the queen's lover, and after an absence on +Kauai, finds himself disgraced at court. Standing without the king's +door, he chants a song recalling their wanderings together; the king +relents, the informers are put to death, and he remains the first man in +the kingdom until his death. Nor are there any further wars on Hawaii +until the days of Keoua. + +[Footnote 1: One of the most popular heroes of the Puna, Kau, and Kona +coast of Hawaii to-day is the _kupua_ or "magician," Kalaekini. His +power, _mana_, works through a rod of _kauila_ wood, and his object +seems to be to change the established order of things, some say for +good, others for the worse. The stories tell of his efforts to overturn +the rock called Pohaku o Lekia (rock of Lekia), of the bubbling spring +of Punaluu, whose flow he stops, and the blowhole called +Kapuhiokalaekini, which he chokes with cross-sticks of _kauila_ wood. +The double character of this magician, whom one native paints as a +benevolent god, another, not 10 miles distant, as a boaster and +mischief-maker, is an instructive example of the effect of local +coloring upon the interpretation of folklore. Daggett describes this +hero. He seems to be identical with the Kalaehina of Fornander.] + + + + +15. KEAWEIKEKAHIALII + + +This chief, born in Kailua, Kona, has a faithful servant, Mao, who +studies how his master may usurp the chief ship of Hawaii. One day while +Keaweikekahialii plays at checkers with King Keliiokaloa, Mao +approaches, and while speaking apparently about the moves of the game, +conveys to him the intelligence that now is the time to strike. Mao +kills the king by a blow on the neck, and they further slay all the 800 +chiefs of Hawaii save Kalapanakuioiomoa, whose daughter Keaweikekahialii +marries, thus handing down the high chief blood of Hawaii to this day. + +[Footnote 1: Mr. Stokes found on the rocks at Kahaluu, near the _heiau_ +of Keeku, a petroglyph which the natives point to as the beheaded figure +of Kamalalawalu.] + + + + +16. KEKUHAUPIO + + +One of the most famous warriors and chiefs in the days of Kalaniopuu and +of Kamehameha, kings of Hawaii, was Kekuhaupio, who taught the latter +the art of war. He could face a whole army of men and ward off 400 to +4,000 spears at once. In the battle at Waikapu between Kalaniopuu of +Hawaii and Kahekili of Maui, the Hawaii men are put to flight. As they +flee over Kamoamoa, Kekuhaupio faces the Maui warriors alone. Weapons +lie about him in heaps, still he is not wounded. The Maui hero, Oulu, +encounters him with his sling; the first stone misses, the god Lono in +answer to prayer averts the next. Kekuhaupio then demands with the third +a hand-to-hand conflict, in which he kills Oulu. + + + + +C. LOVE STORIES + +1. HALEMANO + + +The son of Wahiawa and Kukaniloko is born in Halemano, Waianae, and +brought up in Kaau by his grandmother, Kaukaalii. Dreaming one day of +Kamalalawalu, the beauty of Puna, he dies for love of her, but his +sister Laenihi, who has supernatural power, restores him to life and +wins the beauty for her brother. First she goes to visit her and fetches +back her wreath and skirt to Halemano. Then she shows him how to toll +the girl on board his red canoe by means of wooden idols, kites, and +other toys made to please her favorite brother. + +The king of Oahu, Aikanaka, desires Halemano's death in order to enjoy +the beauty of Puna. They flee and live as castaways, first on Molokai, +then Maui, then Hawaii, at Waiakea, Hilo. Here the two are estranged. +The chief of Puna seduces her, then, after a reconciliation, the Kohala +chief, Kumoho, wins her affection. Halemano dies of grief, and his +spirit appears to his sister as she is surfing in the Makaiwi surf at +Wailua, Kauai. She restores him to life with a chant. + +In order to win back his bride, Halemano makes himself an adept in the +art of singing and dancing (the _hula_). His fame travels about Kohala +and the young chiefess Kikekaala falls in love with him. Meanwhile the +seduced wife has overheard his wonderful singing and her love is +restored. When his new mistress gives a _kilu_ singing match, she is +present, and when Halemano, after singing eight chants commemorating +their life of love together, goes off with the new enchantress, she +tries in vain to win him back by chanting songs which in turn deride the +girl and recall herself to her lover. He soon wearies of the girl and +escapes from her to Kauai, where his old love follows him. But they do +not agree. Kamalalawalu leaves for Oahu, where she becomes wife to +Waiahole at Kualoa. Two Hawaii chiefs, Huaa and Kuhukulua, come with a +fleet of 8,000 canoes, make great slaughter at Waiahole, and win the +beauty of Puna for their own. + + + + +2. UWEUWELEKEHAU + + +Olopana, king of Kauai, has decreed that his daughter, Luukia, shall +marry none but Uweuwelekehau, the son of Ku and Hina in Hilo, and that +he shall be known when he comes by his chiefly equipment, red canoe, red +sails, etc. Thunder, lightning, and floods have heralded this child's +birth, and he is kept under the chiefly taboo. One day he goes to the +Kalopulepule River to sail a boat; floods wash him out to sea; and in +the form of a fish he swims to Kauai, is brought to Luukia and, changing +into a man, becomes her lover. When Olopana hears this, he banishes the +two to Mana, where only the gods dwell. These supply their needs, +however, and the country becomes so fertile that the two steal the +hearts of the people with kindness, and all go to live at Mana. Finally +Olopana recognizes his son-in-law and they become king and queen of +Kauai, plant the coconut grove at Kaunalewa, and build the temple of +Lolomauna. + + + + +3. LAUKIAMANUIKAHIKI + + +Makiioeoe, king of Kuaihelani, has an amour with Hina on Kauai and, +returning home, leaves with Hina his whale-tooth necklace and feather +cloak to recognize the child by, and bids that his daughter be sent to +him with the full equipment of a chief. Meanwhile he prepares a bathing +pool, plants a garden, and taboos both for his daughter's arrival. +Laukiamanuikahiki is abused by her supposed father, and, discovering the +truth, starts out under her mother's direction to find her real father. +With the help of her grandmother she reaches Kuaihelani. Here she bathes +in the taboo pool and plucks the taboo flowers. She is about to be slain +for this act when her aunt, in the form of an owl, proclaims her name, +and the chief recognizes his daughter. Her beauty shines like a light. +Kahikiula, her half brother, on a visit to his father, becomes her +lover. When he returns to his wife, Kahalaokolepuupuu in Kahikiku, she +follows in the shape of an old woman called Lupewale. Although her lover +recognizes her, she is treated like a servant. In revenge she calls upon +the gods to set fire to the dance house, and burns all inside. Kahikiula +now begs her to stay, but she leaves him and returns to Kuaihelani. + + + + +4. HOAMAKEIKEKULA + + +"Companion-in-suffering-on-the-plain" is a beautiful woman of Kohala, +Hawaii, born at Oioiapaiho, of parents of high rank, Hooleipalaoa +and Pili. As she is in the form of an _ala_ stone, she is cast out upon +the trash; but her aunt has a dream, rescues her through a rainbow which +guides her to the place, and wraps her in red _tapa_ cloth. In 20 days +she is a beautiful child. Until she is 20 she lives under a strict +taboo; then, as she strings _lehua_ blossoms in the woods, the _elepaio_ +bird comes in the form of a handsome man and carries her away in a fog +to be the bride of Kalamaula, chief's son of Kawaihae. She asks for 30 +days to consider it, and dreams each night of a handsome man, with whom +she falls in love. She runs away and, accompanied by a rainbow, wanders +in the uplands of Pahulumoa until Puuhue finds her and carries her home +to his lord, the king of Kohala, Puuonale, who turns out to be the man +of her dream. Her first child is the image Alelekinakina. + + + + +5. KAPUAOKAOHELOAI + + + +When Ku and Hina are living at Waiakea, Hilo, they have two children, a +boy called Hookaakaaikapakaakaua and a lovely girl named +Kapuaokaoheloai. They are brought up apart and virgin, without being +permitted to see each other, until one day the sister discovers the +brother by the bright light that shines from his house, and outwits the +attendants. The two are discovered and banished. Attendants of the king +of Kuaihelani find the girl and, because she is so beautiful, carry her +back with them to be the king's wife. Her virginity is tested and she +slips on the platform, is wounded in the virgin's bathing pool, and +slips on the bank getting out. Her guilt thus proved, she is about to be +slain when a soothsayer reveals her high rank as the child of Hina, +older sister to the king, and the king forgives and marries her. His +daughter, Kapuaokaohelo, who is ministered to by birds, hearing +Kapuaokaoheloai tell of her brother on Hawaii, falls in love with him +and determines to go in search of him. When she reaches Punahoa harbor +at Kumukahi, Hawaii, where she has been directed, she finds no handsome +youth, for the boy has grown ill pining for his sister. In two days, +however, he regains his youth and good looks, and the two are married. + + + + +D. GHOST STORIES AND TALES OF MEN BROUGHT TO LIFE + +1. OAHU STORIES + +KAHALAOPUNA + + +During the days of Kakuhihewa, king of Oahu, there is born in Manoa, +Oahu, a beautiful girl named Kahalaomapuana. Kauakuahine is her father, +Kahioamano her mother. Her house stands at Kahoiwai. Kauhi, her husband, +hears her slandered, and believing her guilty, takes her to Pohakea on +the Kaala mountain, and, in spite of her chant of innocence, beats her +to death under a great _lehua_ tree, covers the body with leaves, and +returns. Her spirit flies to the top of the tree and chants the news of +her death. Thus she is found and restored to life, but she will have +nothing more to do with Kauhi.[1] + +[Footnote 1: This story is much amplified by Mrs. Nakuina in Thrum, p. +118. Here mythical details are added to the girl's parentage, and the +ghost fabric related in full, in connection with her restoration to life +and revenge upon Kauhi. The Fornander version is, on the whole, very +bare. See also Daggett.] + + + + +KALANIMANUIA + + +The son of Ku, king of Lihue, through a secret amour with Kaunoa, is +brought up at Kukaniloko, where he incurs the anger of his supposed +father by giving food away recklessly. He therefore runs away to his +real father, carrying the king's spear and malo; but Ku, not recognizing +them, throws him into the sea at Kualoa point. The spirit comes night +after night to the temple, where the priests worship it until it becomes +strong enough to appear in human form. In this shape Ku recognizes his +son and snares the spirit in a net. At first it takes the shape of a +rat, then almost assumes human form. Kalanimanuia's sister, Ihiawaawa, +has three lovers, Hala, Kumuniaiake, and Aholenuimakiukai. Kalanimanuia +sings a derisive chant, and they determine upon a test of beauty. A cord +is arranged to fall of itself at the appearance of the most handsome +contestant. The night before the match, Kalanimanuia hears a knocking at +the door and there enter his soles, knees, thighs, hair, and eyes. Now +he is a handsome fellow. Wind, rain, thunder, and lightning attend his +advent, and the cord falls of itself. + + +PUMAIA + + +King Kualii of Oahu demands from the hog raiser, Pumaia, of Pukoula, one +hog after another in sacrifice. At last Pumaia has but one favorite hog +left. This he refuses to give up, since he has vowed it shall die a +natural death, and he kills all Kualii's men, sparing only the king and +his god. The king prays to his god, and Pumaia is caught, bound, and +sacrificed in the temple Kapua. Pumaia's spirit directs his wife to +collect the bones out of the bone pit in the temple and flee with her +daughter to a cave overlooking Nuuanu pali. Here the spirit brings them +food and riches robbed from Kualii's men. In order to stop these +deprivations, Kualii is advised by his priest to build three houses at +Waikiki, one for the wife, one for the daughter, and one for the bones +of Pumaia. (In one version, Pumaia is then brought back to life.) + + + + +NIHOALAKI + + +Nihoalaki is this man's spirit name. He is born at Keauhou, Kona, +Hawaii, and goes to Waianae, Oahu, where he marries and becomes chief, +under the name of Kaehaikiaholeha, because of his famous _aku_-catching +hook called Pahuhu (see Aiai). He goes on to Waimea, Kauai, and becomes +ruler of that island, dies, and his body is brought back to Waianae. +The parents place the body in a small house built of poles in the shape +of a pyramid and worship it until it is strong enough to become a man +again. Then he goes back to Waimea, under the new name of Nihoalaki. +Here his supernatural sister, in the shape of a small black bird, Noio, +has guarded the fishhook. When Nihoalaki is reproached for his +indolence, he takes the hook and his old canoe and, going out, secures +an enormous haul of _aku_ fish. As all eat, the "person with dropsy +living at Waiahulu," Kamapuaa, who is a friend of Nihoalaki's, comes to +have his share and the two go off together, diving under the sea to +Waianae. A Kauai chief, who follows them, is turned into the rock +Pohakuokauai outside Waianae. Nihoalaki goes into his burial house at +Waianae and disappears. Kamapuaa marries the sister. + + + + +2. MAUI STORIES + +ELEIO + + +Eleio runs so swiftly that he can make three circuits of Maui in a day. +When King Kakaalaneo of Lahaina is almost ready for a meal, Eleio sets +out for Hana to fetch fish for the king, and always returns before the +king sits down to eat. Three times a spirit chases him for the fish, so +he takes a new route. Passing Kaupo, he sees a beautiful spirit, brings +her to life, and finds that she is a woman of rank from another island, +named Kanikaniaula. She gives him a feather cape, until then unknown on +Maui. The king, angry at his runner's delay, has prepared an oven to +cook him in at his return, but at sight of the feather cape he is +mollified, and marries the restored chiefess. Their child is Kaululaau. +(See under Trickster stories.) + + + + +PAMANO + + +In Kahikinui, Maui, in the village of Kaipolohua, in the days of King +Kaiuli, is born Pamano, child of Lono and Kenia. His uncle is Waipu, his +sisters are spirits named Nakinowailua and Hokiolele. Pamano studies the +art of the _hula_, and becomes a famous dancer, then comes to the +uplands of Mokulau in Kaupo, where the king adopts him, but places a +taboo between him and his daughter, Keaka. Keaka, however, entices +Pamano into her house. Now Pamano and his friend, Hoolau, have agreed +not to make love to Keaka without the other's consent. Koolau, not +knowing it is the girl's doing, reports his friend to the king, and he +and his wife decide that Pamano must die. They entice him in from surf +riding, get him drunk with _awa_ in spite of his spirit sisters' +warnings, and chop him to pieces. The sisters restore him to life. At a +_kilu_ game given by Keaka and Koolau. Pamano reveals himself in a chant +and orders his three enemies slain before he will return to Keaka. + + + + +3. HAWAII STORIES + +KAULANAPOKII + + +Kaumalumalu and Lanihau of Holualoa, Kona, Hawaii, have five sons and +five daughters. The boys are Mumu, Wawa, Ahewahewa, Lulukaina and +Kalino; their sisters are Mailelaulii, Mailekaluhea, Mailepakaha, +Mailehaiwale, and Kaulanapokii, who is endowed with gifts of magic. The +girls go sight-seeing along the coast of Kohala, and Mailelaulii weds the +king of Kohala, Hikapoloa. He gets them to send for the supernatural +pearl fishhook with which their brothers catch _aku_ fish, but the hook +sent proves a sham, and the angry chief determines to induce the +brothers thither on a visit and then kill them in revenge. When the five +arrive with a boatload of _aku_, the sisters are shut up in the woman's +house composing a name song for the first-born. Each brother in turn +comes up to the king's house and thrusts his head in at the door, only +to have it chopped off and the body burnt in a special kind of wood +fire, _opiko_, _aaka_, _mamane_, _pua_ and _alani_. The youngest sister, +however, is aware of the event, and the sisters determine to slay +Hikapoloa. When he comes in to see his child, Kaulanapokii sings an +incantation to the rains and seas, the _ie_ and _maile_ vines, to block +the house. Thus the chief is killed. Then Kaulanapokii sings an +incantation to the various fires burning her brothers' flesh, to tell +her where their bones are concealed. With the bones she brings her +brothers to life, and they all return to Kona, abandoning "the proud +land of Kohala and its favorite wind, the Aeloa." + + + + +PUPUHULUENA + + +The spirits have potatoes, yam, and taro at Kalae Point, Kau, but the +Kohala people have none. Pupuhuluena goes fishing from Kohala off +Makaukiu, and the fishes collect under his canoe. As he sails he leaves +certain kinds of fish as he goes until he comes just below Kalae. Here +Ieiea and Poopulu, the fishermen of Makalii, have a dragnet. By oiling +the water with chewed _kukui_ nut, he calms it enough to see the fishes +entering their net, and this art pleases the fishermen. By giving them +the nut he wins their friendship, hence when he goes ashore, one prompts +him with the names of the food plants which are new to him. Then he +stands the spirits on their heads, so shaming them that they give him +the plants to take to Kohala. + + + + + +HIKU AND KAWELU[1] + + +The son of Keaauolu and Lanihau, who live in Kaumalumalu, Kona, once +sends his arrow, called Puane, into the hut of Kawelu, a chiefess of +Kona. She falls violently in love with the stranger who follows to seek +it, and will not let him depart. He escapes, and she dies of grief for +him, her spirit descending to Milu. Hiku, hearing of her death, +determines to fetch her thence. He goes out into mid-ocean, lets down a +_koali_ vine, smears himself with rancid _kukui_ oil to cover the smell +of a live person, and lowers himself on another vine. Arrived in the +lower world, he tempts the spirits to swing on his vines. At last he +catches Kawelu, signals to his friends above, and brings her back with +him to the upper world. Arrived at the house where the body lies, he +crowds the spirit in from the feet up. After some days the spirit gets +clear in. Kawelu crows like a rooster and is taken up, warmed, and +restored. + +[Footnote 1: See Thrum, p. 43.] + + + + +E. TRICKSTER STORIES + +1. THEFTS + +IWA + + +At Keaau, Puna, lives Keaau, who catches squid by means of two famous +_leho_ shells, Kalokuna, which the squid follow into the canoe. Umi, the +king, hears about them and demands them. Keaau, mourning their loss, +seeks some one clever enough to steal them back from Umi. He is directed +to a grove of _kukui_ trees between Mokapu Point and Bird Island, on +Oahu, where lives Kukui and his thieving son Iwa. This child, "while yet +in his mother's womb used to go out stealing." He was the greatest thief +of his day. Keaau engages his services and they start out. With one dip +of Iwa's paddle, Kapahi, they are at the next island. So they go until +they find Umi fishing off Kailua, Hawaii. Iwa swims 3 miles under water, +steals the shells, and fastens the hooks to the coral at the bottom of +the sea 400 fathoms below. Later, Iwa steals back the shells from Keaau +for Umi. + +Iwa's next feat is the stealing of Umi's ax, Waipu, which is kept under +strict taboo in the temple of Pakaalana, in Waipio, on Hawaii. It hangs +on a rope whose ends are fastened to the necks of two old women. A crier +runs back and forth without the temple to proclaim the taboo. Iwa takes +the place of the crier, persuades the old women to let him touch the ax, +and escapes with it. + +Umi arranges a contest to prove who is the champion thief. Iwa is pitted +against the six champions from each of the six districts of Hawaii. The +test is to see which can fill a house fullest in a single night. The six +thieves go to work, but Iwa sleeps until cockcrow, when he rises and +steals all the things out of the other thieves' house. He also steals +sleeping men, women, and children from the king's own house to fill his +own. The championship is his, and the other six thieves are killed. + + + + +MANINIHOLOKUAUA + + +This skillful thief lives at Kaunakahakai on Molokai, where he is noted +for strength and fleetness. In a cave at Kalamaula, in the uplands, his +lizard guardian keeps all the valuables that he steals from strangers +who land on his shore. This cave opens and shuts at his call. +Maniniholokuaua steals the canoe of the famous Oahu runner, Keliimalolo, +who can make three circuits of Oahu in a day, and this man secures the +help of two supernatural runners from Niihau, Kamaakauluohia (or +Kaneulohia), and Kamaakamikioi (or Kaneikamikioi), sons of Halulu, who +can make ten circuits of Kauai in a day. In spite of his grandmother's +warning, Maniniholokuaua steals from them also, and they pursue him to +his cave, where he is, caught between the jaws in his haste. + + + + +PUPUALENALENA + + +This marvelous dog named Pupualenalena fetches _awa_ from Hakau's food +patches in Waipio, Hawaii, to his master in Puako. Hakau has the dog +tracked, and is about to kill both dog and master when he bethinks +himself. He has been troubled by the blowing of a conch shell, Kuana, by +the spirits above Waipio, and he now promises life if the dog will bring +him the shell. This the dog effects in the night, though breaking a +piece in his flight, and the king, delighted, rewards the master with +land in Waipio. + + + + +2. CONTESTS WITH SPIRITS + + +The son of Kakaalaneo, king of Maui and Kanikaniaula, uproots all the +breadfruit trees of Lahaina to get the fruit that is out of reach, and +does so much mischief with the other children born on the same day with +him, who are brought to court for his companions, that they are sent +home, and he is abandoned on the island of Lanai to be eaten by the +spirits. His god shows him a secret cave to hide in. Each night the +spirits run about trying to find him, but every time he tricks them +until they get so overworked that all die except Pahulu and a few +others. Finally his parents, seeing his light still burning, send a +double canoe to fetch him home with honor. This is how Lanai was cleared +of spirits.[1] + +[Footnote 1: Daggett tells this story.] + + + + +LEPE + + +A trickster named Lepe lives at Hilo, Hawaii, calls up the spirits by +means of an incantation, and then fools them in every possible way. + + + + +HANAAUMOE + + +Halalii is the king of the spirits on Oahu. The ghost of Hawaii is +Kanikaa; that of Maui, Kaahualii; of Lanai, Pahulu; of Molokai, Kahiole. +The great flatterer of the ghosts, Hanaaumoe, persuades the Kauai chief, +Kahaookamoku, and his men to land with the promise of lodging, food, and +wives. When they are well asleep, the ghost come and eat them up--"they +made but one smack and the men disappeared." But one man, Kaneopa, has +suspected mischief and hidden under the doorsill where the king of the +spirits sat, so no one found him. He returns and tells the Kauai king, +who makes wooden images, brings them with him to Oahu, puts them in +place of his men in the house; while they hide without, and while the +ghosts are trying to eat these fresh victims, burns down the house and +consumes all but the flatterer, who manages to escape. + + + + +PUNIA. + + +The artful son of Hina in Kohala goes to the cave of lobsters and by +lying speech tricks the shark who guard it under their king, Kaialeale. +He pretends to dive, throws in a stone, and dives in another place. Then +he accuses one shark after another as his accomplice, and its companions +kill it, until only the king is left. The king is tricked into +swallowing him whole instead of cutting him into bits. There he remains +until he is bald--"serves him right, the rascal!"--but finally he +persuades the shark to bring him to land, and the shark is caught and +Punia escapes. Next he kills a parcel of ghosts by pretending that this +is an old fishing ground of his and enticing them out to sea two by two, +when he puts them to death, all but one. + + + + +WAKAINA + + +A cunning ghost of Waiapuka, North Kohala, disguises himself as a dancer +and approaches a party of people. He shows off his skill, then calls for +feather cloak, helmet, bamboo flute, skirt, and various other valuable +things with which to display his art. When he has them secure, he flies +off with them, and the audience never see him or their property +again.[1] + +[Footnote 1: Gill tells this same story from the Hervey group. Myths and +Songs, p. 88.] + + + + +3. STORIES OF MODERN CUNNING + +KULEPE + + +A cunning man and great thinker lives on Oahu in the days of +Peleioholani. He travels to Kalaupapa, Molokai, is hungry, and, seeing +some people bent over their food, chants a song that deceives them into +believing him a soldier and man of the court. They become friendly at +once and invite him to eat. + + + + +KAWAUNUIAOLA + + +A woman of Kula, Maui, whose husband deserts her for another woman, +makes herself taboo, returns to her house, and offers prayers and +invents conversations as if she had a new husband. The news quickly +spreads, and Hoeu starts at once for home. In this cunning manner she +regains her husband. + + + + +MAIAUHAALENALENAUPENA + + +The upland peddlers bring sugar cane, bananas, gourds, etc., to sea to +peddle for fish. Maiauhaalenalenaupena pretends to be a fisherman. He +spreads out his net as if just driven in from sea by the rough weather. +The peddlers trust him with their goods until he has better luck; but he +really is no fisherman and never gives them anything. + + + + +WAAWAAIKINAAUPO AND WAAWAAIKINAANAO + + +One day these two brothers go out snaring birds. The older brother +suggests that they divide the spoils thus: He will take all those with +holes on each side of the beak. The unobservant younger brother +consents, thinking this number will be few, and the older wins the whole +catch. + + + + +KUAUAMOA + + +At Kawaihae, Kohala, lives the great trickster, Kuauamoa. He knows Davis +and Young after they are made prisoners by the natives, and thus learns +some English words. On the plains of Alawawai he meets some men going to +sell rope to the whites and they ask him to instruct them what to say. +He teaches them to swear at the whites. When the white men are about to +beat the peddlers, they drop the rope and run away. + + + + +INDEX TO REFERENCES + +ALEXANDER, W.D. _Short synopsis of the most essential points of Hawaiian +Grammar_. By William DeWitt Alexander, LL.D. (Yale), Honolulu, 1908. +_Brief History of the Hawaiian People_ (school edition), Honolulu, 1908. +_Hawaiian Geographic Names_. Compiled by W.D. Alexander. Report of Coast +and Geodetic Survey for 1902. Appendix No. 7, Washington, 1903. + +ANDREWS, L. _Dictionary of the Hawaiian Language_. By Lorrin Andrews, +Honolulu, 1865. _Haui ka Lani_, a prophetic song foretelling the deeds +of Kamehameha I, chanted by Keaulumoku eight years before the defeat of +Keoua. Translated by Judge Lorrin Andrews and revised by Sanford B. +Dole, Islander, Honolulu, 1875. + +BAESSLER, A. _Südsee-Bilder_. By Arthur Baessler, Berlin, 1895. _Neue +Südsee-Bilder_, Berlin, 1900. + +BASTIAN, A. _Die heilige Sage der Polynesier_: Kosmogonie und Theogonie. +By Adolf Bastian. Leipzig, 1881. _Zur Kenntniss Hawaii's_. Berlin, 1883. +_Einiges über Samoa und andere Inseln des Südsee_. 1889. _Inselgrüppen +in Oceanien_. 1889. _Die Samoanische Schöpfungssage_. Berlin, 1894. + +BRIGHAM, W.T. _Contributions of a Venerable Savage to the Ancient +History of the Hawaiian Islands_, translated from the French of Jules +Remy by William Tufts Brigham, LL.D. (Columbia). Boston, 1868. In +publications of the Bishop Museum, Honolulu, Hawaii: _Hawaiian Feather +Work_, 1899. _Additional Notes_, 1903. _Index to the Islands of the +Pacific_, 1900. _Stone Implements and Stone Work of the Ancient +Hawaiians_, 1902. _Mat and Basket Weaving of the Ancient Hawaiians_, +1906. _Old Hawaiian Carving_, 1906. _Ancient Hawaiian House_, 1908. _Ka +Hana Kapa_: Making of Bark Cloth in Hawaii, 1911. + +BÜLOW, W. VON. _Samoanische Sagen_. By Wilhelm von Bülow. Globus, 1895, +1896, 1897. Internationales Archiv für Ethnographie, 1898, 1899, 1908. + +CODRINGTON, R. H. _The Melanesians_: Studies in their anthropology and +folklore. By Robert Henry Codrington. Oxford, 1891. + +COLENSO, W. _Historical Incidents and Traditions of the Olden Times_. +Translated from the Maori. By W. Colenso, F.L.S. Transactions of the New +Zealand Institute, Vol. XIII (1880), XIV (1881). + +COOK, J. _A New Voyage Round the World_ in the years 1768, 1769, 1770, +1771, performed by Capt. James Cook in the ship _Endeavor_, drawn from +his own journals and from the papers of Joseph Banks, by John +Hawkesworth. 2 volumes. New York, 1774. _A Voyage Towards the South Pole +and Round the World_, Performed in His Majesty's ships the _Resolution_ +and _Adventure_ in the years 1772, 1773, 1774, and 1775 by Capt. James +Cook. In which is included Capt. Furneaux's narrative of his proceedings +in the _Adventure_ during the separation of the ships. 2 volumes. +Plates. London, 1777. _Voyage to the Pacific Ocean_ ... in His Majesty's +ships the _Resolution_ and _Discovery_, in the years 1776, 1777, 1778, +1779, and 1780. 3 volumes. Vols. I and II by Capt. James Cook, F.R.S. +Vol. III by Capt. James King, LL.D., F.R.S. London, 1784. + +DAGGETT. _Legends and Myths of Hawaii_. Fables and Folktales of a +Strange People. Collected by Kalakaua, edited by Daggett. New York, +1888. + +DIBBLE, S. _A History of the Sandwich Islands_. By Sheldon Dibble. +Lahainaluna, 1843; Honolulu, 1909. + +DIXON, R.B. _Oceanic mythology_. By Roland B. Dixon. In Mythology of All +Races. Vol. IX. Boston, 1916. + +ELLIS, W. _Journal of a Tour Round Hawaii_. By the Rev. William Ellis. +Boston, 1825; London, 1827. _Polynesian Researches_ during a residence +of nearly eight years in the Society and Sandwich Islands. 4 volumes (2nd +edition). London, 1842. + +EMERSON, N.B. Unwritten Literature of Hawaii: _The Sacred Songs of the +Hula_. By Nathaniel Bright Emerson, A.M., M.D. Bureau of American +Ethnology, Bulletin 38. Washington, 1909. _Pele and Hiiaka_, a myth from +Hawaii. Honolulu, 1915. _Hawaiian Antiquities of David Malo_. Translated +and edited. Honolulu, 1898. + +ERDLAND, P.A. _Die Marshall-insulaner_. Leben und Sitte, Sinn und +Religion eines Südsee-Volkes. By P. August Erdland, M.S.C. Anthropos, +Ethnologische Bibliothek II, 1914. + +FISON, L. _Tales from Old Fiji_. By Lorimer Fison. London, 1904. + +FORNANDER, A. _The Polynesian Race_, an account of its origin and +migrations and the Ancient History of the Hawaiian People to the time of +Kaméhaméha I. By Abraham Fornander. 3 volumes. London, 1878. Fornander +Collection of Hawaiian Antiquities and Folk-lore. Memoirs of the Bernice +Pauahi Bishop Museum. Edited by Thomas G. Thrum. Honolulu, 1916-. + +FRASER, J. _Folksongs and Myths from Samoa_. By John Fraser (with Powell +and Pratt), Royal Society of New South Wales, 1890, 1891, 1892, 1895. +Journal of the Polynesian Society, 1895, 1896, 1898. + +GILL, W.W. _Myths and Songs from the South Pacific_. By the Rev. William +Wyatt Gill. London, 1876. _South Pacific and New Guinea_, past and present, +with notes on the Hervey Group, an illustrative song and various myths. +Sydney, 1892. + +GIRSCHNER, M. _Die Karolineninsel Namöluk_ und ihre Bewohner. By Max +Girschner. Baessler Archiv. Vol. II, 123. Berlin, 1912. + +GRACIA, M. _Lettres sur les Iles Marquises_. By Père Mathias Gracia +(priest of the Sacred Heart). Paris, 1845. + +GREY, G. _Polynesian Mythology and Ancient Traditional Mythology of the New +Zealand Race_. By Sir George Grey (Governor in chief of New Zealand). +London, 1855. + +JARVES, J.J. _History of the Hawaiian Islands_. By James Jackson Jarves +(4th edition). Honolulu, 1872. + +KOTZEBUE, O. VON. _Entdeckungs-Reise in die Süd-See und nach der Berings +Strasse zur erforschung einer nordöstlichen durchfahrt, unternommen in +den jahren 1815, 1816, 1817, und 1818_. By Otto von Kotzebue. Weimar, 1821. + +KRÄMER, A. _Die Samoa Inseln_; Verfassung stammbäume und +überlieferungen. Entwurf einer Monographie. By Dr. Augustin Krämer. +Vol. + +LESSON, P.A. _Les Polynesiens_; leur Origine, leurs Migrations, leur +Langage. By Pierre Adolph Lesson. Edited by Ludovic Martinet. 4 volumes. +Paris, 1880. + +LILIUOKALANI. _An account of the Creation of the World according to +Hawaiian Tradition_. Composed by Keaulumoku in 1700 and translated from +manuscripts preserved exclusively in her majesty's family. By Liliuokalani +of Hawaii. Boston, 1897. + +LYONS, C.J. _Song of Kualii Tawaii_ chanted by Kupaahulani and +Kamakaaulani. Translated by Curtis J. Lyons. Journal of Polynesian Society +II, 160, and Islander, Honolulu, 1875. _Land Matters in Hawaii_, Islander. +Honolulu, 1875. + +MALO, D. _Moolelo Hawaii_ (Hawaiian Antiquities of David Malo and others) +gathered at Lahainaluna, 1835-36. Revised and published by Dibble, 1838. +Translated into English by Rev. R. Tinker in Hawaiian Spectator II, 1839. +Compiled in Hawaiian by Rev. J.F. Pogue (Pokele), 1858. Translated into +French by M. Jules Remy. Paris, 1862. _Hawaiian Antiquities_ of David Malo, +translated and edited with further material by N.B. Emerson, with +introduction and notes by W.D. Alexander. Honolulu, 1898. + +MARINER, W. _Account of the Natives of the Tonya Islands_. By William +Mariner. Edited by John Martin. 2 volumes. Edinburgh, 1827. + +MOERENHOUT, J.A. _Voyages aux iles du Grand Ocean_. By J.A. Moerenhout. 2 +volumes. Paris, 1837. + +POWELL, T. _A Samoan Tradition of Creation and the Deluge_. By Rev. T. +Powell, F.L.S., Victoria Institute of Great Britain. Vol. XX. + +RIVERS, W.H. _The History of Melanesian Society_. By William Halse Rivers. +2 volumes. Illustrated. Cambridge, 1914. + +SMITH, S.P. _Hawaiki_, the original home of the Maori; with a sketch of +Polynesian History. By S. Percy Smith, F.R.G.S. (3rd edition.) London, +1904. + +STATE, J.B. _Old Samoa_, or Floatsam and Jetsam from the Pacific Ocean. By +Rev. John B. Stair. Religious Tract Society. London, 1897. + +STOKES, J.F.G. _Hawaiian Petroglyphs_. By John F.G. Stokes. Occasional +papers iv 4, Bishop Museum, Honolulu. _Index to Forander's Polynesian +Race_. Honolulu, 1909. + +STÜBEL, A. _Samoanische Texte_. By Alfons Stübel, Königlichen +Museum für Völkerkunde. Vol. IV, 1896. + +THOMSON, B. _The Fijians_: A study of the decay of custom. By Basil +Thomson. London, 1908. + +THRUM, T.G. _Hawaiian Folktales_. A collection of Native Legends. By Thomas +G. Thrum. Chicago, 1907. _The Hawaiian Annual_; the reference book of +information and statistics relating to the Hawaiian Islands. Edited by +Thomas G. Thrum. Honolulu, 1874-. _Ancient Hawaiian Mythology_. To appear. + +TREGEAR, E. _The Maori-Polynesiam Comparative Dictionary_. By Edward +Tregear, F.R.G.S. Wellington, 1891. _Polynesian Folk-lore_. Hina's Voyage +and Origin of Fire. Transactions of the New Zealand Institute, XIX (1886); +XX (1887), + +TURNER, G. _Nineteen Years in Polynesia_. By Rev. George Turner, LL.D. +London, 1861. _Samoa a Hundred Years Ago_. London, 1884. + +WESTERVELT, W.D. _Legends of Maui_, a demigod of Polynesia, and his mother +Hina. By Rev. William D. Westervelt. Honolulu, 1910; Melbourne, 1913. +_Legends of Old Honolulu_. Boston and London, 1915. _Legends of Gods and +Ghosts_. Boston and London, 1915. _Hawaiian Legends of Volcanoes_. Boston, +1916. + +WHITE, J. _Ancient History of the Maori_, his mythology and traditions. By +John White. 6 volumes. New Zealand, 1887. + +WILLIAMS, T. _Fiji and the Fijians_. By Thomas Williams and James Calvert, +edited by George Rowe. 2 volumes. London, 1858. + +WOHLERS, J.F.H. _Mythology and Traditions of the Maori in New Zealand_. By +the Rev. J.F.H. Wohlers. Transactions of the New Zealand Institute, Vol. +VII. 1874. + + + +THE ORIGINAL HAWAIIAN TEXT + + + + +OLELO HOAKAKA + + +Ua hoopuka ka mea nana i pai keia buke me ka olioli nui, ka makamua o ka +hoao ana e hoolako i buke hoonanea na na kanaka Hawaii. Ua loaa mua mai +ia kakou na buke kula o na ano he nui wale, a he nui no hoi na buke i +hoolakoia mai na kakou, e hoike mai ana ia kakou i ka pono a me ka hewa; +aka, o ka buke mua nae keia i paiia na ka poe Hawaii nei, ma ke ano +hoikeike ma ke Kaao i na mea kahiko a keia lahui kanaka, me ka aua mai +hoi mai ka nalowale loa ana'ku o kekahi o na moolelo punihei a lakou. E +hoike ana iloko o na huaolelo maikai wale i na olelo a me na hana a +kekahi o ko Hawaii kaikamahine wahine maikai a punahele no hoi, a na ia +mea no hoi e kokua mai i ka noho mau ana o ke aloha o na poe o Hawaii +nei, no ko lakou mau kupuna a me ko lakou aina. + +E lawe hoi ano, i keia wahi buke uuku, a e hoike ia ia ma ke ano o kona +loaa ana mai, e heluhelu, a e malama hoi ia ia, e hoike ana i kou iini i +ka naauao Hawaii, me kou makaukau mau no hoi e kokua aku ia mea, i ku +mau ai. + +He mea nui no ka hapai ana i ka mea nana e hoomaamaa mai ia kakou ma ka +heluhelu ana, me ka hoonanea pu mai no hoi i na minute noho hana ole o +ko kakou noho ana; nolaila, i ka hoomaka ana a ka mea nana i pai i keia +buke, e hoomakaukau ia ia no ka hele ana'ku imua o keia lahui, ua +hilinai oia i ke kokua nui mai o na makamaka a pau o ka naauao iwaena o +keia mau pae moku; a na ia manao wale iho no i hooikaika mai ia ia ma ke +kupaa ana mamuli o kana mea i manaolana'i e hana aku, iloko o na pilikia +he nui wale e alai mai ana. Akahi no a haawiia i ka lahui Hawaii, ka +buke e pili ana i ka hoonanea'ku i ka noho ana, e like me ka na haole, +he mea ia nana e hanai mai i ko kakou mau manao i ka ike a me ka naauao. +Ua hiki ia kakou a pau ke hui mai ma ka malama ana a me ka hooholomua +aku hoi i keia wahi buke, he kumu ia e hapai hou ia mai ai i mau buke +hou na keia lahui, ma kana olelo iho--ka olelo Hawaii. A nolaila la, e +na makamaka a pau o ka naauao a me na keiki kupa no hoi o Hawaii nei, +mai ka la hiki a ka la kau, eia mai Kawahineokaliula, ke hele aku la +imua o oukou me ke aloha, a e pono hoi ke hookipa ia ia me ka aloha +makamae o ka puuwai Hawaii. ALOHA NO! + + + + +MOKUNA I + + +I ke kamailio ana i keia kaao, ua oleloia ma Laie, Koolau, kona wahi i +hanau ai, a he mau mahoe laua, o Kahauokapaka ka makuakane, o +Malaekahana ka makuahine. O Kahauokapaka nae, oia ke Alii nona na okana +elua, o Koolauloa a me Koolaupoko, a ia ia ka mana nui maluna o kela mau +okana. + +I ka manawa i lawe ai o Kahauokapaka ia Malaekahana'i wahine mare nana +(hoao) mahope iho o ko laua hoao ana, hai mua o Kahauokapaka i kana +olelo paa imua o kana wahine, o laua wale no ma ke kaawale, oiai iloko o +ko laua mau minute oluolu, a eia ua olelo paa la: + +"E kuu wahine, he nani ia ua mare ae nei kaua, a nolaila, ke hai nei au +i kuu olelo paa ia oe; i noho aku auanei kaua, a i loaa ka kaua keiki, a +he keikikane, alaila pomaikai kaua, ola na iwi iloko o ko kaua mau la +elemakule, a haule aku i ka make, nalo no hoi na wahi huna: na ia keiki +e nai na moku e pau ai, ke loaa hoi ia kaua ke keiki mua a he keikikane; +aka hoi, ina he kaikamahine ke hanau mua mai, alaila e make, a ina he +mau kaikamahine wale no ka kaua ke hanau mai e make no, aia no ke ola a +hanau mai a he keikikane, ola na hanau mui i na he mau kaikamahine." + +I ka ewalu paha o na makahiki o ko laua noho ana he kane a he wahine, +hapai ae la o Malaekahana, a hanau mai la he kaikamahine, ua maikai na +helehelena i ka nana aku, a no ka maikai o na helehelena o ua +kaikamahine nei, manao iho la ka makuahine o ke kumu la hoi ia e lilo ai +ka olelo paa a Kahauokapaka i mea ole, ola la hoi ua kaikamahine nei, +aole ka! Ia manawa i hanau ai, aia nae o Kahauokapaka i ka lawai-a me na +kanaka. + +A hoi mai o Kahauokapaka mai ka lawai-a mai, haiia aku la ua hanau o +Malaekahana he kaikamahine. A hiki ke alii i ka hale, ua wahiia ke +kaikamahine i ke kapa keiki, kena koke ae la o Kahauokapaka i ka Ilamuku +e pepehi. + +Ma ia hope iho hapai hou o Malaekahana, a hanau hou mai la he +kaikamahine, o keia nae ke kaikamahine oi aku o ka maikai mamua o kela +kaikamahine mua, manao iho la e ola la hoi, aole ka! Ike ae la o +Kahauokapaka i ke kaikamahine e hiiia mai ana, ua hoaahuia i ke kapa +keiki, ia manawa, kena koke ae la ke alii i ka Ilamuku e pepehi. + +Mahope mai, ua hapai wale no o Malaekahana, he mau kaikamahine wale no, +aole nae i ola iki kekahi oia mau hanau ana o Malaekahana, ua pau wale +no i ka pepehiia e like me ka olelo paa a ke alii. + +A i ka hapai hou ana o Malaekahana i ke keiki, o ka lima ia, a kokoke i +na la hanau, hele aku la kela a imua o ke Kahuna, a olelo aku la, "E! +auhea oe? E nana mai oe i keia opu o'u e hapai nei, no ka mea, ua pauaho +ae nei hoi i ka pau o na keiki i ka make i ka pakela pepehi a ke kane, +aha ae nei a maua keiki, aha no i ka make; nolaila, e nana mai oe i keia +opu o'u e hapai nei, ina i ike oe he kaikamahine, e omilomilo ae au, +oiai aole i hookanaka ae ke keiki. Aka hoi, ina i ike mai hoi oe i keia +opu o'u e hapai nei a he keikikane, aole ana." + +Alaila, olelo mai ke Kahuna ia Malaekahana, "O hoi, a kokoke i ko la +hanau, alaila, hele mai oe i o'u nei, i nana aku au i keia hapai ana." + +A kokoke i na la hanau, i ka malama o Ikuwa, i na la kapu heiau, +hoomanao ae la o Malaekahana i ke kauoha a ke Kahuna. Ia ianei e +nahunahu ana, hele aku la keia imua o ke Kahuna, me ka olelo aku, "I +hele mai nei au ma ke kauoha a ke Kahuna, no ka mea, ke hoomaka mai nei +ka nahunahu hanau keiki ana; nolaila, ano oe e nana mai oe i kuu keiki e +hapai nei." + +Ia Malaekahana me ke Kahuna e kamailio ana no keia mau mea, alaila, hai +aku la ke Kahuna i kana olelo ia Malaekahana, "E hailona aku au ia oe, +ma ka mea a'u e noi aku ai, e haawi mai oe." + +Ia manawa, nonoi aku la ke Kahuna ia Malaekahana e haawi mai i kekahi +lima imua o ke alo o ke Kahuna, e like no me ka hailona mau o keia +lahui, ma ka lima no nae ana e makemake ai e haawi aku imua o ke Kahuna. + +Ia manawa a ke Kahuna i noi aku ai i kekahi lima, haawi mai la o +Malaekahana i ka lima hema, me ka hoohuliia o ke alo o ka lima iluna. +Alaila, hai aku la ke Kahuna i ka hailona i ku i kana ike, "E hanau hou +ana no oe he kaikamahine, no ka mea, ua haawi mai nei oe i kou lima hema +ia'u, me ka huli nae o ke alo o ka lima iluna." + +A no keia olelo a ke Kahuna, kaumaha loa iho la ka naau o Malaekahana, +no ka mea, ua kumakena mau kela i ka pepehi mau a kana kane i na keiki +mua; nolaila, noi aku la o Malekahana i ke Kahuna e noonoo mai i mea e +pono ai ka wahine, a e ola ai hoi ke keiki. + +Alaila, hai aku la ke Kahuna i kana mau olelo ia Malaekahana, "E hoi oe +a ka hale, ina e hiki i ka wa e aneane hanau ai, alaila ea, e ono ae oe +i ka ohua, me ka olelo aku ia Kahauokapaka, nana ponoi no e lawai-a, o +ka i-a ponoi no e loaa ana ma kona lima oia kau i-a e ono ai; no ka mea, +he kanaka puni kaalauohua hoi ko kane, i lilo ai kela i ka lawai-a, ike +ole ia i kou hanau ana, a ina e hanau ae, alaila, na'u e malama ke +keiki, i hoi mai ia ua lilo ia'u ke keiki, a ina e niuau mai, hai aku oe +he heiki alualu, alaila pau wale." + +A pau ka laua kamailio ana no keia mau mea, hoi aku la o Malaekahana a +hiki i ka hale, in manawa, nui loa mai la ka nahunahu ana a aneane e +hanau, alaila, hoomanao ae la o Malaekahana i na olelo a ke Kahuna i +a-oa-o mai ai ia ia. + +A i ka mao ana'e o ka eha no ka aneane hanau, olelo aku la o Malaekahana +i kana kane, "E Kahauokapaka e! ke kau mai nei i ko'u mau maka ka +ohuapalemo; nolaila, e holo aku oe i ke kaalauohua, me he mea'la a loaa +mai ka ohuapalemo, alaila hemo kuu keiki, akahi wale no o'u hanau ino +ana, a me ka ono o'u i ka ohua; nolaila, e hele koke aku oe me na kanaka +i ka lawai-a." + +Ia manawa, puka koke aku o Kahauokapaka a hele aku la. Ia lakou e hele +ana, hanau ae la ua keiki nei he kaikamahine, a lilo ae la ia Waka ka +hanai, a kapa iho la i ka inoa o Laieikawai. Ia lakou no hoi e lawelawe +ana i ke keiki mua, hanau hou mai la he kaikamahine no, a lilo ae la ia +Kapukaihaoa, a kapa iho la i ka inoa o ka muli o Laielohelohe. + +A lilo na kaikamahine ma ka lima o Waka a me Kapukaihaoa me ke kaawale, +hoi mai la o Kahauokapaka mai ka lawai-a mai, ninau iho la i ka wahine, +"Pehea oe?" + +I mai la ka wahine, "Ua hanau ae nei au he keiki alualu, ua kiola ia aku +nei i ka moana." + +Ua akaka mua no nae ia Kahauokapaka ka hanau ia lakou i ka moana; no ka +mea, elua hekili o ke kui ana, manao ae la no hoi o Kahauokapaka ua +hanau ka wahine; mai ka hanau ana o Laieikawai me Laielohelohe, oia ka +hoomaka ana o ka hekili e kani iloko o Ikuwa, pela i olelo ia iloko o +keia moolelo. + +Ia Waka me Kapukaihaoa ma ke kaa wale me na hanai a laua, olelo aku la o +Waka ia Kapukaihaoa, "Pehea la auanei e nalo ai na hanai a kaua ia +Kahauokapaka?" + +I mai la ke Kahuna, "E pono oe ke huna loa i kau hanai iloko o ke kiowai +i Waiapuka, aia malaila kekahi ana i ike oleia e na mea a pau, a na'u no +hoi e imi ko'u wahi e malama ai i ka'u hanai." + +Lawe aku la o Waka ia Laieikawai ma kahi a Kapukaihaoa i kuhikuhi ai, a +malaila oia i malama malui'ai o Laieikawai a hiki i kona manawa i +hoomahuahua iki ae ai. + +Mahope iho o keia mau la, lawe ae la o Kapukaihaoa ia Laielohelohe i uka +o Wahiawa ma kahi i oleloia o Kukaniloko. + +Iloko o ko Laieikawai mau la ma Waiapuka, ua hoomauia ka pio ana o ke +anuenue ma kela wahi, iloko o ka manawa ua a me ka malie, i ka po a me +ke ao; aka, aole nae i hoomaopopo na mea a pau i ke ano o keia anuenue; +aka, ua hoomauia keia mau hailona alii ma na wahi i malamai'ai ua mau +mahoe nei. + +I kekahi manawa, ia Hulumaniani e kaahele ana ia Kauai apuni, ma kona +ano Makaula nui no Kauai, a ia ia i hiki ai iluna pono o Kalalea, ike +mai la oia i ka pio a keia anuenue i Oahu nei; noho iho la oia malaila +he iwakalua la, i kumu e ike maopopoi'ai o ke ano o kana mea e ike nei. +Ia manawa, ua, maopopo lea i ka Makaula he Alii Nui ka mea nona keia +anuenue e pio nei, a me na onohi elua i hoopuniia i na ao polohiwa +apuni. + +Ia manawa, hooholo ae la ka Makaula i kona manao e holo i Oahu, i +maopopo ai ia ia kana mea e ike nei. Haalele keia ia wahi, hiki aku la +keia i Anahola, hoolimalima aku la keia i waa e holo ai i Oahu nei; aka, +aole i loaa ia ia he waa e holo ai i Oahu nei. Kaapuni hou ka Makaula ia +Kauai a puni, pii hou oia iluna o Kalalea, a ike hou no oia i kana mea i +ike mua ai, aia no e mau ana e like no me mamua, alaila, hoi hou keia a +hiki i Anahola. + +I ua Makaula nei malaila, lohe keia o Poloula ka mea waa o Wailua, no ka +mea, he alii ia no ia wahi, ake aku la oia e halawai me Poloula, me ka +manao e noi aku i ke alii i waa e hiki ai i Oahu. + +Ia Hulumaniani i halawai aku ai me Poloula, nonoi aku la oia i waa e +holo ai i Oahu nei; alaila, haawiia mai la ka waa me na kanaka; ia po +iho, i ka hiki ana o ka Hokuhookelewaa, haalele lakou ia Kauai, he +umikumamalima ko lakou nui, hiki mua mai la lakou ma Kamaile, i Waianae. + +Mamua ae nae o ko ka Makaula holo ana mai, ua hoomakaukau mua oia +hookahi puaa hiwa, he moa lawa, a me ka i-a ula. + +Ia la o lakou i hiki ai ma Waianae, kauoha ka Makaula i na kanaka e noho +malaila a hoi mai oia mai ka huakai kaapuni ana. + +I ua Makaula nei i hele ai, hiki mua keia iluna pono o Maunalahilahi, +ike aku la keia i ke anuenue e pio ana ma Koolauloa, e like me kana ike +ana i kona mau la iluna o Kalalea. + +A hiki keia i Waiapuka, kahi i malamaia ai o Laieikawai, ike iho la oia +aole he kuleana kupono o kela wahi e nohoi'ai e na'lii. I kela manawa +nae a ka Makaula i hiki ai ilaila, ua nalo mua aku o Waka ma kahi i +hunai'ai o Laieikawai. + +I ka manawa nae a ka Makaula e kunana ana, alaila, ike aku la oia i ka +aleale ana o ka wai o ko Waka luu ana aku. Olelo iho la ka Makaula iloko +ona, "He mea kupanaha, aole hoi he makani o keia lua wai e kuleana ai la +hoi ka aleale ana o ka wai, me he mea he mea e auau ana, a ike ae nei +ia'u pee iho nei." A pau ko Waka manawa ma kahi o Laieikawai, hoi mai la +oia; aka, ike ae la keia maloko o ka wai i keia mea e noho ana maluna +iho, emi hope hou aku la o Waka, no ka mea, ua manao oia o Kahauokapaka, +keia mea ma kae o ka luawai. + +Hoi hou aku la o Waka me kana moopuna, a hiki i ka molehulehu ana, +hoomakakiu hou mai la oia me ka manao ua hele aku kela mea ana i ike ai; +aka, aia no ua Makaulanei ma kana wahi i noho mua ai, nolaila, hoi hope +hou o Waka. + +Ua noho ua Makaula nei ma ke kae o kela luawai, a moe oia malaila a ao +ia po. Ia kakahiaka ana ae, i ka manawa molehulehu, ala ae la oia, ike +aku la kela i ka pio a ke anuenue i uka o Kukaniloko, haalele keia ia +wahi, kaapuni keia ia Oahu nei, ma Koolaupoko kona hele mua ana, a ma +Kona nei, a mai anei aku hiki ma Ewa; a hiki keia i Honouliuli, ike aku +la ua Makaula nei i ka pio o ke anuenue i uka o Wahiawa, pii loa aku la +oia a hiki i Kamaoha, a malaila oia i moe ai a ao ia po, aole oia i ike +i kana mea i ukali mai ai. + + + + +MOKUNA II + + +A nele ka Makaula i ka ike i kana mea e ukali nei, haalele keia ia +Kamaoha, hiki keia iluna pono o Kaala, a malaila oia i ike ai e pio ana +ke anuenue i Molokai; nolaila, haalele ka Makaula ia wahi, kaapuni hou +ia Oahu nei; o ka lua ia o kana huakai kaapuni ana, i mea e hiki ai ia +ia ke ike maopopo i kana mea e ukali nei, no ka mea, ua ano e ka hana a +ke anuenue, no ka holoholoke ana i kela wahi keia wahi. + +I ka la a ua Makaula nei i haalele ai ia Kaala, hiki mua aku oia iluna o +Kuamooakane, aia hoi e pio ana ke anuenue i Molokai, e ku ana ka punohu +i uhipaaia e na ao hekili, ekolu mau la oia nei ma Kuamooakane, ua +hoomauia ka uhi paapu a ka ua a me ka noe. + +I ka eha o na la oia nei malaila, loaa ia ia he waa e holo ana i +Molokai; kau aku la oia maluna o ka waa, a holo aku la a like a like o +ka moana, loaa ka manao ino i na mea waa, no ka mea, ua uluhua laua i ua +Makaula nei no ka hiamoe, a me ka ala a mau ana o kahi puaa, a o-o-o mau +no hoi o kahi moa. + +A no keia mea, kunou aku la ka mea mahope o ka waa i ke kanaka iluna o +kuaiako, e hoi hou ka waa i hope, a hoonoho hou i ka Makaula i Oahu nei, +a ua like ka manao o na mea waa ma ia mea e hoihoi hope ka waa, e moe +ana nae ka Makaula ia manawa. + +Hoohuli ae la na mea waa i ka waa i hope a holo i Oahu nei; ia manawa a +ka waa e hoi hope nei, hoohuoi iho la ka Makaula i ka pa ana a ka makani +ma kona papalina, no ka mea, ua maopopo ia ia kahi a ka makani i pa ai i +ka holo ana mai Oahu aku nei manao iho la oia, ma kai mai ka makani e pa +nei. + +Nolaila, kaakaa ae la na maka o ka Makaula, aia hoi e hoi hou ana ka waa +i Oahu nei; ia manawa, nalu iho la ka Makaula i ke kumu o keia hoi hou +ana o ka waa. Aka hoi, no ko ianei makemake e ike maopopo i ka hana a na +mea waa, pule aku la oia i kona Akua ia Kuikauweke, e hooili mai i ka +ino nui maluna o ka moana. + +Ia ia e pule ana iloko ona iho, hiki koke mai la ka ino nui maluna o +lakou, a pono ole ka manao o na mea waa. + +Ia manawa, hoala ae la na mea waa ia ianei, "E keia kanaka e moe nei! e +ala ae paha oe, kainoa paha he pono kau i kau mai ai maluna o ko maua +waa, aole ka! oia no ka moe a nei kanaka la o uka." + +Alaila, ala ae la ua Makaula nei, e hooiho ana ka waa i Oahu nei. + +Alaila, ninau aku la oia i na mea waa, "Heaha iho nei keia hana a olua +ia'u i hoi hope ai ka waa? A heaha kuu hewa?" + +Alaila, olelo mai la na mea waa, "Ua uluhua maua no kou hiamoe, a me ka +alala mau o ko wahi puaa, a me ke kani mau a ko wahi moa, nolaila +kulikuli; mai ka holo ana mai nei no ka ke kulikuli a hiki i keia +manawa, ua pono no la hoi ia, i na la hoi e hoe ana oe, aole ka, he moe +wale iho no ka kau." + +I aku la ka Makaula, "Ua hewa olua i kuu manao; ina o kuu noho wale ke +kumu o ka hoi hou ana o ka waa o kakou i Oahu, alaila, ke olelo nei au, +ua hewa ka mea iluna o kuaiako, no ka mea, he noho wale iho no kana, +aole ana hana." + +Ia lakou e kamailio ana no keia mau mea, lele aku la ka Makaula mahope o +ka waa, a lilo iho la ia ia ka hookele, holo aku la lakou a kau ma +Haleolono i Molokai. + +Ia lakou i hiki aku ai malaila, aia hoi, e pio ana ke anuenue i Koolau, +e like me kana ike ana i kona mau la maluna o Kuamooakane, haalele keia +i na mea waa, ake aku la oia e ike i kana mea i ukali mai ai. + +Ia hele ana hiki mua keia i Waialala maluna pono ae o Kalaupapa; ia +ianei malaila, ike maopopo aku la oia e pio ana ke anuenue iluna o +Malelewaa, ma kahi nihinihi hiki ole ke heleia. Aia nae malaila kahi i +hunaia ai o Laieikawai, oia a me kona kupunawahine, e like me ke kauoha +mau a Kapukaihaoa ia Waka ma ka hihio. + +No ka mea, i ka Makaula e holo mai ana ma ka moana, ua ike mua e aku o +Kapukaihaoa i ka Makaula, a me kana mau hana, nolaila oia i olelo mau ai +ia Waka ma ka hihio e ahai mua ia Laieikawai ma kahi hiki ole ke loaa. + +I ka Makaula i haalele ai ia Waialala, hiki aku keia ma Waikolu ilalo +pono o Malelewaa, aia nae e pio ana ke anuenue i kahi hiki ole ia ia ke +hele aku; aka, ua noonoo ka Makaula i kekahi manawa, i wahi e hiki ai e +ike i kana mea e ukali nei, a waiho aku i kana kanaenae i hoomakaukau +mua ai, aole nae e hiki. + +I kela la a ka Makaula i hiki ai ma Waikolu, ia po iho, hiki mua ke +kauoha a Kapukaihaoa ia Laieikawai ma ka moeuhane, a puoho ae la oia, he +moeuhane. Alaila, hoala aku la o Laieikawai i kona kupunawahine, a ala +ae la, ninau aku la ke kupunawahine i kana moopuna i ke kumu o ka hoala +ana. + +Hai mai la ka moopuna, "Ua hiki mai o Kapukaihaoa i o'u nei ma ka +moeuhane, e olelo mai ana, e ahai loa oe ia'u i Hawaii a hoonoho ma +Paliuli, a malaila kaua e noho ai, pela mai nei oia ia'u, a puoho wale +ae la wau la, hoala aku la ia oe." + +Ia Laieikawai nae e kamailio ana i ke kupunawahine, hiki iho la ka hihio +ma o Waka la, a ua like me ka ka moopuna e olelo ana, ia manawa, ala ae +la laua i ke wanaao a hele aku la e like me ke kuhikuhi a Kapukaihaoa ia +laua ma ka moeuhane. + +Haalele laua ia wahi, hiki aku laua ma Keawanui, kahi i kapaia o +Kaleloa, a malaila laua i halawai ai me ke kanaka e hoomakaukau ana i +ka waa e holo ai i Lanai. La laua i halawai aku ai me ka mea waa, olelo +aku la o Waka, "E ae anei oe ia maua e kau pu aku me oe ma ko waa, a +holo aku i kau wahi i manao ai e holo?" + +Olelo mai la ka mea waa, "Ke ae nei wau e kau pu olua me a'u ma ka waa, +aka hookahi no hewa, o ko'u kokoolua ole e hiki ai ka waa." + +Ia manawa a ka mea waa i hoopuka ai i keia olelo "i kokoolua" hoewaa, +wehe ae la o Laieikawai i kona mau maka i uhiia i ka aahu kapa, mamuli o +ka makemake o ke kupunawahine e huna loa i kana moopuna me ka ike oleia +mai e na mea e ae a hiki i ko laua hiki ana i Paliuli, aka, aole pela ko +ka moopuna manao. + +I ka manawa nae a Laieikawai i hoike ai i kona mau maka mai kona hunaia +ana e kona kupunawahine, luliluli ae la ke poo o ke kupunawahine, aole a +hoike kana moopuna ia ia iho, no ka mea, e lilo auanei ka nani o kana +moopuna i mea pakuwa wale. + +I ka manawa nae a Laieikawai i wehe ae ai i kona mau maka, ike aku la ka +mea waa i ka oi kelakela o ko Laieikawai helehelena mamua o na +kaikamahine kaukaualii o Molokai a puni, a me Lanai. Aia hoi, ua +hookuiia mai ka mea waa e kona iini nui no kana mea e ike nei. + +A no keia mea, noi aku la ka mea waa i ke kupunawahine, me ka olelo aku, +"E kuu loa ae oe i na maka o ko moopuna mai kona hoopulouia ana, no ka +mea, ke ike nei wau ua oi aku ka maikai o kau milimili, mamua o na +kaikamahine kaukaualii o Molokai nei a me Lanai." + +I mai la ke kupunawahine. "Aole e hiki ia'u ke wehe ae ia ia, no ka mea, +o kona makemake no ka huna ia ia iho." + +A no keia olelo a Waka i ka mea waa mamuli o kana noi, alaila, hoike pau +loa ae la o Laieikawai ia ia mai kona hunaia ana, no ka mea, ua lohe aku +la o Laieikawai i ka olelo a kona kupunawahine, o Laieikawai no ka +makemake e huna ia ia; aka, ua, makemake ole keia e huna. + +A no ka ike maopopo loa ana aku o ka mea waa ia Laieikawai, alaila, he +nuhou ia i ka mea waa. Alaila, kupu ae la ka manao ano e iloko ona, e +hele e hookaulana ia Molokai apuni, no keia mea ana e iini nei. + +Alaila, olelo aku la ua mea waa nei ia Laieikawai ma, "Auhea olua, e +noho olua i ka hale nei, na olua na mea a pau oloko, aole kekahi mea e +koe o ka hale nei ia olua, o olua maloko a mawaho o keia wahi." + +A no ka hoopuka ana o ka mea waa i keia olelo, alaila, olelo aku la o +Laieikawai, "E ke kamaaina o maua, e hele loa ana anei oe? No ka mea, ke +ike lea nei maua i kou kauoha honua ana, me he mea la e hele loa ana +oe?" + +I aku la ke kamaaina, "E ke kaikamahine, aole pela, aole au e haalele +ana ia oula; aka, i manao ae nei au e huli i kokoolua no'u e hoe aku ai +ia olua a pae i Lanai." + +A no keia olelo a ka mea waa, i aku la o Waka i ke kamaaina o laua nei, +"Ina o ke kumu ia o kou hele ana i kauoha honua ai oe i na mea a pau o +kou hale ia maua; alaila, ke i aku nei wau, he hiki ia maua ke kokua ia +oe ma ka hoe ana." + +A ike ka mea waa he mea kaumaha keia olelo a Waka imua ona. + +Olelo aku la oia imua o na malahini, "Aole o'u manao e hoounauna aku ia +olua e kokua mai ia'u ma ka hoe pu ana i ka waa, no ka mea, he mea nui +olua na'u." + +Aka, aole pela ka manao o ka mea waa e huli i kokoolua hoe waa pu me ia, +no ka mea, ua hooholo mua oia i kana olelo hooholo iloko ona, e hele e +kukala aku ia Laieikawai apuni o Molokai. + +A pau ke kamailio ana a lakou i keia mau olelo, haalele iho la ka mea +waa ia laua nei, a hele aku la e like me ka olelo hooholo mua iloko ona. + +Ia hele ana, ma Kaluaaha kona hiki mua ana, a moe aku oia i Halawa, a ma +keia hele ana a ia nei, ua kukala aku oia i ka maikai o Laieikawai e +like me kona manao paa. + +A ma kekahi la ae, i ke kakahiaka nui, loaa ia ia ka waa e holo ana i +Kalaupapa, kau aku la oia maluna o ka waa, hiki mua oia i Pelekunu, a me +Wailau, a mahope hiki i Waikolu kahi a ka Makaula e noho ana. + +Ia ia nae i hiki aku ai i Waikolu, ua hala mua aku ua Makaula nei i +Kalaupapa, aka, o ka hana mau a ua wahi kanaka nei, ke kukala hele no +Laieikawai. + +A hiki keia i Kalaupapa, aia hoi, he aha mokomoko e akoakoa ana ku aku +la oia mawaho o ka aha, a kahea aku la me ka leo nui, "E ka hu, e na +makaainana, e ka lopakuakea, lopahoopiliwale, e na'lii, na Kahuna, na +kilo, na aialo, ua ike au i na mea a pau ma keia hele ana mai nei a'u, +ua ike i na mea nui, na mea liilii, na kane, na wahine, na kaukaualii +kane, na kaukaualii wahine, ka niaupio, ke ohi, aole wau i ike i kekahi +oi o lakou e like me ka'u mea i ike ai, a ke olelo nei au, oia ka oi +mamua o na kaikamahine kaukaualii o Molokai nei apuni, a me keia aha no +hoi." + +Ia manawa nae a ia nei e kahea nei, aole i lohe pono mai ka aha, no ka +mea, ua uhiia kona leo e ka haukamumu leo o ka aha, a me ka nene no ka +hoouka kaua. + +A no ko ianei manao i lohe ponoia mai kana olelo, oi pono loa aku la ia +iwaena o ke anaina, ku iho la oia imua o ka aha, a kuehu ae la oia i ka +lepa o kona aahu, a hai hou ae la i ka olelo ana i olelo mua ai. + +Iloko o keia manawa, lohe pono loa aku la ke Alii nui o Molokai i keia +leo, alaila hooki ae la ke alii i ka aha, i loheia aku ai ka olelo a +keia kanaka malahini e kuhea nei; no ka mea, iloko o ko ke alii ike ana +aku i ua wahi kanaka nei, ua hoopihaia kona mau maka i ka olioli, me ke +ano pihoihoi. + +Kaheaia aku la ua wahi kanaka nei mamuli o ke kauoha a ke alii, a hele +mai la imua o ke alii, a ninau aku la, "Heaha kou mea e nui nei kou leo +imua o ka aha, me ka maka olioli?" + +Alaila, hai mai la kela i ke kumu o kona kahea ana, a me kona olioli +imua o ke alii. "Ma ke kakahiakanui o ka la i nehinei, e lawelawe ana +wau i ka waa no ka manao e holo i Lanai, hoea mai ana keia wahine me ke +kaikamahine, aole nae au i ike lea i ke ano o ua kaikamahine la. Aka, +iloko o ko maua wa kamailio, hoopuka mai la ke kaikamahine i kona mau +maka mai kona hunaia ana, aia hoi, ike aku la wau he kaikamahine maikai, +i oi aku mamua o na kaikamahine alii o Molokai nei." + +A lohe ke alii i keia olelo, ninau aku la, "Ina ua like kona maikai me +kuu kaikamahine nei la, alaila, ua nani io." + +A no keia ninau a ke alii, noi aku la ua wahi kanaka nei e hoikeia mai +ke kaikamahine alii imua ona, a laweia mai la o Kaulaailehua ke +kaikamahine a ke alii. + +I aku la ua wahi kanaka nei, "E ke alii! oianei la, eha kikoo i koe o ko +iala maikai ia ianei, alaila, like aku me kela." I mai la ke alii, "E! +nani io aku la, ke hoole ae nei oe i ka makou maikai e ike nei, no ka +mea, o ko Molokai oi no keia." + +Alaila, olelo aku la kahi kanaka i ke alii me ka wiwo ole, "No ko'u ike +i ka maikai, ko'u mea no ia i olelo kaena ai." + +Ia manawa a kahi kanaka e kamailio ana me ke alii, e noho ana ka Makaula +ia manawa e hoolohe ana i ke ano o ke kamailio ana, aka, ua haupu honua +ae ka Makaula, me he mea la o kana mea e ukali nei. + +A no keia mea, neenee loa aku la ka Makaula a kokoke, paa aku la ma ka +lima o kahi kanaka, a huki malu aku la ia ia. + +Ia laua ma kahi kaawale, ninau pono aku la ka Makaula i ua wahi kanaka +nei, "Ua ike no anei oe i kela kaikamahine mamua au e kamailio nei i ke +alii?" + +Hoole aku la ua wahi kanaka nei, me ka i aku, "Aole au i ike mamua, +akahi no wau a ike, a he mea malahini ia i ko'u mau maka." + +A no keia mea, manao ae la ka Makaula, o kana mea i imi mai ai, me ka +ninau pono aku i kahi i noho ai, a hai ponoia mai la. + +A pau ka laua kamailio ana, lawe ae la oia i na mea ana i hoomakaukau ai +i mohai no ka manawa e halawai aku ai, a hele aku la. + + + + +MOKUNA III + + +Ia hele ana o ka Makaula mahope iho o ko laua halawai ana me kahi +kanaka, hiki mua keia iluna o Kawela; nana aku la oia, e pio ana ke +anuenue i kahi a ua wahi kanaka nei i olelo ai ia ia; alaila, hoomaopopo +lea iho la ka Makaula o kana mea no e ukali nei. + +A hiki keia i Kaamola ka aina e pili pu la me Keawanui, kahi hoi a +Laieikawai ma e kali nei i ka mea waa, ia manawa, ua poeleele loa iho +la, ua hiki ole ia ia ke ike aku i ka mea ana i ike ai iluna o Kawela, +aka, ua moe ka Makaula malaila ia po, me ka manao i kakahiaka e ike ai i +kana mea e imi nei. + +I kela po a ka Makaula e moe la i Kaamola, aia hoi, ua hiki ka olelo +kauoha a Kapukaihaoa ia Laieikawai ma ka moeuhane, e like me ke kuhikuhi +ia laua iloko o ko laua mau la ma Malelewaa. + +Ia wanaao ana ae, loaa ia laua ka waa e holo ai i Lanai, a kau laua +malaila a holo aku la, a ma Maunalei ko laua wahi i noho ai i kekahi mau +la. + +Ia Laieikawai ma i haalele ai ia Kalaeloa ia kakahiaka, ala ae la ka +Makaula, e ku ana ka punohu i ka moana, a me ka ua koko, aia nae, ua uhi +paapuia ka moana i ka noe a me ke awa, mawaena o Molokai, a me Lanai. + +Ekolu mau la o ka uhi paapu ana o keia noe i ka moana, a i ka eha o ko +ka Makaula mau la ma Kaamola, i ke kakahiaka nui, ike aku la oia e ku +ana ka onohi iluna pono o Maunalei; aka, ua nui loa ka minamina o ka +Makaula no ke halawai ole me kana mea e imi nei, aole nae oia i pauaho a +hooki i kona manaopaa. + +Ua aneane e hala na la he umi ia ia ma Molokai, ike hou aku la oia e ku +ana ka punohu iluna o Haleakala; haalele keia ia Molokai, hiki mua oia +iluna o Haleakala ma kela lua pele, aole nae oia i ike i kana mea e imi +nei. + +I ua Makaula nei nae i hiki ai malaila, ike aku la oia ia Hawaii, ua uhi +paapuia ka aina i ka ohu, a me ka noe. A haalele keia ia wahi, hiki keia +i Kauwiki, a malaila oia i kukulu ai i wahi heiau, kahi hoi e hoomana ai +i kona Aku, ka mea hiki ke kuhikuhi i kana mea e imi nei. + +I ua Makaula nei e kaapuni ana ma na wahi a pau ana i kipa aku ai, ua +kauoha mua aku ka Makaula, i na e loaa kana mea e imi nei, alaila, e +huli aku ia ia ma kahi e loaa ai. + +A pau ke kapu heiau a ua Makaula nei ma, Kauwiki, i na po o Kane, a me +Lono paha, alaila, ike maopopoia aku la ke kalae ana o ka aina a puni o +Hawaii, a ua waiho pono mai na kuahiwi. + +Ua nui no na la o ka Makaula ma Kauwiki, aneane makahiki a oi ae paha, +aole nae oia i ike iki i ka hoailona mau ana e ukali nei. + +I kekahi la, i ka malama o Kaaona, i na Ku, i ka manawa kakahiaka nui, +ike aweawea aku la oia he wahi onohi ma Koolau, o Hawaii; ia manawa, +puiwa koke ae la oia me ka lele o kona oili me ka maikai ole o kona +noonoo ana; aka, ua kali loihi no oia me ka hoomanawanui a maopopo lea +ka hana a kela wahi onohi; a pau ia malama okoa i ka hoomanawanuiia eia, +a i kekahi malama ae, i ka la o Kukahi, i ke ahiahi, mamua o ka napoo +ana o ka la, komo aku la oia iloko o kona wahi heiau, kahi i hoomakaukau +ai no kona Akua, a pule aku la oia. + +Ia ia e pule ana, a i ka waenakonu o ka manawa, ku mai la imua o ua +Makaula nei ke kahoaka o Laieikawai, a me kona kupunawahine; a no keia +mea, hooniau aku la oia i ka pule ana, aole nae i haalele kela kahoaka +ia ia a hiki i ka maamaama ana. + +Ia po iho, iloko o kona manawa hiamoe, halawai mai la kona Akua me ia ma +ka hihio, i mai la, "Ua ike au i kou luhi, a me kou hoomanawanui ana, me +ke ake e loaa ia oe ka moopuna a Waka, me kou manao hoi e loaa kou +pomaikai no kana moopuna mai. Iloko o kau pule ana, ua hiki ia'u ke +kuhikuhi, e loaa no o Laieikawai ia oe, mawaena o Puna, a me Hilo, iloko +o ka ululaau, e noho ana iloko o ka hale i uhiia i na hulu melemele o ka +Oo, nolaila, apopo e ku oe a hele." + +Puoho ae la oia mai ka hiamoe, aia ka he hihio, a no keia mea, pono ole +iho la kona manao, aole e hiki ia ia ke moe ia po a ao. + +Ia po a ao ae i ke kakahiaka nui, ia ia maluna o Kauwiki, ike aku la oia +i ke kilepalepa a ka pea o ka waa ilalo o Kaihalulu; holo wikiwiki aku +la oia a hiki i ke awa, ninau aku la i kahi a keia waa e holo ai, haiia +mai la, "E holo ana i Hawaii," a noi aku la oia e kau pu me lakou ma ka +waa, a aeia mai la oia pu me lakou. + +Hoi hou aku la ka Makaula iluna o Kauwiki, e lawe mai i kana mau wahi +ukana, na mea ana i hoomakaukau ai i kanaenae. + +Ia manawa, aia nei i hiki ai i ka waa, hai mua aku la oia i kona manao i +na mea waa, "E na mea waa, e hai mai oukou i ka'u hana ma keia holo ana +o kakou; ma ka oukou mea e olelo mai ai, malaila wau e hoolohe ai, no ka +mea, he kanaka wau i hana pono oleia e na mea waa i ko'u holo ana mai +Oahu mai, nolaila wau e hai mua aku nei ia oukou e na mea waa, malia o +like oukou me laua." + +A no keia olelo a ka Makaula, olelo mai la na mea waa, aole e hanaia +kekahi, mea pono ole ma ia holo ana o lakou; a pau keia mau mea kau +lakou ma ka waa a holo aku la. + +Ma ia holo ana hiki mua lakou i Mahukona, ma Kohala, moe malaila ia po, +a i ke kakahiaka ana ae, haalele ka Makaula i na mea waa, pii aku la oia +a hiki i Lamaloloa, a komo aku la i Pahauna ka hoiau, he heiau kahiko +kela mai ka po mai, a hiki i keia manawa. + +Ua nui loa na la ona malaila o ka noho ana, aole nae oia i ike i kana +mea e imi ai; aka, ma kona ano Makaula, hoomau aku la oia i ka pule i ke +Akua, e like me kona mau la ma Kauwiki, a no ka pule hoomau a ua Makaula +nei, ua looa hou ia ia ke kuhikuhi ana e like me kela hoike ia ia ma +Kauwiki. + +A no keia mea, haalele oia ia wahi, kaahele aku la oia ia Hawaii; ma +Hamakua kona hiki mua ana, oi hele aku oia mai ka manawa uuku o kahi +puaa a nui loa, a na ka puaa no e hele. + +Ia ia i hiki ai i Hamakua, malalo o Waipio kona wahi i noho ai ma +Pakaalana, aole nae he nui kona mau la malaila. + +Haalele ka Makaula ia wahi, hiki aku oia i Laupahoehoe, a malaila aku a +hiki i Kaiwilahilahi, a malaila oia i noho ai he mau makahiki. + +(Maanei, e waiho kakou i ka moolelo no pa imi ana o ka Makaula. Pono e +kamailio no ka hoi ana o Kauakahialii, i Kauai, me Kailiokalauokekoa: i +ike ai kakou, aia o Laieikawai i Paliuli.) + +Ma na Helu mua o keia Kaao, ua ike kakou na Kapukaihaoa i kauoha ia +Waka ma ka moeuhane e hoihoi ia Laieikawai i Paliuli, mamuli o ka ike a +ka Makaula. + +Ua hookoia no nae e like me ke kauoha, ua noho o Laieikawai ma Paliuli, +a hiki i kona hookanakamakua ana. + +Ia Kauakahialii, laua o Kailiokalauokekoa i hoi ai i Kauai, mahope iho o +ko laua halawai ana me ka Olali o Paliuli (Laieikawai), a hiki lakou i +Kauai, mauka o Pihanakalani, kui aku la ka lono ia Kauaiapuni; akoakoa +mai la na'lii, na kaukaualii, a me na makaainana a pau e ike i ka puka +malahini ana aku o Kailiokalauokekoa ma, e like me ka mea mau; o +Aiwohikupua nae kekahi oia poe Alii i akoakoa pu mai ma keia aha uwe o +na malihini. + +A pau ka uwe ana a lakou, ninau aku la na'lii ia Kauakahialii "Pehea kau +hele ana aku nei mamuli o kou hoaa'ia ianei?" (Kailiokalauokekoa.) + +Alaila, hai aku la o Kauakahialii i kona hele ana, penei: "I ko'u hele +ana mai anei aku mamuli o ke aloha o ka wahine, a puni Oahu, a me Maui, +aole i loaa ia'u kekahi wahine e like me Kailiokalauokekoa nei; a hiki +au i Hawaii, kaapuni wau ia mokupuni. Ma Kohala kuu hiki mua ana. +Kaahele au ma Kona, Kau, a hiki au i Keaau, a ma Puna, a malaila wau i +noho ai, a malaila wau i halawai ai me kekahi wahine maikai i oi aku +mamua o ianei (Kailiokalauokekoa). A o ka oi no hoi ia mamua o na wahine +maikai o keia mau mokupuni a pau." + +Iloko o keia olelo ana a Kauakahialii, hoomaopopo loa mai la o +Aiwohikupua i ka helehelena maikai o ua wahine nei. + +Alaila, hai aku la o Kauakahialii, "I ka po mua, mahope iho o ko laua +halawai ana me kuu wahi kahu nei, hai mai la oia i kona manawa e hiki +mai ai i kahi o ko makou wahi e noho ana, a hai mai la no hoi oia i na +hoailona o kona hiki ana mai; no ka mea, ua olelo aku kuu wahi kahu nei +i kane au na ua wahine nei, me ke koi aku no hoi e iho pu mai laua me ua +wahi kahu nei o'u, aka, ua hai mai kela i kana olelo, 'E hoi oe a ko +hanai, kuu kane hoi au e olelo mai nei, olelo aku oe ia ia, a keia po +wau hiki aku, ina e kani aku ka leo o ka Ao, aole wau iloko oia leo; a +kani aku ka leo o ka Alala, aole no wau iloko oia leo; i na e kani aku +ka leo o ka Elepaio, hoomakaukau wau no ka iho aku; a i kani aku ka leo +o ka Apapane, alaila, ua puka wau mawaho o kuu hale nei; hoolohe mai +auanei oe a i kani aku ka leo o ka Iiwipolena, alaila, aia wau mawaho o +ka hale o ko hanai; imi ae olua a loaa wau mawaho, oia kuu manawa e +launa ai me ko hanai.' Pela mai ka olelo ua wahi kahu nei o'u. + +"I ka po hoi ana e kauoha nei, aole i hiki ae, o i kali aku makou a ao +ia po, aole i hiki ae; o na manu wale no kai kani mai, manao iho la wau +he wahahee na kuu wahi kahu; i Punahoa nae lakou nei (Kailiokalauokekoa +ma) kahi i moe ai me na aikane. No kuu manao he wahahee na kuu wahi +kahu, nolaila, kauoha ae ana wau i ka Ilamuku e hoopaa i ke kaula; aka, +ua hala e ua wahi kahu nei o'u i uka o Paliuli, e ninau aku i ua wahine +nei i ke kumu o kona hiki ole ana i kai ia po, me ka hai aku no hoi e +make ana ia. + +"A pau kana olelo ana ia Laieikawai i keia mau mea, i mai la ka wahine i +ua wahi kahu nei o'u, 'E hoi oe, a ma keia po hiki aku au, e like me +ka'u kauoha ia oe i ka po mua, pela no wau e hiki aku ai.' + +"Ia po iho, oia ka po e hiki mai ai ua wahine nei, ua puka mua ae lakou +nei (Kailiokalauokekoa ma) i ke ao, i ua po nei e kaao ana no o ianei ia +makou, i ke kihi o ke ahiahi, kani ana ka leo o ka Ao; i ka pili o ke +ahiahi, kani ana ka leo o ka Alala; i ke kau, kani ka leo o ka Elepaio; +i ka pili o ke ao, kani ana ka leo o ka Apapane; a i ka owehewhe ana o +ke alaula, kani ana ka leo o ka Iiwipolena; ia kani ana no hoi, malu ana +ke aka ma ka puka o ka hale, aia hoi, ua paa oloko i ka noe, a i ka mao +ana ae, e kau mai ana kela iluna o ka eheu o na manu, me kona nani nui." + +A no keia olelo a Kauakahialii imua o na'lii, ua hookuiia mai ko +Aiwohikupua kino okoa e ka iini nui, me ka ninau aku, "Owai ka inoa oia +wahine?" + +Haiia aku la oia o Laieikawai; a no ka iini nui o Aiwohikupua i keia mea +a Kauakahialii e olelo nei, manao iho la ia e kii i wahine mare nana, +aka, ua haohao o Aiwohikupua no keia wahine. Nolaila, hai aku oia i kana +olelo imua o Kauakahialii, "Ke haohao nei wau i keia wahine, no ka mea, +owau ka mea nana i kaapuni keia mau mokupuni, aole wau i ike i kekahi +wahine e kau mai iluna o ka eheu o na manu; me he mea la no kukulu o +Tahiti mai ia wahine, noloko o Moaulanuiakea." + +No ka manao o Aiwohikupua no Moaulanuiakea, o Laieikawai, oia kona mea i +manao ai e kii i wahine nana. No ke mea, manua aku o kona lohe ana i +keia mau mea, ua olelo paa o Aiwohikupua, aole e lawe i kekahi wahine o +keia mau mokupuni i wahine mare nana; ua olelo oia, aia kana wahine +makemake noloko o Moaulanuiakea. + +A pau ke kamailio ana a na'lii no keia mau mea, a me ka walea ana e like +me ka mea mau o ka puka malihini ana. A mahope koke iho oia mau la, lawe +ae la o Aiwohikupua i kahi o Kauakahialii, i kanaka lawelawe imua o kona +alo, me ka manao o Aiwohikupua o kela wahi kanaka ka mea e loaa ai ko ke +Alii makemake. + +A no keia kumu, hoolilo loa ae la o Aiwohikupua i ua wahi kanaka nei i +poo kiekie maluna o na mea a pau, o ko ke Alii mau aina a pau, a me na +kanaka a pau loa, na'lii a me na makaainana, ma kona ano Kuhina Nui. + +A lilo ae la ua wahi kanaka nei i mea nui, huahua mai la na punahele mua +a Aiwohikupua, aka, he mea ole lakou i ko ke Alii manao. + + + + +MOKUNA IV + + +Mahope iho o ka lilo ana o ua wahi kanaka nei i mea nui imua o ke Alii, +me he Kuhina Nui la; a oia ka hoa kuka mau o ke Alii ma na mea e lealea +ai ke Alii, me ka manao aku o ka poe e, e kuka ana ma na mea pili i ka +aina, a me na waiwai e like me ka mea mau i ka noho Alii ana. Eia ka o +Laieikawai no ka laua kuka mau, a he uuku ke kuka ma na mea e ae. + +Mamua aku nae o ko Aiwohikupua lohe ana ia Kauakahialii no Laieikawai, +ua hoike e oia i kana olelo paa imua o kona mau kaukaualii, a me na +kaikuahine ona, a me kona poe aialo a pau, a eia kana olelo paa, "Auhea +oukou e ko'u mau kaukaualii, a me na kaikuahine o'u ko'u mau aialo a +pau; mai keia la aku a hiki i ko'u mau la hope, aole loa ana wau e lawe +i kekahi wahine o keia mau mokupuni i wahine mare na'u, mai Kauai nei a +hala loa i Hawaii, ina i oleloia mai he mau wahine maikai, aole no hoi +au e haawi i ko'u kino e komo aku ma ke ano kolohe, he oleloa no. No ka +mea, he kanaka hana pono oleia wau e na wahine, mai ko'u wa opiopio mai +a hiki i ko'u hookanakamakua ana. Aia no ka'u wahine ae ke kii mai, no +kekahi mau aina e mai, ina noloko mai o Moaulanuiakea, kahi o na wahine +oluolu a'u i lohe ai; alaila, o ka'u wahine makemake ia, i na i kiiia +mai wau ma na ano elua." + +Iloko o ko Aiwohikupua lohe ana ia Kauakahialii, a me ko laua kuka mau +ana me kona Kuhina Nui no Laieikawai, alaila, manaopaa ae la ke Alii no +Tahiti mai ua wahine la. + +I kekahi la, i ke awakea, hiamoe iho la ke Alii, loaa iho la o +Laieikawai ia Aiwohikupua ma ka moeuhane, ua like kana ike ana ia +Laieikawai ma ka moeuhane me ka Kauakahialii olelo ana ia ia. A puoho ae +la ke Alii he moeuhane kana. + +Iloko oia ala ana ae, aia hoi, he mea minamina loa i ke Alii i kona ike +ana ia Laieikawai ma ka moeuhane, no ka mea, ua ala e mai ka hiamoe o ke +Alii; a no ia mea, makemake iho la ke Alii e loaa hou ia ia ka hiamoe +loihi ana ma ia awakea, i kumu e ike hou aku ai i kana mea i ike ai ma +ka moeuhane. + +Hoao hou iho la ke Alii e hiamoe hou, loaa hou no o Laieikawai ma ka +hihio pokole loa, aole nae oia i ike maopopo loa aku, he wahi helehelena +wale no kana ike lihi ana, a hikilele ae a oia. + +A no keia mea, ua ano e loa ko ke Alii manao, ia manawa ka hoopuka ana a +ke Alii i olelo paa imua o kona mau mea a pau, penei no ia: + +"Auhea oukou, mai walaau oukou iloko o kuu wa hiamoe, mai hamumumu, a +ina e walaau, he alii aimoku, e pau kona aimoku ana; ina lie alii +aiahupuaa, e pau la; a ina he konohiki, a lopa paha ka mea nana i hahai +kuu olelo paa, alaila, o ka make ka uku." + +Oia iho la ka olelo paa a ke Alii, no ka mea, tia makemake loa ke Alii e +loaa ia ia ka hiamoe loihi i kumu e launa hou ai laua ma ka moeuhane me +Laieikawai. + +A pau ka ke Alii olelo ana no keia mau mea, hoomaka hou oia e hiamoe, +aole nae i loaa ia ia ka hiamoe a hiki i ka napoo ana o ka la. + +Iloko o keia hana a ke Alii, aole nae oia i hai aku i keia mea ana e ike +nei ma ka moeuhane, ua huna loa ke Alii i kona hoa kuka mau, manao la +hoi oia, aia a loaa hou aku, alaila hai aku i kona hoa Kuhina Nui. + +A no ka makemake loa o ke Alii e loaa mau ia ia ka moeuhane mau no +Laieikawai, kauoha ae la oia i kona Kuhina Nui e mama i awa. + +A nolaila, hoolale koke ae la ke Kuhina i na mea mama awa o ke Alii e +mama i ka awa, a makaukau ko ke Alii makemake, a laweia mai la, inu iho +la ke Alii me kona Kuhina, a oki mai la ka ona a ka awa. Kau koke mai la +nae iluna o ke Alii ka halialia aloha o Laieikawai, me he mea ala ua +launa kino mamua. Alaila, hapai ae la ia i wahi olelo ma ke mele penei: + + "Kau mai ana i o'u nei + Ka halialia nae lehua o Puna, + I lawea mai e ka lau makani, + E ka ahe makani puulena o ka lua, + Hiamoe ole loko i ka minamina, + I ka makemake--e." + +I aku la ke Kuhina o ke Alii, mahope iho o ka pau, ana o ke mele ana, +"He mea kupanaha, aole hoi au wahine a kaua e noho nei, aka, iloko o kau +mele e heluhelu nei, me he wahine la kau." + +I mai la ke Alii, "Ua oki na olelo a kaua, no ka mea, ke oki mai nei ka +ona o ka awa ia'u." Iloko oia manawa, haule aku la ke Alii i ka hiamoe +nui, o ke oki no ia, no ka mea, ua poina loa ka hiamoe o ke Alii, ua ike +ole ke Alii i kana mea e manao ai. + +Hookahi po, hookahi ao o ka moe ana mama ka ona awa o ke Alii. Olelo +aku la ke Alii i kona hoa kuka, "Ma keia ona awa o kaua, aole i waiwai +iki." + +I mai la kona hoa kuka, "Pehea la ka hoi ka waiwai o ka ona awa? Kainoa +o ka ona no kona waiwai, o ka mahuna alua." + +I mai la ke Alii, "Aole hoi paha oia, o ka ike aku ka hoi paha la ia +Laieikawai, alaila waiwai ka ona ana o ka awa." + +Mahope iho oia manawa, hoomau aku la ke Alii i ka inu awa a hala na la +he nui, ua like paha me hookahi makahiki, aole nae ke Alii i ike i ka +waiwai oia hana ana, nolaila, hoopau iho la ke Alii ia hana. + +Mahope iho o ko ke Alii hoopau ana no ka inu awa, akahi no a hai aku ke +Alii i ka loaa ana o Laieikawai ma ka moeuhane, a me ke kumu o kona +hoomau ana i ka inu awa, a hai pu aku la no hoi ke Alii i ke kumu o kona +kau ana i kanawai paa, no ka mea walaau iloko o kona wa hiamoe. + +Ia laua e kamailio ana no keia mau mea, alaila, hoomaopopo loa ae la ke +Alii e holo i Hawaii e ike ia Laieikawai. Ia wa ka hoopuka ana o laua i +olelo hooholo no ke kii ia Laieikawai i wahine mare. + +I ka pau ana o na la ino, a hiki mai ka manawa kupono no ka holo moana, +kauoha ae la ke Kuhina i na Kapena waa o ke Alii, e hoomakaukau i na waa +no ka holo i Hawaii ia po iho, ia manawa ke koho ana a ke Alii i na +hoewaa kupono ke holo pu, ko ke Alii mau Iwikuamoo ponoi. + +Mamua o ka napoo ana o ka la, kauohaia ka poe nana uli o ke Alii, a me +na Kilokilo e nana i na ouli o ke ao a me ka moana, i na he hiki i ke +Alii ke hele, a ina he hiki ole e like me ka mea mau; aka, ua maopopo i +kona poe nana uli a Kilokilo hoi, he hike i ke Alii ke hele i kana +huakai. + +A i ka wanaao, i ka puka ana o ka Hokuhookelewaa, kau aku la ke Alii a +me kona Kuhina, na hoewaa he umikumamaono, na hookele elua, he iwakalua +ko lakou nui maluna o na kaulua, a holo aku la. + +Ia holo ana a lakou ma keia holo ana, hiki mua lakou ma Nanakuli, i +Waianae, ia wanaao, haalele lakou ia wahi, hiki mua lakou i Mokapu, a +malaila lakou i noho ai he umi la, no ka mea, ua loohia iakou e ka ino, +hiki ole ke holo i Molokai. A pau na la he umi, ike maopopoia aku la ka +malie, a maikai ka moana. Ia po iho a ao, hiki lakou i Polihua, ma +Lanai, a mailaila aku hiki ma Ukumehame, a no ka makani ino ia la, ua +noho lakou malaila, a i kekahi la ae, haalele lakou ia wahi, hiki lakou +i Kipahulu ia la. + +Ia lakou ma Kipahulu, hooholo ae la ke Alii i olelo e hele wawae mauka, +a ma na waa na kanaka. Ma kahi nae a lakou i noho ai, ua nui ka poe +mahalo no Aiwohikupua no ke kanaka maikai. + +Haalele lakou ia Kipahulu, hiki lakou ma Hana, ma uka no ke Alii me kona +Kuhina, ma na waa no na kanaka. I ke Alii nae e hele ana, he nui ka poe +i ukali ia laua, no ka makemake ia Aiwohikupua. + +Ia lakou i hiki aku ai ma ke awa pae waa o Haneoo i Hana, he nue ka poe +i lulumi mai e makaikai i ke Alii, no ka pakela o ka maikai. + +Ia Aiwohikupua ma nae i hiki aku ai, e heenalu mai ana na kane a me na +wahine i ka nalu o Puhele, aia nae ilaila kekahi kaikamahine Alii maikai +kaulana o Hana, o Hinaikamalama kona inoa. Iloko hoi o ko laua ike ana i +ua kaikamahine Alii nei o Hana, alaila, ua hoopuniia ke Alii kane, a me +kona Kuhina e na kuko; a oia no hoi ke kumu o ko Aiwohikupua ma noho ana +malaila ia la. + +A pau ka heenalu ana a na kamaaina, a i ka nalu pau loa o ko +Hinaikamalama hee ana, o ka nalu ia i pae, hoopolilei mai la ka hee ana +a ke kaikamahine Alii ma ka wai o Kumaka, kahi hoi a Aiwohikupua ma e +noho mai ana. + +I ke kaikamahine Alii nae e auau ana i ka wai o Kumaka, ua hoopuiwaia ke +Alii kane, a me kona Kuhina e ke kuko ino. A no ia mea, iniki malu aku +la ke Kuhina o ke Alii ia Aiwohikupua, e hookaawale ia lana mai kahi a +Hinaikamalama e auau ana, i ole laua e pilikia ma ka manao. + +Ia Aiwohikupua ma i hoomaka ai e hookaawale ia laua mai ko ke Alii +wahine wahi e auau ana, alaila, pane aku la ke Alii wahine, "E na'lii! +he holo ka hoi ka olua, kainoa hoi he wehe ko ke kapa, lele iho hoi he +wai, hookahi hoi ka auau ana o kakou, hoi aku he hale, a moe, he ai no, +he i-a no hoi, a he wahi moe no hoi, oia iho la no ka waiwai a ke +kamaaina, i makemake no hoi e hele, hele no, ina he makemake e noho, o +Hana no hoi nei noho iho." + +A no keia olelo a ke Alii wahine, I aku la ke Kuhina i ke Alii, "E! pono +ha ka manao o ke Alii wahine, no ka mea, ua makemake loa ke Alii wahine +ia oe." + +I mai la o Aiwohikupua, "Ua makemake au i ke Alii wahine, no ka mea, ke +ike lea nei au i ka oi loa o kona maikai mamua o ka'u mau wahine mua +nana i kumakaia; aka, ua lohe oe i ka'u hoohiki paa ana, aole au e lawe +mai i kekahi wahine o keia mau moku i wahine na'u." + +A no keia olelo a Aiwohikupua, i aku kona Kuhina, "Ua laa oe no kela +hoohiki au, alaila, e aho na'u ka wahine a kaua." + +A pau keia kamailio liilii ana a laua, hele aku la laua i ka heenalu. A +ia laua e heenalu ana, aia hoi, ua hoopuniia mai la ke Alii wahine no +Aiwohikupua, a ua nui ka poe i hoopuni paaia no ka makemake i ke Alii +kane. + +A pau ka auau ana a laua, hoi aku la laua me ka manao e kau maluna o na +waa a holo aku; aka, ike aku la o Aiwohikupua i ke Alii wahine e konane +mai ana, a manao iho la ke Alii kane malihini e hele i ke konane; aka, +ua lilo mua na ke Alii wahine ke kahea e konane laua. + +A hiki o Aiwohikupua ma kahi o ke Alii wahine, kau na ilili a paa ka +papa, ninau mai ke Alii wahine, "Heaha ke kumu pili o ka malihini ke +make i ke kamaaina?" + +I aku o Aiwohikupua, "He mau waa kaulua ko'u kumu pili, aia ke lana mai +la iloko o ke kai, oia ko'u kumu pili me oe." + +I mai la ke Alii wahine, "Aole he maikai o kou kumu pili e ka malihini, +hookahi no kumu pili mama loa, oia na kino no o kaua, ina e make au ia +oe, alaila, e lilo wau nau, ma kau hana e olelo mai ai, malaila wau e +hoolohe ai, a e hooko ai hoi, ma ka mea kupono nae i ka hooko aku, a ina +hoi e make oe ia'u, alaila, o oe no ka'u, e like me kau hana ia'u, pela +no au e hana ai ia oe, me ko noho i Maui nei." + +A no keia olelo a ke Alii wahine, hooholo koke ae la ke Alii kane i ka +olelo ae. I ka hahau ana a laua i ka papa mua, make o Aiwohikupua. + +Alaila, i mai la ke Alii wahine, "Ua eo ia'u, aohe ou kumu e ae e pili +mai ai, a ina nae he kaikaina kou, alaila ae aku au e pili hou kaua." + +A no keia mau olelo maikai a ke Alii wahine imua o Aiwohikupua, alaila, +hooholo koke ae la oia i kona manao ae ma ka waha wale no. + +A iloko o ko laua manawa kamailio, hoopuka aku la o Aiwohikupua i kona +manao imua o ke Alii wahine, "He nani hoi ia ua pili ae nei ko'u kino me +oe, a ua maikai no; aka, aole kaua e launa koke, aia a hoi mai au mai +kuu kuakai kaapuni ia Hawaii; no ka mea, ua hoohiki wau mamua o kuu holo +ana mai nei, aole wau e launa me kekahi o na wahine e ae, aia no a puni +o Hawaii, alaila, hana wau e like me kuu makemake, e like me ka kaua e +kamailio nei, a oia hoi ka hookoia ana o kou makemake. Nolaila, ke +kauoha mua aku nei wau ia oe mamua o kuu hele ana, e noho oe me ka +maluhia loa, aole e lilo i kekahi mea e ae, aole hoi e hana iki i kekahi +mea pono ole e keakea ai i ka kaua hoohiki, a hoi mai wau mai kuu huakai +makaikai mai, alaila, e hookoia ke kumu pili o ka wahine Alii. Ina i hoi +mai wau, aole oe i maluhia, aole hoi oe i hooko i ka'u mau kauoha, +alaila, o ka pau no ia." + +Aole nae keia o ko Aiwohikupua manao maoli. A pau na kauoha a +Aiwohikupua ia Hinaikamalama, haalele lakou ia Maui, hiki lakou nei i +Kapakai ma Kohala. + +I kekahi la ae, haalele lakou ia Kapakai, holo aku la lakou a mawaho +pono o Kauhola, nana aku la o Aiwohikupua i ka akoakoa lehulehu ana o na +kanaka mauka o Kapaau. + +Ia manawa, kauoha ae la o Aiwohikupua i na hoewaa, e hookokoke aina aku +na waa, no ka mea, ua makemake ke Alii e ike i ke kumu o keia akoakoa +lehulehu ana o na kanaka. + +A hiki lakou i ke awa pae waa ma Kauhola, ninau aku la ke Alii i ke kumu +o ka akoakoa lehulehu ana o na kanaka, alaila, hai mai la na kamaaina, +he aha mokomoko ke kumu o ia lehulehu ana. + +Ia manawa, okalakala koke ae la o Aiwohikupua e hele e makaikai i ka aha +mokomoko, a hekau iho la na waa o lakou, pii aku la o Aiwohikupua, a me +kona Kuhina, a me na hookele elua, eha ko lakou nui o ka pii ana. + +A hiki lakou i Hinakahua i ke kahua mokomoko, ia manawa, ike mai la ka +aha mokomoko i ke keiki Kauai, no ka oi o kona kanaka maikai mamua o na +keiki kamaaina, a lilo iho la ka aha i mea haunaele. + +Mahope iho o keia haunaele ana, hoomaka hou ka hoonoho o ke kahua +mokomoko, ia manawa, pili aku la o Aiwohikupua ma ke kumu laau milo, e +nana ana no ka hoouka kaua. + +Ia Aiwohikupua nae e ku ana ma kona wahi, puka mai la o Ihuanu a ku +iwaena o ke kahua mokomoko, e hoike ana ia ia iho imua o ke anaina, a +kahea mai la me ka leo nui, "Owai ka mea ma kela aoao mai e hele mai e +mokomoko?" Aka, aole e hiki i kekahi mea ke aa mai e ku imua o Ihuanu, +no ka mea, o ko Kohala oi kelakela no ia ma ka ikaika i ke kuikui. + +Ia Ihuanu e hoike ana ia ia iho, huli ae la oia, a ike ia Aiwohikupua, +kahea mai la, "Pehea oe e ka malihini? E pono paha ke lealea?" + +A lohe o Aiwohikupua i keia leo kahea a Ihuanu, hele aku la a ku imua o +ke kahua kaua, e hawele ana me kona aahu pukohukohu, i like me ke ano +mau o na Puali o ke Alii. Pane aku la oia imua o kona hoa hakaka. + +"E ke kamaaina, ua noi nai oe ia'u e lealea kaua, a eia hoi ka'u noi ia +oe, i elua mai ma kou aoao, huipu me oe, akolu oukou, alaila mikomiko +iki iho ka malihini." + +A lohe o Ihuanu i keia olelo a Aiwohikupua, i mai la oia, "He oi oe o ke +kanaka nana i olelo hookano iho nei wau imua o keia aha a pau, owau no +ka oi mamua o na kanaka a pau, a ke olelo mai nei hoi oe i ekolu aku ma +keia aoao, a heaha la oe i mua o'u?" + +Olelo mai la o Aiwohikupua, "Aole au e aa aku e hakaka me oe ma kau noi, +ke ole oe e ku mai me na mea e ae ma kou aoao, a heaha hoi oe imua o'u! +Nolaila, ke olelo paa nei wau ano, he hiki ia'u ke hoolilo i keia Aha i +mea ole iloko o kuu lima." + +A no keia olelo a Aiwohikupua, hele mai la kekahi o na puali ikaika a ma +ke kua o Aiwohikupua, olelo mai la. "E! mai olelo aku oe ia Ihuanu, o ko +Kohala oi no kela; aohe puko momona o Kohala nei i kela kanaka." + +Ia manawa, huli ae la o Aiwohikupua, a pale ae la i ka mea nana i olelo +mai ma kona kua, haula aku la ilalo a make loa. + + + + +MOKUNA V + + +A ike mai la ka aha kanaka a pau o ke kahua mokomoko i ka oi ana o ka +ikaika o Aiwohikupua, no ka make loa ana o ke kanaka ma ke pale wale ana +no. + +Ia manawa, hele mai la kekahi mau puali o Ihuanu, a olelo mai la ia +Ihuanu penei: "E Ihuanu e! ke ike maopopo lea aku nei wau ano i keia +manawa, aole e lanakila ana ko kakou aoao, a ma kuu manao paa hoi, e +lanakila ana ka malihini maluna o kakou, no ka mea, ke ike maopopo aku +la no oe, ua make loa ko kakou kanaka i ka welau wale no o koia la lima, +ahona a kui maoli aku kela, lele liilii. Nolaila, ke noi aku nei au ia +oe, e hui ka aha, e pono ke hoopau ka mokomoko ana, a me kou aa ana aku +i ka malihini, a nolaila, e hele oe a i ka malihini, e lulu lima olua, a +e haawi aku i kou aloha nona, i aloha pu ai olua me ka ike aku o ka aha +ua hoomoe a pau wale ke kaua." + +Iloko o keia olelo, alaila, ua ho-ai'a ka inaina wela o Ihuanu no keia +olelo, me ka olelo aku, "E ko'u poe kokua, mai maka'u oukou, mai +hopohopo no ka make ana o kela kanaka o kakou ma ke pale ana i ka welau +o kona lima, aole anei wau i hana pela i kekahi mau la mamua ae nei +maanei? A heaha la oukou i maka'u ai; a nolaila, ke hai aku nei wau ia +oukou, ina i hopo oukou no kela malihini, alaila, e huna oukou i ko +oukou mau maka i ke aouli, aia a lohe aku oukou ua lanakila o Ihuanu, +alaila, hoomanao oukou i kuu puupuu ia Kanikapiha, ka ai a ke kumu i ao +oleia ia oukou. No ka mea, ke ike nei wau, aole e lanakila mai oia +maluna o'u, no ka mea, ua kani ka pola o kuu malo i keia la." + +A no keia olelo a Ihuanu, i aku kona mau hoa hui mokomoko, "Auhea oe! Ua +pau ka makou olelo, aohe hana i koe, kulia imua o ka ai a ke kumu a +kakou i ao pu oleia mai ia makou, a ke olelo mai nei hoi oe, ua kani ka +pola o ko malo, malia o lanakila oe i ua malo ou." Alaila, nee aku la +kona mau hoa mawaho o ka aha. + +Ia Ihuanu nae e olelo kaena ana ia ia iho imua o kona mau hoa no kona +lanakila maluna o Aiwohikupua, alaila, oi mai la o Aiwohikupua a kokoke +iki ma ke alo o Ihuanu, upoipoi ae la oia i kona mau lima ma ka poohiwi, +me he moa kane la e hoomakaukau ana no ke kani ana, a olelo aku la oia +ia Ihuanu, "E Ihuanu! Kuiia i kuu piko a pololei i eha kauna kui?" + +A lohe o Ihuanu i keia kaena a Aiwohikupua e kui, alaila, leha ae la na +maka o Ihuanu a puni ka aha, ike aku la oia e hiiia mai ana kekahi keiki +opiopio loa, alaila, olelo aku la o Ihuanu ia Aiwohikupua, "Aole na'u oe +e kui, na kela wahi keiki e hiiia mai la, nana oe e kui, a oia kou hoa +hakaka." + +A lohe o Aiwohikupua i keia olelo, he mea e kona ukiuki, ia manawa, pii +ae la ka ula o Aiwohikupua a puni ke kino, me he mea la ua hooluuia i ke +koko o na hipa keiki. Huli ae la oia a kupono imua o ka aha, a olelo aku +la, "Owai keia kanaka i aa mai ai oia i ke keiki Kauai nei, nolaila, ke +olelo nei wau i keia, he hiki i kuu Akua ke haawi mai ia'u e lanakila +maluna o keia kanaka, a e hoolilo ae kuu Akua i ke poo o ko oukou ikaika +i mea milimili na kuu mau hoewaa." + +Alaila, kukuli iho la o Aiwohikupua a pule aku la i kona mau Akua penei: +"E Lanipipili, Lanioaka, Lanikahuliomealani, e Lono, e Hekilikaakaa, a +me Nakolowailani, i keia la, e ike mai oukou ia'u i ka oukou kama, ka +oukou pua i koe ma ke ao nei, ma keia la, e haawi mai oukou i ka ikaika +a pau maluna o ka oukou kama nei, e hiki no ia oukou ke hoohala i kana +puupuu ma kona kui ana mai i ka oukou kama, a ke noi aku nei wau e haawi +mai i ke poo o Ihuanu i kuu lima, i mea paani na ko'u mau hoewaa, i ike +ai keia aha a pau, owau ke lanakila maluna o keia kanaka i Okipoepoe +Oleia. Amene." (Amama.) + +A pau kana pule ana, ku ae la o Aiwohikupua iluna me ka maka ikaika a +makaukau no ka hoouka kaua, a ninau aku la ia Ihuanu, "Ua makaukau anei +oe e kue mai ia'u?" + +Olelo mai la o Ihuanu, "Aole au e kui aku ia oe, nau e kui mua mai +ia'u." + +A lohe ke kumu kui a Ihuanu i keia mau olelo, hele mai la a ma ka aoao o +Ihuanu, i mai la, "Hawawa oe e kuu haumana, ina e kena hou mai kela, +alaila, e hoomaka oe e kui me kou ikaika a pau, no ka mea, o kona manawa +e kena mai ai e kui, oia iho la no ka hoomaka ana," a nolaila, ua pono +keia ia Ihuanu. + +A pau ka laua kamailio ana, ninau hou aku la o Aiwohikupua ia Ihuanu, +"Ua makaukau anei oe e kui mai ia'u; ina he manao e kui, kui mai I kuu +maka." + +Ia manawa, i waiho koke mai ana o Ihuanu i ka puupuu, hu ka makani ma ka +papalina o Aiwohikupua, aole nae i ku, no ka mea, ua alo o Aiwohikupua, +oia ka mea i hala'i. + +A hala ka puupuu a Ihuanu, e waiho koke ae ana o Aiwohikupua i kana +puupuu, ku no i ka houpo, hula ma ke kua; ia manawa, kaikai ae la o +Aiwohikupua i ke kanaka me kona lima, a kowali ae la ia Ihuanu imua o ke +anaina, a kiola aku la i waho o ka aha, a lanakila iho la o Aiwohikupua +maluna o Ihuanu uwauwa aku la ka pihe me ka hui o ka aha i ka poe +makaikai. + +A make iho la o Ihuanu, hele mai la kona mau hoa, e waiho ana, na mea +hoi nana i olelo mai e hooki ka hakaka, me ka ninau iho, "E Ihuanu! ua +hiki anei i ko ai i ao oleia ia makou ke hoola ia oe, e hakaka hou me +kela kanaka ikaika lua ole?" Oia ke olelo henehene a kona mau hoa. + +I ka lehulehu e lulumi ana no ka make o Ihuanu ko lakou Pukaua, a e uwe +ana hoi, hele aku la o Aiwohikupua, a oki ae la i ke poo o Ihuanu, a me +ka laau palau a Ihuanu, a kiola aku la i kona mau hookele, oia ka hooko +hope loa ana o kana pule. A pau keia mau mea, haalele o Aiwohikupua i ka +aha, a hoi aku la a kau iluna o na waa, a holo aku la, kui aku la ka +lono o keia make a puni o Kohala, Hamakua, a puni o Hawaii. + +Holo aku la lakou nei a kau i Honokaape, ma Waipio, mailaila aku a waho +o Paauhau, nana ae la lakou e ku ana ka ea o ka lepo o uka, ninau aku la +o Aiwohikupua i kona Kuhina, "Heaha la kela lehulehu e paapu mai nei o +uka? He mokomoko no paha? Ina he aha mokomoko kela, e hele hou kaua e +makaikai." + +Olelo aku la kona Kuhina, "Ua oki ia manao ou, no ka mea, aole he huakai +mokomoko ka kaua i hele mai nei, he huakai imi wahine ka kaua." + +I mai o Aiwohikupua i ke Kuhina, "Kaheaia aku na hookele, e hooponopono +ae na waa a holo pololei aku i ke awa, i lohe aku kakou i keia +lehulehu." A hookoia ko ke Alii makemake, a holo aku lakou a malalo o ka +pali kahakai, ninau aku la i na wahine e kuiopihi ana, "Heaha kela +lehulehu o uka?" + +Hai mai la na wahine ia lakou, "He aha hookuku mokomoko, a o ka mea oi o +ka ikaika, alaila, oia ke hoounaia e hele e kuikui me ke kanaka Kauai i +hakaka mai nei me Ihuanu, a make mai nei ua o Ihuanu; oia ia pihe e uwa +ala." + +A no keia mea, kena koke ae la o Aiwohikupua e hekau na waa, a lele aku +la o Aiwohikupua, o kona Kuhina aku me na hookele elua, pii aku la lakou +nei a hiki i ka aha mokomoko, aia nae lakou ma kahi kaawale mai e nana +ana i ka aha. + +Alaila, hele mai la kekahi kamaaina ma ko lakou nei wahi e noho ana, +ninau aku la o Aiwohikupua i ka hana a ka aha, haiia mai la e like me ka +olelo a kela mau wahine i olelo ai. + +Olelo aku la o Aiwohikupua i kahi kamaaina, "E hele oe a olelo aku, owau +kekahi e lealea me keia poe, aole nae e lealea me ka poe ikaika ole." + +I mai la ua wahi kamaaina nei, "Hookahi no ikaika o keia aha o Haunaka, +a oia ke hoounaia ana i Kohala, e hakaka me ke kanaka Kauai." + +Olelo aku la o Aiwohikupua, "E hele koke oe, a olelo aku ia Haunaka e +lealea maua." + +A hiki aku ua wahi kanaka kamaaina nei a halawai me Haunaka; a lohe o +Haunaka i keia mau olelo, lulu iho la oia i kona mau lima, paipai ae la +i ka umauma, keekeehi na wawae, a peahi mai la ia Aiwohikupua e hele aku +iloko o ka aha, a hele aku la o Aiwohikupua, a wehe ae la i kona kihei, +a kaei ae la ma kona puhaka. + +Ia Aiwohikupua ma ka aha, olelo aku la oia imua o Haunaka, "Aole e eha +ke keiki Kauai ia oe, he lala kamahele no ka laau ku i ka pali." + +Ia manawa a Aiwohikupua e kamailio ana no keia mau mea, kahea mai la +mawaho o ka aha he wahi kanaka i ike i ka hakaka ana a Aiwohikupua me +Ihuanu, "E Haunaka, a me ka aha, aole oukou e pakele i keia kanaka, ua +like ka puupuu o keia kanaka me ka pololu, hookahi no kui ia Ihuanu, +hula pu ka puupuu ma ke kua, a o ke kanaka no keia i make mai nei o +Ihuanu." + +Ia manawa, lalau mai la o Haunaka i na lima o Aiwohikupua, a aloha mai +la oia, a o ka pau no ia, hoaikane laua, hui ka aha. A haalele lakou ia +wahi, hele pu aku la o Aiwohikupua ma me ke aikane a kau lakou la ma na +waa, a holo aku la a pae i Laupahoehoe. + + + + +MOKUNA VI + + +(Ma ka Mokuna V o keia Kaao, ua ike kakou ua hiki aku a Aiwohikupua ma +Laupahoehoe; maanei e kamailio iki kakou no Hulumaniani ka Makaula nana +i ukali mai o Laieikawai, mai Kauai mai, ka mea i olelomuaia ma ka helu +mua o keia Kaao.) + +I ka la a Aiwohikupua ma i haalele ai ia Paauhau, ma Hamakua, i ka la +hoi i holo mai ai a hiki i Laupahoehoe, ua ike mua aku ka Makaula i na +mea a pau i kekahi ahiahi iho mamua o ko Aiwohikupua hiki ana ma +Laupahoehoe, a penei kona ike ana: + +I ua ahiahi la, mamua o ka napoo ana o ka la, e noho ana ka Makaula ma +ka puka o ka hale, nana aku la oia i ke kuku o na opua ma ka nana ana i +na ouli o ke ao, a like me ka mea mau i ka poe kilokilo mai ka wa kahiko +mai a hiki i keia manawa. + +I aku la ua Makaula nei, "He waa Alii hoi keia e holo mai nei, he +umikumamaiwa kanaka, hookahi Alii Nui, he mau waa kaulua nae." + +Ia manawa, puiwa koke ae la ka lehulehu e noho pu ana me ka Makaula, a +nana aku la aole he mau waa holo mai; nolaila, ninau aku la ka poe me +ia, "Auhea hoi na waa au i olelo mai nei he mau waa Alii?" + +Olelo aku ka Makaula, "Aole he mau waa maoli, ma ka opua ka'u ike ana +aku la, apopo e ike kakou he waa Alii." + +Ia po a ao ae, mahope o ka auina la ike hou aku la oia i ke ku a ka +punohu i ka moana, ma ka hoailona i ku ia Aiwohikupua e like me ka mea i +maa i ua Makaula nei. (E like paha me ka ike ana i ke Kalaunu Moi o kela +Alii keia Alii ke hiki mai io kakou nei, pela paha ka maopopo ana o ko +Aiwohikupua punohu i ikeia e ua Makaula nei.) + +A no ka ike ana o ka Makaula i kela hoailona, ku ae la oia a hopu he +wahi puaa, he moa lawa, me ka puawa, e hoomakaukau ana no ka hiki mai o +Aiwohikupua. + +A no keia hana a ka Makaula, he mea haohao loa ia i ko lakou poe, me ka +ninau aku, "E hele ana oe e hoomakaukau nei keia ukana au?" + +Hai mai la ka Makaula, "E hoomakaukau mua ana wau no ka hiki mai o kau +Alii o Aiwohikupua, oia kela mea a'u i olelo aku ai ia oukou i ke ahiahi +nei, nolaila, eia oia ke holo mai nei i ka moana, nona kela kualau i ka +moana, a me keia noe e uhi nei." + +A kokoke o Aiwohikupua ma i ke awa pae o Laupahoehoe, ia manawa ke kui +ana o na hekili he iwakalua, pili pu na kanaka o Hilo nokeia mea, a i ka +mao ana ae, ike aku la na mea a pau i keia kaulua e holo mai ana a pae i +ke awa, me ka puloulou Alii iluna o na waa, alaila, maopopo ae la ka +wanana a ka Makaula + +I na waa e holo mai ana a pae, ku ana ka Makaula i ke awa, mai luna mai +o Kaiwilahilahi, hahau iho la ka Makaula i ka puaa imua o ke Alii, a +pule aku la oia ma ka inoa o na Akua o Aiwohikupua, a eia kana pule. + +"E Lanipipili, e Lanioaka, e Lanikahuliomealani, e Lono, e Hekilikaakaa, +e Nakolowailani. E na Akua o kuu Alii, kuu milimili, kuu ihi kapu, ka mea +nana e kalua keia mau iwi. Eia ka puaa, ka moa lawa, ka awa, he makana, +he mohai, he kanaenae i ke Alii na ka oukou kauwa nei, e ike i ka oukou +kauwa ia Hulumaniani homai he ola, i ola nui, i ola loa, a kau i ka +puaneane, a kani koo, a palalauhala, a haumakaiola, amama, ua noa, lele +wale aku la." + +Ia manawa a ke Alii e hoolohe ana i ka pule a ka Makaula, ike mai la o +Aiwohikupua, o kana Makaula keia, ua mokumokuahua ka manawa o ke Alii i +ke aloha i kana kauwa, no ka mea, ua loihi ka manawa o ka nalo ana, aole +no hoi i ikeia ka manawa i nalo ai. + +A pau ka pule ana a ua Makaula nei, kena koke ae ana o Aiwohikupua i +kona Kuhina, "E haawi na makana a ka Makaula na na Akua." + +Lele koke aku la ka Makaula a hopu i na wawae o ke Alii, a kau iho la +iluna o ka a-i, a uwe iho la; a o Aiwohikupua hoi, apo aku la ma na +poohiwi o kana kauwa, a uwe helu iho la. + +A pau ka uwe ana, ninau iho la ke Alii i kana kauwa, " Heaha kou mea i +hiki mai ai a noho ianei; a pehea ka loihi o kou hele ana." + +Hai aku la ke kauwa e like me ka kakou heluhelu ana ma na Mokuna mua. Ia +manawa a ka Makaula i olelo aku ai i ke Alii i na kumu a me na kuleana o +kona hele ana, a pau ia. Alaila, na ka Makaula ka ninau hope ia +Aiwohikupua; aka hoi, ma ka paewaewa o ka ke Alii olelo ana, me ka olelo +aku, e huakai kaapuni kana. + +Walea iho la ke Alii me ka Makaula ia po a wanaao, hoo makaukau na waa, +a holo aku la. + +Holo aku la lakou mai Laupahoehoe aku a hiki lakou i waho o Makahanaloa, +nana aku la ua wahi kanaka nei (ka mea i kapaia he Kuhina), i ka pio mai +a ke anuenue iuka o Paliuli. + +Olelo aku la oia i ke Alii, "E! auhea oe? E nana oe i kela anuenue e pio +mai la, aia ilaila o Laieikawai, ka mea a kaua e kii nei, a malaila no +kahi i loaa ai ia'u." + +Olelo aku la o Aiwohikupua, "Ke manao nei wau aole kela o Laieikawai, +aole no nona kela anuenue, no ka mea, he mea mau no ia no na wahi ua a +pau, he pio no ke anuenue. Nolaila, ke noi aku nei wau ia oe, e kali +kaua a ike ia mai ka malie ana, a ikeia aku ka pio mai o ke anuenue +iloko o ka manawa malie, alaila maopopo nona kela hoailona." + +A ma keia olelo a ke Alii, hekau iho la na waa o lakou i ke kai, pii +aku la o Aiwohikupua me kona Kuhina a hiki i Kukululaumania, ma ke +kauhale o na kamaaina, a noho iho la malaila e kali ana no ka malie o ka +ua. A hala na la eha malaila, haalele loa ka malie o Hilo, ike maopopoia +aku la ke kalae ana mai o ka aina, a waiho wale mai o Panaewa. + +I ka eha o ka la, i ke kakahiaka nui, ala ae la o Aiwohikupua, a puka +aku la mawaho o ka hale, aia hoi, e pio mai ana no ke anuenue i kahi a +laua i ike mua ai, kakali, loihi iho la ke Alii a hiki i ka puka ana o +ka la, hoi aku la a kona Kuhina aia kela e hiamoe ana, hooala aku la, me +ka i aku i ke Kuhina, "E! pono io paha kau e olelo nei, ia'u no +kakahiaka poeleele, ala e aku nei no wau iwaho, ike aku nei no au, e pio +mai ana ke anuenue i kahi no au i kuhikuhi ai ia'u, i ke kali mai la no +wau a puka ka la, aia no ke mau la ke anuenue, hoi mai la wau hoala aku +nei ia oe." + +Olelo aku la ua wahi kanaka nei, "O ka'u ia e olelo aku ana ia oe, e +holo kakou, i na paha aia kakou i uka o Paliuli kahi i noho ai i keia +mau la." + +Ia kakahiaka, haalele lakou ia Makahanaloa, holo waho na waa o lakou, o +Keaau ke awa. + +Ia holo ana o lakou a ahiahi, pae lakou i Keaau, nana aku la lakou e ku +mai ana no na hale o Kauakahialii ma, e heenalu mai ana no hoi na +kamaaina; a hiki lakou, mahalo mai la na kamaaina no Aiwohikupua e like +me kona ano mau. + +Noho malihini iho la lakou ia Keaau, a ahiahi, kauoha mua iho la o +Aiwohikupua i na hookele a me na hoewaa, e noho malie a hoi mai laua mai +ka laua huakai imi wahine mai, oiai o lakou wale no. + +I ka napoo ana o ka la, hopu aku la o Aiwohikupua i kona aahu Ahuula, a +haawi aku la i kahi kanaka, a pii aku la. + +Pii aku la laua iloko o na ululaau loloa, i ka hihia paa o ka +nahelehele, me ka luhi, a hiki laua ma kahi e kokoke ana i Paliuli, lohe +laua i ka leo o ka moa. I aku la kahi kanaka i ke Alii, "Kokoke puka +kaua." + +Hoomau aku la no laua i ka pii a lohe hou laua i ka leo o ka moa (o ka +moa kualua ia). Hoomau aku laua i ka pii a hiki i ka malamalama loa +ana. + +I aku la kahi kanaka i ke Alii, "E! puka kaua, aia ke kupunawahine o +Laieikawai ke houluulu mai la i na moa, e like me kana hana mau." + +Ninau aku la o Aiwohikupua, "Auhea ka hale o ke Alii Wahine?" + +I aku la kahi kanaka, "Aia a puka lea aku kaua iwaho o ka mahinaai nei +la, alaila, ike maopopo leaia aku ka hale." + +A maopopo ia Aiwohikupua, ke kokoke hiki o laua i ka hale o Laieikawai, +nonoi aku la oia e haawi mai kahi kanaka i ka ahuula, i paa iho ai o +Aiwohikupua ia mea ma kona lima, a hiki i ko laua launa ana me ke Alii +wahine o Paliuli. + +A hala ka mahinaai, ike aku la laua i ka hale o Laieikawai, ua uhiia me +no hulu melemele o ka Oo, e like me ka alelo a ke akua i ka Makaula, ma +ka hihio iluna o Kauwiki. + +Ia Aiwohikupua e nana ana i ka hale o ke Alii wahine o Paliuli, he mea e +ke kahaha a me ka hilahila, ia manawa ka hoomaka ana o ko Aiwohikupua +kanalua ana. + +A no ke kanalua i loaa ia Aiwohikupua, olelo aku oia i kona kokoolua, +"Auhea oe, ua hele mai nei kaua me ka manao ikaika no kuu wahine, kuhi +iho nei wau, he wahine a lohe mai i ke ao, aole ka! i ike aku nei ka +hana i ka hale o ke Alii Wahine, aole no ona lua, nolaila, ano e hoi +kaua me ka launa ole." + +I mai la kona Kuhina, "He mea kupanaha, a hiki ka hoi kaua i ka hale o +ko wahine, ka kaua mea i au mai nei i keia mau kai ewalua, eia ka hoi he +koi kau e hoi; e hele no kaua a launa, aia mai ilaila ka nele a me ka +loaa; no ka mea, ina no paha ia e hoole mai, hoomano aku no, ua akaka no +he waa naha i kooka ko kaua, ko ke kane." + +"Auhea oe?" Wahi a Aiwohikupua, "Aole e hiki ia kaua ke hele e halawai +me ke Alii wahine, a aole no hoi e Ioaa; no ka mea, ke ike nei wau, ua +ano e loa ka hale. Ua lawe mai nei au i ko'u ahuula, i makana e haawi +aku ai i ke Alii wahine e Paliuli nei; aka, ke nana aku nei wau o ke +pili iho la ia o ka hale o ke Alii; no ka mea, ua ike no oe, o keia mea, +he ahuula aole ia e loaa i na mea e ae, i na Alii aimoku wale no e +loaa'i, nolaila, e hoi kaua." O ka hoi iho la no ia me ka launa ole. + + + + +MOKUNA VII + + +Ia Aiwohikupua ma i haalele ai ia Paliuli, hoi aku la laua a hiki i +Keaau, hoomakaukau na waa, a ma ia wanaao, kau maluna o na waa, a hoi i +Kauai. + +Ma ia hoi ana, aole nae i hai aku o Aiwohikupua i kekahi kumu o ka hoi +ana, aia i ka hiki ana i Kauai, ma keia hoi ana, akahi no a ike kona +Kuhina i ke kumu. + +Ma keia holo ana mai Keaau mai, a kau i Kamaee, ma Hilopaliku, a ma +kekahi la ae, haalele lakou ia laila, hiki lakou i Humuula, ma ka palena +o Hilo, me Hamakua, ia manawa ka ike ana mai a ka Makaula ia Aiwohikupua +e holo ana i ka moana. + +A hala hope o Humuula ia lakou, hiki lakou mawaho pono o Kealakaha, ike +mai la lakou nei i keia wahine e noho ana i ka pali kahakai, e hiamoe +ana nae ke Alii ia manawa. + +Ia lakou i ike aku ai i kela wahine, hooho ana lakou iluna o na waa, "E! +ka wahine maikai hoi!" + +A no keia, hikilele ae la ka hiamoe o Aiwohikupua, ninau ae la i ka +lakou mea e walaau nei, haiia aku la, "He wahine maikai aia ke noho mai +la i ka pali." Alawa ae la ke Alii, a ike aku la he mea e o ka wahine +maikai. + +A no keia mea, kauoha ae la ke Alii i na hoewaa e hoe pololei aku ma +kahi a ka wahine e noho mai ana, a holo aku la a kokoke, halawai mua iho +la lakou me ke kanaka e paeaea ana, ninau aku la, "Owai kela wahine e +noho mai la iluna o ka pali maluna pono ou?" + +Haiia mai la, "O Poliahu." + +A no ka manao nui o ke Alii e ike i kela wahine, peahiia aku la, a iho +koke mai la kela me kona aahukapa i hoopuniia i ka hau, a haawi mai la i +kona aloha ia Aiwohikupua, a aloha aku la no hoi ke Alii kane i kona +aloha ma ka lululima ana. + +Ia laua e halawai malihini ana, i aku o Aiwohikupua "E Poliahu e! E ka +wahine maikai o ka pali, pomaikai wale wau ia oe ma ko kaua halawai ana +iho nei, a no aila, e ke Alii wahine o ka pali nei, ke makemake nei wau +e lawe oe ia'u i kane hoao nau, a e noho kanaka lawelawe aku malalo ou, +ma kau mau olelo e olelo ai, a malaile wale no wau. Ina hoi e ae oe e +lawe ia'u e like me ka'u e noi aku nei ia oe, alaila, e kau kaua maluna +o na waa, a holo aku i Kauai, a pehea ia?" + +I mai la ka wahine, "Aole wau he wahine no keia pali, no uka lilo mai +wau, mai ka piko mai o kela mauna, e aahu mau ana i na kapa keokeo e +like me keia kapa a'u e aahu aku nei. A pehea la i hikiwawe ai ka loaa +ana o ko'u inoa ia oe e ke Alii?" + +Olelo aku la o Aiwohikupua, "Akahi no wau a maopopo no Maunakea mai oe, +a ua loaa koke kou inoa ia makou ma ka haiia ana e kela kanaka paeaea." + +"A no kau noi e ke Alii," wahi a Poliahu, "E lawe wau ia oe i kane na'u, +a nolaila, ke hai aku nei wau ia oe, me ka ninau aku; aole anei o oe ke +Alii i ku iluna a hoohiki ma ka inoa o kou mau Akua, aole oe e lawe i +hookahi wahine o keia mau mokupuni, mai Hawaii nei, a Kauai; aia kau +wahine lawe noloko mai o Moaulanuiakea? Aole anei oe i hoopalau me +Hinaikamalama, ke kaikamahine Alii kaulana o Hana? A pau ko huakai +kaapuni ia Hawaii nei, alaila, hoi aku a hoao olua? A no kau noi mai e +lawe kaua ia kaua i mau mea hoohui nolaila, ke hai aku nei wau ia oe; +aia a hoopau oe i kau hoohiki mua, alaila, aole na'u e lawe ia oe, nau +no e lawe ia'u a hui kaua e like me kou makemake." + +A no keia olelo a Poliahu, pili pu iho la ko Aiwohikupua manao me ke +kaumaha no hoi; a liuliu hoopuka aku la o Aiwohikupua i wahi ninau +pokole penei, "Pehea la oe i ike ai, a i lohe ai hoi no ka'u mau hana au +e hai mai nei? He oiaio, e Poliahu e, o na mea a pau au e olelo mai nei, +ua hana wau e like me ia nolaila, e hai mai i ka mea nana i olelo aku ia +oe." + +"Aole o'u mea nana i hai mai i keia mau mea, e ke Alii kane, no'u iho no +ko'u ike," wahi a ke Alii wahine, "no ka mea, ua hanau kupuaia mai wau e +like me oe, a ua loaa no ia'u ka ike mai ke Akua mai o ko'u mau kupuna a +hooili ia'u, e like me oe, a na ia Akua wau i kuhikuhi mai e like me +ka'u e olelo nei ia oukou. Ia oukou no e holo mai ana i Humuula, ua ike +wau nou na waa, a pela wau i ike ai ia oe." + +A no keia olelo, kukuli iho la o Aiwohikupua, a hoomaikai aku la imua o +Poliahu, me ke noi aku e lilo ia i kane hoopalau na Poliahu, me ke noi +aku e holo pu i Kauai. + +"Aole kaua e holo pu i Kauai," wahi a ka wahine, "aka, e kau wau me +oukou a Kohala, hoi mai wau, alaila hoi oukou." + +Mai ka hoomaka ana e halawai na'lii a hiki i ka pau ana o na olelo a +laua, iluna no o na waa keia mau kamailio ana. + +Mamua o ka holo ana, olelo aku ka wahine ia Aiwohikupua, "Ke holo pu nei +kakou, e hookaawale mai ko'u wahi, kaawale aku ko olua wahi, aole o na +kanaka, ua akaka ko lakou wahi, mai hoopa mai oukou ia'u, aole hoi au e +hoopa ia oukou a hiki wale i Kohala, e noho maluhia loa kakou a pau." A +ua maikai ia mea imua o lakou. + +Ia holo ana o lakou a hiki i Kohala, aole i hanaia kekahi mea iho iwaena +o lakou. + +Ia lakou ma Kohala, a hiki i ka la i haalele ai o Aiwohikupua ma ia +Kohala, lawe ae la o Poliahu i kona kapa hau, a haawi aku la ia +Aiwohikupua me ka olelo aku, "O kuu kapa hau, he kapa i papa loaia e +ko'u mau makua, aole e lilo i kekahi mea e ae, ia'u wale iho no; aka, no +ko kaua lawe ana ia kaua i kane hoao oe na'u, a pela hoi wau ia oe, +nolaila, ke haawi lilo aku nei wau i keia kapa, a hiki i kou la e manao +mai ai ia'u ma na hoohiki a kaua, alaila, loaa kou kuleana e imi ae ai +ia'u a loaa, iluna o Maunakea, alaila, hoike ae oe ia'u, alaila, hui +kino kaua." + +A lohe o Aiwohikupua i keia mau mea, alaila, he mea olioli nui loa ia i +ko ke Alii kane naau, a me kona Kuhina, a me na kanaka hoewaa. + +Ia manawa, kii aku la o Aiwohikupua i kona Ahuula, lawe mai la a hoouhi +aku la ia Poliahu, me ka olelo aku, "E like me kau olelo ia'u mamua o +kou haawi ana mai ia'u i ke kapa hau, pela no oe e malama ai a hiki i ko +kaua hui ana e like me ke kauoha." + +A pau ka laua kamailio ana i ka wanaao, hookaawale lakou i ka wahine +noho mauna, a holo aku la a hiki i Hana, a halawai me Hinaikamalama. + + + + +MOKUNA VIII + + +A hiki o Aiwohikupua ma i Hana, mai Kohala aku mahope iho o ko lakou +hookaawale ana ia Poliahu, ma ke awa pae waa o Haneoo ko lakou hiki mua +ana, ma ko Hinaikamalama wahi e noho ana. + +Ia Aiwohikupua nae i hiki aku ai ma kela awa pae waa, i ka moana no +lakou i lana aku ai; a ia lakou e lana ana malaila, ike mai la o +Hinaikamalama, o Aiwohikupua keia mau waa, mahamaha mai la ka wahine me +ka manao e hele aku ana a halawai me ka wahine; aka, aia no lakou ke +lana malie mai la i ka moana. + +Hele mai o Hinaikamalama a ma kahi a Aiwohikupua ma e lana ana; I aku la +ka wahine, "He mea kupanaha! heaha iho nei hoi keia o ka lana ana o na +waa iloko o ke kai? Mahamaha mai nei keia i ka ike ana mai nei ia oukou, +kainoa la hoi he holo mai a pae ae, aole ka! Nolaila, ke ninau aku nei +wau ia oe; malaila no anei oukou e lana ai a holo aku?" + +"Ae," wahi a Aiwohikupua. + +"Aole oukou e hiki," wahi a ka wahine "no ka mea, e kauoha no wau i ka +Ilamuku e hoopaa ia oe, ua lilo oe ia'u i ke konaneia, a ke waiho nei no +ia hoohiki a kaua, a ua noho maluhia wau me ka malu loa a hiki i kou hoi +ana mai la." + +"E ke Alii Wahine, aole pela," wahi a Aiwohikupua, "aole au i hoopau i +ka kaua hoohiki, ke mau nei no ia, aole no i hiki i ka manawa e hookoia +ai ia hoohiki a kaua, no ka mea, ua hai mua aku wau ia oe, aia a puni o +Hawaii ia'u, alaila, hookoia kou kumu pili e ke Alii wahine. Nolaila, +holo aku nei wau me ka manao e puni o Hawaii, aole nae i puni, a Hilo +no, loaa ae nei i ka uhai mai Kauai mai no ka pilikia o ko ka hale poe, +nolaila, hoi mai nei; i kipa mai nei i ou la e hai aku no keia mau mea +ia oe, a nolaila, e noho malu oe a hiki i kuu hoi hou ana mai, hookoia +ka hoohiki." + +A no keia olelo a Aiwohikupua, hoi mai la ka manao o ke Alii wahine, a +like me mamua. + +A pau keia mau mea, haalele lakou ia Hana, a holo mai lakou a hiki i +Oahu nei, a mai anei aku a like a like o ka moana o Oahu nei, a me +Kauai, hai aku la oia i kana olelo i na hoewaa, a me na hookele, penei: +"Auhea oukou, ke hai aku nei wau i kuu olelo paa; ina i hiki kakou i +Kauai, mai olelo oukou i Hawaii aku nei kakou i ka imi wahine, o lilo +auanei ia i mea hoohilahila ia'u, i na e loheia ma keia hope aku, +alaila, i loheia no ia oukou, a o ka uku o ka mea nana e hai keia olelo +no ka holo ana i Hawaii, o ka makemake ka mea nana e olelo, make mai +kana wahine, o ka ohi no ia o ka make a ka mea hoaikane mai." Oia ke +kanawai paa a ke Alii i kau ai no ka poe i holo pu me ia i Hawaii. + +A hiki lakou i Kauai, ma ka napoo ana o ka la, a halawai me na +kaikuahine. Ia manawa ka hoopuka ana i olelo i kona mau kaikuahine, +penei: "Ia'u i hele aku nei i ka'u huakai hele, ua haohao paha oukou, no +ka mea, aole wau i hai aku ia oukou i ke kumu o ia hele ana, aole no hoi +wau i hai aku i ka'u wahi e hele ai; a nolaila, ke hai malu aku nei wau +ia oukou e o'u mau kaikuahine o kakou wale. I Hawaii aku nei makou i +nalo iho nei, i kii aku nei wau ia Laieikawai i wahine mare (hoao) na'u, +no ko'u lohe ana no ia Kauakahialii e olelo ana i ka la a lakou i hiki +mai ai. I ka hele ana aku nei hoi, aole no hoi i kanamai a ke ano-e o ka +wahine; aole nae au i ike aku ia Laieikawai; aka, o ka hale ka'u i ike +maka aku, ua uhiia mai i ka hulu melemele o na manu Oo; nolaila, manao +no au aole e loaa, hoi okoa mai nei me ka nele. A no ia manao o'u, aole +e loaa ia'u, manao ae au ia oukou e na kaikuahine, ka poe no e loaa ai +ko'u makemake i na la i hala, nolaila, kii mai nei au ia oukou e holo i +Hawaii, o oukou no ka poe e loaa ai ko'u makemake, a ma keia wanaao, e +ku kakou a e hele." Alaila, he mea maikai keia olelo a ko lakou +kaikunane ia lakou. + +Iloko o keia manawa a Aiwohikupua e olelo ana me na kaikuahine, akahi no +a maopopo i kona Kuhina, oia ka ke kumu o ka hoi wikiwiki ana ia Kauai. + +I kekahi la ae, wae ae la o Aiwohikupua i mau hoewaa hou, no ka mea, ua +maopopo i ke Alii ua luhi na hoewaa mua; a makaukau ka holo ana, ia po +iho, lawe ae la ke Alii he umikumamaha hoewaa, elua hookele, o na +kaikuahine elima, o Mailehaiwale, o Mailekaluhea, o Mailelaulii, o +Mailepakaha, a me ko lakou muli loa o Kahalaomapuana, o ke Alii a me +kona Kuhina, he iwakalua-kumakolu ko lakou nui. I ka wanaao oia po, +haalele lakou ia Kauai, hiki ma Puuloa, a mailaila aku a kau ma Hanauma, +i kekahi la ae kau i Molokai, ma Kaunakakai; mailaila aku a pae i Mala, +ma Lahaina; a haalele lakou ia wahi, hiki lakou i Keoneoio, ma Honuaula; +a malaila i noho loihi ai ekolu anahulu. + +No ka mea, ua nui ka ino ma ka moana, a pau na la ino, alaila, ua ikeia +mai ka maikai o ka moana. + +Ia manawa ko lakou haalele ana ia Honuaula, a holo aku la a hiki ma +Kaelehuluhulu, ma Kona, Hawaii. + +Ia Aiwohikupua ma i holo aku ai mai Maui aku a hiki i kela wahi, ua ike +mua mai o Poliahu i ko lakou holo ana a me ka hiki ana i Kaelehuluhulu. + +Nolaila, hoomakaukau mua o Poliahu ia ia no ka hiki aku o Aiwohikupua, +alaila hoao; hookahi malama ke kali ano o Poliahu no ko laua hoao e like +me ka laua hoohiki ana; aka, ua hala o Aiwohikupua ma Hilo, no ke kii no +ia Laieikawai. + +I kekahi manawa, ku mai ia Poliahu ka ike no ka Aiwohikupua mau hana; +ma ko Poliahu ano kupua keia ike ana, a no ia mea, waiho wale no iloko o +ka wahine kona manao, aia a halawai laua, alaila, hoike aku i kana mea e +ike nei no ka Aiwohikupua mau hana. + +Ma keia holo ana a Aiwohikupua, mai Kaelehuluhulu aku, hiki mua lakou ma +Keaau, aka, ua nui no na la, a me na po o keia hele ana. + +I ke awakea o kekahi la, hiki aku lakou ma Keaau, a pau na waa i ka +hooponopono, a me na ukana o lakou, ia wa no, hoolale koke ae ana ke +Alii i na kaikuahine, a me kona Kuhina e pii i uka o Paliuli; a ua +hooholo koke lakou ia manao o ke Alii. + +Mamua o ko lakou pii ana i Paliuli, kauoha iho la o Aiwohikupua i na +hookele, a me na hoewaa, "Eia makou ke hele nei i ka makou huakai hele, +ka mea hoi a kuu manao i kau nui ai a halawai maka, e noho malie loa +oukou, aia no ka oukou mea malama o na waa; i kali oukou a i ao keia po, +a i po ka la apopo, alaila, ua waiwai makou; aka, i hoi kakahiaka mai +makou i ka la apopo, alaila, ua nele no ka'u mea i manao ai, alaila, o +Kauai ke alo, huli aku hoi." Oia ke kauoha a ke Alii. + +A pau ke kauoha a ke Alii i na kanaka, pii aku la a like a like o ka po, +hiki lakou i Paliuli. Olelo aku la o Aiwohikupua i na kaikuahine, "O +Paliuli keia, eia ianei o Laieikawai, ko oukou kaikoeke, nolaila, imiia +ka oukou pono." + +Alaila, lawe ae la o Aiwohikupua ia Mailehaiwale, i ka hanau mua o lakou +e like me ko lakou hanau ana. Ku iho la ma ka puka ponoi o ka hale o +Laieikawai, ia Mailehaiwale e ku la ma ka puka o ka Halealii, kuu aku +ana keia i ke ala, po oloko i ke ala, aia nae o Laieikawai me kona kahu +ua pauhiaia e ka hiamoe nui; aka, aole nae e hiki ke hiamoe i kela +manawa, no ka mea ua hoalaia e ke ala o Mailehaiwale. + +Ia puoho ana ae o laua mai ka hiamoe, haohao ana laua nei i keia ala +launa ole; a no keia haohao, kahea aku la o Laieikawai me ka leo oluolu +i kona kupunawahine penei: + +LAIEIKAWAI: "E Waka, e Waka--e." + +WAKA: "E-o, heaha kau o ka po e ala nei?" + +LAIEIKAWAI: "He ala, eia--la, he ala e wale no keia, he ala anuanu, he +ala huihui, eia la i ka houpo i ka manawa o maua." + +WAKA: "Aole no he ala e, o Mailehaiwale aku la na, o na kaikuahine aala +o Aiwohikupua i kii mai la ia oe i wahine oe, a i wahine oe, a i kane +ia; o ke kane ia moeia." + +LAIEIKAWAI: "Ka! aole au e moe ia ia." + +A lohe aku la o Aiwohikupua i ka hoole ana mai a Laieikawai, no ka +makemake ole e lawe ia Aiwohikupua i kane mare, alaila, he mea e ka +hilahila, no ka mea, ua lohe maopopo aku la lakou nei i ka hoole ana +mai. + + + + +MOKUNA IX + + +Mahope iho o ka manawa i hooleia ai ko ke Alii kane makemake; alaila, +olelo aku la o Aiwohikupua i kona Kuhina, "E hoi kaua, a e noho na +kaikuahine o'u iuka nei, a na lakou no e imi ae ko lakou wahi e noho ai, +no ka mea, aole a lakou waiwai, ua nele ae la no ka mea i manaoia ai e +loaa ia lakou." + +I mai la kona Kuhina, "He mea kupanaha loa ia oe, kainoa, ua olelo oe +ia'u mamua o ko kakou la i haalele ai ia Kauai; o na kaikuahine wale no +ou ka mea nana e kii kou makemake, a ua ike no hoi oe i ke ko ana o ka +lakou mau hana; ua kena ae nei oe ia Mailehaiwale i kana loaa, a ua lohe +aku la no hoi kakou i ka hoole ana mai a Laieikawai, aole paha no ko +kaikuahine ia hewa, e hiki ai ia kaua ke haalele ia lakou. Nolaila, hele +ae la ia ia, eha ou mau kaikuahine i koe, malia paha o loaa i kekahi o +lakou." + +I aku la o Aiwohikupua, "Nele ae la ka i ka hanau mua, okiloa aku paha +lakou." + +I hou aku kona Kuhina, "E kuu Haku, e hoomanawanui hou kaua, e hoao ae o +Mailekaluhea i kana loaa, a i nele, alaila, hoi kakou." + +Alaila, ua maikai iki ia olelo i ke Alii, olelo aku la o Aiwohikupua, "E +hoao aku hoi oe i kau loaa, a i nele oia iho la no." + +Hele aku la o Mailekaluhea, a ma ka puka o ka Halealii, ku iho la, kuu +aku la i ke ala, oia hele no o ke ala a pa i kaupoku maloko o ka hale, +mai kaupoku ka hoi ana iho loaa ia Laieikawai ma, ia manawa, hikilele +hou ae laua mai ka hiamoe ae. + +I aku la o Laieikawai i kahi kahu, "He ala okoa hoi keia, aole hoi e +like me ke ala mua iho nei, he oi nae hoi keia mamua o kela iho nei, he +kane paha ka mea nona, keia ala." + +Olelo aku kahi kahu, "Kaheaia ko kupunawahine, e hai mai i ke ano o keia +ala." + +Kahea aku la o Laieikawai. + +LAIEIKAWAI: "E Waka, e Waka--e." + +WAKA: "E--o, heaha kau o ka po e ala nei?" + +LAIEIKAWAI: "Eia la he ala, he ala e wale no keia, he ala anuanu, he ala +huihui, eia la i ka houpo i ka manawa o maua." + +WAKA: "Aole na he ala e, o Mailekaluhea aku la, o kekahi kaikuahine aala +o Aiwohikupua, i kii mai la ia oe i wahine oe i kane ia, o ke kane ia +moeia." + +LAIEIKAWAI: "Ka! aole au e moe ia ia." + +I aku la o Aiwohikupua i ua wahi Kuhina nei ona, "E! ke lohe pono aku la +oe i ka hoole ana ae la a ke Alii wahine." + +"Ae, ua loke, heaha la auanei ko ia hoole ana ae la, o ko laua aala no +kai makemake oleia ae la, malia hoi o ae ia Mailelaulii." + +"Hoopaa no hoi oe," wahi a Aiwohikupua, "kainoa ua hai mua iho nei wau +ia oe i ko'u manao e hoi kakou, eia kau he hoololohe, hoololohe iho la +oe la, aeia mai la." + +"Aole ka hoi i pau na kaikuahine o kaua, alua i hala, ekolu i koe," wahi +a kona Kuhina, "kuuia aku paha i pau, he nani ia, ua pau na kaikuahine o +kaua i ke kii, wikiwiki auanei hoi paha oe e hoi, a hiki kakou i kai o +Keaau, olelo kakou no ka loaa ole, e olelo ae auanei ka poe kaikuahine +ou i koe; ina no ia makou ka olelo ana mai e kii, ina no ua ae mai o +Laieikawai, aia la, loaa ka lakou mea e kamailio ai, kuuia aku i pau." + +"Auhea oe e kuu Kuhina," wahi a Aiwohikupua, "aole o oe ke hilahila ana, +owau no, ina e like ana ka manao o ka moopuna me ko Waka la, ina ua +pono." + +"Kuuia aku paha i ka hilahila," wahi a kona Kuhina, "kainoa ua ike no +oe, he waa naha i kooka ko kaua ko ke kane, a hoole mai aunei ia nawai e +olelo kana hoole ana, kainoa o kakou wale no kai lohe, hoaoia'ku paha o +Mailelaulii." + +A no ka ikaika loa o ua wahi Kuhina nei ona i ke koi, hooholo ke Alii i +ka ae. + +Hele aku la o Mailelaulii a kupono i ka puka o ka Halealii, kuu aku ana +oia i kona aala e like me na mea mua, hikilele hou mai la o Laieikawai +mai ka hiamoe, a olelo aku la i kahi kahu, "He wahi ala okoa wale no hoi +keia, aole hoi e like me kela mau mea mua." + +I mai la kahi kahu, "Kaheaia o Waka." + +LAIEIKAWAI: "E Waka, e Waka--e." + +WAKA: "E--o, heaha la kau o ka po e ala nei?" + +LAIEIKAWAI: "Eia la he ala, he ala e wale no keia, he ala anuanu, he +ala huihui, eia la i ka houpo i ka manawa o maua." + +WAKA: "Aole na he ala e, o Mailelaulii aku la na o na kaikuahine aala o +Aiwohikupua, i kii mai la ia oe i wahine oe i kane ia, o ke kane ia +moeia." + +LAIEIKAWAI: "Ka! aole au e moe ia ia." + +"I hookahi no hoi hoole ana o ka pono," wahi a Aiwohikupua, "o ka hele +ka ia he kauna wale ae no koe o ka hoole, makena no hoi ua hilahila ia +oe e ke hoa." + +"Kuuia aku paha i ka hilahila," wahi a kona Kuhina, "a i ole e loaa i na +kaikuahine o kaua, alaila, na'u e kii a loaa iloko o ka hale, a olelo +aku wau e lawe ia oe i kane hoao nana e like me kou makemake." + +A no keia olelo a kona Kuhina, alaila, ua hoopihaia ko ke Alii naau i ka +olioli, no ka mea, ua lohe kela ia Kauakahialii i ka loaa ana i ua wahi +kanaka nei o Laieikawai, i hiki ai i kai o Keaau. + +Ia manawa, kena koke ae la o Aiwohikupua ia Mailepakaha, hele aku la a +ku ma ka puka o ka Halealii; kuu aku la i kona aala, a hikilele mai la +ko Laieikawai hiamoe, honi hou ana no i ke ala. I hou aku keia i kahi +kahu, "Eia hou no keia ala, he wahi ala nohea hoi keia." + +Olelo hou aku kahi kahu, "Kaheaia o Waka." + +LAIEIKAWAI: "E Waka, e Waka--e." + +WAKA: "E--o, heaha kau o ka po e ala nei?" + +LAIEIKAWAI: "Eia la he ala, he ala okoa hoi keia, aole hoi i like me na +ala mua iho nei, he ala maikai keia, he ala nohea, eia la i ka houpo i +ka manawa o maua." + +WAKA: "Aole na he ala e, o Mailepakaha aku la o ke kaikuahine aala o +Aiwohikupua, i kii mai la ia oe i wahine oe i kane ia, o ke kane ia +moeia." + +LAIEIKAWAI: "Ka! aole au e moe ia ia, ina i kii mai kekahi mea e ia'u, +aole no wau e ae ana! Mai hoomoe hou oe ia'u ia Aiwohikupua." + +A lohe o Aiwohikupua, a me kona Kuhina i keia hoole hou ana o +Laieikawai, i aku ua Kuhina nei ona, "E kuu Haku, pale ka pono! aohe +pono i koe, hookahi no pono o ka hoi wale no koe o kakou; kaukai aku nei +hoi ka pono i ko kaikuahine muli la hoi, i ole ae hoi ia lakou, ia'u aku +la hoi, i lohe aku nei ka hana, e hoole loa ae ana no kela, me ka nuku +maoli ae la no i ke kupunawahine; a eia nae hoi ka'u wahi olelo i koe ia +oe, o ka olelo no auanei ka'u, o ka ae no kau." + +"Oleloia ana," wahi a Aiwohikupua, "a i ike aku au he kupono i ka ae, +alaila ae aku, i na he kupono ole, aole no au e ae aku." + +"E kii kaua ma o ke kupunawahine la," wahi a ua Kuhina nei, "e noi aku +ia ia, malia o ae mai kela." + +Olelo aku o Aiwohikupua, "Aole a kakou hana i koe, ua pau, eia wale no +ka olelo i koe, o na kaikuahine o kaua, e noho lakou i ka nahelehele +nei, no ka mea, aohe a lakou waiwai." + +Alaila, huli aku la o Aiwohikupua a olelo aku la i na kaikuahine, "E +noho oukou, ua nele ae la no ka'u mea i makemake ai e lawe mai ia oukou, +o ka nahele no nei noho iho." Ke hele aku nei e maamaama. + +A pau ka Aiwohikupua olelo ana i na kaikuahine; kulou like iho la ke poo +o na kaikuahine i kahi hookahi, e uwe ana. + +Kaha aku la o Aiwohikupua ma iho, kahea aku la o Kahalaomapuana, ke +kaikuahine muli loa, i aku la, "E laua la! ku iho, e lohe mua makou i +Kauai, e lawe ana oe a haalele ia makou i keia wahi, i na aole makou e +hiki mai. Pono no la hoi ia, ina owau kekahi i kii aku nei ia +Laieikawai, a nele ana la hoi, alaila, pono kau haalele ana ia'u, pau pu +no o ka mea i hewa, a me ka mea hewa ole. Aole oe he malihini ia'u, ia'u +wale no e ko ai kau mau mea a pau." + +A lohe o Aiwohikupua i keia olelo a kona kaikuahine opio, hoohewa iho la +oia ia ia iho. + +Kahea mai la o Aiwohikupua i ke kaikuahine opiopio, "Iho mai kaua, ou +mau kaikuaana ke noho aku." + +"Aole wau e hiki aku," wahi a kona kaikuahine opiopio, "aia a pau loa +makou i ka hoi pu me oe, alaila, hoi aku au." + +A no keia olelo a kona kaikauhine opiopio, alaila i aku o Aiwohikupua, +"O noho mamuli ou mau kaikuaana, a nau no e huli ae me ko mau kaikuaana +i ka oukou wahi e hele ai, eia wau ke hoi nei." + +Huli aku la o Aiwohikupua ma e hoi, ia laua e hele ana ma ke ala, kani +aku la ke oli a Mailehaiwale, penei: + + "Kuu kaikunane kapu, + Laniihikapu o ka manawa--e, e hoi--e; + E hoi oe a ike aku + I ka maka o na makua, hai aku, + Eia makou ianei, + E malu ana i ka hala nui, + He hooumau hala paha?" + +Huli mai la o Aiwohikupua nana hope aku la i na kaikuahine, me ka i aku, +"Aole he hala hoomau, kainoa ua hai mua iho nei no wau ia oukou, no ka +oukou waiwai ole, oia kuu mea i haalele ai ia oukou, ina i loaa iho nei +kuu makemake ia oukou, alaila, aole oukou e noho, oia iho la no ko oukou +mea i laweia mai ai." Huli aku la no laua hoi, pau ka ike ana i na +kaikuahine. + +A hala aku la o Aiwohikupua ma, kuka iho la na kaikuahine i ko lakou +manao, a hooholo iho la lakou, e ukali mahope o ke kaikuane, me ka manao +e maliu mai. + +Iho aku la lakou a hiki i kai o Keaau, e hoomakaukau ana na waa; noho +iho la na kaikuahine ma ke awa, e kali ana no ke kaheaia mai, a pau +lakou i ke kau maluna o na waa, aole nae kaheaia mai, ia lakou i hoomaka +ai e holo, kani aku la ke oli a Mailekaluhea, penei: + + "Kuu kaikunane kapu, + Laniihikapu o ka manawa, e huli mai, + E nana mai i ou mau pokii, + I na hoa ukali o ke ala, + O ke ala nui, ala iki, + O ka ua haawe kua, + Me he keiki la; + O ka na hookamumu hala, + Hookamumu hala o Hanalei--e. + Pehea makou--e, + I hea no la hoi kau haalele, + Haalele oe i ka hale, + Hele oe i kau huakai. + Ike aku--e, + Ike aku i ka maka, + I ka maka o na makua, + Aloha wale--e." + +Iloko o keia oli ana a Mailekaluhea, aole nae i maliu iki mai ko lakou +kaikunane, a hala aku la lakou la ma na waa, noho iho la na kaikuahine, +kuka iho la i manao no lakou, hookahi mea nana i hoopuka ka lakou olelo, +o Kahalaomapuana, ko lakou muli loa. + +Eia kana olelo, "He nani ia ua maliu ole mai la ko kakou kaikunane alii, +i ka Mailehaiwale a me Mailekaluhea, i ka laua uwalo aku, e aho e hele +no kakou mauka a kahi e pae ae ai lakou, alaila, na Mailelaulii e kaukau +aku i ko kakou kaikuahine, malia o aloha mai ia kakou." A ua holo like +ae la ia manao ia lakou. + +A haalele lakou ia Keaau, hiki mua na kaikuahine i Punahoa, ma kahi i +kapaia o Kanoakapa, noho iho lakou malaila; hiki hope o Aiwohikupua ma. + +Ia Aiwohikupua ma i aneane ai e pae mai ma kahi a na kaikuahine e noho +aku ana, ike mai la o Aiwohikupua e noho aku ana kona mau kaikuahine, +kahea koke ae la o Aiwohikupua i na hoewaa a me na hookele, "E haalele +kakou i keia awa; no ka mea, eia no ua poe uhai loloa nei, e pono kakou +ke imi aku i awa e ae e pae aku ai." + +Ia lakou i haalele ai i kahi a na kaikuahine e noho ana, hea aku la o +Mailelaulii mahope, ma ke mele, penei: + + "Kuu kaikunane kapu, + Laniihikapu o kuu manawa--e! + Heaha ka hala nui? + I paweo ai na maka o kuu haku, + I kapu ai ka leo i ka uwalo, + Ka uwalo hoi a kou mau pokii, + Kou mau pokii kaikuahine hoi, + E maliu mai. + E maliu mai i na hoa ukali, + Na hoa pii pali o Haena, + Kokolo pali o ke ala haka, + Alahaka ulili o Nualolo, + Pali kui--e! kui o Makana, + E iala--e, hoi mai--e. + Homai ka ihu i ou pokii, + A hele aku i kau huakai, + I ka huakai hoi a ke aloha ole--e. + Aloha oe, ike aku, + Ike aku i ka aina, + I ka maka o na makua--e." + +A lohe o Aiwohikupua ma i ka leo o keia kaikuahine, lana malie iho la na +waa, alaila, i aku la o Kahalaomapuana, "Pono io kakou, akahi no hea ana +i lana malie ai na waa, hoolohe aku kakou o ka leo o ke kahea mai, a kau +kakou maluna o na waa, alaila, palekana." + +A liuliu ka lakou la hoolana ana i na waa, o ka huli aku la no ia o +Aiwohikupua ma e holo, aole wahi mea a maliu iki mai. + +A hala aku la lakou la, kuka hou iho la na kaikuahine i olelo hou na +lakou. O Kahalaomapuana no ko lakou mea manao. + +I mai la oia i kona mau kaikuaana, "Elua maua i koe, owau a me +Mailepakaha." + +Olelo mai hoi o Mailepakaha, "Aole no e maliu mai ia'u; no ka mea, ke +maliu ole ae la ka hoi i ko kaua mau kaikuaana, oki loa aku paha wau, i +ko'u manao, e aho nau e hoalohaloha'ku na kahi mea uuku o kakou, malia o +maliu mai ia oe." + +Aole nae he ae o kahi muli loa, alaila, hoailona iho la lakou, ma ka +huhuki ana i na pua mauu, o ka mea loihi o ka mauu, oia ka mea nana e +hoalohaloha ko lakou kaikunane; aka, i ka hoailona ana, ku ia +Kahalaomapuana ka hoailona. + +A pau ka lakou hana ana no keia mau mea, haalele lakou ia Punahoa, hele +ukali hou mai Ia lakou ma kahi e loaa ai ko lakou kaikunane, ia hele +ana, hiki lakou i Honolii, ua hiki mua o Aiwohikupua ma i Honolii, noho +mai la lakou nei ma kahi kaawale, a pela no hoi o Aiwohikupua ma ma kahi +kaawale. + +Ia lakou ma Honolii ia po, kuka iho la lakou e moe kekahi poe, a e ala +hookahi, a holo ia mea ia lakou. Hoomaka ko lakou wati e like me ko +lakou hanau ana, a i ko lakou kaikaina ka wati wanaao o ke ku ana. O ke +kumu o ia hana ana a lakou pela, i ikeia ka manawa holo o Aiwohikupua +ma; no ka mea, ua maa kona mau kaikuahine i ka holo ana mai, mai Kauai +mai, ma ka wanaao e holo ai. + +Ku aku la na kaikuahine i ka po, a hiki i ko Mailepakaha wati e ku ana, +hoomakaukau o Aiwohikupua ma i na waa no ka holo ana, hoala aku la ia i +kekahi poe o lakou, a ala like mai lakou a pau. + +Ia lakou e okuu nui ana, o ka Kahalaomapuana wati ia, a kau lakou ma na +waa, hookokoke aku la kona mau kaikuahine ma ke awa, a o Kahalaomapuana +ka mea i hele loa aku a paa mahope o na waa, a kahea aku ma ke mele, +penei: + + "Ko makou kaikunane haku, + Kaikunane kapu, + Laniihikapu o kuu piko--e! + Auhea oe, o o--e, + O oe, o makou, i o ianei hoi, + Nau ka huakai, + Ukali aku makou, + I na pali i ka hulaana kakou, + Au aku o ka Waihalau, + Waihalau i Wailua--e; + He aloha ole--e. + He aloha ole paha kou ia makou, + Na hoa ukali o ka moana, + O ka ale nui, ale iki, + O ka ale loa, ale poko, + O ka ale kua loloa o ka moana, + Hoa ukali o kela uka, + O kela nahele liuliu, + O ka po iu anoano, + E huli mai. + E huli mai, a e maliu mai, + E hoolono mai ka i uwalo a'u, + A'u hoi a kou pokii muli loa. + Ihea la hoi kau haalele + Haalele iho ia makou + I kahi haiki, + Nau i waele ke alanui mamua, + Mahope aku makou ou, + Ike'a ai he mau pokii, + Ilaila la haalele aku ka huhu, + Ka inaina, ka opu aloha ole, + Homai ka ihu i ou mau pokii, + Aloha wale--e." + +Ia manawa a kona kaikuahine muli loa e hapai ana i keia leo kaukau imua +o Aiohikupua, alaila, ua hoomaeeleia ka naau o ko lakou kaikunane i ke +aloha kaumaha no kona kaikuahine. + +A no ka nui loa o ke aloha o Aiwohikupua i ko lakou pokii, lalau mai la +a hoonoho iho la iluna o kona uha, a uwe iho la. + +Ia Kahalaomapuana e kau ana i ka uha o kona kaikunane, kena ae la o +Aiwohikupua i na hoewaa, i hoe ikaika; ia manawa, ua hala hope loa +kekahi mau kaikuahine, a hala mua lakou la. + +Ia lakou e holo ana, alaila, ua pono ole ka manao o Kahalaomapuana i +kona mau kaikuaana. + +Ia Kahalaomapuana e uwe ana no kona mau kaikuaana, ia manawa kona noi +ana'ku ia Aiwohikupua, e hoihoi ia ia me kona mau kaikuaana; aka, aole +no he maliu mai o Aiwohikupua. + +"E Aiwohikupua," wahi a kona kaikuahine, "aole wau e ae e lawe oe ia'u +owau wale, ke ole oe e lawe pu me ko'u mau kaikuaana; no ka mea, ua +kahea mua ae no oe ia'u i ko kakou wa i Paliuli; aka, aole wau i ae mai, +no kou lawe ia'u owau wale." + +A no ka paakiki loa o Aiwohikupua aole e hookuu i kona kaikuahine, ia +manawa, lele aku la o Kahalaomapuana mai luna aku o ka waa a haule iloko +o ke kai. Ia manawa, hoopuka aku la kona kaikuahine i olelo hope, ma ke +mele, penei: + + "Ke hoi la oe a ike aku, + Ike aku i ka maka, + I ka maka o na makua, + Aloha aku i ka aina, + I ka nui a me na makamaka, + Ke hoi nei wau me o'u pokii, + Me o'u kaikuaana hoi--e." + + + + +MOKUNA XI + + +Iloko o keia kaukau hope loa a Kahalaomapuana, ua hoopihaia ko +Aiwohikupua naau i ke aloha nui; a kahea ae la oia e hooemi hope na waa, +aka, ua hala hope loa o Kahalaomapuana i hope, no ka ikaika loa o ka +holo o na waa; a i ka wa i huli hope ai na waa e kii hou i kona +kaikuahine, aole nae i loaa. + +(Maanei e waiho iki i ke kamailio ana no Aiwohikupua, e pono ke kamailio +hou no kona mau kaikuahine; alaila, e kamailio hou no Aiwohikupua.) + +Ia manawa a Aiwohikupua ma i haalele aku ai i na kaikuahine ma Honolii, +a lawe pu aku ia Kahalaomapuana; nui loa iho la ke aloha, a me ka uwe +ana no ko lakou kaikaina, ua oi aku ko lakou aloha ia Kahalaomapuana, +mamua o ko lakou aloha i ko lakou mau makua, a me ka aina. + +Ia lakou no e uwe ana, hoea mai ana o Kahalaomapuana ma ka pali mai, +alaila, ua kuuia ka naau kaumaha o kona mau kaikuaana. + +A hui ae la lakou me ko lakou kaikaina, a hai aku la oia i kana hana, a +me ke kumu o kona hoi ana mai e like me ka mea i olelo muaia ae nei ma +keia Mokuna. + +A pau ka lakou kamailio ana no keia mau mea, kuka iho la lakou i ka pono +o ko lakou noho ana, a hooholo ae la lakou e hoi hou lakou i Paliuli. + +Mahope iho o ko lakou kuka ana no lakou iho, haalele lakou ia Honolii, +hoi aku la a uka o Paliuli, ma kahi e kokoke aku ana i ka hale o +Laieikawai, noho iho la lakou maloko o na puha laau. + +A no ko lakou makemake nui e ike ia Laieikawai, hoohalua mau lakou i +keia la keia la, a nui na la o lakou i hoohalua ai, aole lakou i ike iki +no ka lakou mea e hoohalua nei, no ka mea, ua paa mau ka puka o ka hale +i na la a pau. + +A no ia mea, kukakuka ae la lakou i mea e ike aku ai lakou ia +Laieikawai, a nui na la o ko lakou imi ana i mea e ike aku ai no ke Alii +wahine o Paliuli, aole loaa. + +Iloko o kela mau la kuka o lakou, aole i pane iki ko lakou kaikaina, a +no ia mea, olelo aku kekahi o kona mau kaikuaana, "E Kahalaomapuana, o +makou wale no ia e noonoo nei i mea no kakou e ike aku ai ia Laieikawai, +aole nae he loaa; malia paha, aia ia oe kekahi mea e hiki ai, e olelo ae +oe." + +"Ae," wahi a ko lakou kaikaina, "e ho-a kakou i ahima kela po keia po, a +e oli aku ka hanau mua, alaila, i ka muli iho, pela a pau kakou, i +hookahi no olioli ana a ka mea hookahi ma ka po, alaila, ia'u ka po hope +loa; malia paha o lilo ka a-a mau ana a ke ahi i na po a pau i mea no ke +Alii e uluhua ai, alaila, hele mai e nana ia kakou, alaila, pela paha e +ike ai kakou ia Laieikawai." + +A ma keia olelo a Kahalaomapuana, ua pono ia imua o lakou. + +I ka po mua, ho-a ae la lakou i ahi, a ia Mailehaiwale ke oli ana ia po, +e like me ka lakou hooholo like ana. A i kekahi po mai ia Mailekaluhea, +pela mau lakou i hana ai a hala no po eha, aole nae i loaa ia Laieikawai +ka hoouluhuaia, ua loho no nae ke Alii wahine i ke oli, a ua ike no hoi +i ka _a-a_ mau ana a ke ahi; a heaha la ia mea i ke Alii wahine. + +I ka lima o ka po, oia ko Kahalaomapuana po, o ka hope loa no hoi ia; +ho-a iho la ke ahi, a ma ka waenakonu o ka po, hana iho la o +Kahalaomapuana he pu la-i, a hookani aku la. + +Iloko oia manawa, akahi no a komo iloko o Laieikawai ka lealea no kela +leo e kani nei, aole nae i hoouluhuaia ke Alii wahine. A ma ka pili o ke +ao, hookani hou aku la o Kahalaomapuana i kana pu la-i e like me ke kani +mua ana, alaila, ua lilo iho la no ia i mea lealea no ke Alii; elua wale +no puhi ana a Kahalaomapuana ia po. + +I ka lua o ka po, hana hou no o Kahalaomapuana i kana hana; ma ka pili +nae o ke ahiahi kana hoomaka ana e hookani, aole nae i uluhua ke Alii. + +Ma ka pili o ka wanaao oia po no, ka lua ia o ka hookani ana. Ia manawa, +ua hoouluhuaia ko Laieikawai manawa hiamoe; a o ka oi no hoi keia o ka +po lealea loa o ke Alii. + +A no ka uluhua o Laieikawai, kena ae la oia i kona wahi kahu e hele e +nana i kahi i kani mai ai keia mea kani. + +Ia manawa, puka ae la ua wahi kahu nei o ke Alii iwaho o ka Halealii, a +ike aku la i ke ahi a ua poe kaikamahine nei e aa mai ana, hookolo aku +la oia a hiki i kahi o ke ahi e a ana, ma ke kaawale nae keia kahi i ku +aku ai me ka ike ole mai a lakou la ia ianei. + +A ike keia, hoi aku la a ia Laieikawai, ninau mai la ke Alii. + +Hai aku la kahi kahu i kana mea i ike ai, mamuli o ka ninau a ke Alii, +"Ia'u i puka aku ai mai ka hale aku nei, ike aku la wau he ahi e aa mai +ana, hele aku nei wau a hiki, a ma ke kaawale ko'u ku ana aku, me ka ike +ole mai o lakou la ia'u. Aia hoi, ike aku la wau he mau kaikamahine +elima, e noho ana a puni ke ahi, he mau kaikamahine maikai wale no +lakou, ua like wale no na ano, hookahi nae o lakou wahi mea uuku loa, a +nana ka mea kani lealea a kaua e lohe aku nei." + +A lohe ke Alii i keia mea, olelo aku la oia i kona kahu, "E kii oe a +kahi mea uuku o lakou, olelo aku oe e hele mai ianei, i hana mai ai oia +i kana mea hoolealea imua o kaua." + +A no keia olelo a ke Alii, hele aku la kahi kahu a hiki i kahi o na +kaikamahine, a ike mai la lakou i keia mea, hai aku la oia, "He alele +wau i hoounaia mai nei e kuu Alii e kii mai i kekahi o oukou e like me +ka'u mea e manao ai e lawe, nolaila, ke lawe nei wau i kahi mea uuku o +oukou e hele e launa pu me kuu Alii e like me kana kauoha." + +A Iaweia aku la o Kahalaomapuana, alaila, ua hoohauoliia ka naau o kona +mau kaikuaana, no ka manao no e loaa ana ka pomaikai mahope. + +A hiki aku la ua wahi kaikaina nei o lakou imua o Laieikawai. + +Ia ia nae i hiki aku ai a ka hale, wehe ae la ke kahu o ke Alii i ka +puka o ka Halealii, ia manawa, ua hoopuiwa kokeia ko Kahalaomapuana +lunamanao, no ka ike ana aku ia Laieikawai e kau mai ana iluna o ka eheu +o na manu e like me kona ano mau, elua hoi mau manu Iiwipolena e kau ana +ma na poohiwi o ke Alii, e lu ana i na wai ala lehua ma ke poo o ke +Alii. + +A no ka ike ana aku o Kahalaomapuana i keia mau mea, a he mea kupanaha +ia imua o ke Kaikamahine malihini, haule aku la oia i ka honua me ka +naau eehia. + +Hele aku la ke kahu o ke Alii, a ninau aku la, "Heaha keia e ke +kaikamahine?" + +A palua kana ninau ana, alaila, ala ae la ke kaikamahine, a olelo aku la +i ke kahu o ke Alii me ka i aku, "E ae mai oe ia'u e hoi au me ou +kaikuaana, ma kahi i loaa ai wau ia oe, no ka mea, ua eehia wau i ka +maka'u no ke ano e loa o kau Alii." + +Olelo mai la ke kahu o ke Alii, "Mai maka'u oe, mai hopohopo, e ku oe a +e komo aku e halawai me kuu Alii e like me kana kauoha ia oe." + +"He maka'u," wahi a ke kaikamahine. + +A lohe mai la ke Alii i ka laua haukamumu, ala ae la oia a hea aku la ia +Kahalaomapuana, alaila, ua hoopauia ko ke kaikamahine naau kaumaha, a +komo aku la ka malihini e launa me ke Alii. + +I mai la o Laieikawai, "Nau anei ka mea kani lealea i kani mai ai i kela +po, a me keia po?" + +"Ae, na'u," wahi a Kahalaomapuana. + +"O i ana," wahi a Laieikawai, "hookani ia ana." + +Lalau ae la o Kahalaomapuana i kana pu la-i ma kona pepeiao, a hookani aku +la imua o ke Alii; alaila, ua hoolealeaia o Laieikawai. Oia ka makamua o ko +ke Alii ike ana i keia mea kani. + + + + +MOKUNA XII + + +A no ka lilo loa o ko Laieikawai manawa i ka olioli no ka mea kani +lealea a ke kaikamahine; alaila, kena ae la o Laieikawai i ke +kaikamahine e hookani hou. + +I aku la ke kaikamahine, "Aole e kani ke hookani hou; no ka mea ua +malamalama loa, he mea mau ia, ma ka po wale no e kani ai nei mea kani, +aole e pono ma ke ao." + +A no keia olelo a ke kaikamahine, kahaha loa iho la o Laieikawai me ka +manao he wahahee na ke kaikamahine, alaila, lalau aku la o Laieikawai i +ka pu la-i ma ka lima o ke kaikamahine, a hookani iho la, a no ko +Laieikawai maa ole i ka hookani ka pu la-i, nolaila, ua loaa ole ke kani +ma ia hookani ana, alaila, he mea maopopo loa i ke Alii wahine, he mea +kani ole no ka pu la-i ke hookani ma ke ao. + +Olelo aku la o Laieikawai ia Kahalaomapuana, "Ke makemake nei wau e +hoaikane kaua, a ma ko'u hale nei oe e noho ai, a e lilo oe i mea +punahele na'u, a o kau hana ka hoolealea mai ia'u." + +Olelo aku la o Kahalaomapuana, "E ke Alii e, ua pono kau olelo; aka, he +mea kaumaha no'u ke noho wau me oe, a e loaa ana paha ia'u ka pomaikai, +a o ko'u mau kaikuaana, e lilo paha auanei lakou i mea pilikia." + +"Ehia oukou ka nui," wahi a Laieikawai, "a pehea ko oukou hiki ana +maanei?" + +Olelo aku la o Kahalaomapuana, "Eono makou ko makou nui a na makua +hookahi o ko makou ono, he keiki kane, a elima makou na kaikuahine, o ke +keiki kane no ko makou mua, a owau ko makou muli loa. A ma ka huakai a +ko makou kaikunane, oia ko makou mea i hiki ai maanei, a no ka loaa ole +ana ia makou o kona makemake, nolaila, ua haalele kela ia makou, a ua +hoi aku la ko makou kaikunane me kona kekoolua, a ke noho nei makou me +ka makamaka ole." + +Ninau mai la o Laieikawai, "Nohea mai oukou?" + +"No Kauai mai," wahi a Kahalaomapuana. + +"A owai ka inoa o ko oukou kaikunane?" + +Hai aku la kela, "O Aiwohikupua." + +Ninau hou o Laieikawai, "Owai ko oukou mau inoa pakahi?" + +Alaila hai aku la kela ia lakou a pau. + +Alaila, hoomaopopo iho la o Laieikawai, o lakou no ka poe i hiki i kela +po mua. + +I aku la o Laieikawai, "O kou mau kaikuaana a me ke kaikunane o oukou +kai maopopo, ina nae o oukou kai hiki mai i kela po aku nei la; aka, o +oe ka'u mea i lohe ole." + +"O makou no," wahi a Kahalaomapuana. + +I aku la o Laieikawai, "Ina o oukou kai hiki mai i kela po, alaila, +nawai i alakai ia oukou ma keia wahi? No ka mea, he wahi ike oleia keia, +akahi wale no poe i hele mai i keia wahi." + +I aku keia, "He kamaaina no ko makou mea nana i alakai mai, oia hoi kela +wahi kanaka nana i olelo mai ia oe no Kauakahialii." Alaila, ua maopopo +he kamaaina ko lakou. + +A pau ka laua kamailio ana no keia mau mea, kauoha ae la oia i kona +kupunawahine, e hoomakaukau i hale no na kaikuahine o Aiwohikupua. + +Alaila, ma ka mana o Waka, kona kupunawahine, ua hikiwawe loa, ua paa ka +hale. + +A makaukau ka hale, kena aku la o Laieikawai ia, Kahalaomapuana, "E hoi +oe, a kela po aku, pii mai oe me ou mau kaikuaana mai, i ike aku wau ia +lakou, alaila, e lealea mai oe ia kakou, i kau mea kani lealea." + +A hala aku la o Kahalaomapuana, a hui me kona mau kaikuaana, ninau mai +la nae kona mau kaikuaana i kana hana, a me ke ano o ko laua halawai ana +me ke Alii. + +Hai aku la kela, "Ia'u i hiki aku ai a ma ka puka o ka hale o ke Alii, +wehe aku la kahi kuapuu nana i kii mai nei ia'u, a i kuu ike ana aku nei +i ke Alii e kau mai ana iluna o ka eheu o na manu, no ia ike ana o'u, +ua eehia wau me ka maka'u a haule aku la wau ilalo ma ka lepo. A no keia +mea, kiiia mai la wau a komo aku la e kamailio pu me ke Alii, a hana aku +wau i kona lealea, e like me ko ke Alii makemake, a ua ninau mai nei +kela ia kakou, ua hai pau aku au. Nolaila, e loaa ana ia kakou ka +pomaikai, ua kauoha mai nei kela, a i keia po pii aku kakou." + +A lohe kona mau kaikuaana i keia mau olelo, he mea e ka olioli o lakou. + +A hiki i ka manawa a ke Alii i kauoha mai ai ia lakou, haalele lakou i +na puha laau, kahi a lakou i noho pio ai. + +Hele aku la lakou a ku ma ka puka o ka Hale Alii, wehe ae la ke kahu o +Laieikawai i ka puka, a ike aku la lakou e like me ka olelo a ko lakou +kaikaina. + +Ia lakou nae i ike aku ai ia Laieikawai, alaila, ua puiwa koke lakou, a +holo aku la me ka haalulu eehia, a pau loa lakou i ka haule i ka honua, +koe nae o Kahalaomapuana. + +A ma ke kauoha a ke Alii, ua kii ia aku kele poe malihini a laweia mai +la imua o ke Alii, a he mea oluolu ia i ko ke Alii manao. + +Ia lakou e halawai ana me ke Alii wahine, hoopuka mai la oia imua o na +malihini he olelo hoopomaikai, a penei no ia: + +"Ua lohe wau i ko oukou kaikaina, he poe oukou no ka hanauna hookahi, a +he poe koko like oukou; a nolaila, ke lawe nei au ia oukou ma ke ano o +ke koko hookahi, e kiai kakou ia kakou iho, ma ka olelo a kekahi, +malaila like kakou, iloko o kela pilikia keia pilikia, o kakou no kekahi +ilaila. A no ia mea, ua kauoha wau e hoomakaukau ko kakou kupunawahine i +hale no oukou e noho ai me ka maluhia, e like me a'u nei, aole e aeia +kekahi e lawe i kane nana, me ka ae like ole o kakou; pela e pono ai +kakou ma keia hope aku." + +A no keia olelo, hooholo ae la na kaikamahine malihini, na ko lakou +kaikaina e hoopuka ka lakou olelo pane aku i ke Alii. + +"E ke Alii e! Pomaikai makou no kou hookipa ana ia makou, a pomaikai +hoi makou, no kou lawe ana ae ia makou I mau hoahanau nou, e like me kau +i olelo mai nei ia makou, a pela no makou e hoolohe ai. Hookahi nae mea +a makou e hai aku ia oe, he poe kaikamahine makou i hoolaa ia e ko makou +mau makua, aole he oluolu e lawe makou i kane mare, a o ka makemake o ko +makou mau makua, e noho puupaa na makou a hiki i ko makou mau la hope, a +nolaila, ke noi mua aku nei kau mau kauwa, mai ae oe ia makou e +hoohaumia me kekahi mau kanaka, e like me ka makemake o ke Alii; +nolaila, e hookuu ia makou e noho puupaa e like me ka olelo paa a ko +makou mau makua." + +He mea maikai nae i ko ke Alii manao ka olelo a na malihini. + +A pau ka lakou olelo ana me ke Alii no keia mau mea, hoihoiia aku la +lakou a ma ka hale i hoomakaukauia no lakou. + +I ua mau kaikamahine nei e noho ana ma ko lakou hale, he mea mau ia +lakou ke kuka mau ma na mea e pili ana ia lakou, a me ke Alii, no ko +lakou noho ana, a me na hana a ke Alii e olelo mai ai. A hooholo ae la +lakou e hoolilo i ko lakou kaikaina i hoa kuka no ke Alii ma na hana e +pili ana i ko lakou noho ana. + +I kekahi awakea, i ko ke Alii manawa ala mai ka hiamoe mai, hele aku la +o Kahalaomapuana e hoolealea i ke Alii ma ka hookanikani ana i ka pu +la-i, a pau ko ke Alii makemake. + +Ia manawa, hai aku la oia i kana olelo imua o Laieikawai, no ka lakou +mea i kuka ai me kona mau kaikuaana; i aku la, "E ke Alii, ua kuka makou +i mea nou e maluhia ai, nolaila, ua hooholo makou i ko makou manao, e +hoolilo makou ia makou elima i mau koa kiai no kou Halealii, a ma o +makou la e ae ia ai, a ma o makou la e hooleia ai. Ina i hele mai kekahi +mea makemake e ike ia oe, ina he kane, a he wahine paha, a ina he alii, +aole lakou e ike ia oe ke ole makou e ae aku; nolaila, ke noi aku nei au +e ae mai ke Alii e like me ka makou hooholo ana." + +I mai la o Laieikawai, "Ke ae aku nei wau e like me ka oukou mau olelo +hooholo, a o oukou no ka mana ma Paliuli nei a puni." + +Eia nae ka manao nui o kela poe kaikamahine e lilo i kiai no ke Alii, +no ko lakou manao e puka hou ana o Aiwohikupua i Paliuli, alaila, he +mana ko lakou e kipaku i ko lakou enemi. + +Noho iho la lakou ma Paliuli, iloko nae o ko lakou noho ana, aole lakou +i ike i ko lakou luhi ma ia noho ana; aole hoi lakou i ike iki i ka mea +nana e hana mai ka lakou ai. Eia wale no ko lakou manawa ike i ka lakou +mau mea ai, i ka manawa makaukau o lakou e paina, ia manawa e lawe mai +ai na manu i na mea ai a lakou, a na na manu no e hoihoi aku i na ukana +ke pau ka lakou paina ana, a no keia mea, ua lilo o Paliuli i aina aloha +loa na lakou, a malaila lakou i noho ai a hiki i ka haunaele ana ia +Halaaniani. + +(Maanei e ka mea heluhelu e waiho i ke kamailio ana no na kaikuahine o +Aiwohikupua, a ma ka Mokuna XIII o keia Kaao e kamailio hou no +Aiwohikupua no kona hoi ana i Kauai.) + + + + +MOKUNA XIII + + +Mahope iho o ko Kahalaomapuana lele ana iloko o ke kai mai luna iho o na +waa, e holo ikaika loa ana na waa ia manawa; nolaila, ua hala hope loa o +Kahalaomapuana. Hoohuli hou na waa i hope e imi ia Kahalaomapuana, aole +nae i loaa; nolaila, haalele loa o Aiwohikupua i kona kaikuahine +opiopio, a hoi loa aku i Kauai. + +Ia Aiwohikupua i hoi ai mai Hawaii mai a hiki mawaena o Oahu nei a me +Kauai, olelo aku la o Aiwohikupua i kona mau hoewaa penei: "I ko kakou +hoi ana anei a hiki i Kauai, mai olelo oukou, i Hawaii aku nei kakou i o +Laieikawai la, o hilahila auanei au; no ka mea, he kanaka wau ua waia i +ka olelo ia; a nolaila, ke hai aku nei au i ka'u olelo paa ia oukou. O +ka mea nana e hai i keia hele ana o kakou, a lohe wau, alaila, o kona +uku ka make, a me kona ohana a pau, pela no au i olelo ai i keia poe +hoewaa mamua." + +Hoi aku la lakou a Kauai. I kekahi mau la, makemake iho la ke Alii, o +Aiwohikupua, e hana i Ahaaina palala me na'lii, a me kona mau hoa a puni +o Kauai. + +A i ka makaukau ana o ka Ahaaina palala a ke Alii, kauoha ae la ke Alii +i kana olelo e kii aku i na hoa-ai; ma na alii kane wale no, a hookahi +wale no, alii wahine i aeia e komo i ka Ahaaina palala, oia o +Kailiokalauokekoa. + +I ka la i Ahaaina ai, akoakoa mai la na hoa-ai a pau loa, ua makaukau na +mea ai, a o ka awa ko lakou mea inu ma ia Ahaaina ana. + +Mamua o ko lakou paina ana, lalau like na hoa i na apuawa, a inu iho la. +Iloko o ko lakou manawa ai, aole i loaa ia lakou ka ona ana o ka awa. + +A no ka loaa ole o ka ona o ka awa, hoolale koke ae la ke Alii i kona +mau mama awa e mama hou ka awa. A makaukau ko ke Alii makemake, lalau +like ae la na hoa-ai o ke Alii, a me ke Alii pu i na apuawa, a inu ae +la. Ma keia inu awa hope o lakou, ua loohia mai maluna o lakou ka ona +awa. Aka, hookahi mea oi aku o ka ona, o ke Alii nana ka papaaina. + +Iloko o keia manawa ona o ke Alii, alaila, ua nalo ole ka olelopaa ana i +olelo ai i kona mau hoewaa ma ka moana, aole nae i loheia ma o kana poe +i papa ai; aka, ma ka waha ponoi no o Aiwohikupua i loheia'i olelo huna +a ke Alii. + +A ona iho la o Aiwohikupua, alaila, haliu pono aku la oia ma kahi a +Kauakahialii e noho mai ana, olelo aku la, "E Kauakahialii e, ia oe no e +kamailio ana ia makou no Laieikawai, komo koke iho la iloko o'u ka +makemake no kela wahine; nolaila, moe ino ko'u mau po e ake e ike; +nolaila, holo aku nei wau a hiki i Hawaii, pii aku nei maua a +malamalama, puka i uka o Paliuli, i nana aku ka hana i ka hale o ke +Alii, aole i kana mai, o ko'u hilahila; no ia mea, hoi mai nei. Hoi mai +nei hoi wau, a manao mai o na kaikuahine hoi ka mea e loaa'i, kii mai +nei, i hele aku nei ka hana me na kaikuahine a hiki i ka hale o ke Alii, +kuu aku hoi i ka na kaikuahine loaa; i hana aku ka hana, i ka hoole +waleia no a pau na kaikuahine eha, koe o kahi muli loa o'u, o ko'u +hilahila no ia hoi mai nei, he oi no hoi kela o ka wahine kupaa nui +wale, aole i ka lua." + +Iloko o kela manawa a Aiwohikupua e kama ilio ana no ka paakiki o +Laieikawai. Ia manawa e noho ana o Hauailiki, ke keiki puukani o Mana +iloko o ka Ahaaina, he keiki kaukaualii no hoi, oia ka oi o ka maikai. + +Ku ae la oia iluna, a olelo aku la ia Aiwohikupua "He hawawa aku la no +kau hele ana, aole wau i manao he wahine paakiki ia, ina e ku au imua o +kona mau maka, aole au e olelo aku, nana no e hele wale mai a hui maua; +alaila, e ike oukou e noho aku ana maua." + +I aku la o Aiwohikupua, "E Hauailiki e, ke makemake nei au e hele oe i +Hawaii, ina e lilo mai o Laieikawai, he oi oe, a na'u no e hoouna me oe +i mau kanaka, a ia'u na waa, a i nele oe ma keia hele ana au, alaila, +lilo kou mau aina ia'u; a ina i hoi mai oe me Laieikawai, alaila, nou +ko'u mau aina." + +A pau ka Aiwohikupua ma olelo ana no keia mau mea, ia po iho, kau o +Hauailiki ma maluna o na waa a holo aku la; aka, ua nui no na la i hala +ma ia holo ana. + +Ia holo ana, hiki aku lakou iwaho o Makahanaloa, i nana aku ka hana o +lakou nei, e pio ana ke anuenue i kai o Keaau. Olelo aku la ke Kuhina o +Aiwohikupua ia Hauailiki, "E nana oe i kela anuenue e pio mai la i kai, +o Keaau no ia; a aia ilaila o Laieikawai, ua iho ae la i ka nana +heenalu." + +I mai la o Hauailiki, "Kainoa aia o Paliuli kona wahi noho mau." + +A i kekahi la ae, ma ka auina la, hiki aku la lakou i Keaau, ua hoi aku +nae o Laieikawai me na kaikuahine o Aiwohikupua i uka o Paliuli. + +Ia Hauailiki ma i hiki aku ai, aia hoi ua nui na mea i hele mai e nana +no keia keiki oi kelakela o ka maikai mamua o Kauakahialii a me +Aiwohikupua, a he mea mahalo nui loa ia na na kamaaina o Keaau. + +I kekahi la ae ma ka puka ana a ka la, uhi ana ke awa a me ka noe ma +Keaau a puni, a i ka mao ana'e, aia hoi ehiku mau wahine e noho ana ma +ke awa pae o Keaau, a hookahi oi oia poe. Akahi wale no a iho na +kaikuahine o Aiwohikupua ma keia hele ana o Laieikawai, e like me kana +olelo hoopomaikai. + +Ia Laieikawai ma e noho ana ma kela kakahiaka, ku ae la o Hauailiki a +holoholo ae la imua o lakou la, e hoika ana ia ia iho ma kona ano kanaka +ui, me ka manao e maliuia mai e ke Alii wahine o Paliuli. A heaha la o +Hauailiki ia Laieikawai? "he opala paha." + +Eha na la o Laieikawai o ka hiki ana ma Keaau, mahope iho o ko Hauailiki +puka ana aku; a eha no hoi la o ko Hauailiki hoike ana ia ia imua o +Laieikawai, a aole nae he maliu iki ia mai. + +I ka lima o ka la o ko Laieikawai hiki ana ma Keaau, manao iho la o +Hauailiki e hoike ia ia iho imua o kana mea e iini nui nei no kona +akamai ma ka heenalu; he oiaio, o Hauailiki no ka oi ma Kauai no ke +akamai i ka heenalu a oia no ka oi iloko o kona mau la, a he keiki +kaulana hoi oia ma ke akamai i ka heenalu, a kaulana, no hoi no kona ui. + +I ua la la, i ka puka ana a ka la, aia na kamaaina ma kulana, nalu, na +kane, a me na wahine. + +I na kamaaina e akoakoa ana ma kulana heenalu, wehe ae la o Hauailiki i +kona aahu kapa, hopu iho la i kona papa heenalu (he olo), a hele aku la +a ma kahi e kupono ana ia Laieikawai ma, ku iho la oia no kekahi mau +minute, ia manawa nae, komo mai la iloko o na kaikuahine o Aiwohikupua +ka makemake no Hauailiki. + +I aku la o Mailehaiwale ia Laieikawai, "Ina paha aole makou i hoolaaia e +ko kakou mau makua, ina ua lawe wau ia Hauailiki i kane na'u." + +I aku o Laieikawai, "Ua makemake no hoi wau, ina hoi aole wau i hoolaaia +e ko'u kupunawahine, nolaila, he mea ole ko'u makemake." + +"O kaua pu," wahi a Mailehaiwale. + +A pau ko Hauailiki mau minute hookahakaha, lele aku la ua o Hauailiki me +kona papa heenalu i ke kai, a au aku la a kulana nalu. + +Ia Hauailiki ma kulana nalu, kahea mai la kekahi kaikamahine kamaaina, +"Pae hoi kakou." + +"Hee aku paha," wahi a Hauailiki, no ka mea, aole ona makemake, e hee pu +oia me ka lehulehu ma ka nalu hookahi, makemake no oia e hookaokoa ia ia +oia wale no ma ka nulu okoa, i kumu e ike mai ai o Laieikawai no kona +akamai i ka heenalu, malia o makemake ia mai oia; aole ka! + +A hala aku la na kamaaina, ohu mai la he wahi nalu opuu, ia manawa ka +Hauailiki hee ana i kona nalu. Ia Hauailiki e hee la i ka nalu, uwa ka +pihe a na kamaaina, a me na kaikuahine o Aiwohikupua: Heaha la ia ia +Laieikawai? + +A no ka lohe ana aku o Hauailiki i keia pihe uwa, alaila, manao iho ia +ua huipu me Laieikawai i keia leo uwa, aole ka! hoomau aku la oia i ka +heenalu a hala elima nalu, oia mau no. Aole nae i loaa ka heahea ia mai, +nolaila, hoomaka mai la ia Hauailiki ke kaumaha, me ka hooiaio iki i +kela olelo a Aiwohikupua no ka "paakiki o Laieikawai." + + + + +MOKUNA XIV + + +A ike maopopo ae la o Hauailiki, aole i komo iloko o Laieikawai ka +makemake ia Hauailiki ma ia mea, hoopau ae la oia i ka heenalu ma ka +papa; manao ae la oia e kaha. + +Haalele iho la oia i kona papa, a au aku la i kulana heenalu. Ia ia e au +ana, olelo ae la o Laieikawai i kona mau hoa, "E! pupule o Hauailiki." + +I aku la kona mau hoa, "Malia paha e kaha nalu ana." + +Ia Hauailiki ma kulana nalu, i ka nalu i ea mai ai a kakala ma kona kua, +ia manawa kaha mai la oia i ka nalu, pii ke kai me he niho puaa la ma o +a ma o o kona a i. Ia manawa, uwa ka pihe o uka, akahi no a loaa mai ia +Laieikawai ka akaaka, a he mea malihini no hoi ia i kona maka a me kona +mea e ae. + +A ike aku la o Hauailiki i ko Laieikawai akaaka ana iho, manao iho la +oia, ua komo ka makemake i Laieikawai ma keia hana a Hauailiki, alaila, +hoomau aku la oia ma ke kaha nalu, a hala elima nalu, aole i loaa ka hea +mai a Laieikawai ia ia nei. + +Nolaila, he mea kaumaha loa ia ia Hauailiki, ka maliu ole mai o +Laieikawai ia ia nei, a he mea hilahila nui loa hoi nona, no ka mea, ua +olelo kaena mua kela ia Aiwohikupua, e like me ka kakou ike ana ma na +Mokuna mamua ae. + +A no keia mea, lana malie iho la oia ma kulana nalu, ia ia e lana malie +ana, ua kokoke mai ko Laieikawai ma manawa hoi i Paliuli. Ia manawa, +peahi mai la o Laieikawai ia Hauailiki. + +A ike aku la o Hauailiki i ka peahi ana mai, alaila, ua hoomohalaia kona +naau kanalua. I iho la o Hauailiki oia wale no, "Aole no ka hoi oe e +kala i makemake ai, hoolohi wale iho no." + +A no ka peahi a ke Alii wahine o Paliuli, hoomoe iho la keia i ka nalu, +a pae pono aku la ma kahi a Laieikawai ma e noho mai ana. Ia manawa, +haawi mai la o Laieikawai i ka lei lehua, hoolei iho la ma ka a-i o +Hauailiki, e like me kana hana mau i ka poe akamai i ka heenalu. A +mahope iho oia manawa, he uhi ana na ka noe a me ka ohu, a i ka mao ana +ae, aole o Laieikawai ma, aia aku la lakou la i Paliuli. + +O ka iho hope ana keia a Laieikawai ma i Keaau, iloko o ko Hauailiki mau +la, aia hala aku o Hauailiki ma i Kauai, alaila, hiki hou o Laieikawai i +Keaau. + +Ia Laieikawai ma i hala ai i uka o Paliuli, hoi aku la o Hauailiki mai +ka heenalu aku, a halawai me ke Kuhina o Aiwohikupua, o kona alakai hoi. +I aku la, "Kainoa o kahi paa ae nei a paa, he oiaio no ka ka Aiwohikupua +e olelo nei. Nolaila, ua pau ka loaa a kuu kanaka maikai, a me kuu +akamai i ka heenalu, hookahi wale no mea i koe ia kaua, o ke koele wawae +no i Paliuli i neia po." A no keia olelo a Hauailiki, hooholo ae la kona +hoa i ka ae. + +Ma ka auina la mahope o ka aina awakea, pii aku la laua iuka, komo aku +la iloko o na ululaau, i ka hihia paa o ka nahele. Ia laua i pii ai, +halawai mua laua me Mailehaiwale, oia ke kiai makamua o ke Alii wahine. +Ike mai la oia ia laua nei e kokoke aku ana io ia nei la, i mai la, "E +Hauailiki, malaila olua hoi aku, aole o olua kuleana e pii mai ai ianei; +no ka mea, ua hoonohoia mai wau maanei, he kiai makamua no ke Alii, a +na'u no e hookuke aku i na mea a pau i hiki mai maanei, me ke kuleana +ole; nolaila, e hoi olua me ke kali ole." + +I aku la o Hauailiki, "E ae mai oe ia maua, e pii aku e ike i ka hale o +ke Alii." + +I mai la o Mailehaiwale, "Aole wau e ae aku i ko olua manao; no ka mea, +o ko'u kuleana no ia i hoonohoia ai ma keia wahi, e kipaku aku i ka poe +hele mai iuka nei e like me olua." + +Aka, no ka oi aku o ko laua nei koi ana me ka olelo ikaika imua oiala, +nolaila, ua ae aku la keia. + +Ia Hauailiki ma i hala aku ai mahope iho o ko Mailehaiwale hookuu ana +aku ia laua, halawai koke aku la laua me Mailekaluhea, ka lua o ko ke +Alii wahine kiai. + +I mai la o Mailekaluhea, "E! e hoi olua ano, aole he pono no olua e pii +mai ianei, pehea la i aeia mai ai e hookuu mai ia olua?" + +I aku la laua, "I hele mai nei maua e ike i ke Alii wahine." + +"Aole olua e pono pela," wahi a Mailekaluhea, "no ka mea, ua hoonohoia +mai makou he mau kiai e kipaku aku i na mea a pau i hele mai i keia +wahi, nolaila, e hoi olua." + +Aka, ma kela olelo a Mailekaluhea, ua oi aku ka maalea o ka laua nei +olelo malimali imua oiala, nolaila, ua hookuuia'ku laua. + +Ia laua i hala aku ai, halawai aku la laua me Mailelaulii, a e like no +me ka olele a laua nei imua o na mea mua, pela no laua i hana ai imua o +Mailelaulii. + +A no ka maalea loa o laua i na olelo malimali, nolaila, ua hookuuia laua +mai ko Mailelaulii alo aku. A hala aku la laua, halawai aku la me +Mailepakaha, ka ha o na kiai. + +Ia laua i hiki aku ai imua o Mailepakaha, aole he oluolu iki o keia kiai +i ko laua hookuuia ana mai e na kiai mua; aka, no ka pakela o ka maalea +ma ke kamailio ana, ua hookuuia aku la laua. + +A hala aku laua, aia hoi, ike aku la laua ia Kahalaomapuana, ke kiai ma +ka puka o ka Halealii, e kau mai ana iluna o ka eheu o na manu, a ike +aku la no hoi i ke ano e o ka Halealii, ia manawa haule aku la o +Hauailiki i ka honua, me ka naau eehia. + +Ia Kahalaomapuana i ike mai ai ia laua nei, he mea e kona huhu, alaila, +kahea mai la oia me kona mana, ma ke ano Alihikaua no ke Alii, "E +Hauailiki e! e ku oe a hele aku; no ka mea, aole o olua kuleana o keia +wahi, ina e hoopaakiki mai oe, alaila, e kauoha no wau i na manu o +Paliuli nei, e ai aku i ko olua mau io, me ka hoi uhane aku hoi i +Kauai." + +A no keia olelo weliweli a Kahalaomapuana, alaila, ua hoopauia ko +Hauailiki naau eehia, ala ae la ia a holo wikiwiki aku la a hiki ma +Keaau, ma ke kahahiaka nui. + +Ma keia hele ana a laua iuka o Paliali, ua nui ka luhi, a no ia luhi, +haule aku la laua a hiamoe. + +Iloko nae o ko Hauailiki manawa hiamoe, halawai mai la o Laieikawai me +ka moeuhane, a halawai pu iho la laua, a i ko Hauailiki puoho ana ae mai +ka hiamoe, aia hoi, he moeuhane kana. + +Moe hou iho la no o Hauailiki, loaa hou no ia ia ka moeuhane, e like me +mamua. Eha po, eha ao, o ka hoomau ana o keia mea ia Hauailiki, nolaila, +ua pono ole ko Hauailiki manao. + +I ka lima o ka po o ka hoomau ana o keia moeuhane ia Hauailiki, ma ka +pili o ke ahiahi, ala ae la oia a pii aku la iuka o Paliuli, me ka ike +ole nae o kona hoa. + +Ia ia i pii aku ai, aole oia i hele aku ma ke alanui mua a laua i pii +mua ai, a ma kahi e kokoke aku ana ia Mailehaiwale, hele ae la keia ma +kahi kaawale, a pakele aku la i na maka o na kiai o ke Alii. + +Ia ia i hiki ai mawaho o ka Hale Alii, ua hiamoe loa o Kahalaomapuana, +alaila, nihi, malu aku la ko Hauailiki hele ana, a wehe ae la i ke pani +o ka puka o ka Hale Alii, ua uhiia mai i ka Ahuula, aiahoi, ike aku la +ia ia Laieikawai e kau mai ana iluna o ke eheu o na manu, ua hiamoe loa +no hoi. + +Ia ia i komo aku ai a ku ma kahi a ke Alii e moe ana, lalau aku la oia i +ke poo o ke Alii, a hooluilui ae la. Ia manawa, puoho mai la o +Laieikawai mai ka hiamoe ana, aia hoi e ku ana o Hauailiki ma kona poo, +a he mea pono ole ia i ko ke Alii wahine manao. + +Alaila, olelo malu mai la o Laieikawai, ia Hauailiki, "E hoi oe ano i +keia manawa, no ka mea, ua waihoia ka make a me ke ola i ko'u mau kiai; +a nolaila, ke minamina nei wau ia oe; e ku oe a hele, mai kali." + +I aku la o Hauailiki, "E ke Alii, e honi kaua, no ke mea, ia'u i pii +mai ai iuka nei i keia mau po aku nei la, ua hiki mai wau iuka nei me ko +ike ole; aka, ma ka mana o kou mau kiai, ua kipakuia wau, a ia maua i +hiki ai i kai, a no ka maluhiluhi, haule aku la wau hiamoe. Ia'u e +hiamoe ana, halawai pu iho la kaua ma ka moeuhane, a kahaule iho la +kaua, a ua mui na la a me na po o ka hoomau ana ia'u o keia mea; nolaila +wau i pii mai nei e hooko i ka hana i ka moeuhane." + +I aku la o Laieikawai, "E hoe oe, aole o'u manao i kau mea e olelo mai +nei; no ka mea, ua loaa no ia mea ia'u ma ka moeuhane, ua hana no e like +me ka hana ia oe, a heaha la ia mea ia'u; nolaila, e hoi oe." + +Iloko o ko Kahalaomapuana manawa hiamoe, lohe aku la oia i ka haukamumu +o ka Halealii, a puoho ae la oia mai ka hiamoe ae, kahea aku la me ka +ninau aku, "E Laieikawai! Owai kou hoa kamailio e haukamumu mai nei?" + +A lohe laua i keia leo ninau, hoomaha iho la ke Alii aole i pane aku. + +A mahope, ala ae la o Kahalaomapuana, a komo aku la i ka Halealii, aia +hoi e noho mai ana o Hauailiki me Laieikawai iloko o ka Halealii. + +I aku la o Kahalaomapuana, "E! e Hauailiki, e ku oe a e hele, aole i +kupono kou komo ana mai nei, ua olelo aku wau ia oe i kela po mamua, +aole ou kuleana ma keia wahi, ua like no ka'u olelo i keia po me ka po +mua, nolaila, e ku oe a hoi aku." + +A no keia olelo a Kahalaomapuana, ku ae la o Hauailiki me ka naau +hilahila, a hoi aku la i kai o Keaau, a hai aku la i kona hoa no keia +pii ana i Paliuli. + +A ike iho la o Hauailiki, aole he kuleana hou e loaa ai o Laieikawai, +alaila, hoomakaukau ae la na waa no ka hoi i Kauai, a ma ka wanaao, +haalele lakou ia Keaau, a hoi aku la. + +Ia Hauailiki ma i hoi aku ai i Kauai, a hiki lakou ma Wailua, ike aku la +oia e akoakoa mai ana na'lii, a me na kaukaualii, a Kauakahialii, a me +Kailiokalauokekoa kekahi i kela manawa. + +Ia Hauailiki ma e hookokoke aku ana ma ka nuku o ka muliwai o Wailua, +ike aku la oia ia Aiwohikupua, kahea aku la, "Ua eo wau ia oe." + +A hiki aku la o Hauailiki, a hai aku la i ke ano o kana hele ana ia +Aiwohikupua, me ka hai aku nae i ka lilo ana o kona mau kaikuahine i mau +kiai no ke Alii, alaila, he mea olioli ia ia Aiwohikupua. + +I aku nae oia ia Hauailiki, "Ua pau ka pili a kaua, no ka manawa ona awa +aku la no ia." + +I loko nae o ko Hauailiki manawa e kamailio ana no ka lilo ana o na +kaikuahine o Aiwohikupua i mau koa kiai no Laieikawai, alaila, ua +manaolana hou ae la o Aiwohikupua e holo i Hawaii, no ke kii no ia +Laieikawai e like no me kona manao mua. + + + + +MOKUNA XV + + +I iho la o Aiwohikupua, "Pomaikai wau no kuu haalele ana i na kaikuahine +o'u i Hawaii, a e ko auanei ko'u makemake; no ka mea, ua lohe ae nei +wau, ua lilo ko'u mau kaikuahine i mau koa kiai no ka'u mea e manao +nei." + +I kela manawa a na'lii a pau e akoakoa nei ma Wailua, alaila, ku mai la +o Aiwohikupua a hai mai la i kona manao imua o na Alii. "Auhea oukou, e +holo hou ana wau i Hawaii, aole au e nele ana i ko'u makemake, no ka +mea, aia'ku la i o'u mau kaikuahine ke kiai o ka'u mea e manao nei." + +A no kela olelo a Aiwohikupua, pane mai la o Hauailiki, "Aole e loaa ia +oe, no ka mea, ua ike aku la wau i ke kapu o ke Alii wahine, a kapukapu +no hoi me ou mau kaikuahine, hookahi nae kaikuahine huhu loa, o kahi mea +uuku, nolaila ko'u manao paa aole e loaa ia oe, a he uku no kou kokoke +aku." + +A no keia olelo a Hauailiki, aole he manao io o Aiwohikupua, no ka mea, +ua manaolana loa kela no ka lohe ana o kona mau kaikuahine na kiai o ke +Alii. + +Mahope iho oia mau la, hoolale ae la oia i kona mau puali koa kiai, a me +kona hanohano Alii a pau. A makaukau ke Alii no na kanaka, alaila, +kauoha ae la oia i kona Kuhina e hoomakaukau na waa. + +Wae ae la ke Kuhina i na waa kupono ke holo, he iwakalua kaulua, elua +kanaha kaukahi, no na kaukaualii, a me na puali o ke Alii keia mau waa, +a he kanaha peleleu, he mau waa a-ipuupuu no ke Alii ia. A o ke Alii hoi +a me kona Kuhina, maluna laua o na pukolu. + +A makaukau keia mau mea a pau, e like me ka wa holo mau o ke Alii, pela +lakou i holo ai. + +He nui na la i hala ma ia holo ana. A hiki lakou ma Kohala, ia manawa, +akahi no a maopopo i ko Kohala poe o Aiwohikupua keia, ke kupua kaulana +a puni na moku. A no ko ke Alii huna ana ia ia ma kela hiki ana ma +Kohala, i hakaka'i me Ihuanu, oia ka mea i ike oleia ai. + +Haalele lakou ia Kohala, hiki aku la lakou i Keaau. I kela manawa a +lakou i hiki aku ai, ua hoi aku o Laieikawai, a me na kaikuahine pu o +Aiwohikupua i Paliuli. + +Ia Laieikawai ma i hoi aku ai ma kela la a Aiwohikupua ma i hiki aku ai, +ua ike mua mai ko lakou kupunawahine i ko Aiwohikupua hiki ana ma +Keaau. + +I mai la o Waka, "Ua hiki hou mai la o Aiwohikupua ma Keaau i keia la; +nolaila, e kiai oukou me ka makaukau, e makaala ia oukou iho, mai iho +oukou maikai, e noho oukou mauka nei a hiki i ka hoi ana o Aiwohikupua i +Kauai." + +A lohe ke koa kiai Nui o ke Alii wahine i keia olelo a ko lakou +kupunawahine, ia manawa, kauoha koke ae la o Kahalaomapuana ia +Kihanuilulumoku ko lakou Akua, e hookokoke mai ma ka Halealii, e +hoomakaukau no ka hoouka kaua. + +Ma ko Kahalaomapuana ano kiai nui no ke Alii, kauoha ae la oia i kona +mau kaikuaana, e kukakuka lakou ma na mea e pono ai ke Alii. + +Ia lakou i akoakoa ai, kukakuka iho la lakou ma na mea kupono ia lakou. +A eia ka lakou mau olelo hooholo, ma o ka noonoo la o Kahalaomapuana, ke +koa kiai nui o ke Alii, "O oe e Mailehaiwale, ina e hiki mai o +Aiwohikupua a halawai olua, e kipakuaku oe ia ia; no ka mea, o oe no ke +kiai mua loa, a ina e hai mai i kona makemake, e hookuke aku no, a ina i +paakiki loa mai ma kona ano keikikane ana, e hookuke ikaika aku ia ia, a +ina i nui mai ka paakiki, alaila, e hoouna ae oe i kekahi manu kiai ou i +o'u la, alaila, e hele mai au e hoohui ia kakou ma kahi hookahi, a na'u +ponoi e kipaku aku ia ia. Ina he hele mai kana me ka inoino, alaila, e +kauoha no wau i ko kakou Akua ia Kihanuilulumoku, nana no e luku aku ia +ia." + +A pau aeia ka lakou kuka ana no keia mau mea, hookaawale lakou ia lakou +iho e like me mamua, oiai e kiai ana lakou i ke Alii. + +Ma ka wanaao oia po iho, hiki ana o Aiwohikupua me kona Kuhina. Ia laua +i ike mai ai e ku ana ka pahu kapu, ua uhiia i ka _oloa_, alaila, manao +ae la laua ua kapu ke alanui e hiki aku ai i kahi o ke Alii. Aka, aole +nae o Aiwohikupua manao ia kapu; no ka mea, ua lohe mua no ia, o kona +mau kaikuahine ka mana kiai; nolaila, hoomau aku la laua i ka hele ana, +a loaa hou he pahu kapu e like no me ka mea mua i loaa'i ia laua. Ua +like no ko Aiwohikupua manao ma keia pahu kapu me kona manao mua. + +Hoomau aku la no laua i ka hele ana a loaa hou ke kolu o ka pahu kapu e +like me na mea mua; no ka mea, ua kukuluia no na pahu kapu e like me ka +nui o kona mau kaikuahine. + +A loaa ia laua ka ha o na pahu kapu, alaila, kokoke laua e hiki i ka +lima o ka pahu kapu, oia no hoi ko Kahalaomapuana pahu kapu. Oia no hoi +ka pahu kapu weliweli loa, ke hoomaka aeia e malamalama loa. Aka, aole +nae laua i ike i ka weliweli oia pahu kapu, no ka mea, e molehulehu ana +no. + +Haalele laua i kela pahu, aole i liuliu ko laua hele ana aku, halawai +mua no laua me ke kiai mua me Mailehaiwale, mahamaha aku la o +Aiwohikupua, no ka ike ana aku i ke kaikuahine; ia wa koke no, pane aku +la o Mailehaiwale. "E hoi olua ano, he kapu keia wahi." + +Kuhi iho la o Aiwohikupua hoomaakaaka hoomaauea, hoomaka hou aku la +laua e hookokoke aku i o Mailehaiwale, kipaku hou mai la no ke kiai. "E +hoi koke olua, owai ko olua kuleana o uka nei, a o wai ko olua +makamaka?" + +"Heaha keia, e kuu kaikuahine?" wahi a Aiwohikupua, "Kainoa o oukou no +ko'u makamaka, a ma o oukou la e loaa'i ko'u makemake." + +Ia manawa, hoouna aku la o Mailehaiwale i kekahi manu kiai ona, a hiki i +o Kahalaomapuana la; he manawa ole, hoohui ae la keia ia lakou a eha ma +ko Mailekaluhea wahi kiai, a malaila i manao ai lakou e halawai me +Aiwohikupua. + + + + +MOKUNA XVI + + +A makaukau lakou, kii ia'ku la lakou a hiki mai la. Ia Aiwohikupua i ike +aku ai ia Kahalaomapuana e kau mai ana kela iluna o ke eheu o na manu, +me he Alihikaua Nui la, a he mea hou loa ia ia Aiwohikupua ma. Pane mai +la ka kiai Nui, "E hoi olua ano, mai lohi, a aole hoi e kali, no ka mea, +ua kapu ke Alii, aole no ou kuleana ma keia wahi, a aole no hoi e hiki +ia oe ke manao mai he mau kaikuahine makou nou, ua hala ia manawa." O ke +ku aku la no ia o Kahalaomapuana hoi, pau ka ike ana. + +I kela manawa, ua ho-aia ka inaina wela o Aiwohikupua a mahuahua. Ma ia +manawa, manao iho la oia e hoi a kai o Keaau, alaila, hoouna mai i kona +mau puali koa e luku i na kaikuahine. + +Ia laua i kaha aku e hoi a hiki i ka pahu kapu o Kahalaomapuana, aia hoi +ilaila, ua hoopiiia ka huelo o ua moo nui nei iluna o ka pahu kapu, ua +uhiia i ka _oloa_, ka ieie, a me ka palai, a he mea weliweli loa ia laua +ka nana ana aku. + +A hiki o Aiwohikupua ma i kai o Keaau, ia manawa, hoolale ae la ke +Kuhina o Aiwohikupua i na puali koa o ke Alii e pii e luku i na +kaikuahine, ma ke kauoha a ke Alii. + +Ia la no, ike mua mai la no o Waka i ko Aiwohikupua manao, a me kana mau +hana. A no ia mea, hele mai la o Waka a halawai me Kahalaomapuana, ko ke +Alii wahine Alihikaua, olelo mai la, "E Kahalaomapuana, ua ike wau i ka +manao o ko oukou kaikunane, a me kana mau hana, ke hoomakaukau la oia i +umi mau kanaka ikaika, nana e kii mai e luku ia oukou, no ka mea, ua +inaina ko oukou kaikunane, no ko oukou kipaku ana i kakahiaka nei; +nolaila, e noho makaukau oukou ma ka inoa o ko kakou Akua." + +Ia manawa, kauoha ae la oia ia Kihanuilulumoku, ka moo nui o Paliuli, ke +akua o lakou nei. A hiki mai la ua moo nei, kauoha aku la oia, "E ko +makou Akua, e Kihanuilulumoku, nanaia ke kupu, ka eu, ke kalohe o kai, +ina e hele mai me ko lakou ikaika, pepehiia a pau, aohe ahailono, e noke +oe a holo ke i olohelohe, e ao nae oe ia Kalahumoku, i ka ilio nui +ikaika a Aiwohikupua, hemahema no oe, pau loa kakou, aole e pakele, +kulia ko ikaika, ko mana a pau iluna o Aiwohikupua, Amama, ua noa, lele +wale la." Oia ka pule kauoha a Kahalaomapuana i ko lakou Akua. + +Ma ka po ana iho, pii aku la na kanaka he umi a ke Alii i wae ae e luku +i na kaikuahine o Aiwohikupua, a o ka hope Kuhina ka umikumamakahi, +mamuli o ka hookohu a ke Kuhina Nui i hope nona. + +Ma ka pili o ka wanaao, hiki lakou i kahi e kokoke iki aku ana i +Paliuli. Ia manawa, lohe aku la lakou i ka hu o ka nahele i ka makani o +ke alelo o ua moo nui nei o Kihanuilulumoku, e hanu mai ana ia lakou +nei, aole nae lakou i ike i keia mea, nolaila, hoomau aku la lakou i ka +hele ana aole nae lakou i liuliu aku, he ike ana ka lakou i ka upoi ana +iho a _kea_ luna o ua moo nei maluna pono iho o lakou nei, aia nae lakou +nei iwaenakonu o ka waha o ka moo, ia manawa, e lele koke aku ana ka +Hope Kuhina, aole i kaawale aku, o ka muka koke ia aku la no ia pau loa, +aohe ahailono. + +Elua la, aohe mea nana i hai aku keia pilikia ia Aiwohikupua ma. A no +ka haohao o ke Alii i ka hoi ole aku o kona mau koa alaila he mea e ka +huhu o ke Alii. + +A no keia mea, wae hou ae la ke Alii he mau kanaka he iwakalua e pii e +luku i na kaikuahine, ma ka poe ikaika wale no; a hookohu aku la ke +Kuhina i Hope Kuhina nona e hele pu me na koa. + +Pii hou aku la no lakou a hiki no i kahi i pau ai kela poe mua i ka +make, pau hou no i ua moo nei, aohe ahailono. + +Kali hou no ke Alii aole i hoi aku. Hoouna hou aku no ke Alii hookahi +kanaha koa, pau no i ka make; pela mau aku no ka make ana a hiki i ka e +walu kanaha o na kanaka i pau i ka make. + +Ia manawa, kukakuka ae la o Aiwohikupua me kona Kuhina i ke kumu o keia +hoi ole mai o na kanaka e hoouna mauia nei. + +I aku o Aiwohikupua i kona Kuhina, "Heaha keia e hoi ole mai nei na +kanaka a kaua e hoouna aku nei?" + +I aku la kona Kuhina, "Malia paha, ua pii no lakou a hiki iuka, a no ka +ike i ka maikai o kela wahi, noho aku la no, a i ole, ua make mai la no +i ou mau kaikuahine." + +"Pehea auanei e make ai ia lakou, o na kaikamahine palupalu iho la ka +mea e make ai o kau manao ana e make ia lakou?" pela aku o Aiwohikupua. + +A no ka makemake o ke Alii e ike i ke kumu e hoi ole nei o kona mau +kanaka, hooholo ae la laua me kona Kuhina e hoouna i mau elele e ike i +ke kumu o keia hana a na kanaka o laua. + +Ma ke kauoha a ke Alii, lawe ae la ke Kuhina ia Ulili, a me Akikeehiale, +ko Aiwohikupua mau alele mama, a pii aku la e ike i ka pono o kona mau +kanaka. + +I ua mau elele la i hala aku ai, aole i liuliu halawai mai la me laua +kekahi kanaka kia manu mai uka mai o Olaa; ninau mai la, "Mahea ka olua +hele." + +Olelo aku na elele, "E pii aku ana maua e ike i ka pono o ko makou poe, +e noho la i Paliuli, awalu kanaha kanaka i hoounaia, aole hookahi o +lakou i hoi ae." + +"Pau aku la," wahi a ke kia manu, "i ka moo nui ia Kihanuilulumoku, aole +e pakele mai." + +A lohe laua i keia mea, hoomau aku la laua i ka pii ana, aole i upuupu, +lohe aku la laua i ka hu a ka makani, a me ke kamumu o na laau e hina +ana ma-o a ma-o, alaila hoomanao laua i ka olelo a ke kia manu, "ina e +hu ana ka makani, o ua moo la ia." + +Maopopo iho la ia laua o ua moo nei keia, e lele ae ana laua ma ko laua +kino manu. Ia lele ana a kiekie laua nei, i alawa ae ka hana aia maluna +pono o laua _kea_ luna e poi iho ana ia laua nei, a no ko laua nei mama +loa o ka lele ana ma ko laua ano kino manu, ua pakele laua. + + + + +MOKUNA XVII + + +I kela wa, lele Kaawale loa aku la laua a hala loa i luna lilo, i nana +iho ka hana o ua o Ulili ma i _kea_ lalo o ua moo nei, e eku ana i ka +honua me he Oopalau la, alaila, he mea weliweli ia laua i ka nana aku, +maopopo iho la ia laua, ua pau ko lakou poe kanaka i ka make, hoi aku la +laua a olelo aku la ia Aiwohikupua i ka laua mea i ike ai. + +Ia manawa, kiiia aku la o Kalahumoku, ka ilio nui ai kanaka a +Aiwohikupua e hele e pepehi i ka moo a make, alaila, luku aku i na +kaikuahine o Aiwohikupua. + +I ka hiki ana o Kalahumoku ua ilio ai kanaka o Tahiti imua o kana +moopuna (Aiwohikupua), "E pii oe i keia la e luku aku i o'u mau +kaikuahine," wahi a Aiwohikupua, "a e lawe pu mai ia Laieikawai." + +Mamua o ko ka ilio pii ana e luku i na kaikuahine o Aiwohikupua, kauoha +mua ua Ilio nei i ke Alii, a me na kaukaualii, a me na kanaka a pau, a +penei kana olelo kauoha: "Auhea oukou, ma keia pii ana a'u, e nana oukou +i keia la iuka, ina e pii ka ohu a kupololei i luna a kiekie loa, ina e +hina ka ohu ma ka lulu, alaila, ua halawai wau me Kihanuilulumoku, manao +ae oukou ua hoaikane maua. Ina hoi e hina ana ka ohu i ka makani, +alaila, ua hewa o uka, ua hakaka maua me ua moo nei. Alaila, o ka pule +ka oukou i ke Akua ia Lanipipili, nana ae oukou i ka ohu a i hina i kai +nei, ua lanakila ka moo; aka hoi, i pii ka ohu i luna a hina i luna o ke +kuahiwi, alaila, ua hee ka moo; o ko kakou lanakila no hoi ia. Nolaila, +e hoomau oukou i ka pule a hoi wale mai au." + +I ka pau ana o keia mau kauoha, pii aku la ka ilio, hoouna pu aku la o +Aiwohikupua ia Ulili laua me Akikeehiale, i mau elele na laua e hai mai +ka hana a ka moo me ka Ilio. + +I ka ilio i hiki aku ai iuka ma kahi kokoke i Paliuli, ua hiamoe nae o +Kihanuilulumoku ia manawa. I ua moo nei e moe ana, hikilele ae la oia +mai ka hiamoe ana, no ka mea, ua hoopuiwaia e ka hohono ilio, ia manawa +nae, ua hala hope ka moo i ka ilio, e hele aku ana e loaa ke kiai mua o +ke Alii Wahine. + +Ia manawa, hanu ae la ka moo ka hookalakupua hoi o Paliuli, a ike aku la +ia Kalahumoku i ke aiwaiwa o Tahiti, ia manawa, wehe ae la ua moo nei i +kona a luna e hoouka no ke kaua me Kalahumoku. + +I kela manawa koke no, hoike aku ana ka ilio i kona mau niho imua o ka +moo. O ka hoomaka koke no ia o ke kaua, ia manawa, ua lanakila ka moo +maluna o Kalahumoku, a hoi aku la ka ilio me ke ola mahunehune, ua pau +na pepeiao a me ka huelo. + + +I ka hoomaka ana nae o ko laua hakaka, hoi aku la na elele a hai aku la +ia Aiwohikupua ma i keia kaua weliweli. + +A lohe aku la lakou ia Ulili ma i keia kaua a ka moo me ka ilio, a he +mea mau nae ia Aiwohikupua ma ka nana ia uka. + +Ia lakou no enana ana, pii ae la ka ohu a kupololei i luna aole i +upuupu, hina ana ka ohu i kai, alaila, manao ae la o Aiwohikupua ua +lanakila ka moo, alaila, he mea kaumaha ia Aiwohikupua no ke pio ana o +ko lakou aoao. + +Ma ke ahiahi o ua la hoouka kaua nei o na kupueu, hoi mai ana o +Kalahumoku me ka nawaliwali, ua pau ke aho, i nana aku ka hana o ke Alii +i kana ilio, ua pau na pepeiao, a me ka huelo i ka moo. + +A no keia mea, manao ae la o Aiwohikupua e hoi, no ka mea, ua pio lakou. +Hoi aku la lakou a hiki i Kauai, a hai aku la i ke ano o kana hele ana, +a me ka lanakila o ka moo maluna o lakou. (O ke kolu keia, o ko +Aiwohikupua hiki ana i Paliuli no Laieikawai, aole he ko iki o kona +makemake.) + +Ma keia hoi ana o Aiwohikupua i Kauai, mai ke kii hope ana ia +Laieikawai, alaila, hoopau loa o Aiwohikupua i kona manao ana no +Laieikawai. Ia manawa ka hooko ana a Aiwohikupua e hoo ko i ka olelo +Kauohu a Poliahu. + +I kela wa, papaiawa ae la o Aiwohikupua me kona mau kaukaualii, a me na +haiawahine ona e hoopau i kana olelo hoohiki imua o Lanipipili kona +Akua. + +A loaa kona hoomaikaiia imua o kona Akua, me ke kalaia o kona hala +hoohiki, "Aole e lawe i kekahi o na wahine o keia mau mokupuni i wahine +hoao," e like me na mea i hoikeia ma kekahi o na Mokuna mua o keia Kaao. + +A pau na la o ka papaiawa ma Kauai, hoouna aku la ia i kona mau elele ia +Ulili laua me Akikeehiale, e holo aku e hai i ka olelo kauoha a ke Alii +imua o Poliahu. + +Ma ko laua ano kino manu, ua lele koke laua a hiki Hinaikamalama la ma +Hana, a hiki laua, ninau aku i na ka maaina, "Auhea la ka wahine +hoopalau a ke Alii o Kauai." + +"E i ae no," wahi a ma kamaaina. + +Hele aku la laua a halawai me ke Alii wahine o Hana. + +Olelo aku la na elele i ke Alii wahine, "I hoounaia mai nei maua, e hai +aku ia oe, ma ke kauoha a ko kane hoopalau. Ekolu malama ou e +hoomakaukau ai no ka hoao o olua, a ma ka ha o ka malama i ka po i o +Kulu e hiki mai ai oia a halawai olua e like me ka olua hoohiki ana." + +A lohe ke Alii wahine i keia mau olelo, hoi aku la na elele a hiki i o +Aiwohikupua. + +Ninau mai la ke Alii, "Ua halawai olua me Poliahu?" + +"Ae," wahi a na elele, "hai aku nei maua e like me ke kauoha, ke +hoomakaukau la paha kela, i mai nei nae o ua Poliahu ia maua, ke +hoomanao la no nae paha ia i ke konane ana a maua?" + +"Ae paha," wahi a na elele. + +A lohe ke Alii i keia olelo hope a na elele, manao ae la o Aiwohikupua i +keia mau olelo, aole ia i hiki i o Poliahu la, alaila, hoomaopopo aku la +o Aiwohikupua, "Pehea ka olua lele ana aku nei?" + +Hai aku laua, "Lele aku nei maua a loaa he mokuaina lele hou aku no a he +wahi mokuaina loihi, mailaila aku maua a he mokuaina nui e like me ka +moku i loaa mua ia maua, elua nae mau moku liilii iho e like me kahi +moku loihi, a he wahi mokuaina uuku loa iho, lele aku la maua ma ka aoao +hikina o ua moku la a hiki maua he hele malalo o na puu, a he malu e uhi +ana, ilaila o Poliahu i loaa'i ia maua, oia la." + +I mai la o Aiwohikupua, "Aole i loaa ia olua o Poliahu, o Hinaikamalama +aku la ia." + +Aka, ma keia hana a na elele lalau, ua ho-aia ka inaina o ke Alii no +kana mau elele, nolaila, ua hoopauia ko laua punahele. + +Ma keia hoopauia ana o ua o Ulili ma, manao iho la laua, e hai i na mea +huna i papaia ia laua e ko laua haku, nolaila, ua hooko laua i ka laua +mea i ohumu ai, aia ma ka Mokuna XVIII, kakou e ike ai. + + + + +MOKUNA XVIII + + +Mahope iho o ka hoopauia ana o Ulili ma; hoouna hou aku la oia ia Koae, +kekahi o kana mau elele mama e like me ka olelo kauoha i na elele mua. + +A hiki o Koae i o Poliahu la, halawai aku la laua, hai aku la o Koae i +ke kauoha a ke Alii e like me ka mea i haiia ma na pauku hope o ka +Mokuna XVII o keia Kaao; a pau na olelo a ke Alii i ka haiia, hoi aku la +ko ke Alii elele, a hai aku la ma ka pololei, alaila, he mea maikai ia i +kona Haku. + +Noho iho la o Aiwohikupua, a i na la hope o ke kolu o ka malama; lawe ae +la ke Alii i kona mau kaukaualii, a me na punahele, i na haiawahine hoi, +na hoa kupono ke hele pu ma ke kahiko ana i ka hanohano Alii ke hele ma +kana huakai no ka hoao o na Alii. + +I na la i o Kaloa kukahi, haalele o Aiwohikupua ia Kauai, holo aku oia +he kanaha kaulua, elua kanaha kaukahi, he iwahalua peleleu. + +Mamua o ka po hoao o na Alii, i ka po i o Huna, hiki lakou i Kawaihae, +ia manawa, hoouna aku la oia ia koae, kona elele e kii ia Poliahu e iho +mai e halawai me Aiwohikupua, i ka la i kauohaia'i e hoao. + +A hiki ka elele imua o Aiwohikupua mai ke kii ana ia Poliahu, a hai mai +la i kana olelo mai a Poliahu mai, "Eia ke kauoha a ko wahine, ma +Waiulaula olua e hoao ai, ina e ike aku kakou ma ke kakahiaka nui o ka +la o Kulu, e halii ana ka hau mai ka piko o Maunakea, Maunaloa, a me +Hualalai, a hiki i Waiulaula, alaila, ua hiki lakou i kahi o olua e hoao +ai, alaila, hele aku kakou, pela mai nei." + +Alaila, hoomakaukau ae la o Aiwohikupua i kona hanohano Alii. + +Kahiko aku la o Aiwohikupua i kona mau kaukaualii kane, a me na +kaukaualii wahine, a me na punahele, i ka Ahuula, a o na haiawahine +kekahi i kahikoia i ka Ahuoeno. A kahiko iho la o Aiwohikupua i kona +kapa hau a Poliahu i haawi aku ai, kau iho la i ka mahiole ie i hakuia i +ka hulu o na Iiwi. Kahiko aku la oia i kona mau hoewaa, a me na hookele +i na kihei paiula, e like me ke kahiko ana i na hoewaa o ke Alii, pela +no na hoewaa o kona puali alii a pau. + +Ma na waa o ke Alii i kau ai a holo aku, ua kukuluia maluna o na pola o +na waa he anuu, he wahi e noho ai ke Alii; ua hakuia ka anuu o ke Alii i +na Ahuula, a maluna pono o ka anuu, he mau puloulou kapu Alii, a maloko +o ka puloulou, noho iho la o Aiwohikupua. + +Ma na waa ukali o ke Alii, he umi kaulua e hoopuni ana i ko ke Alii waa, +a maluna o na waa ukali o ke Alii, he poe akamai i ke kaeke. Pela i +kahikoia ai o Aiwohikupua i ko laua la i hoao ai me Poliahu. + +Ma ka la o Kulu, ma ke kakahiaka, i ka puka ana ae o ka la a kiekie iki +ae, ike aku la o Aiwohikupua ma i ka hoomaka ana o ka hau e uhi maluna o +ka piko o na mauna, a hiki i kahi o laua e hoao ai. + +I kela manawa, ua hiki o Poliahu, Lilinoe, Waiaie, a me Kahoupokane, i +kahi e hoao ai na Alii. + +Ia manawa, hoomaka o Aiwohikupua e hele e hui me ka wahine noho mauna o +Maunakea. E like me ka mea i oleloia maluna, pela ko ke Alii hele ana. + +Ia Aiwohikupua ma e holo aku ana i ka moana mai Kawaihae aku, he mea e +ka olioli o Lilinoe i ka hanohano launa ole o ke Alii kane. + +A hiki lakou i Waiulaula, ua pauhia lakou e ke anu, a nolaila, hoouna +aku la o Aiwohikupua i kona elele e hai aku ia Poliahu, "Aole e hiki aku +lakou no ke anu." + +Ia manawa, haalele e Poliahu i kona kapa hau, lalau like ae la ka poe +noho mauna i ko lakua kapa la, hoi aku la ka hau a kona wahi mau. + +Ia Aiwohikupua ma i hiki aku ai ma ko Poliahu ma wahi e noho ana, he mea +lealea loa i ke Alii wahine na mea kani o na waa o ke Alii kane, a he +mea mahalo loa no hoi ia lakou ka ike ana i ko ke Alii kane hanohano, a +maikai hoi. + +Ia laua i hui ai, hoike ae la o Aiwohikupua, a me Poliahu, i na aahu o +laua i haawi muaia i mau hoike no ka laua olelo ae like. + +Ia manawa, hoa ae la na Alii, a lilo ae la laua i hookahi io, hoi ae la +lakou a noho ma Kauai iuka o Honopuwai. + +O na elele mua a Aiwohikupua, o Ulili laua me Akikeehiale, na laua i +hele aku e hai ia Hinaikamalama i ka hoao ana o Aiwohikupua me Poliahu. + +Ia Hinaikamalama i lohe ai i keia mau olelo no ka hoao o Aiwohikupua ma, +ia manawa, noi aku la oia i kona mau makua e holo e makaikai ia Kauai, a +ua pono kana noi imua o kona mau makua. + +Hoolale ae la kona mau makua i na kanaka e hoomakaukau i na waa no +Hinaikamalama e holo ai i Kauai, a wae ae la i mau hoahele kupono no ke +Alii e like me ke ano mua o ka huakai Alii. + +A makaukau ko ke Alii mau pono no ka hele ana, kau aku la o +Hinaikamalama ma na waa, a holo aku la a hiki i Kauai. + +Ia ianei i hiki aku ai, aia o Aiwohikupua me Poliahu ma Mana, e akoakoa +ana na Alii malaila no ka la hookahakaha o Hauailiki me Makaweli. + +Ia po iho, he po lealea ia no na Alii, he kilu, a he kaeke, na lealea ia +po. + +Ia Aiwohikupua ma e lealea ana ia manawa, ma ka waena konu o ka po, hiki +aku la o Hinaikamalama a noho iloko o ka aha lealea; a he mea malihini +nae i ka aha keia kaikamahine malihini. + +Ia manawa aianei i komo aku ai iloko o ka aha lealea, aole nae o +Aiwohikupua i ike maopopo mai ia manawa, no ka mea, ua lilo i ka hula +kaeke. + +Ia Hinaikamalama e noho ana iloko o ka aha lealea, aia hoi, ua komo +iloko o Hauailiki ka iini nui. + +Ia manawa, hele aku la o Hauailiki a i ka mea ume i aku la, "E hele oe a +olelo aku ia Aiwohikupua e hoopau ka hula kaeke, i kilu ka lealea i koe, +aia a kilu, alaila, kii aku oe a ume mai i ka wahine malihini, o ko'u +pili ia o keia po." + +Ma ke kauoha a ka mea nona ka po lealea e kilu, ua hoopauia ke kaeke. + +Ia Hauailiki e kilu ana me Poliahu, a i ka umi o na hauna kilu a laua. +Ia manawa, ku mai la ka mea ume a kaapuni ae la a puni ka aha, hoi mai +la a kau aku la i ka maile ia Hauailiki me ke oli ana, a ku mai la o +Hauailiki. + +Ia manawa, kaili mai la ka mea ume i ka maile a kau aku la maluna o +Hinaikamalama, a ku mai la. + +Ia manawa, a Hinaikamalama i ku mai ai, nonoi aku la oia i ka mea ume e +olelo ae, a kunou mai la ka mea ume. + +Ninau aku la o Hinaikamalama i ka mea nona ka aha lealea, haiia mai la +no Hauailiki me Makeweli. + +Iloko o kela manawa, huli pono aku la o Hinaikamalama a olelo aku ia +Hauailiki, "E ke Alii nona keia aha lealea, ua lohe ae la wau keia aha, +ua umeia ae nei kaua e ka mea ume o ka aha lealea au, e ke Alii, no ka +hoohui ana ia kaua no ka manawa pokole, alia nae wau e hooko i ka ume a +ka mea nana i ume ia kaua e like me kona makemake. Aka, a hoakaka ae wau +i ko'u kuleana i hiki mai ai ia Kauai nei, mai kahi loihi mai. Oiala, o +Aiwohikupua ko'u kuleana i hiki ai i keia aina, no kuu lohe ana ae nei +ua hoao oiala me Poliahu, nolaila i hele mai nei wau e ike i koiala +hoopunipuni nui ia'u. No ka mea, hiki ae kela i Hana ma Maui, e heenalu +ana makou, na laua la nae ka heenalu hope loa, a pau ka laua la heenalu +ana, hoi laua la e konane ana makou, makemake no oiala i ke konane, kau +hou ka papa konane a paa, ninau aku wau i kona kumu pili, kuhikuhi kela +i na kaulua. Olelo aku wau, aole o'u makemake i kona kumu pili, alaila, +hai aku wau i ka'u kumu pili makemake, o na kino no o maua, ina e make +wau ia iala ma ke konane ana, alaila, lilo wau na iala, ma kana mau hana +a pau e olelo ai ia'u, malaila wau, ma na mea kupono nae, a pela no hoi +wau ina e make kela ia'u, alaila, e like me kana hana ia'u, pela no ka'u +ia ia; a holo like ia maua keia olelo paa. I ke konane ana nae, aole i +liuliu, paa mua ia'u na luna o ka papa konane a maua, o koiala make iho +la no ia. I aku wau ia iala, ua eo oe, pono oe ke noho me a'u e like me +ka kaua pili ana. I mai kela, 'Alia wau e hooko i kau kumu pili a hoi +mai wau mai kuu huakai kaapuni mai, alaila, hookoia ke kumu pili au e +ke Alii wahine.' A no keia olelo maikai aianei, ua holo like ia ia maua, +a no keia mea, noho puupaa wau me ka maluhia a hiki mai i keia manawa. A +no kuu lohe ana ae nei he wahine ka iala, oia ko'u hiki mai nei ia Kauai +nei, a komo mai la i ko aha lealea e ke Alii, oia la." + +Ia manawa, nene aku la ka aha kanaka a puni ka papai kilu, me ka hoohewa +loa ia Aiwohikupua. Ia manawa no a Hinaikamalama a haiolelo la, alaila +ua hoopihaia o Poliahu i ka huhu wela, o kona hoi no ia i Maunakea a +hiki i keia la. + +Mahope iho nae o ka haiolelo ana a Hinaikamalama, hoomaka hou ke kilu, +ia Aiwohikupua laua me Makaweli ke kilu ia manawa. + +Ia manawa, ku hou mai la ka mea ume a hooili hou i ka maile maluna o +Hauailiki me Hinaikamalama, a ku ae la o Hauailiki, a ku mai la no hoi o +Hinaikamalama. Ma keia ume hope, hai mai la o Hinaikamalama i kana olelo +imua o Hauailiki, "E ke Alii e, ua hoohuiia kaua e ka mea ume ma ka mea +mau o na aha lealea. Aka, alia wau e ae aku, aia ae mai o Aiwohikupua e +hooko maua i na hoohiki a maua, a pau ko maua manawa, alaila, ma ka po +lealea hou a ke Alii, e hookoia ai ka ume o keia po no kaua." Alaila, he +mea maikai loa ia i ko Hauailiki manao. + +A no keia olelo a Hinaikamalama, lawe ae la o Aiwohikupua ia +Hinaikamalama no ka hooko i ka laua hoohiki. + +Ia po no, iloko o ko laua manawa hoomaha no ka hooluolu i ka hoohiki +ana, hike mai la ma o Hinaikamalama ke anu maeele loa, no ka mea, ua kuu +mai la o Poliahu i ke anu o kona kapahau maluna o kona enemi. + +Ia manawa, hapai ae la o Hinaikamalama he wahi mele: + + "He anu e he a--nu + He anu e wale no hoi keia, + Ke ko nei i ke ano o kuu manawa, + Ua hewa ka paha loko o ka noho hale, + Ke kau mai nei ka halia i kuu manawa, + No ka noho hale paha ka hewa--e. + E kuu hoa--e, he anu--e." + + + + +MOKUNA XIX + + +A pau ke oli ana i Hinaikamalama, olelo aku la oia ia Aiwohikupua, +"Auhea oe, e apo mai oe ia'u a paa i mehana iho wau, hele mai nei kuu +anu a anu, aohe wahi anu ole." + +Alaila, hooko mai la o Aiwohikupua i ka ka wahine olelo, alaila, loaa +mai la ka mahana e like me mamua. + +A hoomakaukau iho la laua e hooluolu no ka hooko i ka laua hoohiki ma ka +hoopalau ana, alaila, hiki hou mai la ke anu ia Hinaikamalama, o ka lua +ia o kona loaa ana i ke anu. + +Ia manawa, hapai hou ae la oia he wahi mele, penei: + + "E ke hoa e, he a--nu, + Me he anu hau kuahiwi la keia, + Ke anu mai nei ma na kapuai, + Ke komi nei i kuu manawa, + Kuu manawa hiamoe--hoi, + Ke hoala mai nei ke anu ia'u, + I kuu po hiamoe--hoi." + +I keia manawa, olelo aku la o Hinaikamalama ia Aiwohikupua, "Aole anei +oe i ike i ke kumu o keia anu o kaua? Ina ua ike oe i ke kumu o keia +anu, alaila e hai mai; mai huna oe." + +I aku o Aiwohikupua, "No ko punalua keia anu, ua huhu paha ia kaua, +nolaila, aahu ae la ia i ke kapa hau ona, nolaila na anu." + +Pane aku la o Hinaikamalama, "Ua pau kaua, no ka mea, ua pili ae la no +na kino o kaua, a ua ko ae la no ka hoohiki a kaua no ka hoopalau ana." + +I mai o Aiwohikupua, "Ua oki kaua i keia manawa, e hookaawale kaua, +apopo ma ke awakea, alaila, oia ka hooko ana o ka hoohiki a kaua." + +"Ae," wahi a Hinaikamalama. + +A kaawale aku la laua, alaila, loaa iho la ia Hinaikamalama ka moe +oluolu ana ia koena po a hiki i ke ao ana. + +Ma ke awakea, lawe hou ae la o Aiwohikupua e hooko i ka laua mea i olelo +ai ia po iho mamua. + +Iloko o ko laua manawa i hoomaka ai no ka hooko ana i ka hoohiki, +alaila, ua pono ole ia mea i ko Poliahu manao. + +Ia manawa, lawe ae la o Poliahu i kona kapa la, a aahu iho la, ia manawa +ka hookuu ana'ku o Poliahu i ka wela maluna o Hinaikamalama. Ia manawa, +hapai ae la oia he wahi mele, penei: + + "He wela--e, he wela, + Ke poi mai nei ka wela a kuu ipo ia'u, + Ke hoohahana nei i kuu kino, + Ke hoonakulu nei hoi i kuu manawa, + No kuu ipo paha keia wela--e." + +I aku o Aiwohikupua, "Aole no'u na wela, malia paha no Poliahu no na +wela, ua huhu paha ia kaua." + +I aku la o Hinaikamalama, "E hoomanawanui hou kaua, a ina i hiki hou mai +ka wela maluna o kaua, alaila, haalele mai oe ia'u." + +Mahope iho o keia mau mea, hoao hou ae la laua i ka laua hana no ka +hooko i ka laua hoohiki. + +Ia manawa, kau hou mai la no ka wela maluna o laua, alaila, hapai hou ae +la oia ma ke mele: + + "He wela--e he we--la, + Ke apu mai nei ka wela a ka po ia'u, + Ke ulili anapu nei i kau manawa, + Ka wela kukapu o ka hooilo, + I haoa enaena i ke kau, + Ka la wela kulu kahi o ka Makalii, + Ke hoeu mai nei ka wela ia'u e hele, + E hele no--e." + +Ia manawa, ke ku ae la no ia o Hinaikamalama hele. + +I mai o Aiwohikupua, "Kainoa o ka haawi mai i ka ihu, alaila hele aku." + +I mai la o Hinaikamalama, "Aole e haawiia ka ihu ia oe, o ka hao ana mai +ia o ka wela o ua wahine au, pono ole. Aloha oe." + +(E waiho kakou i ke kamailio ana no Aiwohikupua maanei. E pono e +kamailio pokole no Hinaikamalama.) + +Mahope iho o kona hookaawale ana ia Aiwohikupua, hele aku oia a noho ma +ka hale kamaaina. + +Ia po iho, he po lealea hou ia no Hauailiki me na'lii ma Puuopapai. + +Ia po, hoomanao ae la o Hinaikamalama no kana kauoha ia Hauailiki, +mahope iho o ko laua umeia ana, a mamua hoi o kona hoohui ana me +Aiwohikupua. + +I kela po, oia ka lua o ka po lealea, alaila, hele aku la o +Hinaikamalama a noho pu aku la mawaho o ka aha. + +Ia manawa, na Kauakahialii laua me Kailiokalauokekoa ke kilu mua. Mahope +iho, na Kailiokalauokekoa me Makaweli, ka lua o ka lealea. + +Ia laua e kilu ana, komo mai la o Poliahu iloko o ka aha lealea. Ia +Hauailiki me Poliahu ke kilu hope oia po. + +A no ka ike ole o ka mea ume ia Hinaikamalama i kela po, nolaila, aole e +hiki i ka mea ume ke hoomaka i kana hana. No ka mea, ua oleloia i ka po +mua, no Hauailiki a me Hinaikamalama ka lealea mua oia po, a no ka loaa +ole i ka maka o ka mea ume, ua lilo ka lealea i na mea e ae. + +I ke kokoke ana e ao ua po nei, huli ae la ka mea ume iloko o ka aha ia +Hinaikamalama, a loaa iho la. + + +Ia manawa, ku mai la ka mea ume a waenakonu o ka aha, ia Hauailiki me +Poliahu e kilu ana, ia manawa, kani aku la ke oli a ka mea ume, e +hookolili ana i ka welau o ka maile i luna o Hauailiki, a kaili mai la +ka mea ume i ka maile, alaila, ku mai la o Hauailiki. Hele aku la ua mea +ume nei a loaa o Hinaikamalama, kau aku la i ka maile a kaili mai la. Ia +manawa, ku mai la o Hinaikamalama mawaho o ka aha imua o ke anaina. + +A ike mai la o Poliahu ia Hinaikamalama, kokoe aku la na maka, i ka ike +i kona enemi. + +A hala aku la o Hauailiki me Hinaikamalama ma kahi kupono ia laua e +hooluolu ai. + +Ia laua e hui ana, i aku la o Hinaikamalama ia Hauailiki. "Ina he lawe +kou ia'u no ka manawa pokole a pau ae, alaila, ua pau kaua, no ka mea, +aole pela ka makemake o ko'u mau makua, alaila, e waiho puupaa ia'u +pela. Aka, ina i manao oe e lawe ia'u i wahine hoao nau, alaila, e haawi +wau ia'u nau mau loa, e like me ka makemake o ko'u mau makua." + +A no kela olelo a ka wahine, hai aku o Hauailiki i kona manao, "Ua pono +kou manao, ua like no kou manao me ko'u; aka, e hoohui mua kaua ia kaua +iho e like me ka makemake o ka mea ume, a mahope loa aku, alaila hoao +loa kaua." + +"Aole pela," wahi a Hinaikamalama, "e waiho puupaa ia'u pela, a hiki i +kou manawa e kii ae ai ia'u, a loaa wau i Hana." + +I ke kolu o ka po lealea o Hauailiki, i na'lii e akoakoa ana, a me na +mea e ae, oia ka po i hui ai o Lilinoe, me Poliahu, o Waiau, a me +Kahoupokane, no ka mea, ua imi mai lakou ia Poliahu, me ka manao ke pono +nei ko Aiwohikupua ma noho ana me Poliahu. + +Ia po, ia Aiwohikupua me Makaweli e kilu ana, a i ka waenakonu o ko laua +manawa lealea, komo ana na wahine noho mauna iloko o ka aha lealea. + +Ia Poliahu ma eha e ku ana me na kapa hau o lakou, he mea e ka hulali, +ia manawa, nei aku la ka aha lealea no keia poe wahine, no ke ano e o ko +lakou kapa. Ia manawa, popoi mai la ke anu i ka aha lealea a puni ka +papai kilu, a kau mai la maluna o ka aha ka pilikia a hiki i ka wanaao, +haalele o Poliahu ma ia Kauai. O keia manawa pu no hoi ka haalele ana o +Hinaikamalama ia Kauai. + +(Aia a hiki aku i ka hiki ana aku o Laieikawai i Kauai, mahope iho o ko +Kekalukaluokewa hoao ana me Laieikawai, alaila, e hoomaka hou ke +kamailio no Hinaikamalama. Ma keia wahi e kamailio no ke kauoha a +Kauakahialii i kana aikane, pela aku a hiki i ka hui ana me Laieikawai.) + +Ia Kauakahialii me Kailiokalauokekoa ma Pihanakalani, mahope iho o ko +laua hoi ana mai Haawii mai. Oiai ua kokoke mai ko laua mau la hope. + +Ia manawa, kauoha ae la o Kauakahialii i kana aikane ia Kekalukaluokewa, +i kana olelo hoopomaikai maluna ona, a eia no ia: + +"E kuu aikane aloha nui, ke waiho aku nei wau i olelo hoopomaikai maluna +ou, no ka mea, ke kokoke mai nei ko'u mau la hope a hoi aku i ka aoao +mau o ka honua. + +"Hookahi no au mea malama o ka wahine a kaua, aia a haule aku wau i kahi +hiki ole ia'u ke ike mai ia olua me ka wahine a kaua, alaila, ku oe i ka +moku, o oe no maluna, o ka wahine a kaua malalo, e like no me ka kaua +nei ana i ka moku i puni ai, pela no oe e noho aku ai me ka wahine a +kaua. + +"A make wau, a manao ae paha oe i wahine nau, mai lawe oe i ka kaua +wahine, aole no hoi e manao oe ia ia o kau wahine ia, no ka mea, ua lilo +no ia ia kaua. + +"Aia kau wahine e kii o kuu wahine i haalele aku nei i Hawaii, o +Laieikawai, i na o kau wahine, ia ola ke kino, a kaulana no hoi. A manao +oe e kii, hookahi au mea malama o ka ohe a kaua, aia malama pono oe i ka +ohe, alaila wahine oe, oia ke kauoha ia oe." + +Ma keia kauoha a Kauakahialii, ua pono ia i ko ke aikane manao. + +Ma ia hope mai, make aku la o Kauakahialii, lilo ka noho alii i kana +aikane, a o ka laua wahine no ke Kuhina. + +A ma ia hope mai, i ke kokoke ana i ko Kailiokalauokekoa mau la hope, +waiho aku la oia i olelo kuoha no ka malama ana ia Kanikawi ka laua ohe +kapu me kana kane, e like me ke kauoha a Kauakahialii: + +"E kuu kane, eia ka ohe, malamaia, he ohe mana, o na mea a pau au e +makemake ai, ina e kii oe i ka wahine a ko aikane i kauoha ai ia oe, o +ka mea no keia nana e hoohui ia olua. Eia nae e malama mau loa oe, ma +kau wahi e hele ai, a e noho ai, mai haalele iki i ka ohe, no ka mea, ua +ike no oe i ka hana a kau aikane i ko olua manawa i kii ae ai ia'u i kuu +wa e aneane aku ana i ka make, mamuli o kuu aloha i ko aikane. Na ua ohe +la keia ola ana e ola aku nei mai ka luakupapau mai, nolaila, e hoolohe +oe me ka malama loa e like me ka'u e olelo aku nei ia oe." + + + + +MOKUNA XX + + +A make aku la o Kailiokalauokekoa, lilo ae la ka noho Alii a pau loa ia +Kekalukaluokewa, a hooponopono aku la oia i ka aina, a me na kanaka a +pau malalo o kona noho Alii. + +Mahope iho o ka pau ana o kana hooponopono ana i ka aina, a me kona noho +Alii ana. Ia manawa, hoomanao ae la o Kekalukaluokewa i ke kauoha a kana +aikane no Laieikawai. + +Ia Kekalukaluokewa i manao ai e hooko i ke kauoha a kana aikane, kauoha +ae la oia i kona Kuhina, e hoomakaukau i na waa hookahi mano, no ka +huakai kii wahine a ke Alii i Hawaii, e like me ke aoao mau o ke Alii. + +A makaukau ka ke Alii kauoha, lawe ae la ke Alii elua mau punahele, a +lawe ae la i na kaukaualii ka poe kupono ke hele pu me ke Alii, a lawe +ae la oia i kona mau ialoa a pau. + +I ka malama i oleloia o ka Mahoe mua, i na malama maikai o ka moana, +haalele lakou ia Kauai, a holo aku i Hawaii. Ua nui na la i hala ia +lakou ma ia hele ana. + +Ma keia holo ana a lakou, hiki aku la ma Makahanaloa i Hilo, ma ke +kakahiaka nui. Ia manawa, olelo aku kahi kanaka nana i ike mua ia +Laieikawai i ke Alii, "E nana oe i kela anuenue e pio la iuka, o Paliuli +no ia, oia no ua wahi la, malaila no kahi i loaa'i ia'u." E nee ana nae +ka ua o Hilo ia mau la a lakou i hiki aku ai ma Makahanaloa. + +A no keia olelo a kahi kanaka, i aku ke Alii, "Alia wau e manaoio i kau +no Laieikawai kela hoailona, no ka mea, he mea mau iloko o ka wa ua ka +pio o ke anuenue, nolaila, i kuu manao, e hekau na waa, a e kali kakou a +malie ka ua, alaila, i pio mai ke anuenue iloko o ka wa ua ole, alaila +maopopo no Laieikawai ka hoailona." Ua like ko ke Alii manao ana ma +keia mea me ko Aiwohikupua. + +A no keia mea, noho iho la lakou malaila e like me ko ke Alii makemake. +Hookahi anahulu me elua la keu, haalele ka malie o Hilo, ike maikaiia +aku la ka aina. + +I ke kakahiaka nui o ka la umikumamalua, puka aku la ke Alii iwaho mai +ka hale ae. Aia hoi e hoomau ana ke anuenue e like me mamua, ma ke +kiekie iki ana'e o ka la, aia e pio ana ke anuenue i kai o Keaau, ua +hala ae la o Laieikawai i kai. (E like me ka kakou kamailio ana mamua ma +ko Aiwohikupua moolelo.) + +Ma kela la, pau ko ke Alii kanalua ana no kela hoailona, a holo aku la a +hiki i Keaau. Ia lakou i hiki aku ai ma Keaau, ua hoi aku o Laieikawai +iuka o Paliuli. + +Ia lakou i hiki aku ai, ua nui na kamaaina i lulumi mai e makaikai ia +Kekalukaluokewa; me ka olelo mai o na kamaaina, "Akahi no ka aina kanaka +maikai o Kauai." + +I kela la a Kekalukaluokewa ma i holo aku ai a hiki i Keaau. Ua ike mua +mai o Waka o Kekalukaluokewa keia. + +Olelo mai o Waka i kana moopuna, "Mai iho hou oe i kai, no ka mea, ua +hiki mai la o Kekalukaluokewa i Keaau, i kii mai la ia oe i wahine oe. +Make aku la o Kauakahialii, kauoha ae la i ke aikane e kii mai ia oe i +wahine, nolaila o kau kane ia. A ae oe o kau kane ia, ku oe i ka moku, +ola no hoi na iwi. Nolaila, e noho oe iuka nei, a hala na la eha, alaila +iho aku oe, a ina ua makemake oe, alaila, hoi mai oe a hai mai i kou +makemake ia'u." + +Noho iho la o Laieikawai a hala na la eha e like me ke kauoha a kona +kupunawahine. + +Ma ke kakahiaka nui o ka ha o ko Laieikawai mau la hoomalu, ala ae la +oia, a me kona kahu kuapuu, a iho aku la i Keaau. + +La laua i hiki aku ai, ma kahi kokoke iki e nana aku ai i kauhale; aia +hoi, ua hiki mua aku o Kekalukaluokewa ma kulana heenalu mamua o ko laua +hiki ana aku, ekolu nae mau keiki e ku ana ma kulana heenalu o ke Alii a +me na punahele elua. + +Ia Laieikawai ma e noho ana ma kahi a laua e hoohalua ana no +Kekalukaluokewa, aole nae laua i like i ke kane a ke kupunawahine i +makemake ai. + +I aku o Laieikawai i kona wahi kahu, "Pehea la kaua e ike ai i ke kane +a'u a kuu kupunawahine i olelo mai nei?" + +Olelo aku kona kahu, "Pono kaua ke kali a pau ka lakou heenalu ana, a o +ka mea e hele wale mai ana, aole he paa i ka papa heenalu, alaila, o ke +Alii no ia, o ko kane no ka hoi ia." + +Ma ka olelo a ko Laieikawai kahu, noho iho la laua malaila, e kali ana. + +Ia manawa, hoopau ae la na heenalu i ko lakou manawa heenalu, a hoi mai +la a pae iuka. + +Ia wa, ike aku la laua i ke kiiia ana mai o na papa o na punahele e na +kanaka, a laweia aku la. O ka papa heenalu hoi o ke Alii, na na punahele +i auamo aku, a hele wale mai la o Kekalukaluokewa, pela i ike ai o +Laieikawai i kana kane. + +A maopopo iho la ia laua ka laua mea i iho mai ai, alaila, hoi aku la +laua a hiki i Paliuli, a hai aku la i ke kupunawahine i ka laua mea i +ike ai. + +Ninau mai la ke kupunawahine, "Ua makemake oe i ko kane?" + +"Ae," wahi a Laieikawai. + +I mai o Waka, "Apopo, ma ka puka ana o ka la, oia ka wa e a-u ai o +Kekalukaluokewa i ka heenalu oia wale, ia manawa, e hoouhi aku ai wau i +ka noe maluna o ka aina a puni o Puna nei, a maloko oia noe, e hoouna +aku no wau ia oe maluna o na manu a hui olua me Kekalukaluokewa me ka +ike oleia, aia a pau ka uhi ana o ka noe maluna o ka aina, ia manawa e +ike aku ai na mea a pau, o oe kekahi me Kekalukaluokewa e hee mai ana i +ka nalu hookahi, oia ka manawa e loaa'i ko ihu i ke keiki Kauai. +Nolaila, i kou puka ana mailoko aku nei o kou hale, aole oe e kamailio +iki aku i kekahi mea e ae, aole i kekahi kane, aole hoi i kekahi wahine, +aia a laa ko ihu ia, Kekalukaluokewa, oia kou manawa e kamailio ai me na +mea e ae. Aia a pau ka olua heenalu ana, alaila, e hoouna aku wau i na +manu, a me ka noe maluna o ka aina, o kou manawa ia e hoi mai ai me ko +kane a loko o ko olua hale, alaila, e hoolaaia ko kino e like me ko'u +makemake." + +A pau keia mau mea i ka haiia ia Laieikawai, hoi aku la oia ma kona +Halealii, oia a me kona kahu. + +Ia Laieikawai me kona kahu ma ka hale, mahope iho o ke kauoha ana a kona +kupunawahine. Hoouna ae la oia i kona kahu e kii aku ia Mailehaiwale, +Mailekaluhea, Mailelaulii, Mailepakaha, a me Kahalaomapuana, kona mau +hoa kuka e like me ka lakou hoohiki ana. + +A hiki mai la kona mau hoa kuka, kona mau kiai kino hoi, olelo aku la o +Laieikawai, "Auhea oukou e o'u mau hoa, ua kuka ae nei au me ke +kupunawahine o kakou, e hoao wau i kane na'u, nolaila wau i houna aku +nei i ko kakou kahu e kii aku ia oukou e like me ka kakou hoohiki ana, +mahope iho o ko kakou hui ana maanei. O ka makemake o ko kakou +kupunawahine, o Kekalukaluokewa kuu kane, a pehea? Aia i ka kakou +hooholo like ana, ina i ae mai oukou, ua pono no, ina e hoole mai, aia +no ia i ko kakou manao." + +Olelo aku o Kahalaomapuana, "Ua pono, ua hoomoe ae la no ko kakou +kupunawahine e like me kona makemake, aohe a makou olelo. Eia nae, a i +hoao oe i ke kane, mai haalele oe ia makou e like me ka kakou hoohiki +ana; ma kau wahi e hele ai, malaila pu kakou, o oe i ka pilikia, o kakou +pu ilaila." + +"Aole wau e haalele ia oukou," wahi a Laieikawai. + +Eia hoi, ua ike mua ae nei kakou ma na Mokuna mua, he mea mau no ia +Laieikawai ka iho i kai o Keaau, ma ka moolelo o Hauailiki, a me ka +moolelo o ka hele alua ana o Aiwohikupua i Hawaii, a oia mau no a hiki i +ko Kekalukaluokewa hiki ana i Hawaii. + +I na manawa a pau o ko Laieikawai hele ana ma Keaau, he mea mau i keia +keiki ia Halaaniani ka ike ia Laieikawai ma Keaau, me ka ike ole nae o +Halaaniani i kahi e hele mai ai o Laieikawai; mai ia manawa mai ka +hoomaka ana o ka manao ino e ake e loaa o Laieikawai, aole nae e hiki, +no ka mea, ua alaila mai e ka hilahila, a hiki ole ke pane aku. + +A o ua Halaaniani nei, ke kaikunane o Malio, he keiki kaulana ia ma Puna +no ke kanaka ui, he keiki _koaka_, nae. + +I ka eha o na la hoomalu o Laieikawai, he mea hoohuoi ia Halaaniani ka +nalo ana o Laieikawai, aole i hiki hou ma Keaau. + +Ia Halaaniani i hookokoke mai ai ma kahi o na kamaaina o Keaau, lohe iho +la oia, e lilo ana ua Laieikawai nei ia Kekalukaluokewa. + +Ia manawa, hoi wikiwiki aku la oia e halawai me kona kaikuahine me +Malio. + +Olelo aku la kona kaikunane, "E Malio, i pii mai nei wau ia oe e kii oe +i ko'u makemake. No ka mea, i na la a pau a'u e nalo nei, ma Keaau no +wau, no ko'u ike mau i keia wahine maikai, nolaila, ua hookonokonoia mai +wau e ke kuko e hele pinepine e ike i ua wahine nei. A ma keia la, ua +lohe aku nei wau e lilo ana i ke Alii o Kauai i ka la apopo; nolaila, o +ko mana a pau maluna iho ia o kaua like e lilo ia'u kela kaikamahine." + +I mai la kona kaikuahine, "Aole na he wahine e, o ka moopuna na a Waka, +o Laieikawai, ua haawi ae la ke kupunawahine i ke Alii nui o Kauai, popo +hoao. Nolaila, a e like me kou makemake, e hoi nae oe a kou wahi, a ma +ke ahiahi poeleele pii hou mai, a mauka nei kaua e moe ai, oia ka manawa +o kaua e ike ai i ko nele a me ka loaa." + +Mamuli o ke kauoha o Malio i kona kaikunane, hoi mai la o Halaaniani a +ma kona hale noho ma Kula. + +A hiki i ka manawa i kauohaia nona e hele aku i kahi o kona kaikuahine. + +Mamua o ko laua manawa hiamoe, olelo aku la o Malio ia Halaaniani, "Ina +e moe kaua i keia po, a i loaa ia oe ka moeuhane, alaila, hai mai oe +ia'u, a pela no hoi wau." + +Ia laua e moe ana, a hiki paha i ka pili o ke ao, ala ae la o +Halaaniani, aole i loaa he moe ia ia, a ala mai la no hoi o Malio ia +manawa no. + + + + +MOKUNA XXI + + +Ninau aku o Malio ia Halaaniani, "Heaha kau moe?" + +I aku la o Halaaniani, "Aole a'u wahi moe, i ka hiamoe ana no, o ke oki +no ia, aole wau i loaa wahi moe iki a puoho wale ae la." + +Ninau aku la hoi o Halaaniani i kona kai kuahine, "Pehea hoi oe?" + +Hai mai la kona kaikuahine, "Owau ka mea moe; ia kaua no i moe iho nei, +hele aku nei no kaua a ma nahelehele, moe oe i kou puhalaau, a owau no +hoi ma ko'u puhalaau; nana aku nei ko'u uhane i kekahi wahi manu e hana +ana i kona punana, a pau, lele aku nei no ua manu nei ana i kona punana +a pau, lele aku nei no ua manu nei nana ka punana a nalowale. A mahope, +he manu okoa ka manu nana i lele mai a hoomoe i ua punana nei, aole nae +wau i ike i ka lele ana'ku o ka manu hope nana i hoomoe ua punana nei, a +puoho wale ae la wau, aole no hoi i ikeia ka hoi hou ana mai o ka manu +nana ka punana." + +A no keia moe, ninau aku la o Halaaniani, "A heaha iho la ke ano o ia +moe?" + +Hai aku la kona kaikuahine i ke ano oiaio o ua moe la, "E pomaikai io +ana no oe, no ka mea, o ka manu mua nona ka punana, o Kekalukaluokewa no +ia, a o ka punana, o Laieikawai no ia, a o ka manu hope nana i hoomoe ka +punana, o oe no ia. Nolaila, ma keia kakahiaka, e lilo ana ka wahine a +olua ia oe. Ia Waka e hoouna ae ai ia Laieikawai maluna o ka eheu o na +manu, no ka hoao me Kekalukaluokewa; uhi mai auanei ka noe a me ke awa, +a mao ae, alaila, ikeia'ku ekolu oukou e ku mai ana ma kuanalu, alaila, +e ike auanei oe he mana ko'u e uhi aku maluna o Waka, a ike ole oia i +ka'u mea e hana aku ai nou; nolaila, e ku kaua a hele aku ma kahi e +kokoke aku ana i kahi e hoao ai o Laieikawai." + +A pau ka hoike ana a Malio i ke ano o ke ia mau mea, iho aku la laua a +ma kahi kupono ia laua e noho ai. + +O malio nae, he hiki ia ia ke hana i na hana mana; a oia wale no kona +kumu i hoano ai. + +Ia laua i hiki aku ai ma Keaau, ike aku la laua ia Kekalukaluokewa e au +ae ana i ka heenalu. + +Olelo aku la o Malio ia Halaaniani, "E hoolohe oe i ka'u, ina i hiki +oukou ma kulana heenalu, a hee oukou i ka nalu, mai hoopae oe, e hoomake +oe i kou nalu, pela no oe e hoomake ai a hala na nalu eha o ko laua hee +ana, a i ka lima o ka nalu, oia ko laua nalu pau. Malie o hoohuoi laua i +kou pae ole, ninau iho i ke kumu o kou pae ole ana, alaila nai aku oe, +no ka maa ole i ka hee ana o ka nalu po kopoko, a i ninau mai i kau nalu +loihi e hee ai, alaila hai aku oe o Huia. Ina i maliu ole mai kela i kau +olelo, a hoomakaukau laua e hee i ko laua nalu pau, ia laua e hee ai, +alaila hopu aku oe i na wawae o Laieikawai, i hee aku o Kekalukaluokewa +oia wale. A lilo ia oe kela wahine, alaila ahai oe i ka moana loa, nana +mai oe ia uka nei, e au aku ana o Kumukahi iloko o ka ale, alaila o ke +kulana nalu ia, alaila pule aeoe ma kuu inoa, a na'u no e hoouna aku i +nalu maluna o olua, o kou nalu no ia ko kou makemake, lilo loa ia oe." + +Ia laua no e kamailio ana i keia mau mea, uhi ana ka noe a Waka maluna o +ka aina. Ia manawa, kui ka hekili, aia o Laieikawai ma kaluna nalu, na +Waka ia. Kui hou ka hekili, o ka lua ia, na Malio ia. I ka mao ana ae o +ka noe, aia ekolu poe e lana ana ma kulana nalu e ku ana, a he mea +haohao ia ia uka i ka nana aku. + +E like me ke kauoha a Waka i kana moopuna, "Aole e olelo i na mea e ae, +a laa ka ihu ia Kekalukaluokewa, alaila olelo i na mea e ae." Ua hoolohe +no kana moopuna i ke kauoha a ke kupunawahine. + +A ia lakou ekolu ma kulana heenalu, aole kekahi leo i loheia iwaena o +lakou. + +I ke ku ana o ka nalu mua, olelo mai o Kekalukaluokewa, "Pae kakou." Ia +manawa, hoomoe like lakou i na papa o lakou, make iho la o Halaaniani, +pae aku laua la, oia ka manawa i laa ai ka ihu o Laieikawai ia +Kekalukaluokewa, e like me ke kauoha a ke kupunawahine. + +Ekolu nalu o ka hee ana o lakou, a ekolu no hoi ka pae ana o Laieikawai +ma, a e kolu no hoi ka make ana o Halaaniani. + +I ka ha o ko laua nalu pae, akahi no a loaa ka ninau a Laieikawai ia +Halaaniani, me ka i aku, "Heaha kou mea e pae ole nei? Aha nalu, aole ou +pae iki, heaha la ke kumu o kou pae ole ana?" + +"No ka maa ole i ka nalu pokopoko," wahi a Halaaniani, "no ka mea, he +nalu loloa ko'u e hee ai." + +Hai aku la keia e like me ke kauoha a kona kaikuahine. + +I ka lima o ka nalu, oia ka nalu pau loa o Laieikawai me +Kekalukaluokewa. + +Ia Kekalukaluokewa me Laieikawai i hoomaka ai e hoomoe aku i ka nalu, e +hopu aku ana o Halaaniani ma na kapuai o Laieikawai, a lilo mai la ma +kona lima, lilo aku la ka papa heenalu o Laieikawai, pae aku la nae o +Kekalukaluokewa a kau a kahi maloo. + +I kela manawa i lilo aku ai o Laieikawai ma ka lima o Halaaniani, olelo +aku la ia Halaaniani, "He mea kupanaha, ia oe no ka pae ole ana wau, a +lilo aku la ko'u papa." + +I aku o Halaaniani, "He lilo no ka papa ou o ka wahine maikai, he kanaka +ka mea nana e lawe mai." + +Ia laua no e olelo ana no keia mau mea, laweia mai la ka papa heenalu o +Laieikawai a hiki i kahi o laua e ku ana. + +I aku o Laieikawai ia Halaaniani, "Auhea kau nalu o kau aua ana iho nei +ia'u?" + +A no ka ninau a ke Alii wahine, au aku la laua, ia manawa a laua e au +ana, hai aku la o Halaaniani i kana olelo imua o ke Alii wahine, "Ma +keia au ana a kaua, mai alawa oe i hope, imua no na maka, aia no ia'u +kulana nalu, alaila hai aku au ia oe." + +Au aku la laua a liuliu loa komo mai la iloko o Laieikawai ka haohao; ia +manawa, pane aku oia, "Haohao ka nalu au e ke kane, ke au aku nei kaua i +kahi o ka nalu ole, eia kaua i ka moana lewa loa, ke hai ka nalu i keia +wahi, he mea kupanaha, he ale ka mea loaa i ka moana loa." + +I aku o Halaaniani, "E hoolohe pono loa oe, ma ka'u olelo mua ia oe +malaila wale no kaua." + +Hoolohe aku la no o Laieikawai ma na olelo a kona hoa heenalu. + +Ia au ana a laua a hiki i kahi a Halaaniani e manao ai o kulana nalu ia, +alaila, olelo aku la o Halaaniani i kona hoa heenalu, "Nana ia o uka." + +Pane aku o Laieikawai, "Ua nalo ka aina, ua hele mai nei o Kumukahi a +onioni i ka ale." + +"O kulana nalu keia," wahi a Halaaniani, "Ke olelo aku nei au ia oe, ina +i haki ka nalu mua, aole kaua e pae ia nalu, a i ka lua o ka nalu aole +no e pae, a i ke kolu o ka nalu, o ka nalu ia o kaua e pae ai. I haki ka +nalu, a i kakala, a i oia oe, mai haalele oe i ka papa o ka mea no ia +nana e hoolana; ina e haalele oe i ka papa, alaila aole oe e ike ia'u." + +A pau ka laua kamailio ana no keia mau olelo, pule aku la o Halaaniani i +ko laua akua ma ka inoa o kona kaikuahine e like me ka Malio kauoha mua. + +Pule aku la o Halaaniani a hiki i ka hapalua o ka manawa; ku ana ua +nalu, hoomau aku la oia i ka pule a hiki i ka Amama ana. Ku hou ana ua +nalu, o ka lua ia, aole i upuupu iho, opuu ana kahi nalu. + +Ia wa kahea mai o Halaaniani i kona hoa, "Pae kaua." + +Ia manawa, hoomoe koke o Laieikawai i ka papa, o ka pae aku la no ia, ma +ke kokua aku o Halaaniani. + +I kela manawa, aia no o Laieikawai iloko o ka halehale poipu o ka nalu, +a i ka haki maikai ana o ka nalu, i alawa ae ka hana o Laieikawai, aole +o Halaaniani me ia. I alawa hou aku o Laieikawai, e kau mai ana o +Halaaniani ma ka pea o ka nalu, ma kona akamai nui. Ia manawa ka hoomaka +ana o Laieikawai e haawi ia ia iho ia Halaaniani. + +Hoi aku la laua mai ko laua heenalu ana, me ka ike mai no o Waka i ko +laua hee aku, ua kuhi nae o Kekalukaluokewa ko Laieikawai hoa hee nalu. + +A o Malio, ke kaikuahine o Halaaniani, ua ikeia ma kona kuamoo moolelo, +he hiki ia ia ke hana i na hana mana he nui, ma ka Mokuna XXII a me ka +Mokuna XXIII e ike ai kakou i ka nui o kana mau hana mana. + + + + +MOKUNA XXII + + +I kela manawa a Laieikawai me Halaaniani e heenalu ana mai ka moana mai, +ua uhiia ko Waka mana e ka mana nui o Malio, a nolaila, ua ike ole o +Waka i na mea a pau e hanaia ana o kana moopuna. + +I kela manawa, i ke kokoke ana aku o Laieikawai ma e pae i ka honua, oia +ka manawa a Waka i hoouna mai ai i na manu maloko o ka noe, a i ka mao +ana ae, o na papa heenalu wale no ke waiho ana, aia aku la o Laieikawai +me Halaaniani iuka o Paliuli ma ko Laieikawai hale, malaila o Halaaniani +i lawe ai ia Laieikawai i wahine hoao nana. + +Ia la a po, mai ka po a ao, a awakea, he mea haohao loa ia Waka no kana +moopuna, no ka mea, ua olelo mua aku oia i kana moopuna mamua o kona +hoouna ana aku e launa me Kekalukaluokewa. Eia ke kauoha: + +"Iho oe i keia la, a hui oe me Kekalukaluokewa, hoi mai olua a uka nei, +a laa ko kino, alaila, kii ae oe ia'u, na'u no e malama i kou pau no ka +hoohaumia ana ia oe." E like me ka mea mau o na kaikamahine punahele. + +A no keia haohao o Waka, ma ke awakea o ka lua o ka la o ko Laieikawai +la hui me Halaaniani, hele aku la ke kupunawahine e ike i ka pono o kana +moopuna. + +I ke kupunawahine i hiki aku ai; aia nae ua pauhia laua e ka hiamoe nui, +me he mea la ua lilo ka po i manawa makaala na laua e like me ka mea mau +i na mea hou. + +Ia manawa, iloko o ka wa hiamoe o Laieikawai, i nana iho ka hana o ke +kupunawahine, he kane e keia a ka moopuna e moe pu ana, ka mea a ke +kupunawahine i ae ole ai. + +A no keia mea, hoala ae la o Waka i ka moopuna, a ala ae la, ninau iho +la ke kupunawahine, "Owai keia?" + +Olelo ae la ka moopuna, "O Kekalukaluokewa no hoi." + +I mai la ke kupunawahine me ka inaina, "Aole keia o Kekalukaluokewa, o +Halaaniani keia o ke kaikunane o Malio. Nolaila, ke hai aku nei wau i +kuu manao paa ia oe, aole wau e ike hou i kou maka e kuu moopuna ma keia +hope aku a hiki i kuu la make, no ka mea, ua pale oe i ka'u mau olelo, +kainoa wau e ahai nei ia oe ma kahi nalo, e nana mai ana oe ia'u, +nolaila, e noho oe me ko kane mamuli o ko wahine maikai, o ko mana, aole +ia me oe, he nani ia ua imi aku la no i ke kane, hana pono iho na lima, +i kau kane na pono a me kou hanohano." + +Mahope iho o keia manawa, hoomakaukau ae la o Waka e hana i hale hou i +like me ka hale i hanaia no Laieikawai. A ma ka mana o Waka, ua +hikiwawe, ua paa ka hale. + +A makaukau ka hale, iho aku la o Waka e halawai kino me Kekalukaluokewa, +no ka mea, ua mokumokuahua kona manawa i ke aloha ia Kekalukaluokewa. + +A hiki o Waka ma kahi o Kekalukaluokewa, hopu aku la ma na wawae me ka +naau kaumaha, a olelo aku la, "He nui kuu kaumaha, a me kuu aloha ia oe +e ke Alii, no ka mea, ua upu aku wau i ka'u moopuna o oe ke kane e ola +ai keia mau iwi, kainoa he pono ka'u moopuna, aole ka, i ike mai nei ka +hana i ka'u moopuna, e moe mai ana me Halaaniani ka mea a ko'u naau i +makemake ole ai. Nolaila, i hele mai nei au e noi aku ia oe, e haawi mai +oe i waa no'u, a me na kanaka pu mai, e kii wau i ka hanai a +Kapukaihaoa, ia Laielohelohe, ua like no a like laua me Laieikawai, no +ka mea, ua hanau mahoeia laua." + +A no keia mea, haawi ae la o Kekalukaluokewa hookahi kaulua, me na +kanaka pu no, a me na lako a pau. + +Mamua o ko Waka kii ana ia Laielohelohe, kauoha iho la oia ia +Kekalukaluokewa, "Ke holo nei wau ekolu anahulu me na po keu ekolu, +alaila, hiki mai wau. E nana nae oe, a i ku ka punohu i ka moana, +alaila, manao ae oe ua hoi mai wau me ko wahine, alaila, hoomalu oe ia +oe a hiki i ko olua la e hoao ai." + +Ma ka manao paa o Waka, ua holo mai la oia a hiki i Oahu nei, ma +Honouliuli kau na waa, nana aku la no o Waka, e pio mai ana no ke +anuenue iuka o Wahiawa. + +Lalau iho la oia he wahi puaa, i mea alana aku imua o Kapukaihaoa, ke +kahuna nana i malama ia Laielohelohe, a pii aku la. + +Pii aku la o Waka a hiki i Kukaniloko, hookokoke aku la oia ma kahi i +hunaia'i o Laielohelohe, hahau aku la i ka puaa imua o ke kahuna me ka +pule ana, a Amama ae la. Kuu aku la i ka puaa imua o ke kahuna. + +Ninau mai la ke kahuna, "Heaha ka hana a ka puaa imua o'u? A heaha ka'u +e hana aku ai ia oe?" + +I aku o Waka, "Ua hewa ka'u hanai, ua pono ole, ua upu aku wau o ke Alii +o Kauai ke kane, aka, aole nae i hoolohe i ka'u olelo, ua lilo aku ia +Halaaniani; nolaila, i kii mai nei wau i kau hanai i wahine na +Kekalukaluokewa, ke Alii o Kauai, i ku kaua i ka moku, ola na iwi o ko +kaua mau la elemakule a hiki i ka make. A loaa ia kaua kela Alii, +alaila, ku ka makaia o ka'u hanai, i ike ai ia ua hewa kana hana ana." + +Olelo mai o Kapukaihaoa, "Ua pono ka puaa, nolaila, ke hookuu aku nei +wau i ka'u hanai nau e malama, a loaa ia oe ka pomaikai, a kui mai i o'u +nei ka lono ua waiwai oe, alaila, imi aku wau." + +Ia manawa, komo aku la o Kapukaihaoa me Waka ma kahi kapu, kahi hoi i +hunaia'i o Laielohelohe, hoonohoia iho la o Waka, a komo aku la ke +kahuna ma kahi i hunaia'i. A laweia mai la a mua o Waka, ia manawa, +kulou aku la o Waka imua o Laielohelohe, a hoomaikai aku la. + +I ka la i laweia'i o Laielohelohe a kau iluna o na waa, ia manawa, lawe +ae la ke kahuna i ka piko o kana hanai a lei iho la ma kona ai. Aka, +aole i kaumaha kona manao no Laielohelohe, no ka mea, ua manao no ke +kahuna he pomaikai e ili mai ana maluna ona. + +I ka manawa i laweia'i o Laielohelohe, aole kekahi o na kanaka hoewaa i +ike aku ia ia a hiki wale i Hawaii. + +Noho mai la o Kekalukaluokewa me ke kali iloko ka manawa i kauohaia. + +I kekahi la ma ke kakahiaka, iloko o ko ke Alii manawa i ala mai ai mai +ka hiamoe mai, ike ae la oia i ka hoailona a Waka i kauoha ai. No ka +mea, aia ka punohu i ka moana. + +Hoomakaukau ae la o Kekalukaluokewa ia ia iho no ka hiki aku o +Laielohelohe, me ka manao e ike mua ana laua i ka la e puka aku ai, aole +ka! + +Ma ka auina la, ike maopopoia aku la na waa, akoakoa ae la na kanaka a +pau ma ke awa pae waa e ike i ke Alii, i ka manao e puka aku ana a +halawai me ke kane. + +I ka hookokoke ana aku o na waa ma ke awa, ia manawa ka uhi ana mai o ke +ohu, a me ka noe mai Paliuli mai. + +Ia manawa, kailiia'ku la o Laielohelohe me Waka maloko o ka ohu, maluna +o na manu a hiki i Paliuli, a hoonoho ia Laielohelohe ma ka hale i +hoomakaukauia nona, malaila oia i noho ai a loaa hou ia Halaaniani. + +Ekolu mau la o Waka ma Paliuli, mai ka hoi ana mai Oahu aku nei. Iho mai +la oia e halawai me Kekalukaluokewa, no ka hoao o na'lii. + +Ia Waka i hiki aku ai ma ko Kekalukaluokewa wahi, olelo aku la, "Ua hiki +mai ko wahine, nolaila, e hoomakaukau oe i kanaha la, e kuahaua aku i na +mea a pau, e akoakoa mai ma ko olua wahi e hui ai, e hana i papai kilu, +malaila e hoohilahila aku ai ia Laieikawai, i ike ai oia i ka ino o kana +hana." + +Ia ka manawa nae i lawe aku ai o Waka i ka mana maluna o Laieikawai, +alaila, kukakuka ae la na kaikuahine o Aiwohikupua i ka mea e pono ai ko +lakou noho ana; a hooholo ae la ua mau kaikamahine nei i ka lakou olelo +e pane aku ai ia Laieikawai. + +Hele aku la o Kahalaomapuana a hai aku la imua o Laieikawai, me ka i +aku, "Ua kukakuka makou, kou mau kiai kino i ka manawa e pono ana ko +olua noho ana me ko kupunawahine, a ua lawe aku nei kela i ka +hoopomaikaiia mai a oe aku. Nolaila, e like me ko kakou hoohiki ana +mamua, "No kekahi o kakou ka pilikia, malaila pu kakou a pau." Nolaila, +ua loaa iho nei ia oe ka pilikia, no kakou pu ia pilikia. Nolaila, aole +makou e haalele ia oe, aole hoi oe e haalele ia makou a hiki i ko kakou +make ana, oia ka makou olelo i hooholo mai nei." + +A lohe o Laieikawai i keia mau olelo, haule iho la na kulu waimaka no ke +aloha i kona mau hoa kuka, me ka i aku, "Kuhi au e haalele ana oukou +ia'u i ka laweia'na o ka pomaikai mai o kakou aku, aole ka! a heaha la +hoi, a i loaa ka pomaikai ia'u ma keia hope aku, alaila, e hoolilo no +wau ia oukou a pau i mau mea nui maluna o'u." + +Noho iho la o Halaaniani me Laieikawai, he kane, he wahine; a o na +kaikuahine no o Aiwohikupua kona mau kanaka lawelawe. + +I ka aha malama paha o ko laua noho hoao ana, ma kekahi a awakea, puka +ae la o Halaaniani mai loko ae o ka hale, i hele aku iwaho, ia manawa, +ike aku la oia ia Laielohelohe e puka ae ana mai loko ae o kona hale +kapu. Ia manawa, hiki hou ke kuko i loko o Halaaniani. + +Hoi aku la oia me ka manao ino no kela kaikamahine, me ka manao e kii e +hoohaumia. + +Ia la no, ia laua e noho pono ana me Laieikawai, ia manawa, manao ae la +o Halaaniani e kii e hoohaumia ia Laielohelohe, nolaila imi iho la o +Halaaniani i hewa no Laieikawai, i mea hoi e kaawale ai laua, alaila, +kii aku i kana mea e manao nei. + +I ka po iho, olelo hoowalewale aku la o Halaaniani ia Laieikawai, me ka +i aku, "Ia kaua e noho nei iuka nei mai ko kaua noho ana iuka nei a hiki +i keia manawa, aole he pau o ko'u lealea i ka heenalu, aia awakea, kau +mai ia'u ka lealea, pela i na la a pau, nolaila, ke manao nei au apopo +kaua iho i kai o Keaau i ka heenalu a hoi mai no hoi." + +"Ae," wahi a ka wahine. + +Ia kakahiaka ana ae, hele aku la o Laieikawai imua o kona mau hoa kuka, +na kaikuahine hoi o Aiwohikupua, hai aku la i ko laua manao me ke kane i +kuka ai ia po, a he mea maikai no ia i kona mau hoa kuka. + +I aku nae o Laieikawai i ua mau hoa la, "Ke iho nei maua i kai ma ka +makemake o ke kane a kakou, i kali ae oukou a i anahulu maua, mai +hoohuoi oukou, aole no i pau ka lealea heenalu o ka kakou kane, aka hoi, +i hala ke anahulu me ka po keu, alaila ua pono ole maua, alaila, huki ae +oukou ia'u." + +A hala aku la laua, a hiki i kahi e kokoke aku ana i Keaau, ia manawa, +hoomaka o Halaaniani e hana i ke kalohe ia Laieikawai, me ka olelo aku, +"E iho mua aku oe o kaua, a hiki i kai e pii ae au e ike i ko kaikoeke +(Malio) a hoi mai wau. A ina i kali oe ia'u a i po keia la, a ao ka po, +a i po hou ua la, alaila, manao ae oe ua make wau, alaila, moe hou aku +oe i kane hou." + +A no keia olelo a kana kane, aua aku ka wahine, a i ole, e pii pu no +laua, a no ka pakela loa o Halaaniani i ke akamai i ka hoopuka i na +olelo pahee, ua puni kana wahine maikai ia ia. + +Hala aku la o Halaaniani, iho aku la no hoi o Laieikawai a hiki i Keaau, +ma kahi kaawale ae i pili ole aku ia Kekalukaluokewa, noho iho la oia +malaila; a po ia la, aole i hoi mai kana kane, mai ia po a ao, aole i +hoi mai. Kali hou aku la ia la a po, pale ka pono, alaila, manao ae la o +Laieikawai ua make kana kane, alaila, ia manawa, hoomaka aku la ia i ka +uwe paiauma no kana kane. + + + + +MOKUNA XXIII + + +He mea kaumaha loa ia Laieikawai no ka make ana o kana kane, nolaila i +kanikau ai oia hookahi anahulu me elua mau la keu (umikumamalua la), no +ke aloha ia ia. + +Iloko o keia mau la kanikau o Laieikawai, he mea haohao loa ia i kona +mau hoa kuka, no ka mea, ua kauoha mua o Laieikawai mamua o ko laua iho +ana i kai o Keaau. + +"He umikumamakahi la e kali ai" kona mau hoa ia ia, a i "hoi ole aku" i +na la i kauohaia e like me ka kakou kamailio ana ae nei ma ka Mokuna +XXII, alaila, maopopo ua pono ole. + +A no ka hala ana o ka manawa a Laieikawai i kauoha ai i kona mau hoa, +nolaila, ala ae la na kaikuahine o Aiwohikupua i ke kakahiaka nui o ka +umikumamalua o ka la iho aku la e ike i ka pono o ko lakou hoa. + +A hiki lakou ma Keaau, ia lakou e kokoke aku ana e hiki, ike mua mai la +o Laieikawai i kona mau hoa, paiauma mai la me ka uwe. + +Aka, he mea haohao nae ia i kona mau hoa ka uwe ana, a ua akaka kana +kauoha "ua pono ole, laua." Ma ka uwe ana a Laieikawai, a me na +helehelena o ka poina; no ka mea, aia o Laieikawai e kukuli ana i ka +honua, a o kekahi limu, ua pea ae la ma ke kua, a o kekahi lima, aia ma +ka lae, a uwe helu aku la oia penei: + + O oukou ia--e, auwe! + Eia wau la, + Ua haalulu kuu manawa, + Ua nei nakolo i ke aloha, + I ka hele o ke kane he hoa pili--e! + Ua hala--e. + + Ua hala kuu lehua ala Kookoolau, + I ka nae kolopua, + Ulili nae o olopua, + Haihai pua o kuu manawa--e. + Ei--e. + + Eia wau la ua haiki, + Ua kupu lia halia i ka mana--o--e, + Ke hoopaele mai nei i kuu manawa, + I ke aloha--la, + Auwe kuu ka--ne. + +A lohe kona mau hoa i keia uwe a Laieikawai, uwe like ae la lakou a +pau. + +A pau ka lakou pihe uwe, olelo mai la o Kahalaomapuana, "He mea +kupanaha, ia kakou e uwe nei, o ka hamama wale iho no ka ko'u waha, aole +a kahe mai o ka waimaka, o ke kaea pu wale ae la no ia, me he mea la i +pania mai ka waimaka." + +I mai la na kaikuaana, "Heaha la?" + +I aku la o Kahalaomapuana, "Me he mea la aole i poino ka kakou kane." + +Olelo mai la o Laieikawai, "Ua make, no ka mea, ia maua no i iho mai ai +a mauka ae nei la, o ka hiki mai no hoi ia i kai nei, olelo mai no kela +ia'u, 'e iho e oe mamua, e pii ae au e ike i ko kaikoeke, e kali nae oe +ia'u a i po keia la, a ao ka po, a po hou ua la, alaila, ua make au,' +pela kana kauoha ia'u. Kali iho nei wau a hala kona manawa i kauoha ai, +manao ae nei au ua make, oia wau i noho iho nei a hiki wale mai nei +oukou la e uwe aku ana wau." + +I mai la o Kahalaomapuana, "Aole i make, nanaia aku i keia la, ua oki ka +uwe." + +A no keia olelo a Kahalaomapuana, kakali aku la lakou a hala na la eha, +aole lakou i ike i ke ko o ka Kahalaomapuana mea i olelo ai. Nolaila, +hoomau hou aku la o Laieikawai i ka uwe i ke ahiahi o ke kolu o ka la a +po, mai ia po a wanaao, akahi no a loaa ia ia ka hiamoe. + +Ia Laieikawai i hoomaka iho ai e hookau hiamoe, ku ana no o Halaaniani +me ka wahine hou, a hikilele ae la o Laieikawai, he moeuhane ka. + +Ia manawa no, ua loaa ia Mailehaiwale he moeuhane, ala ae la oia a +kamailio aku la ia Mailelaulii a me Mailekaluhea i keia moe. + +E kamailio ana no lakou no kela moe, ia manawa, puoho mai la o +Laieikawai, a hai mai la i kana moe. + +I aku la o Mailelaulii, "O ka makou no hoi ia e kamailio nei, he moe no +Mailehaiwale." + +E hahai ana no lakou i na moeuhane, puoho mai la o Kahalaomapuana mai ka +hiamoe mai, a ninau mai i ka lakou mea e kamailio ana. + +Hai mai la o Mailehaiwale i ka moe i loaa ia ia, "I uka no i Paliuli, +hele ae la no o Halaaniani a lawe ae ana no ia oe, (Kahalaomapuana,) a +hele aku nei no olua ma kahi e aku, ku aku nei ko'u uhane nana ia olua, +hikilele wale ae nei no hoi au." + +Hai ae la no hoi o Laieikawai i kana moe, i mai la o Kahalaomapuana, +"Aole i make o Halaaniani, kali aku kakou, mai uwe, hoopau waimaka." + +A no keia mea, hooki loa ae la o Laieikawai i kana uwe ana, hoi aku la +lakou iuka o Paliuli. + +(Ma keia wahi, e kamailio kakou no Halaaniani, a maanei kakou e ike ai i +kona kalohe launa ole.) + +Ma kela olelo a Halaaniani ia Laieikawai e pii e halawai me Malio. Ia +laua i hookaawale ai mahope iho o ka Halaaniani kauoha ana ia ia. + +Pii aku la oia a halawai pu me Malio, ninau mai la kona kaikuahine, +"Heaha kau o uka nei?" + +I aku la o Halaaniani, "I pii hou mai nei wau ia oe, e hooko mai oe i +ko'u makemake, no ka mea, ua ike hou au he kaikamahine maikai i like +kona helehelena me ko Laieikawai. + +"Ma ke awakea o nehinei, ia'u i puka ae ai iwaho mai ko maua hale ae. +Ike aku la wau i keia kaikamahine opiopio i maikai kona mau helehelena; +nolaila, ua pauhia mai wau e ka makemake nui. + +"A no ko'u manao o oe no ka mea nana e hoopomaikai nei ia'u ma na mea +a'u e makemake ai, nolaila wau i hiki hou mai nei." + +I aku o Malio i kona kaikunane, "O Laielohelohe na, o kekahi moopuna a +Waka, ua hoopalauia na Kakalukaluokewa, a wahine haoa. Nolaila, a hele +oe e makai i ka hale o ua kaikamahine la me ko ike oleia mai, i eha la +au e makai aku ai, a ike oe i kana hana mau, alaila, hoi mai oe a hai +mai ia'u, alaila, na'u e hoouna aku ia oe e hoowalewale i ua kaikamahine +la. Aole e loaa ia'u ma kuu mana, no ka mea, elua laua." + +A no keia olelo a Malio, hele aku la o Halaaniani e hoohalua mau mawaho +o ko Laielohelohe hale me kona ike oleia mai, kokoke alua anahulu kona +hookalua ana, alaila, ike oia i ka Laielohelohe hana, he kui lehua. +Hoomau pinepine aku la oia a nui na la, aia no oia e hoomau ana i kana +hana he kui lehua. + +Hoi aku la o Halaaniani e halawai me ke kaikuahine e like me kana +kauoha, a hai aku la i na mea ana i ike ai no Laielohelohe. + +A lohe o Malio i keia mau mea, alaila, hai aku la oia i na mea hiki ke +hanaia aku no Laielohelohe e kona kaikunane, me ka i aku ia Halaaniani, +"E hoi oe a ma ka waenakonu o ka po, alaila, pii mai oe i o'u nei, i +hele aku ai kaua ma kahi o Laielohelohe." + +Hoi aku la o Halaaniani, a kokoke i ka manawa i kauo haia nona, alaila, +ala mai la oia a halawai me kona kaikuahine. Lalau ae la kona kaikuahine +i ka pu la-i, a hele aku la me kona kaikunane, a kokoke aku la laua ma +kahi a Laielohelohe e kui lehua mau ai. + +Ia manawa, olelo aku la o Malio ia Halaaniani, "E pii oe maluna o kekahi +laau, ma kahi ou e ike aku ana ia Laielohelohe, a malaila oe e noho ai. +E hoolohe mai oe i ke kani aku a kuu pu la-i, elima a'u puhi ana, ina ua +ike oe e a-u ana kona maka i kahi i kani aku ai ka pu la-i, alaila ka +hoi loaa ia kaua, aka hoi, i aluli ole ae kona mau maka i kuu hookani +aku, alaila, aole e loaa ia kaua i keia la." + +Ia laua no e kamailio ana no keia mau mea, uina mai ana kahi a ua o +Laielohelohe e kui lehua ai, i nana aku ka hana o laua, o Laielohelohe e +haihai lehua ana. + +Ia manawa, pii ae la o Halaaniani ma kekahi kumu laau a nana aku la. Ia +ianei maluna o ka laau, kani ana ka pu la-i a Malio, kani hou aku la o +ka lua ia, pela a hiki i ka lima o ke kani ana o ka pu la-i, aole o +Halaaniani i ike iki ua huli ae ka maka a hoolohe i keia mea kani. + +Kali mai la o Malio o ka hoi aku o Halaaniani e hai aku i kana mea i ike +ai, aole nae i hoi aku, nolaila, hoomau hou aku la o Malio i ke puhi i +ka pu la-i elima hookani ana, aole no i ike iki o Halaaniani i ka nana o +Laielohelohe i keia mea, a hoi wale no. + +Hoi aku la o Halaaniani a kamailio aku i kona kaikuahine, i mai la kona +kaikuahine, "Loaa ole ae la ia kaua i ka pu la-i, i kuu hano aku ia +loaa?" + +Hoi aku la laua ma ko laua wahi, a ma kekahi kakahiaka ae, hiki hou no +laua i kahi mua a laua i hoohalua ai. + +Ia laua nei a hiki iho, hiki ana no o Laielohelohe ma kona wahi mau. +Mamua nae o ko laua hiki ana aku, ua hai mua aku o Malio i kana olelo i +kona kaikunane penei: + +"E haku oe i lehua, e huihui a lilo i mea hookahi, aia lohe oe i kuu +hookani aku i ka hano, oia kou wa e hookuu iho ai i kela popo lehua +iluna pono ona, malia o hoohuoi kela ia mea." + +Pii ae la o Halaaniani iluna o kekahi laau ma kahi kupono ia +Laielohelohe. Ia wa no, kani aku la ka hano a Malio, ia wa no hoi ko +Halaaniani hoolei ana iho i ka popo lehua mai luna iho o ka laau, a +haule pololei iho la ma ke alo ponoi o Laielohelohe. Ia manawa, alawa +pono ae la na maka o Laielohelohe iluna, me ka olelo ae, "Ina he kane oe +ka mea nana keia makana, a me keia hano e kani nei, alaila, na'u oe, ina +he wahine oe, alaila i aikane oe na'u." + +A lohe o Halaaniani i keia olelo, he mea manawa ole ia noho ana ilalo e +hui me kona kaikuahine. + +Ninau mai o Malio, hai aku la oia i kana mea i ike ai no Laielohelohe. + +I aku o Malio ia Halaaniani, "E hoi kaua a kakahiaka hiki hou mai kaua +ianei, ia manawa e lohe maopopo aku ai kaua i kona manao." + +Hoi aku la laua, a ma kekahi kakahiaka ana ae, pii hou aku la, Ia laua i +hiki aku ai a noho iho, hiki mai la o Laielohelohe ma kona wahi mau e +kui lehua ai. + +Ia manawa, hookani aku la o Malio i ka hano ia Laielohelohe e hoomaka +aku ana e ako lehua, aole nae e hiki, no ka mea, ua lilo loa o +Laielohelohe i ka hoolohe i ka mea kani. + +Ekolu hookani ana a Malio i ka hano. + +Ia manawa no, pane mai o Laielohelohe, "Ina he wahine oe ka mea nana +keia hano, alaila, e honi no kaua." + +A no keia olelo a Laielohelohe, hoopuka aku la o Malio imua o +Laielohelohe, a ike mai la kela ia ianei, a he mea malihini hoi ia i ko +Laielohelohe mau maka. + +Ia wa, hoomaka mai la kela e hooko e like me kana olelo mua ma ka honi +ana o laua. + +A no ka hahai ana mai o Laielohelohe e honi me Malio, i aku o Malio, +"Alia kaua e honi, me kuu kaikunane mua oe e honi aku ai, a pau ko olua +manawa, alaila, honi aku kaua." + +I mai o Laielohelohe, "E hoi oe a kou kaikunane, mai hoike mai ia ia +imua o'u, e hoi olua ma ko olua wahi, mai hele hou mai. No ka mea, o oe +wale no ka'u mea i ae aku e haawi i ko'u aloha nou ma ko kaua honi ana, +aole au i ae me kekahi mea e ae. Ina e hooko au i kau noi, alaila, ua +kue wau i ka olelo a ko'u mea nana e malama maikai nei." + +A lohe o Malio i keia olelo, hoi aku la a hai i kona kaikunane, me ka i +aku, "Ua nele ae nei kaua i keia la; aka, e hoao wau ma kuu mana, i ko +ai kou makemake." + +Hoi aku la laua a hiki i ka hale, ia manawa, kena ae la oia ia +Halaaniani e hele e makai aku ia Laieikawai. + +Ia Halaaniani i hiki ai ma Keaau, mamuli o ke kauoha a kona kaikuahine, +aole oia i ike a i lohe hoi no Laieikawai. + + + + +MOKUNA XXIV + + +Ia manawa nae ana i hiki aku ai, lohe iho la o Halaaniani, he la nui no +Kekalukaluokewa, he la hookahakaha, no ka hoao o Laielohelohe me ua +Kekalukaluokewa nei. A maopopo iho la ia Halaaniani ka la hookahakaha o +na'lii, hoi aku la oia a hai aku i kona kaikuahine no keia mea. + +Ia Malio i lohe ai, olelo ae la oia i kona kaikunane, "A hiki i ka la +hookahakaha o Kekalukaluokewa me Laielohelohe, oia ka la e lilo ai o +Laielohelohe ia oe." + +A he mea mau hoi i na kaikuahine o Aiwohikupua ka iho i kai o Keaau e +hoohalua ai no ka lakou kane, no ka make a make ole paha. + +I ua mau kaikuahine nei o Aiwohikupua e iho ana i Keaau, lohe lakou he +la nui no Kekalukaluokewa me Laielohelohe. + +I ke kokoke ana aku i ua la nui nei, iho aku la o Waka mai Paliuli aku e +halawai me Kekalukaluokewa a olelo aku la o Waka ia Kekaluka luokewa: +"Apopo, i ka puka ana o ka la, e kuahaua oe i na kanaka a pau, a me kou +alo alii e hele aku ma kahi au i hoomakaukau ai no ka hookahakaha, +malaila e akoakoa ai na mea a pau. Ia manawa e hele aku oe e hoike mua +ia oe, a kokoke aku i ke awakea, alaila, e hoi oe i kou hale; aia a hiki +aku mahope iho o ka auina la, ia manawa, e hoouhi aku wau i ka noe +maluna o ka aina, a maluna hoi o kahi e akoakoa ai na kanaka. + +"Aia a hoomaka mai ke poi ana o ka noe ma ka aina, alaila, e kali oe ia +wa, a lohe oe i ka leo ikuwa a na manu a haalele wale; kali hou aku oe +ia wa, a lohe hou oe i ka leo ikuwa hou o na manu a haalele wale. + +"A mahope oia manawa, e hoopau aku no wau i ka noe maluna o ka aina. +Alaila, e nana oe ia uka o Paliuli, i pii ka ohu a uhi iluna o na +kuahiwi, ia manawa e uhi hou ana ka noe e like me mamua. + +"E kali oe ia manawa, ina e lohe oe i ke keu a ka Alae, a me ka leo o ka +Ewaewaiki e hoonene ana. Ia manawa, e puka oe mai ka hale nei aku, a ku +mawaho o ke anaina. + +"Hoolohe oe a e kupinai ana ka leo o na manu Oo a haalele, alaila, ua +makaukau wau e hoouna mai ia Laielohelohe. + +"Aia kupinai mai ka leo o na Iiwipolena, alaila, aia ko wahine ma ke +kihi hema o ka aha. A ma ia hope koke iho oia manawa, e lohe auanei oe i +ka leo o na Kahuli e ikuwa ana, ia manawa e hui ai olua ma ke kaawale. + +"Ia olua e hui ana, hookahi hekili e kui ia manawa, nakolo ka honua, +haalulu ka aha a pau. Ia manawa, e hoouna aku wau ia oula maluna o na +manu, a mao ae ka ohu a me ka noe, aia olua e kau aku ana iluna o na +manu me ko olua nani nui. Ia manawa e ku ai ka makaia o Laieikawai, i +ike ai oia i kona hilahila a holo aku me he pio kauwa la." + +A pau keia mau mea, hoi aku la o Waka iuka o Paliuli. + +Mamua iho nei, ua oleloia ua hiki aku o Halaaniani i Keaau, e ike i ka +pono o kana wahine (Laieikawai), a ua oleloia no hoi, ua lohe oia he la +hookahakaha no Kekalukaluokewa me Laielohelohe. + +I kela la a Waka i hiki ai i Keaau e halawai me Kekalukaluokewa, e like +me ka kakou ike ana maluna ae. + +Oia no ka la a Malio i olelo aku ai ia Halaaniani e hoomakaukau no ka +iho e ike i ka la hookahakaha o Laielohelohe ma; me ka i aku nae o Malio +i kona kaikunane, "Apopo, i ka la hookahakaha o Laielohelohe me +Kekalukaluokewa, ia manawa e lilo ai o Laielohelohe ia oe, no laua +auanei ka hekili ekui, a mao ae ka ohu a me ka noe, alaila, e ike auanei +ka aha a pau, o oe a me Laielohelohe ke kau pu mai iluna o ka eheu o na +manu." + +I ke kakahiaka nui o kekahi la ae, oia hoi ka la hookahakaha o ua mau +Alii nei, kiiia aku la o Kihanuilulumoku, a hele mai la imua o na +kaikuahine o Aiwohikupua kona mau kahu nana e malama. + +A hiki mai la ua moo nui nei, olelo aku la o Kahalaomapuana, "I kiiia +aku nei oe e lawe ae oe ia makou i kai o Keaau, e nana makou i ka la +hookahakaha o Kekalukaluokewa, aia a hiki i ka auina la a mahope iho oia +manawa e kii mai oe a iho aku kakou." + +Hoi aku la o Kihanuilulumoku, a hiki i ka manawa i kauohaia'i, a hele +mai la. + +I ua moo nei i hoomaka ai e hele mai imua o kona mau Haku, aia hoi, ua +uhi paaia ka aina i ka noe mai uka o Paliuli a puni ka aina; aka, aole i +wikiwiki o Kihanuilulumoku i ka lawe i kona mau Haku, no ka mea, ua +maopopo no ia Kihanuilulumoku ka manawa e hui ai na'lii. + +A ike o Kekalukaluokewa i keia noe i uhi mua mai maluna o ka aina, +alaila, hoomanao ae la ia i ke kauoha a Waka. + +Kakali hou aku la no oia i na hoailona i koe. Mahope iho oia manawa, +lohe ae la kela i ka leo o ka Ewaewaiki a me ke Kahuli, ia manawa, puka +aku la o Kekalukaluokewa mai kona hale aku a ku mawaho o ka aha, ma kahi +kaawale. + +I kela manawa, oia ka manawa a Kihanuilulumoku i kuu aku ai i kona alelo +i waho i noho iho ai o Laieikawai me na kaikuahine o Aiwohikupua. + +A i ke kui ana o ka leo o ka hekili, uhi ka ohu a me ka noe, a i ka mao +ana ae, i nana aku ka hana o ka aha, aia o Laielohelohe me Halaaniani e +kau mai ana iluna o na manu. + +Ia manawa no hoi, ikeia mai la o Laieikawai me na kaikuahine o +Aiwohikupua e kau mai ana iluna o ke alelo o Kihanuilulumoku ka moo nui +o Paliuli. + +Ia lakou i hiki ai i kela manawa hookahi me na mea nona ka la +hookahakaha; aia hoi ua ike aku la o Laieikawai ia Halaaniani aole i +make, alaila, hoomanao ae la oia i ka olelo wanana a Kahalaomapuana. + +I kela manawa a Kekalukaluokewa i ike aku ai e kau mai ana o Halaaniani +me Laielohelohe iluna o na manu, alaila, manao ae la o Kekalukaluokewa i +kona nele ia Laielohelohe. + +Ia manawa, pii aku la o Kekalukaluokewa iuka o Paliuli, e hai aku i keia +mea ia Waka. + +A hai aku la o Kakalukaluokewa ia Waka i keia mau mea, "Ua lilo o +Laielohelohe ia Halaaniani, aia oia ke kau pu la me Halaaniani i keia +manawa." + +I mai la o Waka, "Aole e lilo ia ia, aka, e iho aku kaua a kokoke aku +wau i ka aha, ina ua haawi aku oia i kona ihu e honi aku ia Halaaniani, +ka mea a'u i kauoha aku ai aole e lilo i ka mea e ae, a ia oe wale no e +laa'i ka ihu o kuu moopuna, a laa pu no hoi me konakino, alaila, ua nele +kaua i ka wahine ole, alaila, e lawe aku oe ia'u i ka lua me ko minamina +ole. Aka hoi, ua hoolohe aku la ia i ka'u kauoha, aole e lilo i kakahi +mea e ae, aole no hoi e lilo ka leo ma kona pane ole aku ia Halaaniani, +alaila, ua wahine no oe, ua hoolohe no kuu moopuna i ka'u olelo." + +Ia laua i kokoke e hiki aku, hoouna aku la o Waka i ka noe a me ka ohu +maluna o ka aha, a ike ole kekahi i kekahi. + +Ia manawa i hoouna aku ai o Waka ia Kekalukaluokewa maluna o na manu, a +i ka mao ana ae o ka noe, aia hoi e kau pu mai ana o Laielohelohe me +Kekalukaluokewa iluna o na manu, alaila, uwa ae la ke anaina kanaka a +puni ka ha, "Hoao na'lii e! hoao na'lii e!!" + +A lohe o Waka i keia pihe uwa, alaila, hiki mai la o Waka imua o ka aha, +a ku mai la iwaenakonu o ke anaina, a hoopuka mai la i olelo hoohilahila +no Laieikawai. + +A lohe o Laieikawai i keia leo hoohilahila a Waka ia ia, walania iho la +kona naau, a me na kaikuahine pu kekahi o Aiwohikupua, ia manawa, lawe +aku la ke alelo o Kihanuilulumoku ia lakou a noho iuka o Olaa, oia ka +hoomaka ana o Laieikawai e hoaaia i kona hilahila nui no ka olelo a +Waka, a hele pu no hoi me kona mau hoa. + +I kela la, hoao ae la o Kekalukaluokewa me Laielohelohe, a hoi aku la +iuka o Paliuli a hiki i ko lakou hoi ana i Kauai. A lilo iho la a +Halaaniani i mea nele loa, aole ona kamailio i koe. + +A ma ko ke Alii kane manaopaa, e hoi no i Kauai, lawe ae la oia i kana +wahine, a me ko laua kupunawahine i Kauai, o na kanaka pu me lakou. + +A makaukau lakou e hoi, haalele lakou ia Keaau, hiki mua lakou i Oahu +nei, ma Honouliuli, a lawe ae la ia Kapukaihaoa me lakou i Kauai, a hiki +lakou i Kauai, ma Pihanakalani, a ili ae la ka hooponopono o na aina, a +me ke aupuni ia Kapukaihaoa, a hooliloia iho la o Waka oia ke kolu o ka +hooilina o ka noho alii. + +(Ma keia wahi, e kamailio kakou no Laieikawai, a me kona loaa ana i ka +Makaula ia Hulumaniani.) + +Ia Laieikawai ma ma Olaa, e noho ana no oia me kona nani, aka, o ka mana +noho iluna o ka eheu o na manu, oia ka mea i kaawale mai o Laieikawai +aku, koe no nae kekahi mau kahiko e ae, a me kekahi mau hoailona alii ia +ia, mamuli o ka mana i loaa i na kaikuahine o Aiwohikupua, mai a +Kihanuilulumoku ae. + + + + +MOKUNA XXV + + +Ia Laieikawai ma i hoi aku ai mai Keaau aku, mahope iho o kona +hoohilahila ana o Waka, a noho ma Olaa. + +Ia manawa, kukakuka ae la na kaikuahine o Aiwohikupua i ka mea hiki ke +hooluolu aku i ka naau kaumaha o ke alii (Laieikawai) no kona hilahila i +ka olelo kumakaia a Waka. + +Hele aku la lakou a hai aku la i ka lakou olelo hooholo i kuka ai imua o +Laieikawai me ka i aku: + +"E ke Alii wahine o ka lai; ua kukakuka ae nei makou i mea e hoopau ai i +kou naau kaumaha no kou hoohilahilaia, aka, aole o oe wale kai kaumaha, +o kakou like no a pau, no ka mea, ua komo like kakou a pau no ia pilikia +hookahi. + +"Nolaila, e ke Alii e, ke noi aku nei makou ia oe, e pono no e hoopauia +kou naau kaumaha, no ka mea, e hiki mai ana ia oe ka pomaikai ma keia +manawa aku. + +"Ua hooholo ae nei makou i pomaikai like no kakou, ua ae ae nei ko kakou +kaikaina e kii aku ia Kaonohiokala i kane nau, he keiki Alii e noho la i +Kealohilani, ua hoonohoia ma ka pea kapu o kukulu o Tahiti, he kaikunane +no no kakou, ko Aiwohikupua mea nana i hoalii mai ia ia. + +"Ina e ae oe e kiiia ko kakou kaikunane, alaila, e loaa ia kakou ka +hanohano nui i oi aku mamua o keia, a e lilo auanei oe i mea kapu ihiihi +loa, me ko launa ole mai ia makou, a oia ka makou i noonoo iho nei, a ae +oe, alaila, ku kou makaia, hilahila o Waka." + +I mai la o Laieikawai, "Ua ae no wau e hoopau i ko'u kaumaha hilahila, a +hookahi a'u mea ae ole, o kuu lilo ana i wahine na ko kakou kaikunane; +no ka mea, ke olelo mai nei oukou, he Alii kapu kela, a ina paha e hoao +maua, pehea la wau e ike hou ai ia oukou, no ka mea, he Alii kapu kela, +a oia ka'u mea minamina loa, o ko kakou launa pu ana." + +I aku la kona mau hoa, "Mai manao mai oe ia makou, e nana oe i ka olelo +hoohilahila a ko kupunawahine, aia ku kona makaia, alaila pono makou, no +ka mea, o oe no ka makou mea manao nui." + +A no keia mea, hooholo ae la o Laieikawai i kona ae. + +Ia manawa, hai mai la o Kahalaomapuana i kana olelo kauoha ia +Laieikawai, a me kona mau kaikuaana, "Ke kii nei au i ko kakou kaikunane +i kane na ke Alli, e pono ia oukou ke malama pono i ko kakou Haku, ma +kana wahi e hele ai, malaila oukou, na mea ana a pau e makemake ai, oia +ka oukou e hooko aku; aka, koe nae ka maluhia o kona kino a hiki mai +maua me ke kaikunane o kakou." + +Mahope iho o keia mau mea, haalele iho la o Kahalaomapuana i kona mau +kaikuaana, a kau aku la maluna o ua moo nui nei (Kihanuilulumoku), a kii +aku la ia Kaonohiokala. + +(Ma keia wahi, e waiho iki i ke kamailio ana no keia mea. E pono ia +kakou e kamailio no Laieikawai, a me kona loaa ana i ka Makaula nana i +ike mai Kauai mai, e like me ka mea i oleloia ma na Mokuna mua elua o +keia Kaao.) + +Mahope iho o ko Kahalaomapuana haalele ana i kona mau kaikuaana, kupu ae +la iloko o Laieikawai ka manao makemake e kaapuni ia Hawaii. + +A no keia manao o Laieikawai, hooko aku la kona mau hoa i ko ke Alii +makemake, a hele aku la e kaapuni ia Hawaii a puni. + +Ma keia huakai kaapuni a ke Alii, ma Kau mua, ma Kona, a hiki lakou ma +Kaiopae i Kohala, ma ka aoao akau mai Kawaihae mai, aneane elima mile ka +loihi mai Kawaihae ae, malaila lakou i noho ai i kekahi mau la, no ka +mea, ua makemake iho la ke Alii wahine e hooluolu malaila. + +Iloko o ko lakou mau la malaila, ike mai la ka Makaula i ka pio a keia +anuenue i kai, me he mea la i Kawaihae ponoi la. I uka nae o Ouli, ma +Waimea, kahi a ka Makaula i ike mai ai. + +No ka mea, ua oleloia ma na Mokuna mua ae nei, ua hiki ka Makaula ma +Hilo, i Kaiwilahilahi; a ua loihi no na makahiki malaila o ke kali ana i +kana mea i imi ai. + +Aka, no ka hiki ole i ua Makaula nei ke kali no kana mea i imi ai, +nolaila, hoopau ae la oia i kona manao kali a me ka imi aku no kana mea +i ukali mai ai mai Kauai mai. + +Nolaila, haalele keia ia Hilo, a manao ae la oia e hoi loa i Kauai, a +hoi aku la. Iloko nae o ko ka Makaula hoi ana, aole oia i haalele i kana +mau mea i lawe mai ai mai Kauai mai (oia ka puaa, a me ka moa). + +Ma keia hoi ana, a hiki ma Waimea, i Ouli, oia ka ka Makaula ike ana aku +i ka pio a ke anuenue i kai o Kawaihae. + +A no ka maluhiluhi o ua Makaula nei, aole oia i wikiwiki mai e ike i ke +ano o ke anuenue, nolaila, hoomaha iho la oia malaila. A ma kekahi la +ae, aole oia i ike hou i kela hoailona. + +Ma kekahi la ae, haalele ka Makaula ia wahi, oia la no hoi ka la a +Laieikawai ma i haalele ai ia kaiopae, hoi aku la a mauka o Kahuwa, ma +Moolau ko lakou wahi i noho ai. + +I ka Makaula i hiki mai ai i Puuloa mai Waimea mai, ike aku la oia e pio +ana ke anuenue i Moolau, ia manawa, haupu iki ae la ka manao o ka +Makaula me ka nalu ana iloko ona iho, "O kuu mea no paha keia i imi mai +nei." + +Hoomau mai la ka Makaula i kona hele ana a hiki iluna pono o +Palalahuakii, alaila, ike maopopo aku la oia i ke ano o ke anuenue, me +ka hoomaopopo iloko ona, a ike lea i kana mea e imi nei. + +Ia manawa, pule aku la oia i kona akua, e hai mai i ke ano o kela +anuenue ana e ike nei; aka, aole i loaa i kona akua ka hookoia o kana +pule. + +Haalele ka Makaula ia wahi, hiki aku la oia ma Waika a malaila oia i +noho ai, no ka mea, ua poeleele iho la. + +Ma ke kakahiaka ana ae, aia hoi, e pio ana ke anuenue i kai o Kaiopae, +no ka mea, ua iho aku o Laieikawai ilaila. + +Ia manawa, iho aku la ka Makaula a hiki i kahi ana e ike nei i ke +anuenue, a i ka hookokoke ana aku o ua Makaula nei, ike maopopo aku la +oia ia Laieikawai, e kono mau ana i ka lae kahakai. He mea e ka wahine +maikai, aia iluna pono o ua kaikamahine nei e pio ana ke anuenue. + +Ia manawa, pule aku la ka Makaula i kona akua, e hoike mai ia ia i keia +wahine, o kana mea paha e imi nei, aole paha. Aka, aole i loaa ka hoike +ana ma ona la, nolaila, aole ka Makaula i waiho i kana mau mohai imua o +Laieikawai, hoi aku la ka Makaula a noho mauka o Waika. + +I kekahi la ae, haalele ka Makaula ia wahi, hiki aku la keia ma +Lamaloloa, a noho iho la malaila. Ia manawa, komo pinepine ae la oia +iloko o ka Heiau i Pahauna, malaila oia i pule hoomau ai i kona akua. Ua +loihi na la mahope iho o ka noho ana o Laieikawai ma Moolau, haalele +lakou ia wahi. + +Hele aku la lakou a noho ma Puakea, a no kahi heenalu malaila, noloila, +ia lakou malaila e makaikai ana i ka heenalu ana a na kamaaina, ua nanea +loa lakou malaila. + +Ma kekahi la ae, ma ke awakea, i ka wa e lailai ana ka la maluna o ka +aina. Ia wa ka Makaula i puka ae ai mailoko ae o ka Heiau, mahope iho o +ka pau ana o kana pule. + +Aia hoi, ike aku la oia e pio ana ke anuenue i kai o Puakea, iho aku la +ua Makaula nei a hiki ilaila, ike aku la oia, ke kaikamahine no ana i +ike mua ai i Kaiopae. + +A no keia mea, emi hope mai la oia a ma ke kaawale, pule hou aku la i +kona akua e hoike mai i kana mea e imi nei; aka, aole no i loaa ka hoike +ana ma ona la. A no ka hooko ole ia o kana mea e noi nei i kona akua, +aneane oia e hoohiki ino aku i kona akua; aka, hoomanawanui no oia. + +Hoopuka loa aku la a ma kahi o Laieikawai ma e noho ana. + +He mea pilikia loa i ka Makaula ka ike ana aku ia Laieikawai, a ia lakou +ma kahi hookahi, ninau aku la ka Makaula ia Laieikawai ma, "Heaha ka +oukou mea e noho nei maanei, aole he au pu me na kamaaina heenalu mai?" + +"He mea hiki ole ia makou ke hele aku," wahi a Laieikawai, "he pono e +nana aku i ka na kamaaina heenalu ana." + +Ninau hou aku ka Makaula, "Heaha ka oukou hana maanei?" + +"E noho ana makou maanei, e kali ana i waa, ina he waa e holo ai i Maui, +Molokai, Oahu, a hiki i Kauai, alaila, holo makou." Pela aku o +Laieikawai ma. + +A no keia olelo, i aku ka Makaula, "Ina e holo ana oukou i Kauai, +alaila, aia ia'u ka waa, he waa uku ole." + +I aku la o Laieikawai, "A ina e kau makou ma ko waa, aole anei au hana e +ae no makou?" + +I aku la ka Makaula, "Auhea oukou, mai manao oukou i kuu olelo ana, e +kau wale oukou maluna o kuu waa, e hoohaumia aku ana au ia oukou; aka, o +ko'u makemake, e lilo oukou i mau kaikamahine na'u, me he mau +kaikamahine ponoi la, i lilo ai oukou i mea nana e hookaulana i ko'u +inoa, aia a lilo oukou i mea e kaulana ai au, alaila, e ola auanei ko'u +inoa. Na Kaikamahine a Hulumaniani, aia la, ola kuu inoa, pela wale iho +la no ko'u makemake?" + +Ia manawa, imi ae la ka Makaula i waa, a loaa ia ia he kaulua, me na +kanaka pu no hoi. + +Ma ke kakahiaka o kekahi la ae, kau aku la lakou maluna o na waa, a holo +aku la a kau ma Honuaula, i Maui; a mai laila aku a Lahaina, a ma kekahi +la ae, i Molokai; haalele lakou ia Molokai, hiki lakou ma Laie, +Koolauloa, a malaila lakou i noho ai i kekahi mau la. + +Ia la a lakou i hiki ai ma Laie, a ia po iho no, olelo ae la o +Laieikawai i kona mau hoa, a me ko lakou makuakane hookama. Eia kana +olelo: + +"Ua lohe au i ko'u kupunawahine, ianei ko'u wahi i hanau ai, he mau +mahoe ka maua, a no ka pepehi o ko maua makuakane i na keiki mua a ko +maua makuahine i hanau ai no ka hanau kaikamahine wale no, a ia maua +hoi, hanau kaikamahine no, nolaila, ahaiia'i au iloko o ka luawai, +malaila ko'u wahi i hanaiia ai e ko'u kupunawahine. + +"A o ko'u lua, lilo ia i ke kahuna ka malama, a no ka ike ana o ke +Kahuna nana i malama i ko'u kokoolua, i ka Makaula nana i ike mai mai +Kauai mai, nolaila, kauoha ai ke Kahuna i ko'u kupunawahine, e ahai loa; +a oia ko'u mea i ahaiia'i i Paliuli, a halawai wale kakou." + + + + +MOKUNA XXVI + + +A lohe ka Makaula i keia mea, alaila, hoomaopopo lea ae la ka Makaula, o +ka mea no keia ana e imi nei. Aka hoi, i mea e maopopo lea ai, naue aku +la ka Makaula ma kahi kaawale, a pule aku la i kona akua e hooiaio mai i +ka olelo a ke kaikamahine. + +A pau kana pule ana, hoi mai la a hiamoe iho la, a iloko a kona manawa +hiamoe, hiki mai la ma o ua Makaula nei, ke kuhikuhi ma ka hihio, mai +kona akua mai, me ka olelo mai, "Ua hiki mai ka manawa e hookoia'i kou +makemake, a e kuu ai hoi ka luhi o kou imi ana i ka loa. Ano hoi, o ka +mea nona ke kamailio ana nona iho ia oukou, oia no ua mea la au i imi +ai. + +"Nolaila, e ala ae oe, a e lawe i kau mea i hoomakaukau ai nona, e waiho +aku i kau mohai imua ona, me ka hoomaikai mua me ka inoa o kou akua. + +"A pau kau hana, alaila, mai kali, e lawe koke aku ia lakou ma keia po +no i Kauai, a hoonoho i na pali o Haena, iuka o Honopuwaiakua." + +Ma keia mea, puoho ae la ka Makaula mai kona hiamoe ana, ala ae la oia a +lalau aku la i ka puaa a me ka moa, a hahau aku la imua o Laieikawai, me +ka olelo aku, "Pomaikai wau e kuu Haku, i ka hoike ana mai a kuu akua ia +oe, no ka mea, he nui ko'u manawa i ukali aku ai ia oe, me ka manao e +loaa ka pomaikai mai a oe mai. + +"A nolaila, ke noi aku nei au ia oe e ae mai, e malamaia keia mau iwi ma +kou lokomaikai e kuu Haku, a e waiho pu ia ka pomaikai me ka'u mau mamo +a hiki i ka'u hanauna hope." + +I aku o Laieikawai, "E ka makua, ua hala ke kau o ko'u pomaikai nui, no +ka mea, ua lawe aku o Waka i ka hoopomaikaiia mai o'u aku nei; aka, ma +keia hope aku e kali oe a loaa ia'u he pomaikai oi aku mamua o ka +pomaikai a me ka hanohano i loaa mua ia'u, alaila, o oe pu kekahi me +makou ia hoopomaikaiia." + +A pau keia mau mea, lawe ae la ka Makaula e like me ke kauoha a kona +akua, holo aku la ia po a hoonoho i kahi i kauohaia. + +I ua Makaula nei me kana mau kaikamahine mauka o Honopuwaiakua, a he mau +la ko lakou malaila. He mea mau i ua Makaula nei ke kaahele i kekahi +manawa. + +Iloko o kona la e hele ana ma kona ano Makaula, ia ia hoi i hiki aku ai +i Wailua. Aia hoi, ua hoakoakoaia na kaikamahine puupaa a pau o Kauai, +ma o ka poe kaukaualii me na kaikamahine koikoi, mamuli nae o ka olelo +kuahaua a Aiwohikupua, e laweia mai na kaikamahine puupaa imua o ke +Alii, o ka mea a ke Alii e lealea ai, oia ka wahine a ke Alii +(Aiwohikupua). + +A hiki aku la ka Makaula iloko o kela akoakoa, aia hoi, ua hoakoakoaia +na kaikamahine ma kahi hookahi, e ku ana imua o ke Alii. + +Ninau aku la ka Makaula i kekahi poe o ka Aha, "Heaha ka hana a keia +Aha? A heaha hoi ka hana a keia poe kaikamahine e ku poai nei imua o ke +Alii?" + +Haiia mai la, "Ua kuahauaia na kaikamahine puupaa a pau ma ke kauoha a +ke Alii, a o ka mea a Aiwohikupua e makemake ai, alaila, e lawe oia elua +mau kaikamahine i mau wahine nana, a o laua na mea pani ma ka hakahaka o +Poliahu a me Hinaikamalama, a o na makua nana na kaikamahine i laweia i +mau wahine na ke Alii, e hoaahuia ka, Ahuula no laua." + +Ia manawa, ku ae la ua Makaula nei, a kahea aku la me ka leo nui imua o +ke Alii a me ka Aha a pau: + +"E ke Alii, ke ike nei au, he mea maikai no ke Alii ka lawe ana i kekahi +o keia poe puupaa i mea hoolealea no ke Alii; aka, aole e hiki i kekahi +o keia poe kaikamahine puupaa ke pani ma ka hakahaka o Poliahu a me +Hinaikamalama. + +"Ina i nana iho nei wau i kekahi o keia poe puupaa, ua ane like iki aku +ka maikai me ka uha hema o ka'u mau kaikamahine, alaila, e aho la ia. He +nani no keia poe, aole nae e like aku me kekahi o ka'u poe kaikamahine." + +I mai la o Aiwohikupua me ka leo huhu, "I nahea makou i ike ai he +kaikamahine kau?" + +A o ua Makaula nei, lilo ae la ia i enemi no ka poe nana na kaikamahine +i laweia imua o ke Alii. + +A no ka olelo huhu ana mai o ke Alii, i aku ua Makaula nei, "Owau +hookahi ka mea i imi ikaika i Haku no ka aina a puni na moku, o ua Haku +la o ka aina, oia ua kaikamahine la a'u, a o na kaikamahine e ae a'u, he +mau kaikuahine no ia no kuu Haku kane. + +"Ina e hele mai ua kaikamahine nei a'u a ku iloko o ke kai, he kaikoo ma +ka moana, ina e ku ma ka aina, lulu ka makani, malu ka la, ua ka ua, kui +ka hekili, olapa ka uwila, opaipai ka mauna, waikahe ka aina, pualena ka +moana i ka hele a kuu kaikamahine Haku." + +A no keia olelo a ka Makaula, lilo iho la ia olelo ana i mea eehia no na +kanaka a puni ka aha. Aka hoi, o ka poe nana na kaikamahine puupaa, aole +o lakou oluolu. + +Nolaila, koi ikaika ae la lakou i ke Alii, e hoopaaia iloko o ka hale +paehumu (Halepaahao), kahi e hoopaa ai i ko ke Alii poe lawehala. + +Ma ka manaopaa o kona poe enemi, hooholoia ae la ua Makaula nei e laweia +iloko o kahi paa, a malaila oia e noho ai a make. + +Ma ka la o ua Makaula nei e hoopaaia'i, a ma ia po iho, ma ka wanaao, +pule aku la oia i kona akua, a ma kona ano Makaula, ua hiki aku ka leo o +kana pule imua o kona akua. A ma ka malamalama loa ana ae, ua weheia ka +puka o ka hale nona, a hele aku la oia me kona ike oleia mai. + +Ia kakahiaka, hoouna aku la ke Alii i kona Ilamuku e hele aku e ike i ka +pono o ua Makaula nei maloko o kahi paa o ke Alii. + +A hiki aku la ka Ilamuku mawaho o ka hale, kahi i hoopaaia'i ka Makaula, +a kahea aku la oia me ka leo nui. + +"E Hulumaniani e! E Hulumaniani e!! E ka Makaula o ke akua!!! Pehea oe? +Ua make anei oe?" Ekolu hea ana o ka Ilamuku i keia olelo, aole nae oia +i lohe i kekahi leo noloko mai. + +Hoi aku la ka Ilamuku, a hai aku la i ke Alii, "Ua make ka Makaula." + +E hoomakaukau no ka la e Kauwila ai ka Heiau, a kau aku. Ia manawa, +kauoha ae la ke Alii i na Luna o ka Heiau, a kau aku i ka Makaula ma ka +lele imua o ke kuahu. + +A lohe ka Makaula i keia mea ma kahi kaawale aku, a ma ia po iho, lawe +aku la oia hookahi pumaia, ua wahiia i ke kapa me he kupapau la, a +hookomoia iloko o kahi i hoopaaia'i ua Makaula nei, a hoi aku la a hui +me kana mau kaikamahine, a hai aku la i keia mau mea, a me kona pilikia +ana. + +A kokoke i ka la kauwila o ka Heiau, lawe ae la ka Makaula ia +Laieikawai, a me kona mau hoa pu maluna o na waa. + +I ke kakahiaka nui hoi o ka la e kauwila ai ka Heiau, kiiia aku la ke +kanaka o ka Heiau, a i ke komo ana aku o na Luna o ke Alii, aia hoi, ua +paa i ka wahiia, laweia aku la a waiho maloko o ka Heiau. + +A kokoke i ka hora e hauia'i ke kanaka ma ka lele, akoakoa ae la na mea +a pau, a me ke Alii pu; a hiki ke Alii iluna o ka anuu, laweia mai la ua +pumaia la i wahiia a kupono malalo o ka lele. + +I aku ke Alii i kona mau Luna, "E wehe i ke kapa o ke kupapau, a kau aku +iluna o ka lele i hoomakaukauia nona." + +I ka wehe ana ae, aia he pumaia ko loko, aole ka Makaula ka mea i +manaoia. "He pumaia keia! Auhea hoi ka Makaula," wahi a ke Alii. + +Nui loa iho la ka huhu o ke Alii i na Luna o ka Halepaahao, kahi i +hoopaaia'i ka Makaula. + +I keia manawa, hookolokoloia iho la kona mau Luna. Ia manawa hoi e +hookolokoloia ana na Luna o ke Alii, hiki mai la ua Makaula nei me kana +mau kaikamahine maluna o ke kaulua, a lana mawaho o ka nuku o ka +muliwai. + +Ku mai la ka Makaula ma kekahi waa, a o na kaikuahine o Aiwohikupua ma +kekahi waa, a o Laieikawai hoi iluna o ka pola o na waa kahi i ku mai +ai, iloko hoi o kona puloulou Alii kapu. + +Ia wa a lakou e ku la me Laieikawai, lulu ka makani, malu ka la, kaikoo +ke kai, pualena ka moana, hoi ka waikahe o na kahawai a paa i na kumu +wai, aole he puka wai i kai. A pau ia, lawe ka Makaula i ka pa-u o +Laieikawai a waiho iuka, ia wa, kui ka hekili, hiolo ka Heiau, haihai ka +lele. + +A pau keia mau mea i ka hoikeia, i nana aku ka hana o Aiwohikupua, a me +na mea e ae, e ku mai ana o Laieikawai maloko o ka puloulou Alii kapu +iluna o na waa. Ia manawa, kanikani pihe aku la ka aha, "Ka wahine +maikai--e! Ka wahine maikai--e! Kilakila ia e ku mai la!" + +Ia manawa, naholo mai la na kanaka a ku mauka o kahakai, hehi kekahi +maluna o kekahi i ike lea aku lakou. + +Ia manawa, kahea aku la ka Makaula ia Aiwohikupua, "Mai hoahewa aku i +kou mau Luna, aole wau na lakou i hookuu mai kahi paa mai, na kuu akua i +lawe mai ia'u mai kuu pilikia mauwale ana, a kuu Haku. + +"He oiaio ka'u olelo ia oe, he kaikamahine ka'u, kuu Haku hoi a'u i imi +ai, ka mea nana keia mau iwi." + +A no ka ike maopopo ana aku o Aiwohikupua ia Laieikawai, he mea e hoi ka +haalulu o kona puuwai, a waiho aku la i ka honua me he mea make la. + +A mama ae la ke Alii, kauoha ae la oia i kona Luna e lawe mai i ka +Makaula me na kaikamahine pu mai, i pani ma ka hakahaka o Poliahu, a me +Hinaikamalama. + +Hele aku la ka Luna a kahea aku la i ka Makaula, iluna o na waa, me ka +hai aku i ka olelo a ke Alii. + +A lohe ka Makaula i keia mea, hai aku la oia i kana olelo i ka Luna, "E +hoi oe a ke Alii, kuu Haku hoi, e olelo aku oe, aole e lilo kuu +kaikamahine Haku i wahine nana, aia he Alii aimoku, alaila, lilo kuu +kaikamahine." + +Hoi aku la ka Luna, hoi aku la no hoi ka Makaula me kana mau +kaikamahine, aole nae i ike houia ma ia hope iho i Wailua, hoi aku la +lakou a noho i Honopuwaiakua. + + + + +MOKUNA XXVII + + +Ma keia Mokuna, e kamailio kakou no ke kii ana o Kahalaomapuana ia +Kaonohiokala i kane hoopalau na Laieikawai, a me kona hoi ana mai. + +A pau ke kauoha a Kahalaomapuana i kona mau kaikuaana, a makaukau hoi +kona hele ana. + +Ma ka puka ana o ka la, komo ae la o Kahalaomapuana iloko o +Kihanuilulumoku, a au aku la ma ka moana a hiki i Kealohilani, eha +malama me ke anahulu, hiki keia iloko o Kealohilani. + +Ia laua i hiki aku ai, aole laua i ike ia Mokukelekahiki ke kiai nana e +malama ko Kaonohiokala waiwai, kona Kuhina Nui hoi iloko o Kealohilani, +elua anahulu ko laua kali ana, hoi mai o Mokukelekahiki mai ka mahina +mai. + +Hoi mai la o Mokukelekahiki, e moe ana keia moo iloko ka hale, i ke poo +no piha o loko o ua hale nui nei o Mokukelekahiki, o ke kina no a me ka +huelo o ua moo nei, iloko no o ke kai. + +He mea weliweli ia Mokukelekahiki ka ike ana i ua moo nei, lele aku la +oia a hiki iluna o Nuumealani, ilaila o Kaeloikamalama ke kupua nui nana +e pani ka puka o ka pea kapu o kukulu o Tahiti, kahi i hunaia'i o +Kaonohiokala. + +Hai aku la o Mokukelekahiki ia Kaeloikamalama i kona ike ana i ka moo. +Ia manawa, lele aku la o Kaeloikamalama me Mokukelekahiki, mai luna mai +o Nuumealani, he aina aia i ka lewa. + +Ia hiki ana mai o Mokukelekahiki ma ma ka hale e moe nei ka moo. + +Ia manawa, olelo aku la o Kihanuilulumoku (ka moo) ia Kahalaomapuana, "I +hiki mai auanei keia mau kanaka e lele mai nei i o kaua nei, alaila, e +luai aku wau ia oe a kau ma ka a-i o Kaeloikamalama, a i ninau ae ia oe, +alaila, hai aku oe, he kama oe na laua, a i ninau mai i ka kaua hana i +hiki mai ai, alaila, hai aku oe." + +Aole i upuupu iho mahope iho o ka laua kamailio ana, halulu ana o +Mokukelekahiki laua me Kaeloikamalama ma ka puka o ka hale. + +I nana aku ka hana o ua moo nei, e ku mai ana o Kaeloikamalama me ka +laau palau, o _Kapahielihonua_ ka inoa, he iwakalua anana ka loa, eha +kanaka nana e apo puni. Manao iho la ka moo he luku keia, aia nae e oniu +ana o Kaeloikamalama i ka laau palau i ka welau o kona lima. + +Ia manawa, hapai mai la o Kihanuilulumoku i kona huelo mailoko ae o ka +moana, pii ke kai iluna, me he poi ana a ka nalu i ke kumu pali, me he +akuku nalu la i poi iloko o ka malama o Kaulua, pii ke ehu o ke kai +iluna, pouli ka la, ku ka punakea iuka. + +Ma ia wa, kau mai la ka weli ia Kaeloikamalama ma, hoomaka laua e holo +mai ke alo aku o ua moo nei. + +Ia manawa, luai aku ana o Kihanuilulumoku ia Kahalaomapuana, kau ana +iluna o ka a-i o Kaeloikamalama. + +Ninau ae la o Kaeloikamalama, "Nawai ke kama o oe?" + +I aku la o Kahalaomapuana, "Na Mokukelekahiki, na Kaeloikamalama; na +kupua nana e malama ka pea kapu o kukulu o Tahiti." + +Ninau laua, "Heaha ka huakai a kuu kama i hiki mai ai?" + +Hai aku la o Kahalaomapuana, "He huakai imi Lani." + +Ninau hou laua, "Imi i ka Lani owai?" + +"O Kaonohiokala," wahi a Kahalaomapuana, "ka Lani kapu a Kaeloikamalama +laua o Mokukelekahiki." + +Ninau hou no laua, "A loaa o Kaonohiokala, heaha ka hana?" + +I aku la o Kahalaomapuana, "I kane na ke kaikamahine Alii o Hawaiiakea, +na Laieikawai, ke Haku o makou." + +Ninau hou no laua "Owai oe?" + +Hai aku la keia, "O Kahalaomapuana, ke kaikamahine muli a +Moanalihaikawaokele laua me Laukieleula." + +A lohe o Kaeloikamalama laua me Mokukelekahiki, he mea e ko laua aloha, +ia manawa, kuu iho la mai ka a-i iho, honi aku la i ka ihu o ke +kaikamahine. + +No ka mea, o Mokukelekahiki, a me Kaeloikamalama, he mau kaikunane no +Laukieleula ka makuahine o lakou me Aiwohikupua. + +I aku la o Kaeloikamalala, "E hele kaua a loaa ke alanui, alaila, pii +aku oe." + +Hele aku la laua hookahi anahulu, hiki i kahi e pii ai, kahea aku la o +Kaeloikamalama, "E ka Lanalananuiaimakua--! kuuia mai ke alanui, i pii +aku wa--!! ua hewa o lalo ne--!!!" + +Aole i upuupu iho, kuu mai ana o Lanalananuiaimakua i ka punawelewele, +hihi pea ka lewa. + +Ia manawa, aoao aku la o Kaeloikamalama, "Eia ko alanui, i pii auanei oe +a hiki iluna, a i ike oe hookahi hale e ku ana iloko o ka mahina, aia +ilaila o Moanalihaikawaokele o Kahakaekaea ia aina. + +"I nana aku auanei oe, ka elemakule e loloa ana ka lauoho, ua hina ke +poo, o Moanalihaikawaokele no ia. Ina e noho ana iluna, mai wikiwiki aku +oe, o ike e mai auanei kela ia oe, make e oe, aole e lohe i kau olelo, +kuhi auanei ia oe he mea e. + +"Kali aku oe a moe, e huli ana ke alo i lalo, aole i moe, aka, i nana +aku oe, a i huli ke alo iluna, ua moe ka hoi, alaila, hele aku oe, mai +hele oe ma ka makani, hele oe ma ka lulu, a noho iluna o ka umauma, paa +oe a paa i ka umiumi, alaila, kahea iho oe: + + "E Moanalihaikawaokele--e! + Eia wau he kama nau, + He kama na Laukieleula, + He kama na Mokukelekahiki, + He kama na Kaeloikamalama, + Na kaikunane o kuu makuahine; + Makuakane, makuakane hoi, + O o'u me o'u kaikuaana, + Me kuu kaikunane o Aiwohikupua hoi. + Homai he ike, he ike nui, he ike loa, + Kuuia mai kuu Lani, + Kuu kaikunane Haku--e. + E ala! E ala mai o--e!! + +"Pela auanei oe e hea iho ai, a ina e ninau mai kela ia oe, alaila, hai +aku oe i kau huakai i hele mai ai. + +"I pii auanei oe, a i uhi ke awa, na ko makuakane ia hana, i hiki mai ke +anu ma ou la, mai maka'u oe. Alaile, pii no oe, a i honi oe i ke ala, o +ko makuahine no ia, nona ke ala, alaila, palekana, kokoke oe e puka +iluna, pii no oe, a i o mai auanei ka kukuna o ka la, a i keehi ka wela +ia oe mai maka'u oe, i ike auanei oe i ka oi o ka nohi o ka la, alaila, +hoomanawanui aku no oe a komo i ka malu o ka mahina, alaila, pau ka +make, o ko komo no ia iloko o Kahakaekaea." + +A pau ka laua kamailio ana no keia mau mea; pii aku la o Kahalaomapuana, +a ahiahi, paa oia i ke awa, manao ae la keia o ka ka makuakane hana ia, +mai ia po a wanaao, honi oia i ke ala o ke kiele, manao ae la keia o ka +makuahine ia, mai ia wanaao a kiekie ka la, loaa oia i ka wela o ka la, +manao ae la oia, o ka hana keia a kona kaikunane. + +Ia manawa, ake aku la keia e komo i ka malu o ka mahina, a ma ke ahiahi, +hiki aku la oia i ka malu o ka mahina, manao ae la keia, ua komo i ka +aina i kapaia o Kahakaekaea. + +Ike aku la oia i keia hale nui e ku ana, ua po iho la, hele aku la oia +ma ka lulu, aia no e ala mai ana o Moanalihaikawaokele, hoi mai la oia a +ma kahi kaawale, e kali ana o ka moe iho, e like me ke kuhikuhi a +Kaeloikamalama. Aoale nae i loaa ka hiamoe ia Moanalihaikawaokele. + +A ma ka wanaao, hele aku la keia, iluna ke alo o Moanalihaikawaokele, +manao ae la keia ua hiamoe, holokiki aku la keia a paa ma ka umiumi o ka +makuakane, kahea iho la e like me ke aoao ana a Kaeloikamalama i hoikeia +maluna. + +Ala ae la o Moanalihaikawaokele, ua paa kahi e ikaika ai, o ka umiumi, +kupaka ae la aole e hiki, ua paa loa ka umiumi ia Kahalaomapuana, o i +noke i ke kupaka i o ianei, a pau ke aho o Moanalihaikawaokele. + +Ninau ae la, "Nawai ke kama o oe?" + +I aku la keia, "Nau no." + +Ninau hou kela, "Na'u me wai?" + +Hai aku keia, "Nau no me Laukieleula." + +Ninau hou kela, "Owai oe?" + +"O Kahalaomapuana." + +I ae la ka makuakane, "Kuuia ae kuu umiumi, he kama io oe na'u." + +Kuu ae la keia, ala ae la ka makuakane, a hoonoho iho la iluna o ka uha, +uwe iho la, a pau ka uwe ana, ninau iho ka makuakane, "Heaha kau huakai +i hiki mai ai?" + +"He huakai imi Lani," wahi a Kahalaomapuana. + +"Imi owai ka Lani e imi ai?" + +"O Kaonohiokala," wahi a ke kaikamahine. + +"A loaa ka Lani, heaha ka hana?" + +I aku la o Kahalaomapuana, "I kii mai nei au i kuu kaikunane Haku, i +kane na ke kaikamahine Alii o Hawaiiakea, na Laieikawai, ke aikane Alii +a makou, ko makou mea nana i malama." + +Hai aku la oia i na mea a pau i hanaia e ko lakou kaikunane, a me ka +lakou aikane. + +I mai la o Moanalihaikawaokele, "Aole na'u e ae aku, na ko makuahine +wale no e ae aku, ka mea nana ke Alii, aia ke noho la i kahi kapu, kahi +hiki ole ia'u ke hele aku, aia hanawai ko makuahine, alaila, hoi mai i +o'u nei, a pau na la haumia o ko makuahine, alaila, pau ka ike ana me +a'u, hoi no me ke Alii. + +"Nolaila, e kali oe, a hiki i na la mai o ko makuahina, i hoi mai kela, +alaila, hai aku oe i kau huakai i hiki mai ai ianei." + +Kakali iho la laua ehiku la, maopopo iho la na la e hanawai ai o +Laukieleula. + +I aku la o Moanalihaikawaokele ia Kahalaomapuana, "Ua kokoke mai ka la e +mai ai ko makuahine, nolaila, ma keia po, e hele mua oe ma ka _Halepea_, +malaila oe e moe ai, i hiki mai kela i kakahiaka, e moe aku ana oe i ka +hale, aole ona wahi e hele e aku ai, no ka mea, ua haumia, ina e ninau +ia oe, hai pololei aku no oe e like me kau olelo ia'u." + +Ma ia po iho, hoouna aku la o Moanalihaikawaokele, ia Kahalaomapuana +iloko o ka Halepea. + + + + +MOKUNA XXVIII + + +Ma ke kakahiaka nui, hiki ana o Laukieleula, i nana mai ka hana e moe +ana keia mea, aole nae e hiki i ua o Laukieleula ke hookaawale ia ia, no +ka mea, ua haumia, o kela hale wale no kahi i aeia nona, "Owai oe e keia +kupu, e keia kalohe, nana i komo kuu wahi kapu, kahi hiki ole i na mea e +ae ke komo ma keia wahi?" Pela aku ka mea hale. + +Hai aku ka malihini, "O Kahalaomapuana au, ka hua hope loa a kou opu." + +I aku ka makuahine, "Auwe! e kuu Haku, e hoi oe me ko makuakane, aole e +hiki ia'u e ike ia oe, no ka mea, ua hiki mai kuu mau la haumia, aia a pau +kuu haumia ana, e launa no kaua no ka manawa pokole a hele aku." + +A no keia mea, hoi aku la o Kahalaomapuana me Moanalihaikawaokele, ninau +mai la ka makuakane, "Pehea mai la?" + +I aku ke kaikamahine, "Olelo mai nei ia'u e hoi mai me oe, a pau ka +manawa haumia, alaila hele mai e ike ia'u." + +Noho iho la laua ekolu la, kokoke i ka wa e pau ai ka haumia o +Laukieleula, olelo aku o Moanalihaikawaokele i ke kaikamahine, "O hele, +no ka mea, ua kokoke mai ka wa mau o ko makuahine, hele no oe i +kakahiaka nui poeleele o ka la apopo, a noho ma ka luawai, kahi ana e +hoomaemae ai ia ia, mai hoike oe, aia a lele kela iloko o ke kiowai, a i +luu ilalo o ka wai, alaila, holo aku oe a lawe mai i ka pa-u, a me ke +kapa ona i haumia i kona mai, i auau kela a hoi mai ma kapa, aole ke +kapa, alaila manao mai ua kii aku au, i hoi mai ai kela i ka hale nei, +alaila ki kou makemake. + +"Ina i uwe olua a i pau ka uwe ana, a i ninau mai ia'u i ke kapa ona au +i lawe mai ai, alaila, hai aku oe, aia ia oe; a e hilahila kela me ka +menemene ia oe i ko haumia ana, oia hoi, aole ana mea nui e ae e uku mai +ai no kou haumia i kona kapa i hoohaumiaia i kona mai, hookahi wale no +mea nui ana o ka Lani au i kii mai nei, aia a ninau kela i kou makemake, +alaila, hai aku oe, o ko ike ka hoi ia i ko kaikunane, ike pu me a'u, no +ka mea, hookahi wale no a'u ike ana i ka makahiki hookahi, he kiei mai +ka, o ka nalo aku la no ia." + +A hiki i ka manawa a ka makuakane i olelo ai, ala ae la ke kaikamahine i +kakahiaka nui poeleele, a hele aku la e like me ke kauoha a kona +makuakane. + +Ia ia i hiki aku ai, pee iho la ma kahi kokoke i ke koiwai, aole i +upuupu iho, hiki ana ka makuahine, a wehe i ke kapa i hoohaumiaia, a +lele aku la iloko o ka wai. + +Ia manawa, lawe ae la ke kaikamahine i ka mea i kauohaia ia ia, a hoi +aku la me ka makuakane. + +Aole keia i liuliu iho, halulu ana ka makuahine, ua hookaawale mua ae o +Moanalihaikawaokele ia ia ma ke kaawale, o ke kaikamahine wale no ko ka +hale. + +"E Moanalihaikawaokele, o kuu kapa i haumia, homai, e lawe ae au e +hoomaemae i ka wai." Aole nae he ekemu mai, ekolu ana kahea ana, aole +nae he ekemuia mai, kiei aku la keia iloko o ka hale, e moe ana o +Kahalaomapuana, ua pulou iho i ke kapa i hoohaumia ole ia. + +Kahea iho la, "E Moanalihaikawaokele", homai kuu kapa i haumia i kuu +mai, e lawe ae au e hoomaemae i ka wai." + +Ia manawa, puoho ae la o Kahalaomapuana, me he mea la ua hiamoe, me ka i +aku i ka makuahine, "E kuu Haku makuahine, ua hele aku nei keia, owau +wale no ko ka hale nei, a o ko kapa nae i haumia i ko mai, eia la." + +"Auwe! e kuu Haku, he nui kuu menemene ia oe i kou malama ana i ke kapa +i haumia ia'u, a heaha la auanei ka uku o kuu menemene ia oe e kuu +Haku?" + +Apo aku la ia i ke kaikamahine, a uwe aku la i ka mea i oleloia ma ka +pauku maluna ae nei. + +A pau ka uwe ana, ninau iho ka makuahine, "Heaha kau huakai i hiki mai +ai i o maua nei?" + +"I kii mai nei au i kuu kaikunane i kane na ke aikane a makou, ke Alii +wahine o Hawaii-nui-akea, o Laieikawai, ka mea nana i malama ia makou +iloko o ko makou haaleleia'na e ko makou kaikunane aloha ole, +nolaila, ua hilahila makou, aola a makou uku e uku aku ai no ka malama +ana a ke Alii ia makou; a no ia mea, e ae mai oe e iho ae au me kuu +kaikunane Lani ilalo, a lawe mai ia Laieikawai iluna nei." O ka +Kahalaomapuana olelo keia imua o kona makuahine. + +I mai la ka makuahine, "Ke ae aku nei au, no ka mea, aole o'u uku no kou +malama ana i kuu kapa i haumia ia'u. + +"Ina no la hoi he mea e ka mea nana i kii mai nei, ina no la hoi aole +wau e ae aku; o ko kii paka ana mai nei, aole au e aua aku. + +"Oia hoi, ua olelo no ko kaikunane o oe hookahi no kana mea i oi aku ke +aloha, a me ka manao nui; a nolaila, e pii kaua e ike i ko kaikunane. + +"Nolaila, e kali oe pela, e hea ae au i ke kahu manu o olua, a nana kaua +e lawe aku a komo i ka pea kapu o kukulu o Tahiti." + +Ia manawa, hea aku la ka makuahine, + + "E Haluluikekihiokamalama--e, + Ka manu nana e pani ka la, + Hoi ka wela i Kealohilani, + Ka manu nana e alai ka ua, + Maloo na kumuwai o Nuumealani. + Ka manu nana i kaohi na ao luna, + Nee na opua i ka moana, + Huliamahi na moku, + Naueue Kahakaekaea, + Palikaulu ole ka lani, + O na kupu, na eu, + O Mokukelekahiki, + O Kaeloikamalama, + Na kupu nana e pani ka pea kapu o kukulu o Tahiti, + Eia la he Lani hou he kana nau, + Kiiia mai, lawe aku i luna i o Awakea." + +Ia wa, kuu iho la ua manu nei i na eheu i lalo, a o ke kino aia no i +luna. Ma ia wa, kau aku la o Laukieleula me Kahalaomapuana i luna o ka +eheu o ua manu nei, o ka lele aku la no ia a hiki i o Awakea, ka mea +nana e wehe ke pani o ka la, kahi i noho ai o Kaonohiokala. + +Ia manawa a laua i hiki aku ai, ua paniia aku la ko ke Alii wahi e na ao +hekili. + +Alaila, kena ae la o Laukieleula ia Awakea, "Weheia mai ke pani o kahi o +ke Alii." + +Ia manawa, ke ae la o Awakea me kona wela nui, a auhee aku la na ao +hekili imua ona. Aia hoi ikeia aku la ke Alii e moe mai ana i ka onohi +pono o ka la, i ka puokooko hoi o ka wela loa, nolaila i kapaia'i ka +inoa o ke Alii, mamuli oia ano (Kaonohiokala). + +Ia manawa, lalau iho la o Laukieleula i kekahi kukuna o ka la a kaohi +iho la. Ia manawa, aia mai la ke Alii. + +Ia Kahalaomapuana i ike aku ai i kona kaikunane, ua like na maka me ka +uwila, a o kona ili a me kona kino a puni, ua like me ka okooko o ke +kapuahi hooheehee hao. + +Kahea aku la o Laukieleula, "E kuu Lani, eia ko kuahine o +Kahalaomapuana, ka mea au e aloha nui nei, eia la ua imi mai nei ia +kaua." + +A lohe o Kaonohiokala, aia mai la mai kona hiamoe ana, alawa ae la kela +ia Laukieleula, e hea aku i na kiai o ka malu. Kahea ae la. + + "E ka Mahinanuikonane, + E Kaohukolokaialea, + Na kiai o ka malumalu, kulia imua o ke Alii." + +Ia manawa, hele mai la na kiai o ka malu a ku iho la imua o ke Alii. Aia +hoi, ua holo ka wela o ka la mai ke Alii aku. + +A loaa ka malumalu imua o ko ke Alii wahi moe, alaila, kahea mai la i ke +kaikuahine, a hele aku la a uwe iho la, no ka mea, ua maeele kona puuwai +i ke aloha no kona kaikuahine opiopio. A he nui no hoi na la o ke +kaawale ana. + +A pau ka uwe ana, ninau iho la, "Nawai ke kama o oe?" + +Pane aku ke kaikuahine, "Na Mokukelekahiki, na Kaeloikamalama, na +Moanalihaikawaokele laua o Laukieleula." + +Ninau hou mai la ke kaikunane, "Heaha ka huakai?" + +Alaila, hai aku la kela e like me kana olelo i ka makuahine. + +A lohe ke Alii i keia mau olelo, haliu aku la oia i ko laua makuahine, +me ka ninau aku, "Laukieleula, ua ae anei oe ia'u e kii i ka mea a ianei +e olelo mai nei i wahine na'u?" + +"Ua haawi mua wau ia oe ua lilo, e like me kana noi ia'u; ina o kekahi o +lakou kai kii mai nei, ina aole e hiki mai i o kaua nei, i lalo aku la +no, hoi; aeia aku ka olelo a kou pokii, no ka mea, nau i wehe mua ke +alanui, a na ko kaikuahine i pani mai, aohe he mea mamua ou, a aohe no +hoi he mea mahope iho," pela aku ka makuahine. + +A pau keia mau olelo, ninau hou mai la o Kaonohiokala ia Kahalaomapuana +no kona mau kaikuaana a me kona kaikunane. + +Alaila hai aku la o Kahalaomapuana, "Aole he pono o ko makou kaikunane, +ua kue ko makou noho ana, o keia wahine no a'u i kii mai nei ia oe. I ka +huakai mua ana i kii ai i ua wahine nei; hoi hou ae ia makou; hele no +makou a hiki i kahi o ua wahine nei, ke Alii wahine a'u e olelo nei. I +ka po, hiki makou i uka, iloko o ka ululaau oia wale no a me kona +kupunawahine ko ia wahi. Ku makou mawaho, i nana aku ka hana i ka hale o +ua o Laieikawai, ua uhiia mai i ka hulu melemele o ka Oo. + +"Kii o Mailehaiwale, aole i loaa, hoole no ua wahine nei, kii aku o +Mailekaluhea, aole no i loaa, kii aku o Mailelaulii, aole no i loaa, kii +aku o Mailepakaha, aole no i loaa, i ka hoole wale no a pau lakou, koe +owau, aole hoi wau i kii, o ka huhu iho la no ia ia makou haalele i ka +nahelehele. + +"A haalele kela ia makou, ukali aku makou mahope, pakela loa no ko makou +kaikunane i ka huhu, me he mea la na makou i hoole kona makemake. + +"Nolaila la, hoi hou makou a kahi i haalele mua ia ai, na ua kaikamahine +Alii la i malama ia makou, a haalele wale aku la wau, hele mai nei, oia +iho la ko makou noho ana." + +A lohe o Kaonohiokala i keia mau olelo, he mea e ka huhu. Ia manawa, +olelo aku la oia ia Kahalaomapuana, "E hoi oe me ou kaikuaana a me ke +aikane Alii a oukou, kuu wahine hoi, kali mai oukou, i nee ka ua ma keia +hope iho, a i lanipili, eia no wau i anei. + +"I kaikoo auanei ka moana, a i ku ka punakea i uka, eia no wau i anei. +Ina e paka makani a hookahi anahulu malie, i kui paloo ka hekili, aia +wau i Kahakae kaea. + +"Kui paloo hou auanei ka hekili ekolu pohaku, ua hala ia'u ka pea kapu o +kukulu o Tahiti, aia wau i Kealohilani, ua pau kuu kino kapu Akua alaila +o kuu kapu Alii koe, alaila noho kanaka aku wau ma ko kakou ano. + +"Ma ia hope iho, hoolohe mai oukou a i hui ka hekili, ua ka ua, kaikoo +ka moana, he waikahe ma ka aina, olapa ka uwila, uhi ka noe, pio ke +anuenue, ku ka punohu i ka moana, hokahi malama e poi ai ka ino a mao +ae, aia wau ma ke kua o na mauna i ka wa molehulehu o ke kakahiaka. + +"Kali mai oukou a i puka aku ka la, a haalele iho i ka piko o na mauna; +ia manawa, e ike ae ai oukou ia'u e noho ana wau iloko o ka la, iwaena o +ka Luakalai, i hoopuniia i na, onohi Alii. + +"Aole nae kakou e halawai ia manawa; aia ko kakou halawai i ka ehu +ahiahi; ma ka puka ana mai o ka mahina i ka po i o Mahealani, alaila e +hui ai au me kuu wahine. + +"Aia a hoao maua, alaila, e hoomaka wau i ka luku maluna o ka aina no ka +poe i hana ino mai ia oukou. + +"Nolaila, e lawe aku oe i ka hoailona o Laieikawai, he anuenue o kuu +wahine ia." + +A pau keia mau mea, hoi iho la oia ma ke aia ana i pii aku ai, hookahi +malama, a halawai iho la me Kihanuilulumoku, hai aku la i ka hua olelo, +"Ua pono kaua, ua waiwai no hoi." + +Komo ae la oia iloko o Kihanuilulumoku, au aku la ma ka moana, e like me +na la o ka hele ana aku, pela no ka loihi o ka hoi ana mai. + +Hiki laua i Olaa, aole a Laieikawai ma, hanu ae la ua moo nei a puni o +Hawaii, aole. Hiki laua i Maui, hanu ae la ka moo, aole no. + +Hanu aku la ia Kahoolawe, Lanai, a me Molokai, oia ole like no. Hiki +laua i Kauai, hanu ae la a puni aole i loaa, hanu ae la i na mauna, aia +hoi, e noho ana i Honopuuwaiakua, luai aku la ua o Kihanuilulumoku ia +Kahalaomapuana. + +Ike mai la ke Alii a me kona mau kaikuaana, he mea e ka olioli. Aka, he +mea malihini nae i ka Makaula keia kaikamahine opiopio, a he mea +weliweli no hoi i ua Makaula nei ka ike ana i ka moo, aka, ma kona ano +Makaula, ua hoopauia kona maka'u. + +He umikumamakahi malama, me ke anahulu, me eha la keu, oia ka loihi o ke +kaawale ana o Kahalaomapuana mai ka la i haalele ai ia, Laieikawai ma, a +hiki i ko laua hoi ana mai mai Kealohilani mai. + + + + +MOKUNA XXIX + + +Ia Kahalaomapuana i hoi mai ai mai kana huakai imi Alii, mai Kealohilani +mai, hai aku la oia i ka moolelo o ko laua hele ana, a me na hihia he +nue, a me na lauwili ana, a me na mea a pau ana i ike ai iloko o kona +manawa hele. + +Iloko nae o kana manawa e olelo nei no ka olelo kauoha a Kaonohiokala, i +mai la o Laieikawai i kona mau hoa, "E na hoa, ia Kahalaomapuana e olelo +nei no Kaonohiokala ke kaikunane o kakou, kuu kane hoi, ke kau e mai nei +ia'u ka halia o ka maka'u, a me ka weliweli, ke kuhi nei au he kanaka, +he Akua nui loa ka! Iahona paha a ike aku, o kuu make no paha ia, no ka +mea, ke maka'u honua e mai nei no i kona manawa aole me kakou." + +I aku la kona mau hoa, "Aole ia he Akua, he kanaka no e like me kakou, o +kona ano nae, a me kona helehelena, he ano Akua. A no kona hanau mua +ana, lilo ai oia i hiwahiwa na na makua o kakou, ma ona la i haawiia'i +ka mana nui hiki ole ia makou, a o Kahalaomapuana nei, alua wale no mea +i haawiia'i ka mana, koe aku nae ke kapu no ko kakou kaikunane, nolaila, +mai maka'u oe; aia no hoi paha a hiki mai la, ike aku no hoi paha oe la, +he kanaka no e like me kakou." + +Mamua aku nae o ko Kahalaomapuana hoi ana mai Kealohilani mai, ua ike +mua aku ka Makaula hookahi malama mamua'ku o ko laua hoi ana mai. +Nolaila, wanana mua ka Makaula me ka olelo iho, "E loaa ana ka pomaikai +ia kakou mai ka lewa mai, aia a hiki aku i na po mahina konane e hiki +mai ai. + +"Aia a lohe aku kakou i ka hekili kui pamaloo, a me ka hekili iloko o ke +kuaua, ia manawa e ike ai ko ka aina nei, he ua me ka uwila, he kaikoo +ma ka moana, he waikahe ma ka aina, uhi paaia ka aina, a me ka moana a +puni e ka noe, ke awa, ka ohu, a me ke kualau. + +"A hala ae ia, a i ka la o Mahealani, ma ka ehu kakahiaka, i ka manawa e +keehi iho ai na kukuna o ka la i ka piko o na mauna, ia manawa e ike aku +ai ko ka aina, he Kamakahi ke noho mai ana iloko o ka onohi o ka la, he +mea like me ke keiki kapu a kuu Akua. E ike auanei ka aina i ka luku nui +ma ia hope iho, a nana e kaili aku i ka poe hookiekie mai ka aina aku, +alaila, no kakou ka pomaikai, a me ka kakou pua aku." + +A lohe kana mau kaikamahine i keia wanana a ka Makaula, nalu iho la +lakou iloko o lakou iho ma ke kaawale i keia wanana a ka Makaula, me ka +hai ole aku i ua Makaula nei, no ka mea, ua hoomanao wale ae la lakou no +ka lakou mea i hoouna ai i ko lakou kaikaina. + +Ma kona ano Makaula, ua hiki ia ia ke hele aku e kukala ma Kauai a puni, +me ka hai aku i kana mea i ike a no na mea e hiki mai ana mahope. + +A no keia mea, kauoha iho la oia i kana mau kaikamahine, mamua o kona +haalele ana ia lakou, me ka olelo aku, "E a'u mau kaikamahine ke hele +nei au ma kuu aoao mau, e haalele ana wau ia oukou, aole nae e hele loa +ana, aka, e hele ana wau e hai aku i keia mea a'u e kamailio nei ia +oukou, a hoi mai wau; nolaila, e noho oukou ma kahi a kuu Akua i +kuhikuhi ai ia'u, e waiho oukou ia oukou maloko o ka maluhia a hiki i ka +hookoia'na o kuu wanana." + +Hele aku la ua Makaula nei e like me kona manaopaa, a hele aku la oia +imua a na'lii a me ka poe koikoi, ma kahi e akoakoa ai na'lii, malaila +oia i kukala aku ai e like me kona ike. + +A hiki mua oia i o Aiwohikupua, me ka i aku, "Mai keia la aku, e kukulu +mua oe i mau lepa a puni kou wahi, a e hookomo i kau poe aloha a pau +maloko. + +"No ka mea, ma keia hope koke iho, e hiki mai ana ka luku maluna o ka +aina, aole e ikeia kekahi luku mamua aku, e like me ka luku e hiki mai +ana, aole hoi mahope iho o ka pau ana ae o keia luku a'u e olelo nei. + +"Mamua o ka hiki ana mai o ka mea mana, e hoike mai no oia i hoailona no +ka luku ana, aole maluna o na makaainana, maluna pono iho no ou, a o kou +poe, ia manawa, e moe ai na mea kiekie o ka aina nei imua ona, a e +kailiia aku ka hanohano mai a oe aku. + +"Ina e hoolohe oe i ka'u olelo, alaila, e pakele oe i ka luku e hiki mai +ana, a oiaio; ano e hoomakaukau oe ia oe." + +A no keia olelo a ka Makaula, kipakuia mai la ka Makaula mai ke alo mai +o ke Alii. + +Pela oia i kukula hele ai imua o na'lii a puni o Kauai, o ka poe alii i +lohe i ka ka Makaula, o lakou no kai pakele. + +Hele aku oia imua o Kekalukaluokewa, kana wahine, a me ko laua alo a +pau. + +E like me ka olelo no Aiwohikupua, pela kana olelo ia Kekalukaluokewa, a +manaoio mai la oia. + +Aka, o Waka, aole oia i hooko, me ka olelo mai, "Ina he Akua ka mea nana +e luku mai, alaila, he Akua no ko'u e hiki ai ke hoopakele ia'u, a me +ka'u mau Alii." + +A no keia olelo a Waka, haliu aku la ka Makaula i ke Alii, a olelo aku +la, "Mai hoolohe i ka ko kupunawahine, no ka mea, e hiki mai ana ka luku +nui maluna o na'lii. Ano e kukulu i lepa a puni oe, a e hookomo i kau +mea aloha maloko o no lepa i kukuluia, a o ka mea e manaoio ole i ka'u, +e haule no lakou iloko o ka luku nui. + +"A hiki i ua la la, e moe ana na luahine ma na kapua i o ke keiki mana, +me ke noi aku i ola, aole e loaa, no ka mea, ua hoole i ka olelo a ka +Makaula nei." + +A no ka mea, ua ike o Kekalukaluokewa i ke ko mau o kana mau wanana +mamua aku, nolaila, ua pale kela i ka olelo a ka luahine. + +A hala aku la ka Makaula, kukulu ae la ke Alii i lepa a puni kona Hale +Alii, a noho iho la maloko o kahi hoomalu e like me ka olelo a ka +Makaula. + +A pau ka huakai kaapuni a ka Makaula, hoi aku la oia a noho me kana mau +kaikamahine. + +No ke aloha wale no o ka Makaula ke kumu o kona hele ana aku e hai i +kana mea i ike ai. Hookahi la o kona, noho ana me kana mau kaikamahine +ma Honopuuwaiakua, mai kona hoi ana aku mai kaapuni, hiki mai o +Kahalaomapuana, e like me ka kakou ike ana mamua ae nei i hoikeia ma +neia Mokuna. + + + + +MOKUNA XXX + + +Hookahi anahulu mahope iho o ko Kahalaomapuana hoi ana mai mai +Kealohilani mai, ia manawa, hiki mai la ka hoailona mua a ko lakou +kaikunane, e like me ke kauoha i kona kaikuahine. + +Pela i hoao liilii ai na hoailona iloko o na la elima, a i ke ono o ka +la, kui ka hekili, ua ka ua, kaikoo ka moana, waikahe ka aina, olapa ka +uwila, uhi ka noe, pio ke anuenue, ku ka punohu i ka moana. + +Ia manawa, olelo aku ka Makaula, "E a'u mau kaikamahine, ua hiki mai ka +hoohoia'na o kuu wanana e like me ka'u olelo mua ia oukou." + +I aku la na kaikamahine, "Oia hoi ka makou i hamumu iho nei, no ka mea, +ua lohe mua no makou i keia mea ia oe, oiai aole keia (Kahalaomapuana) i +hiki mai, a ma ka ianei hoi ana mai nei, lohe hope makou ia ianei." + +Olelo mai la o Laieikawai, "He haalulu nui ko'u, a me ka weliweli, a +pehea la e pau ai kuu maka'u?" + +"Mai maka'u oe, aole hoi e weliweli, e hiki mai ana ka pomaikai ia +kakou, a e lilo auanei kakou i mea nui nana e ai na moku a puni, aole +kekahi mea e ae, a e noho Alii auanei oukou maluna o ka aina, a e holo +aku ka poe hana ino mai ia oukou mai ka noho Alii aku. + +"Nolaila wau i ukali ai me ka hoomanawanui iloko o ka luhi, a me ka +inea, iloko o na pilikia he nui, a ke ike nei wau, no'u ka pomaikai a no +ka'u mau pua, mai ia oukou mai." + +Hookahi malama o ka ino ma ka, aina no ka hoailona hope, ma ke +kakahiaka, i na kukuna o ka la i haalele iho ai i na mauna. Ikeia aku la +o Kaonohiokala e noho ana iloko o a wela kukanono o ka la, mawaena pono +o ka Luakalai, i hoopuniia i na anuenue, a me ka ua koko. + +I kela wa no, loheia aku la ka pihe uwa a puni o Kauai, i ka ike ana aku +i ka Hiwahiwa Kamakahi a Moanalihaikawaokele laua o Laukieleula, ke Alii +nui o Kahakaekaea, a me Nuumealani. + +Aia hoi he leo uwa, "Ka Hiwahiwa a Hulumaniani--e! Ka Makaula nui mana! +E Hulumaniani--e! Homai he ola!" + +Mai ke kakahiaka a ahiahi ka uwa ana, ua paa ka leo, o ke kuhikuhi wale +iho no a ka lima aohe leo, me ke kunou ana o ke poo, no ka mea, ua paa +ka leo i ka uwa ia Kaonohiokala. + +Ia manawa a Kaonohiokala e nana mai ana i ka honua nei, aia hoi, e aahu +mai ana o Laieikawai i ke kapa anuenue a kona kaikuahine +(Kahalaomapuana) i lawe mai ai, alaila, maopopo ae la ia ia o Laieikawai +no keia, ka wahine hoopalau ana. + +Ma ka ehu ahiahi, ma ka puka ana mai a ka mahina konane o Mahealani, +hiki mai la iloko o ke anapuni a ka Makaula. + +Ia Kaonohiokala i hiki mai ai, moe kukuli iho la kona mau kaikuahine, a +me ka Makaula imua o ka Hiwahiwa. + +A o Laieikawai kekahi, i ka Hiwahiwa i ike mai ai ia Laieikawai e +hoomaka ana e kukuli; kahea mai la ka Hiwahiwa, "E kuu Haku wahine, e +Laieikawai e! mai kukuli oe, ua like no kaua." + +"E kuu Haku, he weliweli ko'u, a me ka haalulu nui. A ino i manao oe e +lawe i kuu ola nei, e pono ke lawe aku, no ka mea, aole wau i halawai me +kekahi mea weliweli nui mamua e like me keia," wahi a Laieikawai. + +"Aole au i hiki mai e lawe i kou ola, aka, ma ka huakai a kuu kaikuahine +i hiki ae nei i o'u la, a nolaila, ua haawi mai wau i hoailona no'u e +ike ai ia oe, a e maopopo ai ia'u o oe kuu wahine hoopalau, a nolaila ua +hele mai au e hooko e like me kana kii ana ae nei," pela aku o +Kaonohiokala. + +A lohe kona mau kaikuhine a me ka Makaula pu, alaila hooho maila lakou +me ka leo olioli: + +"Amama! Amama! Amama! Ua noa, lele wale, aku la." Ala ae lakou i luna me +ka maka olioli. + +Ia manawa, kahea iho la oia i kona mau kaikuahine, "Ke lawe nei wau i +kuu wahine, a ma kela po e hiki hou mai maua." Alaila, kailiia aku la +kana wahine me ka ike oleia e kona mau hoa, aka, o ka Makaula ka mea i +ike aweawea aku i ka laweia ana ma ke anuenue a noho i loko o ka Mahina, +malaila i hooiaio ai laua i ko laua mau minute oluolu. + +A ma kekahi po ae, i ka mahina e konane oluolu ana, i ka wa hapa o ka +lai. + +Kuuia mai la kekahi anuenue i uliliia mai luna mai o ka mahina a hiki i +lalo nei, i ka wa e kupono ana ka mahina i luna pono o Honopuuwaiakua. + +Ia manawa, iho mai la na'lii o ka lewa me ko laua ihiihi nui a ku mai la +i mua o ka Makaula, me ka olelo iho, "E hele ae oe e kala aku i na mea a +pau i hookahi anahulu, e hoohuiia ma kahi hookahi, alaila, e hoopuka aku +wau i olelo hoopai no ka poe i hana ino mai ia oukou. + +"A pau na la he umi, alaila e hui hou kaua, a na'u no e hai aku i ka mea +e pono ai ke hana oe, a me kau mau kaikamahine pu me oe." + +A pau keia mau olelo, hele aku la ka Makaula, a hala ia, alaila kaili +puia aku la na kaikuahine elima i luna a noho pu me ia i ka olu o ka +Mahina. + +I ka Makaula i kaapuni ai mamuli o ka olelo a ka Hiwahiwa, aole oia i +halawai me kekahi kanaka hookahi, no ka mea, ua pau i uka o +Pihanakalani, kahi i oleloia he lanakila. + +A pau na la he umi, hiki aku ka Makaula i Honopuwaiakua, aia hoi ua +mehameha. + +Ia manawa, halawai mai la me ia o Kaonohiokala, a hai aku la i kana +olelo hoike no kana oihana kaapuni e like me ke kauoha a ka Hiwahiwa. + +Ia manawa kaili puia aku la ka Makaula a noho i ka mahina. + +A i ke kakahiaka o kekahi la ae, ma ka puka ana mai o ka la, i ka wa i +haalele iho ai na kukuna wela o ka la i na mauna. + +Ia manawa ka hoomaka ana o ka Hiwahiwa e hoopai ia Aiwohikupua a me Waka +pu. + +Haawiia ka make no Waka, a o Aiwohikupua, hoopaiia aku la ia e lilo i +kanaka ilihune, e aea haukae ana maluna o ka aina a hiki i kona mau la +hope. + +Ma ke noi a Laieikawai, e hoopakele ia Laielohelohe a me kana kane, +nolaila, ua maalo ae ka pilikia mai o laua ae, a no laua kekahi kuleana +ma ka aina ma ia hope iho. + +I ke kakahiaka nae, i ka hoomaka ana o ka luku ia Aiwohikupua a me Waka. + +Aia hoi, o ke anaina i akoakoa ma Pihanakalani, ike aku la lakou i ke +anuenue i kuuia mai ma ka mahina mai, i uliliia i na kukuna wela o ka +la. + +Alaila, ia manawa akoakoa lakou a pau, ka Makaula, a me na kaikamahine +elima e kau mai ana ma ke ala i uliliia, a o Kaonohiokala me Laieikawai +ma ke kaawale, a he mau kapuai ko laua me he ahi la. Oia ka manawa a +Aiwohikupua a me Waka i haula ai i ka houna, me ka apono i ka olelo a ka +Makaula. + +A pau ka hoopai a ke Alii no na enemi, hoonoho ae la ke Alii oluna ia +Kahalaomapuana i Moi, a hoonoho pakahi aku la i na kaikuahine ona ma na +mokupui. A o Kekalukaluokewa no ke Kuhina Nui, a me Laielohelohe, a o ka +Makaula no ko lakou mau hoa kuka ma ke ano Kuhina Nui. + +A pau ka hooponopono ana no keia mau mea a pono ka noho ana, kaili puia +aku la o Laieikawai e kana kane ma ke anuenue iloko o na ao kaalelewa a +noho nia kahi mau o kana kane. + +Ina e hewa kona mau kaikuahine, alaila na Kahalaomapuana e lawe ka olelo +hoopii imua o ke Alii. + +Aka, aole i loaa ka hewa o kona mau kaikuahine ma ia hope iho a hiki i +ka haalele ana i keia ao. + + + + +MOKUNA XXXI + + +Mahope o ko Laieikawai hoao ana me Kaonohiokala, me ka hooponopono i ka +noho ana o kona mau kaikuahine, ka Makaula, a me Kekalukaluokewa ma; a +pau keia mau mea i ka hooponoponoia, hoi aku la laua iluna o ka aina i +oleloia o Kahakaekaea, o noho ma ka pea kapu o Kukulu o Tahiti. + +A no ka lilo ana o Laieikawai i wahine mau ma ka berita paa, nolaila, +haawiia ae la ia ia kekahi mau hana mana a pau ma ke ano Akua, e like me +kana kane; koe nae ka mana hiki ole ke ike i na mea huna, a me na hana +pohihihi i hanaia ma kahi mamao, no kana kane wale no. + +Mamua nae o ko laua haalele ana ia Kauai, a hoi aku iluna, ua hanaia +kekahi olelo hooholo iloko o ko lakou akoakoa ana; ma ka ahaolelo +hooponopono aupuni ana. + +Oia hoi, i ka la i kuuia mai ai ke alanui anuenue mai Nuumealani mai, a +kau aku la o Kaonohiokala, a me Laieikawai maluna o ke ala anuenue i +oleloia, a waiho mai la i kona leo kauoha hope i kona mau hoa, ka +Makaula, a me Laielohelohe, eia kana olelo: + +"E o'u mau hoa, a me ko kakou makuakane Makaula, kuu kaikaina i ka aa +hookahi, a me ka kaua kane; ke hoi nei au mamuli o ka mea a kakou i kuka +ai, a ke haalele nei wau ia oukou, a hoi aku i kahi hiki ole ia oukou ke +ike koke ae; nolaila, e nana kekahi i kekahi me ka noho like, no ka mea, +ua hoopomaikai like ia oukou, aole kekahi mea o oukou i hooneleia i ka +pomaikai. Aka, oia nei (Kaonohiokala) no ko maua mea e hiki mai i o +oukou nei, e ike i ka pono o ko oukou noho ana." + +A pau keia mau mea, laweia aku la laua me ko laua ike oleia. A e like me +ka olelo, "o Kaonohiokala ka mea iho mai e ike i ka pono o kona mau +hoa," oia kekahi kumu i haunaele ai ko Laieikawai ma noho ana me kana +kane. + +Ia Laieikawai ma ko laua wahi me kana kane, he mea mau ia Kaonohiokala +ka iho pinepine mai ilalo nei e ike i ka pono o kona mau kaikuahine, a +me kana wahine opio (Laielohelohe), ekolu iho ana i ka makahiki hookahi. + +Elima paha makahiki ka loihi o ko laua noho ana ma ka hoohiki paa o ka +berita mare; a i ke ono paha o ka makahiki o ko Laieikawai ma noho pono +ana me kana kane, ia manawa, haula iho la o Kaonohiokala i ka hewa me +Laielohelohe; me ka ike ole o na mea e ae i keia haule ana i ka hewa. + +I ka ekolu malama o Laieikawai ma iluna, iho mai la o Kaonohiokala e ike +i ka pono o kona mau kaikuahine, a hoi aku la me Laieikawai, pela i kela +a me keia hapakolu o ka makahiki, a i ka ekolu makahiki o ko +Kaonohiokala huakai makai i ka pono o kona mau kaikuahine; aia hoi, ua +hookanaka makua loa ae la kana wahine opio (Laielohelohe), alaila, ua +pii mai a mahuahua ka wahine maikai, a oi ae mamua o kona kaikuaana o +Laieikawai. + +Aole nae i haula o Kaonohiokala ia manawa i ka hewa, aka, ua hoomaka ae +kona kuko ino e hana i ka mea pono ole. + +I kela hele ana keia hele ana a Kaonohiokala i kana hana niau ilalo nei, +a hiki i ka eha makahiki; aia hoi, ua hoomahuahuaia mai ka nani o +Laielohelohe mamua o kana ike mua ana, a mahuahua loa ae la ka manao ino +o Kaonohiokala; aka, ma kona ano keiki Akua, hoomanawanui aku la no oia +e pale ae i kona kuko, hookahi paha minute e lele aku ai ke kuko mai ona +aku, alaila, pili mai la no. + +I ka lima o ka makahiki, ma ka pau ana o ka hapaha mua o ua makahiki la, +iho hou mai la o Kaonohiokala i kana hana mau ilalo nei. + +I kela manawa, ua kailiia aku ko Kaonohiokala manao maikai mai ona aku a +kaawale loa, a haule iho la oia i ka hewa. + +I kela manawa no hoi, ia ia e halawai la me kona, mau kaikuahine, a me +ka Makaula hoi, ka pinualua a me ka laua wahine hoi (Laielohelohe), +hoomaka ae la o Kaonohiokala e hooponopono hou no ke aupuni, a nolaila, +ua hoomaka hou ka ahaolelo. + +A i mea e pono ai ko ke Alii manao kolohe, hoolilo ae la oia i kona mau +kaikuahine i poe kiai no ka aina i oleloia o Kealohilani, a na lakou e +hooponopono pu me Mokukelekahiki i ka noho ana, a me na hana a pau e +pili ana i ka aina. + +A ike ae la kekahi o kona mau kaikuahine, ua oi aku ka hanohano mamua o +keia noho ana, no ka mea, ua hooliloia i mau alii no kahi hiki ole ia +lakou ke noho e lawelawe pu me Mokukelekahiki, nolaila, hooholo ae la +lakou i ka ae mamuli o ka olelo a ko lakou kaikunane. + +Aka, o Kahalaomapuana, aole oia i ae aku e hoi iloko o Kealohilani; no +ka mea, ua oi aku kona minamina i ka hanohano mau i loaa ia ia mamua o +ka hoi ana i Kealohilani. + +A no ko Kahalaomapuana ae ole, hoopuka aku la oia i kana olelo imua o +kona kaikunane, "E kuu Lani, ma kou hoolilo ana ae nei ia makou e hoi i +Kealohilani, a o lakou no ke hoi, a owau nei la, e noho ae no wau ilalo +nei, e like me kau hoonoho mua ana; no ka mea, ke aloha nei wau i ka +aina a me na makaainana, a ua maa ae nei no hoi ka noho ana; a ina owau +no malalo nei, o oe no maluna mai, a o lakou nei hoi iwaena ae nei, +alaila, pono iho no kakou, like loa me ka hanau ana mai a ko kakou +makuahine, no ka mea, nau i wahi ke alanui, a o kou mau pokii hoi, hele +aku mahope ou, a na'u hoi i pani aku, o ke oki no ia, a oia la." + +A no keia olelo a kona kaikuahine muli loa, manao iho la, oia, ua pono +ka olelo a kona kaikuahine. Aka, no ke ake nui o Kaonohiokala e kaawale +aku oia i kahi e, i mea e ike oleia'i kona kalohe ana, nolaila, hailona +aku la oia i kona mai Kaikuahine, a o ka mea e ku ai ka hailona, oia ke +hoi iloko o Kealohilani. + +I aku la o Kaonohiokala i kona mau kaikuahine, "E hele oukou e u-u mai i +pua Kilioopu, aole e hui i ko oukou hele ana, e hele oukou ma ke kaawale +kekahi i kekahi, a loaa, alaila, e hoi mai ko oukou mua a haawi mai +ia'u, e like me ko hanau ana, pela oukou e heleai, a pela no hoi oukou +ke hoi mai, a o ka mea loihi o kana Kilioopu, oia ke hoi i Kealohilani." + +Hele aku la kela a me keia o lakou ma ke kaawale, a hoi mai la e like me +ka mea i oleloia ia lakou. + +Hele aku la ka mea mua, a huhuki mai la elua iniha paha ka loihi o kana, +a o ka lua hoi, huhuki mai la, a oki ae la i kana Kilioopu ekolu iniha a +me ka hapa paha; a o ke kolu hoi, huhuki mai la i kana Kilioopu, elua +iniha paha ka loihi; a o ka eha o lakou hookahi iniha paha ka loihi o +kana, a o Kahalaomapuana hoi, aole oia i huhuki mai ma ke Kilioopu +loloa, huhuki mai la oia ma ka mea liilii loa, ekolu kapuai paha kona +loa; a oki ae la oia i ka hapalua o kana, a hoi aku la, me ka manao o +kana Kilioopu ka pokole. + +Aka, i ka hoohalike ana, kiola aku la ka mua i kana imua o ko lakou +kaikunane, ike aku la o Kahalaomapuana i ka ka mua, he mea kahaha loa ia +ia, nolaila, momoku malu ae la oia i kana iloko o kona aahu, aka, ua ike +aku la kona kaikunane i kana hana, i aku la, "E Kahalaomapuana, mai hana +malu oe, e waiho i kau Kilioopu pela." + +Kiola aku la na mea i koe i ka lakou, aka, o Kahalaomapuana, aole i +hoike mai, i mai nae "Ua ku ia'u ka hailona." + +A no keia mea, koi aku la oia i kona kaikunane e hailona hou; e hailona +hou ana, ku hou no ia Kahalaomapuana ka hailona; aole olelo i koe a +Kahalaomapuana, no ka mea, ua ku ka hailona ia ia. + +Oia hoi, he mea kaumaha nae ia Kahalaomapuana, ke kaawale ana'ku mai +kona noho Alii aku, a me na makaainana, no ka mea, ua hoopouliia ko ke +Alii wahine naau makemake ole e hoi i Kealohilani e ka hailona. + +A i ka la o Kahalaomapuana i hoi ai i Kealohilani, kuuia mai la ke +anuenue mai luna mai a hiki ilalo nei. + +Ia manawa, hai aku la oia i kana olelo imua o kona kaikunane, me ka i +aku, "E ku ke alanui o kuu Lani pela, e kali no na la he umi, e +hoakoakoaia mai na'lii, a me na makaainana a pau, i hoike aku ai wau i +ko'u aloha nui ia lakou mamua o kou lawe ana aku ia'u." + +A ike iho la o Kaonohiokala, ua pono ka olelo a kona kaikuahine hooholo +ae la oia i kona manao ae; alaila, lawe houia aku la ke alanui iluna me +kona kaikunane pu. + +A i ka umi o ka la, kuuia mai la ua alanui nei imua o ke anaina, a kau +aku la o Kahalaomapuana iluna o ke alanui ulili i hoomakaukauia nona, a +huli mai la me ka naau kaumaha, i hoopihaia kona mau maka i na kulu wai +o Kulanihakoi, me ka i mai, "E na'lii, na makaainana, ke haalele nei wau +ia oukou, ke hoi nei wau i ka aina a oukou i ike ole ai, owau a me o'u +mau kaikuaana wale no kai ike; aole nae no ko'u makemake e hoi ia aina, +aka, na ko'u lima no i ae ia'u e haalele ia oukou mamuli o ka hailona a +kuu kaikunane Lani nei. Aka hoi, ua ike no wau he mau Akua like ko kakou +a pau, aole mea nele, nolaila, e pule oukou i ke Akua, a e pule no hoi +wau i ko'u Akua, a ina i mana na pule a kakou, alaila, e halawai hou ana +no kakou ma keia hope aku. Aloha oukou a pau, aloha no hoi ka aina, oki +kakou la nalo." + +Alaila, lalau ae la oia i kona aahu, a palulu ae la i kona mau maka imua +o ke anaina, i mea e huna ai i kona manaonao i na makaainana a me ka +aina. A laweia'ku la oia ma ke anuenue iloko o na ao kalelewa ma ka +Lanikuakaa. + +O ke kumu nui o ko Kaonohiokala manao nui e hookawale ia Kahalaomapuana +i Kealohilani, i mea e nalo ai kona kalohe ia Laielohelohe; no ka mea, o +Kahalaomapuana, aia kekahi ike ia ia, he ike hiki ke hanaia kekahi hana +ma kahi malu; a he kaikamahine manaopaa no, aole e hoopilimeai. O manao +auanei o Kaonohiokala o haiia kana hana kalohe ana imua o +Moanalihaikawaokele, nolaila oia i hookaawale ai i kona kaikuahine, a ma +ke ano Akua o Kaonohiokala, na lilo ka hailona ia Kahalaomapuana. + +A kaawale aku la kona kaikuahine, a i ka pau ana paha o a hapaha elua o +ka lima o ka makahiki, iho hou mai la oia ilalo nei e hooko i kona manao +kuko ia Laielohelohe. + +Aole nae oia i hooko koke ia manawa; aka, i mea e pono ai oia imua o +Kekalukaluokewa nolaila, waiho aku la oia imua o Kekalukaluokewa e pani +ma ka hakahaka o Kahalaomapuana; a o ka Makaula no kona Kuhina Nui. + +A hoonohoia aku la o Mailehaiwale i Kiaaina paha no Kauai; ia +Mailekaluhea no Oahu; o Mailelaulii no Maui a me na moku e ae; ia +Mailepakaha no Hawaii. + + + + +MOKUNA XXXII + + +A lilo ae la o Kekalukaluokewa i poo kiekie ma ke aupuni, alaila, hoouna +aku la o Kaonohiokala ia Kekalukaluokewa e hele e kaapuni ma na mokupuni +a pau e lawelawe i kana oihana Moi, a hoonoho iho la ia Laielohelohe ma +ko Kekalukaluokewa wahi ma ke ano hope Moi. + +A no keia mea, lawe ae la o Kekalukaluokewa i kona Kuhina Nui (ka +Makaula), ma kana huakai kaapuni. + +I ka la i haalele ai o Kekalukaluokewa ia Pihanakalani, a hele aku la ma +kana oihana kaapuni. Ia la no hoi ka haalele ana o Kaonohiokala ia lalo +nei. + +Ma kela hoi ana o Kaonohiokala, aole nae oia i hiki loa iluna, aka, ua +ike nae oia ia la e holo ana na waa o Kekalukaluokewa i ka moana. + +A no ia mea, hoi hou mai la o Kaonohiokala mai luna mai a hiki ilalo +nei, a launa iho la me Laielohelohe, aole nae i hanaia ka hewa ia +manawa. + +Ia laua me Laielohelohe e halawai la, noi aku la o Kaonohiokala ia +Laielohelohe e hookaawaleia na mea e ae, a ma kona ano Mea Nui, ua +hookaawaleia ko ke Alii wahine mau aialo. + +Ia Laielohelohe me Kaonohiokala o laua wale no ma ke kaawale, i aku la, +"O ka ekolu keia o ko'u mai makahiki (puni) o ka makemake ana ia oe, no +ka mea, ua ulu kou nani a papale maluna o kou kaikuaana (Laieikawai). A +nolaila, ma na la hope nei, ua hiki ole ia'u ke hoomanawanui e pale aku +i ke kuko no'u ia oe mai o'u aku." + +"E kuu Lani e," wahi a Laielohelohe, "pehea la e kaawale ai ia kuko ou +mai a oe ae? A heaha la ka manao o kuu Lani e pono ai ke hana?" + +"E launa kino kaua," wahi a Kaonohiokala, "oia wale no ka mea e pono ai +ke hanaia imua o'u." + +I aku la o Laielohelohe, "Aole kaua e launa kino e kuu Lani, no ka mea, +o ka mea nana i malama ia'u mai kuu wa uuku mai a loaa wale kuu kane, +nana ka olelo paa ma o'u la, aole e haawi i kuu kino me kahi mea e ae e +hoohaumia; a nolaila, e kuu Lani e, na ka mea nana ka hoohiki paa ia'u e +ae aku i kou makemake." + +A lohe o Kaonohiokala i keia mea, akahi no a hoomohalaia ke kuko ino +iloko, alaila, hoi aku la oia iluna me kana wahine (Laieikawai). Aole +nae i anahulu kona mau la i luna, uhi paapu houia mai la oia e na hekili +o ke kuko ino, a hiki ole ke hoomanawanui no ke kuko. + +A na keia kuko, kaikai kino houia mai la oia mai luna mai e halawai hou +me Laielohelohe. + +A no ka lohe mua ana o Kaonohiokala "na ka mea nana i malama" ia ia ka +"hoohiki paa e ae aku." Nolaila, kii mua aku la oia ma o Kapukaihaoa la, +e noi aku e ae mai i ko ke Alii makemake. + +A nolaila hoi, hele mua aku la oia a olelo aku ia Kapukaihaoa, "Ua +makemake wau e lawe ia Laielohelohe e pili me a'u i keia manawa, aole +nae no ke kaili loa mai, aka, i mea e hoomama ae ai i ko'u naau kaumaha +i ke kuko i kau milimili, no ka mea, ua noi mua aku wau i ua milimili la +au i kuu makemake; aka, ua kuhikuhi mai kela nau e ae aku, a nolaila, +kii mai nei wau ma ou la." + +I aku o Kapukaihaoa, "E ka lani o na lani, ke ae aku nei wau ma kau noi +e kuu Lani, he mea pono nou e komo aku oe me ka'u milimili; no ka mea, +ua ike au i ko'u pomaikai ole no ka'u mea i luhi ai, ua upu aku hoi ko +maua manao me ka mea nana i malama kau wahine (Laieikawai), o +Kekalukaluokewa ke kane a ka'u hanai, ua pono no, aka, i keia noho +aupuni ana, ua lilo ka pomaikai i na mea e ae, nolaila, ua nele wau. No +ka mea hoi, ua haawi ae nei kela i na moku a pau i ou kaikuahine, koe +hoi wau ka mea nana kana wahine i wahine ai, a nolaila e aho hoi ke ka i +ka nele lua, a nau ka wahine a olua." + +A pau keia mau kamailio a laua ma ke kaawale, hele aku la o Kapukaihaoa +me ke Alii pu a hiki o Laielohelohe la. + +I aku la, "E kuu luhi, eia ke kane, nohoia, he lani iluna he honua, +ilalo, keehi'a kulana a paa, a nana mai i ka mea nana i luhi." + +Alaila he mea kanalua ole ia ia Laielohelohe; a lawe ae la o +Kaonohiokala ia Laielohelohe, a hui oluolu iho la laua. + +Ekolu mau la o laua ma ka laua mau hana, hoi aku la o Kaonohiokala i +Kahakaekaea. + +A mahope iho oia mau la kaawale, ua aaki paaia ke aloha wela i luna o +Kaonohiokala, a ano e kona mau helehelena. + +Ia manawa, hoopuka aku la o Kaonohiokala i olelo hoopunipuni i mua o +Laieikawai, oia ka ha o na la kaawale o laua, me ka i aku, "Haohao hoi +keia po o'u, aole wau i moe iki, i ka hoopahupahu waleia no a ao wale." + +I aku o Laieikawai, "Heaha la?" + +I aku o Kaonohiokala, "Ua pono ole paha ka noho ana o lakou la o lalo." + +"Ae paha," wahi a Laieikawai, "aole no la hoi e iho." + +A no keia hua kena a kana wahine, he mea manawa ole noho ana i lalo nei +o Kaonohiokala, a launa no me Laielohelohe. Aka, o Laielohelohe aole i +loaa ia ia kona pilikia ma ka manao, heaha la ia mea i kona manao ana. + +Ia laua e hui ana ma ka makemake o ke Alii kane, ia manawa, ua ike ole o +Laielohelohe i kona aloha ia Kaonohiokala, no ka mea, aole no o ke Alii +wahine makemake iki e hana i ka hewa me ke Alii nui o luna; aa hoi, +mamuli o ka onou a kona mea nana i malama wale no ka hooko ana. + +Hookahi anahulu paha o ko laua hana ana i ka hewa, hoi aku la o +Kaonohiokala iluna. + +Ia manawa, ulu mai la a mahuahua ke aloha o Laielohelohe ia +Kekalukaluokewa no kona haule ana i ka hewa me Kaonohiokala. + +I kekahi la ma ke ahiahi, olelo aku la o Laielohelohe ia Kapukaihaoa, "E +kuu kahu nana i malama maikai, i keia manawa, ua poino loa ia'u ka manao +no Kaonohiokala iloko o na manawa o maua i hana iho nei i ka hewa, a ke +hoomahuahua mai nei ke aloha o kuu kane (Kekalukaluokewa) ia'u, no ka +mea, i ka noho iho nei no ka i ka pono me ke kane, me ko maua maikai, a +lalau wale no i ka hewa, aole no ko'u makemake, no kou makemake wale no. +Heaha no la hoi kou hewa ke hoole aku, i kuhikuhi aku hoi wau i kou ae +ole no kou hoohiki ana, aole au e launa me kekahi mea e ae, kaiona he +hoohiki paa kau, aole ka." + +I aku o Kapukaihaoa, "I ae aku au e lilo oe i ka mea e, no kuu nele i ka +haawina waiwai o ko kane; no ka mea, ma kuu maka ponoi nei no ka waiwai +a ko kane i haawi ae ai, a owau no ke ku, nolaila, lilo oe, aole hoi au +i manaoia ka mea nana ka wahine i wahine ai oia." + +I aku o Laielohelohe i kona kahu nana i hanai, "Ina o kou kumu ia o ka +haawi ana i kuu kino e hoohaumia me Kaonohiokala, alaila, ua hewa loa +oe; no ka mea, ua ike oe, aole no Kekalukaluokewa i hoonoho na mea +maluna o na aina; aka, na Kaonohiokala no, a nolaila, apopo e kau wau +maluna o na waa a holo aku e imi i kuu kane." + +I ke ahiahi iho, kena'e la oia i na aialo kane ona, na mea malama waa +hoi o ke Alii, e hoomakaukau i na waa no ka holo aku e imi i ke kane. + +A no ke kumu ole o kona manao ia Kaonohiokala, nolaila huna iho la oia +ia ia makolo o na hale kuaaina hiki ole ia ia ke noho, no kona manao o +hiki hou mai o Kaonohiokala, hana hou ia ka hewa me kona makemake ole, +oia kona pee ma na hale kuaaina, aole nae oia (Kaonohiokala) i hiki mai +a hiki i kona hala ana i ka moana ia po iho. + +A hala o Laielohelohe i ka moana, a hiki ma Oahu, noho iho la oia ma na +hale kuaaina. Pela oia i hele ai a hiki i ko laua halawai ana me +Kekalukaluokewa. + +Ia Laielohelohe paha i Oahu, a ma kekahi la ae, iho hou mai la o +Kaonohiokala e launa hou me Laielohelohe; aka, i kona hiki ana mai, aole +o Laielohelohe o ka hale Alii, aole no hoi oia i ninau mai i ka mea nana +e malama ka hale Alii, no ka mea, ina e ninau oia, manaoia e hana ana i +ka hewa me Laielohelohe; aka, ua hai malu aku nae o Laielohelohe i ke +kiai hale Alii i ke kumu o kona hele ana. A no ka nele o ko ke Alii +makemake, hoi aku la oia i luna. + +O keia haula ana nae a na'lii i ka hewa, ua nakulu aku la keia lohe i ke +alo Alii, ma o na aialo wale no nae, a ua lohe puia no hoi ko +Laielohelohe makemake ole. + +Ia Aiwohikupua e kuewa ana ma ke alo Alii, oia nae kekahi i lohe i keia +mau mea. A no ka lohe ana o Aiwohikupua i ko Laielohelohe kumu i holo ai +e imi i ke kane; alaila i aku oia i ke kiai hale Alii, "Ina i hoi hou +mai o Kaonohiokala, a i ninau mai ia Laielohelohe, i aku oe ua mai ia, +alaila aole e hoi hou mai; no ka mea, he mea haumia loa ia ia +Kaonohiokala, a me na makua o makou, aia no a pau ka haumia, alaila hana +aku ma ka hana o ka hoku Venuka." + +Ia iho hou ana mai o Kaonohiokala, ninau i ke kiai hale Alii, alaila +haiia aku la e like me ka Aiwohikupua olelo, alaila hoi aku la oia i +luna. + + + + +MOKUNA XXXIII + + +Ua oleloia ma ka Mokuna XXXII o keia kaao ke kumu o ko Laielohelohe imi +ana i kana kane ia Kekalukaluokewa. + +Nolaila, imi aku la oia mai Kauai mai a Oahu, a Maui; i Lahaina keia, +lohe aia o Kekalukaluokewa i Hana, ua hoi mai mai Hawaii mai. + +Holo aku la oia ma na waa a pae ma Honuaula, ilaila lohe lakou o +Hinaikamalama ka wahine a Kekalukaluokewa, aole nae i ike ko Honuaula +poe o ka Kekalukaluokewa wahine keia. + +A no ka lohe ana o Laielohelohe i keia mea, lalelale koke aku la lakou a +hiki i Kaupo, a me Kipahulu. Alaila, hoomaopopoia mai la ka lohe mua o +lakou i Honuaula, a mailaila aku lakou a kau na waa ma Kapohue, haalele +lakou i na waa, hele aku la lakou a Waiohonu, lohe lakou ua hala o +Kekalukaluokewa me Hinaikamalama i Kauwiki; a hiki lakou i Kauwiki, ua +hala loa aku la o Kekalukaluokewa ma i Honokalani, he nui na la i hala +ia lakou ma ia hele ana. + +Ia hele ana a lakou a hiki i Kauwiki, ua ahiahi nae, ninau aku la o +Laielohelohe i na kamaaina i ka loihi o kahi i koe a hiki i Honokalani, +kahi a Kekalukaluokewa e noho ana me Hinaikamalama. + +Olelo mai kamaaina, "Napoo ka la hiki." + +A hele aku la lakou me ke kamaaina pu, a molehulehu hiki aku la lakou i +Honokalani; alaila, hoouna aku la o Laielohelohe i ke kamaaina e hele +aku e nana i ka noho ana o na'lii. + +Hele aku la ke kamaaina, a ike aku i na'lii e inu awa ana, hoi mai la a +hai mai la ia lakou nei. + +Alaila, hoouna hou aku la no o Laielohelohe i ke kamaaina e hele hou e +nana i na'lii, me ka i aku nae, "E hele oe e nana a ike i na'lii e +hiamoe ana, alaila, hoi mai oe a hele pu aku kakou." + +A no keia olelo a Laielohelohe, alaila, hele aku la ke kamaaina, a ike +aku la, ua hiamoe na'lii, hoi aku la a olelo aku la ia Laielohelohe. + +Ia manawa, akahi no a hai aku oia i ke kamaaina, o Kekalukaluokewa kana +kane mare (hoao). + +Mamua aku nae o ko Laielohelohe halawai ana me Kekalukaluokewa, ua lohe +mua aku oia i ka haula ana o Laielohelohe i ka hewa me Kaonohiokala, i +lohe no i kahi kahu o Kauakahialii, ka mea i lilo ai i Kuhina Nui ma ka +aoao o Aiwohikupua, a no ka lohe ana o ua wahi kanaka nei i ka hewa ana +o Laielohelohe, oia kana mea i hele mai ai e hai ia Kekalukaluokewa. + +Ia Laielohelohe ma i hiki aku ai ma ka hale a Kekalukaluokewa e noho +ana, aia hoi e hiamoe mai ana laua ma kahi hookahi, ua hoouhiia i ka +aahu hookahi, e moe ana nae i ka ona a ka awa. + +A komo aku la o Laielohelohe, a noho iho la ma ke poo o laua +(Kekalukaluokewa ma), honi iho la i ka ihu, a uwe malu iho la iloko ona; +aka, ua hoohaniniia na mapuna waimaka o Laielohelohe no ka ike ana iho +he wahine e ka kana kane, aole nae e hiki ia laua ke ike ae i keia, no +ka mea, ua lumilumiia laua e ka ona a ka awa. + +Oia hoi, aole e hiki ia Laielohelohe ke hoomanawanui i kona ukiuki ia +Hinaikamalama; nolaila, komo aku la oia mawaena o laua, a pale aku la ia +Hinaikamalama, hoohuli mai la ia Kekalukaluokewa, a apo aku la i kana +kane, a hoala aku la. + +Ia manawa, puoho ae la o Kekalukaluokewa a ike iho la o kana wahine; ia +wa, hikilele mai la o Hinaikamalama mai ka hiamoe mai, a ike iho la he +wahine e keia me laua, holo aku la oia mai o laua nei aku, me ka huhu +nui, me ka manao hoi aole keia o ka Kekalukaluokewa wahine. + +A ike aku la o Kekalukaluokewa ia Hinaikamalama e hele ana me ka maka +kukona, alaila, i aku la, "E Hinaikamalama, e holo ana oe i ke aha, me +kou maka inaina, mai kuhi oe i keia wahine he wahine e, o ka'u wahine +mare (hoao) no keia." Ia manawa, hookaawaleia ae la kona huhu mai ona +aku, a paniia iho la ka hilahila a me ka maka'u ma ka hakahaka o ka +huhu. + +I ka wa nae i ala ae ai o Kekalukaluokewa mai ka hiamoe ona awa ae, a +ike mai la i ka wahine, ia Laielohelohe, honi iho la ma ke ano mau o ka +hiki malihini ana. + +Alaila, i mai la oia i kana wahine, "E Laielohelohe, ua lohe iho nei wau +nou, ua haule oe i ka hewa me ka Haku o kaua (Kaonohiokala), a nolaila, +ua pono aku la no oe me ia, a ua pono no hoi wau ke noho aku malalo o +olua, no ka mea, nona mai keia noho hanohano ana a aia no hoi ia ia ka +make a me ke ola; Kamailio aku paha auanei wau, o ka make mai kai ala; +nolaila, ma kahi a ka Haku o kaua e manao ai, pono no ke hooko aku, aole +nae no ko'u makemake ka haawi aku ia oe, aka, no ka maka'u i ka make." + +Alaila, i aku la o Laielohelohe i kana kane, "Auhea oe, kuu kane o ka wa +heu ole, ua pololei kou lohe, a he oiaio, ua haule wau i ka hewa me ua +Haku la o ka aina, aole nae i mahuahua, elua wale no a maua hana ana i +ka hewa; aka, e kuu kane, aole na'u i ae e haawi ia'u e hoohaumia i kuu +kino me ua Haku la o kaua; aka, na kuu mea nana i malama ia'u i ae e +hana wau i ka hewa; no ka mea, i ka la a oukou i hele mai ai, oia no ka +la a ua Haku la o kaua i noe mai ai ia'u e hoohaumia ia maua; aka, no +ko'u makemake ole, nolaila, ua kuhikuhi aku wau i ko'u ae ole ia ia; +aka, i ka hoi ana iluna a hoi hou mai, nonoi ae la kela ia Kapukaihaoa, +a nolaila, ua launa kino maua elua manawa, a no ko'u makemake ole, ua +huna wau ia'u iho ma na hale kuaaina, a no ia mea no hoi, ua haalele wau +i kahi au i hoonoho ai, a ua imi mai nei wau ia oe; a i ko'u hiki ana +mai nei hoi, loaa iho nei oe ia'u me keia wahine. A nolaila, ua pai wale +kaua, aole au hana no'u, aole hoi a'u hana aku ia oe; nolaila, ma keia +po e hookaawale oe i kela wahine." + +A no keia mea, ua pono ka olelo a ka wahine imua o kana kane; aka, ma +keia olelo hope a Laielohelohe, ia manawa, ua ho-aia ke ahi enaena o ke +aloha wela o Hinaikamalama no Kekalukaluokewa, no ka mea, e kaawale ana +laua mai ko laua launa hewa ana. + +Hoi aku la o Hinaikamalama i Haneoo, a noho iho la ma kona hale mau; i +kela la keia la o Hinaikamalama ma kona Hale Alii, he mea mau ia ia ka +noho ma ka puka o ka hale, a huli ke alo i Kauwiki, no ka mea, ua +hoopuniia oia e ke aloha wela. + +I kekahi la, i ke Alii wahine e hoonana ana i kona aloha ia +Kekalukaluokewa, pii ae la oia a me kona mau kahu iluna o Kaiwiopele, a +noho iho la malaila, huli aku la ke alo i Kauwiki, nana aku la ia +Kahalaoaka, a o ke kau mai a ke ao iluna pono o Honokalani, ia manawa, +he mea e ka maeele o ke Alii wahine i ke aloha no kana ipo; alaila, oli +ae la oia he wahi mele penei: + + "Me he ao puapuaa la ke aloha e kau nei, + Ka uhi paapu poele i kuu manawa, + He malihini puka paha ko ka hale, + Ke hulahula nei kuu maka. + He maka uwe paha--e. Oia--e. + E uwe aku ana no wau ia oe, + I ka lele ae a ke ehukai o Hanualele, + Uhi pono ae la iuka o Honokalani. + Kuu Lani--e. Oia--e." + +A pau kana oli ana, uwe iho la oia, a nana i uwe, uwe pu me na kahu ona. + +Noho iho la lakou ma ia la a ahiahi, hoi aku la i ka hale, kena mai la +na makua a me na kahu e ai, aka, aole loaa ia ia ka ono o ka ai, no ka +mea, ua pouli i ke aloha. + +A pela no hoi o Kekalukaluokewa, no ka mea, ia Hinaikamalama i haalele +aku ai ia Kekalukaluokewa i ka po a Laielohelohe i hiki mai ai, ua pono +ole ka manao o ke Alii kane; a nolaila, ua hoomanawanui oia i kekahi mau +la mahope mai o ko laua kaawale ana. + +A ma kela la i Hinaikamalama i pii ai iluna o Kaiwiopele, a ma ia po +iho, hiki oia i o Hinaikamalama la, me ka ike ole o Laielohelohe, no ka +mea, ua hiamoe oia. + +Ia Hinaikamalama no e ala ana, e hiaa ana no kona aloha, puka ana o +Kekalukaluokewa, me ka ike ole oloko o ka Hale Alii ia ianei. + +Ia Kekalukaluokewa i hiki aku ai, pololei aku la no oia a ma kahi a ke +Alii wahine e hiamoe ana, lalau aku la i ka wahine ma ke poo, a hoala +aku la. + +Ia manawa, ua hooleleia ka oili o Hinaikamalama me ka manaolana no o +kana ipo; aka, i ka lalau ana ae, aia nae o kana mea i manao ai. Ia +manawa, kahea ae la oia i na kahu e ho-a ke kukui, a ma ka wanaao, hoi +aku la o Kekalukaluokewa me kana hanaukama (Laielohelohe). + +Ma ia manawa mai, he mea mau ia Kekalukaluokewa ka hele pinepine i o +Hinaikamalama i kela po keia po me kona ike oleia; a hala he anahulu +okoa o ko Kekalukaluokewa hoomau ana e hana hewa me Hinaikamalama me ka +ike ole o kana wahine; no ka mea, ua uhi paapuia ko Laielohelohe ike e +ka ona awa mau, mamuli o ka makemake o kana kane. + +I kekahi la, kupu ka manao aloha i kekahi wahine kamaaina no +Laielohelohe; noalila, hele mai la ua kamaaina wahine nei e launa me ke +Alii wahine. + +Ia Kekalukaluokewa me na kanaka ma ka hale kahi-olona, ia manawa i launa +ai ka wahine kamaaina me Laielohelohe, me ka i aku ma kana olelo +hoohuahualau, "Pehea ko Alii kane? Aole anei he uilani, a kani uhu mai i +kekahi manawa no ka wahine?" + +I aku la o Laielohelohe, "Aole, he maikai loa maua e noho nei." + +Olelo hou ke kamaaina, "Malia paha he hookamani." + +"Ae paha," wahi a Laielohelohe, "aka, i ka'u ike aku a maua e noho nei, +he oluolu ko maua noho ana." + +Ia manawa, olelo maopopo aku la ke kamaaina me ka i aku, "Auhea oe? O ka +maua mahinaai aia ma kapa alanui ponoi; i ka wanaao, ala aku la ka'u +kane i ka mahiai ma ua mahinaai nei a maua, i kuu kane nae e mahiai ana, +hoi mai ana no o Kekalukaluokewa mai Haneoo mai, manao koke ae la no kuu +kane me Hinaikamalama no, hoi ae kuu kane a olelo ia'u, aole nae wau i +hoomaopopo. A ma ia po mai, i ka puka'na mahina, ala ae la wau me ka'u +kane, a iho aku la i ka paeaea aweoweo ma ke kai o Haneoo; ia maua e +hele ana, a hiki i ke alu kahawai, nana aku la maua e hoea mai ana keia +mea maluna o ke ahua i hala hope ia maua; ia manawa, alu ae la maua e +pee ana, aia nae o Kekalukaluokewa keia e hele nei, alaila, ukali aku la +maua ma ko iala mau kapuai, a hiki maua ma kahi kokoke i ka hale o +Hinaikamalama, aia nae ua komo aku no o Kekalukaluokewa; ia maua i ka +lawai-a, a hoi mai maua a ma kahi no a makou i halawai mua ai, loaa iho +la maua ia Kekalukaluokewa e hele ana, aole ana olelo ia aole hoi a maua +olelo ia ia. Pau ia; i keia la hoi, olelo ponoi mai la ke kahu o +Hinaikamalama ia'u, he kaikuahine no kuu kane, anahulu ae nei ka launa +ana o na'lii, na'u nae i hoohuahualau aku; a nolaila, hu mai ko'u aloha +me ka'u kane ia oe, hele mai nei wau e hai aku ia oe." + + + + +MOKUNA XXXIV + + +A no keia olelo a ka wahine kamaaina, alaila, ua ano e ko ke Alii wahine +manao, aole nae oia i wikiwiki i ka huhu; aka, i mea e maopopo lea ai ia +ia, hoomanawanui no o Laielohelohe. I aku nae oia i ke kamaaina, "Malia +i hookina ai kuu kane ia'u i ka inu awa, ia'u paha e moe ana i ka ona +awa, hele kela; aka, ma keia po, e ukali ana wau ia ia." + +Ia po iho, hoomaka hou o Kekalukaluokewa e haawi i ka awa, alaila, hooko +aku la no kana wahine; aka, mahope o ka pau ana o ka inu awa ana, puka +koke aku la o Laielohelohe iwaho o ka hale, a hoolualuai aku la, a pau +loa ka awa i ka luaiia, aole nae i ike mai kana kane i keia hana maalea +a kana wahine; a i ka hoi ana aku i ka hale, haawi mua iho la ua o +Laielohelohe ia ia i ka hiamoe nui ma kona ano maalea. + +A ike mai la o Kekalukaluokewa, he hiamoe io ko kana wahine no ka ona +awa; ia manawa hoomaka hou ke kane i kana hana mau, a hele aku la i o +Hinaikamalama la. + +A ike o Laielohelohe, ua hala aku la kela, ala ae la oia, a ukali aku la +ia Kekalukaluokewa me kona ike oleia. + +Ia ukali ana o Laielohelohe, aia hoi ua loaa pono aku la kana kane ia ia +e hana ana i ka hewa me Hinaikamalama. + +Ia manawa, olelo aku o Laielohelohe ia Kekalukaluokewa, oiai aia ma ko +Hinaikamalama wahi moe laua, "E kuu kane, ua puni wau ia oe, malia oe e +hookina nei ia'u i ka awa, he hana ka kau, a nolaila, ua loaa maopopo ae +nei olua ia'u, nolaila, ke olelo nei wau ia oe, aole e pono ia kaua ke +hoomanawanui i ka noho ana maanei, e pono ia kaua ke hoi i Kauai, a +nolaila, e hoi kaua ano." + +Ike mai la kana kane i ka maikai o ka manao o ke Alii wahine, ku ae la +laua a hoi aku la i Honokalani. A ma ia ao ana ae, hoomakaukau koke na +waa no ka hooko i ka olelo a Laielohelohe, me ka manao ia po iho e holo +ai, aole nae i holo, no ka mea, ua hoomaimai ae la o Kekalukaluokewa, a +nolaila, ua hala ia po; a i kekahi po iho, hana hou no o Kekalukaluokewa +i kana hana, a no ia mea, ua haalele o Laielohelohe i kona aloha i kana +kane, a hoi aku la i Kauai ma kona mau waa, me kona manao hou ole aku ia +Kekalukaluokewa. + +Ia Laielohelohe ma Kauai mahope iho o kona haalele ana i kana kane; i +kekahi la, hiki hou mai o Kaonohiokala mai Kahakaekaea mai, a halawai +iho la me Laielohelohe. + +A hala eha malama o ko laua hui kalohe ana; he mea haohao nae ia +Laieikawai keia hele loihi o Kaonohiokala, no ka mea, eha malama ka +loihi o ka nalo ana. A mahope oia manawa haohao o Laieikawai, hoi aku la +o Kaonohiokala iluna. + +Ninau mai la nae o Laieikawai, "Pehea keia hele loihi ou aha malama, no +ka mea, aole oe pela e hele nei." + +I mai la o Kaonohiokala, "Ua hewa ko Laielohelohe ma noho ana me kana +kane, ua lilo o Kekalukaluokewa i ka wahine e, a oia ka'u mea i noho +loihi ai." + +A no keia mea, olelo aku o Laieikawai i kana kane, "E kii oe i ko wahine +a hoihoi mai e noho pu kakou." + +Ia manawa no a laua e kamailio ana no keia mau mea, haalele aku la o +Kaonohiokala ia Laieikawai, a iho mai la, me ka manao o Laieikawai e kii +ana mamuli o kana kauoha, aole ka! + +I keia hele ana o Kaonohiokala, hookahi makahiki; ia manawa, aole o +kanamai o ka haohao o Laieikawai no ka hele loihi o kana kane. Ua manao +ae o Laieikawai i ke kumu o keia hele loihi, ua pono ole la o +Laielohelohe me Kekalukaluokewa. + +A no keia mea, ake nui ae la oia e ike i ka pono o kona kaikaina, ia wa, +hele aku la o Laieikawai imua o kona makuahonowaikane, me ka ninau aku, +"Pehea la wau e ike ai i ka pono o ko'u kaikaina? No ka mea, ua olelo +mai nei kuu kane Lani, ua hewa ka noho ana o Laielohelohe me +Kekalukaluokewa, a no ia mea, ua hoouna aku nei wau ia Kaonohiokala e +kii aku i ka wahine a hoi mai; aka, i ka hele ana aku nei, aole i hoi +mai; o ka pau keia o ka makehiki o ka hele ana, aole i hoi mai, nolaila, +e haawi mai oe i ike no'u, i ike hiki ke ike aku ma kahi mamao, i ike au +i ka pono o ko'u hoahanau." + +A no keia mea, olelo mai o Moanalihaikawaokele, kona makuahonowaikane, +"E hoi oe a ma ko olua wahi, e nana aku oe i ko makuahonowaiwahine, ina +ua hiamoe, alaila, e hele aku oe a komo iloko o ka heiau kapu, ina e ike +aku oe i ka ipu ua ulanaia i ke ie, a ua hakuia ka hulu ma ka lihilihi o +ke poi oia ua ipu la. O na manu nui e ku ana ma na aoao o ua ipu la, mai +maka'u oe, aole ia he manu maoli, he mau manu laau ia, ua ulanaia i ke +i-e a hanaia i ka hulu. A i kou hiki ana i kahi o ua ipu la e ku ana, +wehe ae oe i ke poi, alaila, hookomo iho oe i ko poo i ka waha o ua ipu +la, alaila, kahea iho oe ma ka inoa o ua ipu la, 'E Laukapalili--e, +homai i he ike.'Alaila loaa ia oe ka ike, e hiki ia oe ke ike aku i kou +kaikaina a me na mea a pau o lalo. Eia nae, i kou kahea ana, mai kahea +oe me ka leo nui, o kani auanei, lohe mai ko makuahonowaiwahine o +Laukieleula, ka mea nana e malama i ua ipu ike la." + +He mea mau nae ia Laukieleula, ma ka po oia e ala ai e malama i ua ipu +la o ka ike, a ma ke ao, he hiamoe. + +I kekahi kakahiaka, i ka wa e hoomaka mai ai ka mehana o ka La maluna o +ka aina, hele aku la oia e makai ia Laukieleula, aia nae e hiamoe ana. + +A ike iho la kela ua hiamoe, hooko ae la o Laieikawai i ke kauoha a +Moanalihaikawaokele, a hele aku la oia e like me ka mea i aoaoia mai ia +ia. + +A hiki keia makahi o ka ipu, ka mea i kapaia, "KAIPUOKAIKE," wehe ae la +keia i ke poi o ka ipu, a kupou iho la kona poo ma ka waha o ua ipu nei, +a kahea iho la ma ka inoa o ua ipu nei, ia wa ka hoomaka ana e ike i na +mea a pau i hanaia ma kahi mamao. + +Ia awakea, leha ae la na maka o Laieikawai ilalo nei, aia hoi, ua hana o +Kaonohiokala i ka hewa me Laielohelohe. + +Iloko o keia manawa, hele aku la o Laieikawai a hai aku la ia +Moanalihaikawaokele, no keia mau mea, me ka olelo aku, "Ua loaa ia'u ka +ike mai a oe mai. Aka, i kuu nana ana aku nei, aia nae ua hewa ka Haku +Lani o'u, ua hanaia kekahi hewa me kuu kaikaina, akahi no a maopopo ia'u +na kumu a me ke kuleana o kona noho loihi ana ilalo." + +A no keia mea, he mea e ka inaina o Moanalihaikawaokele, a lohe pu ae la +o Laukieleula, hele aku la kona mau makuahonowai i kahi o ka ipu ike, +aia hoi, ike lea aku la laua e hana ana i ka hewa, e like me ka +Laieikawai mau olelo. + +I kekahi la ae, akoakoa ae la lakou a pau, o Laieikawai me na +makuahonowai, e hele e ike i ka pono o Kaonohiokala, a hooholo ae la +lakou ia mea. + +Ia manawa, kuuia aku la ke alanui mai Kakahaekaea aku a ku imua o +Kaonohiokala, ia wa, ua lele koke ka oili o Kaonohiokala, no ke alanui i +kuuia mai imua ona. Aole nae i liuliu mahope iho o ko Kaonohiokala +haohao ana. + +Ia manawa, ua hoopouliia ka lewa, a hoopihaia i na leo wawalo o ka +hanehane, me ka leo uwe, "Ua haule ka Lani! Ua haule ka Lani!!" A i ka +pau ana ae o ka pouli ma ka lewa, aia hoi e kau mai ana o +Moanalihaikawaokele me Laukieleula a me Laieikawai, iluna o ke alanui +anuenue. + +A olelo mai la o Moanalihaikawaokele imua o Kaonohiokala, "Ua hewa kau +hana, e Kaonohiokala--e, no ka mea, ua haumia loa oe, a nolaila, aole e +loaa hou ia oe he wahi noho iloko o Kahakaekaea, a o kou uku hoopai, e +lilo ana oe i mea e hoomaka'uka'uia'i ma na alanui, a ma ka puka o na +hale, a o kou inoa, he _Lapu_, a o kau mea e ai ai, o na pulelehua, a +malaila kou kuleana a mau i kau pua." + +Ia manawa, kailiia aku la ke alanui mai ona aku la, mamuli o ka mana o +kona makuakane. A pau keia mau mea, hoi aku la lakou i Kahakaekaea. + +(Ua oleloia ma keia Kaao, o Kaonohiokala ka _lapu_ mua makeia mau moku, +a ma ona la na _lapu_ e auwana nei i keia mau la, ma ka hoohalike ana i +ke ano o ka _lapu_, he _uhane ino_.) + +Ia lakou i hoi ai iluna, mahope iho o ka pau ana o ko Kaonohiokala ola, +halawai aku la lakou me Kahalaomapuana iloko o Kealohilani, akahi no a +lohe lakou aia oia malaila. + +A ma keia halawai ana o lakou, hai aku la o Kahalaomapuana i ka moolelo +o kona hoihoiia'na e like me ka kakou ike ana ma ka Mokuna XXVII o keia +kaao, a pau keia mau mea, laweia'ku la o Kahalaomapuana e pani ma ka +hakahaka o Kaonohiokala. + +Ia lakou ma Kahakaekaea, i kekahi manawa, nui mai la ke aloha o +Laieikawai ia Laielohelohe, aka, aole e hiki ma kona manao, he mea mau +nae ia Laieikawai ka uwe pinepine no kona kaikaina, a he mea haohao no +hoi i kona mau makuahonowai ka ike aku i ko Laieikawai mau maka, ua ano +maka uwe. + +Ninau aku nae o Moanalihaikawaokele i ke kumu o keia mea, alaila, hai +aku la oia, he maka uwe kona no kona kaikaina. + +I mai nae o Moanalihaikawaokele, "Aole e aeia kou kaikaina o noho pu me +kakou, no ka mea, ua haumia oia ia Kaonohiokala; aka, ina he manao kou i +ko kaikaina, alaila, e hoi oe a e pani ma ka hakahaka o +Kekalukaluokewa." Aka, ua ae koke ae la o Laieikawai i keia mau mea. + +A ma ka la o Laieikawai i hookuuia mai ai, olelo mai la o +Moanalihaikawaokele, "E hoi oe a me kou kaikaina, e noho malu oe a hiki +i kou manawa e make ai, a mai keia la aku, aole e kapaia kou inoa o +Laieikawai; aka, o kou inoa mau o KAWAHINEOKALIULA, a ma ia inoa ou e +kukuli aku ai kou hanauna ia oe, a o oe no ke akua o kou mau hanauna." + +A pau keia kauoha, lawe ae la o Moanalihaikawaokele a kau aku la iluna o +ke alanui, a kau pu aku la me Moanalihaikawaokele, a kuuia mai la ilalo +nei. + +Ia manawa, hai aku la o Moanalihaikawaokele i na mea a pau e like me ka +mea i oleloia maluna, a pau ia, hoi aku la o Moanalihaikawaokele iluna, +a noho ma ka pea kapu o kukulu o Tahiti. + +Ia manawa, hooili aku la o Kawahineokaliula i ke aupunu i ka Makaula, o +Laieikawai hoi ka mea i kapaia o Kawahineokaliula, ua noho oia ma kona +ano akua, a ma ona la i kukuli aku ai ka Makaula, a me kona hanauna e +like me ka olelo a Moanalihaikawaokele ia ia. A ma ia ano no o +Laieikawai i noho ai a hiki i kona make ana. + +A mai ia manawa mai a hiki i keia mau la, ke hoomanaia nei no e kekahi +poe ma ka inoa o Kawahineokaliula (Laieikawai). + + +(HOPENA) + + + + + +End of Project Gutenberg's The Hawaiian Romance Of Laieikawai, by Anonymous + +*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE HAWAIIAN ROMANCE OF LAIEIKAWAI *** + +***** This file should be named 13603-8.txt or 13603-8.zip ***** +This and all associated files of various formats will be found in: + https://www.gutenberg.org/1/3/6/0/13603/ + +Produced by Karen Lofstrom and the PG Online Distributed Proofreading +Team. This file was produced from images generously made available +by the Bibliotheque nationale de France (BnF/Gallica) at +http://gallica.bnf.fr + + +Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions +will be renamed. + +Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no +one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation +(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without +permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules, +set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to +copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to +protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project +Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you +charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you +do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the +rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose +such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and +research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do +practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is +subject to the trademark license, especially commercial +redistribution. + + + +*** START: FULL LICENSE *** + +THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE +PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK + +To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free +distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work +(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project +Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project +Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at +https://gutenberg.org/license). + + +Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic works + +1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to +and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property +(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all +the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy +all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession. +If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the +terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or +entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8. + +1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be +used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who +agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few +things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works +even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See +paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement +and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. See paragraph 1.E below. + +1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation" +or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the +collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an +individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are +located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from +copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative +works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg +are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project +Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by +freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of +this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with +the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by +keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project +Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others. + +1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern +what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in +a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check +the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement +before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or +creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project +Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning +the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United +States. + +1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg: + +1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate +access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently +whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the +phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project +Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed, +copied or distributed: + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + +1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived +from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is +posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied +and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees +or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work +with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the +work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 +through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the +Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or +1.E.9. + +1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted +with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution +must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional +terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked +to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the +permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work. + +1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this +work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm. + +1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this +electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without +prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with +active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project +Gutenberg-tm License. + +1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary, +compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any +word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or +distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than +"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version +posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org), +you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a +copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon +request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other +form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1. + +1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying, +performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works +unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. + +1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing +access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided +that + +- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from + the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method + you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is + owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he + has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the + Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments + must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you + prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax + returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and + sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the + address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to + the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation." + +- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies + you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he + does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm + License. You must require such a user to return or + destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium + and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of + Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any + money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the + electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days + of receipt of the work. + +- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free + distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set +forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from +both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael +Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the +Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below. + +1.F. + +1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable +effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread +public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm +collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain +"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or +corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual +property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a +computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by +your equipment. + +1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right +of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project +Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all +liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal +fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT +LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE +PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH F3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE +TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE +LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR +INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH +DAMAGE. + +1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a +defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can +receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a +written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you +received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with +your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with +the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a +refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity +providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to +receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy +is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further +opportunities to fix the problem. + +1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth +in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER +WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO +WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE. + +1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied +warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages. +If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the +law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be +interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by +the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any +provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions. + +1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the +trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone +providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance +with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production, +promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works, +harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees, +that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do +or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm +work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any +Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause. + + +Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm + +Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of +electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers +including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists +because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from +people in all walks of life. + +Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the +assistance they need, is critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's +goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will +remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure +and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations. +To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation +and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4 +and the Foundation web page at https://www.pglaf.org. + + +Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive +Foundation + +The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit +501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the +state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal +Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification +number is 64-6221541. Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at +https://pglaf.org/fundraising. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent +permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws. + +The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S. +Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered +throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at +809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email +business@pglaf.org. Email contact links and up to date contact +information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official +page at https://pglaf.org + +For additional contact information: + Dr. Gregory B. Newby + Chief Executive and Director + gbnewby@pglaf.org + + +Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation + +Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide +spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of +increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be +freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest +array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations +($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt +status with the IRS. + +The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating +charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United +States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a +considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up +with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations +where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To +SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any +particular state visit https://pglaf.org + +While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we +have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition +against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who +approach us with offers to donate. + +International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make +any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from +outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff. + +Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation +methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other +ways including including checks, online payments and credit card +donations. To donate, please visit: https://pglaf.org/donate + + +Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. + +Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm +concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared +with anyone. For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project +Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support. + + +Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed +editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S. +unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily +keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition. + + +Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility: + + https://www.gutenberg.org + +This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm, +including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary +Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to +subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks. diff --git a/old/13603-8.zip b/old/13603-8.zip Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..583f612 --- /dev/null +++ b/old/13603-8.zip diff --git a/old/13603.txt b/old/13603.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..8bdcafb --- /dev/null +++ b/old/13603.txt @@ -0,0 +1,18725 @@ +Project Gutenberg's The Hawaiian Romance Of Laieikawai, by Anonymous + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + + +Title: The Hawaiian Romance Of Laieikawai + +Author: Anonymous + +Release Date: October 5, 2004 [EBook #13603] + +Language: English + +Character set encoding: ASCII + +*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE HAWAIIAN ROMANCE OF LAIEIKAWAI *** + + + + +Produced by Karen Lofstrom and the PG Online Distributed Proofreading +Team. This file was produced from images generously made available +by the Bibliotheque nationale de France (BnF/Gallica) at +http://gallica.bnf.fr + + + + + +THE HAWAIIAN ROMANCE OF + +LAIEIKAWAI + + +WITH INTRODUCTION AND TRANSLATION + +BY + +MARTHA WARREN BECKWITH + + + +[Illustration: A KAHUNA OR NATIVE SORCERER] + + + + +PREFACE + + +This work of translation has been undertaken out of love for the land of +Hawaii and for the Hawaiian people. To all those who have generously aided +to further the study I wish to express my grateful thanks. I am indebted to +the curator and trustees of the Bishop Museum for so kindly placing at my +disposal the valuable manuscripts in the museum collection, and to Dr. +Brigham, Mr. Stokes, and other members of the museum staff for their help +and suggestions, as well as to those scholars of Hawaiian who have +patiently answered my questions or lent me valuable material--to Mr. Henry +Parker, Mr. Thomas Thrum, Mr. William Rowell, Miss Laura Green, Mr. Stephen +Desha, Judge Hazelden of Waiohinu, Mr. Curtis Iaukea, Mr. Edward +Lilikalani, and Mrs. Emma Nawahi. Especially am I indebted to Mr. Joseph +Emerson, not only for the generous gift of his time but for free access to +his entire collection of manuscript notes. My thanks are also due to the +hosts and hostesses through whose courtesy I was able to study in the +field, and to Miss Ethel Damon for her substantial aid in proof reading. +Nor would I forget to record with grateful appreciation those Hawaiian +interpreters whose skill and patience made possible the rendering into +English of their native romance--Mrs. Pokini Robinson of Maui, Mr. and Mrs. +Kamakaiwi of Pahoa, Hawaii, Mrs. Kama and Mrs. Supe of Kalapana, and Mrs. +Julia Bowers of Honolulu. I wish also to express my thanks to those +scholars in this country who have kindly helped me with their criticism--to +Dr. Ashley Thorndike, Dr. W.W. Lawrence, Dr. A.C.L. Brown, and Dr. A.A. +Goldenweiser. I am indebted also to Dr. Roland Dixon for bibliographical +notes. Above all, thanks are due to Dr. Franz Boas, without whose wise and +helpful enthusiasm this study would never have been undertaken. + +MARTHA WARREN BECKWITH. + +COLUMBIA UNIVERSITY, + +October, 1917. + + + + +CONTENTS + +Introduction + +I. The book and its writer + +II. Nature and the Gods as reflected in the story + 1. Polynesian origin of Hawaiian romance + 2. Polynesian cosmogony + 3. The demigod as hero + 4. The earthly paradise; divinity in man and nature + 5. The story: its mythical character + 6. The story as a reflection of aristocratic social life + +III. The art of composition + 1. Aristocratic nature of Polynesian art + 2. Nomenclature: its emotional value + 3. Analogy: its pictorial quality + 4. The double meaning; plays on words + 5. Constructive elements of style + +IV. Conclusions + +Persons in the story +Action of the story +Background of the story + +Text and translation + +Chapter I. The birth of the Princess[A] + II. The flight to Paliuli + III. Kauakahialii meets the Princess + VI. Aiwohikupua goes to woo the Princess + V. The boxing match with Cold-nose + VI. The house thatched with bird feathers + VII. The Woman of the Mountain + VIII. The refusal of the Princess + IX. Aiwohikupua deserts his sisters + X. The sisters' songs + XI. Abandoned in the forest + XII. Adoption by the Princess + XIII. Hauailiki goes surf riding + XIV. The stubbornness of Laieikawai + XV. Aiwohikupua meets the guardians of Paliuli + XVI. The Great Lizard of Paliuli + XVII. The battle between the Dog and the Lizard + XVIII. Aiwohikupua's marriage with the Woman of the Mountain + XIX. The rivalry of Hina and Poliahu + XX. A suitor is found for the Princess + XXI. The Rascal of Puna wins the Princess + XXII. Waka's revenge + XXIII. The Puna Rascal deserts the Princess + XXIV. The marriage of the chiefs + XXV. The Seer finds the Princess + XXVI. The Prophet of God + XXVII. A journey to the Heavens + XXVIII. The Eyeball-of-the-Sun + XXIX. The warning of vengeance + XXX. The coming of the Beloved + XXXI. The Beloved falls into sin + XXXII. The Twin Sister + XXXIII. The Woman of Hana + XXXIV. The Woman of the Twilight + +[Footnote A: The titles of chapters are added for +convenience in reference and are not found in the text.] + + +Notes on the text + +Appendix: Abstracts from Hawaiian stories + I. Song of Creation, as translated by Liliuokalani + II. Chants relating to the origin of the group + III. Hawaiian folk tales, romances, or moolelo + +Index to references + + +ILLUSTRATIONS + +PLATE 91. A kahuna or native sorcerer + 92. In the forests of Puna + 93. A Hawaiian paddler + 94. Mauna Kea in its mantle of snow + 95. A native grass house of the humbler class + + + + +INTRODUCTION + +I. THE BOOK AND ITS WRITER; SCOPE OF THE PRESENT EDITION + + +The _Laieikawai_ is a Hawaiian romance which recounts the wooing of a +native chiefess of high rank and her final deification among the gods. +The story was handed down orally from ancient times in the form of a +_kaao_, a narrative rehearsed in prose interspersed with song, in which +form old tales are still recited by Hawaiian story-tellers.[1] It was +put into writing by a native Hawaiian, Haleole by name, who hoped thus +to awaken in his countrymen an interest in genuine native story-telling +based upon the folklore of their race and preserving its ancient +customs--already fast disappearing since Cook's rediscovery of the group +in 1778 opened the way to foreign influence--and by this means to +inspire in them old ideals of racial glory. Haleole was born about the +time of the death of Kamehameha I, a year or two before the arrival of +the first American missionaries and the establishment of the Protestant +mission in Hawaii. In 1834 he entered the mission school at Lahainaluna, +Maui, where his interest in the ancient history of his people was +stimulated and trained under the teaching of Lorrin Andrews, compiler of +the Hawaiian dictionary, published in 1865, and Sheldon Dibble, under +whose direction David Malo prepared his collection of "Hawaiian +Antiquities," and whose History of the Sandwich Islands (1843) is an +authentic source for the early history of the mission. Such early +Hawaiian writers as Malo, Kamakau, and John Ii were among Haleole's +fellow students. After leaving school he became first a teacher, then an +editor. In the early sixties he brought out the _Laieikawai_, first as +a serial in the Hawaiian newspaper, the _Kuokoa_, then, in 1863, in book +form.[2] Later, in 1885, two part-Hawaiian editors, Bolster and Meheula, +revised and reprinted the story, this time in pamphlet form, together +with several other romances culled from Hawaiian journals, as the +initial volumes of a series of Hawaiian reprints, a venture which ended +in financial failure.[3] The romance of _Laieikawai_ therefore remains +the sole piece of Hawaiian, imaginative writing to reach book form. Not +only this, but it represents the single composition of a Polynesian mind +working upon the material of an old legend and eager to create a genuine +national literature. As such it claims a kind of classic interest. + +The language, although retaining many old words unfamiliar to the +Hawaiian of to-day, and proverbs and expressions whose meaning is now +doubtful, is that employed since the time of the reduction of the speech +to writing in 1820, and is easily read at the present day. Andrews +incorporated the vocabulary of this romance into his dictionary, and in +only a few cases is his interpretation to be questioned. The songs, +though highly figurative, present few difficulties. So far as the +meaning is concerned, therefore, the translation is sufficiently +accurate. But as regards style the problem is much more difficult. To +convey not only the meaning but exactly the Hawaiian way of seeing +things, in such form as to get the spirit of the original, is hardly +possible to our language. The brevity of primitive speech must be +sacrificed, thus accentuating the tedious repetition of detail--a trait +sufficiently characteristic of Hawaiian story-telling. Then, too, common +words for which we have but one form, in the original employ a variety +of synonyms. "Say" and "see" are conspicuous examples. Other words +identical in form convey to the Polynesian mind a variety of ideas +according to the connection in which they are used--a play upon words +impossible to translate in a foreign idiom. Again, certain relations +that the Polynesian conceives with exactness, like those of direction +and the relation of the person addressed to the group referred to, are +foreign to our own idiom; others, like that of time, which we have more +fully developed, the Polynesian recognizes but feebly. In face of these +difficulties the translator has reluctantly foregone any effort to +heighten the charm of the strange tale by using a fictitious idiom or by +condensing and invigorating its deliberation. Haleole wrote his tale +painstakingly, at times dramatically, but for the most part concerned +for its historic interest. We gather from his own statement and from the +breaks in the story that his material may have been collected from +different sources. It seems to have been common to incorporate a +_Laieikawai_ episode into the popular romances, and of these episodes +Haleole may have availed himself. But we shall have something more to +say of his sources later; with his particular style we are not +concerned. The only reason for presenting the romance complete in all +its original dullness and unmodified to foreign taste is with the +definite object of showing as nearly as possible from the native angle +the genuine Polynesian imagination at work upon its own material, +reconstructing in this strange tale of the "Woman of the Twilight" its +own objective world, the social interests which regulate its actions and +desires, and by this means to portray the actual character of the +Polynesian mind. + +This exact thing has not before been done for Hawaiian story and I do +not recall any considerable romance in a Polynesian tongue so +rendered.[4] Admirable collections of the folk tales of Hawaii have been +gathered by Thrum, Remy, Daggett, Emerson, and Westervelt, to which +should be added the manuscript tales collected by Fornander, translated +by John Wise, and now edited by Thrum for the Bishop Museum, from which +are drawn the examples accompanying this paper. But in these collections +the lengthy recitals which may last several hours in the telling or run +for a couple of years as serial in some Hawaiian newspaper are of +necessity cut down to a summary narrative, sufficiently suggesting the +flavor of the original, but not picturing fully the way in which the +image is formed in the mind of the native story-teller. Foreigners and +Hawaiians have expended much ingenuity in rendering the _mele_ or chant +with exactness,[5] but the much simpler if less important matter of +putting into literal English a Hawaiian _kaao_ has never been attempted. + +To the text such ethnological notes have been added as are needed to +make the context clear. These were collected in the field. Some were +gathered directly from the people themselves; others from those who had +lived long enough among them to understand their customs; others still +from observation of their ways and of the localities mentioned in the +story; others are derived from published texts. An index of characters, +a brief description of the local background, and an abstract of the +story itself prefaces the text; appended to it is a series of abstracts +from the Fornander collection, of Hawaiian folk stories, all of which +were collected by Judge Fornander in the native tongue and later +rendered into English by a native translator. These abstracts illustrate +the general character of Hawaiian story-telling, but specific +references should be examined in the full text, now being edited by the +Bishop Museum. The index to references includes all the Hawaiian +material in available form essential to the study of romance, together +with the more useful Polynesian material for comparative reference. It +by no means comprises a bibliography of the entire subject. + + + +_Footnotes to Section I: Introduction_ + +[Footnote 1: Compare the Fijian story quoted by Thomson (p. 6).] + +[Footnote 2: Daggett calls the story "a supernatural folklore legend of +the fourteenth century," and includes an excellent abstract of the +romance, prepared by Dr. W.D. Alexander, in his collection of Hawaiian +legends. Andrews says of it (Islander, 1875, p. 27): "We have seen that +a Hawaiian Kaao or legend was composed ages ago, recited and kept in +memory merely by repetition, until a short time since it was reduced to +writing by a Hawaiian and printed, making a duodecimo volume of 220 +pages, and that, too, with the poetical parts mostly left out. It is +said that this legend took six hours in the recital." In prefacing his +dictionary he says: "The Kaao of Laieikawai is almost the only specimen +of that species of language which has been laid before the public. Many +fine specimens have been printed in the Hawaiian periodicals, but are +neither seen nor regarded by the foreign community."] + +[Footnote 3: The changes introduced by these editors have not been +followed in this edition, except in a few unimportant omissions, but the +popular song printed below appears first in its pages: + + "Aia Laie-i-ka-wai + I ka uka wale la o Pali-uli; + O ka nani, o ka nani, + Helu ekahi o ia uka. + + "E nanea e walea ana paha, + I ka leo nahenahe o na manu. + + "Kau mai Laie-i-ka-wai + I ka eheu la o na manu; + O ka nani, o ka nani, + Helu ekahi o Pali-uli. + + "E nanea, etc. + + "Ua lohe paha i ka hone mai, + O ka pu lau-i a Malio; + Honehone, honehone, + Helu ekahi o Hopoe. + + "E nanea, etc." + + Behold Laieikawai + On the uplands of Paliuli; + Beautiful, beautiful, + The storied one of the uplands. + + REF.--Perhaps resting at peace, + To the melodious voice of the birds. + + Laieikawai rests here + On the wings of the birds; + Beautiful, beautiful, + The storied one of the uplands. + + She has heard perhaps the playing + Of Malio's ti-leaf trumpet; + Playfully, playfully, + The storied one of Hopoe.] + +[Footnote 4: Dr. N. B. Emerson's rendering of the myth of _Pele and +Hiiaka_ quotes only the poetical portions. Her Majesty Queen Liluokalani +interested herself in providing a translation of the _Laieikawai,_ and +the Hon. Sanford B. Dole secured a partial translation of the story; but +neither of these copies has reached the publisher's hands.] + +[Footnote 5: The most important of these chants translated from the +Hawaiian are the "Song of Creation," prepared by Liliuokalani; the "Song +of Kualii," translated by both Lyons and Wise, and the prophetic song +beginning _"Haui ka lani,"_ translated by Andrews and edited by Dole. To +these should be added the important songs cited by Fornander, in full or +in part, which relate the origin of the group, and perhaps the name song +beginning "The fish ponds of Mana," quoted in Fornander's tale of +_Lonoikamakahiki_, the canoe-chant in _Kana_, and the wind chants in +_Pakaa_.] + + +II. NATURE AND THE GODS AS REFLECTED IN THE STORY + +1. POLYNESIAN ORIGIN OF HAWAIIAN ROMANCE + +Truly to interpret Hawaiian romance we must realize at the start its +relation to the past of that people, to their origin and migrations, +their social inheritance, and the kind of physical world to which their +experience has been confined. Now, the real body of Hawaiian folklore +belongs to no isolated group, but to the whole Polynesian area. From New +Zealand through the Tongan, Ellice, Samoan, Society, Rarotongan, +Marquesan, and Hawaiian groups, fringing upon the Fijian and the +Micronesian, the same physical characteristics, the same language, +customs, habits of life prevail; the same arts, the same form of +worship, the same gods. And a common stock of tradition has passed from +mouth to mouth over the same area. In New Zealand, as in Hawaii, men +tell the story of Maui's fishing and the theft of fire.[1] A close +comparative study of the tales from each group should reveal local +characteristics, but for our purpose the Polynesian race is one, and its +common stock of tradition, which at the dispersal and during the +subsequent periods of migration was carried as common treasure-trove of +the imagination as far as New Zealand on the south and Hawaii on the +north, and from the western Fiji to the Marquesas on the east, repeats +the same adventures among similar surroundings and colored by the same +interests and desires. This means, in the first place, that the race +must have developed for a long period of time in some common home of +origin before the dispersal came, which sent family groups migrating +along the roads of ocean after some fresh land for settlement;[2] in the +second place, it reflects a period of long voyaging which brought about +interchange of culture between far distant groups.[3] As the Crusades +were the great exchange for west European folk stories, so the days of +the voyagers were the Polynesian crusading days. The roadway through the +seas was traveled by singing bards who carried their tribal songs as a +race heritage into the new land of their wanderings. Their inns for +hostelry were islets where the boats drew up along the beach and the +weary oarsmen grouped about the ovens where their hosts prepared cooked +food for feasting. Tales traveled thus from group to group with a +readiness which only a common tongue, common interests, and a common +delight could foster, coupled with the constant competition of family +rivalries. + +Hawaiian tradition reflects these days of wandering.[4] A chief vows to +wed no woman of his own group but only one fetched from "the land of +good women." An ambitious priest seeks overseas a leader of divine +ancestry. A chief insulted by his superior leads his followers into +exile on some foreign shore. There is exchange of culture-gifts, +intermarriage, tribute, war. Romance echoes with the canoe song and the +invocation to the confines of Kahiki[5]--this in spite of the fact that +intercourse seems to have been long closed between this northern group +and its neighbors south and east. When Cook put in first at the island +of Kauai, most western of the group, perhaps guided by Spanish charts, +perhaps by Tahitian navigators who had preserved the tradition of +ancient voyages,[6] for hundreds of years none but chance boats had +driven upon its shores.[7] But the old tales remained, fast bedded at +the foundation of Hawaiian imaginative literature. As now recited they +take the form of chants or of long monotonous recitals like the +_Laieikawai_, which take on the heightened form of poetry only in +dialogue or on occasions when the emotional stress requires set song. +Episodes are passed along, from one hero cycle to another, localities +and names vary, and a fixed form in matter of detail relieves the +stretch of invention; in fact, they show exactly the same phenomena of +fixing and reshaping, that all story-telling whose object is to please +exhibits in transference from mouth to mouth. Nevertheless, they are +jealously retentive of incident. The story-teller, generally to be found +among the old people of any locality, who can relate the legends as they +were handed down to him from the past is known and respected in the +community. We find the same story[8] told in New Zealand and in Hawaii +scarcely changed, even in name. + + + +_Footnotes to Section II, 1: Polynesian Origin of Hawaiian Romance_ + +[Footnote 1: Bastian In Samoanische Schoepfungssage (p. 8) says: +"Oceanien (im Zusammenbegriff von Polynesien und Mikronesien) +repraesentirt (bei vorlaeufigem Ausschluss von Melanesien schon) einen +Flaechenraum, der alles Aehnliche auf dem Globus intellectualis weit +uebertrifft (von Hawaii bis Neu-Seeland, von der Oster-Insel bis zu den +Marianen), und wenn es sich hier um Inseln handelt durch Meeresweiten +getrennt, ist aus solch insularer Differenzirung gerade das Hilfsmittel +comparativer Methode geboten fuer die Induction, um dasselbe, wie +biologiseh sonst, hier auf psychologischem Arbeitsfelde zur Verwendung +zu bringen." Compare: Kraemer, p. 394; Finck, in Royal Scientific Society +of Goettingen, 1909.] + +[Footnote 2: Lesson says of the Polynesian groups (I, 378): "On sait ... +que tous ont, pour loi civile et religieuse, la meme interdiction; que +leurs institutions, leurs ceremonies sont semblables; que leurs +croyances sont foncierement identiques; qu'ils ont le meme culte, les +memes coutumes, les memes usages principaux; qu'ils ont enfin les memes +moeurs et les memes traditions. Tout semble donc, a priori, annoncer +que, quelque soit leur eloignement les uns des autres, les Polynesiens +ont tire d'une meme source cette communaute d'idees et de langage; +qu'ils ne sont, par consequent, que les tribus disperses d'une meme +nation, et que ces tribus ne se sont separees qu'a une epoque ou la +langue et les idees politiques et religieuses de cette nation etaient +deja fixees."] + +[Footnote 3: Compare: Stair, Old Samoa, p. 271; White, I, 176; Fison, +pp. 1, 19; Smith, Hawaiki, p. 123; Lesson, II, 207, 209; Grey, pp. +108-234; Baessler, Neue Suedsee-Bilder, p. 113; Thomson, p. 15.] + +[Footnote 4: Lesson (II, 190) enumerates eleven small islands, covering +40 degrees of latitude, scattered between Hawaii and the islands to the +south, four showing traces of ancient habitation, which he believes to +mark the old route from Hawaii to the islands to the southeast. +According to Hawaiian tradition, which is by no means historically +accurate, what is called the second migration period to Hawaii seems to +have occurred between the eleventh and fourteenth centuries (dated from +the arrival of the high priest Paao at Kohala, Hawaii, 18 generations +before Kamehameha); to have come from the southeast; to have introduced +a sacerdotal system whose priesthood, symbols, and temple structure +persisted up to the time of the abandoning of the old faith in 1819. +Compare Alexander's History, ch. III; Malo, pp. 25, 323; Lesson, II, +160-169.] + +[Footnote 5: _Kahiki_, in Hawaiian chants, is the term used to designate +a "foreign land" in general and does not refer especially to the island +of Tahiti in the Society Group.] + +[Footnote 6: Lesson, II, 152.] + +[Footnote 7: Ibid., 170.] + +[Footnote 8: Ibid., 178.] + + + + +2. POLYNESIAN COSMOGONY + +In theme the body of Polynesian folk tale is not unlike that of other +primitive and story-loving people. It includes primitive +philosophy--stories of cosmogony and of heroes who shaped the earth; +primitive annals--migration stories, tales of culture heroes, of +conquest and overrule. There is primitive romances--tales of +competition, of vengeance, and of love; primitive wit--of drolls and +tricksters; and primitive fear in tales of spirits and the power of +ghosts. These divisions are not individual to Polynesia; they belong to +universal delight; but the form each takes is shaped and determined by +the background, either of real life or of life among the gods, familiar +to the Polynesian mind. + +The conception of the heavens is purely objective, corresponding, in +fact, to Anaxagoras's sketch of the universe. Earth is a plain, walled +about far as the horizon, where, according to Hawaiian expression, rise +the confines of Kahiki, _Kukulu o Kahiki_.[1] From this point the +heavens are superimposed one upon the other like cones, in number +varying in different groups from 8 to 14; below lies the underworld, +sometimes divided into two or three worlds ruled by deified ancestors +and inhabited by the spirits of the dead, or even by the gods[2]--the +whole inclosed from chaos like an egg in a shell.[3] Ordinarily the gods +seem to be conceived as inhabiting the heavens. As in other mythologies, +heaven and the life the gods live there are merely a reproduction or +copy of earth and its ways. In heaven the gods are ranged by rank; in +the highest heaven dwells the chief god alone enjoying his supreme right +of silence, _tabu moe_; others inhabit the lower heavens in gradually +descending grade corresponding to the social ranks recognized among the +Polynesian chiefs on earth. This physical world is again the prototype +for the activities of the gods, its multitudinous manifestations +representing the forms and forces employed by the myriad gods in making +known their presence on earth. They are not these forms themselves, but +have them at their disposal, to use as transformation bodies in their +appearances on earth, or they may transfer them to their offspring on +earth. This is due to the fact that the gods people earth, and from them +man is descended. Chiefs rank, in fact, according to their claim to +direct descent from the ancient gods.[4] + +Just how this came about is not altogether uniformly explained. In the +Polynesian creation story[5] three things are significant--a monistic +idea of a god existing before creation;[6] a progressive order of +creation out of the limitless and chaotic from lower to higher forms, +actuated by desire, which is represented by the duality of sex +generation in a long line of ancestry through specific pairs of forms +from the inanimate world--rocks and earth, plants of land and sea +forms--to the animate--fish, insects, reptiles, and birds;[7] and the +special analysis of the soul of man into "breath," which constitutes +life; "feeling," located in the heart; "desire" in the intestines; and +"thought" out of which springs doubt--the whole constituting _akamai_ or +"knowledge." In Hawaii the creation story lays emphasis upon progressive +sex generation of natural forms. + +Individual islands of a group are popularly described as rocks dropped +down out of heaven or fished up from below sea as resting places for the +gods;[8] or they are named as offspring of the divine ancestors of the +group.[9] The idea seems to be that they are a part of the divine +fabric, connected in kind with the original source of the race. + + + +_Footnotes to Section II, 2: Polynesian Cosmogony_ + +[Footnote 1: In the Polynesian picture of the universe the wall of +heaven is conceived as shutting down about each group, so that boats +traveling from one group to another "break through" this barrier wall. +The _Kukulu o Kahiki_ in Hawaii seems to represent some such confine. +Emerson says (in Malo, 30): "Kukulu was a wall or vertical erection such +as was supposed to stand at the limits of the horizon and support the +dome of heaven." Points of the compass were named accordingly _Kukulu +hikina, Kukulu komohana, Kukulu hema, Kukulu akau_--east, west, south, +north. The horizon was called _Kukulu-o-ka-honua_--"the +compass-of-the-earth." The planes inclosed by such confines, on the +other hand, are named _Kahiki_. The circle of the sky which bends upward +from the horizon is called _Kahiki-ku_ or "vertical." That through +which, the eye travels in reaching the horizon, _Kahiki-moe_, or +"horizontal."] + +[Footnote 2: The Rarotongan world of spirits is an underworld. (See +Gill's Myths and Songs.) The Hawaiians believed in a subterranean world +of the dead divided into two regions, in the upper of which Wakea +reigned; in the lower, Milu. Those who had not been sufficiently +religious "must lie under the spreading _Kou_ trees of Milu's world, +drink its waters and eat lizards and butterflies for food." Traditional +points from which the soul took its leap into this underworld are to be +found at the northern point of Hawaii, the west end of Maui, the south +and the northwest points of Oahu, and, most famous of all, at the mouth +of the great Waipio Valley on Hawaii. Compare Thomson's account from +Fiji of the "pathway of the shade." p. 119.] + +[Footnote 3: White, I, chart; Gill, Myths and Songs, pp. 3, 4; Ellis, +III, 168-170.] + +[Footnote 4: Gill says of the Hervey Islanders (p. 17 of notes): "The +state is conceived of as a long house standing east and west, chiefs +from the north and south sides of the island representing left and +right; under chiefs the rafters; individuals the leaves of the thatch. +These are the counterpart of the actual house (of the gods) in the +spirit world." Compare Stair, p. 210.] + +[Footnote 5: Bastian, Samoanische Schoepfungs-Sage; Ellis, I, 321; White, +vol. I; Turner, Samoa, 3; Gill, Myths and Songs, pp. 1-20; Moerenhout I, +419 et seq.; Liliuokalani, translation of the Hawaiian "Song of +Creation"; Dixon, Oceanic Mythology.] + +[Footnote 6: Moerenhout translates (I, 419): "He was, _Taaroa_ (Kanaloa) +was his name. He dwelt in immensity. Earth was not. _Taaroa_, called, +but nothing responded to him, and, existing alone, he changed himself +into the universe. The pivots (axes or orbits), this is _Taaroa_; the +rocks, this is he. _Taaroa_ is the sand, so is he named. _Taaroa_ is the +day. _Taaroa_ is the center. _Taaroa_ is the germ. _Taaroa_ is the base. +_Taaroa_ is the invincible, who created the universe, the sacred +universe, the shell for _Taaroa_, the life, life of the universe."] + +[Footnote 7: Moerenhout, I, 423: "_Taaroa_ slept with the woman called +_Hina_ of the sea. Black clouds, white clouds, rain are born. _Taaroa_ +slept with the woman of the uplands; the first-germ is born. Afterwards +is born all that grows upon the earth. Afterwards is born the mist of +the mountain. Afterwards is born the one called strong. Afterwards Is +born the woman, the beautiful adorned one," etc.] + +[Footnote 8: Grey, pp. 38-45; Kraemer, Samoa Inseln, pp. 395-400; Fison, +pp. 139-146; Mariner, I, 228; White, II, 75; Gill, Myths and Songs, p. +48.] + +[Footnote 9: In Fornander's collection of origin chants the Hawaiian +group is described as the offspring of the ancestors Wakea and Papa, or +Hina.] + + + + +3. THE DEMIGOD AS HERO + + +As natural forms multiplied, so multiplied the gods who wedded and gave +them birth. Thus the half-gods were born, the _kupua_ or demigods as +distinguished from _akua_ or spirits who are pure divinities.[1] The +nature of the Polynesian _kupua_ is well described in the romance of +_Laieikawai_, in Chapter XXIX, when the sisters of Aiwohikupua try to +relieve their mistress's fright about marrying a divine one from the +heavens. "He is no god--_Aole ia he Akua_--" they say, "he is a man like +us, yet in his nature and appearance godlike. And he was the first-born +of us; he was greatly beloved by our parents; to him was given +superhuman power--_ka mana_--which we have not.... Only his taboo rank +remains, Therefore fear not; when he comes you will see that he is only +a man like us." It is such a character, born of godlike ancestors and +inheriting through the favor of this god, or some member of his family +group, godlike power or _mana_, generally in some particular form, who +appears as the typical hero of early Hawaiian romance. His rank as a god +is gained by competitive tests with a rival _kupua_/ or with the +ancestor from whom he demands recognition and endowment. He has the +power of transformation into the shape of some specific animal, object, +or physical phenomenon which serves as the "sign" or "body" in which the +god presents himself to man, and hence he controls all objects of this +class. Not only the heavenly bodies, clouds, storms, and the appearances +in the heavens, but perfumes and notes of birds serve to announce his +divinity, and special kinds of birds, or fish, or reptiles, or of +animals like the rat, pig, or dog, are recognized as peculiarly likely +to be the habitation of a god. This is the form in which _aumakua_, or +guardian spirits of a family, appear to watch over the safety of the +household they protect.[2] + +Besides this power of transformation the _kupua_ has other supernatural +gifts, as the power of flight,[3] of contraction and expansion at will, +of seeing what is going on at a distance, and of bringing the dead to +life. As a man on earth he is often miraculously born or miraculously +preserved at birth, which event is heralded by portents in the heavens. +He is often brought up by some supernatural guardian, grows with +marvelous rapidity, has an enormous appetite--a proof of godlike strain, +because only the chief in Polynesian economic life has the resources +freely to indulge his animal appetite--and phenomenal beauty or +prodigious skill, strength, or subtlety in meeting every competitor. His +adventures follow the general type of mythical hero tales. Often he +journeys to the heavens to seek some gift of his ancestors, the +ingenious fancy keeping always before it an objective picture of this +heavenly superstructure--bearing him thither upon a cloud or bird, on +the path of a cobweb, a trailing vine, or a rainbow, or swung thither on +the tip of a bamboo stalk. Arrived in the region of air, by means of +tokens or by name chants, he proves his ancestry and often substantiates +his claim in tests of power, ability thus sharing with blood the +determining of family values. If his deeds are among men, they are of a +marvelous nature. Often his godlike nature is displayed by apparent +sloth and indolence on his part, his followers performing miraculous +feats while he remains inactive; hence he is reproached for idleness by +the unwitting. Sometimes he acts as a transformer, changing the form of +mountains and valleys with a step or stroke; sometimes as a culture hero +bringing gifts to mankind and teaching them the arts learned from the +gods, or supplying food by making great hauls of fish by means of a +miraculous hook, or planting rich crops; sometimes he is an avenger, +pitting his strength against a rival demigod who has done injury to a +relative or patron of his own, or even by tricks outwitting the +mischievous _akua_. Finally, he remains on earth only when, by +transgressing some _kupua_ custom or in contest with a superior +_kupua_, he is turned into stone, many rock formations about the islands +being thus explained and consequently worshiped as dwelling places of +gods. Otherwise he is deified in the heavens, or goes to dwell in the +underworld with the gods, from whence he may still direct and inspire +his descendants on earth if they worship him, or even at times appear to +them again on earth in some objective form.[4] + + + +_Footnotes to Section II, 3: The Demigod as Hero_ + +[Footnote 1: Mariner, II, 103; Turner, Nineteen Tears in Polynesia, pp. +238-242; Ibid., Samoa, pp. 23-77; Ellis, I, 334; Gracia, pp. 41-44; +Kraemer (Samoa Inseln, p. 22) and Stair (p. 211) distinguished _akua_ as +the original gods, _aiku_ as their descendants, the demonic beings who +appear in animal forms and act as helpers to man; and _kupua_ as deified +human beings.] + +[Footnote 2: When a Polynesian invokes a god he prays to the spirit of +some dead ancestor who acts as his supernatural helper. A spirit is much +stronger than a human being--hence the custom of covering the grave with +a great heap of stone or modern masonry to keep down the ghost. Its +strength may be increased through prayer and sacrifice, called "feeding" +the god. See Fornander's stories of _Pumaia_, and _Nihoalaki_. In +Fison's story of Mantandua the mother has died of exhaustion in rescuing +her child. As he grows up her spirit acts as his supernatural helper, +and appears to him in dreams to direct his course. He accordingly +achieves prodigies through her aid. In _Kuapakaa_ the boy manages the +winds through his grandmother's bones, which he keeps in a calabash. In +_Pamano_, the supernatural helper appears in bird shape. The Fornander +stories of _Kamapua'a_, the pig god, and of _Pikoiakaalala_, who belongs +to the rat family, illustrate the _kupua_ in animal shape. Malo, pp. +113-115. Compare Mariner, II, 87, 100; Ellis, I, 281.] + +[Footnote 3: Bird-bodied gods of low grade in the theogony of the +heavens act as messengers for the higher gods. In Stair (p. 214) Tuli, +the plover, is the bird messenger of Tagaloa. The commonest messenger +birds named in Hawaiian stories are the plover, wandering tattler, and +turnstone, all migratory from about April to August, and hence naturally +fastened upon by the imagination as suitable messengers to lands beyond +common ken. Gill (Myths and Songs, p. 35) says that formerly the gods +spoke through small land birds, as in the story of Laieikawai's visit to +Kauakahialii.] + +[Footnote 4: With the stories quoted from Fornander may be compared such +wonder tales as are to be found in Kraemer, pp. 108, 116, 121, 413-419; +Fison, pp. 32, 49, 99; Grey, p. 59; Turner, Samoa, p. 209; White I, 82, +etc.] + + + + +4. THE EARTHLY PARADISE; DIVINITY IN MAN AND NATURE + + +For according to the old myth, Sky and Earth were nearer of access in +the days when the first gods brought forth their children--the winds, +the root plants, trees, and the inhabitants of the sea, but the younger +gods rent them apart to give room to walk upright;[1] so gods and men +walked together in the early myths, but in the later traditions, called +historical, the heavens do actually get pushed farther away from man and +the gods retreat thither. The fabulous demigods depart one by one from +Hawaii; first the great gods--Kane, Ku, Lono, and Kanaloa; then the +demigods, save Pele of the volcano. The supernatural race of the dragons +and other beast gods who came from "the shining heavens" to people +Hawaii, the gods and goddesses who governed the appearances in the +heavens, and the myriad race of divine helpers who dwelt in the tiniest +forms of the forest and did in a night the task of months of labor, all +those god men who shaped the islands and named their peaks and valleys, +rocks, and crevices as they trampled hollows with a spring and thrust +their spears through mountains, were superseded by a humaner race of +heroes who ruled the islands by subtlety and skill, and instead of +climbing the heavens after the fiery drink of the gods or searching the +underworld for ancestral hearth fires, voyaged to other groups of +islands for courtship or barter. Then even the long voyages ceased and +chiefs made adventure out of canoe trips about their own group, never +save by night out of sight of land. They set about the care of their +property from rival chiefs. Thus constantly in jeopardy from each other, +sharpening, too, their observation of what lay directly about them and +of the rational way to get on in life, they accepted the limits of a +man's power and prayed to the gods, who were their great ancestors, for +gifts beyond their reach.[2] + +And during this transfer of attention from heaven to earth the +objective picture of a paradise in the heavens or of an underworld +inhabited by spirits of the dead got mixed up with that of a land of +origin on earth, an earthly paradise called Hawaiki or Bulotu or "the +lost land of _Kane_"--a land about which clustered those same wistful +longings which men of other races have pictured in their visions of an +earthly paradise--the "talking tree of knowledge," the well of life, and +plenty without labor.[3] "Thus they dwelt at Paliuli," says Haleole of +the sisters' life with Laieikawai, "and while they dwelt there never did +they weary of life. Never did they even see the person who prepared +their food, nor the food itself save when, at mealtimes, the birds +brought them food and cleared away the remnants when they had finished. +So Paliuli became to them a land beloved." + +Gods and men are, in fact, to the Polynesian mind, one family under +different forms, the gods having superior control over certain +phenomena, a control which they may impart to their offspring on earth. +As he surveys the world about him the Polynesian supposes the signs of +the gods who rule the heavens to appear on earth, which formerly they +visited, traveling thither as cloud or bird or storm or perfume to +effect some marriage alliance or govern mankind. In these forms, or +transformed themselves into men, they dwelt on earth and shaped the +social customs of mankind. Hence we have in such a romance as the +_Laieikawai_ a realistic picture, first, of the activities of the gods +in the heavens and on earth, second, of the social ideas and activities +of the people among whom the tale is told. The supernatural blends into +the natural in exactly the same way as to the Polynesian mind gods +relate themselves to men, facts about one being regarded as, even though +removed to the heavens, quite as objective as those which belong to the +other, and being employed to explain social customs and physical +appearances in actual experience. In the light of such story-telling +even the Polynesian creation myth may become a literal genealogy, and +the dividing line between folklore and traditional history, a mere shift +of attention and no actual change in the conception itself of the nature +of the material universe and the relations between gods and men. + + + +_Footnotes to Section II, 4: The Earthly Paradise_ + +[Footnote 1: Grey, pp. 1-15; White, I, 46; Baessler, Neue Suedsee-Bilder, +pp. 244, 245; Gill, Myths and Songs, pp. 58-60.] + +[Footnote 2: Compare Kraemer's Samoan story (in Samoa Inseln, p. 413) of +the quest after the pearl fishhooks kept by Night and Day in the twofold +heavens with the Hawaiian stories collected by Fornander of _Aiai_ and +_Nihoalaki_. Kraemer's story begins: + + "Aloalo went to his father + To appease Sina's longing; + He sent him to the twofold heavens, + To his grandparents, Night and Day, + To the house whence drops fall spear-shaped, + To hear their counsel and return. + Aloalo entered the house, + Took not the unlucky fishhook, + Brought away that of good luck," + etc.] + +[Footnote 3: Kraemer, Samoa Inseln, pp. 44, 115; Fison, pp. 16, +139-161, 163; Lesson, II, 272, 483 (see index); Mariner, II, 100, 102, +115, et seq.; Moerenhout, I, 432; Gracia, p. 40; Turner, Nineteen Years +in Polynesia, p. 237; Gill, Myths and Songs, pp. 152-172. + +In Fison's story (p. 139) the gods dwell in Bulotu, "where the sky meets +the waters in the climbing path of the sun." The story goes: "In the +beginning there was no land save that on which the gods lived; no dry +land was there for men to dwell upon; all was sea; the sky covered it +above and bounded it on every side. There was neither day nor night, but +a mild light shone continually through the sky upon the water, like the +shining of the moon when its face is hidden by a white cloud."] + + + + +5. THE STORY: ITS MYTHICAL CHARACTER + +These mythical tales of the gods are reflected in Haleole's romance of +_Laieikawai_. Localized upon Hawaii, it is nevertheless familiar with +regions of the heavens. Paliuli, the home of Laieikawai, and +Pihanakalani, home of the flute-playing high chief of Kauai, are +evidently earthly paradises.[1] Ask a native where either of these +places is to be found and he will say, smiling, "In the heavens." The +long lists of local place names express the Polynesian interest in local +journeyings. The legend of _Waiopuka_ is a modern or at least adapted +legend. But the route which the little sister follows to the heavens +corresponds with Polynesian cosmogonic conceptions, and is true to +ancient stories of the home of the gods. + +The action of the story, too, is clearly concerned with a family of +demigods. This is more evident if we compare a parallel story translated +by Westervelt in "Gods and Ghosts," page 116, which, however confused +and fragmentary, is clearly made up of some of the same material as +Haleole's version.[2] + +The main situation in this story furnishes a close parallel to the +_Laieikawai_ A beautiful girl of high rank is taken from her parents and +brought up apart in an earthly paradise by a supernatural guardian, +Waka, where she is waited upon by birds. A great lizard acts as her +protector. She is wedded to a high taboo chief who is fetched thither +from the gods, and who later is seduced from his fidelity by the beauty +of another woman. This woman of the mountain, Poliahu, though identical +in name and nature, plays a minor part in Haleole's story. In other +details the stories show discrepancies.[3] It is pretty clear that +Haleole's version has suppressed, out of deference to foreign-taught +proprieties, the original relationship of brother and sister retained in +the Westervelt story. This may be inferred from the fact that other +unpublished Hawaiian romances of the same type preserve this relation, +and that, according to Hawaiian genealogists, the highest divine rank is +ascribed to such a union. Restoring this connection, the story describes +the doings of a single family, gods or of godlike descent.[4] + +In the Westervelt story, on the whole, the action is treated mythically +to explain how things came to be as they are--how the gods peopled the +islands, how the _hula_ dances and the lore of the clouds were taught in +Hawaii. The reason for the localization is apparent. The deep forests of +Puna, long dedicated to the gods, with their singing birds, their forest +trees whose leaves dance in the wind, their sweet-scented _maile_ vine, +with those fine mists which still perpetually shroud the landscape and +give the name Haleohu, House-of-mist, to the district, and above all the +rainbows so constantly arching over the land, make an appropriate +setting for the activities of some family of demigods. Strange and +fairylike as much of the incident appears, allegorical as it seems, upon +the face of it, the Polynesian mind observes objectively the activities +of nature and of man as if they proceeded from the same sort of +consciousness. + +[Illustration: IN THE FORESTS OF PUNA (HENSHAW)] + +So, in Haleole's more naturalistic tale the mythical rendering is +inwrought into the style of the narrative. Storm weds Perfume. Their +children are the Sun-at-high-noon; a second son, possibly Lightning; +twin daughters called after two varieties of the forest vine, _ieie_, +perhaps symbols of Rainbow and Twilight; and five sweet-smelling +daughters--the four varieties of _maile_ vine and the scented _hala_ +blossom. The first-born son is of such divine character that he dwells +highest in the heavens. Noonday, like a bird, bears visitors to his +gate, and guards of the shade--Moving-cloud and Great-bright-moon--close +it to shut out his brightness. The three regions below him are guarded +by maternal uncles and by his father, who never comes near the taboo +house, which only his mother shares with him. His signs are those of the +rainstorm--thunder, lightning, torrents of "red rain," high seas, and +long-continued mists--these he inherits from his father. An ancestress +rears Rainbow in the forests of Puna. Birds bear her upon their wings +and serve her with abundance of food prepared without labor, and of +their golden feathers her royal house is built; sweet-scented vines and +blossoms surround her; mists shroud her when she goes abroad. Earthquake +guards her dwelling, saves Rainbow from Lightning, who seeks to destroy +her, and bears a messenger to fetch the Sun-at-high-noon as bridegroom +for the beautiful Rainbow. The Sun god comes to earth and bears Rainbow +away with him to the heavens, but later he loves her sister Twilight, +follows her to earth, and is doomed to sink into Night. + + + +_Footnotes to Section II, 5: The Story: Its Mythical Character_ + +[Footnote 1: As such Paliuli occurs in other Hawaiian folk tales: + +1. At Paliuli grew the mythical trees Makali'i, male and female, which +have the power to draw fish. The female was cut down and taken to +Kailua, Oahu, hence the chant: + + "Kupu ka laau ona a Makali'i, + O Makali'i, laau Kaulana mai ka pomai." + +2. In the Fornander notes from Kepelino and Kamakau, Paliuli is the land +given to the first man and is called "hidden land of Kane" and "great +land of the gods." 3. In Fornander's story of _Kepakailiula_, the gods +assign Paliuli to be the hero's home. To reach it the party start at +second cockcrow from Keaau (as in the _Laieikawai_) and arrive in the +morning. It is "a good land, flat, fertile, filled with many things +desired by man." The native apples are as large as breadfruit. They see +a pond "lying within the land stocked with all kinds of fish of the sea +except the whale and the shark." Here "the sugar cane grew until it lay +flat, the hogs until the tusks were long, the chickens until the spurs +were long and sharp, and the dogs until their backs were flattened out." +They leave Paliuli to travel over Hawaii, and "no man has ever seen it +since." + +4. In Fornander's story of _Kana_, Uli, the grandmother of Kana, goes up +to Paliuli to dig up the double canoe Kaumaielieli in which Kana is to +sail to recover his mother. The chant in which this canoe is described +is used to-day by practicers of sorcery to exorcise an enemy.] + +[Footnote 2: The gods Kane and Kanaloa, who live in the mountains of +Oahu, back of Honolulu, prepare a home for the first-born son of Ku and +Hina, whom they send Rainbow to fetch from Nuumealani. The messenger, +first gaining the consent of the lizard guardian at Kuaihelani, brings +back Child-adopted-by-the-gods to the gods on Oahu. Again Hina bears a +child, a daughter. For this girl also the gods send two sister +messengers, who bring Paliuli to Waka, where she cares for the birds in +the forests of Puna. Here a beautiful home is prepared for the girl and +a garden planted with two magical food-producing trees, Makalei, brought +from Nuumealani to provide fish and prepared food in abundance. These +two children, brother and sister, are the most beautiful pair on earth, +and the gods arrange their marriage. Kane precedes the boy, dressed in +his lightning body, and the tree people come to dance and sing before +Paliuli. Some say that the goddess Laka, patroness of the _hula_ dance, +accompanied them. For a time all goes well, then the boy is beguiled by +Poliahu (Cold-bosom) on the mountain. Paliuli, aware of her lover's +infidelity, sends Waka to bring him back, but Cold-bosom prevents his +approach, by spreading the mountain with snow. Paliuli wanders away to +Oahu, then to Kauai, learning dances on the way which she teaches to the +trees in the forest on her return. + +Meanwhile another child is born to Ku and Hina. The lizard guardian +draws this lovely girl from the head of Hina, calls her Keaomelemele, +Golden-cloud, and sets her to rule the clouds in the Shining-heavens. +Among these clouds is Kaonohiokala, the Eyeball-of-the-sun, who knows +what is going on at a distance. From the lizard guardian Golden-cloud +learns of her sister Paliuli's distress, and she comes to earth to +effect a reconciliation. There she learns all the dances that the gods +can teach. + +Now, Ku and Hina, having learned the lore of the clouds, choose other +mates and each, bears a child, one a boy called Kaumailiula, +Twilight-resting-in-the-sky, the other a girl named Kaulanaikipokii. + +The boy is brought to Oahu, riding in a red canoe befitting a chief, to +be Goldencloud's husband. His sister follows with her maidens riding in +shells, which they pick up and put in their pockets when they come to +land. Ku, Hina, and the lizard family also migrate to Oahu to join the +gods, Kane and Kanaloa, for the marriage festival. Thus these early +gods came to Oahu.] + +[Footnote 3: Although the earthly paradise has the same location in both +stories, the name Paliuli in Westervelt's version belongs to the +heroine herself. The name of the younger sister, too, who acts no part +in this story, appears again in the tale collected by Fornander of +_Kaulanapokii_, where, like the wise little sister of Haleole's story, +she is the leader and spokesman of her four Maile sisters, and carries +her part as avenger by much more magical means than in Haleole's +naturalistic conception. The character who bears the name of Haleole's +sungod, Kaonohiokala, plays only an incidental part in Westervelt's +story.] + +[Footnote 4: First generation: Waka, Kihanuilulumoku, +Lanalananuiaimakua. + +Second generation: Moanalihaikawaokele, Laukieleula; Mokukeleikahiki and +Kaeloikamalama (brothers to Laukieleula). + +Third generation: Kaonohiokala m. Laieikawai, Laielohelohe (m. +Kekalukaluokewaii), Aiwohikupua, Mailehaiwale, Mailekaluhea, +Mailelaulii, Mailepakaha, Kahalaomapuana.] + + + + +6. THE STORY AS A REFLECTION OF ARISTOCRATIC SOCIAL LIFE + + +Such is the bare outline of the myth, but notice how, in humanizing the +gods, the action presents a lively picture of the ordinary course of +Polynesian life. Such episodes as the concealment of the child to +preserve its life, the boxing and surfing contests, all the business of +love-making--its jealousies and subterfuges, the sisters to act as +go-betweens, the bet at checkers and the _Kilu_ games at night, the +marriage cortege and the public festival; love for music, too, +especially the wonder and curiosity over a new instrument, and the love +of sweet odors; again, the picture of the social group--the daughter of +a high chief, mistress of a group of young virgins, in a house apart +which is forbidden to men, and attended by an old woman and a humpbacked +servant; the chief's establishment with its soothsayers, paddlers, +soldiers, executioner, chief counselor, and the group of under chiefs +fed at his table; the ceremonial wailing at his reception, the _awa_ +drink passed about at the feast, the taboo signs, feather cloak, and +wedding paraphernalia, the power over life and death, and the choice +among virgins. Then, on the other hand, the wonder and delight of the +common people, their curious spying into the chief's affairs, the +treacherous paddlers, the different orders of landowners; in the temple, +the human sacrifices, prayers, visions; the prophet's search for a +patron, his wrestling with the god, his affection for his chief, his +desire to be remembered to posterity by the saying "the daughters of +Hulumaniani"--all these incidents reflect the course of everyday life in +aristocratic Polynesian society and hence belong to the common stock of +Hawaiian romance. + +Such being the material of Polynesian romance--a world in which gods and +men play their part; a world which includes the heavens yet reflects +naturalistically the beliefs and customs of everyday life, let us next +consider how the style of the story-teller has been shaped by his manner +of observing nature and by the social requirements which determine his +art--by the world of nature and the world of man. And in the first place +let us see under what social conditions Polynesia has gained for itself +so high a place, on the whole, among primitive story-telling people for +the richness, variety, and beauty of its conceptions.[1] + +Polynesian romance reflects its own social world--a world based upon the +fundamental conception of social rank. The family tie and the inherited +rights and titles derived from it determine a man's place in the +community. The families of chiefs claim these rights and titles from the +gods who are their ancestors.[2] They consist not only in land and +property rights but in certain privileges in administering the affairs +of a group, and in certain acknowledged forms of etiquette equivalent to +the worship paid to a god. These rights are administered through a +system of taboo.[3] + +A taboo depends for its force upon the belief that it is divinely +ordained and that to break it means to bring down the anger of the gods +upon the offender. In the case, therefore, of a violation of taboo, the +community forestalls the god's wrath, which might otherwise extend to +the whole number, by visiting the punishment directly upon the guilty +offender, his family or tribe. But it is always understood that back of +the community disapproval is the unappeased challenge of the gods. In +the case of the Polynesian taboo, the god himself is represented in the +person of the chief, whose divine right none dare challenge and who may +enforce obedience within his taboo right, under the penalty of death. +The limits of this right are prescribed by grade. Before some chiefs the +bystander must prostrate himself, others are too sacred to be touched. +So, when a chief dedicates a part of his body to the deity, for an +inferior it is taboo; any act of sacrilege will throw the chief into a +fury of passion. In the same way tabooed food or property of any kind is +held sacred and can not be touched by the inferior. To break a taboo is +to challenge a contest of strength--that is, to declare war. + +As the basis of the taboo right lay in descent from the gods, lineage +was of first importance in the social world. Not that rank was +independent of ability--a chief must exhibit capacity who would claim +possession of the divine inheritance;[4] he must keep up rigorously the +fitting etiquette or be degraded in rank. Yet even a successful warrior, +to insure his family title, sought a wife from a superior rank. For this +reason women held a comparatively important position in the social +framework, and this place is reflected in the folk tales.[5] Many +Polynesian romances are, like the _Laieikawai_, centered about the +heroine of the tale. The mother, when she is of higher rank, or the +maternal relatives, often protect the child. The virginity of a girl of +high rank is guarded, as in the _Laieikawai_, in order to insure a +suitable union.[6] Rank, also, is authority for inbreeding, the highest +possible honor being paid to the child of a brother and sister of the +highest chief class. Only a degree lower is the offspring of two +generations, father and daughter, mother and son, uncle and niece, aunt +and nephew being highly honorable alliances.[7] + +Two things result as a consequence of the taboo right in the hands of a +chief. In the first place, the effort is constantly to keep before his +following the exclusive position of the chief and to emphasize in every +possible way his divine character as descended from a god. Such is the +meaning of the insignia of rank--in Hawaii, the taboo staff which warns +men of his neighborhood, the royal feather cloak, the high seat apart in +the double canoe, the head of the feast, the special apparel of his +followers, the size of his house and of his war canoe, the superior +workmanship and decoration of all his equipment, since none but the +chief can command the labor for their execution. In the second place, +this very effort to aggrandize him above his fellows puts every material +advantage in the hands of the chief. The taboo means that he can +command, at the community expense, the best of the food supply, the most +splendid ornaments, equipment, and clothing. He is further able, again +at the community expense, to keep dependent upon himself, because fed at +his table, a large following, all held in duty bound to carry out his +will. Even the land was, in Hawaii and other Polynesian communities, +under the control of the chief, to be redistributed whenever a new chief +came into power. The taboo system thus became the means for economic +distribution, for the control of the relation between the sexes, and for +the preservation of the dignity of the chief class. As such it +constituted as powerful an instrument for the control of the labor and +wealth of a community and the consequent enjoyment of personal ease and +luxury as was ever put into the hands of an organized upper class. It +profoundly influenced class distinctions, encouraged exclusiveness and +the separation of the upper ranks of society from the lower.[8] + +To act as intermediary with his powerful line of ancestors and perform +all the ceremonials befitting the rank to which he has attained, the +chief employs a priesthood, whose orders and offices are also graded +according to the rank into which the priest is born and the patronage he +is able to secure for himself.[9] Even though the priest may be, when +inspired by his god, for the time being treated like a god and given +divine honors, as soon as the possession leaves him he returns to his +old rank in the community.[10] Since chief and priest base their +pretensions upon the same divine authority, each supports the other, +often the one office including the other;[11] the sacerdotal influence +is, therefore, while it acts as a check upon the chief, on the whole +aristocratic. + +The priest represented in Polynesian society what we may call the +professional class in our own. Besides conducting religious ceremonials, +he consulted the gods on matters of administration and state policy, +read the omens, understood medicine, guarded the genealogies and the +ancient lore, often acted as panegyrist and debater for the chief. All +these powers were his in so far as he was directly inspired by the god +who spoke through him as medium to the people.[12] + + + +_Footnotes to Section II, 6: The story as a reflection of aristocratic +social life_ + +[Footnote 1: J.A. Macculloch (in Childhood of Fiction, p. 2) says, +comparing the literary ability of primitive people: "Those who possess +the most elaborate and imaginative tales are the Red Indians and +Polynesians."] + +[Footnote 2: Moerenhout, II, 4, 265.] + +[Footnote 3: Gracia (p. 47) says that the taboo consists in the +interdict from touching some food or object which, has been dedicated to +a god. The chief by his divine descent represents the god. Compare +Ellis, IV, 385; Mariner, II, 82, 173; Turner, Samoa, pp. 112, 185; +Fison, pp. 1-3; Malo, p. 83; Dibble, p. 12; Moerenhout, I, 528-533. +Fornander says of conditions in Hawaii: "The chiefs in the genealogy +from Kane were called _Ka Hoalii_ or 'anointed' (_poni ia_) with the +water of Kane (_wai-niu-a-Kane_) and they became 'divine tabu chiefs' +(_na lii kapu-akua_). Their genealogy is called _Iku-pau_, because it +alone leads up to the beginning of all genealogies. They had two taboo +rights, the ordinary taboo of the chiefs (_Kapu-alii_) and the taboo of +the gods (_Kapu-akua_). The genealogy of the lower ranks of chiefs (_he +lii noa_), on the other hand, was called _Iku-nuu_. Their power was +temporal and they accordingly were entitled only to the ordinary taboo +of chiefs (_Kapu-alii_)."] + +[Footnote 4: Compare Kraemer, Samoa Inseln, p. 31; Stair, p. 75; Turner, +Samoa, p. 173; White, II, 62, and the Fornander stories of _Aukele_ and +of _Kila_, where capacity, not precedence of birth, determines the +hero's rank.] + +[Footnote 5: In certain groups inheritance descends on the mother's side +only. See Kraemer, op. cit., pp. 15, 39; Mariner, II, 89, 98. Compare +Mariner, II, 210-212; Stair, p. 222. In Fison (p. 65) the story of +_Longapoa_, shows what a husband of lower rank may endure from a +termagant wife of high rank.] + +[Footnote 6: Kraemer (p. 32 et seq.) tells us that in Samoa the daughter +of a high chief is brought up with extreme care that she may be given +virgin to her husband. She is called _taupo_, "dove," and, when she +comes of age, passes her time with the other girls of her own age in the +_fale aualuma_ or "house of the virgins," of whom she assumes the +leadership. Into this house, where the girls also sleep at night, no +youth dare enter. + +Compare Fornander's stories of _Kapuaokaoheloai_ and _Hinaaikamalama_. + +See also Stair, p. 110; Mariner, II, 142, 212; Fison, p. 33. + +According to Gracia (p. 62) candidates in the Marquesas for the +priesthood are strictly bound to a taboo of chastity.] + +[Footnote 7: Rivers, I, 374; Malo, p. 80. + +Gracia (p. 41) says that the Marquesan genealogy consists in a long line +of gods and goddesses married and representing a genealogy of chiefs. To +the thirtieth generation they are brothers and sisters. After this point +the relation is no longer observed.] + +[Footnote 8: Keaulumoku's description of a Hawaiian chief (Islander, +1875) gives a good idea of the distinction felt between the classes: + + "A well-supplied dish is the wooden dish, + The high-raftered sleeping-house with shelves; + The long eating-house for women. + The rushes are spread down, upon them is spread the mat, + They lie on their backs, with heads raised in dignity, + The fly brushers wave to and fro at the door; the door is shut, + the black _tapa_ is drawn up. + + "Haste, hide a little in refreshing sleep, dismiss fatigue. + They sleep by day in the silence where noise is forbidden. + If they sleep two and two, double is their sleep; + Enjoyable is the fare of the large-handed man. + In parrying the spear the chief is vigorous; + the breaking of points is sweet. + Delightful is the season of fish, the season of food; + when one is filled with fish, when one is filled with food. + Thou art satisfied with food, O thou common man, + To be satisfied with land is for the chief." + +Compare the account of the Fiji chief in Williams and Calvert, I, 33-42.] + +[Footnote 9: Stair, p. 220; Gracia, p. 59; Alexander, History, chap. IV; +Malo, p. 210. The name used for the priesthood of Hawaii, _kahuna_, is +the same as that applied in the Marquesas, according to Gracia (p. 60), +to the order of chanters.] + +[Footnote 10: Gracia, p. 46; Mariner, II, 87, 101, 125; Gill, Myths and +Songs, pp. 20, 21; Moerenhout, I, 474-482.] + +[Footnote 11: Malo, p. 69.] + +[Footnote 12: Ellis (III, 36) describes the art of medicine in +Polynesia, and Erdland (p. 77) says that on the Marshall Islands +knowledge of the stars and weather signs is handed down to a favorite +child and can raise rank by attaching a man to the service of a chief. + +Compare Mariner, II, 90; Moerenhout, I, 409; Williams and Calvert, I, +111.] + + + + +III. THE ART OF COMPOSITION + +1. ARISTOCRATIC NATURE OF POLYNESIAN ART + + +The arts of song and oratory, though practiced by all classes,[1] were +considered worthy to be perfected among the chiefs themselves and those +who sought their patronage. Of a chief the Polynesian says, "He speaks +well."[2] Hawaiian stories tell of heroes famous in the _hoopapa_, or +art of debating; in the _hula_, or art of dance and song; of chiefs who +learned the lore of the heavens and the earth from some supernatural +master in order to employ their skill competitively. The _oihana +haku-mele_, or "business of song making," was hence an aristocratic art. +The able composer, man or woman, even if of low rank, was sure of +patronage as the _haku mele_, "sorter of songs," for some chief; and his +name was attached to the song he composed. A single poet working alone +might produce the panegyric; but for the longer and more important songs +of occasion a group got together, the theme was proposed and either +submitted to a single composer or required line by line from each member +of the group. In this way each line as it was composed was offered for +criticism lest any ominous allusion creep in to mar the whole by +bringing disaster upon the person celebrated, and as it was perfected it +was committed to memory by the entire group, thus insuring it against +loss. Protective criticism, therefore, and exact transmission were +secured by group composition.[3] + +Exactness of reproduction was in fact regarded as a proof of divine +inspiration. When the chief's sons were trained to recite the +genealogical chants, those who were incapable were believed to lack a +share in the divine inheritance; they were literally "less gifted" than +their brothers.[4] + +This distinction accorded to the arts of song and eloquence is due to +their actual social value. The _mele_, or formal poetic chants which +record the deeds of heroic ancestors, are of aristocratic origin and +belong to the social assets of the family to which they pertain. The +claim of an heir to rank depends upon his power to reproduce, letter +perfect, his family chants and his "name song," composed to celebrate +his birth, and hence exact transmission is a matter of extreme +importance. Facility in debate is not only a competitive art, with high +stakes attached, but is employed in time of war to shame an enemy,[5] +quickness of retort being believed, like quickness of hand, to be a +God-given power. Chants in memory of the dead are demanded of each +relative at the burial ceremony.[6] Song may be used to disgrace an +enemy, to avenge an insult, to predict defeat at arms. It may also be +turned to more pleasing purposes--to win back an estranged patron or +lover;[7] in the art of love, indeed, song is invaluable to a chief. +Ability in learning and language is, therefore, a highly prized chiefly +art, respected for its social value and employed to aggrandize rank. How +this aristocratic patronage has affected the language of composition +will be presently clear. + + + +_Footnotes to Section III, 1: Aristocratic Nature of Polynesian Art_ + +[Footnote 1: Jarves says: "Songs and chants were common among all +classes, and recited by strolling musicians as panegyrics on occasions +of joy, grief, or worship. Through them the knowledge of events in the +lives of prominent persons or the annals of the nation were perpetuated. +The chief art lay in the formation of short metrical sentences without +much regard to the rhythmical terminations. Monosyllables, dissyllables, +and trisyllables had each their distinct time. The natives repeat their +lessons, orders received, or scraps of ancient song, or extemporize in +this monotonous singsong tone for hours together, and in perfect +accord." + +Compare Ellis's Tour, p. 155.] + +[Footnote 2: Moerenhout, I, 411.] + +[Footnote 3: Andrews, Islander, 1875, p. 35; Emerson, Unwritten +Literature, pp. 27, 38.] + +[Footnote 4: In Fornander's story of _Lonoikamakahiki_, the chief +memorizes in a single night a new chant just imported from Kauai so +accurately as to establish his property right to the song.] + +[Footnote 5: Compare with Ellis, I, 286, and Williams and Calvert, I, +46, 50, the notes on the boxing contest in the text of _Laieikawai_.] + +[Footnote 6: Gill, Myths and Songs, pp. 268 et seq.] + +[Footnote 7: See Fornander's stories of _Lonoikamakahiki, Halemano_, and +_Kuapakaa_.] + + + + +2. NOMENCLATURE: ITS EMOTIONAL VALUE + + +The Hawaiian (or Polynesian) composer who would become a successful +competitor in the fields of poetry, oratory, or disputation must store +up in his memory the rather long series of names for persons, places, +objects, or phases of nature which constitute the learning of the +aspirant for mastery in the art of expression. He is taught, says one +tale, "about everything in the earth and in the heavens"--- that is, +their names, their distinguishing characterstics. The classes of objects +thus differentiated naturally are determined by the emotional interest +attached to them, and this depends upon their social or economic value +to the group. + +The social value of pedigree and property have encouraged genealogical +and geographical enumeration. A long recitation of the genealogies of +chiefs provides immense emotional satisfaction and seems in no way to +overtax the reciter's memory. Missionaries tell us that "the Hawaiians +will commit to memory the genealogical tables given in the Bible, and +delight to repeat them as some of the choicest passages in Scripture." +Examples of such genealogies are common; it is, in fact, the part of the +reciter to preserve the pedigree of his chief in a formal genealogical +chant. + +Such a series is illustrated in the genealogy embedded in the famous +song to aggrandize the family of the famous chief Kualii, which carries +back the chiefly line of Hawaii through 26 generations to Wakea and +Papa, ancestors of the race. + + "Hulihonua the man, + Keakahulilani the woman, + Laka the man, Kepapaialeka the woman," + +runs the song, the slight variations evidently fitting the sound to the +movement of the recitative. + +In the eleventh section of the "Song of Creation" the poet says: + + She that lived up in the heavens and Piolani, + She that was full of enjoyments and lived in the heavens, + Lived up there with Kii and became his wife, + Brought increase to the world; + +and he proceeds to the enumeration of her "increase": + + Kamahaina was born a man, + Kamamule his brother, + Kamaainau was born next, + Kamakulua was born, the youngest a woman. + +Following this family group come a long series, more than 650 pairs of +so-called husbands and wives. After the first 400 or so, the enumeration +proceeds by variations upon a single name. We have first some 50 _Kupo_ +(dark nights)--"of wandering," "of wrestling," "of littleness," etc.; 60 +or more _Polo_; 50 _Liili_; at least 60 _Alii_ (chiefs); +followed by _Mua_ and _Loi_ in about the same proportion. + +At the end of this series we read that-- + + Storm was born, Tide was born, + Crash was born, and also bursts of bubbles. + Confusion was born, also rushing, rumbling shaking earth. + +So closes the "second night of Wakea," which, it is interesting to note, +ends like a charade in the death of Kupololiilialiimualoipo, whose +nomenclature has been so vastly accumulating through the 200 or 300 last +lines. Notice how the first word _Kupo_ of the series opens and swallows +all the other five. + +Such recitative and, as it were, symbolic use of genealogical chants +occurs over and over again. That the series is often of emotional rather +than of historical value is suggested by the wordplays and by the fact +that the hero tales do not show what is so characteristic of Icelandic +saga--a care to record the ancestry of each character as it is +introduced into the story. To be sure, they commonly begin with the +names of the father and mother of the hero, and their setting; but in +the older mythological tales these are almost invariably _Ku_ and +_Hina_, a convention almost equivalent to the phrase "In the olden +time"; but, besides fixing the divine ancestry of the hero, carrying +also with it an idea of kinship with those to whom the tale is related, +which is not without its emotional value. + +Geographical names, although not enumerated to such an extent in any of +the tales and songs now accessible, also have an important place in +Hawaiian composition. In the _Laieikawai_ 76 places are mentioned by +name, most of them for the mere purpose of identifying a route of +travel. A popular form of folk tale is the following, told in Waianae, +Oahu: "Over in Kahuku lived a high chief, Kaho'alii. He instructed his +son 'Fly about Oahu while I chew the _awa_; before I have emptied it +into the cup return to me and rehearse to me all that you have seen.'" +The rest of the tale relates the youth's enumeration of the places he +has seen on the way. + +If we turn to the chants the suggestive use of place names becomes still +more apparent. Dr. Hyde tells us (_Hawaiian Annual_, 1890, p. 79): "In +the Hawaiian chant (_mele_) and dirge (_kanikau_) the aim seems to be +chiefly to enumerate every place associated with the subject, and to +give that place some special epithet, either attached to it by +commonplace repetition or especially devised for the occasion as being +particularly characteristic." An example of this form of reference is to +be found in the _Kualii_ chant. We read: + + Where is the battle-field + Where the warrior is to fight? + On the field of Kalena, + At Manini, at Hanini, + Where was poured the water of the god, + By your work at Malamanui, + At the heights of Kapapa, at Paupauwela, + Where they lean and rest. + +In the play upon the words _Manini_ and _Hanini_ we recognize some +rhetorical tinkering, but in general the purpose here is to enumerate +the actual places famous in Kualii's history. + +At other times a place-name is used with allusive interest, the +suggested incident being meant, like certain stories alluded to in the +Anglo-Saxon "Beowulf," to set off, by comparison or contrast, the +present situation. It is important for the poet to know, for example, +that the phrase "flowers of Paiahaa" refers to the place on Kau, Hawaii, +where love-tokens cast into the sea at a point some 20 or 30 miles +distant on the Puna coast, invariably find their way to shore in the +current and bring their message to watchful lovers. + +A third use of localization conforms exactly to our own sense of +description. The Island of Kauai is sometimes visible lying off to the +northwest of Oahu. At this side of the island rises the Waianae range +topped by the peak Kaala. In old times the port of entry for travelers +to Oahu from Kauai was the seacoast village of Waianae. Between it and +the village of Waialua runs a great spur of the range, which breaks off +abruptly at the sea, into the point Kaena. Kahuku point lies beyond +Waialua at the northern extremity of the island. Mokuleia, with its old +inland fishpond, is the first village to the west of Waialua. This is +the setting for the following lines, again taken from the chant of +_Kualii_, the translation varying only slightly from that edited by +Thrum: + + O Kauai, + Great Kauai, inherited from ancestors, + Sitting in the calm of Waianae, + A cape is Kaena, + Beyond, Kahuku, + A misty mountain back, where the winds meet, Kaala, + There below sits Waialua, + Waialua there, + Kahala is a dish for Mokuleia, + A fishpond for the shark roasted in ti-leaf, + The tail of the shark is Kaena, + The shark that goes along below Kauai, + Below Kauai, thy land, + Kauai O! + +The number of such place names to be stored in the reciter's memory is +considerable. Not only are they applied in lavish profusion to beach, +rock, headland, brook, spring, cave, waterfall, even to an isolated tree +of historic interest, and distributed to less clearly marked small land +areas to name individual holdings, but, because of the importance of the +weather in the fishing and seagoing life of the islander, they are +affixed to the winds, the rains, and the surf or "sea" of each locality. +All these descriptive appellations the composer must employ to enrich +his means of place allusion. Even to-day the Hawaiian editor with a nice +sense of emotional values will not, in his obituary notice, speak of a +man being missed in his native district, but will express the idea in +some such way as this: "Never more will the pleasant _Kupuupuu_ +(mist-bearing wind) dampen his brow." The songs of the pleading sisters +in the romance of _Laieikawai_ illustrate this conventional usage. In +_Kualii_, the poet wishes to express the idea that all the sea belongs +to the god Ku. He therefore enumerates the different kinds of "sea," +with their locality--"the sea for surf riding," "the sea for casting the +net," "the sea for going naked," "the sea for swimming," "the sea for +surf riding sideways," "the sea for tossing up mullet," "the sea for +small crabs," "the sea of many harbors," etc. + +The most complete example of this kind of enumeration occurs in the +chant of Kuapakaa, where the son of the disgraced chief chants to his +lord the names of the winds and rains of all the districts about each +island in succession, and then, by means of his grandmother's bones in a +calabash in the bottom of the canoe (she is the Hawaiian wind-goddess) +raises a storm and avenges his father's honor. He sings: + + There they are! There they are!! + There they are!!! + The hard wind of Kohala, + The short sharp wind of Kawaihae, + The fine mist of Waimea, + The wind playing in the cocoanut-leaves of Kekaha, + The soft wind of Kiholo, + The calm of Kona, + The ghost-like wind of Kahaluu, + The wind in the hala-tree of Kaawaloa, + The moist wind of Kapalilua, + The whirlwind of Kau, + The mischievous wind of Hoolapa, + The dust-driven wind of Maalehu, + The smoke-laden wind of Kalauea. + +There is no doubt in this enumeration an assertion of power over the +forces the reciter calls by name, as a descendant of her who has +transmitted to him the magic formula. + +Just so the technician in fishing gear, bark-cloth making, or in canoe +or house building, the two crafts specially practiced by chiefs, +acquires a very minute nomenclature useful to the reciter in word debate +or riddling. The classic example in Hawaiian song is the famous +canoe-chant, which, in the legend of _Kana_, Uli uses in preparing the +canoe for her grandsons' war expedition against the ravisher of Hina +(called the Polynesian Helen of Troy) and which is said to be still +employed for exorcism by sorcerers (_Kahuna_), of whom Uli is the patron +divinity. The enumeration begins thus: + + It is the double canoe of Kaumaielieli, + Keakamilo the outrigger, + Halauloa the body, + Luu the part under water, + Aukuuikalani the bow; + +and so on to the names of the cross stick, the lashings, the sails, the +bailing cup, the rowers in order, and the seat of each, his paddle, and +his "seagoing loin cloth." There is no wordplay perceptible in this +chant, but it is doubtful whether the object is to record a historical +occurrence or rather to exhibit inspired craftsmanship, the process of +enumeration serving as the intellectual test of an inherited gift from +the gods. + +Besides technical interests, the social and economic life of the people +centers close attention upon the plant and animal life about them, as +well as upon kinds of stone useful for working. Andrews enumerates 26 +varieties of edible seaweed known to the Hawaiians. The reciters avail +themselves of these well-known terms, sometimes for quick comparison, +often for mere enumeration. It is interesting to see how, in the "Song +of Creation," in listing plant and animal life according to its supposed +order of birth--first, shellfish, then seaweed and grasses, then fishes +and forests plants, then insects, birds, reptiles--wordplay is employed +in carrying on the enumeration. We read: + + "The Mano (shark) was born, the Moana was born in the sea and swam, + The Mau was born, the Maumau was born in the sea and swam, + The Nana was born, the Mana was born in the sea and swam." + +and so on through Nake and Make, Napa and Nala, Pala and Kala, Paka +(eel) and Papa (crab) and twenty-five or thirty other pairs whose +signification is in most cases lost if indeed they are not entirely +fictitious. Again, 16 fish names are paired with similar names of forest +plants; for example: + + "The Pahau was born in the sea, + Guarded by the Lauhau that grew in the forest." + + "The Hee was born and lived in the sea, + Guarded by the Walahee that grew in the forest." + +Here the relation between the two objects is evidently fixed by the +chance likeness of name. + +On the whole, the Hawaiian takes little interest in stars. The +"canoe-steering star," to be sure, is useful, and the "net of Makalii" +(the Pleiads) belongs to a well-known folk tale. But star stories do not +appear in Hawaiian collections, and even sun and moon stories are rare, +all belonging to the older and more mythical tales. Clouds, however, are +very minutely observed, both as weather indicators and in the lore of +signs, and appear often in song and story.[1] + +Besides differentiating such visible phenomena, the Polynesian also +thinks in parts of less readily distinguishable wholes. When we look +toward the zenith or toward the horizon we conceive the distance as a +whole; the Polynesian divides and names the space much as we divide our +globe into zones. We have seen how he conceives a series of heavens +above the earth, order in creation, rank in the divisions of men on +earth and of gods in heaven. In the passage of time he records how the +sun measures the changes from day to night; how the moon marks off the +month; how the weather changes determine the seasons for planting and +fishing through the year; and, observing the progress of human life from +infancy to old age, he names each stage until "the staff rings as you +walk, the eyes are dim like a rat's, they pull you along on the mat," or +"they bear you in a bag on the back." + +Clearly the interest aroused by all this nomenclature is emotional, not +rational. There is too much wordplay. Utility certainly plays some part, +but the prevailing stimulus is that which bears directly upon the idea +of rank, some divine privilege being conceived in the mere act of +naming, by which a supernatural power is gained over the object named. +The names, as the objects for which they stand, come from the gods. Thus +in the story of _Pupuhuluena_, the culture hero propitiates two +fishermen into revealing the names of their food plants and later, by +reciting these correctly, tricks the spirits into conceding his right to +their possession. Thus he wins tuberous food plants for his people. + +For this reason, exactness of knowledge is essential. The god is +irritated by mistakes.[2] To mispronounce even casually the name of the +remote relative of a chief might cost a man a valuable patron or even +life itself. Some chiefs are so sacred that their names are taboo; if it +is a word in common use, there is chance of that word dropping out of +the language and being replaced by another. + +Completeness of enumeration hence has cabalistic value. When the +Hawaiian propitiates his gods he concludes with an invocation to the +"forty thousand, to the four hundred thousand, to the four thousand"[3] +gods, in order that none escape the incantation. Direction is similarly +invoked all around the compass. In the art of verbal debate--called +_hoopapa_ in Hawaii--the test is to match a rival's series with one +exactly parallel in every particular or to add to a whole some +undiscovered part.[4] A charm mentioned in folk tale is "to name every +word that ends with _lau_." Certain numbers, too, have a kind of magic +finality in themselves; for example, to count off an identical phrase by +ten without missing a word is the charm by which Lepe tricks the +spirits. In the _Kualii_, once more, Ku is extolled as the tenth chief +and warrior: + + The first chief, the second chief, + The third chief, the fourth chief, + The fifth chief, the sixth chief, + The seventh chief, the eighth chief, + The ninth, chief, the tenth chief is Ku, + Ku who stood, in the path of the rain of the heaven, + The first warrior, the second warrior, + The third warrior, the fourth warrior, + The fifth warrior, the sixth warrior, + The seventh warrior, the eighth warrior, + The ninth warrior, the tenth warrior + Is the Chief who makes the King rub his eyes, + The young warrior of all Maui. + +And there follows an enumeration of the other nine warriors. A similar +use is made of counting-out lines in the famous chant of the "Mirage of +Mana" in the story of _Lono_, evidently with the idea of completing an +inclusive series. + +Counting-out formulae reappear in story-telling in such repetitive +series of incidents as those following the action of the five sisters of +the unsuccessful wooer in the _Laieikawai_ story. Here the interest +develops, as in the lines from _Kualii_, an added emotional element, +that of climax. The last place is given to the important character. +Although everyone is aware that the younger sister is the most competent +member of the group, the audience must not be deprived of the pleasure +of seeing each one try and fail in turn before the youngest makes the +attempt. The story-teller, moreover, varies the incident; he does not +exactly follow his formula, which, however, it is interesting to note, +is more fixed in the evidently old dialogue part of the story than in +the explanatory action. + +Story-telling also exhibits how the vital connection felt to exist +between a person or object and the name by which it is distinguished, +which gives an emotional value to the mere act of naming, is extended +further to include scenes with which it is associated. The Hawaiian has +a strong place sense, visible in his devotion to scenes familiar to his +experience, and this is reflected in his language. In the _Laieikawai_ +it appears in the plaints of the five sisters as they recall their +native land. In the songs in the _Halemano_ which the lover sings to win +his lady and the chant in _Lonoikamakahiki_ with which the disgraced +favorite seeks to win back his lord, those places are recalled to mind +in which the friends have met hardship together, in order, if possible, +to evoke the same emotions of love and loyalty which were theirs under +the circumstances described. Hawaiians of all classes, in mourning their +dead, will recall vividly in a wailing chant the scenes with which their +lost friend has been associated. I remember on a tramp in the hills +above Honolulu coming upon the grass hut of a Hawaiian lately released +from serving a term for manslaughter. The place commanded a fine +view--the sweep of the blue sea, the sharp rugged lines of the coast, +the emerald rice patches, the wide-mouthed valleys cutting the roots of +the wooded hills. "It is lonely here?" we asked the man. "_Aole! maikai +keia!_" ("No, the view is excellent") he answered. + +The ascription of perfection of form to divine influence may explain the +Polynesian's strong sense for beauty.[5] The Polynesian sees in nature +the sign of the gods. In its lesser as in its more marvelous +manifestations--thunder, lightning, tempest, the "red rain," the +rainbow, enveloping mist, cloud shapes, sweet odors of plants, so rare +in Hawaii, at least, or the notes of birds--he reads an augury of divine +indwelling. The romances glow with delight in the startling effect of +personal beauty upon the beholder--a beauty seldom described in detail +save occasionally by similes from nature. In the _Laieikawai_ the sight +of the heroine's beauty creates such an ecstasy in the heart of a mere +countryman that he leaves his business to run all about the island +heralding his discovery. Dreaming of the beauty of Laieikawai, the young +chief feels his heart glow with passion for this "red blossom of Puna" +as the fiery volcano scorches the wind that fans across its bosom. A +divine hero must select a bride of faultless beauty; the heroine chooses +her lover for his physical perfections. Now we can hardly fail to see +that in all these cases the delight is intensified by the belief that +beauty is godlike and betrays divine rank in its possessor. Rank is +tested by perfection of face and form. The recognition of beauty thus +becomes regulated by express rules of symmetry and surface. Color, too, +is admired according to its social value. Note the delight in red, +constantly associated with the accouterments of chiefs. + + + +_Footnotes to Section III, 2: Nomenclature_ + +[Footnote 1: In the Hawaiian Annual, 1890, Alexander translates some notes +printed by Kamakau in 1865 upon Hawaiian astronomy as related to the art of +navigation. The bottom of a gourd represented the heavens, upon which were +marked three lines to show the northern and southern limits of the sun's +path, and the equator--called the "black shining road of Kane" and "of +Kanaloa," respectively, and the "road of the spider" or "road to the navel +of Wakea" (ancestor of the race). A line was drawn from the north star to +Newe in the south; to the right was the "bright road of Kane," to the left +the "much traveled road of Kanaloa." Within these lines were marked the +positions of all the known stars, of which Kamakau names 14, besides 5 +planets. For notes upon Polynesian astronomy consult Journal of the +Polynesian Society, iv, 236. Hawaiian priestly hierarchies recognize +special orders whose function it is to read the signs in the clouds, in +dreams, or the flight of birds, or to practice some form of divination with +the entrails of animals. In Hawaii, according to Fornander, the soothsayers +constitute three of the ten large orders of priests, called Oneoneihonua, +Kilokilo, and Nanauli, and these are subdivided into lesser orders. _Ike_, +knowledge, means literally "to see with, the eyes," but it is used also to +express mental vision, or knowledge with reference to the objective means +by which such knowledge is obtained. So the "gourd of wisdom"--_ka ipu o ka +ike_--which Laieikawai consults, brings distant objects before the eyes so +that the woman "knows by seeing" what is going on below. Signs in the +clouds are especially observed, both as weather indicators and to forecast +the doings of chiefs. According to Westervelt's story of _Keaomelemele_, +the lore is taught to mythical ancestors of the Hawaiian race by the gods +themselves. The best analysis of South Sea Island weather signs is to be +found in Erdland's "Marshall Insulaner," page 69. Early in the morning or +in the evening is the time for making observations. Rainbows, +_punohu_--doubtfully explained to me as mists touched by the end of a +rainbow--and the long clouds which lie along the horizon, forecast the +doings of chiefs. A pretty instance of the rainbow sign occurred in the +recent history of Hawaii. When word reached Honolulu of the death of King +Kalakaua, the throng pressed to the palace to greet their new monarch, and +as Her Majesty Liliuokalani appeared upon the balcony to receive them, a +rainbow arched across the palace and was instantly recognized as a symbol +of her royal rank. In the present story the use of the rainbow symbol shows +clumsy workmanship, since near its close the Sun god is represented as +sending to his bride as her peculiar distinguishing mark the same sign, a +rainbow, which has been hers from birth.] + +[Footnote 2: Moerenhout (I, 501-507) says that the Areois society in +Tahiti, one of whose chief objects was "to preserve the chants and songs +of antiquity," sent out an officer called the "Night-walker," _Hare-po_, +whose duty it was to recite the chants all night long at the sacred +places. If he hesitated a moment it was a bad omen. "Perfect memory for +these chants was a gift of god and proved that a god spoke through and +inspired the reciter." If a single slip was made, the whole was +considered useless. + +Erdland relates that a Marshall Islander who died in 1906 remembered +correctly the names of officers and scholars who came to the islands in +the Chamisso party when he was a boy of 8 or 10. + +Fornander notes that, in collecting Hawaiian chants, of the _Kualii_ +dating from about the seventeenth century and containing 618 lines, one +copy collected on Hawaii, another on Oahu, did not vary in a single +line; of the _Hauikalani_, written just before Kamehameha's time and +containing 527 lines, a copy from Hawaii and one from Maui differed only +in the omission of a single word. + +Tripping and stammering games were, besides, practiced to insure exact +articulation. (See Turner, Samoa, p. 131; Thomson, pp. 16, 315.)] + +[Footnote 3: Emerson, Unwritten Literature, p. 24 (note).] + +[Footnote 4: This is well illustrated in Fornander's story of +Kaipalaoa's disputation with the orators who gathered about +Kalanialiiloa on Kauai. Say the men: + + "Kuu moku la e kuu moku, + Moku kele i ka waa o Kaula, + Moku kele i ka waa, Nihoa, + Moku kele i ka waa, Niihau. + Lehua, Kauai, Molokai, Oahu, + Maui, Lanai, Kahoolawe, + Moloklni, Kauiki, Mokuhano, + Makaukiu, Makapu, Mokolii." + + My island there, my island; + Island to which my canoe sails, Kaula, + Island to which my canoe sails, Nihoa, + Island to which my canoe sails, Niihau. + Lehua, Kauai, Molokai, Oahu, + Maui, Lanai, Kahoolawe, + Molokini, Kauiki, Mokuhano, + Makaukiu, Makapu, Mokolii. + +"You are beaten, young man; there are no islands left. We have taken up +the islands to be found, none left." + +Says the boy: + + "Kuu moku e, kuu moku, + O Mokuola, ulu ka ai, + Ulu ka niu, ulu ka laau, + Ku ka hale, holo ua holoholona." + + Here is my island, my island + _Mokuola_, where grows food, + The cocoanut grows, trees grow, + Houses stand, animals run. + +"There is an island for you. It is an island. It is in the sea." + +(This is a small island off Hilo, Hawaii.) + +The men try again: + + "He aina hau kinikini o Kohala, + Na'u i helu a hookahi hau, + I e hiku hau keu. + O ke ama hau la akahi, + O ka iaku hau la alua, + O ka ilihau la akolu, + O ka laau hau la aha, + O ke opu hau la alima, + O ka nanuna hau la aone, + O ka hau i ka mauna la ahiku." + + A land of many _hau_ trees is Kohala + Out of a single _hau_ tree I have counted out + And found seven _hau_. + The _hau_ for the outriggers makes one, + The _hau_ for the joining piece makes two, + The _hau_ bark makes three, + The _hau_ wood makes four, + The _hau_ bush makes five, + The large _hau_ tree makes six, + The mountain _hau_ makes seven. + +"Say, young man, you will have no _hau_, for we have used it all. There +is none left. If you find any more, you shall live, but if you fail you +shall surely die. We will twist your nose till you see the sun at +Kumukena. We will poke your eyes with the _Kahili_ handle, and when the +water runs out, our little god of disputation shall suck it up--the god +Kaneulupo." + +Says the boy, "You full-grown men have found so many uses, you whose +teeth are rotten with age, why can't I, a lad, find other uses, to save +myself so that I may live. I shall search for some more hau, and if I +fail you shall live, but if I find them you shall surely die." + + "Aina hau kinikini o Kona, + Na'u i helu hookahi hau, + A ehiku hau keu. + O Honolohau la akahi, + O Lanihau la alua + O Punohau la akolu, + O Kahauloa la aha, + O Auhaukea la alima, + O Kahauiki la aono, + Holo kehau i ka waa kona la ahiku." + + A land of many _hau_ trees is in _Kona_ + Out of a single _hau_ I have counted one, + And found seven _hau_. + Honolahau makes one, + Lanihau makes two, + Punohau makes three, + Kahauloa makes four, + Auhaukea makes five, + Kahaniki makes six, + The Kehau that drives the canoe at Kona makes seven. + +(All names of places in the Kona district.) + +"There are seven _hau_, you men with rotten teeth."] + +[Footnote 5: Thomson says that the Fijians differ from the Polynesians +in their indifference to beauty in nature.] + + + + +3. ANALOGY: ITS PICTORIAL QUALITY + + +A second significant trait in the treatment of objective life, swiftness +of analogy, affects the Polynesian in two ways: the first is pictorial +and plays upon a likeness between objects or describes an idea or mood +in metaphorical terms; the second is a mere linguistic play upon words. +Much nomenclature is merely a quick picturing which fastens attention +upon the special feature that attracts attention; ideas are naturally +reinforced by some simple analogy. I recall a curious imported flower +with twisted inner tube which the natives call, with a characteristic +touch of daring drollery, "the intestines of the clergyman." Spanish +moss is named from a prominent figure of the foreign community "Judge +Dole's beard." Some native girls, braiding fern wreaths, called my +attention to the dark, graceful fronds which grow in the shade and are +prized for such work. "These are the natives," they said; then pointing +slyly to the coarse, light ferns burned in the sun they added, "these +are the foreigners." After the closing exercises of a mission school in +Hawaii one of the parents was called upon to make an address. He said: +"As I listen to the songs and recitations I am like one who walks +through the forest where the birds are singing. I do not understand the +words, but the sound is sweet to the ear." The boys in a certain +district school on Hawaii call the weekly head inspection "playing the +ukulele" in allusion to the literal interpretation of the name for the +native banjo. These homely illustrations, taken from the everyday life +of the people, illustrate a habit of mind which, when applied for +conscious emotional effect, results in much charm of formal expression. +The habit of isolating the essential feature leads to such suggestive +names as "Leaping water," "White mountain," "The gathering place of the +clouds," for waterfall or peak; or to such personal appellations as that +applied to a visiting foreigner who had temporarily lost his voice, "The +one who never speaks"; or to such a description of a large settlement as +"many footprints."[1] The graphic sense of analogy applies to a mountain +such a name as "House of the sun"; to the prevailing rain of a certain +district the appellation "The rain with a pack on its back," "Leaping +whale" or "Ghostlike"; to a valley, "The leaky canoe"; to a canoe, "Eel +sleeping in the water." A man who has no brother in a family is called +"A single coconut," in allusion to a tree from which hangs a single +fruit.[2] + +This tendency is readily illustrated in the use of synonyms. _Oili_ +means "to twist, roll up;" it also means "to be weary, agitated, tossed +about in mind." _Hoolala_ means "to branch out," as the branches of a +tree; it is also applied in sailing to the deflection from a course. +_Kilohana_ is the name given to the outside decorated piece of tapa in a +skirt of five layers; it means generally, therefore, "the very best" in +contrast to that which is inferior. _Kuapaa_ means literally "to harden +the back" with oppressive work; it is applied to a breadfruit parched on +the tree or to a rock that shows itself above water. Lilolilo means "to +spread out, expand as blossom from bud;" it also applies to an +open-handed person. _Nee_ may mean "to hitch along from one place to +another," or "to change the mind." _Palele_ means "separate, put +somewhere else when there is no place vacant;" it also applies to +stammering. These illustrations gathered almost at random may be +indefinitely multiplied. I recall a clergyman in a small hamlet on +Hawaii who wished to describe the character of the people of that place. +Picking up a stone of very close grain of the kind used for pounding and +called _alapaa_, literally, "close-grained stone," he explained that +because the people of that section were "tight" (stingy) they were +called _Kaweleau alapaa_. This ready imitativeness, often converted into +caricature, enters into the minutest detail of life and is the clew to +many a familiar proverb like that of the canoe on the coral reef quoted +in the text.[3] The chants abound in such symbols. Man is "a long-legged +fish" offered to the gods. Ignorance is the "night of the mind." The +cloud hanging over Kaula is a bird which flies before the wind[4]-- + + The blackbird begged, + The bird of Kaula begged, + Floating up there above Waahila. + +The coconut leaves are "the hair of the trees, their long locks." Kailua +district is "a mat spread out narrow and gray." + +The classic example of the use of such metaphor in Hawaiian song is the +famous passage in the _Hauikalani_ in which chiefs at war are compared +with a cockfight, the favorite Hawaiian pastime[5] being realistically +described in allusion to Keoua's wars on Hawaii: + + Hawaii is a cockpit; the trained cocks fight on the ground. + The chief fights--the dark-red cock awakes at night for battle; + The youth fights valiantly--Loeau, son of Keoua. + He whets his spurs, he pecks as if eating; + He scratches in the arena--this Hilo--the sand of Waiolama. + + * * * * * + + He is a well-fed cock. The chief is complete, + Warmed in the smokehouse till the dried feathers rattle, + With changing colors, like many-colored paddles, like piles of + polished Kahili. + The feathers rise and fall at the striking of the spurs. + +Here the allusions to the red color and to eating suggest a chief. The +feather brushes waved over a chief and the bright-red paddles of his war +fleet are compared to the motion of a fighting cock's bright feathers, +the analogy resting upon the fact that the color and the motion of +rising and falling are common to all three. + +This last passage indicates the precise charm of Polynesian metaphor. It +lies in the singer's close observation of the exact and characteristic +truth which suggests the likeness, an exactness necessary to carry the +allusion with his audience, and which he sharpens incessantly from the +concrete facts before him. Kuapakaa sings: + + The rain in the winter comes slanting, + Taking the breath away, pressing down the hair, + Parting the hair in the middle. + +The chants are full of such precise descriptions, and they furnish the +rich vocabulary of epithet employed in recalling a place, person, or +object. Transferred to matters of feeling or emotion, they result in +poetical comparisons of much charm. Sings Kuapakaa (Wise's translation): + + The pointed clouds have become fixed in the heavens, + The pointed clouds grow quiet like one in pain before childbirth, + Ere it comes raining heavily, without ceasing. + The umbilicus of the rain is in the heavens, + The streams will yet be swollen by the rain. + +[Illustration: A HAWAIIAN PADDLER (HENSHAW)] + +Hina's song of longing for her lost lover in _Laieikawai_ should be +compared with the lament of Laukiamanuikahiki when, abandoned by her +lover, she sees the clouds drifting in the direction he has taken: + + The sun is up, it is up; + My love is ever up before me. + It is causing me great sorrow, it is pricking me in the side, + For love is a burden when one is in love, + And falling tears are its due. + +How vividly the mind enters into this analogy is proved, by its swift +identification with the likeness presented. Originally this +identification was no doubt due to ideas of magic. In romance, life in +the open--in the forests or on the sea--has taken possession of the +imagination. In the myths heroes climb the heavens, dwelling half in the +air; again they are amphibian like their great lizard ancestors. In the +_Laieikawai_, as in so many stories, note how much of the action takes +place on or in the sea--canoeing, swimming, or surfing. In less +humanized tales the realization is much more fantastic. To the +Polynesian, mind such figurative sayings as "swift as a bird" and "swim +like a fish" mean a literal transformation, his sense of identity being +yet plastic, capable of uniting itself with whatever shape catches the +eye. When the poet Marvel says-- + + Casting the body's vest aside, + My soul into the boughs does glide; + There, like a bird, it sits and sings, + Then whets and combs its silver wings, + And, till prepared for longer flight, + Waves in its plumes the various light-- + +he is merely expressing a commonplace of primitive mental experience, +transformation stories being of the essence of Polynesian as of much +primitive speculation about the natural objects to which his eye is +drawn with wonder and delight. + + + +_Footnotes to Section III, 3: Analogy_ + +[Footnote 1: Turner, Samoa, p. 220.] + +[Footnote 2: Ibid.; Moerenhout, I, 407-410.] + +[Footnote 3: Turner, Samoa, pp. 216-221; Williams and Calvert, I, p. +110.] + +[Footnote 4: Williams and Calvert, I, 118.] + +[Footnote 5: Moerenhout, II, 146.] + + + + +4. THE DOUBLE MEANING; PLAYS ON WORDS + + +Analogy is the basis of many a double meaning. There is, in fact, no +lyric song describing natural scenery that may not have beneath it some +implied, often indelicate, allusion whose riddle it takes an adroit and +practiced mind to unravel. + +This riddling tendency of figurative verse seems to be due to the +aristocratic patronage of composition, whose tendency was to exalt +language above the comprehension of the common people, either by +obscurity, through ellipsis and allusion, or by saying one thing and +meaning another. A special chief's language was thus evolved, in which +the speaker might couch his secret resolves and commands unsuspected by +those who stood within earshot. Quick interpretation of such symbols was +the test of chiefly rank and training. On the other hand, the wish to +appear innocent led him to hide his meaning in a commonplace +observation. Hence nature and the objects and actions of everyday life +were the symbols employed. For the heightened language of poetry the +same chiefly strain was cultivated--the allusion, metaphor, the double +meaning became essential to its art; and in the song of certain periods +a play on words by punning and word linking became highly artificial +requirements.[1] + +Illustrations of this art do not fall upon a foreign ear with the force +which they have in the Polynesian, because much of the skill lies in +tricks with words impossible to translate, and often the jest depends +upon a custom or allusion with which the foreigner is unfamiliar. It is +for this reason that such an art becomes of social value, because only +the chief who keeps up with the fashion and the follower who hangs upon +the words of his chief can translate the allusion and parry the thrust +or satisfy the request. In a Samoan tale a wandering magician requests +in one village "to go dove catching," and has the laugh on his simple +host because he takes him at his word instead of bringing him a wife. In +a Tongan story[2] the chief grows hungry while out on a canoe trip, and +bids his servant, "Look for a banana stalk on the weather side of the +boat." As this is the side of the women, the command meant "Kill a woman +for me to eat." The woman designed for slaughter is in this case wise +enough to catch his meaning and save herself and child by hiding under +the canoe. In Fornander's story a usurper and his accomplice plan the +moment for the death of their chief over a game of _konane_, the +innocent words which seem to apply to the game being uttered by the +conspirators with a more sinister meaning. The language of insults and +opprobrium is particularly rich in such double meanings. The pig god, +wishing to insult Pele, who has refused his advances, sings of her, +innocently enough to common ears, as a "woman pounding _noni_." Now, the +_noni_ is the plant from which red dye is extracted; the allusion +therefore is to Pele's red eyes, and the goddess promptly resents the +implication. + +It is to this chiefly art of riddling that we must ascribe the stories +of riddling contests that are handed down in Polynesian tales. The best +Hawaiian examples are perhaps found in Fornander's _Kepakailiula_. Here +the hero wins supremacy over his host by securing the answer to two +riddles--"The men that stand, the men that lie down, the men that are +folded," and "Plaited all around, plaited to the bottom, leaving an +opening." The answer is in both cases a house, for in the first riddle +"the timbers stand, the batons lie down, the grass is folded under the +cords"; in the second, the process of thatching is described in general +terms. In the story of _Pikoiakaala_, on the other hand; the hero +puzzles his contestants by riddling with the word "rat." This word +riddling is further illustrated in the story of the debater, Kaipalaoa, +already quoted. His opponents produce this song: + + The small bird chirps; it shivers in the rain, in Puna, at Keaau, + at Iwainalo, + +and challenge him to "find another _nalo_." Says the boy: + + The crow caw caws; it shines in the rain. In _Kona_, at _Honalo_, + it is hidden (_nalo_). + +Thus, by using _nalo_ correctly in the song in two ways, he has +overmatched his rivals. + +In the elaborated _hula_ songs, such as Emerson quotes, the art can be +seen in full perfection. Dangerous as all such interpretation of native +art must be for a foreigner, I venture in illustration, guided by Wise's +translation, the analysis of one of the songs sung by Halemano to win +back his lost lady love, the beauty of Puna. The circumstances are as +follows: Halemano, a Kauai chief, has wedded a famous beauty of Puna, +Hawaii, who has now deserted him for a royal lover. Meanwhile a Kohala +princess who loves him seeks to become his mistress, and makes a +festival at which she may enjoy his company. The estranged wife is +present, and during the games he sings a series of songs to reproach her +infidelity. One of them runs thus: + + Ke kua ia mai la e ke kai ka hala o Puna. + E halaoa ana me he kanaka la, + Lulumi iho la i kai o Hilo-e. + Hanuu ke kai i luna o Mokuola. + Ua ola ae nei loko i ko aloha-e. + He kokua ka inaina no ke kanaka. + Hele kuewa au i ke alanui e! + Pela, peia, pehea au e ke aloha? + Auwe kuu wahine--a! + Kuu hoa o ka ulu hapapa o Kalapana. + O ka la hiki anuanu ma Kumukahi. + Akahi ka mea aloha o ka wahine. + Ke hele neiia wela kau manawa, + A huihui kuu piko i ke aloha, + Ne aie kuu kino no ia la-e. + Hoi mai kaua he a'u koolau keia, + Kuu wahine hoi e! Hoi mai. + Hoi mai kaua e hoopumehana. + Ka makamaka o ia aina makua ole. + + Hewn down by the sea are the pandanus trees of Puna. + They are standing there like men, + Like a multitude in the lowlands of Hilo. + Step by step the sea rises above the Isle-of-life. + So life revives once more within me, for love of you. + A bracer to man is wrath. + As I wandered friendless over the highways, alas! + That way, this way, what of me, love? + Alas, my wife--O! + My companion of the shallow planted breadfruit of Kalapana. + Of the sun rising cold at Kumukahi. + Above all else the love of a wife. + For my temples burn, + And my heart (literally "middle") is cold for your love, + And my body is under bonds to her (the princess of Kohala). + Come back to me, a wandering Au bird of Koolau, + My love, come back. + Come back and let us warm each other with love, + Beloved one in a friendless land (literally, "without parents"). + + +Paraphrased, the song may mean: + + The sea has encroached upon the shore of Puna and Hilo so that the + _hala_ trees stand out in the water; still they stand firm in spite + of the flood. So love floods my heart, but I am braced by anger. + Alas! my wife, have you forgotten the days when we dwelt in Kalapana + and saw the sun rise beyond Cape Kumukahi? I burn and freeze for + your love, yet my body is engaged to the princess of Kohala, by the + rules of the game. Come back to me! I am from Kauai, in the north, + and here in Puna I am a stranger and friendless. + +The first figure alludes to the well-known fact that the sinking of the +Puna coast has left the pandanus trunks standing out in the water, which +formerly grew on dry land. The poetical meaning, however, depends first +upon the similarity in sound between _Ke kua_, "to cut," which begins +the parallel, and _He Kokua_, which is also used to mean cutting, but +implies assisting, literally "bracing the back," and carries over the +image to its analogue; and, second, upon the play upon the word ola, +life: "The sea floods the isle of life--yes! Life survives in spite of +sorrow," may be the meaning. In the latter part of the song the epithets +_anuanu_, chilly, and _hapapa_, used of seed planted in shallow soil, +may be chosen in allusion to the cold and shallow nature of her love for +him. + +The nature of Polynesian images must now be apparent. A close observer +of nature, the vocabulary of epithet and image with which it has +enriched the mind is, especially in proverb or figurative verse, made +use of allusively to suggest the quality of emotion or to convey a +sarcasm. The quick sense of analogy, coupled with a precise +nomenclature, insures its suggestive value. So we find in the language +of nature vivid, naturalistic accounts of everyday happenings in +fantastic reshapings, realistically conceived and ascribed to the gods +who rule natural phenomena; a figurative language of signs to be read as +an implied analogy; allusive use of objects, names, places, to convey +the associated incident, or the description of a scene to suggest the +accompanying emotion; and a sense of delight in the striking or +phenomenal in sound, perfume, or appearance, which is explained as the +work of a god. + + + +_Footnotes to Section III, 4: The Double Meaning_ + +[Footnote 1: See Moerenhout, II, 210; Jarves, p. 34; Alexander in +Andrews' Dict., p. xvi; Ellis, I, 288; Gracia, p. 65; Gill, Myths and +Songs, p. 42.] + +[Footnote 2: Fison, p. 100.] + + + + +5. CONSTRUCTIVE ELEMENTS OF STYLE + + +Finally, to the influence of song, as to the dramatic requirements of +oral delivery, are perhaps due the retention of certain constructive +elements of style. No one can study the form of Hawaiian poetry without +observing that parallelism is at the basis of its structure. The same +swing gets into the prose style. Perhaps the necessity of memorizing +also had its effect. A composition was planned for oral delivery and +intended to please the ear; tone values were accordingly of great +importance. The variation between narrative, recitative, and formal +song; the frequent dialogue, sometimes strictly dramatic; the repetitive +series in which the same act is attempted by a succession of actors, or +the stages of an action are described in exactly the same form, or a +repetition is planned in ascending scale; the singsong value of the +antithesis;[1] the suspense gained by the ejaculation[2]--all these +devices contribute values to the ear which help to catch and please the +sense. + + + +_Footnotes to Section III, 5: Constructive Elements of Style_ + +[Footnote 1: The following examples are taken from the Laieikawai, where +antithesis is frequent: + +"Four children were mine, four are dead." + +"Masters inside and outside" (to express masters over everything). + +"I have seen great and small, men and women; low chiefs, men and women; + high chiefs." + +"When you wish to go, go; if you wish to stay, this is Hana, stay here." + +"As you would do to me, so shall I to you." + +"I will not touch, you, you must not touch me." + +"Until day becomes night and night day." + +"If it seems good I will consent; if not, I will refuse." + +"Camped at some distance from A's party and A's party from them." + +"Sounds only by night, ... never by day." + +"Through us the consent, through us the refusal." + +"You above, our wife below." + +"Thunder pealed, this was Waka's work; thunder pealed, this was Malio's + work." + +"Do not look back, face ahead." + +"Adversity to one is adversity to all;" "we will not forsake you, do not + you forsake us." + +"Not to windward, go to leeward." + +"Never ... any destruction before like this; never will any come + hereafter." + +"Everyone has a god, none is without." + +"There I stood, you were gone." + +"I have nothing to complain of you, you have nothing to complain of me." + + +The balanced sentence structure is often handled with particular skill: + +"If ... a daughter, let her die; however many daughters ... let them die." + +"The penalty is death, death to himself, death to his wife, death to all + his friends." + +"Drive him away; if he should tell you his desire, force him away; if he is + very persistent, force him still more." + +"Again they went up ... again the chief waited ... the chief again sent a + band." + +"A crest arose; he finished his prayer to the amen; again a crest arose, + the second this; not long after another wave swelled." + +"If she has given H. a kiss, if she has defiled herself with him, then we + lose the wife, then take me to my grave without pity. But if she has + hearkened ... then she is a wife for you, if my grandchild has hearkened + to my command." + + +A series of synonyms is not uncommon, or the repetition of an idea in +other words: + +"Do not fear, have no dread." + +"Linger not, delay not your going." + +"Exert your strength, all your godlike might." + +"Lawless one, mischief maker, rogue of the sea." + +"Princess of broad Hawaii, Laieikawai, our mistress." + +"House of detention, prison-house." + +"Daughter, lord, preserver."] + +[Footnote 2: In the course of the story of _Laieikawai_ occur more than +50 ejaculatory phrases, more than half of these in the narrative, not +the dialogue, portion: + +1. The most common is used to provide suspense for what is to follow and +is printed without the point--_aia hoi_, literally, "then (or there) +indeed," with the force of our lo! or behold! + +2. Another less common form, native to the Hawaiian manner of thought, is +the contradiction of a plausible conjecture--_aole ka!_ "not so!". Both +these forms occur in narrative or in dialogue. The four following are found +in dialogue alone: + +3. _Auhea oe?_ "where are you?" is used to introduce a vigorous address. + +4. _Auwe!_ to express surprise (common in ordinary speech), is rare in +this story. + +5. The expression of surprise, _he mea kupapaha_, is literally "a +strange thing," like our impersonal "it is strange" + +6. The vocable _e_ is used to express strong emotion. + +7. Add to these an occasional use, for emphasis, of the belittling +question, whose answer, although generally left to be understood, may be +given; for example: _A heaha la o Haua-i-liki ia Laie-i-ka-wai? he +opala paha_, "What was Hauailiki to Laieikawai? 'mere chaff!'", and the +expression of contempt--_ka_--with which the princess dismisses her wooer] + + + + +IV. CONCLUSIONS + + +1. Much of the material of Hawaiian song and story is traditional within +other Polynesian groups. + +2. Verse making is practiced as an aristocratic art of high social value +in the households of chiefs, one in which both men and women take part. + +3. In both prose and poetry, for the purpose of social aggrandizement, +the theme is the individual hero exalted through his family connection +and his own achievement to the rank of divinity. + +4. The action of the story generally consists in a succession of +contests in which is tested the hero's claim to supernatural power. +These contests range from mythical encounters in the heavens to the +semihistorical rivalries of chiefs. + +5. The narrative may take on a high degree of complexity, involving many +well-differentiated characters and a well-developed art of conversation, +and in some instances, especially in revenge, trickster, or recognition +motives, approaching plot tales in our sense of the word. + +6. The setting of song or story, both physical and social, is distinctly +realized. Stories persist and are repeated in the localities where they +are localized. Highly characteristic are stories of rock transformations +and of other local configurations, still pointed to as authority for the +tale. + +7. Different types of hero appear: + +(_a_) The hero may be a human being of high rank and of unusual power +either of strength, skill, wit, or craft. + +(_b_) He may be a demigod of supernatural power, half human, half +divine. + +(_c_) He may be born in shape of a beast, bird, fish, or other object, +with or without the power to take human form or monstrous size. + +(_d_) He may bear some relation to the sun, moon, or stars, a form rare +in Hawaii, but which, when it does occur, is treated objectively rather +than allegorically. + +(_e_) He may be a god, without human kinship, either one of the +"departmental gods" who rule over the forces of nature, or of the +hostile spirits who inhabited the islands before they were occupied by +the present race. + +(_f_) He may be a mere ordinary man who by means of one of these +supernatural helpers achieves success. + +8. Poetry and prose show a quite different process of development. In +prose, connected narrative has found free expression. In poetry, the +epic process is neglected. Besides the formal dirge and highly developed +lyric songs (often accompanied and interpreted by dance), the +characteristic form is the eulogistic hymn, designed to honor an +individual by rehearsing his family's achievements, but in broken and +ejaculatory panegyric rather than in connected narrative. In prose, +again, the picture presented is highly realistic. The tendency is to +humanize and to localize within the group the older myth and to develop +later legendary tales upon a naturalistic basis. Poetry, on the other +hand, develops set forms, plays with double meanings. Its character is +symbolic and obscure and depends for its style upon, artificial devices. + +9. Common to each are certain sources of emotional Interest such as +depend upon a close interplay of ideas developed within an intimate +social group. In prose occur conventional episodes, highly elaborated +minor scenes, place names in profusion which have little to do with the +action of the story, repetitions by a series of actors of the same +incident in identical form, and in the dialogue, elaborate chants, +proverbial sayings, antithesis and parallelism. In poetry, the panegyric +proceeds by the enumeration of names and their qualities, particularly +place or technical names; by local and legendary allusions which may +develop into narrative or descriptive passages of some length; and by +eulogistic comparisons drawn from nature or from social life and often +elaborately developed. The interjectional expression of emotion, the +rhetorical question, the use of antithesis, repetition, wordplay (puns +and word-linking) and mere counting-out formulas play a striking part, +and the riddling element, both in the metaphors employed and in the use +of homonyms, renders the sense obscure. + + + + +PERSONS IN THE STORY + + +1. AIWOHI-KUPUA. A young chief of Kauai, suitor to Laie-i-ka-wai. + +2. AKIKEEHIALE. The turnstone, messenger of Aiwohikupua. + +3. AWAKEA. "Noonday." The bird that guards the doors of the sun. + +4. HALA-ANIANI. A young rascal of Puna. + +5. HALULU-I-KE-KIHE-O-KA-MALAMA. The bird who bears the visitors to the +doors of the sun. + +6. HATUA-I-LIKI. "Strike-in-beating." A young chief of Kauai, suitor to +Laie-i-ka-wai. + +7. HAUNAKA. A champion boxer of Kohala. + +8. HINA-I-KA-MALAMA. A chiefess of Maui. + +9. HULU-MANIANI. "Waving feather." A seer of Kauai. + +10. IHU-ANU. "Cold-nose." A champion boxer of Kohala. + +11. KA-ELO-I-KA-MALAMA. The "mother's brother" who guards the land of +Nuumealani. + +12. KA-HALA-O-MAPU-ANA. "The sweet-scented hala." The youngest sister of +Aiwohikupua. + +13. KAHAU-O-KAPAKA. The chief of Koolau, Oahu, father of Laie-i-ka-wai. + +14. KAHOUPO 'KANE. Attendant upon Poliahu. + +15. KA-ILI-O-KA-LAU-O-KE-KOA. "The-skin-of-the-leaf-of-the-koa (tree)." +The wife of Kauakahialii. + +16. KALAHUMOKU. The fighting dog of Aiwohikupua. + +17. KA-OHU-KULO-KIALEA. "The-moving-cloud-of-Kaialea." Guard of the +shade at the taboo house of Kahiki. + +18. KA-ONOHI-O-KA-LA. "The-eyeball-of-the-sun." A high taboo chief, who +lives in Kahiki. + +19. KAPUKAI-HAOA. A priest, grandfather of Laie-i-ka-wai. + +20. KAUA-KAHI-ALII. The high chief of Kauai. + +21. KAULAAI-LEHUA. A beautiful princess of Molokai. + +22. KE-KALUKALU-O-KE-WA. Successor to Kauakahi-alii and suitor to +Laie-i-ka-wai. + +23. KIHA-NUI-LULU-MOKU. "Great-convulsion-shaking-the-island." A +guardian spirit of Pali-uli. + +24. KOAE. The tropic bird. Messenger of Aiwohikupua. + +25. LAIE-I-KA-WAI. A species of the _ieie_ vine. (?) The beauty of +Pali-uli. + +26. LAIE-LOHELOHE. Another species of the _ieie_ vine. (?) Twin sister +of Laie-i-ka-wai. + +27. LANALANA-NUI-AI-MAKUA. "Great-ancestral-spider." The one who lets +down the pathway to the heavens. + +28. LAU-KIELE-ULA. "Red-kiele-leaf." The mother who attends the young +chief in the taboo house at Kahiki. + +29. LILI-NOE. "Fine-fog." Attendant to Poliahu. + +30. MAHINA-NUI-KONANE. "Big-bright-moon." Guard of the shade at the +taboo house at Kahiki. + +31. MAILE-HAIWALE. "Brittle-leafed-maile-vine." Sister of Aiwohikupua. + +32. MAILE-KALUHEA. "Big-leafed-maile-vine." Sister of Aiwohikupua. + +33. MAILE-LAULII. "Fine-leaf ed-maile-vine." Sister of Aiwohikupua. + +34. MAILE-PAKAHA. "Common-maile-vine." Sister of Aiwohikupua. + +35. MAKA-WELI. "Terrible-eyes." A young chief of Kauai. + +36. MALAEKAHANA. The mother of Laie-i-ka-wai. + +37. MALIO. A sorceress, sister of the Puna rascal, + +38. MOANALIHA-I-KA-WAOKELE. A powerful chief in Kahiki. + +39. MOKU-KELE-KAHIKI. "Island-sailing-to-Kahiki." The mother's brother +who guards the land of Ke-alohi-lani. + +40. POLI-AHU. "Cold-bosom." A high chiefess who dwells on Maunakea. + +41. POLOULA. A chief at Wailua, Kauai. + +42. ULILI. The snipe. Messenger to Aiwohikupua. + +43. WAI-AIE. "Water-mist." Attendant of Poliahu. + +44. WAKA. A sorceress, grandmother of Laie-i-ka-wai. + +The chief counsellor of Aiwohikupua. +The humpbacked attendant of Laie-i-ka-wai. +A canoe owner of Molokai. +A chief of Molokai, father of Kaulaailehua. +A countrywoman of Hana. +Paddlers, soldiers, and country people. + + + + +ACTION OF THE STORY + + +Twin sisters, Laieikawai and Laielohelohe, are born in Koolau, Oahu, +their birth heralded by a double clap of thunder. Their father, a great +chief over that district, has vowed to slay all his daughters until a +son is born to him. Accordingly the mother conceals their birth and +intrusts them to her parents to bring up in retirement, the priest +carrying the younger sister to the temple at Kukaniloko and Waka hiding +Laieikawai in the cave beside the pool Waiapuka. A prophet from Kauai +who has seen the rainbow which always rests over the girl's dwelling +place, desiring to attach himself to so great a chief, visits the place, +but is eluded by Waka, who, warned by her husband, flies with her +charge, first to Molokai, where a countryman, catching sight of the +girl's face, is so transported with her beauty that he makes the tour of +the island proclaiming her rank, thence to Maui and then to Hawaii, +where she is directed to a spot called Paliuli on the borders of Puna, a +night's journey inland through the forest from the beach at Keaau. Here +she builds a house for her "grandchild" thatched with the feathers of +the _oo_ bird, and appoints birds to serve her, a humpbacked attendant +to wait upon her, and mists to conceal her when she goes abroad. + +To the island of Kauai returns its high chief, Kauakahialii, after a +tour of the islands during which he has persuaded the fair mistress of +Paliuli to visit him. So eloquent is his account of her beauty that the +young chief Aiwohikupua, who has vowed to wed no woman from his own +group, but only one from "the land of good women," believes that here he +has found his wish. He makes the chief's servant his confidant, and +after dreaming of the girl for a year, he sets out with his counsellor +and a canoeload of paddlers for Paliuli. On the way he plays a boxing +bout with the champion of Kohala, named Cold-nose, whom he dispatches +with a single stroke that pierces the man through the chest and comes +out on the other side. Arrived at the house in the forest at Paliuli, he +is amazed to find it thatched all over with the precious royal feathers, +a small cloak of which he is bearing as his suitor's gift. Realizing the +girl's rank, he returns at once to Kauai to fetch his five sweet-scented +sisters to act as ambassadresses and bring him honor as a wooer. +Laieikawai, however, obstinately refuses the first four; and the angry +lover in a rage refuses to allow the last and youngest to try her +charms. Abandoning them, all to their fate in the forest, he sails back +to Kauai. The youngest and favorite, indeed, he would have taken with +him, but she will not abandon her sisters. By her wit and skill she +gains the favor of the royal beauty, and all five are taken into the +household of Laieikawai to act as guardians of her virginity and pass +upon any suitors for her hand. + +When Aiwohikupua, on his return, confesses his ill fortune, a handsome +comrade, the best skilled in surfing over all the islands, lays a bet to +win the beauty of Paliuli. He, too, returns crestfallen, the guards +having proved too watchful. But Aiwohikupua is so delighted to hear of +his sisters' position that he readily cancels the debt and hurries off +to Puna. His sisters, however, mindful of his former cruelty, deny him +access, and he returns to Kauai burning with rage, to collect a war +party to lead against the obdurate girls. Only after band after band has +been swallowed up in the jaws of the great lizard who guards Paliuli, +and his supernatural fighting dog has returned with ears bitten off and +tail between its legs, does he give over the attempt and return home +disconsolate to Kauai. + +Now, on his first voyage to Puna, as the chief came to land at Hana, +Maui, a high chiefess named Hina fell in love with him. The two staking +their love at a game of _konane_, she won him for her lover. He excused +himself under pretext of a vow to first tour about Hawaii, but pledged +himself to return. On the return trip he encountered and fell in love +with the woman of the mountain, Poliahu or Snow-bosom, but she, knowing +through her supernatural power of his affair with Hina, refused his +advances. Now, however, he determines to console himself with this lady. +His bird ambassadors go first astray and notify Hina, but finally the +tryst is arranged, the bridal cortege arrives in state, and the bridal +takes place. On their return to Kauai during certain games celebrated by +the chiefs, the neglected Hina suddenly appears and demands her pledge. +The jealous Poliahu disturbs the new nuptials by plaguing their couch +first with freezing cold, then with burning heat, until she has driven +away her rival. She then herself takes her final departure. + +Kauakahialii, the high chief of Kauai, now about to die, cedes the +succession to his favorite chief, Kekalukaluokewa, and bids him seek out +the beauty of Paliuli for a bride. He is acceptable to both the girl and +her grandmother--to the first for his good looks, to the second for his +rank and power. But before the marriage can be consummated a wily rascal +of Puna, through the arts of his wise sister Malio, abducts Laieikawai +while she and her lover are out surfing, by his superior dexterity wins +her affection, and makes off with her to Paliuli. When the grandmother +discovers her grandchild's disgrace, she throws the girl over and +seeks out her twin sister on Oahu to offer as bride to the great chief +of Kauai. So beautiful is Laielohelohe that now the Puna rascal abandons +his wife and almost tricks the new beauty out of the hands of the noble +bridegroom; but this time the marriage is successfully managed, the +mists clear, and bride and bridegroom appear mounted upon birds, while +all the people shout, "The marriage of the chiefs!" The spectacle is +witnessed by the abandoned beauty and her guardians, who have come +thither riding upon the great lizard; and on this occasion Waka +denounces and disgraces her disowned grandchild. + +Left alone by her grandmother, lordly lover, and rascally husband, +Laieikawai turns to the five virgin sisters and the great lizard to +raise her fortunes. The youngest sister proposes to make a journey to +Kealohilani, or the Shining-heavens, and fetch thence her oldest +brother, who dwells in the "taboo house on the borders of Tahiti." As a +youth of the highest divine rank, he will be a fit mate to wed her +mistress. The chiefess consents, and during the absence of the +ambassadress, goes journeying with her four remaining guardians. During +this journey she is seen and recognized by the prophet of Kauai, who has +for many years been on the lookout for the sign of the rainbow. Under +his guardianship she and the four sisters travel to Kauai, to which +place the scene now shifts. Here they once more face Aiwohikupua, and +the prophet predicts the coming of the avenger. Meanwhile the lizard +bears the youngest sister over sea. She ascends to various regions of +the heavens, placating in turn her maternal uncles, father, and mother, +until finally she reaches the god himself, where he lies basking in the +white radiance of the noonday sun. Hearing her story, this divine one +agrees to lay aside his nature as a god and descend to earth to wed his +sister's benefactress and avenge the injuries done by his brother and +Waka. Signs in the heavens herald his approach; he appears within the +sun at the back of the mountain and finally stands before his bride, +whom he takes up with him on a rainbow to the moon. At his return, as he +stands upon the rainbow, a great sound of shouting is heard over the +land in praise of his beauty. Thus he deals out judgment upon +Laieikawai's enemies: Waka falls dead, and Aiwohikupua is dispossessed +of his landed rights. Next, he rewards her friends with positions of +influence, and leaving the ruling power to his wife's twin sister and +her husband, returns with Laieikawai to his old home in the heavens. + +In the final chapters the Sun-god himself, who is called "The +eyeball-of-the-sun," proves unfaithful. He falls captive to the charms +of the twin sister, sends his clever youngest sister, whose foresight he +fears, to rule in the heavens, and himself goes down to earth on some +pretext in pursuit of the unwilling Laielohelohe. Meanwhile his wife +sees through the "gourd of knowledge" all that is passing on earth and +informs his parents of his infidelity. They judge and disgrace him; the +divine Sun-god becomes the first _lapu_, or ghost, doomed to be shunned +by all, to live in darkness and feed upon butterflies. The beauty of +Paliuli, on the other hand, returns to earth to live with her sister, +where she is worshiped and later deified in the heavens as the +"Woman-of-the-Twilight." + + + + +BACKGROUND OF THE STORY. + + +Whatever the original home of the _Laieikawai_ story, the action as here +pictured, with the exception of two chapters, is localized on the +Hawaiian group. This consists of eight volcanic islands lying in the +North Pacific, where torrid and tropical zones meet, about half again +nearer to America than Asia, and strung along like a cluster of beads +for almost 360 miles from Kauai on the northwest to the large island of +Hawaii on the southeast. Here volcanic activity, extinct from +prehistoric times on the other islands, still persists. Here the land +attains its greatest elevation--13,825 feet to the summit of the highest +peak--and of the 6,405 square miles of land area which constitute the +group 4,015 belong to Hawaii. Except in temperature, which varies only +about 11 degrees mean for a year, diversity marks the physical features +of these mid-sea islands. Lofty mountains where snow lies perpetually, +huge valleys washed by torrential freshets, smooth sand dunes, or fluted +ridges, arid plains and rain-soaked forests, fringes of white beach, or +abrupt bluffs that drop sheer into the deep sea, days of liquid sunshine +or fierce storms from the south that whip across the island for half a +week, a rainfall varying from 287 to 19 inches in a year in different +localities--these are some of the contrasts which come to pass in spite +of the equable climate. A similar diversity marks the plant and sea +life--only in animal, bird, and especially insect life, are varieties +sparsely represented. + +Most of the action of the story takes place on the four largest +islands--on Oahu, where the twins are born; on Maui, the home of Hina, +where the prophet builds the temple to his god; on Hawaii, where lies +the fabled land of Paliuli and where the surf rolls in at Keaau; and on +Kauai, whence the chiefs set forth to woo and where the last action of +the story takes place. These, with Molokai and Lanai, which lie off Maui +"like one long island," virtually constitute the group. + +Laie, where the twins are born, is a small fishing village on the +northern or Koolau side of Oahu, adjoining that region made famous by +the birth and exploits of the pig god, Kamapuaa. North from Laie +village, in a cane field above the Government road, is still pointed out +the water hole called Waiopuka--a long oval hole like a bathtub dropping +to the pool below, said by the natives to be brackish in taste and to +rise and fall with the tide because of subterranean connection with the +sea. On one side an outjutting rock marks the entrance to a cave said to +open out beyond the pool and be reached by diving. Daggett furnishes a +full description of the place in the introduction to his published +synopsis of the story. The appropriateness of Laie as the birthplace of +the rainbow girl is evident to anyone who has spent a week along this +coast. It is one of the most picturesque on the islands, with the open +sea on one side fringed with white beach, and the Koolau range rising +sheer from the narrow strip of the foothills, green to the summit and +fluted into fantastic shapes by the sharp edge of the showers that drive +constantly down with the trade winds, gleaming with rainbow colors. + +Kukaniloko, in the uplands of Wahiawa, where Laielohelohe is concealed +by her foster father, is one of the most sacred places on Oahu. Its fame +is coupled with that of Holoholoku in Wailua, Kauai, as one of the +places set apart for the birthplace of chiefs. Tradition says that since +a certain Kapawa, grandson of a chief from "Tahiti" in the far past, was +born upon this spot, a special divine favor has attended the birth of +chiefs upon this spot. Stones were laid out right and left with a mound +for the back, the mother's face being turned to the right. Eighteen +chiefs stood guard on either hand. Then the taboo drum sounded and the +people assembled on the east and south to witness the event. Say the +Hawaiians, "If one came in confident trust and lay properly upon the +supports, the child would be born with honor; it would be called a +divine chief, a burning fire."[1] Even Kamehameha desired that his son +Liholiho's birth should take place at Kukaniloko. Situated as it is upon +the breast of the bare uplands between the Koolau and Waianae Ranges, +the place commands a view of surprising breadth and beauty. Though the +stones have been removed, through the courtesy of the management of the +Waialua plantation a fence still marks this site of ancient interest. + +The famous hill Kauwiki, where the seer built the temple to his god, and +where Hina watched the clouds drift toward her absent lover, lies at the +extreme eastern end of Maui. About this hill clusters much mythic lore +of the gods. Here the heavens lay within spear thrust to earth, and here +stood Maui, whose mother is called Hina, to thrust them apart. Later, +Kauwiki was the scene of the famous resistance to the warriors of Umi, +and in historic times about this hill for more than half a century waged +a rivalry between the warriors of Hawaii and Maui. The poet of the +Kualii mentions the hill thrice--once in connection with the legend of +Maui, once when he likens the coming forth of the sun at Kauwiki to the +advent of Ku, and in a descriptive passage in which the abrupt height is +described: + + Shooting up to heaven is Kauwiki, + Below is the cluster of islands, + In the sea they are gathered up, + O Kauwiki, + O Kauwiki, mountain bending over, + Loosened, almost falling, Kauwiki-e. + +Finally, Puna, the easternmost district of the six divisions of Hawaii, +is a region rich in folklore. From the crater of Kilauea, which lies on +the slope of Mauna Loa about 4,000 feet above sea level, the land slopes +gradually to the Puna coast along a line of small volcanic cones, on the +east scarcely a mile from the sea. The slope is heavily forested, on the +uplands with tall hard-wood trees of _ohia_, on the coast with groves of +pandanus. Volcanic action has tossed and distorted the whole district. +The coast has sunk, leaving tree trunks erect in the sea. Above the +bluffs of the south coast lie great bowlders tossed up by tidal waves. +Immense earthquake fissures occur. The soil is fresh lava broken into +treacherous hollows, too porous to retain water and preserving a +characteristic vegetation. About this region has gathered the mysterious +lore of the spirit world. "Fear to do evil in the uplands of Puna," +warns the old chant, lest mischief befall from the countless wood +spirits who haunt these mysterious forests. Pele, the volcano goddess, +still loves her old haunts in Puna, and many a modern native boasts a +meeting with this beauty of the flaming red hair who swept to his fate +the brave youth from Kauai when he raced with her down the slope to the +sea during the old mythic days when the rocks and hills of Puna were +forming. + + + +_Footnotes to Background of the Story_ + +[Footnote 1: _Kuakoa_, iv, No. 31, translated also in _Hawaiian Annual_, +1912, p. 101; Daggett, p. 70; Fornander, II, 272.] + + + + +[Illustration: MAUNA KEA IN ITS MANTLE OF SNOW (HENSHAW)] + + + + +LAIE I KA WAI + +A HAWAIIAN ROMANCE TRANSLATED FROM THE HAWAIIAN TEXT OF S.N. HALEOLE +(PRINTED IN HONOLULU, 1863)[1] + + +[Footnote 1: Title pages. + +(_First edition_.) The story of _Laie-i-ka-wai_, The Beauty of +Pali-uli, the Woman-of-the-Twilight. Composed from the old stories of +Hawaii. Written by S.N. Haleole, Honolulu, Oahu. Published by Henry W. +Whitney, editor of the _Kuakoa_, 1863. + +(_Second edition_.) The Treasure-Book of Hawaii. The Story of +Laie-i-ka-wai who is called The-Woman-of-the-Twilight. Revised and +published by Solomon Meheula and Henry Bolster. For the benefit and +progress of the new generation of the Hawaiian race. Honolulu. Printed +by the _Bulletin_, 1888.] + + + + +FOREWORD + + +The editor of this book rejoices to print the first fruits of his +efforts to enrich the Hawaiian people with a story book. We have +previously had books of instruction on many subjects and also those +enlightening us as to the right and the wrong; but this is the first +book printed for us Hawaiians in story form, depicting the ancient +customs of this people, for fear lest otherwise we lose some of their +favorite traditions. Thus we couch in a fascinating manner the words and +deeds of a certain daughter of Hawaii, beautiful and greatly beloved, +that by this means there may abide in the Hawaiian people the love of +their ancestors and their country. + +Take it, then, this little book, for what it is worth, to read and to +prize, thus showing your search after the knowledge of things Hawaiian, +being ever ready to uphold them that they be not lost. + +It is an important undertaking for anyone to provide us with +entertaining reading matter for our moments of leisure; therefore, when +the editor of this book prepared it for publication he depended upon the +support of all the friends of learning in these islands; and this +thought alone has encouraged him to persevere in his work throughout all +the difficulties that blocked his way. Now, for the first time is given +to the people of Hawaii a book of entertainment for leisure moments like +those of the foreigners, a book to feed our minds with wisdom and +insight. Let us all join in forwarding this little book as a means of +securing to the people more books of the same nature written in their +own tongue--the Hawaiian tongue. + +And, therefore, to all friends of learning and to all native-born +Hawaiians, from the rising to the setting sun, behold the +Woman-of-the-Twilight! She comes to you with greetings of love and it is +fitting to receive her with the warmest love from the heart of Hawaii. +_Aloha no!_[1] + +[Footnote 1: For the translation of Haleole's foreword, which is in a +much more ornate and involved style than the narrative itself, I am +indebted to Miss Laura Green, of Honolulu.] + + + + +CHAPTER I + + +This tale was told at Laie, Koolau; here they were born, and they were +twins; Kahauokapaka was the father, Malaekahana the mother. Now +Kahauokapaka was chief over two districts, Koolauloa and Koolaupoko, and +he had great authority over these districts. + +At the time when Kahauokapaka took Malaekahana to wife,[1] after their +union, during those moments of bliss when they had just parted from the +first embrace, Kahauokapaka declared his vow to his wife, and this was +the vow:[2] + +"My wife, since we are married, therefore I will tell you my vow: If we +two live hereafter and bear a child and it is a son, then it shall be +well with us. Our children shall live in the days of our old age, and +when we die they will cover our nakedness.[3] This child shall be the +one to portion out the land, if fortune is ours in our first born and it +is a boy; but if the first born is a daughter, then let her die; however +many daughters are born to us, let them die; only one thing shall save +them, the birth of a son shall save those daughters who come after." + +About the eighth year of their living as man and wife, Malaekahana +conceived and bore a daughter, who was so beautiful to look upon, the +mother thought that Kahauokapaka would disregard his vow; this child he +would save. Not so! At the time when she was born, Kahauokapaka was away +at the fishing with the men. + +When Kahauokapaka returned from the fishing he was told that Malaekahana +had born a daughter. The chief went to the house; the baby girl had been +wrapped in swaddling clothes; Kahauokapaka at once ordered the +executioner to kill it. + +After a time Malaekahana conceived again and bore a second daughter, +more beautiful than the first; she thought to save it. Not so! +Kahauokapaka saw the baby girl in its mother's arms wrapped in swaddling +clothes; then the chief at once ordered the executioner to kill it. + +Afterwards Malaekahana bore more daughters, but she could not save them +from being killed at birth according to the chief's vow. + +When for the fifth time Malaekahana conceived a child, near the time of +its birth, she went to the priest and said, "Here! Where are you? Look +upon this womb of mine which is with child, for I can no longer endure +my children's death; the husband is overzealous to keep his vow; four +children were mine, four are dead. Therefore, look upon this womb of +mine, which is with child; if you see it is to be a girl, I will kill it +before it takes human shape.[4] But if you see it is to be a boy, I will +not do it." + +Then the priest said to Malaekahana, "Go home; just before the child is +to be born come back to me that I may know what you are carrying." + +At the time when the child was to be born, in the month of October, +during the taboo season at the temple, Malaekahana remembered the +priest's command. When the pains of childbirth were upon her, she came +to the priest and said, "I come at the command of the priest, for the +pains of childbirth are upon me; look and see, then, what kind of child +I am carrying." + +As Malaekahana talked with the priest, he said: "I will show you a sign; +anything I ask of you, you must give it." + +Then the priest asked Malaekahana to give him one of her hands, +according to the sign used by this people, whichever hand she wished to +give to the priest. + +Now, when the priest asked Malaekahana to give him one of her hands she +presented the left, with the palm upward. Then the priest told her the +interpretation of the sign: "You will bear another daughter, for you +have given me your left hand with the palm upward." + +When the priest said this, the heart of Malaekahana was heavy, for she +sorrowed over the slaying of the children by her husband; then +Malaekahana besought the priest to devise something to help the mother +and save the child. + +Then the priest counseled Malaekahana, "Go back to the house; when the +child is about to be born, then have a craving for the _manini_ +spawn,[5] and tell Kahauokapaka that he must himself go fishing, get the +fish you desire with his own hand, for your husband is very fond of the +young _manini_ afloat in the membrane, and while he is out fishing he +will not know about the birth; and when the child is born, then give it +to me to take care of; when he comes back, the child will be in my +charge, and if he asks, tell him it was an abortion, nothing more." + +At the end of this talk, Malaekahana went back to the house, and when +the pains came upon her, almost at the moment of birth, then Malaekahana +remembered the priest's counsel to her. + +When the pain had quieted, Malaekahana said to her husband, "Listen, +Kahauokapaka! the spawn of the _manini_ come before my eyes; go after +them, therefore, while they are yet afloat in the membrane; possibly +when you bring the _manini_ spawn, I shall be eased of the child; this +is the first time my labor has been hard, and that I have craved the +young of the _manini_; go quickly, therefore, to the fishing." + +Then Kahauokapaka went out of the house at once and set out. While they +were gone the child was born, a girl, and she was given to Waka, and +they named her Laieikawai. As they were attending to the first child, a +second was born, also a girl, and they named her Laielohelohe. + +After the girls had been carried away in the arms of Waka and +Kapukaihaoa, Kahauokapaka came back from the fishing, and asked his +wife, "How are you?" + +Said the woman, "I have born an abortion and have thrown it into the +ocean." + +Kahauokapaka already knew of the birth while he was on the ocean, for +there came two claps of thunder; then he thought that the wife had given +birth. At this time of Laieikawai and Laielohelohe's birth thunder first +sounded in October,[6] according to the legend. + +When Waka and Kapukaihaoa had taken their foster children away, Waka +said to Kapukaihaoa, "How shall we hide our foster children from +Kahauokapaka?" + +Said the priest, "You had better hide your foster child in the water +hole of Waiapuka; a cave is there which no one knows about, and it will +be my business to seek a place of protection for my foster child." + +Waka took Laieikawai where Kapukaihaoa had directed, and there she kept +Laieikawai hidden until she was come to maturity. + +Now, Kapukaihaoa took Laielohelohe to the uplands of Wahiawa, to the +place called Kukaniloko.[7] + +All the days that Laieikawai was at Waiapuka a rainbow arch was there +constantly, in rain or calm, yet no one understood the nature of this +rainbow, but such signs as attend a chief were always present wherever +the twins were guarded. + +Just at this time Hulumaniani was making a tour of Kauai in his +character as the great seer of Kauai, and when he reached the summit of +Kalalea he beheld the rainbow arching over Oahu; there he remained 20 +days in order to be sure of the nature of the sign which he saw. By +that time the seer saw clearly that it was the sign of a great +chief--this rainbow arch and the two ends of a rainbow encircled in dark +clouds. + +Then the seer made up his mind to go to Oahu to make sure about the sign +which he saw. He left the place and went to Anahola to bargain for a +boat to go to Oahu, but he could not hire a boat to go to Oahu. Again +the seer made a tour of Kauai; again he ascended Kalalea and saw again +the same sign as before, just the same as at first; then he came back to +Anahola. + +While the seer was there he heard that Poloula owned a canoe at Wailua, +for he was chief of that place, and he desired to meet Poloula to ask +the chief for a canoe to go to Oahu. + +When Hulumaniani met Poloula he begged of him a canoe to go to Oahu. +Then the canoe and men were given to him. That night when the canoe star +rose they left Kauai, 15 strong, and came first to Kamaile in Waianae. + +Before the seer sailed, he first got ready a black pig, a white fowl, +and a red fish. + +On the day when they reached Waianae the seer ordered the rowers to wait +there until he returned from making the circuit of the island. + +Before the seer went he first climbed clear to the top of Maunalahilahi +and saw the rainbow arching at Koolauloa, as he saw it when he was on +Kalalea. + +He went to Waiapuka, where Laieikawai was being guarded, and saw no +place there set off for chiefs to dwell in. Now, just as the seer +arrived, Waka had vanished into that place where Laieikawai was +concealed. + +As the seer stood looking, he saw the rippling of the water where Waka +had dived. Then he said to himself: "This is a strange thing. No wind +ripples the water on this pool. It is like a person bathing, who has +hidden from me." After Waka had been with Laieikawai she returned, but +while yet in the water she saw someone sitting above on the bank, so she +retreated, for she thought it was Kahauokapaka, this person on the brink +of the water hole. + +Waka returned to her foster child, and came back at twilight and spied +to discover where the person had gone whom she saw, but there was the +seer sitting in the same place as before. So Waka went back again. + +The seer remained at the edge of the pool, and slept there until +morning. At daybreak, when it was dawn, he arose, saw the sign of the +rainbow above Kukaniloko, forsook this place, journeyed about Oahu, +first through Koolaupoko; from there to Ewa and Honouliuli, where he saw +the rainbow arching over Wahiawa; ascended Kamaoha, and there slept over +night; but did not see the sign he sought. + + + + +CHAPTER II + + +When the seer failed to see the sign which he was following he left +Kamaoha, climbed clear to the top of Kaala, and there saw the rainbow +arching over Molokai. Then the seer left the place and journeyed around +Oahu; a second time he journeyed around in order to be sure of the sign +he was following, for the rainbow acted strangely, resting now in that +place, now in this. + +On the day when the seer left Kaala and climbed to the top of +Kuamooakane the rainbow bent again over Molokai, and there rested the +end of the rainbow, covered out of sight with thunderclouds. Three days +he remained on Kuamooakane, thickly veiled in rain and fog. + +On the fourth day he secured a boat to go to Molokai. He went on board +the canoe and had sailed half the distance, when the paddlers grew vexed +because the prophet did nothing but sleep, while the pig squealed and +the cock crowed. + +So the paddler in front[8] signed to the one at the rear to turn the +canoe around and take the seer back as he slept. + +The paddlers turned the canoe around and sailed for Oahu. When the canoe +turned back, the seer distrusted this, because the wind blew in his +face; for he knew the direction of the wind when he left Oahu, and now, +thought he, the wind is blowing from the seaward. + +Then the seer opened his eyes and the canoe was going back to Oahu. Then +the seer asked himself the reason, But just to see for himself what the +canoe men were doing, he prayed to his god, to Kuikauweke, to bring a +great tempest over the ocean. + +As he prayed a great storm came suddenly upon them, and the paddlers +were afraid. + +Then they awoke him: "O you fellow asleep, wake up, there! We thought +perhaps your coming on board would be a good thing for us. Not so! The +man sleeps as if he were ashore." + +When the seer arose, the canoe was making for Oahu. + +Then he asked the paddlers: "What are you doing to me to take the canoe +back again? What have I done?" + +Then the men said: "We two wearied of your constant sleeping and the +pig's squealing and the cock's crowing; there was such a noise; from the +time we left until now the noise has kept up. You ought to have taken +hold and helped paddle. Not so! Sleep was the only thing for you!" + +The seer said: "You two are wrong, I think, if you say the reason for +your returning to Oahu was my idleness; for I tell you the trouble was +with the man above on the seat, for he sat still and did nothing." + +As he spoke, the seer sprang to the stern of the canoe, took charge of +the steering, and they sailed and came to Haleolono, on Molokai. + +When they reached there, lo! the rainbow arched over Koolau, as he saw +it from Kuamooakane; he left the paddlers, for he wished to see the sign +which he was following. + +He went first clear to the top of Waialala, right above Kalaupapa. +Arrived there, he clearly saw the rainbow arching over Malelewaa, over a +sharp ridge difficult to reach; there, in truth, was Laieikawai hidden, +she and her grandmother, as Kapukaihaoa had commanded Waka in the +vision. + +For as the seer was sailing over the ocean, Kapukaihaoa had +foreknowledge of what the prophet was doing, therefore he told Waka in a +vision to carry Laieikawai away where she could not be found. + +After the seer left Waialala he went to Waikolu right below Malelewaa. +Sure enough, there was the rainbow arching where he could not go. Then +he considered for some time how to reach the place to see the person he +was seeking and offer the sacrifice he had prepared, but he could not +reach it. + +On the day when the seer went to Waikolu, the same night, came the +command of Kapukaihaoa to Laieikawai in a dream, and when she awoke, it +was a dream. Then Laieikawai roused her grandmother, and the grandmother +awoke and asked her grandchild why she had roused her. + +The grandchild said to her: "Kapukaihaoa has come to me in a dream and +said that you should bear me away at once to Hawaii and make our home in +Paliuli; there we two shall dwell; so he told me, and I awoke and +wakened you." + +As Laieikawai was speaking to her grandmother, the same vision came to +Waka. Then they both arose at dawn and went as they had both been +directed by Kapukaihaoa in a vision. + +They left the place, went to Keawanui, to the place called Kaleloa, and +there they met a man who was getting his canoe ready to sail for Lanai. +When they met the canoe man, Waka said: "Will you let us get into the +canoe with you, and take us to the place where you intend to go?" + +Said the canoe man: "I will take you both with me in the canoe; the only +trouble is I have no mate to paddle the canoe." + +And as the man spoke this word, "a mate to paddle the canoe," Laieikawai +drew aside the veil that covered her face because of her grandmother's +wish completely to conceal her grandchild from being seen by anyone as +they went on their way to Paliuli; but her grandchild thought otherwise. + +When Laieikawai uncovered her face which her grandmother had concealed, +the grandmother shook her head at her grandchild to forbid her showing +it, lest the grandchild's beauty become thereafter nothing but a common +thing. + +Now, as Laieikawai uncovered her face, the canoe man saw that Laieikawai +rivaled in beauty all the daughters of the chiefs round about Molokai +and Lanai. And lo! the man was pierced through[9] with longing for the +person he had seen. + +Therefore, the man entreated the grandmother and said: "Unloosen the +veil from your grandchild's face, for I see that she is more beautiful +than all the daughters of the chiefs round about Molokai and Lanai." + +The grandmother said: "I do not uncover her because she wishes to +conceal herself." + +At this answer of Waka to the paddler's entreaties, Laieikawai revealed +herself fully, for she heard Waka say that she wished to conceal +herself, when she had not wanted to at all. + +And when the paddler saw Laieikawai clearly, desire came to him afresh. +Then the thought sprang up within him to go and spread the news around +Molokai of this person whom he longed after. + +Then the paddler said to Laieikawai and her companion, "Where are you! +live here in the house; everything within is yours, not a single thing +is withholden from you in the house; inside and outside[10] you two are +masters of this place." + +When the canoe man had spoken thus, Laieikawai said, "Our host, shall +you be gone long? for it looks from your charge as if you were to be +away for good." + +Said the host, "O daughter, not so; I shall not forsake you; but I must +look for a mate to paddle you both to Lanai." + +And at these words, Waka said to their host, "If that is the reason for +your going away, leaving us in charge of everything in your house, then +let me say, we can help you paddle." + +The man was displeased at these words of Waka to him. + +He said to the strangers, "Let me not think of asking you to paddle the +canoe; for I hold you to be persons of importance." + +Now it was not the man's intention to look for a mate to paddle the +canoe with him, but as he had already determined, so now he vowed within +him to go and spread around Molokai the news about Laieikawai. + +When they had done speaking the paddler left them and went away as he +had vowed. + +As he went he came first to Kaluaaha and slept at Halawa, and here and +on the way there he proclaimed, as he had vowed, the beauty of +Laieikawai. + +The next day, in the morning, he found a canoe sailing to Kalaupapa, got +on board and went first to Pelekunu and Wailau; afterwards he came to +Waikolu, where the seer was staying. + +When he got to Waikolu the seer had already gone to Kalaupapa, but this +man only stayed to spread the news of Laieikawai's arrival. + +When he reached Kalaupapa, behold! a company had assembled for boxing; +he stood outside the crowd and cried with a loud voice:[11] "O ye men of +the people, husbandmen, laborers, tillers of the soil; O ye chiefs, +priests, soothsayers, all men of rank in the household of the chief! All +manner of men have I beheld on my way hither; I have seen the high and +the low, men and women; low chiefs, the _kaukaualii_, men and women; +high chiefs, the _niaupio_, and the _ohi_; but never have I beheld +anyone to compare with this one whom I have seen; and I declare to you +that she is more beautiful than any of the daughters of the chiefs on +Molokai or even in this assembly." + +Now when he shouted, he could not be heard, for his voice was smothered +in the clamor of the crowd and the noise of the onset. + +And wishing his words to be heard aright, he advanced into the midst of +the throng, stood before the assembly, and held up the border of his +garment and repeated the words he had just spoken. + +Now the high chief of Molokai heard his voice plainly, so the chief +quieted the crowd and listened to what the stranger was shouting about, +for as he looked at the man he saw that his face was full of joy and +gladness. + +At the chief's command the man was summoned before the chief and he +asked, "What news do you proclaim aloud with glad face before the +assembly?" + +Then the man told why he shouted and why his face was glad in the +presence of the chief: "In the early morning yesterday, while I was +working over the canoe, intending to sail to Lanai, a certain woman came +with her daughter, but I could not see plainly the daughter's face. But +while we were talking the girl unveiled her face. Behold! I saw a girl +of incomparable beauty who rivaled all the daughters of the chiefs of +Molokai." + +When the chief heard these words he said, "If she is as good looking as +my daughter, then she is beautiful indeed." + +At this saying of the chief, the man begged that the chiefess be shown +to him, and Kaulaailehua, the daughter of the chief, was brought +thither. Said the man, "Your daughter must be in four points more +beautiful than she is to compare with that other." + +Replied the chief, "She must be beautiful indeed that you scorn our +beauty here, who is the handsomest girl in Molokai." + +Then the man said fearlessly to the chief, "Of my judgment of beauty I +can speak with confidence."[12] + +As the man was talking with the chief, the seer remained listening to +the conversation; it just came to him that this was the one whom he was +seeking. + +So the seer moved slowly toward him, got near, and seized the man by the +arm, and drew him quietly after him. + +When they were alone, the seer asked the man directly, "Did you know +that girl before about whom you were telling the chief?" + +The man denied it and said, "No; I had never seen her before; this was +the very first time; she was a stranger to me." + +So the seer thought that this must be the person he was seeking, and he +questioned the man closely where they were living, and the man told him +exactly. + +After the talk, he took everything that he had prepared for sacrifice +when they should meet and departed. + + + + +Chapter III + + +When the seer set out after meeting that man, he went first up Kawela; +there he saw the rainbow arching over the place which the man had +described to him; so he was sure that this was the person he was +following. + +He went to Kaamola, the district adjoining Keawanui, where Laieikawai +and her companion were awaiting the paddler. By this time it was very +dark; he could not see the sign he saw from Kawela; but the seer slept +there that night, thinking that at daybreak he would see the person he +was seeking. + +That night, while the seer was sleeping at Kaamola, then came the +command of Kapukaihaoa to Laieikawai in a dream, just as he had directed +them at Malelewaa. + +At dawn they found a canoe sailing to Lanai, got on board, and went and +lived for some time at Maunalei. + +After Laieikawai and her companion had left Kalaeloa, at daybreak, the +seer arose and saw that clouds and falling rain obscrued the sea between +Molokai and Lanai with a thick veil of fog and mist. + +Three days the veil of mist hid the sea, and on the fourth day the +seer's stay at Kaamola, in the very early morning, he saw an end of the +rainbow standing right above Maunalei. Now the seer regretted deeply not +finding the person he was seeking; nevertheless he was not discouraged +into dropping the quest. + +About 10 days passed at Molokai before he saw the end of the rainbow +standing over Haleakala; he left Molokai, went first to Haleakala, to +the fire pit, but did not see the person he was seeking. + +When the seer reached there, he looked toward Hawaii; the land was veiled +thick in cloud and mist. He left the place, went to Kauwiki, and there +built a place of worship[13] to call upon his god as the only one to +guide him to the person he was seeking. + +Whenever the seer stopped in his journeying he directed the people, if +they found the person he was following, to search him out wherever he +might be. + +At the end of the days of consecration of the temple, while the seer was +at Kauwiki, near the night of the gods Kane and Lono,[14] the land of +Hawaii cleared and he saw to the summit of the mountains. + +Many days the seer remained at Kauwiki, nearly a year or more, but he +never saw the sign he had followed thither. + +One day in June, during the first days of the month, very early in the +morning, he caught a glimpse of something like a rainbow at Koolau on +Hawaii; he grew excited, his pulse beat quickly, but he waited long and +patiently to see what the rainbow was doing. The whole month passed in +patient waiting; and in the next month, on the second day of the month, +in the evening, before the sun had gone down, he entered the place of +worship prepared for his god and prayed. + +As he prayed, in the midst of the place appeared to the seer the spirit +forms[15] of Laieikawai and her grandmother; so he left off praying, nor +did those spirits leave him as long as it was light. + +That night, in his sleep, his god came to him in a vision and said: "I +have seen the pains and the patience with which you have striven to find +Waka's grandchild, thinking to gain honor through her grandchild. Your +prayers have moved me to show you that Laieikawai dwells between Puna +and Hilo in the midst of the forest, in a house made of the yellow +feathers of the _oo_ bird[16]; therefore, to-morrow, rise and go." + +He awoke from sleep; it was only a dream, so he doubted and did not +sleep the rest of the night until morning. + +And when it was day, in the early morning, as he was on Kauwiki, he saw +the flapping of the sail of a canoe down at Kaihalulu. He ran quickly +and came to the landing, and asked the man where the boat was going. +The man said, "It is going to Hawaii"; thereupon he entreated the man to +take him, and the latter consented. + +The seer returned up Kauwiki and brought his luggage, the things he had +got ready for sacrifice. + +When he reached the shore he first made a bargain with them: "You +paddlers, tell me what you expect of me on this trip; whatever you +demand, I will accede to; for I was not well treated by the men who +brought me here from Oahu, so I will first make a bargain with you men, +lest you should be like them." + +The men promised to do nothing amiss on this trip, and the talk ended; +he boarded the canoe and set out. + +On the way they landed first at Mahukona in Kohala, slept there that +night, and in the morning the seer left the paddlers, ascended to +Lamaloloa, and entered the temple of Pahauna,[17] an ancient temple +belonging to olden times and preserved until to-day. + +Many days he remained there without seeing the sign he sought; but in +his character as seer he continued praying to his god as when he was on +Kauwiki, and in answer to the seer's prayer, he had again the same sign +that was shown to him on Kauwiki. + +At this, he left the place and traversed Hawaii, starting from Hamakua, +and the journey lasted until the little pig he started with had grown +too big to be carried. + +Having arrived at Hamakua, he dwelt in the Waipio Valley at the temple +of Pakaalana but did not stay there long. + +The seer left that place, went to Laupahoehoe, and thence to +Kaiwilahilahi, and there remained some years. + + + +Here we will leave the story of the seer's search. It will be well to +tell of the return of Kauakahialii to Kauai with Kailiokalauokekoa.[18] +As we know, Laieikawai is at Paliuli. + +In the first part of the story we saw that Kapukaihaoa commanded Waka in +a dream to take Laieikawai to Paliuli, as the seer saw. + +The command was carried out. Laieikawai dwelt at Paliuli until she was +grown to maidenhood. + +When Kauakahialii and Kailiokalauokekoa returned to Kauai after their +meeting with the "beauty of Paliuli" there were gathered together the +high chiefs, the low chiefs, and the country aristocracy as well, to see +the strangers who came with Kailiokalauokekoa's party. Aiwohikupua came +with the rest of the chiefs to wail for the strangers. + +After the wailing the chiefs asked Kauakahialii, "How did your journey +go after your marriage with Kailiokalauokekoa?" + +Then Kauakahialii told of his journey as follows: "Seeking hence after +the love of woman, I traversed Oahu and Maui, but found no other woman +to compare with this Kailiokalauokekoa here. I went to Hawaii, traveled +all about the island, touched first at Kohala, went on to Kona, Kau, and +came to Keaau, in Puna, and there I tarried, and there I met another +woman surpassingly beautiful, more so than this woman here +(Kailiokalauokekoa), more than all the beauties of this whole group of +islands." + +During this speech Aiwohikupua seemed to see before him the lovely form +of that woman. + +Then said Kauakahialii: "On the first night that she met my man she told +him at what time she would reach the place where we were staying and the +signs of her coming, for my man told her I was to be her husband and +entreated her to come down with him; but she said: 'Go back to this ward +of yours who is to be my husband and tell him this night I will come. +When rings the note of the _oo_ bird I am not in that sound, or the +_alala_, I am not in that sound; when rings the note of the _elepaio_ +then am I making ready to descend; when the note of the _apapane_ +sounds, then am I without the door of my house; if you hear the note of +the _iiwipolena_[19] then am I without your ward's house; seek me, you +two, and find me without; that is your ward's chance to meet me.' So my +man told me. + +"When the night came that she had promised she did not come; we waited +until morning; she did not come; only the birds sang. I thought my man +had lied. Kailiokalauokekoa and her friends were spending the night at +Punahoa with friends. Thinking my man had lied, I ordered the +executioner to bind ropes about him; but he had left me for the uplands +of Paliuli to ask the woman why she had not come down that night and to +tell her he was to die. + +"When he had told Laieikawai all these things the woman said to him, +'You return, and to-night I will come as I promised the night before, so +will I surely do.' + +"That night, the night on which the woman was expected, +Kailiokalauokekoa's party had returned and she was recounting her +adventures, when just at the edge of the evening rang the note of the +_oo_; at 9 in the evening rang the note of the _alala_; at midnight rang +the note of the _elepaio_; at dawn rang the note of the _apapane_; and +at the first streak of light rang the note of the _iiwipolena_; as soon +as it sounded there fell the shadow of a figure at the door of the +house. Behold! the room was thick with mist, and when it passed away she +lay resting on the wings of birds in all her beauty." + +At these words of Kauakahialii to the chiefs, all the body of +Aiwohikupua pricked with desire, and he asked, "What was the woman's +name?" + +They told him it was Laieikawai, and such was Aiwohikupua's longing for +the woman of whom Kauakahialii spoke that he thought to make her his +wife, but he wondered who this woman might be. Then he said to +Kauakahialii: "I marvel what this woman may be, for I am a man who has +made the whole circuit of the islands, but I never saw any woman resting +on the wings of birds. It may be she is come hither from the borders of +Tahiti, from within Moaulanuiakea."[20] + +Since Aiwohikupua thought Laieikawai must be from Moaulanuiakea, he +determined to get her for his wife. For before he had heard all this +story Aiwohikupua had vowed not to take any woman of these islands to +wife; he said that he wanted a woman of Moaulanuiakea. + +The chiefs' reception was ended and the accustomed ceremonies on the +arrival of strangers performed. And soon after those days Aiwohikupua +took Kauakahialii's man to minister in his presence, thinking that this +man would be the means to attain his desire. + +Therefore Aiwohikupua exalted this man to be head over all things, over +all the chief's land, over all the men, chiefs, and common people, as +his high counsellor. + +As this man became great, jealous grew the former favorites of +Aiwohikupua, but this was nothing to the chief. + + + + +CHAPTER IV + + +After this man had become great before the chief, even his high +counsellor, they consulted constantly together about those matters which +pleased the chief, while the people thought they discussed the +administration of the land and of the substance which pertained to the +chief; but it was about Laieikawai that the two talked and very seldom +about anything else. + +Even before Aiwohikupua heard from Kauakahialii about Laieikawai he had +made a vow before his food companions, his sisters, and before all the +men of rank in his household: "Where are you, O chiefs, O my sisters, +all my food companions! From this day until my last I will take no woman +of all these islands to be my wife, even from Kauai unto Hawaii, no +matter how beautiful she is reported to be, nor will I get into mischief +with a woman, not with anyone at all. For I have been ill-treated by +women from my youth up. She shall be my wife who comes hither from other +islands, even from Moaulanuiakea, a place of kind women, I have heard; +so that is the sort of woman I desire to marry." + +When Aiwohikupua had heard Kauakahialii's story, after conferring long +with his high counsellor about Laieikawai, then the chief was convinced +that this was the woman from Tahiti. + +Next day, at midday, the chief slept and Laieikawai came to Aiwohikupua +in a dream[21] and he saw her in the dream as Kauakahialii had described +her. + +When he awoke, lo! he sorrowed after the vision of Laieikawai, because +he had awakened so soon out of sleep; therefore he wished to prolong his +midday nap in order to see again her whom he had beheld in his dream. + +The chief again slept, and again Laieikawai came to him for a moment, +but he could not see her distinctly; barely had he seen her face when he +waked out of sleep. + +For this reason his mind was troubled and the chief made oath before all +his people: + +"Where are you? Do not talk while I am sleeping; if one even whispers, +if he is chief over a district he shall lose his chiefship; if he is +chief over part of a district, he shall lose his chiefship; and if a +tenant farmer break my command, death is the penalty." + +The chief took this oath because of his strong desire to sleep longer in +order to make Laieikawai's acquaintance in his dream. + +After speaking all these words, he tried once more to sleep, but he +could not get to sleep until the sun went down. + +During all this time he did not tell anyone about what he saw in the +dream; the chief hid it from his usual confidant, thinking when it came +again, then he would tell his chief counsellor. + +And because of the chief's longing to dream often, he commanded his +chief counsellor to chew _awa_. + +So the counsellor summoned the chief's _awa_ chewers and made ready what +the chief commanded, and he brought it to him, and the chief drank with +his counsellor and drunkenness possessed him. Then close above the chief +rested the beloved image of Laieikawai as if they were already lovers. +Then he raised his voice in song, as follows:[22] + + "Rising fondly before me, + The recollection of the lehua blossom of Puna, + Brought hither on the tip of the wind, + By the light keen wind of the fiery pit. + Wakeful--sleepless with heart longing, + With desire--O!" + +Said the counsellor, to the chief, after he had ended his singing, "This +is strange! You have had no woman since we two have been living here, +yet in your song you chanted as if you had a woman here." + +Said the chief, "Cut short your talk, for I am cut off by the drink." +Then the chief fell into a deep sleep and that ended it, for so heavy +was the chief's sleep that he saw nothing of what he had desired. + +A night and a day the chief slept while the effects of the _awa_ lasted. +Said the chief to his counsellor, "No good at all has come from this +_awa_ drinking of ours." + +The counsellor answered, "What is the good of _awa_ drinking? I thought +the good of drinking was that admirable scaley look of the skin?"[23] + +Said the chief, "Not so, but to see Laieikawai, that is the good of +_awa_ drinking." + +After this the chief kept on drinking _awa_ many days, perhaps a year, +but he gained nothing by it, so he quit it. + +It was only after he quit _awa_ drinking that he told anyone how +Laieikawai had come to him in the dream and why he had drunk the _awa_, +and also why he had laid the command upon them not to talk while he +slept. + +After talking over all these things, then the chief fully decided to go +to Hawaii to see Laieikawai. At this time they began to talk about +getting Laieikawai for a wife. + +At the close of the rough season and the coming of good weather for +sailing, the counsellor ordered the chief's sailing masters to make the +double canoe ready to sail for Hawaii that very night; and at the same +time he appointed the best paddlers out of the chief's personal +attendants. + +Before the going down of the sun the steersmen and soothsayers were +ordered to observe the look of the clouds and the ocean to see whether +the chief could go or not on his journey, according to the signs. And +the steersmen as well as soothsayers saw plainly that he might go on his +journey. + +And in the early morning at the rising of the canoe-steering star the +chief went on board with his counsellor and his sixteen paddlers and two +steersmen, twenty of them altogether in the double canoe, and set sail. + +As they sailed, they came first to Nanakuli at Waianae. In the early +morning they left this place and went first to Mokapu and stayed there +ten days, for they were delayed by a storm and could not go to Molokai. +After ten days they saw that it was calm to seaward. That night and the +next day they sailed to Polihua, on Lanai, and from there to Ukumehame, +and as the wind was unfavorable, remained there, and the next day left +that place and went to Kipahulu. + +At Kipahulu the chief said he would go along the coast afoot and the men +by boat. Now, wherever they went the people applauded the beauty of +Aiwohikupua. + +They left Kipahulu and went to Hana, the chief and his counsellor by +land, the men by canoe. On the way a crowd followed them for admiration +of Aiwohikupua. + +When they reached the canoe landing at Haneoo at Hana the people crowded +to behold the chief, because of his exceeding beauty. + +When the party reached there the men and women were out surf riding in +the waves of Puhele, and among them was one noted princess of Hana, +Hinaikamalama by name. When they saw the princess of Hana, the chief and +his counsellor conceived a passion for her; that was the reason why +Aiwohikupua stayed there that day. + +When the people of the place had ended surfing and Hinaikamalama rode +her last breaker, as she came in, the princess pointed her board +straight at the stream of Kumaka where Aiwohikupua and his companion had +stopped. + +While the princess was bathing in the water of Kumaka the chief and his +counsellor desired her, so the chief's counsellor pinched Aiwohikupua +quietly to withdraw from the place where Hinaikamalama was bathing, but +their state of mind got them into trouble. + +When Aiwohikupua and his companion had put some distance between +themselves and the princess's bathing place, the princess called, "O +chiefs, why do you two run away? Why not throw off your garment, jump +in, and join us, then go to the house and sleep? There is fish and a +place to sleep. That is the wealth of the people of this place. When you +wish to go, go; if you wish to stay, this is Hana, stay here." + +At these words of the princess the counsellor said to Aiwohikupua, "Ah! +the princess would like you for her lover! for she has taken a great +fancy to you." + +Said Aiwohikupua, "I should like to be her lover, for I see well that +she is more beautiful than all the other women who have tempted me; but +you have heard my vow not to take any woman of these islands to wife." + +At these words his counsellor said, "You are bound by that vow of yours; +better, therefore, that this woman be mine." + +After this little parley, they went out surf riding and as they rode, +behold! the princess conceived a passion for Aiwohikupua, and many +others took a violent liking to the chief. + +After the bath, they returned to the canoe thinking to go aboard and set +out, but Aiwohikupua saw the princess playing _konane_[24] and the +stranger chief thought he would play a game with her; now, the princess +had first called them to come and play. + +So Aiwohikupua joined the princess; they placed the pebbles on the +board, and the princess asked, "What will the stranger stake if the game +is lost to the woman of Hana?" + +Said Aiwohikupua, "I will stake my double canoe afloat here on the sea, +that is my wager with you." + +Said the princess, "Your wager, stranger, is not well--a still lighter +stake would be our persons; if I lose to you then I become yours and +will do whatever you tell me just as we have agreed, and if you lose to +me, then you are mine; as you would do to me, so shall I to you, and you +shall dwell here on Maui." + +The chief readily agreed to the princess's words. In the first game, +Aiwohikupua lost. + +Then said the princess, "I have won over you; you have nothing more to +put up, unless it be your younger brother; in that case I will bet with +you again." + +To this jesting offer of the princess, Aiwohikupua readily gave his word +of assent. + +During the talk, Aiwohikupua gave to the princess this counsel. +"Although I belong to you, and this is well, yet let us not at once +become lovers, not until I return from my journey about Hawaii; for I +vowed before sailing hither to know no woman until I had made the +circuit of Hawaii; after that I will do what you please as we have +agreed. So I lay my command upon you before I go, to live in complete +purity, not to consent to any others, not to do the least thing to +disturb our compact; and when I return from sight-seeing, then the +princess's stake shall be paid. If when I return you have not remained +pure, not obeyed my commands, then there is an end of it." + +Now, this was not Aiwohikupua's real intention. After laying his +commands upon Hinaikamalama, they left Maui and went to Kapakai at +Kohala. + +The next day they left Kapakai and sailed along by Kauhola, and +Aiwohikupua saw a crowd of men gathering mountainward of Kapaau. + +Then Aiwohikupua ordered the boatmen to paddle inshore, for he wanted +to see why the crowd was gathering. + +When they had come close in to the landing at Kauhola the chief asked +why the crowd was gathering; then a native of the place said they were +coming together for a boxing match. + +At once Aiwohikupua trembled with eagerness to go and see the boxing +match; they made the canoe fast, and Aiwohikupua, with his counsellor +and the two steersmen, four in number, went ashore. + +When they came to Hinakahua, where the field was cleared for boxing, the +crowd saw that the youth from Kauai surpassed in beauty all the natives +of the place, and they raised a tumult. + +After the excitement the boxing field again settled into order; then +Aiwohikupua leaned against the trunk of a _milo_ tree to watch the +attack begin. + +As Aiwohikupua stood there, Cold-nose entered the open space and stood +in the midst to show himself off to the crowd, and he called out in a +loud voice: "What man on that side will come and box?" But no one dared +to come and stand before Cold-nose, for the fellow was the strongest +boxer in Kohala. + +As Cold-nose showed himself off he turned and saw Aiwohikupua and called +out, "How are you, stranger? Will you have some fun?" + +When Aiwohikupua heard the voice of Cold-nose calling him, he came +forward and stood in front of the boxing field while he bound his red +loin cloth[25] about him in the fashion of a chief's bodyguard, and he +answered his opponent: + +"O native born, you have asked me to have some fun with you, and this is +what I ask of you: Take two on your side with you, three of you +together, to satisfy the stranger." + +When Cold-nose heard Aiwohikupua, he said, "You are the greatest boaster +in the crowd![26] I am the best man here, and yet you talk of three from +this side; and what are you compared to me?" + +Answered Aiwohikupua, "I will not accept the challenge without others on +your side, and what are you compared to me! Now, I promise you, I can +turn this crowd into nothing with one hand." + +At Aiwohikupua's words, one of Cold-nose's backers came up behind +Aiwohikupua and said: "Here! do not speak to Cold-nose; he is the best +man in Kohala; the heavy weights of Kohala can not master that man."[27] + +Then Aiwohikupua turned and gave the man at his back a push, and he fell +down dead.[28] + + + + +CHAPTER V + + +When all the players on the boxing field saw how strong Aiwohikupua was +to kill the man with just a push; + +Then Cold-nose's backers went to him and said: "Here, Cold-nose, I see +pretty plainly now our side will never get the best of it; I am sure +that the stranger will beat us, for you see how our man was killed by +just a push from his hand; when he gives a real blow the man will fly +into bits. Now, I advise you to dismiss the contestants and put an end +to the game and stop challenging the stranger. So, you go up to the +stranger and shake hands,[29] you two, and welcome him, to let the +people see that the fight is altogether hushed up." + +These words roused Cold-nose to hot wrath and he said: "Here! you +backers of mine, don't be afraid, don't get frightened because that man +of ours was killed by a push from his hand. Didn't I do the same thing +here some days ago? Then what are you afraid of? And now I tell you if +you fear the stranger, then hide your eyes in the blue sky. When you +hear that Cold-nose has conquered, then remember my blow called +_The-end-that-sang_, the fruit of the tree which you have never tasted, +the master's stroke which you have never learned. By this sign I know +that he will never get the better of me, the end of my girdle sang +to-day."[30] + +At these words of Cold-nose his supporters said, "Where are you! We say +no more; there is nothing left to do; we are silent before the fruit of +this tree of yours which you say we have never tasted, and you say, too, +that the end of your girdle has sung; maybe you will win through your +girdle!" Then his backers moved away from the crowd. + +While Cold-nose was boasting to his backers how he would overcome +Aiwohikupua, then Aiwohikupua moved up and cocked his eye at Cold-nose, +flapped with his arms against his side like a cock getting ready to +crow, and said to Cold-nose, "Here, Cold-nose! strike me right in the +stomach, four time four blows!" + +When Cold-nose heard Aiwohikupua's boasting challenge to strike, then he +glanced around the crowd and saw someone holding a very little child; +then said Cold-nose to Aiwohikupua, "I am not the man to strike you; +that little youngster there, let him strike you and let him be your +opponent." + +These words enraged Aiwohikupua. Then a flush rose all over his body as +if he had been dipped in the blood of a lamb.[31] He turned right to the +crowd and said, "Who will dare to defy the Kauai boy, for I say to him, +my god can give me victory over this man, and my god will deliver the +head of this mighty one to be a plaything for my paddlers." + +Then Aiwohikupua knelt down and prayed to his gods as follows: "O you +Heavens, Lightning, and Rain, O Air, O Thunder and Earthquake! Look upon +me this day, the only child of yours left upon this earth. Give this day +all your strength unto your child; by your might turn aside his fists +from smiting your child, and I beseech you to give me the head of Ihuanu +into my hand to be a plaything for my paddlers, that all this assembly +may see that I have power over this uncircumcised[32] one. Amen."[33] + +At the close of this prayer Aiwohikupua stood up with confident face and +asked Cold-nose, "Are you ready yet to strike me?" + +Cold-nose answered, "I am not ready to strike you; you strike me first!" + +When Cold-nose's master heard these words he went to Cold-nose's side +and said, "You are foolish, my pupil. If he orders you forward again +then deliver the strongest blow you can give, for when he gives you the +order to strike he himself begins the fight." So Cold-nose was +satisfied. + +After this, Aiwohikupua again asked Cold-nose, "Are you ready yet to +strike me? Strike my face, if you want to!" + +Then Cold-nose instantly delivered a blow like the whiz of the wind at +Aiwohikupua's face, but Aiwohikupua dodged and he missed it. + +As the blow missed, Aiwohikupua instantly sent his blow, struck right on +the chest and pierced to his back; then Aiwohikupua lifted the man on +his arm and swung him to and fro before the crowd, and threw him outside +the field, and Aiwohikupua overcame Cold-nose, and all who looked on +shouted. + +When Cold-nose was dead his supporters came to where he was lying, those +who had warned him to end the fight, and cried, "Aha! Cold-nose, could +the fruit we have never tasted save you? Will you fight a second time +with that man of might?" These were the scornful words of his +supporters. + +As the host were crowding about the dead body of their champion and +wailing, Aiwohikupua came and cut off Cold-nose's head with the man's +own war club[34] and threw it contemptuously to his followers; thus was +his prayer fulfilled. This ended, Aiwohikupua left the company, got +aboard the canoe, and departed; and the report of the deed spread +through Kohala, Hamakua, and all around Hawaii. + +They sailed and touched at Honokaape at Waipio, then came off Paauhau +and saw a cloud of dust rising landward. Aiwohikupua asked his +counsellor, "Why is that crowd gathering on land? Perhaps it is a boxing +match; let us go again to look on!" + +His counsellor answered, "Break off that notion, for we are not taking +this journey for boxing contests, but to seek a wife." + +Said Aiwohikupua to his counsellor, "Call to the steersman to turn the +canoe straight ashore to hear what the crowd is for." The chief's wish +was obeyed, they went alongside the cliff and asked the women gathering +shellfish, "What is that crowd inland for?" + +The women answered, "They are standing up to a boxing match, and whoever +is the strongest, he will be sent to box with the Kauai man who fought +here with Cold-nose and killed Cold-nose; that is what all the shouting +is about." + +So Aiwohikupua instantly gave orders to anchor the canoe, and +Aiwohikupua landed with his counsellor and the two steersmen, and they +went up to the boxing match; there they stood at a distance watching the +people. + +Then came one of the natives of the place to where they stood and +Aiwohikupua asked what the people were doing, and the man answered as +the women had said. + +Aiwohikupua said to the man, "You go and say I am a fellow to have some +fun with the boxers, but not with anyone who is not strong." + +The man answered, "Haunaka is the only strong one in this crowd, and he +is to be sent to Kohala to fight with the Kauai man." + +Said Aiwohikupua, "Go ahead and tell Haunaka that we two will have some +fun together." + +When the man found Haunaka, and Haunaka heard these words, he clapped +his hands, struck his chest, and stamped his feet, and beckoned to +Aiwohikupua to come inside the field, and Aiwohikupua came, took off his +cape,[35] and bound it about his waist. + +When Aiwohikupua was on the field he said to Haunaka, "You can never +hurt the Kauai boy; he is a choice branch of the tree that stands upon +the steep."[36] + +As Aiwohikupua was speaking a man called out from outside the crowd, who +had seen Aiwohikupua fighting with Cold-nose, "O Haunaka and all of you +gathered here, you will never outdo this man; his fist is like a spear! +Only one blow at Cold-nose and the fist went through to his back. This +is the very man who killed Cold-nose." + +Then Haunaka seized Aiwohikupua's hand and welcomed him, and the end of +it was they made friends and the players mixed with the crowd, and they +left the place; Aiwohikupua's party went with their friends and boarded +the canoes, and went on and landed at Laupahoehoe. + + + + +CHAPTER VI + + +In Chapter V of this story we have seen how Aiwohikupua got to +Laupahoehoe. Here we shall say a word about Hulumaniani, the seer who +followed Laieikawai hither from Kauai, as described in the first chapter +of this story. + +On the day when Aiwohikupua's party left Paauhau, at Hamakua, on the +same day as he sailed and came to Laupahoehoe, the prophet foresaw it +all on the evening before he arrived, and it happened thus: + +That evening before sunset, as the seer was sitting at the door of the +house, he saw long clouds standing against the horizon where the signs +in the clouds appear, according to the soothsayers of old days even +until now. + +Said the seer, "A chief's canoe comes hither, 19 men, 1 high chief, a +double canoe." + +The men sitting with the chief started up at once, but could see no +canoe coming. Then the people with him asked, "Where is the canoe which +you said was a chief's canoe coming?" + +Said the prophet, "Not a real canoe; in the clouds I find it; to-morrow +you will see the chief's canoe." + +A night and a day passed; toward evening he again saw the cloud rise on the +ocean in the form which the seer recognized as Aiwohikupua's--perhaps as we +recognize the crown of any chief that comes to us, so Aiwohikupua's cloud +sign looked to the seer. + +When the prophet saw that sign he arose and caught a little pig and a +black cock, and pulled a bundle of _awa_ root to prepare for +Aiwohikupua's coming. + +The people wondered at his action and asked, "Are you going away that +you make these things ready?" + +The seer said, "I am making ready for my chief, Aiwohikupua; he is the +one I told you about last evening; for he comes hither over the ocean, +his sign is on the ocean, and his mist covers it." + +As Aiwohikupua's party drew near to the harbor of Laupahoehoe, 20 peals +of thunder sounded, the people of Hilo crowded together, and as soon as +it was quiet all saw the double canoe coming to land carrying above it +the taboo sign[37] of a chief. Then the seer's prediction was fulfilled. + +When the canoe came to land the seer was standing at the landing; he +advanced from Kaiwilahilahi, threw the pig before the chief, and prayed +in the name of the gods of Aiwohikupua, and this was his prayer: + +"O Heavens, Lightning, and Rain; O Air, Thunder, and Earthquake; O gods +of my chief, my beloved, my sacred taboo chief, who will bury these +bones! Here is a pig, a black cock, _awa_, a priest, a sacrifice, an +offering to the chief from your servant here; look upon your servant, +Hulumaniani; bring to him life, a great life, a long life, to live +forever, until the staff rings as he walks, until he is dragged upon a +mat, until the eyes are dim.[38] Amen, it is finished, flown away." + +As the chief listened to the prophet's prayer, Aiwohikupua recognized +his own prophet, and his heart yearned with love toward him; for he had +been gone a long while; he could not tell how long it was since he had +seen him. + +As soon as the prayer was ended, Aiwohikupua commanded his counsellor to +"present the seer's gifts to the gods." + +Instantly the seer ran and clasped the chief's feet and climbed upward +to his neck and wept, and Aiwohikupua hugged his servant's shoulders and +wailed out his virtues. + +After the wailing the chief asked his servant: "Why are you living here, +and how long have you been gone?" + +The servant told him all that we have read about in former chapters. +When the seer had told the business on which he had come and his reason +for it, that was enough. Then it was the seer's turn to question +Aiwohikupua, but the chief told only half the story, saying that he was +on a sight-seeing tour. + +The chief stayed with the seer that night until at daybreak they made +ready the canoe and sailed. + +They left Laupahoehoe and got off Makahanaloa when one of the men, the +one who is called the counsellor, saw the rainbow arching over Paliuli. + +He said to the chief: "Look! Where are you! See that rainbow arch? +Laieikawai is there, the one whom you want to find and there is where I +found her." + +Said Aiwohikupua: "I do not think Laieikawai is there; that is not her +rainbow, for rainbows are common to all rainy places. But let us wait +until it is pleasant and see whether the rainbow is there then; then we +shall know it is her sign." + +At the chief's proposal they anchored their canoes in the sea, and +Aiwohikupua went up with his counsellor to Kukululaumania to the houses +of the natives of the place and stayed there waiting for pleasant +weather. After four days it cleared over Hilo; the whole country was +plainly visible, and Panaewa lay bare. + +On this fourth day in the early morning Aiwohikupua awoke and went out +of the house, lo! the rainbow arching where they had seen it before; +long the chief waited until the sun came, then he went in and aroused +his counsellor and said to him: "Here! perhaps you were right; I myself +rose early while it was still dark, and went outside and actually saw +the rainbow arching in the place you had pointed out to me, and I waited +until sunrise--still the rainbow! And I came in to awaken you." + +The man said: "That is what I told you; if we had gone we should have +been staying up there in Paliuli all these days where she is." + +That morning they left Makahanaloa and sailed out to the harbor of +Keaau. + +They sailed until evening, made shore at Keaau and saw Kauakahialii's +houses standing there and the people of the place out surf riding. When +they arrived, the people of the place admired Aiwohikupua as much as +ever. + +The strangers remained at Keaau until evening, then Aiwohikupua ordered +the steersmen and rowers to stay quietly until the two of them returned +from their search for a wife, only they two alone. + +At sunset Aiwohikupua caught up his feather cloak and gave it to the +other to carry, and they ascended. + +They made way with difficulty through high forest trees and thickets of +tangled brush, until, at a place close to Paliuli, they heard the crow +of a cock. The man said to his chief: "We are almost out." + +They went on climbing, and heard a second time the cock crow (the cock's +second crow this). They went on climbing until a great light shone. + +The man said to his chief, "Here! we are out; there is Laieikawai's +grandmother calling together the chickens as usual."[39] + +Asked Aiwohikupua, "Where is the princess's house?" + +Said the man, "When we get well out of the garden patch here, then we +can see the house clearly." + +When Aiwohikupua saw that they were approaching Laieikawai's house, he +asked for the feather cloak to hold in his hand when they met the +princess of Paliuli. + +The garden patch passed, they beheld Laieikawai's house covered with the +yellow feathers of the _oo_ bird, as the seer had seen in his vision +from the god on Kauwiki. + +When Aiwohikupua saw the house of the princess of Paliuli, he felt +strangely perplexed and abashed, and for the first time he felt doubtful +of his success. + +And by reason of this doubt within him he said to his companion, "Where +are you? We have come boldly after my wife. I supposed her just an +ordinary woman. Not so! The princess's house has no equal for +workmanship; therefore, let us return without making ourselves known." + +Said his counsellor, "This is strange, after we have reached the woman's +house for whom we have swum eight seas, here you are begging to go back. +Let us go and make her acquaintance, whether for failure or success; +for, even if she should refuse, keep at it; we men must expect to meet +such rebuffs; a canoe will break on a coral reef."[40] + +"Where are you?" answered Aiwohikupua. "We will not meet the princess, +and we shall certainly not win her, for I see now the house is no +ordinary one. I have brought my cloak wrought with feathers for a gift +to the princess of Paliuli and I behold them here as thatch for the +princess's house; yet you know, for that matter, even a cloak of +feathers is owned by none but the highest chiefs; so let us return." +And they went back without making themselves known. + + + + +CHAPTER VII + + +When Aiwohikupua and his companion had left Paliuli they returned and +came to Keaau, made the canoe ready, and at the approach of day boarded +the canoe and returned to Kauai. + +On the way back Aiwohikupua would not say why he was returning until +they reached Kauai; then, for the first time, his counsellor knew the +reason. + +On the way from Keaau they rested at Kamaee, on the rocky side of Hilo, +and the next day left there, went to Humuula on the boundary between +Hilo and Hamakua; now the seer saw Aiwohikupua sailing over the ocean. + +After passing Humuula they stopped right off Kealakaha, and while the +chief slept they saw a woman sitting on the sea cliff by the shore. + +When those on board saw the woman they shouted, "Oh! what a beautiful +woman!" + +At this Aiwohikupua started up and asked what they were shouting about. +They said, "There is a beautiful woman sitting on the sea cliff." The +chief turned his head to look, and saw that the stranger was, indeed, a +charming woman. + +So the chief ordered the boatmen to row straight to the place where the +woman was sitting, and as they approached they first encountered a man +fishing with a line, and asked, "Who is that woman sitting up there on +the bank directly above you?" + +He answered, "It is Poliahu, Cold-bosom.". + +As the chief had a great desire to see the woman, she was beckoned to; +and she approached with her cloak all covered with snow and gave her +greeting to Aiwohikupua, and he greeted her in return by shaking hands. + +After meeting the stranger, Aiwohikupua said, "O Poliahu, fair mistress +of the coast, happily are we met here; and therefore, O princess of the +cliff, I wish you to take me and try me for your husband, and I will be +the servant under you; whatever commands you utter I will obey. If you +consent to take me as I beseech you, then come on board the canoe and go +to Kauai. Why not do so?" + +The woman answered, "I am not mistress of this coast. I come from +inland; from the summit of that mountain, which is clothed in a white +garment like this I am wearing; and how did you find out my name so +quickly?" + +Said Aiwohikupua, "This is the first I knew about your coming from the +White Mountain, but we found out your name readily from that fisherman +yonder." + +"As to what the chief desires of me," said Poliahu, "I will take you for +my husband; and now let me ask you, are you not the chief who stood up +and vowed in the name of your gods not to take any woman of these +islands from Hawaii to Kauai to wife--only a woman who comes from +Moaulanuiakea? Are you not betrothed to Hinaikamalama, the famous +princess of Hana? After this trip around Hawaii, then are you not +returning for your marriage? And as to your wishing our union, I assure +you, until you have made an end of your first vow it is not my part to +take you, but yours to take me with you as you desire." + +At Poliahu's words Aiwohikupua marveled and was abashed; and after a +while a little question escaped him: "How have you ever heard of these +deeds of mine you tell of? It is true, Poliahu, all that you say; I have +done as you have described; tell me who has told you." + +"No one has told me these things, O chief; I knew them for myself," said +the princess; "for I was born, like you, with godlike powers, and, like +you, my knowledge comes to me from the gods of my fathers, who inspire +me; and through these gods I showed you what I have told you. As you +were setting out at Humuula I saw your canoe, and so knew who you +were." + +At these words Aiwohikupua knelt and did reverence to Poliahu and begged +to become Poliahu's betrothed and asked her to go with him to Kauai. + +"We shall not go together to Kauai," said the woman, "but I will go on +board with you to Kohala, then I will return, while you go on." + +Now, the chiefs met and conversed on the deck of the canoe. + +Before setting out the woman said to Aiwohikupua and his companion, "We +sail together; let me be alone, apart from you two, fix bounds between +us. You must not touch me, I will not touch you until we reach Kohala; +let us remain under a sacred taboo;" and this request pleased them. + +As they sailed and came to Kohala they did not touch each other. + +They reached Kohala, and on the day when Aiwohikupua's party left, +Poliahu took her garment of snow and gave it to Aiwohikupua, saying, +"Here is my snow mantle, the mantle my parents strictly forbade my +giving to anyone else; it was to be for myself alone; but as we are +betrothed, you to me and I to you, therefore I give away this mantle +until the day when you remember our vows, then you must seek me, and you +will find me above on the White Mountain; show it to me there, then we +shall be united." + +When Aiwohikupua heard these things the chief's heart was glad, and his +counsellor and the paddlers with him. + +Then Aiwohikupua took out his feather cloak, brought it and threw it +over Poliahu with the words, "As you have said to me before giving me +the snow mantle, so do you guard this until our promised union." + +When their talk was ended, at the approach of day, they parted from the +woman of the mountain and sailed and came to Hana and met Hinaikamalama. + + + + +CHAPTER VIII + + +When Aiwohikupua reached Hana, after parting with Poliahu at Kohala, his +boat approached the canoe landing at Haneoo, where they had been before, +where Hinaikamalama was living. + +When Aiwohikupua reached the landing the canoe floated on the water; and +as it floated there Hinaikamalama saw that it was Aiwohikupua's canoe; +joyful was she with the thought of their meeting; but still the boat +floated gently on the water. + +Hinaikamalama came thither where Aiwohikupua and his men floated. Said +the woman, "This is strange! What is all this that the canoe is kept +afloat? Joyous was I at the sight of you, believing you were coming to +land. Not so! Now, tell me, shall you float there until you leave?" + +"Yes," answered Aiwohikupua. + +"You can not," said the woman, "for I will order the executioner to hold +you fast; you became mine at _konane_ and our vows are spoken, and I +have lived apart and undefiled until your return." + +"O princess, not so!" said Aiwohikupua. "It is not to end our vow--that +still holds; but the time has not come for its fulfillment. For I said +to you, 'When I have sailed about Hawaii then the princess's bet shall +be paid;' now, I went meaning to sail about Hawaii, but did not; still +at Hilo I got a message from Kauai that the family was in trouble at +home, so I turned back; I have stopped in here to tell you all this; and +therefore, live apart, and on my next return our vow shall be +fulfilled." + +At these words of Aiwohikupua the princess's faith returned. + +After this they left Hana and sailed and came to Oahu, and on the sea +halfway between Oahu and Kauai he laid his command upon the oarsmen and +the steersmen, as follows: "Where are you? I charge you, when you come +to Kauai, do not say that you have been to Hawaii to seek a wife lest I +be shamed; if this is heard about, it will be heard through you, and the +penalty to anyone who tells of the journey to Hawaii, it is death, death +to himself, death to his wife, death to all his friends; this is the +debt he shall pay." This was the charge the chief laid upon the men who +sailed with him to Hawaii. Aiwohikupua reached Kauai at sunset and met +his sisters. Then he spoke thus to his sisters: "Perhaps you wondered +when I went on my journey, because I did not tell you my reason, not +even the place where I was to go; and now I tell it to you in secret, my +sisters, to you alone. To Hawaii I disappeared to fetch Laieikawai for +my wife, after hearing Kauakahialii's story the day when his party +returned here. But when I came there I did not get sight of the woman's +face; I did not see Laieikawai, but my eyes beheld her house thatched +with the yellow feathers of the _oo_ bird, so I thought I could not win +her and came back here unsuccessful. And as I thought of my failure, +then I thought of you sisters,[41] who have won my wishes for me in the +days gone by; therefore I came for you to go to Hawaii, the very ones to +win what I wish, and at dawn let us rise up and go." Then they were +pleased with their brother's words to them. + +As Aiwohikupua talked with his sisters, his counsellor for the first +time understood the reason for their return to Kauai. + +The next day Aiwohikupua picked out fresh paddlers, for the chief knew +that the first were tired out. When all was ready for sailing, that very +night the chief took on board 14 paddlers, 2 steersmen, the 5 sisters, +Mailehaiwale, Mailekaluhea, Mailelaulii, Mailepakaha, and the youngest, +Kahalaomapuana, the chief himself, and his counsellor, 23 in all. That +night, at the approach of day, they left Kauai, came to Puuloa, and +there rested at Hanauma; the next day they lay off Molokai at +Kaunakakai, from there they went ashore at Mala at Lahaina; and they +left the place, went to Keoneoio in Honuaula, and there they stayed 30 +days. + +For it was very rough weather on the ocean; when the rough weather was +over, then there was good sailing. + +Then they left Honuaula and sailed and came to Kaelehuluhulu, at Kona, +Hawaii. + +As Aiwohikupua's party were on the way from Maui thither, Poliahu knew +of their setting sail and coming to Kaelehuluhulu. + +Then Poliahu made herself ready to come to wed Aiwohikupua; one month +she waited for the promised meeting, but Aiwohikupua was at Hilo after +Laieikawai. + +Then was revealed to Poliahu the knowledge of Aiwohikupua's doings; +through her supernatural power she saw it all; so the woman laid it up +in her mind until they should meet, then she showed what she saw +Aiwohikupua doing. + +From Kaelehuluhulu, Aiwohikupua went direct to Keaau, but many days and +nights the voyage lasted. + +At noon one day they came to Keaau, and after putting to rights the +canoe and the baggage, the chief at once began urging his sisters and +his counsellor to go up to Paliuli; and they readily assented to the +chief's wish. + +Before going up to Paliuli, Aiwohikupua told the steersmen and the +paddlers, "While we go on our way to seek her whom I have so longed to +see face to face, do you remain here quietly, doing nothing but guard +the canoes. If you wait until this night becomes day and day becomes +night, then we prosper; but if we come back to-morrow early in the +morning, then my wishes have failed, then face about and turn the course +to Kauai;" so the chief ordered. + +After the chief's orders to the men they ascended half the night, +reaching Paliuli. Said Aiwohikupua to the sisters: "This is Paliuli +where Laieikawai is, your sister-in-law. See what you are worth." + +Then Aiwohikupua took Mailehaiwale, the first born; she stood right at +the door of Laieikawai's house, and as she stood there she sent forth a +fragrance which filled the house; and within was Laieikawai with her +nurse fast asleep; but they could no longer sleep, because they were +wakened by the scent of Mailehaiwale. + +And starting out of sleep, they two marveled what this wonderful +fragrance could be, and because of this marvel Laieikawai cried out in a +voice of delight to her grandmother: + +LAIEIKAWAI: "O Waka! O Waka--O!" + +WAKA: "Heigh-yo! why waken in the middle of the night?" + +LAIEIKAWAI: "A fragrance is here, a strange fragrance, a cool fragrance, +a chilling fragrance; it goes to my heart." + +WAKA: "That is no strange fragrance; it is certainly Mailehaiwale, the +sweet-smelling sister of Aiwohikupua, who has come to get you for his +wife, you for the wife and he for the husband; here is the man for you +to marry." + +LAIEIKAWAI: "Bah! I will not marry him."[42] + +When Aiwohikupua heard Laieikawai's refusal to take Aiwohikupua for her +husband, then he was abashed, for they heard her refusal quite plainly. + + + + +CHAPTER IX + + +After this refusal, then Aiwohikupua said to his counsellor, "You and I +will go home and let my sisters stay up here; as for them, let them live +as they can, for they are worthless; they have failed to gain my wish." + +Said the counsellor, "This is very strange! I thought before we left +Kauai you told me that your sisters were the only ones to get your wish, +and you have seen now what one of them can do; you have ordered +Mailehaiwale to do her part, and we have heard, too, the refusal of +Laieikawai. Is this your sisters' fault, that we should go and leave +them? But without her you have four sisters left; it may be one of them +will succeed." + +Said Aiwohikupua, "If the first-born fails, the others perhaps will be +worthless." + +His counsellor, spoke again, "My lord, have patience; let Mailekaluhea +try her luck, and if she fails then we will go." + +Now, this saying pleased the chief; said Aiwohikupua, "Suppose you try +your luck, and if you fail, all is over." + +Mailekaluhea went and stood at the door of the chief-house and gave out +a perfume; the fragrance entered and touched the rafters within the +house, from the rafters it reached Laieikawai and her companion; then +they were startled from sleep. + +Said Laieikawai to her nurse, "This is a different perfume, not like the +first, it is better than that; perhaps it comes from a man." + +The nurse said, "Call out to your grandmother to tell you the meaning of +the fragrance." + +Laieikawai called: + +LAIEIKAWAI: "O Waka! O Waka--O!" + +WAKA: "Heigh-yo! why waken in the middle of the night?" + +LAIEIKAWAI: "Here is a fragrance, a strange fragrance, a cool fragrance, +a chilling fragrance; it goes to my heart." + +WAKA. "That is no strange fragrance, it is Mailekaluhea, the +sweet-smelling sister of Aiwohikupua, who has come to make you his wife +to marry him." + +LAIEIKAWAI: "Bah! I will not marry him!" + +Said Aiwohikupua to his counsellor, "See! did you hear the princess's +refusal?" + +"Yes, I heard it; what of her refusing! it is only their scent she does +not like; perhaps she will yield to Mailelaulii." + +"You are persistent," said Aiwohikupua. "Did I not tell you I wanted to +go back, but you refused--you would not consent!" + +"We have not tried all the sisters; two are out; three remain," said his +counsellor. "Let all your sisters take a chance; this will be best; +perhaps you are too hasty in going home; when you reach Keaau and say +you have not succeeded, your other sisters will say: 'If you had let us +try, Laieikawai would have consented;' so, then, they get something to +talk about; let them all try." + +"Where are you, my counsellor!" said Aiwohikupua. "It is not you who +bears the shame; I am the one. If the grandchild thought as Waka does +all would be well." + +"Let us bear the shame," said his counsellor. "You know we men must +expect such rebuffs; 'a canoe will break on a coral reef;' and if she +should refuse, who will tell of it? We are the only ones to hear it. Let +us try what Mailelaulii can do." + +And because the counsellor urged so strongly the chief gave his consent. + +Mailelaulii went right to the door of the chief-house; she gave out her +perfume as the others had done; again Laieikawai was startled from sleep +and said to her nurse, "This is an entirely different fragrance--not +like those before." + +Said the nurse, "Call out to Waka." + +LAIEIKAWAI: "O Waka! O Waka--O!" + +WAKA: "Heigh-yo! Why waken in the middle of the night?" + +LAIEIKAWAI: "Here is a fragrance, a strange fragrance, a cool fragrance, +a chilling fragrance; it goes to my heart." + +WAKA: "That is no strange fragrance; it is Mailelaulii, one of the +sweet-smelling sisters of Aiwohikupua, who has come to get you for his +wife; he is the husband, the husband for you to marry." + +LAIEIKAWAI: "Bah! I will not marry him!" + +"One refusal is enough," said Aiwohikupua, "without getting four more! +You have brought this shame upon us both, my comrade." + +"Let us endure the shame," said his counsellor, "and if our sisters do +not succeed, then I will go and enter the house and tell her to take you +for her husband as you desire." + +Then the chief's heart rejoiced, for Kauakahialii had told him how this +same man had got Laieikawai to come down to Keaau, so Aiwohikupua +readily assented to his servant's plea. + +Then Aiwohikupua quickly ordered Mailepakaha to go and stand at the door +of the chief-house; she gave forth her perfume, and Laieikawai was +startled from sleep, and again smelled the fragrance. She said to her +nurse, "Here is this fragrance again, sweeter than before." + +Said the nurse again, "Call Waka." + +LAIEIKAWAI: "O Waka! O Waka--O!" + +WAKA: "Heigh-yo! Why waken in the middle of the night?" + +LAIEIKAWAI: "Here is a fragrance, a strange fragrance, not like the +others, a sweet fragrance, a pleasant fragrance; it goes to my heart." + +WAKA: "That is no strange fragrance; it is Mailepakaha, the +sweet-smelling sister of Aiwohikupua, who has come to get you for a wife +to marry him." + +LAIEIKAWAI: "Bah! I will not marry him! No matter who comes I will not +sleep with him. Do not force Aiwohikupua on me again." + +When Aiwohikupua heard this fresh refusal from Laieikawai, his +counsellor said, "My lord, it is useless! There is nothing more to be +done except one thing; better put off trying the youngest sister and, if +she is refused, my going myself, since we have heard her vehement +refusal and the sharp chiding she gave her grandmother. And now I have +only one thing to advise; it is for me to speak and for you to decide." + +"Advise away," said Aiwohikupua, "If it seems good, I will consent; but +if not, I will refuse." + +"Let us go to the grandmother," said his counsellor, "and ask her; maybe +we can get the consent from her." + +Said Aiwohikupua, "There is nothing left to be done; it is over; only +one word more--our sisters, let them stay here in the jungle, for they +are worthless." + +Then Aiwohikupua said to his sisters, "You are to stay here; my +cherished hope has failed in bringing you here; the forest is your +dwelling hereafter." It was then pretty near dawn. + +At Aiwohikupua's words all the sisters bowed their heads and wailed. + +When Aiwohikupua and his companion started to go, Kahalaomapuana, the +youngest sister, called out, "O you two there! Wait! Had we known in +Kauai that you were bringing us to leave us in this place, we would +never have come. It is only fair that I, too, should have had a chance +to win Laieikawai, and had I failed then you would have a right to leave +me; we are all together, the guilty with the guiltless; you know me +well, I have gained all your wishes." + +When Aiwohikupua heard his youngest sister, he felt himself to blame. + +Aiwohikupua called to his sister, "You shall come with me; your older +sisters must stay here." + +"I will not go," answered the youngest sister, "unless we all go +together, only then will I go home." + + + + +CHAPTER X + + +At these words of his youngest sister[43] Aiwohikupua said, "Stay here, +then, with your sisters and go with them wherever you wish, but I am +going home." + +Aiwohikupua turned to go, and as the two were still on the way, sang the +song of Mailehaiwale, as follows: + + My divine brother, + My heart's highest, + Go and look + Into the eyes of our parents, say + We abide here, + Fed upon the fruit of sin.[44] + Is constancy perhaps a sin? + +Aiwohikupua turned and looked back at his younger sisters and said, +"Constancy is not a sin; haven't I told you that I leave you because +you are worthless? If you had gained for me my desire you would not have +to stay here; that was what you were brought here for." The two turned +and went on and did not listen to the sisters any longer. + +When Aiwohikupua and his companion had departed, the sisters conferred +together and agreed to follow him, thinking he could be pacified. + +They descended and came to the coast at Keaau, where the canoe was +making ready for sailing. At the landing the sisters sat waiting to be +called; all had gone aboard the canoe, there was no summons at all, the +party began to move off; then rang out the song of Mailekaluhea, as +follows: + + My divine brother, + My heart's highest--turn hither, + Look upon your little sisters, + Those who have followed you over the way, + Over the high way, over the low way, + In the rain with a pack on its back, + Like one carrying a child, + In the rain that roars in the hala trees, + That roars in the hala trees of Hanalei. + How is it with us? + Why did you not leave us, + Leave us at home, + When you went on the journey? + You will look, + Look into the eyes, + The eyes of our parents, + Fare you well! + +While Mailekaluhea was singing not once did their brother +compassionately look toward them, and the canoe having departed, the +sisters sat conferring, then one of them, Kahalaomapuana, the youngest, +began to speak. + +These were her words: "It is clear that our brother chief is not +pacified by the entreaties of Mailehaiwale and Mailekaluhea. Let us, +better, go by land to their landing place, then it will be Mailelaulii's +turn to sing. It may be he will show affection for her." And they did as +she advised. + +They left Keaau, came first to Punahoa, to a place called Kanoakapa, and +sat down there until Aiwohikupua's party arrived. + +When Aiwohikupua and his companions had almost come to land where the +sisters were sitting, Aiwohikupua suddenly called out to the paddlers +and the steersmen, "Let us leave this harbor; those women have chased us +all this way; we had better look for another landing place." + +As they left the sisters sitting there, Mailelaulii sang a song, as +follows: + + My divine brother, + My heart's highest, + What is our great fault? + The eyes of our chief are turned away in displeasure, + The sound of chanting is forbidden, + The chant of your little ones + Of your little sisters. + Have compassion upon us, + Have compassion upon the comrades who have followed you, + The comrades who climbed the cliffs of Haena, + Crept over the cliff where the way was rugged, + The rugged ladder-way up Nualolo + The rough cliff-way up Makana, + It is there--return hither, + Give a kiss to your sisters, + And go on your way, + On the home journey--heartless. + Farewell-to you, you shall look + Look, in our native land, + Into the eyes of our parents. + Fare you well! + +As Aiwohikupua heard the sister's voice, they let the canoe float +gently; then said Kahalaomapuana, "That is good for us; this is the only +time they have let the canoe float; now we shall hear them calling to +us, and go on board the canoe, then we shall be safe." + +After letting the canoe float a little while, the whole party turned and +made off, and had not the least compassion. + +When they had left, the sisters consulted afresh what they should do. +Kahalaomapuana gave her advice. + +She said to her sisters, "There are two of us left, I and Mailepakaha." + +Answered Mailepakaha, "He will have no compassion for me, for he had +none on any of our sisters; it may be worse with me. I think you had +better plead with him as you are the little one, it may be he will take +pity on you." + +But the youngest would not consent; then they drew lots by pulling the +flower stems of grass; the one who pulled the longest, she was the one +to plead with the brother; now when they drew, the lot fell to +Kahalaomapuana. + +When this was done, they left Punahoa, again followed their brother and +came to Honolii, where Aiwohikupua's party had already arrived. Here +they camped at some distance from Aiwohikupua's party, and Aiwohikupua's +party from them. + +At Honolii that night they arranged that the others should sleep and a +single one keep watch, and to this all consented. They kept watch +according to age and gave the morning watch to the youngest. This was in +order to see Aiwohikupua's start, for on their journey from Kauai the +party had always set out at dawn. + +The sisters stood guard that night, until in Mailepakaha's watch +Aiwohikupua's party made the canoes ready to start; she awakened the +others, and all awoke together. + +As the sisters crouched there Kahalaomapuana's watch came, and the party +boarded the canoe. The sisters followed down to the landing, and +Kahalaomapuana ran and clung to the back of the canoe and called to them +in song, as follows: + + Our brother and lord, + Divine brother, + Highest and closest! + Where are you, oh! where? + You and we, here and there, + You, the voyager, + We, the followers. + Along the cliffs, swimming 'round the steeps, + Bathing at Waihalau, + Waihalau at Wailua; + No longer are we beloved. + Do you no longer love us? + The comrades who followed you over the ocean, + Over the great waves, the little waves, + Over the long waves, the short waves, + Over the long-backed waves of the ocean, + Comrades who followed you inland, + Far through the jungle, + Through, the night, sacred and dreadful, + Oh, turn back! + Oh, turn back and have pity, + Listen to my pleading, + Me the littlest of your sisters. + Why will you abandon, + Abandon us + In this desolation? + You have opened the highway before us, + After you we followed, + We are known as your little sisters, + Then forsake your anger, + The wrath, the loveless heart, + Give a kiss to your little ones, + Fare you well! + +When, his youngest sister raised this lamentation to Aiwohikupua, then +the brother's heart glowed with love and longing for his sister. + +And because of his great love for his little sister, he took her in his +arms, set her on his lap, and wept. + +When Kahalaomapuana was in her brother's lap, Aiwohikupua ordered the +canoemen to paddle with all their might; then the other sisters were +left far behind and the canoe went ahead. + +As they went, Kahalaomapuana was troubled in mind for her sisters. + +Then Kahalaomapuana wept for her sisters and besought Aiwohikupua to +restore her to her sisters; but Aiwohikupua would not take pity on her. + +"O Aiwohikupua," said his sister, "I will not let you take me by myself +without taking my sisters with me, for you called me to you before when +we were at Paliuli, but I would not consent to your taking me alone." + +And because of Aiwohikupua's stubbornness in refusing to let his sister +go, then Kahalaomapuana jumped from the canoe into the sea. Then, for +the last time she spoke to her brother in a song, as follows: + + You go home and look, + Look into the eyes, + Into the eyes of our parents. + Love to our native land, + My kindred and our friends, + I am going back to your little sisters, + To my older sisters I return. + + + + +Chapter XI + + +During this very last song of Kahalaomapuana's, Aiwohikupua's heart +filled with love, and he called out for the canoe to back up, but +Kahalaomapuana had been left far behind, so swiftly were the men +paddling, and by the time the canoe had turned about to pick her up she +was not to be found. + +Here we must leave Aiwohikupua for a little and tell about his sisters, +then speak again about Aiwohikupua. + +When Aiwohikupua's party forsook his sisters at Honolii and took +Kahalaomapuana with them, the girls mourned for love of their younger +sister, for they loved Kahalaomapuana better than their parents or their +native land. + +While they were still mourning Kahalaomapuana appeared by the cliff; +then their sorrow was at an end. + +They crowded about their younger sister, and she told them what had +happened to her and why she had returned, as has been told in the +chapter before. + +After talking of all these things, they consulted together where they +might best live, and agreed to go back to Paliuli. + +After their council they left Honolii and returned to the uplands of +Paliuli, to a place near Laieikawai's house, and lived there inside of +hollow trees. + +And because they wished so much to see Laieikawai they spied out for +her from day to day, and after many days of spying they had not had the +least sight of her, for every day the door was fast closed. + +So they consulted how to get sight of Laieikawai, and after seeking many +days after some way to see the princess of Paliuli they found none. + +During this debate their younger sister did not speak, so one of her +older sisters said, "Kahalaomapuana, all of us have tried to devise a +way to see Laieikawai, but we have not found one; perhaps you have +something in mind. Speak." + +"Yes" said, their younger sister, "let us burn a fire every night, and +let the oldest sing, then the next, and so on until the last of us, only +one of us sing each night, then I will come the last night; perhaps the +fire burning every night will annoy the princess so she will come to +find out about us, then perhaps we shall see Laieikawai." + +Kahalaomapuana's words pleased them. + +The next night they lighted the fire and Mailehaiwale sang that night, +as they had agreed, and the next night Mailekaluhea; so they did every +night, and the fourth night passed; but Laieikawai gave them no concern. +The princess had, in fact, heard the singing and seen the fire burning +constantly, but what was that to the princess! + +On the fifth night, Kahalaomapuana's night, the last night of all, they +lighted the fire, and at midnight Kahalaomapuana made a trumpet of a +_ti_ leaf[45] and played on it. + +Then for the first time Laieikawai felt pleasure in the music, but the +princess paid no attention to it. And just before daylight +Kahalaomapuana played again on her _ti_ leaf trumpet as before, then +this delighted the princess. Only two times Kahalaomapuana blew on it +that night. + +The second night Kahalaomapuana did the same thing again; she began +early in the evening to play, but the princess took no notice. + +Just before daylight that night she played a second time. Then +Laieikawai's sleep was disturbed, and this night she was even more +delighted. + +And, her interest aroused, she sent her attendant to see where the +musical instrument was which was played so near her. + +Then the princess's attendant went out of the door of the chief-house +and saw the fire which the girls had lighted, crept along until she came +to the place where the fire was, and stood at a distance where she was +out of sight of those about the fire. + +And having seen, she returned to Laieikawai, and the princess inquired +about it. + +The attendant told the princess what she had seen. "When I went outside +the door of the house I saw a fire burning near, and I went and came and +stood at a distance without being myself seen. There, behold! I saw five +girls sitting around the fire, very beautiful girls; all looked alike, +but one of them was very little and she was the one who played the sweet +music that we heard." + +When the princess heard this she said to her attendant, "Go and get the +smallest of them, tell her to come here and amuse us." + +At these words of the princess, the nurse went and came to the place +where the sisters were and they saw her, and she said, "I am a messenger +sent hither by my chief to fetch whichever one of you I want to take; so +I take the smallest of you to go and visit my princess as she has +commanded." + +When Kahalaomapuana was carried away, the hearts of the sisters sang for +joy, for they thought to win fortune thereafter. + +And their sister went into the presence of Laieikawai. + +When they had come to the house, the attendant opened the door; then, +Kahalaomapuana was terrified to see Laieikawai resting on the wings of +birds as was her custom; two scarlet _iiwi_ birds were perched on the +shoulders of the princess and shook the dew from red _lehua_ blossoms +upon her head. + +And when Kahalaomapuana saw this, then it seemed marvelous to the +stranger girl, and she fell to the ground with trembling heart. + +The princess's attendant came and asked, "What is the matter, daughter?" + +And twice she asked, then the girl arose and said to the princess's +attendant as follows: "Permit me to return to my sisters, to the place +from which you took me, for I tremble with fear at the marvelous nature +of your princess." + +Said the princess's attendant, "Do not fear, have no dread, arise and +enter to meet my princess as she has commanded you." + +"I am afraid," said the girl. + +When the princess heard their low voices, she arose and called to +Kahalaomapuana; then the girl's distress was at an end, and the stranger +entered to visit the princess. + +Said Laieikawai, "Is the merry instrument yours that sounded here last +night and this?" + +"Yes; it is mine," said Kahalaomapuana. + +"Go on," said Laieikawai, "play it." + +Kahalaomapuana took her _ti_ leaf trumpet from behind her ear, and +played before the princess; then Laieikawai was delighted. This was the +first time the princess had seen this kind of instrument. + + + + +CHAPTER XII + + +Now, Laieikawai became fascinated with the merry instrument upon which +the girl played, so she bade her sound it again. + +Said the girl, "I can not sound it again, for it is now daylight, and +this instrument is a kind that sounds only by night; it will never sound +by day." + +Laieikawai was surprised at these words, thinking the girl was lying. So +she snatched the trumpet out of the girl's hand and played upon it, and +because she was unpracticed in playing the trumpet the thing made no +sound; then the princess believed that the trumpet would not sound by +day. + +Said Laieikawai to Kahalapmapuana, "Let us two be friends, and you shall +live here in my house and become my favorite, and your work will be to +amuse me." + +Said Kahalaomapuana, "O princess, you have spoken well; but it would +grieve me to live with you and perhaps gain happiness for myself while +my sisters might be suffering." + +"How many of you are there?" asked Laieikawai, "and how did you come +here?" + +Said Kahalaomapuana, "There are six of us born of the same parents; one +of the six is a boy and five of us are his younger sisters, and the boy +is the oldest, and I am the youngest born. And we journeyed hither with +our brother, and because we failed to gain for him his wish, therefore +he has abandoned us and has gone back with his favorite companion, and +we live here in distress." + +Laieikawai asked, "Where do you come from?" + +"From Kauai," answered Kahalaomapuana. + +"And what is your brother's name?" + +"Aiwohikupua," replied the girl. + +Again Laieikawai asked, "What are the names of each of you?" + +Then she told them all. + +Then Laieikawai understood that these were the persons who came that +first night. + +Said Laieikawai, "Your sisters and your brother I know well, if it was +really you who came to me that night; but you I did not hear." + +"Yes; we were the ones," said Kahalaomapuana. + +Said Laieikawai, "If you were the ones who came that night, who guided +you here? For the place is unfrequented, not a single person comes +here." + +The girl said, "We had a native of the place to guide us, the same man +who spoke to you in behalf of Kauakahialii." Then it was clear he was a +fellow countryman of theirs. + +The end of all this talk was that Laieikawai bade her grandmother to +prepare a house for the sisters of Aiwohikupua. + +Then, through the supernatural power of her grandmother, Waka, the +matter was quickly dispatched, the house was made ready. + +When the house was prepared Laieikawai gave orders to Kahalaomapuana: +"You return, and to-night come here with all your sisters; when I have +seen them then you shall play to us on your merry instrument." + +When Kahalaomapuana rejoined her sisters they asked what she had +done--what kind of interview she had had with the princess. + +Answered the girl, "When I reached the door of the palace a hunchback +opened the door to receive me, and when I saw the princess resting on +the wings of birds, at the sight I trembled with fear and fell down to +the earth. For this reason when I was taken in to talk with the princess +I did just what she wished, and she asked about us and I told her +everything. The result is, fortune is ours; she has commanded us all to +go to her to-night." + +When they heard this the sisters were joyful. + +At the time the princess had directed they left the hollow tree where +they had lived as fugitives. + +They went and stood at the door of the chief-house. Laieikawai's +attendant opened the door, and they saw just what their sister had +described to them. + +But when they actually saw Laieikawai, then they were filled with dread, +and all except Kahalaomapuana ran trembling with fear and fell to the +ground. + +And at the princess's command the strangers were brought into the +presence of the princess, and the princess was pleased with them. + +And at this interview with the princess she promised them her +protection, as follows: + +"I have heard from your younger sister that you are all of the same +parentage and the same blood; therefore I shall treat you all as one +blood with me, and we shall protect each other. Whatever one says, the +others shall do. Whatever trouble comes to one, the others shall share; +and for this reason I have asked our grandmother to furnish you a home +where you may live virgin like myself, no one taking a husband without +the others' consent. So shall it be well with us from this time on."[46] + +To these conditions the stranger girls agreed; the younger sister +answered the princess for them all: + +"O princess, we are happy that you receive us; happy, too, that you take +us to be your sisters as you have said; and so we obey. Only one thing +we ask of you: All of us sisters have been set apart by our parents to +take no delight in men; and it is their wish that we remain virgin +until the end of our days; and so we, your servants, beseech you not to +defile us with any man, according to the princess's pleasure, but to +allow us to live virgin according to our parents' vow." + +And this request of the strangers seemed good to the princess. + +After talking with the princess concerning all these things, they were +dismissed to the house prepared for them. + +As soon as the girls went to live in the house they consulted how they +should obey the princess's commands, and they appointed their younger +sister to speak to the princess about what they had agreed upon. + +One afternoon, just as the princess woke from sleep, came Kahalaomapuana +to amuse the princess by playing on the trumpet until the princess +wished it no longer. + +Then she told Laieikawai what the sisters had agreed upon and said, "O +princess, we have consulted together how to protect you, and all five of +us have agreed to become the bodyguard for your house; ours shall be the +consent, ours the refusal. If anyone wishes to see you, be he a man, or +maybe a woman, or even a chief, he shall not see you without our +approval. Therefore I pray the princess to consent to what we have +agreed." + +Said Laieikawai, "I consent to your agreement, and yours shall be the +guardianship over all the land of Paliuli." + +Now the girls' main purpose in becoming guardians of Paliuli was, if +Aiwohikupua should again enter Paliuli, to have power to bar their +enemy. + +Thus they dwelt in Paliuli, and while they dwelt there never did they +weary of life. Never did they even see the person who prepared them +food, nor the food itself, save when, at mealtimes, the birds brought +them food and cleared away the remnants when they had done. So Paliuli +became to them a land beloved, and there they dwelt until the trouble +came upon them which was wrought by Halaaniani. + +Here, O reader, we leave speaking of the sisters of Aiwohikupua, and in +Chapter XIII of this tale will speak again of Aiwohikupua and his coming +to Kauai. + + + + +CHAPTER XIII + + +At the time when Kahalaomapuana leaped from the canoe into the sea it +was going very swiftly, so she fell far behind. The canoe turned back to +recover Kahalaomapuana, but the party did not find her; then Aiwohikupua +abandoned his young sister and sailed straight for Kauai. + +As Aiwohikupua sailed away from Hawaii, between Oahu and Kauai he spoke +to his paddlers as follows: "When we get back to Kauai let no one tell +that we have been to Hawaii after Laieikawai, lest shame come to me and +I be spoken of jeeringly; and therefore I lay my commands upon you. +Whoever speaks of this journey of ours and I hear of it, his penalty is +death, his and all his offspring, as I vowed to those paddlers of mine +before." + +They returned to Kauai. A few days afterwards Aiwohikupua, the chief, +wished to make a feast for the chiefs and for all his friends on Kauai. + +While the feast was being made ready the chief gave word to fetch the +feasters; with all the male chiefs, only one woman of rank was allowed +to come to the celebration; this was Kailiokalauokekoa.[47] + +On the day of the feast all the guests assembled, the food was ready +spread, and the drink at the feast was the _awa_. + +Before eating, all the guests together took up their cups of _awa_ and +drank. During the feasting, the _awa_ had not the least effect upon +them. + +And because the _awa_ had no effect, the chief hastily urged his _awa_ +chewers to chew the _awa_ a second time. When the chief's command was +carried out, the guests and the chief himself took up their cups of +_awa_ all together and drank. When this cup of _awa_ was drained the +effect of the _awa_ overcame them. But the one who felt the effects most +was the chief who gave the feast. + +Now, while the chief was drunk, the oath which he swore at sea to the +rowers was not forgotten; not from one of his own men was the forbidden +story told, but from the mouth of Aiwohikupua himself was the chief's +secret heard. + +While under the influence of the _awa_, Aiwohikupua turned right around +upon Kauakahialii, who was sitting near, and said: "O Kauakahialii, when +you were talking to us about Laieikawai, straightway there entered into +me desire after that woman; then sleepless were my nights with the wish, +to see her; so I sailed and came to Hawaii, two of us went up, until at +daylight we reached the uplands of Paliuli; when I went to see the +chief's house, it was very beautiful, I was ashamed; therefore I +returned here. I returned, in fact, thinking that the little sisters +were the ones to get my wish; I fetched them, made the journey with the +girls to the house of the princess, let them do their best; when, as it +happened, they were all refused, all four sisters except the youngest; +for shame I returned. Surely that woman is the most stubborn of all, she +has no equal." + +While Aiwohikupua talked of Laieikawai's stubbornness, Hauailiki was +sitting at the feast, the young singer of Mana, a chief of high rank on +the father's side and of unrivaled beauty. + +He arose and said to Aiwohikupua, "You managed the affair awkwardly. I +do not believe her to be a stubborn woman; give me a chance to stand +before her eyes; I should not have to speak, she would come of her own +free will to meet me, then you would see us together." + +Said Aiwohikupua, "Hauailiki, I wish you would go to Hawaii; if you get +Laieikawai, you are a lucky fellow, and I will send men with you and a +double canoe; and should you lose in this journey then your lands become +mine, and if you return with Laieikawai then all my lands are yours." + +After Aiwohikupua had finished speaking, that very night, Hauailiki +boarded the double canoe and set sail, but many days passed on the +journey. + +As they sailed they stood off Makahanaloa, and, looking out, saw the +rainbow arching above the beach of Keaau. Said Aiwohikupua's chief +counsellor to Hauailiki, "Look well at that rainbow arching the beach +there at Keaau. There is Laieikawai watching the surf riding." + +Said Hauailiki, "I thought Paliuli was where she lived." + +And on the next day, in the afternoon, when they reached Keaau, +Laieikawai had just returned with Aiwohikupua's sisters to Paliuli. + +When Hauailiki's party arrived, behold many persons came to see this +youth who rivaled Kauakahialii and Aiwohikupua in beauty, and all the +people of Keaau praised him exceedingly. + +Next day at sunrise the mist and fog covered all Keaau, and when it +cleared, behold! seven girls were sitting at the landing place of Keaau, +one of whom was more beautiful than the rest. This was the very first +time that the sisters of Aiwohikupua had come down with Laieikawai, +according to their compact. + +As Laieikawai and her companions were sitting there that morning, +Hauailiki stood up and walked about before them, showing off his good +looks to gain the notice of the princess of Paliuli. But what was +Hauailiki to Laieikawai? Mere chaff! + +Four days Laieikawai came to Keaau after Hauailiki's entering the +harbor; and four days Hauailiki showed himself off before Laieikawai, +and she took no notice at all of him. + +On the fifth day of her coming, Hauailiki thought to display before the +beloved one his skill with the surf board;[48] the truth is Hauailiki +surpassed any one else on Kauai as an expert in surf riding, he +surpassed all others in his day, and he was famous for this skill as +well as for his good looks. + +That day, at daybreak, the natives of the place, men and women, were out +in the breakers. + +While the people were gathering for surfing, Hauailiki undid his +garment, got his surf board, of the kind made out of a thick piece of +_wili-wili_ wood, went directly to the place where Laieikawai's party +sat, and stood there for some minutes; then it was that the sisters of +Aiwohikupua took a liking to Hauailiki. + +Said Mailehaiwale to Laieikawai, "If we had not been set apart by our +parents, I would take Hauailiki for my husband." + +Said Laieikawai, "I like him, too; but I, too, have been set apart by my +grandmother, so that my liking is useless." + +"We are all alike," said Mailehaiwale. + +When Hauailiki had showed himself off for some minutes, Hauailiki leaped +with his surf board into the sea and swam out into the breakers. + +When Hauailiki was out in the surf, one of the girls called out, "Land +now!" + +"Land away!" answered Hauailiki, for he did not wish to ride in on the +same breaker with the crowd. He wished to make himself conspicuous on a +separate breaker, in order that Laieikawai should see his skill in surf +riding and maybe take a liking to him. Not so! + +When the others had gone in a little wave budded and swelled, then +Hauailiki rode the wave. As he rode, the natives cheered and the sisters +of Aiwohikupua also. What was that to Laieikawai? + +When Hauailiki heard the cheering, then he thought surely Laieikawai's +voice would join the shouting. Not so! He kept on surfing until the +fifth wave had passed; it was the same; he got no call whatever; then +Hauailiki first felt discouragement, with the proof of Aiwohikupua's +saying about the "stubbornness of Laieikawai." + + + + +CHAPTER XIV + + +When Hauailiki saw that Laieikawai still paid no attention to him he +made up his mind to come in on the surf without the board. + +He left it and swam out to the breakers. As he was swimming Laieikawai +said, "Hauailiki must be crazy." + +Her companions said, "Perhaps he will ride in on the surf without a +board." + +When Hauailiki got to the breakers, just as the crest rose and broke at +his back, he stood on its edge, the foam rose on each side of his neck +like boars' tusks. Then all on shore shouted and for the first time +Laieikawai smiled; the feat was new to her eyes and to her guardians +also. + +When Hauailiki saw Laieikawai smiling to herself he thought she had +taken a liking to him because of this feat, so he kept on repeating it +until five breakers had come in; no summons came to him from Laieikawai. + +Then Hauailiki was heavy-hearted because Laieikawai took no notice of +him, and he felt ashamed because of his boast to Aiwohikupua, as we have +seen in the last chapter. + +So he floated gently on the waves, and as he floated the time drew near +for Laieikawai's party to return to Paliuli. Then Laieikawai beckoned to +Hauailiki. + +When Hauailiki saw the signal the burden was lifted from his mind; +Hauailiki boasted to himself, "You wanted me all the time; you just +delayed." + +And at the signal of the princess of Paliuli he lay upon the breaker and +landed right where Laieikawai and her companions were sitting; then +Laieikawai threw a _lehua_ wreath around Hauailiki's neck, as she always +did for those who showed skill in surf riding. And soon after the mist +and fog covered the land, and when it passed away nothing was to be seen +of Laieikawai and her party; they were at Paliuli. + +This was the last time that Laieikawai's party came to Keaau while +Hauailiki was there; after Hauailiki's return to Kauai, then Laieikawai +came again to Keaau. + +After Laieikawai's party were gone to the uplands of Paliuli, Hauailiki +left off surf riding and joined his guide, the chief counsellor of +Aiwohikupua. Said he, "I think she is the only one who is impregnable; +what, Aiwohikupua said is true. There is no luck in my beauty or my +skill in surf riding; only one way is left, for us to foot it to Paliuli +to-night." To this proposal of Hauailiki his comrade assented. + +In the afternoon, after dinner, the two went up inland and entered the +forest where it was densely overgrown with underbrush. As they went on, +they met Mailehaiwale, the princess's first guardian. When she saw them +approaching from a distance, she cried, "O Hauailiki, you two go back +from there, you two have no business to come up here, for I am the +outpost of the princess's guards and it is my business to drive back all +who come here; so turn back, you two, without delay." + +Said Hauailiki, "Just let us go take a look at the princess's house." + +Said Mailehaiwale, "I will not let you; for I am put here to drive off +everybody who comes up here like you two." + +But because they urged her with such persuasive words, she did consent. + +As they went on, after Mailehaiwale let them pass, they soon encountered +Mailekaluhea, the second of the princess's guardians. + +Said Mailekaluhea, "Here! you two go back, you two have no right to +come up here. How did you get permission to pass here?" + +Said they, "We came to see the princess." + +"You two have no such right," said Mailekaluhea, "for we guards are +stationed here to drive off everybody who comes to this place; so, you +two go back." + +But to Mailekaluhea's command they answered so craftily with flattering +words that they were allowed to pass. + +As the two went on they met Mailelaulii and with the same words they had +used to the first, so they addressed Mailelaulii. + +And because of their great craft in persuasion, the two were allowed to +pass Mailelaulii's front. And they went on, and met Mailepakaha, the +fourth guardian. + +When they came before Mailepakaha this guardian was not at all pleased +at their having been let slip by the first guards, but so crafty was +their speech that they were allowed to pass. + +And they went on, and behold! they came upon Kahalaomapuana, the +guardian at the door of the chief-house, who was resting on the wings of +birds, and when they saw how strange was the workmanship of the +chief-house, then Hauailiki fell to the earth with trembling heart. + +When Kahalaomapuana saw them she was angry, and she called out to them +authoritatively, as the princess's war chief, "O Hauailiki! haste and go +back, for you two have no business here; if you persist, then I will +call hither the birds of Paliuli to eat your flesh; only your spirits +will return to Kauai." + +At these terrible words of Kahalaomapuana, Hauailiki's courage entirely +left him; he arose and ran swiftly until he reached Keaau in the early +morning. + +For weariness of the journey up to Paliuli, they fell down and slept. + +While Hauailiki slept, Laieikawai came to him in a dream, and they met +together; and on Hauailiki's starting from sleep, behold! it was a +dream. + +Hauailiki slept again; again he had the dream as at first; four nights +and four days the dream was repeated to Hauailiki, and his mind was +troubled. + +On the fifth night after the dream had come to Hauailiki so repeatedly, +after dark, he arose and ascended to the uplands of Paliuli without his +comrade's knowledge. + +In going up, he did not follow the road the two had taken before, but +close to Mailehaiwale he took a new path and escaped the eyes of the +princess's guardians. + +When he got outside the chief-house Kahalaomapuana was fast asleep, so +he tiptoed up secretly, unfastened the covering at the entrance to the +house, which was wrought with feather work, and behold! he saw +Laieikawai resting on the wings of birds, fast asleep also. + +When he had entered and stood where the princess was sleeping, he caught +hold of the princess's head and shook her. Then Laieikawai started up +from' sleep, and behold! Hauailiki standing at her head, and her mind +was troubled. + +Then Laieikawai spoke softly to Hauailiki, "Go away now, for death and +life have been left with my guardians, and therefore I pity you; arise +and go; do not wait." + +Hauailiki said, "O Princess, let us kiss[49] one another, for a few +nights ago I came up and got here without seeing you; we were driven +away by the power of your guards, and on our reaching the coast, +exhausted, I fell asleep; while I slept we two met together in a dream +and we were united, and many days and nights the same dream came; +therefore I have come up here again to fulfill what was done in the +dream." + +Laieikawai said, "Return; what you say is no concern of mine; for the +same thing has come to me in a dream and it happened to me as it +happened to you, and what is that to me? Go! return!" + +As Kahalaomapuana slept, she heard low talking in the house, and she +started up from sleep and called out, "O Laieikawai, who is the +confidant who is whispering to you?" + +When she heard the questioner, Laieikawai ceased speaking. + +Soon Kahalaomapuana arose and entered the house, and behold! Hauailiki +was in the house with Laieikawai. + +Kahalaomapuana said, "O Hauailiki, arise and go; you have no right to +enter here; I told you before that you had no business in this place, +and I say the same thing to-night as on that first night, so arise and +return to the coast." + +And at these words of Kahalaomapuana Hauailiki arose with shame in his +heart, and returned to the beach at Keaau and told his comrades about +his journey to Paliuli. + +When Hauailiki saw that he had no further chance to win Laieikawai, then +he made the canoe ready to go back to Kauai, and with the dawn left +Keaau and sailed thither. + +When Hauailiki's party returned to Kauai and came to Wailua, he saw a +great company of the high chiefs and low chiefs of the court, and +Kauakahialii and Kailiokalauokekoa with them. + +As Hauailiki and his party were nearing the mouth of the river at +Wailua, he saw Aiwohikupua and called out, "I have lost." + +When Hauailiki landed and told Aiwohikupua the story of his journey and +how his sisters had become the princess's guardians, then Aiwohikupua +rejoiced. + +He declared to Hauailiki, "There's an end to our bet, for it was made +while we were drunk with _awa_." + +While Hauailiki was telling how Aiwohikupua's sisters had become +guardians to Laieikawai, then Aiwohikupua conceived afresh the hope of +sailing to Hawaii to get Laieikawai, as he had before desired. + + + + +CHAPTER XV + + +Said Aiwohikupua, "How fortunate I am to have left my sisters on Hawaii, +and so I shall attain my desire, for I have heard that my sisters are +guardians to the one on whom I have set my heart." + +Now, while all the chiefs were gathered at Wailua, then Aiwohikupua +stood up and declared his intention in presence of the chiefs: "Where +are you! I shall go again to Hawaii, I shall not fail of my desire; for +my sisters are now guardians of her on whom I have set my heart." + +At these words of Aiwohikupua, Hauailiki said, "You will not succeed, +for I saw that the princess was taboo, and your sisters also put on +reserved airs; one of them, indeed, was furious, the smallest of them; +so my belief is you will not succeed, and if you go near you will get +paid for it." + +To Hauailiki's words Aiwohikupua paid no attention, for he was hopeful +because of what he had heard of his sisters' guarding the princess. + +After this he summoned the bravest of his fighting men, his bodyguard, +all his chiefly array, and the chief arranged for paddlers; then he +commanded the counsellor to make the canoes ready. + +The counsellor chose the proper canoes for the trip, twenty double +canoes, and twice forty single canoes, these for the chiefs and the +bodyguard, and forty provision canoes for the chief's supplies; and as +for the chief himself and his counsellor, they were on board of a triple +canoe. + +When everything was ready for such a journey they set out. + +Many days they sailed. When they came to Kohala, for the first time the +Kohala people recognized Aiwohikupua, a magician renowned all over the +islands. And because the chief came in disguise to Kohala when he fought +with Cold-nose, this was why they had not recognized him. + +They left Kohala and went to Keaau. Just as they reached there, +Laieikawai and the sisters of Aiwohikupua returned to Paliuli. + +When Laieikawai and her companions returned, on the day when +Aiwohikupua's party arrived, their grandmother had already foreseen +Aiwohikupua's arrival at Keaau. + +Said Waka, "Aiwohikupua has come again to Keaau, so let the guard be +watchful, look out for yourselves, do not go down to the sea, stay here +on the mountain until Aiwohikupua returns to Kauai." + +When the princess's head guard heard the grandmother's words, then +Kahalaomapuana immediately ordered Kihanuilulumoku,[50] their god, to +come near the home of the chief and prepare for battle. + +As the princess's chief guard, she ordered her sisters to consult what +would be the best way to act in behalf of the princess. + +When they met and consulted what was best to be done, all agreed to what +Kahalaomapuana, the princess's chief guard, proposed, as follows: "You, +Mailehaiwale, if Aiwohikupua should come hither, and you two meet, drive +him away, for you are the first guard; and if he should plead his cause +force him away: and if he is very persistent, because he is a brother, +resist him still more forcibly; and if he still insists then despatch +one of the guardian birds to me, then we will all meet at the same +place, and I myself will drive him away. If he threatens to harm us, +then I will command our god, Kihanuilulumoku, who will destroy him." + +After all the council had assented they stationed themselves at a +distance from each other to guard the princess as before. + +At dawn that night arrived Aiwohikupua with his counsellor. When they +saw the taboo sign--the hollow post covered with white _tapa_--then they +knew that the road to the princess's dwelling was taboo. But Aiwohikupua +would not believe it taboo because of having heard that his sisters had +the guardian power. + +So they went right on and found another taboo sign like the first which +they had found, for one sign was set up for each of the sisters. + +After passing the fourth taboo sign, they approached at a distance the +fifth sign; this was Kahalaomapuana's. This was the most terrible of +all, and then it began to be light; but they could not see in the dark +how terrible it was. + +They left the sign, went a little way and met Mailehaiwale; overjoyed +was Aiwohikupua to see his sister. At that instant Mailehaiwale cried, +"Back, you two, this place is taboo." + +Aiwohikupua supposed this was in sport; both again began to approach +Mailehaiwale; again the guardian told them to go. "Back at once, you +two! What business have you up here and who will befriend you?" + +"What is this, my sister?" asked Aiwohikupua. "Are you not my friends +here, and through you shall I not get my desire?" + +Then Mailehaiwale sent one of her guardian birds to Kahalaomapuana; in +less than no time the four met at the place guarded by Mailekaluhea, +where they expected to meet Aiwohikupua. + + + + +CHAPTER XVI + + +And they were ready and were sent for and came. When Aiwohikupua saw +Kahalaomapuana resting on the wings of birds, as commander in chief, +this was a great surprise to Aiwohikupua and his companion. Said the +head guard, "Return at once, linger not, delay not your going, for the +princess is taboo, you have not the least business in this place; and +never let the idea come to you that we are your sisters; that time has +passed." Kahalaomapuana arose and disappeared. + +Then the hot wrath of Aiwohikupua was kindled and his anger grew. He +decided at that time to go back to the sea to Keaau, then send his +warriors to destroy the younger sisters. + +When they turned back and came to Kahalaomapuana's taboo sign, behold! +the tail of the great lizard protruded above the taboo sign, which was +covered with white _tapa_ wound with the _ieie_ vine and the +sweet-scented fern,[51] and it was a terrible thing to see. + +As soon as Aiwohikupua and his companion reached the sea at Keaau, +Aiwohikupua's counsellor dispatched the chief's picked fighting men to +go up and destroy the sisters, according to the chief's command. + +That very day Waka foresaw what Aiwohikupua's intention was. So Waka +went and met Kahalaomapuana, the princess's commander in chief, and +said: "Kahalaomapuana, I have seen what your brother intends to do. He +is preparing ten strong men to come up here and destroy you, for your +brother is wrathful because you drove him away this morning; so let us +be ready in the name of our god." + +Then she sent for Kihanuilulumoku, the great lizard of Paliuli, their +god. And the lizard came and she commanded him: "O our god, +Kihanuilulumoku, see to this lawless one, this mischief-maker, this +rogue of the sea; if they send a force here, slaughter them all, let no +messenger escape, keep on until the last one is taken, and beware of +Kalahumoku, Aiwohikupua's great strong dog;[52] if you blunder, there is +an end of us, we shall not escape; exert your strength, all your godlike +might over Aiwohikupua. Amen, it is finished, flown away." This was +Kahalaomapuana's charge to their god. + +That night the ten men chosen by the chief went up to destroy the +sisters of Aiwohikupua, and the assistant counsellor made the eleventh +in place of the chief counsellor. + +At the first dawn they approached Paliuli. Then they heard the humming +of the wind in the thicket from the tongue of that great lizard, +Kihanuilulumoku, coming for them, but they did not see the creature, so +they went on; soon they saw the upper jaw of the lizard hanging right +over them; they were just between the lizard's jaws; then the assistant +counsellor leaped quickly back, could not make the distance; it snapped +them up; not a messenger was left. + +Two days passed; there was no one to tell of the disaster to +Aiwohikupua's party, and because he wondered why they did not return the +chief was angry. + +So the chief again chose a party of warriors, twenty of them, from the +strongest of his men, to go up and destroy the sisters; and the +counsellor appointed an assistant counsellor to go for him with the men. + +Again they went up until they came clear to the place where the first +band had disappeared; these also disappeared in the lizard; not a +messenger was left. + +Again the chief waited; they came not back. The chief again sent a band +of forty; all were killed. So it went on until eight times forty +warriors had disappeared. + +Then Aiwohikupua consulted with his counsellor as to the reason for none +of the men who had been sent returning. + +Said Aiwohikupua to his counsellor, "How is it that these warriors who +are sent do not return?" + +Said his counsellor, "It may be when they get to the uplands and see the +beauty of the place they remain, and if not, they have all been killed +by your sisters." + +"How can they be killed by those helpless girls, whom I intended to +kill?" So said Aiwohikupua. + +And because of the chief's anxiety to know why his warriors did not come +back he agreed with his counsellor to send messengers to see what the +men were doing. + +At the chief's command the counsellor sent the Snipe and the Turnstone, +Aiwohikupua's swiftest messengers, to go up and find out the truth about +his men. + +Not long after they had left they met another man, a bird catcher from +the uplands of Olaa;[53] he asked, "Where are you two going?" + +The runners said, "We are going up to find out the truth about our +people who are living at Paliuli; eight times forty men have been +sent--not one returned." + +"They are done for," said the bird catcher, "in the great lizard, +Kihanuilulumoku; they have not been spared." + +When they heard this they kept on going up; not long after they heard +the sighing of the wind and the humming of the trees bending back and +forth; then they remembered the bird catcher's words, "If the wind hums, +that is from the lizard." + +They knew then this must be the lizard; they flew in their bird bodies. +They flew high and looked about. There right above them was the upper +jaw shutting down upon them, and only by quickness of flight in their +bird bodies did they escape. + + + + +CHAPTER XVII + + +As they flew far upward and were lost to sight on high, Snipe and his +companion looked down at the lower jaw of the lizard plowing the earth +like a shovel, and it was a fearful thing to see. It was plain their +fellows must all be dead, and they returned and told Aiwohikupua what +they had seen. + +Then Kalahumoku, Aiwohikupua's great man-eating dog, was fetched to go +and kill the lizard, then to destroy the sisters of Aiwohikupua. + +When Kalahumoku, the man-eating dog from Tahiti, came into the presence +of his grandchild (Aiwohikupua), "Go up this very day and destroy my +sisters," said Aiwohikupua, "and bring Laieikawai." + +Before the dog went up to destroy Aiwohikupua's sisters the dog first +instructed the chief, and the chiefs under him, and all the men, as +follows: "Where are you? While I am away, you watch the uplands. When +the clouds rise straight up, if they turn leeward then I have met +Kihanuilulumoku and you will know that we have made friends. But if the +clouds turn to the windward, there is trouble; I have fought with that +lizard. Then pray to your god, to Lanipipili; if you see the clouds +turn, seaward, the lizard is the victor; but when the clouds ascend and +turn toward the mountain top, then the lizard has melted away; we have +prevailed.[54] Then keep on praying until I return."[55] + +After giving his instructions, the dog set out up the mountain, and +Aiwohikupua sent with him Snipe and Turnstone as messengers to report +the deeds of the dog and the lizard. + +When the dog had come close to Paliuli, Kihanuilulumoku was asleep at +the time; he was suddenly startled from sleep; he was awakened by the +scent of a dog. By that time the lizard was too late for the dog, who +went on until he reached the princess's first guardian. + +Then the lizard took a sniff, the guardian god of Paliuli, and +recognized Kalahumoku, the marvel of Tahiti; then the lizard lifted his +upper jaw to begin the fight with Kalahumoku. + +Instantly the dog showed his teeth at the lizard, and the fight began; +then the lizard was victor over Kalahumoku and the dog just escaped +without ears or tail. + +At the beginning of the fight the messengers returned to tell +Aiwohikupua of this terrible battle. + +When they heard from Snipe and his companion of this battle between the +lizard and the dog, Aiwohikupua looked toward the mountain. + +As they looked the clouds rose straight up, and no short time after +turned seaward, then Aiwohikupua knew that the lizard had prevailed and +Aiwohikupua regretted the defeat of their side. + +In the evening of the day of the fight between the two marvelous +creatures Kalahumoku came limping back exhausted; when the chief looked +him over, gone were the ears and tail inside the lizard. + +So Aiwohikupua resolved to depart, since they were vanquished. They +departed and came to Kauai and told the story of the journey and of the +victory of the lizard over them. (This was the third time that +Aiwohikupua had been to Paliuli after Laieikawai without fulfilling his +mission.) + +Having returned to Kauai without Laieikawai, Aiwohikupua gave up +thinking about Laieikawai and resolved to carry out the commands of +Poliahu. + +At this time Aiwohikupua, with his underchiefs and the women of his +household, clapped hands in prayer before Lanipipili, his god, to annul +his vow. + +And he obtained favor in the presence of his god, and was released from +his sinful vow "not to take any woman of these islands to wife," as has +been shown in the former chapters of this story. + +After the ceremonies at Kauai, he sent his messengers, the Snipe and the +Turnstone, to go and announce before Poliahu the demands of the chief. + +In their bird bodies they flew swiftly to Hinaikamalama's home at Hana +and came and asked the people of the place, "Where is the woman who is +betrothed to the chief of Kauai?" + +"She is here," answered the natives of the place. + +They went to meet the princess of Hana. + +The messengers said to the princess, "We have been sent hither to tell +you the command of your betrothed husband. You have three months to +prepare for the marriage, and in February, on the night of the +seventeenth, the night of Kulu, he will come to meet you, according to +the oath between you." + +When the princess had heard these words the messengers returned and came +to Aiwohikupua. + +Asked the chief, "Did you two meet Poliahu?" + +"Yes," said the messengers, "we told her, as you commanded, to prepare +herself; Poliahu inquired, 'Does he still remember the game of _konane_ +between us?'" + +"Perhaps so," answered the messengers. + +When Aiwohikupua heard the messengers' words he suspected that they had +not gone to Poliahu; then Aiwohikupua asked to make sure, "How did you +two fly?" + +Said they, "We flew past an island, flew on to some long islands--a +large, island like the one we first passed, two little islands like one +long island, and a very little island; we flew along the east coast of +that island and came to a house below the hills covered with shade; +there we found Poliahu; that was how it was." + +Said Aiwohikupua, "You did not find Poliahu; this was Hinaikainalama." + +Now for this mistake of the messengers the rage of Aiwohikupua was +stirred against his messengers, and they ceased to be among his +favorites. + +At this, Snipe and his companion decided to tell the secrets prohibited +to the two by their master. Now how they carried out their intrigue, you +will see in Chapter XVIII. + + + + +CHAPTER XVIII. + + +After the dismissal of Snipe and his fellow, the chief dispatched +Frigate-bird, one of his nimble messengers, with the same errand as +before. + +Frigate-bird went to Poliahu; when they met, Frigate-bird gave the +chief's command, according to the words spoken in Chapter XVII of this +story. Having given his message, the messenger returned and reported +aright; then his lord was pleased. + +Aiwohikupua waited until the end of the third month; the chief took his +underchiefs and his favorites and the women of his household and other +companions suitable to go with their renowned lord in all his royal +splendor on an expedition for the marriage of chiefs. + +On the twenty-fourth day of the month Aiwohikupua left Kauai, sailed +with 40 double canoes, twice 40 single canoes, and 20 provision boats. + +Some nights before that set for the marriage, the eleventh night of the +month, the night of Huna, they came to Kawaihae; then he sent his +messenger, Frigate-bird, to get Poliahu to come thither to meet +Aiwohikupua on the day set for the marriage. + +When the messenger returned from Poliahu, he told Poliahu's reply: +"Your wife commands that the marriage take place at Waiulaula. When you +look out early in the morning of the seventeenth, the day of Kulu, and +the snow clothes the summit of Maunakea, Maunaloa, and Hualalai,[56] +clear to Waiulaula, then they have reached the place where you are to +wed; then set out, so she says." + +Then Aiwohikupua got ready to present himself with the splendor of a +chief. + +Aiwohikupua clothed the chiefs and chiefesses and his two favorites in +feather capes and the women of his household in braided mats of Kauai. +Aiwohikupua clothed himself in his snow mantle that Poliahu had given +him, put on the helmet of _ie_ vine wrought with feathers of the red +_iiwi_ bird. He clothed his oarsmen and steersmen in red and white +_tapa_ as attendants of a chief; so were all his bodyguard arrayed. + +On the high seat of the double canoe in which the chief sailed was set +up a canopied couch covered with feather capes, and right above the +couch the taboo signs of a chief, and below the sacred symbols sat +Aiwohikupua. + +Following the chief and surrounding his canoe came ten double canoes +filled with expert dancers. So was Aiwohikupua arrayed to meet Poliahu. + +On the seventeenth day, the day of Kulu, in the early morning, a little +later than sunrise, Aiwohikupua and his party saw the snow begin to hide +the summits of the mountain clear to the place of meeting. + +Already had Poliahu, Lilinoe, Waiaie, and Kahoupokane arrived for the +chief's marriage. + +Then Aiwohikupua set out to join the woman of the mountain. He went in +the state described above. + +As Aiwohikupua was sailing from Kawaihae, Lilinoe rejoiced to see the +unrivaled splendor of the chief. + +When they came to Waiulaula they were shivering with cold, so +Aiwohikupua sent his messenger to tell Poliahu, "They can not come for +the cold." + +Then Poliahu laid off her mantle of snow and the mountain dwellers put +on their sun mantles, and the snow retreated to its usual place. + +When Aiwohikupua and his party reached Poliahu's party the princess was +more than delighted with the music from the dancers accompanying the +chief's canoe and she praised his splendid appearance; it was beautiful. + +When they met both showed the robes given them before in token of their +vow. + +Then the chiefs were united and became one flesh, and they returned and +lived in Kauai, in the uplands of Honopuwai. + +Now Aiwohikupua's messengers, Snipe and Turnstone, went to tell +Hinaikamalama of the union of Aiwohikupua with Poliahu. + +When Hinaikamalama heard about it, then she asked her parents to let her +go on a visit to Kauai, and the request pleased her parents. + +The parents hastened the preparation of canoes for Hinaikamalama's +voyage to Kauai, and selected a suitable cortege for the princess's +journey, as is customary on the journey of a chief. + +When all was ready Hinaikamalama went on board the double canoe and +sailed and came to Kauai. + +When she arrived Aiwohikupua was with Poliahu and others at Mana, where +all the chiefs were gathered for the sport between Hauailiki and +Makaweli. + +That night was a festival night, the game of _kilu_ and the dance +_kaeke_ being the sports of the night.[57] + +During the rejoicings in the middle of the night came Hinaikamalama and +sat in the midst of the festive gathering, and all marveled at this +strange girl. + +When she came into their midst Aiwohikupua did not see her, for his +attention was taken by the dance. + +As Hinaikamalama sat there, behold! Hauailiki conceived a passion for +her. + +Then Hauailiki went and said to the master of ceremonies, "Go and tell +Aiwohikupua to stop the dance and play at spin-the-gourd; when the game +begins, then you go up and draw the stranger for my partner to-night." + +At the request of the one for whom the sports were given the dance was +ended. + +Then Hauailiki played at spin-the-gourd with Poliahu until the gourd had +been spun ten times. Then the master of ceremonies arose and made the +circuit of the assembly, returned and touched Hauailiki with his _maile_ +wand and sang a song, and Hauailiki arose. + +Then the master of ceremonies took the wand back and touched +Hinaikamalama's head and she arose. + +As she stood there she requested the master of the sports to let her +speak, and he nodded. + +Hinaikamalama asked for whom the sports were given, and they told her +for Hauailiki and Makaweli. + +And Hinaikamalama turned right around and said to Hauailiki, "O chief of +this festal gathering (since I have heard this is all in your honor), +your sport master has matched us two, O chief, to bring us together for +a little; now I put off the match which the master of ceremonies has +chosen. But let me explain my object in coming so far as Kauai. That +fellow there, Aiwohikupua, is my reason for coming to this land, because +I heard that he was married to Poliahu; therefore I came here to see how +he had lied to me. For that man there came to Hana on Maui while we were +surf riding. The two of them were the last to surf, and when they were +through, they came home to play _konane_ with me. He wanted to play +_konane_. We set up the board again; I asked what he would bet; he +pointed to his double canoe. I said I did not like his bet; then I told +the bet I liked, our persons; if he beat me at _konane_, then I would +become his and do everything that he told me to do, and the same if he +lost to me, then he was to do for me as I to him; and we made this +bargain. And in the game in a little while my piece blocked the game, +and he was beaten. I said to him, 'You have lost; you ought to stay with +me as we have wagered.' Said that fellow, 'I will wait to carry out the +bet until I return, from a touring trip. Then I will fulfill the bet, O +princess.' And because of his fine speeches we agreed upon this, and for +this reason, I have lived apart under a taboo until now. And when I +heard that he had a wife, I came to Kauai and entered the festal +gathering. O chief, that is how it was." + +Then the men at the gathering all around the _kilu_ shelter were roused +and blamed Aiwohikupua. Then at Hinaikamalama's story, Poliahu was +filled with hot anger; and she went back to White Mountain and is there +to this day. + +Soon after Hinaikamalama's speech the games began again; the game was +between Aiwohikupua and Makaweli. + +Then the master of ceremonies stood up and touched Hauailiki and +Hinaikamalama with the wand, and Hauailiki arose and Hinaikamalama also. +This time Hinaikamalama said to Hauailiki, "O chief, we have been +matched by the sport master as is usual in this game. But I must delay +my consent; when Aiwohikupua has consented to carry out our vow, after +that, at the chief's next festival night, this night's match shall be +fulfilled." Then Hauailiki was very well pleased. + +And because of Hinaikamalama's words, Aiwohikupua took Hinaikamalama to +carry out their vow. + +That very night as they rested comfortably in the fulfillment of their +bargain, Hinaikamalama grew numb with cold, for Poliahu had spread her +cold snow mantle over her enemy. + +Then Hinaikamalama raised a short chant-- + + Cold, ah! cold, + A very strange cold, + My heart is afraid. + Perhaps sin dwells within the house, + My heart begins to fear, + Perhaps the house dweller has sinned. + O my comrade, it is cold. + + + + +CHAPTER XIX + + +When Hinaikamalama ceased chanting, she said to Aiwohikupua, "Where are +you? Embrace me close to make me warm; I am cold all over; no warmth at +all." + +Then Aiwohikupua obeyed her, and she grew as warm as before. + +As they began to take their ease in fulfillment of their vow at the +betrothal, then the cold came a second time upon Hinaikamalama. + +Then she raised a chant, as follows: + + O my comrade, it is cold, + Cold as the snow on the mountain top, + The cold lies at the soles of my feet, + It presses upon my heart, + The cold wakens me + In my night of sleep. + +This time Hinaikamalama said to Aiwohikupua, "Do you not know any +reason for our being cold? If you know the reason, then tell me; do not +hide it." + +Said Aiwohikupua, "This cold comes from your rival; she is perhaps angry +with us, so she wears her snow mantle; therefore we are cold." + +Hinaikamalama answered, "We must part, for we have met and our vow is +fulfilled." + +Said Aiwohikupua, "We will break off this time; let us separate; +to-morrow at noon, then we will carry out the vow." + +"Yes," said Hinaikamalama. + +After they had parted then Hinaikamalama slept pleasantly the rest of +the night until morning. + +At noon Aiwohikupua again took her in fulfillment of the agreement of +the night before. + +As those two reposed accordingly, Poliahu was displeased. + +Then Poliahu took her sun mantle and covered herself; this time it was +the heat Poliahu sent to Hinaikamalama. Then she raised a short song, as +follows: + + The heat, ah! the heat, + The heat of my love stifles me, + It burns my body, + It draws sweat from my heart, + Perhaps this heat is my lover's--ah! + +Said Aiwohikupua, "It is not my doing; perhaps Poliahu causes this heat; +perhaps she is angry with us." + +Said Hinaikamalama, "Let us still have patience and if the heat comes +over us again, then leave me." + +After this, they again met in fulfillment of their vow. + +Then again the heat settled over them, then she raised again the chant: + + The heat, ah! the heat, + The heat of my love stifles me. + Its quivering touch scorches my heart, + The sick old heat of the winter, + The fiery heat of summer, + The dripping heat of the summer season, + The heat compels me to go, + I must go. + +Then Hinaikamalama arose to go. + +Said Aiwohikupua, "You might give me a kiss before you go." + +Said Hinaikamalama, "I will not give you a kiss; the heat from that wife +of yours will come again, it will never do. Fare you well!" + +Let us leave off here telling about Aiwohikupua. It is well to speak +briefly of Hinaikamalama. + +After leaving Aiwohikupua, she came and stayed at the house of a native +of the place. + +This very night there was again a festivity for Hauailiki and the chiefs +at Puuopapai. + +This night Hinaikamalama remembered her promise to Hauailiki after the +game of spin-the-gourd, before she met Aiwohikupua. + +This was the second night of the festival; then Hinaikamalama went and +sat outside the group. + +Now, the first game of spin-the-gourd was between Kauakahialii and +Kailiokalauokekoa. Afterward Kailiokalauokekoa and Makaweli had the +second game. + +During the game Poliahu entered the assembly. To Hauailiki and Poliahu +went the last game of the night. + +And as the master of ceremonies had not seen Hinaikamalama early that +night, he had not done his duty. For on the former night the first game +this night had been promised to Hauailiki and Hinaikamalama, but not +seeing her he gave the first game to others. + +Close on morning the sport master searched the gathering for +Hinaikamalama and found her. + +Then the sport master stood up in the midst of the assembly, while +Hauailiki and Poliahu were playing, then he sang a song while fluttering +the end of the wand over Hauailiki and took away the wand and Hauailiki +stood up. The sport master went over to Hinaikamalama, touched her with +the wand and withdrew it. Then Hinaikamalama stood in the midst of the +circle of players. + +When Poliahu saw Hinaikamalama, she frowned at the sight of her rival. + +And Hauailiki and Hinaikamalama withdrew where they could take their +pleasure. + +When they met, said Hinaikamalama to Hauailiki, "If you take me only for +a little while, then there is an end of it, for my parents do not wish +me to give up my virginity thus. But if you intend to take me as your +wife, then I will give myself altogether to you as my parents desire." + +To the woman's words Hauailiki answered, "Your idea is a good one; you +think as I do; but let us first meet according to the choice of the +sport master, then afterwards we will marry." + +"Not so," said Hinaikamalama, "let me be virgin until you are ready to +come and get me at Hana." + +On the third night of Hauailiki's festivities, when the chiefs and +others were assembled, that night Lilinoe and Poliahu, Waiaie and +Kahoupokane met, for the three had come to find Poliahu, thinking that +Aiwohikupua was living with her. + +This night, while Aiwohikupua and Makaweli were playing spin-the-gourd, +in the midst of the sport, the women of the mountain entered the place +of assembly. + +As Poliahu and the others stood in their mantles of snow, sparkling in +the light, the group of players were in an uproar because of these +women, because of the strange garments they wore; at the same time cold +penetrated the whole _kilu_ shelter and lasted until morning, when +Poliahu and her companions left Kauai. At the same time Hinaikamalama +left Kauai. + +When we get to Laieikawai's coming to Kauai after Kekalukaluokewa's +marriage with Laieikawai, then we will begin again the story of +Hinaikamalama; at this place let us tell of Kauakahialii's command to +his friend, and so on until he meets Laieikawai. + +After their return from Hawaii, Kauakahialii lived with +Kailiokalauokekoa at Pihanakalani. [58] Now the end of their days was +near. + +Then Kauakahialii laid a blessing upon his friend, Kekalukaluokewa, and +this it was: + +"Ah! my friend, greatly beloved, I give you my blessing, for the end of +my days is near, and I am going back to the other side of the earth. + +"Only one thing for you to guard, our wife.[59] When I fall dead, there +where sight of you and our wife comes not back, then do you rule over +the island, you above, and our wife below; as we two ruled over the +island, so will you and our wife do. + +"It may be when I am dead you will think of taking a wife; do not take +our wife; by no means think of her as your wife, for she belongs to us +two. + +"The woman for you to take is the wife left on Hawaii, Laieikawai. If +you take her for your wife it will be well with you, you will be +renowned. Would you get her, guard one thing, our flute, guard well the +flute,[60] then the woman is yours, this is my charge to you." + +Kauakahialii's charge pleased his friend. + +In the end Kauakahialii died; the chief, his friend, took the rule, and +their wife was the counsellor. + +Afterwards, when Kailiokalauokekoa's last days drew near, she prayed her +husband to guard Kanikawi, their sacred flute, according to +Kauakahialii's command: + +"My husband, here is the flute; guard it; it is a wonderful flute; +whatever things you desire it can do; if you go to get the wife your +friend charged you to, this will be the means of your meeting. You must +guard it forever; wherever you go to dwell, never leave the flute at +all, for you well know what your friend did when you two came to get me +when I was almost dead for love of your friend. It was this flute that +saved me from the other side of the grave; therefore, listen and guard +well my sayings." + + + + +CHAPTER XX + + +After Kailiokalauokekoa's death, the chief's house and all things else +became Kekalukaluokewa's, and he portioned out the land[61] and set up +his court. + +After apportioning the land and setting up his court, Kekalukaluokewa +bethought him of his friend's charge concerning Laieikawai. + +Then he commanded his counsellor to make ready 4,000 canoes for the +journey to Hawaii after a wife, according to the custom of a chief. + +When the chief's command was carried out, the chief took two favorites, +a suitable retinue of chiefs, and all the embalmed bodies of his +ancestors. + +In the month called "the first twin," when the sea was calm, they left +Kauai and came to Hawaii. Many days passed on the voyage. + +As they sailed, they arrived in the early morning at Makahanaloa in +Hilo. Then said the man who had seen Laieikawai before to the chief, +"See that rainbow arching over the uplands; that is Paliuli, where I +found her." Now the rain was sweeping Hilo at the time when they came to +Makahanaloa. + +At the man's words, the chief answered, "I will wait before believing +that a sign for Laieikawai; for the rainbow is common in rainy weather; +so, my proposal is, let us anchor the canoes and wait until the rain has +cleared, then if the rainbow remains when there is no rain, it must be a +sign for Laieikawai." The chief's proposal was the same as +Aiwohikupua's. + +So they remained there as the chief desired. In ten days and two it +cleared over Hilo, and the country was plainly visible. + +In the early morning of the twelfth day the chief went out of the house, +and lo! the rainbow persisted as before; a little later in the day the +rainbow was at the seacoast of Keaau; Laieikawai had gone to the coast +(as in the narrative before of Aiwohikupua's story). + +That day there was no longer any doubt of the sign, and they sailed and +came to Keaau. When they arrived, Laieikawai had gone up to Paliuli. + +When they arrived the people crowded to see Kekalukaluokewa and +exclaimed, "Kauai for handsome men!" + +On the day when Kekalukaluokewa sailed and came to Keaau, Waka foresaw +this Kekalukaluokewa. + +Said Waka to her grandchild, "Do not go again to the coast, for +Kekalukaluokewa has come to Keaau to get you for his wife. Kauakahialii +is dead, and has charged his favorite to take you to wife; therefore +this is your husband. If you accept this man you will rule the island, +surely preserve these bones. Therefore wait up here four days, then go +down, and if you like him, then return and tell me your pleasure." + +So Laieikawai waited four days as her grandmother commanded. + +In the early morning of the fourth day of retirement, she arose and went +down with her hunchbacked attendant to Keaau. + +When she arrived close to the village, lo! Kekalukaluokewa was already +out surf riding; three youths rose in the surf, the chief and his +favorites. + +As Laieikawai and her companion spied out for Kekalukaluokewa, they did +not know which man the grandmother wanted. + +Said Laieikawai to her nurse, "How are we to know the man whom my +grandmother said was here?" + +Her nurse said, "Better wait until they are through surfing, and the one +who comes back without a board, he is the chief." + +So they sat and waited. + +Then, the surf riding ended and the surfers came back to shore. + +Then they saw some men carrying the boards of the favorites, but the +chief's board the favorites bore on their shoulders, and Kekalukaluokewa +came without anything. So Laieikawai looked upon her husband. + +When they had seen what they had come for, they returned to Paliuli and +told their grandmother what they had seen. + +Asked the grandmother, "Were you pleased with the man?" + +"Yes," answered Laieikawai. + +Said Waka, "To-morrow at daybreak Kekalukaluokewa goes surfing alone; at +that time I will cover all the land of Puna with a mist, and in this +mist I will send you on the wings of birds to meet Kekalukaluokewa +without your being seen. When the mist clears, then all shall see you +riding on the wave with Kekalukaluokewa; that is the time to give a kiss +to the Kauai youth. So when you go out of the house, speak no word to +anyone, man or woman, until you have given a kiss to Kekalukaluokewa, +then you may speak to the others. After the surf riding, then I will +send the birds and a mist over the land; that is the time for you to +return with your husband to your house, become one flesh according to +your wish." + +When all this had been told Laieikawai, she returned to the chief-house +with her nurse. + +Afterward, when they were in the house, she sent her nurse to bring +Mailehaiwale, Mailekaluhea, Mailelaulii, Mailepakaha, and +Kahalaomapuana, her counsellors, as they had agreed. + +When the counsellors came, her body guard, Laieikawai said, "Where are +you, my comrades? I have taken counsel with our grandmother about my +marriage, so I sent my nurse to bring you, as we agreed when we met +here. My grandmother wishes Kekalukaluokewa to be my husband. What do +you say? What you all agree, I will do. If you consent, well; if not, it +shall be just as you think." Kahalaomapuana said, "It is well; marry him +as your grandmother wishes; not a word from us. Only when you marry a +husband do not forsake us, as we have agreed; where you go, let us go +with you; if you are in trouble, we will share it." + +"I will not forsake you," said Laieikawai. + + + +Now we have seen in former chapters, in the story of Hauailiki and the +story of Aiwohikupua's second trip to Hawaii, that it was customary for +Laieikawai to go down to Keaau, and it was the same when Kekalukaluokewa +came to Hawaii. + +Every time Laieikawai came to Keaau the youth Halaaniani saw her without +knowing where she came from; from that time the wicked purpose never +left his mind to win Laieikawai, but he was ashamed to approach her and +never spoke to her. + +As to this Halaaniani, he was Malio's brother, a youth famous throughout +Puna for his good looks, but a profligate fellow. + +During the four days of Laieikawai's retirement Halaaniani brooded +jealously over her absence. She came no more to Keaau. + +In the village he heard that Laieikawai was to be Kekalukaluokewa's. + +Then quickly he went to consult his sister, to Malio.[62] + +Said her brother, "Malio, I have come to you to gain my desire. All +those days I was absent I was at Keaau to behold a certain beautiful +woman, for my passion forced me to go again and again to see this woman. +To-day I heard that to-morrow she is to be the chief's of Kauai; +therefore let us exert all our arts over her to win her to me." + +Said his sister, "She is no other than Waka's grandchild, Laieikawai, +whom the grandmother has given to the great chief of Kauai; to-morrow is +the marriage. Therefore, as you desire, go home, and in the dark of +evening return, and we will sleep here on the mountain; that is the time +for us to determine whether you lose or win." + +According to Malio's directions to her brother, Halaaniani returned to +his house at Kula. + +He came at the time his sister had commanded. + +Before they slept, Malio said to Halaaniani, "If you get a dream when +you sleep, tell it to me, and I will do the same." + +They slept until toward morning. Halaaniani awoke, he could not sleep, +and Malio awoke at the same time. + + + + +CHAPTER XXI + + +Malio asked Halaaniani, "What did you dream?" + +Said Halaaniani, "I dreamed nothing, as I slept I knew nothing, had not +the least dream until I awoke just now." + +Halaaniani asked his sister, "How was it with you?" + +Said his sister, "I had a dream; as we slept we went into the thicket; +you slept in your hollow tree and I in mine; my spirit saw a little bird +building its nest; when it was completed the bird whose the nest was +flew away out of sight. And by-and-by another bird flew hither and sat +upon the nest, but I saw not that bird come again whose the nest was." + +Asked Halaaniani of the dream, "What is the meaning of this dream?" + +His sister told him the true meaning of the dream. "You will prosper; +for the first bird whose the nest was, that is Kekalukaluokewa, and the +nest, that is Laieikawai, and the last bird who sat in the nest, that is +you. Therefore this very morning the woman shall be yours. When Waka +sends Laieikawai on the wings of the birds for the marriage with +Kekalukaluokewa, mist and fog will cover the land; when it clears, then +you three will appear riding on the crest of the wave, then you shall +see that I have power to veil Waka's face from seeing what I am doing +for you; so let us arise and get near to the place where Laieikawai +weds." + +After Malio's explanation of the dream was ended they went right to the +place where the others were. + +Now Malio had power to do supernatural deeds; it was to secure this +power that she lived apart. + +When they came to Keaau they saw Kekalukaluokewa swimming out for surf +riding. + +Malio said to Halaaniani, "You listen to me! When you get on the back of +the wave and glide along with the breaker, do not ride--lose the wave; +this for four waves; and the fifth wave, this is their last. Maybe they +will wonder at your not riding ashore and ask the reason, then you +answer you are not accustomed to surfing on the short waves, and when +they ask you what long waves you surf on say on the _Huia_.[63] If they +pay no attention to you, and prepare to ride in on their last wave, as +they ride you must seize hold of Laieikawai's feet while Kekalukaluokewa +rides in alone. When you have the woman, carry her far out to sea; look +over to the coast where Kumukahi[64] swims in the billows, then this is +the place for surfing; then pray in my name and I will send a wave over +you; this is the wave you want; it is yours." + +While they were talking Waka covered the land with a mist. Then the +thunder pealed and there was Laieikawai on the crest of the wave. This +was Waka's work. Again the thunder pealed a second peal. This was +Malio's work. When the mist cleared three persons floated on the crest +of the wave, and this was a surprise to the onlookers. + +As Waka had commanded her grandchild, "speak to no one until you have +kissed Kekalukaluokewa, then speak to others," the grandchild obeyed her +command. + +While they rode the surf not one word was heard between them. + +As they stood on the first wave Kekalukaluokewa said, "Let us ride." +Then they lay resting upon their boards; Halaaniani let his drop back, +the other two rode in; then it was that Laieikawai and Kekalukaluokewa +kissed as the grandmother had directed. + +Three waves they rode, three times they went ashore, and three times +Halaaniani dropped back. + +At the fourth wave, for the first time Laieikawai questioned Halaaniani: +"Why do you not ride? This is the fourth wave you have not ridden; what +is your reason for not riding?" + +"Because I am not used to the short waves," said Halaaniani, "the long +wave is mine." + +He spoke as his sister had directed. + +The fifth wave, this was the last for Laieikawai and Kekalukaluokewa. + +As Kekalukaluokewa and Laieikawai lay resting on the wave, Halaaniani +caught Laieikawai by the soles of her feet and got his arm around her, +and Laieikawai's surf board was lost. Kekalukaluokewa rode in alone and +landed on the dry beach. + +When Laieikawai was in Halaaniani's arms she said, "This is strange! my +board is gone." + +Said Halaaniani, "Your board is all right, woman; a man will bring it +back." + +While they were speaking Laieikawai's surf board floated to where they +were. + +Said Laieikawai to Halaaniani, "Where is your wave that you have kept me +back here for?" + +At this question of the princess they swam, and while they swam +Halaaniani bade the princess, "As we swim do not look back, face ahead; +when my crest is here, then I will tell you." + +They swam, and after a long time Laieikawai began to wonder; then she +said, "This is a strange wave, man! We are swimming out where there are +no waves at all; we are in the deep ocean; a wave here would be strange; +there are only swells out here." + +Said Halaaniani, "You listen well; at my first word to you there will be +something for us." + +Laieikawai listened for the word of her surfing comrade. + +They swam until Halaaniani thought they could get the crest, then +Halaaniani said to his surfing comrade, "Look toward the coast." + +Laieikawai replied, "The land has vanished, Kumukahi comes bobbing on +the wave." + +"This is our crest," said Halaaniani. "I warn you when the first wave +breaks, do not ride that wave, or the second; the third wave is ours. +When the wave breaks and scatters, keep on, do not leave the board which +keeps you floating; if you leave the board, then you will not see me +again." + +At the close of this speech Halaaniani prayed to their god in the name +of his sister, as Malio had directed. + +Halaaniani was half through his prayer; a crest arose; he finished the +prayer to the amen; again a crest arose, the second this; not long after +another wave swelled. + +This time Halaaniani called out, "Let us ride." + +Then Laieikawai quickly lay down on the board and with Halaaniani's help +rode toward the shore. + +Now, when Laieikawai was deep under the wave, the crest broke finely; +Laieikawai glanced about to see how things were; Halaaniani was not with +her. Laieikawai looked again; Halaaniani with great dexterity was +resting on the very tip of the wave. That was when Laieikawai began to +give way to Halaaniani. + +Waka saw them returning from surf riding and supposed Laieikawai's +companion was Kekalukaluokewa. + +Malio, the sister of Halaaniani, as is seen in the story of her life, +can do many marvelous things, and in Chapters XXII and XXIII you will +see what great deeds she had power to perform. + + + + +CHAPTER XXII + + +While Laieikawai was surfing ashore with Halaaniani, Waka's +supernatural gift was overshadowed by Malio's superior skill, and she +did not see what was being done to her grandchild. + +Just as Laieikawai came to land, Waka sent the birds in the mist, and +when the mist passed off only the surf boards remained; Laieikawai was +with Halaaniani in her house up at Paliuli. There Halaaniani took +Laieikawai to wife. + +The night passed, day came, and it was midday; Waka thought this +strange, for before sending her grandchild to meet Kekalukaluokewa she +had said to her: + +"Go, to-day, and meet Kekalukaluokewa, then return to the uplands, you +two, and after your flesh has become defiled come to me; I will take +care of you until the pollution is past." Now, this was the custom with +a favorite daughter. + +Because Waka was surprised, at midday of the second day after Laieikawai +joined Halaaniani, the grandmother went to look after her grandchild. + +When the grandmother came to them, they were both fast asleep, like new +lovers, as if the nights were the time for waking. + +As Laieikawai lay asleep, her grandmother looked and saw that the man +sleeping with her grandchild was not the one she had chosen for her. + +Then Waka wakened the grandchild, and when she awoke the grandmother +asked, "Who is this?" + +Answered the grandchild, "Kekalukaluokewa, of course." + +Said the grandmother in a rage, "This is no Kekalukaluokewa; this is +Halaaniani, the brother of Malio. Therefore, I give you my oath never to +see your face again, my grandchild, from this time until I die, for you +have disobeyed me. I thought to hide you away until you could care for +me. But now, live with your husband for the future; keep your beauty, +your supernatural power is yours no longer; that you must look for from +your husband; work with your own hands; let your husband be your fortune +and your pride." + +After this Waka made ready to build another house like that she had +built for Laieikawai. And by Waka's art the house was speedily +completed. + +When the house was ready, Waka went herself to meet Kekalukaluokewa in +person, for her heart yearned with love for Kakalukaluokewa. + +When Waka reached Kekalukaluokewa's place, she clasped his feet and +said, with sorrowful heart: "Great is my grief and my love for you, O +chief, for I desired you for my grandchild as the man to save these +bones. I thought my grandchild was a good girl, not so! I saw her +sleeping with Halaaniani, not the man I had chosen for her. Therefore, I +come to beseech you to give me a canoe and men also, and I will go and +get the foster child of Kapukaihaoa, Laielohelohe,[66] who is like +Laieikawai, for they are twins." + +And for this journey Kekalukaluokewa gave a double canoe with men and +all the equipment. + +Before Waka went after Laielohelohe she commanded Kekalukaluokewa as +follows: "I shall be gone three times ten days and three days over, then +I shall return. Keep watch, and if the mist rises on the ocean, then you +will know that I am returning with your wife, then purify yourself for +two days before the marriage." + +According to her determination, Waka sailed to Oahu, where the canoes +landed at Honouliuli and Waka saw the rainbow arching up at Wahiawa. + +She took a little pig to sacrifice before Kapukaihaoa, the priest who +took care of Laielohelohe, and went up thither. + +Waka went up and reached Kukaniloko; she draw near the place where +Laielohelohe was hidden, held the pig out to the priest and prayed, and +came to the amen, then she let the pig go. + +The priest asked, "Why do you bring me the pig? What can I do for you?" + +Said Waka, "My foster child has sinned, she is not a good girl; I wished +to have the chief of Kauai for her husband, but she would not listen to +me, she became Halaaniani's; therefore, I come to take your foster child +to be the wife of Kekalukaluokewa, the chief of Kauai. We two shall be +provided for, he will preserve our bones in the days of our old age +until we die, and when that chief is ours my foster child will be +supplanted, and she will realize how she has sinned." + +Said Kapukaihaoa, "The pig is well, therefore I give you my foster child +to care for, and if you succeed well, and I hear of your prosperity, +then I will come to seek you." + +Then Waka entered with Kapukaihaoa the taboo place where Laielohelohe +was hidden; Waka waited and the priest went still farther into the place +and brought her to Waka, then Waka knelt before Laielohelohe and did her +reverence. + +On the day when Laielohelohe went on board the canoe, then the priest +took his foster child's umbilical cord[66] and wore it about his neck. +But he did not sorrow for Laielohelohe, thinking how good fortune had +come to her. + +From the time Laielohelohe was taken on board, not one of the paddlers +had the least glimpse of her until they came to Hawaii. + +Kekalukaluokewa waited during the time appointed. + +The next day, in the early morning, when the chief awoke from sleep, he +saw the sign which Waka had promised, for there was the colored cloud on +the ocean. + +Kekalukaluokewa prepared for Laielohelohe's arrival, expecting to see +her first at that time. Not so! + +In the afternoon, when the double canoes came in sight, all the people +crowded to the landing place to see the chief, thinking she would come +ashore and meet her husband. + +When the canoe approached the shore, then fog and mist covered the land +from Paliuli to the sea. + +Then Laielohelohe and Waka were borne under cover of the mist on the +birds to Paliuli, and Laielohelohe was placed in the house prepared for +her and stayed there until Halaaniani took her. + +Three days was Waka at Paliuli after returning from Oahu. Then she came +down with Kekalukaluokewa for the marriage of the chiefs. + +Then Waka came to Kekalukaluokewa and said, "Your wife has come, so +prepare yourself in forty days; summon all the people to assemble at the +place where you two shall meet; make a _kilu_ shelter; there disgrace +Laieikawai, that she may see what wrong she has done." + +At the time when Waka took away her supernatural protection from +Laieikawai, Aiwohikupua's sisters took counsel as to what they had +better do; and they agreed upon what they should say to Laieikawai. + +Kahalaomapuana came to Laieikawai, and she said: "We became your +bodyguard while Waka still protected you; now she has removed her +guardianship and left you. Therefore, as we agreed in former days, +'Adversity to one is adversity to all;' now that you are in trouble, we +will share your trouble. As we will not forsake you, so do not you +forsake us until our death; this is what we have agreed." + +When Laieikawai heard these words her tears fell for love of her +comrades, and she said, "I supposed you would forsake me when fortune +was taken from me; not so! What does it matter! Should fortune come to +me hereafter, then I will place you far above myself." + +Halaaniani and Laieikawai lived as man and wife and Aiwohikupua's +sisters acted as her servants. + +Perhaps the fourth month of their union, one day at noon when Halaaniani +opened the door and went outside the house, he saw Laielohelohe going +out of her taboo house. Then once more longing seized Halaaniani. + +He returned with his mind fixed upon doing a mischief to the girl, +determined to get her and pollute her. + +As he was at that time living on good terms with Laieikawai, Halaaniani +sought some pretext for parting from Laieikawai in order to carry out +his purpose. + +That night Halaaniani deceived Laieikawai, saying, "Ever since we have +lived up here, my delight in surf riding has never ceased; at noon the +longing seizes me; it is the same every day; so I propose to-morrow we +go down to Keaau surf riding, and return here." + +The wife agreed. + +Early in the morning Laieikawai sought her counsellors, the sisters of +Aiwohikupua, and told them what the husband had proposed that night, and +this pleased her counsellors. + +Laieikawai said to them, "We two are going to the sea, as our husband +wishes. You wait; do not be anxious if ten days pass and our husband has +not had enough of the sport of surf riding; but if more than ten days +pass, some evil has befallen us; then come to my help." + +They departed and came to a place just above Keaau; then Halaaniani +began to make trouble for Laieikawai, saying, "You go ahead to the coast +and I will go up and see your sister-in-law, Malio, and return. And if +you wait for me until day follows night, and night again that day, and, +again the day succeeds the night, then you will know that I am dead; +then marry another husband." + +This proposal of her husband's did not please the wife, and she proposed +their going up together, but the slippery fellow used all his cunning, +and she was deceived. + +Halaaniani left her. Laieikawai went on to Keaau, and at a place not +close to Kekalukaluokewa, there she remained; and night fell, and the +husband did not return; day came, and he did not return. She waited that +day until night; it was no better; then she thought her husband was +dead, and she began to pour out her grief. + + + + +CHAPTER XXIII + + +Very heavy hearted was Laieikawai at her husband's death, so she mourned +ten days and two (twelve days) for love of him. + +While Laieikawai mourned, her counsellors wondered, for Laieikawai had +given them her charge before going to Keaau. + +"Wait for me ten days, and should I not return," she had bidden them as +told in Chapter XXII; so clearly she was in trouble. + +And the time having passed which Laieikawai charged her companions to +wait, Aiwohikupua's sisters awoke early in the morning of the twelfth +day and went to look after their comrade. + +They went to Keaau, and as they approached and Laieikawai spied her +counsellors she poured out her grief with wailing. + +Now her counsellors marveled at her wailing and remembered her saying +"some evil has befallen"; at her wailing and at her gestures of +distress, for Laieikawai was kneeling on the ground with one hand +clapped across her back and the other at her forehead, and she wailed +aloud as follows: + + O you who come to me--alas! + Here I am, + My heart is trembling, + There is a rushing at my heart for love. + Because the man is gone--my close companion! + He has departed. + + He has departed, my lehua blossom, spicy kookoolau, + With his soft pantings, + Tremulous, thick gaspings, + Proud flower of my heart, + Behold--alas! + + Behold me desolate-- + The first faint fear branches and grows--I can not bear it! + My heart is darkened + With love. + Alas, my husband! + +When her companions heard Laieikawai wailing, they all wailed with her. + +After their lament, said Kahalaomapuana, "This is a strange way to cry; +you open your mouth wide, but no tears run; you seem to be dried up, as +if the tears were shut off." + +Said the sisters, "What do you mean?" + +Kahalaomapuana replied, "As if there were nothing the matter with our +husband." + +Said Laieikawai, "He is dead, for on the way down, just above here, he +said, 'You go ahead and I will go up and see your sister-in-law, and if +you wait for me until day follows night and night day and day again that +night, then I am dead,' so he charged me. I waited here; the appointed +time passed; I thought he was dead; here I stayed until you came and +found me wailing." + +Said Kahalaomapuana, "He is not dead; wait a day; stop wailing!" + +Because of Kahalaomapuana's words they waited four days, but nothing +happened. Then Laieikawai began to wail again until evening of the +third day, and this night, at dawn, for the first time she fell asleep. + +Just as sleep came to her Halaaniani stood before her with another +woman, and Laieikawai started up, and it was only a dream! + +At the same time Mailehaiwale had a vision. She awoke and told her dream +to Mailelaulii and Mailekaluhea. + +As they were talking about it Laieikawai awoke and told her dream. + +Said Mailelaulii, "We are just talking of Mailehaiwale's dream." + +As they discussed the dreams Kahalaomapuana awoke from sleep and asked +what they were talking about. + +Mailehaiwale told the dream that had come to her: "It was up at Paliuli, +Halaaniani came and took you, Kahalaomapuana, and you two went away +somewhere; my spirit stood and watched you, and the excitement awoke +me." + +Laieikawai also told her dream, and Kahalaomapuana said, "Halaaniani is +not dead; we will wait; do not weep; waste no tears." + +Then Laieikawai stopped wailing, and they returned to Paliuli. + +At this place we shall tell of Halaaniani, and here we shall see his +clever trickery. + +When Halaaniani told Laieikawai he was going up to see Malio, this was +in order to get away from her after giving her his commands. + +The fellow went up and met Malio. His sister asked. "What have you come +up here for?" + +Said Halaaniani, "I have come up here to you once more to show you what +I desire; for I have again seen a beautiful woman with a face like +Laieikawai's. + +"Yesterday morning when I went outside my house I saw this young girl +with the lovely face; then a great longing took possession of me. + +"And because I remembered that you were the one who fulfilled my wishes, +therefore I have come up here again." + +Said Malio to her brother, "That is Laielohelohe, another of Waka's +grandchildren; she is betrothed to Kekalukaluokewa, to be his wife. +Therefore go and watch the girl's house without being seen for four +days, and see what she does; then come back and tell me; then I will +send you to seduce the girl. I can not do it by my power, for they are +two." + +At these words of Malio, Halaaniani went to spy outside of +Laielohelohe's house without being seen; almost twice ten days he lay in +wait; then he saw Laielohelohe stringing _lehua_ blossoms. He came +repeatedly many days; there she was stringing _lehua_ blossoms. + +Halaaniani returned to his sister as he had been directed, and told her +what he had seen of Laielohelohe. + +When Malio heard the story she told her brother what to do to win +Laielohelohe, and said to Halaaniani, "Go now, and in the middle of the +night come up here to me, and we two will go to Laielohelohe's place." + +Halaaniani went away, and close to the appointed time, then he arose and +joined his sister. His sister took a _ti_-leaf trumpet and went with her +brother, and came close to the place where Laielohelohe was wont to +string _lehua_ blossoms. + +Then Malio said to Halaaniani, "You climb up in the _lehua_ tree where +you can see Laielohelohe, and there you stay. Listen to me play on the +_ti_-leaf trumpet; when I have blown five times, if you see her turn her +eyes to the place where the sound comes from, then we shall surely win, +but if she does not look toward where I am playing, then we shall not +win to-day." + +As they were speaking there was a crackling in the bushes at the place +where Laielohelohe strung _lehua_ blossoms, and when they looked, there +was Laielohelohe breaking _lehua_ blossoms. + +Then Halaaniani climbed up the trunk of a tree and kept watch. When he +was up the tree, Malio's trumpet sounded, again it sounded a second +time, so on until the fifth time, but Halaaniani did not see the girl +turn her eyes or listen to the sound. + +Malio waited for Halaaniani to return and tell what he had seen, but as +he did not return, Malio again blew on the trumpet five times; still +Halaaniani did not see Laielohelohe pay the least attention until she +went away altogether. + +Halaaniani came back and told his sister, and his sister said, "We have +not won her with the trumpet; shall we try my nose flute?" + +The two returned home, and very early in the morning, they came again to +the same place where they had lain in ambush before. + +No sooner were they arrived than Laielohelohe arrived also at her +customary station. Malio had already instructed her brother, as +follows: + +"Take _lehua_ flowers, bind them into a cluster, when you hear me +playing the nose flute, then drop the bunch of flowers right over her; +maybe she will be curious about this." + +Halaaniani climbed the tree right over where Laielohelohe was wont to +sit. Just as Malio's nose flute sounded, Halaaniani dropped the bunch of +_lehua_ flowers down from the tree, and it fell directly in front of +Laielohelohe. Then Laielohelohe turned her eyes right upward, saying, +"If you are a man who has sent me this gift and this music of the flute, +then you are mine: if you are a woman, then you shall be my intimate +friend." + +When Halaaniani heard this speech, he waited not a moment to descend and +join his sister. + +To Malio's question he told her what he had seen. + +Said Malio to Halaaniani, "We will go home and early in the morning come +here again, then we shall find out her intentions." + +They went home and returned early in the morning. When they had taken +their stations, Laielohelohe came as usual to string _lehua_ blossoms. + +Then Malio sounded the flute, as Laielohelohe began to snip the _lehua_ +blossoms, and she stopped, for her attention was attracted to the music. + +Three times Malio sounded the nose flute. + +Then said Laielohelohe, "If you are a woman who sounds the flute, then +let us two kiss." + +At Laielohelohe's words, Malio approached Laielohelohe and the girl saw +her, and she was a stranger to Laielohelohe's eyes. + +Then she started to kiss her. + +And as the girl was about to give the promised kiss, Malio said, "Let +our kiss wait, first give my brother a kiss; when you two have done, +then we will kiss." + +Then said Laielohelohe, "You and your brother may go away, do not bring +him into my presence; you both go back to your own place and do not come +here again. For it was only you I promised to greet with a kiss, no one +else; should I do as you desire, I should disobey my good guardian's +command." + +When Malio heard this she returned to her brother and said, "We have +failed to-day, but I will try my supernatural arts to fulfill your +desire." + +They went back to the house, then she directed Halaaniani to go and spy +upon Laieikawai. + +When Halaaniani came to Keaau as his sister directed, he neither saw nor +heard of Laieikawai. + + + + +CHAPTER XXIV + + +On his arrival there, Halaaniani heard there was to be a great day for +Kakalukaluokewa, a day of celebration for the marriage of Laielohelohe +with Kekalukaluokewa. And when he had carefully noted the day for the +chief's wedding feast he returned and told his sister this thing. + +When Malio heard it she said to her brother, "On the marriage day of +Kekalukaluokewa with Laielohelohe, on that day Laielohelohe shall be +yours." + +Now Aiwohikupua's sisters were wont to go down to the sea at Keaau to +keep watch for their husband, to make sure if he were dead or not. + +As Aiwohikupua's sisters were on the way to Keaau, they heard of the +festival for Kekalukaluokewa and Laielohelohe. + +When the great day drew near, Waka went down from Paliuli to meet +Kekalukaluokewa, and Waka said to Kekalukaluokewa: "To-morrow at sunrise +call together all the people and the chiefs of the household to the +place prepared for the celebration; there let all be assembled. Then go +and show yourself first among them and near midday return to your house +until day declines, then I will send a mist to cover the land, and the +place where the people are assembled. + +"When the mist begins to close down over the land, then wait until you +hear the birds singing and they cease; wait again until you hear the +birds singing and they cease. + +"And after that I will lift the mist over the land. Then you will see up +to Paliuli where the cloud rises and covers the mountain top, then the +mist will fall again as before. + +"Wait this time until you hear the cry of the _alae_ bird, and the +_ewaewaiki_ calling; then come out of the house and stand before the +assembly. + +"Wait, and when the _oo_ birds call and cease, then I am prepared to +send Laielohelohe. + +"When the voice of the _iiwipolena_ sounds, your wife is on the left +side of the place of meeting. Soon after this, you will hear the land +snails[67] singing, then do you two meet apart from the assembly. + +"And when you two meet, a single peal of thunder will crash, the earth +tremble, the whole place of assembly shall shake. Then I will send you +two on the birds, the clouds and mist shall rise, and there will be you +two resting upon the birds in all your splendor. Then comes Laieikawai's +disgrace, when she sees her shame and goes off afoot like a captive +slave." + +After all this was arranged, Waka returned to Paliuli. + +Already has Halaaniani's expedition been described to look after his +wife Laieikawai at Keaau, and already has it been told how he heard of +the marriage celebration of Kekalukaluokewa and Laielohelohe. + +On the day when Waka went to Keaau to meet Kekalukaluokewa, as we have +seen above, + +On that very day, Malio told Halaaniani to get ready to go down to the +festival, saying: "To-morrow, at the marriage celebration of +Kekalukaluokewa and Laielohelohe, then Laielohelohe shall be yours. For +them shall crash the thunder, but when the clouds and mist clear away, +then all present at the place of meeting shall behold you and +Laielohelohe resting together upon the wings of birds." + +Early in the morning of the next day, the day of the chief's marriage +celebration, Kihanuilulumoku was summoned into the presence of +Aiwohikupua's sisters, the servants who guarded Laieikawai. + +When the lizard came, Kahalaomapuana said, "You have been summoned to +take us down to the sea at Keaau to see Kekalukaluokewa's wedding feast. +Be ready to take us down soon after the sun begins to decline." + +Kihanuilulumoku went away until the time appointed, then he came to +them. + +And as the lizard started to come into his mistress's presence, lo! the +land was veiled thick with mist up there at Paliuli, and all around, but +Kihanuilulumoku did not hurry to his mistresses, for he knew when the +chiefs' meeting was to take place. + +When Kekalukaluokewa saw this mist begin to descend over the land, then +he remembered Waka's charge. + +He waited for the remaining signs. After hearing the voices of the +_ewaewaiki_ and the land shells, then Kekalukaluokewa came out of his +house and stood apart from the assembly. + +Just at that moment, Kihanuilulumoku stuck out his tongue as a seat for +Laieikawai and Aiwohikupua's sisters. + +And when the voice of the thunder crashed, clouds and mist covered the +land, and when it cleared, the place of meeting was to be seen; and +there were Laielohelohe and Halaaniani resting upon the birds. + +Then also were seen Laieikawai and Aiwohikupua's sisters seated upon the +tongue of Kihanuilulumoku, the great lizard of Paliuli. + +Now they arrived at the same instant as those for whom the day was +celebrated; lo! Laieikawai saw that Halaaniani was not dead, and she +remembered Kahalaomapuana's prediction. + +When Kekalukaluokewa saw Halaaniani and Laielohelohe resting on the +birds, he thought he had lost Laielohelohe. + +So Kekalukaluokewa went up to Paliuli to tell Waka. + +And Kekalukaluokewa told Waka all these things, saying: "Halaaniani got +Laielohelohe; there she was at the time set, she and Halaaniani seated +together!" + +Said Waka, "He shall never get her; but let us go down and I will get +close to the place of meeting; if she has given Halaaniani a kiss, the +thing which I forbade her to grant, for to you alone is my grandchild's +kiss devoted--if she has defiled herself with him, then we lose the +wife, then take me to my grave without pity. But if she has harkened to +my command not to trust anyone else; not even to open her lips to +Halaaniani, then she is your wife, if my grandchild has harkened to my +command." + +As they approached, Waka sent the clouds and mist over the assembly, and +they could not distinguish one from another. + +Then Waka sent Kekalukaluokewa upon the birds, and when the clouds +cleared, lo! Laielohelohe and Kekalukaluokewa sat together upon the +birds. Then the congregation shouted all about the place of assembly: +"The marriage of the chiefs! The marriage of the chiefs!"[68] + +When Waka heard the sound of shouting, then Waka came into the presence +of the assembly and stood in the midst of the congregation and taunted +Laieikawai. + +When Laieikawai heard Waka's taunts, her heart smarted and the hearts of +every one of Aiwohikupua's sisters with her; then Kihanuilulumoku bore +them back on his tongue to dwell in the uplands of Olaa; thus did +Laieikawai begin to burn with shame at Waka's words, and she and her +companions went away together. + +On that day, Kekalukaluokewa wedded Laielohelohe, and they went up to +the uplands of Paliuli until their return to Kauai. And Halaaniani +became a vagabond; nothing more remains to be said about him. + +And when the chief resolved to return to Kauai, he took his wife and +their grandmother to Kauai, and the men together with them. + +When they were ready to return, they left Keaau, went first to +Honouliuli on Oahu and there took Kapukaihaoa with them to Kauai; and +they went to Kauai, to Pihanakalani, and turned over the rule over the +land and its divisions to Kapukaihaoa, and Waka was made the third heir +to the chief's seat. + +At this place let us tell of Laieikawai and her meeting with the +prophet, Hulumaniani. + +Laieikawai was at Olaa as beautiful as ever, but the art of resting on +the wings of birds was taken away from her; nevertheless some of her +former power remained and the signs of her chiefly rank, according to +the authority the sisters of Aiwohikupua had over the lizard. + + + + +CHAPTER XXV + + +When Laieikawai returned from Keaau after Waka had disgraced her, and +dwelt at Olaa, then Aiwohikupua's sisters consulted how to comfort the +heavy heart of the princess, Laieikawai, for her shame at Waka's +reproaches. + +They went and told Laieikawai their decision, saying: + +"O princess of peace, we have agreed upon something to relieve your +burden of shame, for not you alone bear the burden; all of us share your +trouble. + +"Therefore, princess, we beseech you, best ease your heart of sorrow; +good fortune shall be yours hereafter. + +"We have agreed here to share your fortune; our younger sister has +consented to go and get Kaonohiokala for your husband, the boy chief who +dwells in the taboo house at the borders of Tahiti, a brother of ours, +through whom Aiwohikupua gained the rank of chief. + +"If you will consent to your brother being fetched, then we shall win +greater honor than was ours before, and you will become a sacred person +of great dignity so that you can not associate with us; now this is what +we have thought of; you consent, then your reproach is lifted, Waka is +put to shame." + +Said Laieikawai, "Indeed I would consent to ease my burden of shame, +only one thing I will not consent to--my becoming your brother's wife; +for you say he is a taboo chief, and if we should be united, I should +not see you again, so high a chief is he, and this I should regret +exceedingly, our friendship together." + +Said her companions, "Do not think of us; consider your grandmother's +taunts; when her reproach is lifted, then we are happy, for we think +first of you." + +And for this reason Laieikawai gave her consent. + +Then Kahalaomapuana left directions with Laieikawai and her sisters, +saying: "I go to get our brother as husband for the princess; your duty +is to take good care of our mistress; wherever she goes, there you go, +whatever she wishes, that is yours to fulfill; but let her body be kept +pure until I return with our brother." + +After saying all this, Kahalaomapuana left her sisters and was borne on +the back of the big lizard Kihanuilulumoku and went to fetch +Kaonohiokala. + +At this place we will leave off speaking of this journey; we must tell +about Laieikawai and her meeting with the prophet who followed her from +Kauai hither, as related in the first two chapters of this story. + +After Kahalaomapuana left her sisters, the desire grew within +Laieikawai's mind to travel around Hawaii. + +So her companions carried out the chief's wish and they set out to +travel around about Hawaii. + +On the princess's journey around Hawaii they went first to Kau, then +Kona, until they reached Kaiopae in Kohala, on the right-hand side of +Kawaihae, about five miles distant; there they stayed several days for +the princess to rest. + +During the days they were there the seer saw the rainbow arching over +the sea as if right at Kawaihae. The uplands of Ouli at Waimea was the +place the seer looked from. + +For in former chapters it has been told how the seer came to Hilo, to +Kaiwilahilahi, and lived there some years waiting for the sign he was +seeking. + +But when it did not come to the seer as he waited for the sign he was +seeking, then he waited and sought no longer for the sign he had +followed from Kauai to this place. + +So he left Hilo, intending to go all the way back to Kauai, and he set +out. On his return, he did not leave the offerings which he had brought +from Kauai thither, the pig and the cock. + +When he reached Waimea, at Ouli, there he saw the rainbow arching over +the sea at Kawaihae. + +And the seer was so weary he was not quick to recognize the rainbow, but +he stayed there, and on the next day he did not see the sign again. + +Next day the seer left the place, the very day when Laieikawai's party +left Kaiopae, and came back above Kahuwa and stopped at Moolau. + +When the seer reached Puuloa from Waimea, he saw the rainbow arching +over Moolau; then the seer began to wonder, "Can that be the sign I came +to seek?" + +The seer kept right on up to the summit of Palalahuakii. There he saw +the rainbow plainly and recognized it, and knew it was the sign he was +seeking. + +Then he prayed to his god to interpret the rainbow to him, but his god +did not answer his prayer. + +The seer left that place, went to Waika and stayed there, for it was +then dark. + +In the early morning, lo! the rainbow arched over the sea at Kaiopae, +for Laieikawai had gone back there. + +Then the seer went away to the place where he had seen the rainbow, and, +approaching, he saw Laieikawai plainly, strolling along the sea beach. A +strange sight the beautiful woman was, and there, directly above the +girl, the rainbow bent. + +Then the seer prayed to his god to show him whether this woman was the +one he was seeking or not, but he got no answer that day. Therefore, the +seer did not lay down his offering before Laieikawai. The seer returned +and stayed above Waika. + +The next day the seer left the place, went to Lamaloloa and remained +there. Then he went repeatedly into the temple of Pahauna and there +prayed unceasingly to his god. After a number of days at Moolau, +Laieikawai and her companions left that place. + +They came and stayed at Puakea and, because the people of the place were +surf riding, gladly remained. + +The next day at noon, when the sun shone clear over the land, the +prophet went outside the temple after his prayer. + +Lo! he saw the rainbow bending over the sea at Puakea, and he went away +thither, and saw the same girl whom he had seen before at Kaiopae. + +So he fell back to a distance to pray again to his god to show him if +this was the one he was seeking, but he got no answer that day; and, +because his god did not answer his petition, he almost swore at his god, +but still he persevered. + +He approached the place where Laieikawai and her sisters were sitting. + +The seer was greatly disturbed at seeing Laieikawai, and when he had +reached the spot, he asked Laieikawai and her companions, "Why do you +sit here? Why do you not go surfing with the natives of the place?" + +The princess answered, "We can not go; it is better to watch the +others." + +The seer asked again, "What are you doing here?" + +"We are sitting here, waiting for a canoe to carry us to Maui, Molokai, +Oahu, and to Kauai, then we shall set sail," so they answered. + +To this the seer replied, "If you are going to Kauai, then here is my +canoe, a canoe without pay." + +Said Laieikawai, "If we go on board your canoe, do you require anything +of us?" + +The seer answered, "Where are you? Do not suppose I have asked you on +board my canoe in order to defile you; but my wish is to take you all as +my daughters; such daughters as you can make my name famous, for my name +will live in the saying, 'The daughters of Hulumaniani,' so my name +shall live; is not this enough to desire?" + +Then the seer sought a canoe and found a double canoe with men to man +it. + +Early in the morning of the next day they went on board the canoe and +sailed and rested at Honuaula on Maui, and from there to Lahaina, and +the next day to Molokai; they left Molokai, went to Laie, Koolauloa, and +stayed there some days. + +On the day of their arrival at Laie, that night, Laieikawai said to her +companions and to her foster father: + +"I have heard from my grandmother that this is my birthplace; we were +twins, and because our father had killed the first children our mother +bore, because they were girls, when we also were born girls, then I was +hidden within a pool of water; there I was brought up by my grandmother. + +"And my twin, the priest guarded her, and because the priest who guarded +my companion saw the prophet who had come here from Kauai to see us, +therefore the priest commanded my grandmother to flee far away; and this +was why I was carried away to Paliuli and why we met there." + + + + +CHAPTER XXVI + + +When the seer heard this story the seer saw plainly that this was the +very one he sought. But in order to make sure, the seer withdrew to a +distance and prayed to his god to confirm the girl's story. + +After praying he came back and went to sleep, and as he slept the seer +received the assurance in a vision from his god, saying, "The time has +come to fulfill your wishes, to free you from the weariness of your long +search. She is here--the one who told you her story; this is the one you +are seeking. + +"Therefore arise and take the offering you have prepared and lay it +before her, having blessed her in the name of your god. + +"This done, linger not; carry them at once to Kauai, this very night, +and let them dwell on the cliffs of Haena in the uplands of +Honopuwaiakua." + +At this the seer awoke from his dream; he arose and brought the pig and +the cock and held them out to Laieikawai, saying, "Blessed am I, my +mistress, that my god has shown you to me, for long have I followed you +to win a blessing from you. + +"And therefore I beseech you to guard these bones under your special +favor, my mistress, and to leave this trust to your descendants unto the +last generation." + +Laieikawai answered, "Father, the time of my prosperity has passed, for +Waka has taken her favor from me; but hereafter I shall win honor beyond +my former honor and glory; then you shall also rise to prosperity with +us." + +And after these things the prophet did as his god commanded--sailed that +night and dwelt in the place commanded. + +Many days the seer lived here with his daughter above Honopuwaiakua. At +one time the seer made one of his customary journeys. + +As he traveled in his character as seer he came to Wailua. Lo! all the +virgin daughters of Kauai were gathered together, all of the rank of +chief with the girls of well-to-do families, at the command of +Aiwohikupua to bring the virgins before the chief, the one who pleased +the chief to become the wife of Aiwohikupua. + +When the seer came within the crowd, lo! the maidens were assembled in +one place before the chief. + +The seer asked some one in the crowd, "What is this assembly for and +why are all these maidens standing in a circle before the chief?" + +He was told, "All the virgins have been summoned by the chief's command, +and the two who please Aiwohikupua, these he will take for his wives in +place of Poliahu and Hinaikamalama, and their parents are to be clothed +in feather cloaks." + +Then the seer stood before the chiefs and all the assembly and cried in +a loud voice: + +"O chiefs, it is a wise and good thing for the chief to take whichever +one of these virgins pleases him, but not one of these can fill the loss +of Poliahu and Hinaikamalama. + +"If any one of these virgins here could compare in beauty with the left +leg of my daughters, then she would be worth it. These are pretty +enough, but not like my daughters." + +Said Aiwohikupua in an angry voice, "When did we ever know that you had +daughters!" + +And those who had brought their daughters before the chief looked upon +the seer as an enemy. + +And to the chief's angry words the seer replied, "Did I not seek +diligently and alone for a ruler over all these islands? And this lord +of the land, she is my daughter, and my other daughters, they are my +lord's sisters. + +"Should my daughter come hither and stand upon the sea, the ocean would +be in tumult; if on land, the wind would blow, the sun be darkened, the +rain fall, the thunder crash, the lightning flash, the mountain tremble, +the land would be flooded, the ocean reddened, at the coming of my +daughter and lord." + +And the seer's words spread, fear through the assembly. But those whose +virgin daughters were present were not pleased. + +They strongly urged the chief, therefore, to bind him within the house +of detention, the prison house, where the chief's enemies were wont to +be imprisoned. + +Through the persistence of his enemies, it was decided to make the seer +fast within that place and let him stay there until he died. + +On the day of his imprisonment, that night at dawn, he prayed to his +god. And at early daybreak the door of the house was opened for him and +he went out without being seen. + +In the morning the chief sent the executioner to go and see how the +prophet fared in prison. + +When the executioner came to the outside of the prison, he called with a +loud voice: + +"O Hulumaniani! O Hulumaniani! Prophet of God! How are you? Are you +dead?" Three times the executioner called, but heard not a sound from +within. + +The executioner returned to the chief and said, "The prophet is dead." + +Then the chief commanded the head man of the temple to make ready for +the day of sacrifice and flay the prophet on the place of sacrifice +before the altar. + +Now the seer heard this command from some distance away, and in the +night he took a banana plant covered with _tapa_ like a human figure and +put it inside the place where he had been imprisoned, and went back and +joined his daughters and told them all about his troubles. + +And near the day of sacrifice at the temple, the seer took Laieikawai +and her companions on board of the double canoe. + +In the very early morning of the day of sacrifice at the temple the man +was to be brought for sacrifice, and when the head men of the temple +entered the prison, lo! the body was tightly wrapped up, and it was +brought and laid within the temple. + +And close to the hour when the man was to be laid upon the altar all the +people assembled and the chief with them; and the chief went up on the +high place, the banana plant was brought and laid directly under the +altar. + +Said the chief to his head men, "Unwrap the _tapa_ from the body and +place it upon the altar prepared for it." + +When it was unwrapped there was a banana plant inside, not the prophet, +as was expected. "This is a banana plant! Where is the prophet?" +exclaimed the chief. + +Great was the chief's anger against the keeper of the prison where the +prophet was confined. + +Then all the keepers were called to trial. While the chief's keepers +were being examined, the seer arrived with his daughters in a double +canoe and floated outside the mouth of the inlet. + +The seer stood on one canoe and Aiwohikupua's sisters on the other, and +Laieikawai stood on the high seat between, under the symbols of a taboo +chief. + +As they stood there with Laieikawai, the wind blew, the sun was +darkened, the sea grew rough, the ocean was reddened, the streams went +back and stopped at their sources, no water flowed into the sea.[69] +After this the seer took Laieikawai's skirt[70] and laid it down on the +land; then the thunder crashed, the temple fell, the altar crumbled. + +After all these signs had been displayed, Aiwohikupua and the others saw +Laieikawai standing above the canoes under the symbol of a taboo chief. +Then the assembly shouted aloud, "O the beautiful woman! O the beautiful +woman! How stately she stands!" + +Then the men ran in flocks from the land down to the sea beach; one +trampled on another in order to see. + +Then the seer called out to Aiwohikupua, "Your keepers are not guilty; +not by their means was I freed from prison, but by my god, who has saved +me from many perils; and this is my lord. + +"I spoke truly; this is my daughter, my lord, whom I went to seek, my +preserver." + +And when Aiwohikupua looked upon Laieikawai his heart trembled, and he +fell to the ground as if dead. + +When the chief recovered he commanded his head man to bring the seer and +his daughter to fill the place of Poliahu and Hinaikamalama. + +The head man went and called out to the seer on the canoe and told him +the chief's word. + +When the seer heard it he said to the head man, "Return and tell the +chief, my lord indeed, that my lordly daughter shall never become his +wife; she is chief over all the islands." + +The head man went away; the seer, too, went away with his daughters, nor +was he seen again after that at Wailua; they returned and dwelt at +Honopuwaiakua. + + + + +CHAPTER XXVII + + +In this chapter we will tell how Kahalaomapuana went to get +Kaonohiokala, the Eyeball-of-the-Sun, the betrothed husband of +Laieikawai, and of her return. + +After Kahalaomapuana had laid her commands upon her sisters she made +preparation for the journey. + +At the rising of the sun Kahalaomapuana entered inside Kihanuilulumoku +and swam through the ocean and came to The Shining Heavens; in four +months and ten days they reached Kealohilani. + +When they arrived they did not see Mokukelekahiki, the guard who watches +over Kaonohiokala's wealth, his chief counsellor in The Shining Heavens; +twice ten days they waited for Mokukelekahiki to return from his garden +patch. + +Mokukelekahiki returned while the lizard was asleep inside the house; +the head alone filled that great house of Mokukelekahiki's, the body and +tail of the lizard were still in the sea. + +A terrible sight to Mokukelekahiki to see that lizard; he flew away up +to Nuumealani, the Raised Place in the Heavens; there was +Kaeloikamalama, the magician who closes the door of the taboo house on +the borders of Tahiti, where Kaonohiokala was hidden. + +Mokukelekahiki told Kaeloikamalama how he had seen the lizard. Then +Kaeloikamalama flew down with Mokukelekahiki from the heights of +Nuumealani, the land in the air. + +As Mokukelekahiki and his companion approached the house where the +lizard was sleeping, then said Kihanuilulumoku to Kahalaomapuana, "When +those men get here who are flying toward us, then I will throw you out +and land you on Kaeloikamalama's neck, and when he questions you, then +tell him you are a child of theirs, and when he asks what our journey is +for, then tell him." + +Not long after, Mokukelekahiki and Kaeloikamalama thundered at the door +of the house. + +When the lizard looked, there stood Kaeloikamalama with the digging +spade called Kapahaelihonua, The Knife-that-cuts-the-earth, twenty +fathoms its length, four men to span it. Thought the lizard, "A +slaughterer this." There was Kaeloikamalama swinging the digging spade +in his fingers. + +Then Kihanuilulumoku lifted his tail out of the water, the sea swelled, +the waves overwhelmed the cliffs from their foundations as high waves +sweep the coast in February; the spume of the sea rose high, the sun was +darkened, white sand was flung on the shore. + +Then fear fell upon Kaeloikamalama and his companion, and they started +to run away from before the face of the lizard. + +Then Kihanuilulumoku threw out Kahalaomapuana, and she fell upon +Kaeloikamalama's neck.[71] + +Kaeloikamalama asked, "Whose child are you?" + +Said Kahalaomapuana, "The child of Mokuekelekahiki, of Kaeloikamalama, +of the magicians who guard the taboo house on the borders of +Tahiti."[72] + +The two asked, "On what journey, my child, do you come hither?" + +Kahalaomapuana answered, "A journey to seek one from the heavens." + +Again they asked, "To seek what one from the heavens?" + +"Kaonohiokala," replied Kahalaomapuana, "the high taboo one of +Kaeloikamalama and Mokukelekahiki." + +Again they asked, "Kaonohiokala found, what is he to do?" + +Said Kahalaomapuana, "To be husband to the princess of broad Hawaii, to +Laieikawai, our mistress." + +Again they asked, "Who are you?" + +She told them, "Kahalaomapuana, the youngest daughter of +Moanalihaikawaokele and Laukieleula."[73] + +When Mokukelekahiki and Kaeloikamalama heard she was their own child, +then they released her from Kaeloikamalama's neck and kissed their +daughter. + +For Mokukelekahiki and Kaeloikamalama were brothers of Laukieleula, +Aiwohikupua's mother. + +Said Kaeloikamalama, "We will show you the road, then you shall ascend." + +For ten days they journeyed before they reached the place to go up; +Kaeloikamalama called out, "O Lanalananuiaimakua! Great ancestral +spider. Let down the road here for me to go up!! There is trouble +below!!!" + +Not long after, Great ancestral spider let down a spider-web that made a +network in the air. + +Then Kaeloikamalama instructed her, saying, "Here is your way, ascend to +the top, and you will see a house standing alone in a garden patch; +there is Moanalihaikawaokele; the country is Kahakaekaea. + +"When you see an old man with long gray hair, that is +Moanalihaikawaokele; if he is sitting up, don't be hasty; should he spy +you first, you will die, he will not listen to you, he will take you for +another. + +"Wait until he is asleep; should he turn his face down he is not asleep, +but when you see him with the face turned up, he is really asleep; then +approach not the windward, go to the leeward, and sit upon his breast, +holding tight to his beard, then call out: + + "O Moanalihaikawaokele--O! + Here am I--your child, + Child of Laukieleula, + Child of Mokukelekahiki, + Child of Kaeloikamalama, + The brothers of my mother, + Mother, mother, + Of me and my older sisters + And my brother, Aiwohikupua, + Grant me the sight, the long sight, the deep sight, + Release the one in the heavens, + My brother and lord, + Awake! Arise! + +"So you must call to him, and if he questions you, then, tell him +about your journey here. + +"On the way up, if fine rain covers you, that is your mother's doings; +if cold comes, do not be afraid. Keep on up; and if you smell a +fragrance, that too is your mother's, it is her fragrance, then all is +well, you are almost to the top; keep on up, and if the sun's rays +pierce and the heat strikes you, do not fear when you feel the sun's hot +breath; try to bear it and you will enter the shadow of the moon; then +you will not die, you have entered Kahakaekaea." + +When they had finished talking, Kahalaomapuana climbed up, and in the +evening she was covered with fine rain; this she thought was her +father's doings; at night until dawn she smelled the fragrance of the +_kiele_ plant; this she thought was her mother's art; from dawn until +the sun was high she was in the heat of the sun, she thought this was +her brother's doing. + +Then she longed to reach the shadow of the moon, and at evening she came +into the shadow of the moon; she knew then that she had entered the land +called Kahakaekaea. + +She saw the big house standing, it was then night. She approached to the +leeward; lo! Moanalihaikawaokele was still awake; she waited at a +distance for him to go to sleep, as Kaeloikamalama had instructed her. +Still Moanalihaikawaokele did not sleep. + +When at dawn she went, Moanalihaikawaokele's face was turned upwards, +she knew he was asleep; she ran quickly and seized her father's beard +and called to him in the words taught her by Kaeloikamalama, as shown +above. + +Moanalihaikawaokele awoke; his beard, the place where his strength lay, +was held fast; he struggled to free himself; Kahalaomapuana held the +beard tight; he kept on twisting here and there until his breath was +exhausted. + +He asked, "Whose child are you?" + +Said she, "Yours." + +Again he asked, "Mine by whom?" + +She answered, "Yours by Laukieleula." + +Again he asked, "Who are you?" + +"It is Kahalaomapuana." + +Said the father, "Let go my beard; you are indeed my child." + +She let go, and the father arose and set her upon his lap and wailed, +and when he had ended wailing, the father asked, "On what journey do you +come hither?" + +"A journey to seek one from the heavens," answered Kahalaomapuana. + +"To seek what one from the heavens?" + +"Kaonohiokala," the girl answered. + +"The high one found, what is he to do?" + +Said Kahalaomapuana, "I have come to get my brother and lord to be the +husband to the princess of broad Hawaii, to Laieikawai, our royal +friend, the one who protects us." + +She related all that her brother had done, and their friend. + +Said Moanalihaikawaokele, "The consent is not mine to give, your mother +is the only one to grant it, the one who has charge of the chief; she +lives there in the taboo place prohibited to me. When your mother is +unclean, she returns to me, and when her days of uncleanness are over, +then she leaves me, she goes back to the chief. + +"Therefore, wait until the time comes when your mother returns, then +tell her on what journey you have come hither." + +They waited seven days; it was Laukieleula's time of uncleanness. + +Said Moanalihaikawaokele, "It is almost time for your mother to come, so +to-night, get to the taboo house first and sleep there; in the early +morning when she comes, you will be sleeping in the house; there is no +place for her to go to get away from you, because she is unclean. If she +questions you, tell her exactly what you have told me." + +That night Moanalihaikawaokele sent Kahalaomapuana into the house set +apart for women. + + + + +CHAPTER XXVIII + + +Very early in the morning came Laukieleula; when she saw someone +sleeping there, she could not go away because she was unclean and that +house was the only one open to her. "Who are you, lawless one, +mischief-maker, who have entered my taboo house, the place prohibited to +any other?" So spoke the mistress of the house. + +Said the stranger, "I am Kahalaomapuana, the last fruit of your womb." + +Said the mother, "Alas! my ruler, return to your father. I can not see +you, for my days of uncleanness have come; when they are ended, we will +visit together a little, then go." + +So Kahalaomapuana went back to Moanalihaikawaokele; the father asked, +"How was it?" + +The daughter said, "She told me to return to you until her days of +uncleanness were ended, then she would come to see me." + +Three days the two stayed there; close to the time when Laukieleula's +uncleanness would end, Moanalihaikawaokele said to his daughter, "Come! +for your mother's days are almost ended; to-morrow, early in the morning +before daylight, go and sit by the water hole where she washes herself; +do not show yourself, and when she jumps into the pool and dives under +the water, then run and bring hither her skirt and her polluted clothes; +when she has bathed and returns for the clothes, they will be gone; then +she will think that I have taken them; when she comes to the house, then +you can get what you wish. + +"If you two weep and cease weeping and she asks you if I have taken her +clothes, then tell her you have them, and she will be ashamed and shrink +from you because she has defiled you; then she will have nothing great +enough to recompense you for your defilement, only one thing will be +great enough, to get you the high one; then when she asks you what you +desire, tell her; then you shall see your brother; we shall both see +him, for I see him only once a year; he peeps out and disappears." + +At the time the father had said, the daughter arose very early in the +morning before daylight, and went as her father had directed. + +When she arrived, she hid close to the water hole; not long after, the +mother came, took off her polluted clothes and sprang into the water. + +Then the girl took the things as directed and returned to her father. + +She had not been there long; the mother came in a rage; +Moanalihaikawaokele absented himself and only the daughter remained in +the house. + +"O Moanalihaikawaokele, give me back my polluted clothes, let me take +them to wash in the water." No answer; three times she called, not once +an answer; she peeped into the house where Kahalaomapuana lay sleeping, +her head covered with a clean piece of _tapa_. + +She called, "O Moanalihaikawaokele, give me back my polluted skirt; let +me take it to wash in the water." + +Then Kahalaomapuana started up as if she had been asleep and said to her +mother, "My mother and ruler, he has gone; only I am in the house; that +polluted skirt of yours, here it is." + +"Alas! my ruler. I shrink with fear of evil for you, because you have +guarded my skirt that was polluted; what recompense is there for the +evil I fear for you, my ruler?" + +She embraced the girl and wailed out the words in the line above. + +When she had ceased wailing, the mother asked, "On what journey do you +come hither to us?" + +"I come to get my older brother for a husband for our friend, the +princess of the great broad land of Hawaii, Laieikawai, our protector +when we were lovelessly deserted by our older brother; therefore we are +ashamed; we have no way to repay the princess for her protection; and +for this reason permit me and my princely brother to go down below and +bring Laieikawai up here." These were Kahalaomapuana's words to her +mother. + +The mother said, "I grant it in recompense for your guarding my polluted +garment. + +"If anyone else had come to get him, I would not have consented; since +you come in person, I will not keep him back. + +"Indeed, your brother has said that you are the one he loves best and +thinks the most of; so let us go up and see your brother. + +"Now you wait here; let me call the bird guardian of you two, who will +bear us to the taboo house at the borders of Tahiti." + +Then the mother called: + + O Halulu at the edge of the light, + The bird who covers the sun, + The heat returns to Kealohilani. + The bird who stops up the rain, + The stream-heads are dry of Nuumealani. + The bird who holds back the clouds above, + The painted clouds move across the ocean, + The islands are flooded, + Kahakaekaea trembles, + The heavens flood not the earth. + O the lawless ones, the mischief makers! + O Mokukelekahiki! + O Kaeloikamalama! + The lawless ones who close the taboo house at the borders of Tahiti, + Here is one from the heavens, a child of yours, + Come and receive her, take her above to Awakea, the noonday. + +Then that bird[71] drooped its wings down and its body remained aloft, +then Laukieleula and Kahalaomapuana rested upon the bird's wings and it +flew and came to Awakea, the Noonday, the one who opens the door of the +sun where Kaonohiokala lived. + +At the time they arrived, the entrance to the chief's house was blocked +by thunderclouds. + +Then Laukieleula ordered Noonday, "Open the way to the chief's place!" + +Then Noonday put forth her heat and the clouds melted before her; lo! +the chief appeared sleeping right in the eye of the sun in the fire of +its intensest heat, so he was named after this custom The Eye of the +Sun. + +Then Laukieleula seized hold of one of the sun's rays and held it. Then +the chief awoke. + +When Kohalaomapuana looked upon her brother his eyes were like lightning +and his skin all over his body was like the heat, of the furnace where +iron is melted. + +Laukieleula cried out, "O my heavenly one, here is your sister, +Kahalaomapuana, the one you love best, here she is come to seek you." + +When Kaonohiokala heard he awoke from sleep and signed with his eyes to +Laukieleula to call the guards of the shade. She called: + + O big bright moon, + O moving cloud of Kaialea, + Guards of the shadows, present yourselves before the chief. + +Then the guards of the shade came and stood before the chief. Lo! the +heat of the sun left the chief. + +When the shadows came over the place where the chief lay, then he called +his sister, and went to her, and wept over her, for his heart fainted +with love for his youngest sister, and long had been the days of their +separation. + +When their wailing was ended he asked, "Whose child are you?" + +Said the sister, "Mokukelekahiki's, Kaeloikamalama's, +Moanalihaikawaokele's through Laukieleula." + +Again the brother asked, "What is your journey for?" + +Then she told him the same thing she had told the mother. + +When the chief heard these things, he turned to their mother and asked, +"Laukieleula, do you consent to my going to get the one whom she speaks +of for my wife?" + +"I have already given you, as she requested me; if anyone else had +brought her to get you, if she had not come to us two, she might have +stayed below; grant your little sister's request, for you first opened +the pathway, she closed it; no one came before, none after her." Thus +the mother. + +After this answer Kaonohiokala asked further about her sisters and her +brother. + +Then said Kahalaomapuana, "My brother has not done right; he has opposed +our living with this woman whom I am come to get you for. When he first +went to woo this woman he came back again after us; we went with him and +came to the woman's house, the princess of whom I speak. That night we +went to the uplands; in the midst of the forest there she dwelt with her +grandmother. We stood outside and looked at the workmanship of +Laieikawai's house, inwrought with the yellow feathers of the _oo_ bird. + + +"Mailehaiwale went to woo her, gained nothing, the woman refused; +Mailekaluhea went, gained nothing at all; Mailelaulii went, gained +nothing at all; Mailepakaha went, gained nothing at all; she refused +them all; I remained, I never went to woo her; he went away in a rage +leaving us in the jungle. + +"When he left us, we followed; our brother's rage waxed as if we had +denied his wish. + +"Then it was we returned to where he left us, and the princess protected +us, until I left to come hither; that is how we live." + +When Kaonohiokala heard this story, he was angry. Then he said to +Kahalaomapuana, "Return to your sisters and to your friend, the +princess; my wife she shall be; wait, and when the rain falls and floods +the land, I am still here. + +"When the ocean billows swell and the surf throws white sand on the +shore, I am still here; when the wind whips the air and for ten days +lies calm, when thunder peals without rain, then I am at Kahakaekaea. + +"When the dry thunder peals again, then ceases, I have left the taboo +house at the borders of Tahiti. I am at Kealohilani, my divine body is +laid aside, only the nature of a taboo chief remains, and I am become a +human being like you. + +"After this, hearken, and when the thunder rolls, the rain pours down, +the ocean swells, the land is flooded, the lightning flashes, a mist +overhangs, a rainbow arches, a colored cloud rises on the ocean, for one +month bad weather closes down,[75] when the storm clears, there I am +behind the mountain in the shadow of the dawn. + +"Wait here and at daybreak, when I leave the summit of the mountain, +then you shall see me sitting within the sun in the center of its ring +of light, encircled by the rainbow of a chief. + +"Still we shall not yet meet; our meeting shall be in the dusk of +evening, when the moon rises on the night of full moon; then I will meet +my wife. + +"After our marriage, then I will bring destruction over the earth upon +those who have done you wrong. + +"Therefore, take a sign for Laieikawai, a rainbow; thus shall I know my +wife." + +These words ended, she returned by the same way that she had climbed up, +and within one month found Kihanuilulumoku and told all briefly, "We are +all right; we have prospered." + +She entered into Kihanuilulumoku and swam over the ocean; as many days +as they were in going, so many were they in returning. + +They came to Olaa. Laieikawai and her companions were gone; the lizard +smelled all about Hawaii; nothing. They went to Maui; the lizard smelled +about; not a trace. + +He sniffed about Kahoolawe, Lanai, Molokai. Just the same. They came to +Kauai; the lizard sniffed about the coast, found nothing; sniffed +inland; there they were, living at Honopuwaiakua, and Kihanuilulumoku +threw forth Kahalaomapuana. + +The princess and her sisters saw her and rejoiced, but a stranger to the +seer was this younger sister, and he was terrified at sight of the +lizard; but because he was a prophet, he stilled his fear. + +Eleven months, ten days, and four days over it was since Kahalaomapuana +left Laieikawai and her companions until their return from +The-shining-heavens. + + + + +CHAPTER XXIX + + +When Kahalaomapuana returned from Kealohilani, from her journey in +search of a chief, she related the story of her trip, of its windings +and twistings, and all the things she had seen while she was away. + +When she recited the charge given her by Kaonohiokala, Laieikawai said +to her companions, "O comrades, as Kahalaomapuana tells me the message +of your brother and my husband, a strange foreboding weighs upon me, and +I am amazed; I supposed him to be a man, a mighty god that! When I think +of seeing him, however I may desire it, I am ready to die with fear +before he has even come to us." + +Her companions answered, "He is no god; he is a man like us, yet in his +nature and appearance godlike. He was the first-born of us; he was +greatly beloved by our parents; to him was given superhuman powers which +we have not, except Kahalaomapuana; only they two were given this power; +his taboo rank still remains; therefore, do not fear; when he comes, you +will see he is only a man like us." + +Now, before Kahalaomapuana's return from Kealohilani, the seer foresaw +what was to take place, one month before her return. Then the seer +prophesied, in these words: "A blessing descends upon us from the +heavens when the nights of full moon come. + +"When we hear the thunder peal in dry weather and in wet, then we shall +see over the earth rain and lightning, billows swell on the ocean, +freshets on the land, land and sea covered thick with fog, fine mist and +rain, and the beating of the ocean rain. + +"When this passes, on the day of full moon, in the dusk of the early +morning, at the time when the sun's rays strike the mountain tops, then +the earth shall behold a youth sitting within the eye of the sun, one +like the taboo child of my god. Afterwards the earth shall behold a +great destruction and shall see all the haughty snatched away out of the +land; then we shall be blessed, and our seed." + +When his daughters heard the seer's prophecy, they wondered within +themselves that he should prophesy at this distance, without knowing +anything about their sister's mission for which they waited. + +As a prophet it was his privilege to proclaim about Kauai those things +which he saw would come to pass. + +So, before leaving his daughters, he commanded them and said, "My +daughters, I am giving you my instructions before leaving you, not, +indeed, for long; but I go to announce those things which I have told +you, and shall return hither. Therefore, dwell here in this place, which +my god has pointed out to me, and keep yourselves pure until my prophecy +is fulfilled." + +The prophet went away, as he had determined, and he went into the +presence of the chiefs and men of position, at the place where the +chiefs were assembled; there he proclaimed what he had seen. + +And first he came to Aiwohikupua and said, "From this day, erect flag +signals around your dwelling, and bring inside all whom you love. + +"For there comes shortly a destruction over the earth; never has any +destruction been seen before like this which is to come; never will any +come hereafter when this destruction of which I tell is ended. + +"Before the coming of the wonder-worker he will give you a sign of +destruction, not over all the people of the land, but over you yourself +and your people; then the high ones of earth shall lie down before him +and your pride shall be taken from you. + +"If you listen to my word, then you will be spared from the destruction +that is verily to come; therefore, prepare yourselves at once." + +And because of the seer's words, he was driven away from before the +face of the chief. + +Thus he proclaimed to all the chiefs on Kauai, and the chiefs who +listened to the seer, they were spared. + +He went to Kekalukaluokewa, with his wife and all in their company. + +And as he said to Aiwohikupua, so he said to Kekalukaluokewa, and he +believed him. + +But Waka would not listen, and answered, "If a god is the one to bring +destruction, then I have another god to save me and my chiefs." + +And at Waka's words the seer turned to the chiefs and said, "Do not +listen to your grandmother, for a great destruction is coming over the +chiefs. Plant flag signals at once around you, and bring all dear to you +inside the signals you have set up, and whoever will not believe me, let +them fall in the great day of destruction. + +"When that day comes, the old women will lie down before the soles of +the feet of that mighty youth, and plead for life, and not get it, +because they have disbelieved the words of the prophet." + +And because Kekalukaluokewa knew that his former prophecies had been +fulfilled, therefore he rejected the old woman's counsel. When the seer +left the chief planted flag signals all around the palace and stayed +within the protected place as the prophet had commanded. + +At the end of his circuit, the seer returned and dwelt with his +daughters. + +For no other reason than love did the seer go to tell those things which +he saw. He had been back one day with his daughters at Honopuwaiakua +when Kahalaomapuana arrived, as described in the chapter before. + + + + +CHAPTER XXX + + +Ten days after Kahalaomapuana's return from Kealohilani came the first +of their brother's promised signs. + +So the signs began little by little during five days, and on the sixth +day the thunder cracked, the rain poured down, the ocean billows +swelled, the land was flooded, the lightning flashed, the mist closed +down, the rainbow arched, the colored cloud rose over the ocean. + +Then the seer said, "My daughters, the time is come when my prophecy is +fulfilled as I declared it to you." + +The daughters answered, "This is what we have been whispering about, for +first you told us these things while Kahalaomapuana had not yet +returned, and since her return she has told us the same thing again." + +Said Laieikawai, "I tremble and am astonished, and how can my fear be +stilled?" + +"Fear not; be not astonished; we shall prosper and become mighty ones +among the islands round about; none shall be above us; and you shall +rule over the land, and those who have done evil against you shall flee +from you and be chiefs no more. + +"For this have I followed you persistently through danger and cost and +through hard weariness, and I see prosperity for me and for my seed to +be mine through you." + +One month of bad weather over the land as the last sign; in the early +morning when the rays of the sun rose above the mountain, Kaonohiokala +was seen sitting within the smoking heat of the sun, right in the middle +of the sun's ring, encircled with rainbows and a red mist. + +Then the sound of shouting was heard all over Kauai at the sight of the +beloved child of Moanalihaikawaokele and Laukieleula, the great high +chief of Kahakaekaea and Nuumealani. + +Behold! a voice shouting, "The beloved of Hulumaniani! the wonderful +prophet! Hulumaniani! Give us life!" + +From morning until evening the shouting lasted, until they were hoarse +and could only point with their hands and nod their heads, for they were +hoarse with shouting for Kaonohiokala. + +Now, as Kaonohiokala looked down upon the earth, lo! Laieikawai was +clothed in the rainbow garment his sister, Kahalaomapuana, had brought +her; then through this sign he recognized Laieikawai as his betrothed +wife. + +In the dusk of the evening, at the rising of the bright full moon, he +entered the prophet's inclosure. + +When he came, all his sisters bowed down before him, and the prophet +before the Beloved. + +And Laieikawai was about to do the same; when, the Beloved saw +Laieikawai about to kneel he cried out, "O my wife and ruler! O +Laieikawai! do not kneel, we are equals." + +"My lord, I am amazed and tremble, and if you desire to take my life, it +is well; for never have I met before with anyone so terrible as this!" +answered Laieikawai. + +"I have not come to take your life, but on my sister's visit to me I +gave her a sign for me to know you by and recognize you as my betrothed +wife; and therefore have I come to fulfill her mission," so said +Kaonohiokala. + +When his sisters and the seer heard, then they shouted with joyful +voices, "Amen! Amen! Amen! it is finished, flown beyond!". They rose up +with joy in their eyes. + +Then he called to his sisters, "I take my wife and at this time of the +night will come again hither." Then his wife was caught away out of +sight of her companions, but the prophet had a glimpse of her being +carried on the rainbow to dwell within the moon; there they took in +pledge their moments of bliss. + +And the next night when the moon shone bright, at the time when its +light decreased, a rainbow was let down, fastened to the moon and +reaching to the earth; when the moon was directly over Honopuwaiakua, +then the chiefs appeared above in the sky in their majesty and stood +before the prophet, saying: "Go and summon all the people for ten days +to gather together in one place; then I will declare my wrath against +those who have done you wrong. + +"At the end of ten days, then we shall meet again, and I will tell you +what is well for you to do, and my sisters with you." + +When these words were ended the seer went away, and when he had departed +the five sisters were taken up to dwell with the wife in the shelter of +the moon. + +On the seer's circuit, according to the command of the Beloved, he did +not encounter a single person, for all had gone up to Pihanakalani, the +place where it had been predicted that victory should be accomplished. + +After ten days the seer returned to Honopuwaiakua; lo! it was deserted. + +Then Kaonohiokala met him, and the seer told him about the circuit he +had made at the Beloved's command. + +Then the prophet was taken up also to dwell in the moon. + +And in the morning of the next day, at sunrise, when the hot rays of the +sun rose over the mountains, + +Then the Beloved began to punish Aiwohikupua and Waka. To Waka he meted +out death, and Aiwohikupua was punished by being deprived of all his +wealth, to wander like a vagrant over the earth until the end of his +days. + +At the request of Laieikawai to spare Laielohelohe and her husband, the +danger passed them by, and they became rulers over the land thereafter. + +Now in the early morning of the day of Aiwohikupua's and Waka's +downfall, lo! the multitude assembled at Pihanakalani saw a rainbow let +down from the moon to earth, trembling in the hot rays of the sun. + +Then, as they all crowded together, the seer and the five girls stood on +the ladder way, and Kaonohiokala and Laieikawai apart, and the soles of +their feet were like fire. This was the time when Aiwohikupua and Waka +fell to the ground, and the seer's prophecy was fulfilled. + +When the chief had avenged them upon their enemies, the chief placed +Kahalaomapuana as ruler over them and stationed his other sisters over +separate islands. And Kekalukaluokewa was chief counsellor under +Laielohelohe, and the seer was their companion in council, with the +power of chief counsellor. + +After all these things were put in order and well established, +Laieikawai and her husband were taken on the rainbow to the land within +the clouds and dwelt in the husband's home. + +In case her sisters should do wrong then, it was Kahalaomapuana's duty +to bring word to the chief. + +But there was no fault to be found with his sisters until they left this +world. + + + + +CHAPTER XXXI + + +After the marriage of Laieikawai and Kaonohiokala, when his sisters and +the seer and Kekalukaluokewa and his wife were well established, after +all this had been set in order, they returned to the country in the +heavens called Kahakaekaea and dwelt in the taboo house on the borders +of Tahiti. + +And when she became wife under the marriage bond, all power was given +her as a god except that to see hidden things and those obscure deeds +which were done at a distance; only her husband had this power. + +Before they left Kauai to return to the heavens, a certain agreement was +made in their assembly at the government council. + +Lo! on that day, the rainbow pathway was let down from Nuumealani and +Kaonohiokala and Laieikawai mounted upon that way, and she laid her +last commands upon her sisters, the seer, and Laielohelohe; these were +her words: + +"My companions and our father the prophet, my sister born with me in the +womb and your husband, I return according to our agreement! leave you +and return to that place where you will not soon come to see me; +therefore, live in peace, for each alike has prospered, not one of you +lacks fortune. But Kaonohiokala will visit you to look after your +welfare." + +After these words they were borne away out of sight. And as to her +saying Kaonohiokala would come to look after the welfare of her +companions, this was the sole source of disturbance in Laieikawai's life +with her husband. + +While Laieikawai lived at home with her husband it was Kaonohiokala's +custom to come down from time to time to look after his sisters' welfare +and that of his young wife three times every year. + +They had lived perhaps five years under the marriage contract, and about +the sixth year of Laieikawai's happy life with her husband, Kaonohiokala +fell into sin with Laielohelohe without anyone knowing of his falling +into sin. + +After Laieikawai had lived three months above, Kaonohiokala went down to +look after his sister's welfare, and returned to Laieikawai; so he did +until the third year, and after three years of going below to see after +his sisters, lo! Laielohelohe was full-grown and her beauty had +increased and surpassed that of her sister, Laieikawai's. + +Not at this time, however, did Kaonohiokala fall into sin, but his +sinful longing had its beginning. + +On every trip Kaonohiokala took to do his work below, for four years, +lo! Laielohelohe's loveliness grew beyond what he had seen before, and +his sinful lust increased mightily, but by his nature as a child of god +he persisted in checking his lust; for perhaps a minute the lust flew +from him, then it clung to him once more. + +In the fifth year, at the end of the first quarter, Kaonohiokala went +away to do his work below. + +At that time virtue departed far from the mind of Kaonohiokala and he +fell into sin. + +Now at this time, when he met his sisters, the prophet and his _punalua_ +and their wife (Laielohelohe), Kaonohiokala began to redistribute the +land, so he called a fresh council. + +And to carry out his evil purpose, he transferred his sisters to be +guards over the land called Kealohilani, and arranged that they should +live with Mokukelekahiki and have charge of the land with him. + +When some of his sisters saw how much greater the honor was to become +chiefs in a land they had never visited, and serve with Mokukelekahiki +there, they agreed to consent to their brother's plan. + +But Kahalaomapuana would not consent to return to Kealohilani, for she +cared more for her former post of honor than to return to Kealohilani. + +And in refusing, she spoke to her brother as follows: "My high one, as +to your sending us to Kealohilani, let them go and I will remain here, +living as you first placed me; for I love the land and the people and am +accustomed to the life; and if I stay below here and you above and they +between, then all will be well, just as we were born of our mother; for +you broke the way, your little sisters followed you, and I stopped it +up; that was the end, and so it was." + +Now he knew that his youngest sister had spoken well; but because of +Kaonohiokala's great desire to get her away so that she would not detect +his mischievous doings, therefore he cast lots upon his sisters, and the +one upon whom, the lot rested must go back to Kealohilani. + +Said Kaonohiokala to his sisters, "Go and pull a grass flower; do not go +together, every one by herself, then the oldest return and give it to +me, in the order of your birth, and the one who has the longest grass +stem, she shall go to Kealohilani." + +Every one went separately and returned as they had been told. + +The first one went and pulled one about two inches in length, and the +second one pulled and broke her flower perhaps three inches and a half; +and the third, she pulled her grass stem about two inches long; and the +fourth of them, hers was about one inch long; and Kahalaomapuana did not +pull the tall flowers, she pulled a very short one, about three feet +long hers was, and she cut off half and came back, thinking her grass +stem was the shortest. + +But in comparing them, the oldest laid hers down before her brother. +Kahalaomapuana saw it and was much surprised, so she secretly broke hers +inside her clothing; but her brother saw her doing it and said, +"Kahalaomapuana, no fooling! leave your grass stem as it is." + +The others laid down theirs, but Kahalaomapuana did not show hers; said +he, "The lot rests upon you." + +Then she begged her brother to draw the lot again; again they drew lots, +again the lot rested upon Kahalaomapuana; Kahalaomapuana had nothing +left to say, for the lot rested upon her. + +Lo! she was sorrowful at separating herself from her own chief-house +and the people of the land; darkened was the princess's heart by the +unwelcome lot that sent her back to Kealohilani. + +And on the day when Kahalaomapuana was to depart for Kealohilani, the +rainbow was let down from above the earth. + +Then she said to her brother, "Let the pathway of my high one wait ten +days, and let the chiefs be gathered together and all the people of the +land, that I may show them my great love before you take me away." + +When Kaonohiokala saw that his sister's words were well, he granted her +wish; then the pathway was taken up again with her brother. + +And on the tenth day, the pathway was let down again before the +assembly, and Kahalaomapuana mounted upon the ladder way prepared for +her and turned with heavy heart, her eyes filled with a flood of tears, +the water drops of Kulanihakoi, and said: "O chiefs and people, I am +leaving you to return to a land unknown to you; only I and my older +sisters have visited it; it was not my wish to go back to this land; but +my hand decided my leaving you according to the lot laid by my divine +brother. But I know that every one of us has a god, no one is without; +now, therefore, do you pray to your god and I will pray to my god, and +if our prayer has might, then shall we meet again hereafter. Love to you +all, love to the land, we cease and disappear." + +Then she caught hold of her garment and held it up to her eyes before +the assembly to hide her feeling for the people and the land. And she +was borne by the rainbow to the land above the clouds, to Lanikuakaa, +the heavens higher up. + +The great reason why Kaonohiokala wished to separate Kahalaomapuana in +Kealohilani was to hide his evil doings with Laielohelohe, for +Kahalaomapuana was the only one who could see things done in secret; and +she was a resolute girl, not one to give in. Kaonohiokala thought she +might disclose to Moanalihaikawaokele this evil doing; so he got his +sister away, and by his supernatural arts he made the lot fall to +Kahalaomapuana. + +When his sister had gone, about the end of the second quarter of the +fifth year, he went away below to carry out his lustful design upon +Laielohelohe. + +Not just at that time, but he made things right with Kekalukaluokewa by +putting him in Kahalaomapuana's place and the seer as his chief +counsellor. + +Mailehaiwale was made governor on Kauai, Mailekaluhea on Oahu, +Mailelaulii on Maui and the other islands, Mailepakaha on Hawaii. + + + + +CHAPTER XXXII + + +When Kekalukaluokewa became head over the group, then Kaonohiokala sent +him to make a tour of the islands and perform the functions of a ruler, +and he put Laielohelohe in Kekalukaluokewa's place as his substitute. + +And for this reason Kekalukaluokewa took his chief counsellor (the +prophet) with him on the circuit. + +So Kekalukaluokewa left Pihanakalani and started on the business of +visiting the group; the same day Kaonohiokala left those below. + +When Kaonohiokala started to return he did not go all the way up, but +just watched that day the sailing of Kekalukaluokewa's canoes over the +ocean. + +Then Kaonohiokala came back down and sought the companionship of +Laielohelohe, but not just then was the sin committed. + +When the two met, Kaonohiokala asked Laielohelohe to separate herself +from the rest, and at the high chief's command the princess's retainers +withdrew. + +When Laielohelohe and Kaonohiokala were alone he said, "This is the +third year that I have desired you, for your beauty has grown and +overshadowed your sister's, Laieikawai's. Now at last my patience no +longer avails to turn away my passion from you." + +"O my high one," said Laielohelohe, "how can you rid yourself of your +passion? And what does my high one see fit to do?" + +"Let us know one another," said Kaonohiokala, "this is the only thing +to be done for me." + +Said Laielohelohe, "We can not touch one another, my high one, for the +one who brought me up from the time I was born until I found my husband, +he has strictly bound me not to defile my flesh with anyone; and, +therefore, my high one, it is his to grant your wish." + +When Kaonohiokala heard this, then he had some check to his passion, +then he returned to the heavens to his wife, Laieikawai. He had not been +ten days there when, he was again thick-pressed by the thunders of his +evil lust, and he could not hold out against it. + +To ease this passion he was again forced down below to meet +Laielohelohe. + +And having heard that her guardian who bound her must give his consent, +he first sought Kapukaihaoa and asked his consent to the chief's +purpose. + +So he went first and said to Kapukaihaoa: "I wish to unite myself with +Laielohelohe for a time, not to take her away altogether, but to ease my +heavy heart of its lust after your foster child; for I first begged my +boon of her, but she sent me for your consent, and so I have come to +you." + +Said Kapukaihaoa: "High one of the highest, I grant your request, my +high one; it is well for you to go in to my foster child; for no good +has come to me from my charge. It was our strong desire, mine and hers +who took care of your wife Laieikawai, that Kekalukaluokewa should be +our foster child's husband; very good, but in settling the rule over the +islands, the gain has gone to others and I have nothing. For he has +given all the islands to your sisters, and I have nothing, the one who +provided him with his wife; so it will be well, in order to avoid a +second misfortune, that you have the wife for the two of you." + +At the end of their secret conference, Kapukaihaoa went with the chief +to Laielohelohe. + +Said he, "My ward, here is the husband, be ruled by him; heavens above, +earth beneath; a solid fortune, nothing can shake its foundation; and +look to the one who bore the burden." + +Then Laielohelohe dismissed her doubts; and Kaonohiokala took +Laielohelohe and they took their pleasure together. + +Three days after, Kaonohiokala returned to Kahakaekaea. + +And after he had been some days absent, the pangs of love caught him +fast, and changed his usual appearance. + +Then on the fourth day of their separation, he told a lie to Laieikawai +and said, "This was a strange night for me, I never slept, there was a +drumming all night long." + +Said Laieikawai, "What was it?" + +Said Kaonohiokala, "Perhaps the people below are in trouble." + +"Perhaps so," said Laieikawai. "Why not go down and see?" + +And at his wife's mere suggestion, in less than no time Kaonohiokala was +below in the companionship of Laielohelohe. But Laielohelohe never +thought of harm; what was that to her mind! + +When they met at the chief's wish. Laielohelohe did not love +Kaonohiokala, for the princess did not wish to commit sin with the great +chief from the heavens, but to satisfy her guardian's greed. + +After perhaps ten days of these evil doings, Kaonohiokala returned +above. + +Then Laielohelohe's love for Kekalukaluokewa waxed and grew because she +had fallen into sin with Kaonohiokala. + +One day in the evening Laielohelohe said to Kapukaihaoa, "My good guard +and protector, I am sorry for my sin with Kaonohiokala, and love grows +within me for Kekalukaluokewa, my husband; good and happy has been our +life together, and I sinned not by my own wish, but through your wish +alone. What harm had you refused? I referred the matter to you because +of your binding me not to keep companionship with anyone; I thought you +would keep your oath; not so!" + +Said Kapukaihaoa, "I allowed you to be another's because your husband +gave me no gifts; for in my very face your husband's gifts were given to +others; there I stood, then you were gone. Little he thought of me from +whom he got his wife." + +Said Laielohelohe to her foster father, "If that is why you have given +me over to sin with Kaonohiokala, then you have done very wrong, for you +know the rulers over the islands were not appointed by Kekalukaluokewa, +but by Kaonohiokala; and therefore to-morrow I will go on board a double +canoe and set sail to seek my husband." + +That very evening she commanded her retainers, those who guarded the +chief's canoe, to get the canoe ready to set sail to seek the husband. + +And not wishing to meet Kaonohiokala, she hid inside the country +people's houses where he would not come, lest Kaonohiokala should come +again and sin with her against her wish; so she fled to the country +people's houses, but he did not come until that night when she had left +and was out at sea. + +When she sailed, she came to Oahu and stayed in the country people's +houses. So she journeyed until her meeting with Kekalukaluokewa. + +About the time that Laielohelohe was come to Oahu, that next day +Kaonohiokala came again to visit Laielohelohe; but on his arrival, no +Laielohelohe at the chief's house; he did not question the guard for +fear of his suspecting his sin with Laielohelohe. Now Laielohelohe had +secretly told the guard of the chief's house why she was going. And +failing in his desires he returned above. + +The report of his lord's falling into sin had reached the ears of the +chief through some of his retainers and he had heard also of +Laielohelohe's displeasure. + +Now the vagabond, Aiwohikupua, was one of the chief's retainers, he was +the one who heard these things. And when he heard Laielohelohe's reason +for setting sail to seek her husband, then he said to the palace guard, +"If Kaonohiokala returns again, and asks for Laielohelohe, tell him she +is ill, then he will not come back, for she would pollute Kaonohiokala +and our parents; when the uncleanness is over, then the deeds of Venus +may be done." + +When Kaonohiokala came again and questioned the guard then he was told +as Aiwohikupua had said, and he went back up again. + + + + +CHAPTER XXXIII + + +In Chapter XXXII of this story the reason was told why Laielohelohe went +in search of her husband. + +Now, she followed him from Kauai to Oahu and to Maui; she came to +Lahaina, heard Kekalukaluokewa was in Hana, having returned from Hawaii. + +She sailed by canoe and came to Honuaula; there they heard that +Hinaikamalama was Kekalukaluokewa's wife; the Honuaula people did not +know that this was his wife. + +When Laielohelohe heard this news, they hurried forward at once and +came to Kaupo and Kipahulu. There was substantiated the news they heard +first at Honuaula, and there they beached the canoe at Kapohue, left it, +went to Waiohonu and heard that Kekalukaluokewa and Hinaikamalama had +gone to Kauwiki, and they came to Kauwiki; Kekalukaluokewa and his +companion had gone on to Honokalani; many days they had been on the way. + +On their arrival at Kauwiki, that afternoon, Laielohelohe asked a native +of the place how much farther it was to Honokalani, where +Kekalukaluokewa and Hinaikamalama were staying. + +Said the native, "You can arrive by sundown." + +They went on, accompanied by the natives, and at dusk reached +Honokalani; there Laielohelohe sent the natives to see where the chiefs +were staying. + +The natives went and saw the chiefs drinking _awa_, and returned and +told them. + +Then Laielohelohe sent the natives again to go and see the chiefs, +saying, "You go and find out where the chiefs sleep, then return to us." + +And at her command, the natives went and found out where the chiefs +slept, and returned and told Laielohelohe. + +Then for the first time she told the natives that she was +Kekalukaluokewa's married wife. + +Before Laielohelohe's meeting with Kekalukaluokewa he had heard of her +falling into sin with Kaonohiokala; he heard it from one of +Kauakahialii's men, the one who became Aiwohikupua's chief counsellor; +and, because of that man's hearing about Laielohelohe, he came there to +tell Kekalukaluokewa. + +When Laielohelohe and her companions came to the house where +Kekalukaluokewa was staying, lo! they lay sleeping in the same place +under one covering, drunk with _awa_. + +Laielohelohe entered and sat down at their heads, kissed him and wept +quietly over him; but the fountain of her tears overflowed when she saw +another woman sleeping by her husband, nor did they know this; for they +were drunk with _awa_. + +Then Laielohelohe did not stay her anger against Hinaikamalama. So she +got between them, pushed Hinaikamalama away, took Kekalukaluokewa and +embraced him, and wakened him. + +Then Kekalukaluokewa started from his sleep and saw his wife; just then, +Hinaikamalama waked suddenly from sleep and saw this strange woman with +them; she ran away from them in a rage, not knowing this was +Kekalukaluokewa's wife. + +When Kekalukaluokewa saw the anger in Hinaikamalama's eyes as she went, +then he said, "O Hinaikamalama, will you run to people with angry eyes? +Do not take this woman for a stranger, she is my wedded wife." Then her +rage left her and shame and fear took the place of rage. + +When Kekalukaluokewa awoke from his drunken sleep and saw his wife +Laielohelohe, they kissed as strangers meet. + +Then he said to his wife, "Laielohelohe, I have heard about your falling +into sin with our lord, Kaonohiokala, and now this is well for you and +him, and well for me to rule under you two; for from him this honor +comes, and life and death are with him; if I should object, he would +kill me; therefore, whatever our lord wishes it is best for us to obey; +it was not for my pleasure that I gave you up, but for fear of death." + +Then Laielohelohe said to her husband, "Where are you, husband of my +childhood? What you have heard is true, and it is true that I have +fallen into sin with the lord of the land, not many times, only twice +have we sinned; but, my husband, it was not I who consented to defile my +body with our lord, but it was my guardian who permitted the sin; for on +the day when you went away, that very day our lord asked me to defile +myself; but I did not wish it, therefore I referred my refusal to him; +but on his return from above he asked Kapukaihaoa, and so we met twice; +and because I did not like it, I hid myself in the country people's +houses, and for the same reason have I left the seat appointed me, and +have sought you; and when I arrived, I found you with that woman. +Therefore we are square; I have nothing to complain of your you have +nothing to complain of me; therefore, leave this woman this very night." + +Now his wife's words seemed right to her husband; but at Laielohelohe's +last request to separate them from their sinful companionship, then was +kindled the fire of Hinaikamalama's hot love for Kekalukaluokewa. + +Hinaikamalama returned home to Haneoo to live; every day that +Hinaikamalama stayed at her chief-house, she was wont to sit at the door +of the house and turn her face to Kauwiki, for the hot love that wrapped +her about. + +One day, as the princess sought to ease the love she bore to +Kekalukaluokewa, she climbed Kaiwiopele with her attendants, and sat +there with her face turned toward Kauwiki, facing Kahalaoaka, and as the +clouds rested there right above Honokalahi then the heart of the +princess was benumbed with love for her lover; then she chanted a little +song, as follows: + + Like a gathering cloud love settles upon me, + Thick darkness wraps my heart. + A stranger perhaps at the door of the house, + My eyes dance. + It may be they weep, alas! + I shall be weeping for you. + As flies the sea spray of Hanualele, + Right over the heights of Honokalani. + My high one! So it is I feel. + +After this song she wept, and seeing her weep, her attendants wept with +her. + +They sat there until evening, then they returned to the house; her +parents and her attendants commanded her to eat, but she had no appetite +for food because of her love. + +It was the same with Kekalukaluokewa, for when Hinaikamalama left +Kekalukaluokewa that night, when Laielohelohe came, the chief was not +happy, but he endured it for some days after their separation. + +And on the day when Hinaikamalama went up on Kaiwiopele, that same +night, he went to Hinaikamalama without Laielohelohe's knowledge, for +she was asleep. + +While Hinaikamalama lay awake, sleepless for love, entered +Kekalukaluokewa, without the knowledge of anyone in the chief's house. + +When Kekalukaluokewa came, he went right to the place where the princess +slept, took the woman by the head and wakened her. + +Then Hinaikamalama's heart leaped with the hope it was her lover; now +when she seized him it was in truth the one she had hoped for. Then she +called out to the attendants to light the lamps, and at dawn +Kekalukaluokewa returned to his true wife, Laielohelohe. After that, +Kekalukaluokewa went to Hinaikamalama every night without being seen; +ten whole days passed that the two did evil together without the wife +knowing it; for in order to carry out her husband's desire +Laielohelohe's senses were darkened by the effects of _awa_. + +One day one of the native-born women of the place felt pity for +Laielohelohe, therefore the woman went to visit the princess. + +While Kekalukaluokewa was in the fiber-combing house with the men, the +woman visited with Laielohelohe, and she said mysteriously, "How is your +husband? Does he not struggle and groan sometimes for the woman?" + +Said Laielohelohe, "No; all is well with us." + +Said the woman again, "It may be he is deceiving you." + +"Perhaps so," answered Laielohelohe, "but so far as I see we are living +very happily." + +Then the woman told her plainly, "Where are you? Our garden patch is +right on the edge of the road; my husband gets up to dig in our garden. +As he was digging, Kekalukaluokewa came along from Haneoo; my husband +thought at once he had been with Hinaikamalama; my husband returned and +told me, but I was not sure. On the next night, at moonrise, I got up +with my husband, and we went to fish for red fish in the sea at Haneoo; +as we came to the edge of the gulch, we saw some one appear above the +rise we had just left; then we turned aside and hid; it was +Kekalukaluokewa coming; then we followed his footsteps until we came +close to Hinaikamalama's house; here Kekalukaluokewa entered. After we +had fished and returned to the place where we met him first, we met him +going back, and we did not speak to him nor he to us; that is all, and +this day Hinaikamalama's own guard told me--my husband's sister she +is--ten days the chiefs have been together; that is my secret; and +therefore my husband and I took pity on you and I came to tell you." + + + + +CHAPTER XXXIV + + +And at the woman's words, the princess's mind was moved; not at once did +she show her rage; but she waited but to make sure. She said to the +woman, "No wonder my husband forces me to drink _awa_ so that when I am +asleep under the influence of the _awa_, he can go; but to-night I will +follow him." + +That night Kekalukaluokewa again gave her the _awa_, then she obeyed +him, but after she had drunk it all, she went outside the house +immediately and threw it up; and afterwards her husband did not know of +his wife's guile, and she returned to the house, and Laielohelohe lay +down and pretended to sleep. + +When Kekalukaluokewa thought that his wife was fast asleep under the +effects of the _awa_, then he started to make his usual visit to +Hinaikamalama. + +When Laielohelohe saw that he had left her, she arose and followed +Kekalukaluokewa without being seen. + +Thus following, lo! she found her husband with Hinaikamalama. + +Then Laielohelohe said to Kekalukaluokewa, when she came to +Hinaikamalama's house where they were sleeping, "My husband, you have +deceived me; no wonder you compelled me to drink _awa_, you had +something to do; now I have found you two, I tell you it is not right to +endure this any longer. We had best return to Kauai; we must go at +once." + +Her husband saw that the princess was right; they arose and returned to +Honokalani and next day the canoes were hastily prepared to fulfill +Laielohelohe's demand, thinking to sail that night; but they did not, +for Kekalukaluokewa pretended to be ill, and they postponed going that +night. The next day he did the same thing again, so Laielohelohe gave up +her love for her husband and returned to Kauai with her canoe, without +thinking again of Kekalukaluokewa. + +The next day after Laielohelohe reached Kauai after leaving her husband, +Kaonohiokala arrived again from Kahakaekaea, and met with Laielohelohe. + +Four months passed of their amorous meetings; this long absence of +Kaonohiokala's seemed strange to Laieikawai, he had been away four +months; and as Laieikawai wondered at the long absence, Kaonohiokala +returned. + +Laieikawai asked, "Why were you gone four months? You have not done so +before." + +Said Kaonohiokala, "Laielohelohe has had trouble with her husband; +Kekalukaluokewa has taken a stranger to wife, and this is why I was so +long away." + +Then Laieikawai said to her husband, "Get your wife and bring her up +here and let us live together." + +Therefore, Kaonohiokala left Laieikawai and went away, as Laieikawai +thought, to carry out her command. Not so! + +On this journey Kaonohiokala stayed away a year; now Laieikawai did not +think her husband's long stay strange, she laid it to Laielohelohe's +troubles with Kekalukaluokewa. + +Then she longed to see how it was with her sister, so Laieikawai went to +her father-in-law and asked, "How can I see how it is with my sister, +for I have heard from my husband and high one that Laielohelohe is +having trouble with Kekalukaluokewa, and so I have sent Kaonohiokala to +fetch the woman and return hither; but he has not come back, and it is a +year since he went, so give me power to see to that distant place to +know how it is with my relatives." + +Then said Moanalihaikawaokele, her father-in-law, "Go home and look for +your mother-in-law; if she is asleep, then go into the taboo temple; if +you see a gourd plaited with straw and feathers mounted on the edge of +the cover, that is the gourd. Do not be afraid of the great birds that +stand on either side of the gourd, they are not real birds, only wooden +birds; they are plaited with straw and inwrought with feathers. And when +you come to where the gourd is standing take off the cover, then put +your head into the mouth of the gourd and call out the name of the +gourd, 'Laukapalili, Trembling Leaf, give me wisdom.' Then you shall see +your sister and all that is happening below. Only when you call do not +call in a loud voice; it might resound; your mother-in-law, Laukieleula, +might hear, the one who guards the gourd of wisdom." + +Laukieleula was wont to watch the gourd of wisdom, at night, and by day +she slept. + +Very early next morning, at the time when the sun's warmth began to +spread over the earth, she went to spy out Laukieleula; she was just +asleep. + +When she saw she was asleep Laieikawai did as Moanalihaikawaokele had +directed, and she went as he had instructed her. + +When she came to the gourd, the one called "the gourd of wisdom," she +lifted the cover from the gourd and bent her head to the mouth of the +gourd, and she called the name of the gourd, then she began to see all +that was happening at a distance. + +At noon Laieikawai's eyes glanced downward, lo! Kaonohiokala sinned with +Laielohelohe. + +Then Laieikawai went and told Moanalihaikawaokele about it, saying, "I +have employed the power you gave me, but while I was looking my high +lord sinned; he did evil with my sister; for the first time I understand +why his business takes him so long down below." + +Then Moanalihaikawaokele's wrath was kindled, and Laukieleula heard it +also, and her parents-in-law went to the gourd--lo! they plainly saw the +sin committed as Laieikawai had said. + +That day they all came together, Laieikawai and her parents-in-law, to +see what to do about Kaonohiokala, and they came to their decision. + +Then the pathway was let down from Kahakaekaea and dropped before +Kaonohiokala; then Kaonohiokala's heart beat with fear, because the road +dropped before him; not for long was Kaonohiokala left to wonder. + +Then the air was darkened and it was filled with the cry of wailing +spirits and the voice of lamentation--"The divine one has fallen! The +divine one has fallen!!" And when the darkness was over, lo! +Moanalihaikawaokele and Laukieleula and Laieikawai sat above the rainbow +pathway. + +And Moanalihaikawaokele said to Kaonohiokala, "You have sinned, O +Kaonohiokala, for you have defiled yourself and, therefore, you shall no +longer have a place to dwell within Kahakaekaea, and the penalty you +shall pay, to become a fearsome thing on the highway and at the doors of +houses, and your name is Lapu, Vanity, and for your food you shall eat +moths; and thus shall you live and your posterity." + +Then was the pathway taken from him through his father's supernatural +might. Then they returned to Kahakaekaea. + +In this story it is told how Kaonohiokala was the first ghost on these +islands, and from his day to this, the ghosts wander from place to +place, and they resemble evil spirits in their nature.[76] + +On the way back after Kaonohiokala's punishment, they encountered +Kahalaomapuana in Kealohilani, and for the first time discovered she was +there. + +And at this discovery, Kahalaomapuana told the story of her dismissal, +as we saw in Chapter XXVII of this story, and at the end Kahalaomapuana +was taken to fill Kaonohiokala's place. + +At Kahakaekaea, sometimes Laieikawai longed for Laielohelohe, but she +could do nothing; often she wept for her sister, and her parents-in-law +thought it strange to see Laieikawai's eyes looking as if she had wept. + +Moanalihaikawaokele asked the reason for this; then she told him she +wept for her sister. + +Said Moanalihaikawaokele, "Your sister can not live here with us, for +she is defiled with Kaonohiokala; but if you want your sister, then you +go and fill Kekalukaluokewa's place." Now Laieikawai readily assented to +this plan. + +And on the day when Laieikawai was let down, Moanalihaikawaokele said, +"Return to your sister and live virgin until your death, and from this +time forth your name shall be no longer called Laieikawai, but your name +shall be 'The Woman of the Twilight,' and by this name shall all your +kin bow down to you and you shall be like a god to them." + +And after this command, Moanalihaikawaokele took her, and both together +mounted upon the pathway and returned below. + +Then, Moanalihaikawaokele said all these things told above, and when he +had ended he returned to the heavens and dwelt in the taboo house on the +borders of Tahiti. + +Then, The Woman of the Twilight placed the government upon the seer; so +did Laieikawai, the one called The Woman of the Twilight, and she lived +as a god, and to her the seer bowed down and her kindred, according to +Moanalihaikawaokele's word to her. And so Laieikawai lived until her +death. + +And from that time to this she is still worshiped as The Woman of the +Twilight. + +(THE END) + + + + +NOTES ON THE TEXT + + +CHAPTER I + +[Footnote 1: Haleole uses the foreign form for wife, _wahine mare_, +literally "married woman," a relation which in Hawaiian is represented +by the verb _hoao_. A temporary affair of the kind is expressed in +Waka's advice to her granddaughter, "_O ke kane ia moeia_," literally, +"the man this to be slept with".] + +[Footnote 2: The chief's vow, _olelo paa_, or "fixed word," to slay all +his daughters, would not be regarded as savage by a Polynesian audience, +among whom infanticide was commonly practiced. In the early years of the +mission on Hawaii, Dibble estimated that two-thirds of the children born +perished at the hands of their parents. They were at the slightest +provocation strangled or burned alive, often within the house. The +powerful Areois society of Tahiti bound its members to slay every child +born to them. The chief's preference for a son, however, is not so +common, girls being prized as the means to alliances of rank. It is an +interesting fact that in the last census the proportion of male and +female full-blooded Hawaiians was about equal.] + +[Footnote 3: The phrase _nalo no hoi na wahi huna_, which means literally +"conceal the secret parts," has a significance akin to the Hebrew rendering +"to cover his nakedness," and probably refers to the duty of a favorite to +see that no enemy after death does insult to his patron's body. So the +bodies of ancient chiefs are sewed into a kind of bag of fine woven coconut +work, preserving the shape of the head and bust, or embalmed and wrapped in +many folds of native cloth and hidden away in natural tombs, the secret of +whose entrance is intrusted to only one or two followers, whose +superstitious dread prevents their revealing the secret, even when offered +large bribes. These bodies, if worshiped, may be repossessed by the spirit +and act as supernatural guardians of the house. See page 494, where the +Kauai chief sets out on his wedding embassy with "the embalmed bodies of +his ancestors." Compare, for the service itself, Waka's wish that the Kauai +chief might be the one to hide her bones, the prayer of Aiwohikupua's seer +that his master might, in return for his lifelong service, "bury his +bones"--"_e kalua keai mau iwi_," and his request of Laieikawai, that she +would "leave this trust to your descendants unto the last generation."] + +[Footnote 4: Prenatal infanticide, _omilomilo_, was practiced in various +forms throughout Polynesia even in such communities as rejected +infanticide after birth. The skeleton of a woman, who evidently died +during the operation, is preserved in the Bishop Museum to attest the +practice, were not testimony of language and authority conclusive.] + +[Footnote 5: The _manini_ (_Tenthis sandvicensis_, Street) is a +flat-shaped striped fish common in Hawaiian waters. The spawn, called +_ohua_, float in a jellylike mass on the surface of the water. It is +considered a great delicacy and must be fished for in the early morning +before the sun touches the water and releases the spawn, which instantly +begin to feed and lose their rare transparency.] + +[Footnote 6: The month _Ikuwa_ is variously placed in the calendar year. +According to Malo, on Hawaii it corresponds to our October; on Molokai +and Maui, to January; on Oahu, to August; on Kauai, to April.] + +[Footnote 7: The adoption by their grandparents and hiding away of the +twins must be compared with a large number of concealed birth tales in +which relatives of superior supernatural power preserve the hero or +heroine at birth and train and endow their foster children for a life of +adventure. This motive reflects Polynesian custom. Adoption was by no +means uncommon among Polynesians, and many a man owed his preservation +from death to the fancy of some distant relative who had literally +picked him off the rubbish heap to make a pet of. The secret amours of +chiefs, too, led, according to Malo (p. 82), to the theme of the high +chief's son brought up in disguise, who later proves his rank, a theme +as dear to the Polynesian as to romance lovers of other lands.] + + + + +CHAPTER II + + +[Footnote 8: The _iako_ of a canoe are the two arched sticks which hold +the outrigger. The _kua iako_ are the points at which they are bound to +the canoe, or rest upon it, aft and abaft of the canoe.] + +[Footnote 9: The verb _hookuiia_ means literally "cause to be pierced" +as with a needle or other sharp instrument. _Kui_ describes the act of +piercing, _hoo_ is the causative prefix, _ia_ the passive particle, +which was, in old Hawaiian, commonly attached to the verb as a suffix. +The Hawaiian speech expresses much more exactly than our own the +delicate distinction between the subject in its active and passive +relation to an action, hence the passive is vastly more common. Mr. J.S. +Emerson points out to me a classic example of the passive used as an +imperative--an old form unknown to-day--in the story of the rock, Lekia, +the "pohaku o Lekia" which overlooks the famous Green Lake at Kapoho, +Puna. Lekia, the demigod, was attacked by the magician, Kaleikini, and +when almost overcome, was encouraged by her mother, who called out, +"_Pohaku o Lekia, onia a paa_"--"be planted firm." This the demigod +effected so successfully as never again to be shaken from her position.] + +[Footnote 10: Hawaiian challenge stories bring out a strongly felt +distinction in the Polynesian mind between these two provinces, _maloko +a mawaho_, "inside and outside" of a house. When the boy Kalapana comes +to challenge his oppressor he is told to stay outside; inside is for the +chief. "Very well," answers the hero, "I choose the outside; anyone who +comes out does so at his peril." So he proves that he has the better of +the exclusive company.] + +[Footnote 11: In his invocation the man recognizes the two classes of +Hawaiian society, chiefs and common people, and names certain +distinctive ranks. The commoners are the farming class, _hu, makaainu, +lopakuakea, lopahoopiliwale_ referring to different grades of tenant +farmers. Priests and soothsayers are ranked with chiefs, whose +households, _aialo_, are made up of hangers-on of lower rank--courtiers +as distinguished from the low-ranking countrymen--_makaaina_--who remain +on the land. Chiefs of the highest rank, _niaupio_, claim descent within +the single family of a high chief. All high-class chiefs must claim +parentage at least of a mother of the highest rank; the low chiefs, +_kaukaualii_, rise to rank through marriage (Malo, p. 82). The _ohi_ are +perhaps the _wohi_, high chiefs who are of the highest rank on the +father's side and but a step lower on the mother's.] + +[Footnote 12: With this judgment of beauty should be compared +Fornander's story of _Kepakailiula_, where "mother's brothers" search +for a woman beautiful enough to wed their protege, but find a flaw in +each candidate; and the episode of the match of beauty in the tale of +_Kalanimanuia_.] + + + + +CHAPTER III + + +[Footnote 13: The building of a _heiau_, or temple, was a common means +of propitiating a deity and winning his help for a cause. Ellis records +(1825) that on the journey from Kailua to Kealakekua he passed at least +one _heiau_ to every half mile. The classic instance in Hawaiian history +is the building of the great temple of Puukohala at Kawaihae by +Kamehamaha, in order to propitiate his war god, and the tolling thither +of his rival, Keoua, to present as the first victim upon the altar, a +treachery which practically concluded the conquest of Hawaii. Malo (p. +210) describes the "days of consecration of the temple."] + +[Footnote 14: The nights of Kane and of Lono follow each other on the +27th and 28th of the month and constitute the days of taboo for the god +Kane. Four such taboo seasons occur during the month, each lasting from +two to three days and dedicated to the gods Ku, Kanaloa, and Kane, and +to Hua at the time of full moon. The night Kukahi names the first night +of the taboo for Ku, the highest god of Hawaii.] + +[Footnote 15: By _kahoaka_ the Hawaiians designate "the spirit or soul +of a person still living," in distinction from the _uhane_, which may be +the spirit of the dead. _Aka_ means shadow, likeness; _akaku_, that kind +of reflection in the mists which we call the "specter in the brocken." +_Hoakaku_ means "to have a vision," a power which seers possess. Since +the spirit may go abroad independently of the body, such romantic shifts +as the vision of a dream lover, so magically introduced into more +sophisticated romance, are attended with no difficulties of plausibility +to a Polynesian mind. It is in a dream that Halemano first sees the +beauty of Puna. In a Samoan story (Taylor, I, 98) the sisters catch the +image of their brother in a bottle and throw it upon the princess's +bathing pool. When the youth turns over at home, the image turns in the +water.] + +[Footnote 16: The feathers of the _oo_ bird (_Moho nobilis_), with which +the princess's house is thatched, are the precious yellow feathers used +for the manufacture of cloaks for chiefs of rank. The _mamo_ (_Drepanis +pacifica_) yields feathers of a richer color, but so distributed that +they can not be plucked from the living bird. This bird is therefore +almost extinct in Hawaiian forests, while the _oo_ is fast recovering +itself under the present strict hunting laws. Among all the royal capes +preserved in the Bishop Museum, only one is made of the _mamo_ +feathers.] + +[Footnote 17: The reference to the temple of Pahauna is one of a number +of passages which concern themselves with antiquarian interest. In these +and the transition passages the hand of the writer is directly visible.] + +[Footnote 18: The whole treatment of the Kauakahialii episode suggests an +inthrust. The flute, whose playing won for the chief his first bride, plays +no part at all in the wooing of Laieikawai and hence is inconsistently +emphasized. Given a widely sung hero like Kauakahialii, whose flute playing +is so popularly connected with his love making, and a celebrated heroine +like the beauty who dwelt among the birds of Paliuli, and the story-tellers +are almost certain to couple their names in a tale, confused as regards the +flute, to be sure, but whose classic character is perhaps attested by the +grace of the description. The Hebraic form in which the story of the +approach of the divine beauty is couched can not escape the reader, and may +be compared with the advent of the Sun god later in the story. There is +nothing in the content of this story to justify the idea that the chief had +lost his first wife, Kailiokalauokekoa, unless it be the fact that he is +searching Hawaii for another beauty. Perhaps, like the heroine of +_Halemano_, the truant wife returns to her husband through jealousy of her +rival's attractions. A special relation seems to exist in Hawaiian story +between Kauai and the distant Puna on Hawaii, at the two extremes of the +island group: it is here that _Halemano_ from Kauai weds the beauty of his +dream, and it is a Kauai boy who runs the sled race with Pele in the famous +myth of _Kalewalo_. With the Kauakahialii tale (found in _Hawaiian Annual_, +1907, and Paradise of the Pacific, 1911) compare Grey's New Zealand story +(p. 235) of Tu Tanekai and Tiki playing the horn and the pipe to attract +Hinemoa, the maiden of Rotorua. In Malo, p. 117, one of the popular stories +of this chief is recorded, a tale that resembles Gill's of the spirit +meeting of Watea and Papa.] + +[Footnote 19: These are all wood birds, in which form Gill tells us (Myths +and Songs, p. 35) the gods spoke to man in former times. Henshaw tells us +that the _oo_ (_Moho nobilis_) has "a long shaking note with ventriloquial +powers." The _alala_ is the Hawaiian crow (_Corvus hawaiiensis_), whose +note is higher than in our species. If, as Henshaw says, its range is +limited to the dry Kona and Kau sections, the chief could hardly hear its +note in the rainy uplands of Puna. But among the forest trees of Puna the +crimson _apapane_ (_Himatione sanguinea_) still sounds its "sweet +monotonous note;" the bright vermillion _iiwipolena_ (_Vectiaria coccinea_) +hunts insects and trills its "sweet continual song;" the "four liquid +notes" of the little rufous-patched _elepaio_ (_Eopsaltria sandvicensis_), +beloved of the canoe builder, is commonly to be heard. Of the birds +described in the Laielohelohe series the cluck of the _alae_ (_Gallinula +sandricensis_) I have heard only in low marshes by the sea, and the +_ewaewaiki_ I am unable to identify. Andrews calls it the cry of a spirit.] + +[Footnote 20: _Moaulanuiakea_ means literally "Great-broad-red-cock," +and is the name of Moikeka's house in Tahiti, where he built the temple +Lanikeha near a mountain Kapaahu. His son Kila journeys thither to fetch +his older brother, and finds it "grand, majestic, lofty, thatched with +the feathers of birds, battened with bird bones, timbered with _kauila_ +wood." (See Fornander's _Kila_.)] + + + + +CHAPTER IV + + +[Footnote 21: Compare Gill's story of the first god, Watea, who dreams +of a lovely woman and finds that she is Papa, of the underworld, who +visits him in dreams to win him as her lover. (Myths and Songs, p. 8.)] + +[Footnote 22: In the song the girl is likened to the lovely _lehua_, +blossom, so common to the Puna forests, and the lover's longing to the +fiery crater, Kilauea, that lies upon their edge. The wind is the +carrier of the vision as it blows over the blossoming forest and +scorches its wing across the flaming pit. In the _Halemano_ story the +chief describes his vision as follows: "She is very beautiful. Her eyes +and form are perfect. She has long, straight, black hair and she seems +to be of high rank, like a princess. Her garment seems scented with the +_pele_ and _mahuna_ of Kauai, her skirt is made of some very light +material dyed red. She wears a _hala_ wreath on her head and a _lehua_ +wreath around her neck."] + +[Footnote 23: No other intoxicating liquor save _awa_ was known to the +early Hawaiians, and this was sacred to the use of chiefs. So high is +the percentage of free alcohol in this root that it has become an +article of export to Germany for use in drug making. Vancouver, +describing the famous Maui chief, Kahekili, says: "His age I suppose +must have exceeded 60. He was greatly debilitated and emaciated, and +from the color of his skin I judged his feebleness to have been brought +on by excessive use of _awa_."] + +[Footnote 21: In the Hawaiian form of checkers, called _konane_, the +board, _papamu_, is a flat surface of stone or wood, of irregular shape, +marked with depressions if of stone, often by bone set in if of wood; +these depressions of no definite number, but arranged ordinarily at +right angles. The pieces are beach pebbles, coral for white, lava for +black. The smallest board in the museum collection holds 96, the +largest, of wood, 180 men. The board is set up, leaving one space empty, +and the game is played by jumping, the color remaining longest on the +board winning the game. _Konane_ was considered a pastime for chiefs and +was accompanied by reckless betting. An old native conducting me up a +valley in Kau district, Hawaii, pointed out a series of such evenly set +depressions on the flat rock floor of the valley and assured me that +this must once have been a chief's dwelling place.] + +[Footnote 25: The _malo_ is a loin cloth 3 or 4 yards long and a foot +wide, one end of which passes between the legs and fastens in front. The +red _malo_ is the chief's badge, and his bodyguard, says Malo, wear the +girdle higher than common and belted tight as if ready for instant +service. Aiwohikupua evidently travels in disguise as the mere follower +of a chief.] + +[Footnote 28: In Hawaiian warfare, the biggest boaster was the best man, +and to shame an antagonist by taunts was to score success. In the +ceremonial boxing contest at the Makahiki festivities for Lono, god of +the boxers, as described by Malo, the "reviling recitative" is part of +the program. In the story of _Kawelo_, when his antagonist, punning on +his grandfather's name of "cock," calls him a "mere chicken that +scratches after roaches," Kawelo's sense of disgrace is so keen that he +rolls down the hill for shame, but luckily bethinking himself that the +cock roosts higher than the chief (compare the Arab etiquette that +allows none higher than the king), and that out of its feathers, brushes +are made which sweep the chief's back, he returns to the charge with a +handsome retort which sends his antagonist in ignominious retreat. In +the story of Lono, when the nephews of the rival chiefs meet, a sparring +contest of wit is set up, depending on the fact that one is short and +fat, the other long and lanky, "A little shelf for the rats," jeers the +tall one. "Little like the smooth quoit that runs the full course," +responds the short one, and retorts "Long and lanky, he will go down in +the gale like a banana tree." "Like the _ea_ banana that takes long to +ripen," is the quick reply. Compare also the derisive chants with which +Kuapakaa drives home the chiefs of the six districts of Hawaii who have +got his father out of favor, and Lono's taunts against the revolting +chiefs of Hawaii.] + +[Footnote 27: The idiomatic passages "_aohe puko momona o Kohala_," +etc., and (on page 387) "_e huna oukou i ko oukou mau maka i ke aouli_" +are of doubtful interpretation.] + +[Footnote 28: This boast of downing an antagonist with a single blow is +illustrated in the story of _Kawelo_. His adversary, Kahapaloa, has +struck him down and is leaving him for dead. "Strike again, he may +revive," urge his supporters. Kahapaloa's refusal is couched in these +words: + + "He is dead; for it is a blow from the young, + The young must kill with a blow + Else will the fellow go down to Milu + And say Kahapaloa struck frim twice, + Thus was the fighter slain." + +All Hawaiian stories of demigods emphasize the ease of achievement as a +sign of divine rather than human capacity.] + + + + +CHAPTER V + + +[Footnote 29: Shaking hands was of foreign introduction and marks one of +the several inconsistencies in Haleole's local coloring, of which "the +deeds of Venus" is the most glaring. He not only uses such foreign +coined words as _wati_, "watch," and _mare_, "marry," but terms which +are late Hawaiian, such as the triple canoe, _pukolu_, and provision +boat, _pelehu_, said to have been introduced in the reign of Kamehameha +I.] + +[Footnote 30: Famous Hawaiian boxing teachers kept master strokes in +reserve for the pupils, upon whose success depended their own +reputation. These strokes were known by name. Compare Kawelo, who before +setting out to recapture Kauai sends his wife to secure from his +father-in-law the stroke called _wahieloa_. The phrase "_Ka ai a ke kumu +i ao oleia ia oukou_" has been translated with a double-punning meaning, +literal and figurative, according to the interpretation of the words. +Cold-nose's faith in his girdle parodies the far-fetched dependence upon +name signs common to this punning race. The snapping of the end of his +loin cloth is a good omen for the success of a stroke named +"End-that-sounds"! Even his supporters jeer at him.] + +[Footnote 31: Few similes are used in the story. This figure of the +"blood of a lamb," the "blow like the whiz of the wind," the _moo_ +ploughing the earth with his jaw "like a shovel," a picture of the surf +rider--"foam rose on each side of his neck like a boar's tusks," and the +appearance of the Sun god's skin, "like a furnace where iron is melted," +will, perhaps, cover them all. In each the figure is exact, but +ornamental, evidently used to heighten the effect. Images are +occasionally elaborated with exact realization of the bodily sensation +produced. The rainbow "trembling in the hot rays of the sun" is an +example, and those passages which convey the lover's sensations--"his +heart fainted with love," "thick pressed with thunders of love," or such +an image as "the burden of his mind was lifted." Sometimes the image +carries the comparison into another field, as in "the windings and +twistings of his journey"--a habit of mind well illustrated in the +occasional proverbs, and in the highly figurative songs.] + +[Footnote 32: The Polynesians, like the ancient Hebrews, practiced +circumcision with strict ceremonial observances.] + +[Footnote 33: The gods invoked by Aiwohikupua are not translated with +certainty, but they evidently represent such forces of the elements as +we see later belong among the family deities of the Aiwohikupua +household. Prayer as an invocation to the gods who are called upon for +help is one of the most characteristic features of native ritual, and +the termination _amama_, generally accompanied by the finishing phrases +_ua noa_, "it is finished," and _lele wale aku la_, "flown away," is +genuine Polynesian. Literally _mama_ means "to chew," but not for the +purpose of swallowing like food, but to spit out of the mouth, as in the +preparation of _awa_. The term may therefore, authorities say, be +connected with the ceremonial chewing of _awa_ in the ritualistic +invocations to the gods. A similar prayer quoted by Gill (Myths and +Songs, 120) he ascribes to the antiquity of the story.] + +[Footnote 34: The _laau palau_, literally "wood-that-cuts," which Wise +translates "war club," has not been identified on Hawaii in the Bishop +Museum, but is described from other groups. Gill, from the Hervey +Islands, calls it a sharpened digging stick, used also as a weapon. The +gigantic dimensions of these sticks and their appellations are +emphasized in the hero tales.] + +[Footnote 35: The Hawaiian cloak or _kihei_ is a large square, 2 yards +in size, made of bark cloth worn over the shoulders and joined by two +corners on one side in a knot.] + +[Footnote 36: The meaning of the idiomatic boast _he lala kamahele no ka +laau ku i ka pali_ is uncertain. I take it to be a punning reference to +the Pali family from whom the chief sprang, but it may simply be a way +of saying "I am a very high chief." Kamahele is a term applied to a +favorite and petted child, as, in later religious apostrophe, to Christ +himself.] + + + + +CHAPTER VI + + +[Footnote 37: The _puloulou_ is said to have been introduced by Paao +some five hundred years ago, together with the ceremonial taboo of which +it is the symbol. Since for a person of low rank to approach a sacred +place or person was death to the intruder, it was necessary to guard +against accidental offences by the use of a sign. The _puloulou_ +consisted of a ball-shaped bundle of white bark cloth attached to the +end of a staff. This symbol is to be seen represented upon the Hawaiian +coat of arms; and Kalakaua's _puloulou_, a gilded wooden ball on the end +of a long staff, is preserved in the Bishop Museum.] + +[Footnote 38: Long life was the Polynesian idea of divine blessing. Of +Kualii the chanter boasts that he "lived to be carried to battle in a +net." The word is _kaikoko_, "to carry on the back in a net," as in the +case of old and feeble persons. Polynesian dialects contain a full +vocabulary of age terms from infancy to old age.] + +[Footnote 39: Chickens were a valuable part of a chief's wealth, since +from their feathers were formed the beautiful fly brushes, _kahili_, +used to wave over chiefs of rank and carried in ceremonial processions. +The entrance to the rock cave is still shown, at the mouth of Kaliuwaa +valley, where Kamapuaa's grandmother shut up her chickens at night, and +it was for robbing his uncle's henroost that this rascally pig-god was +chased away from Oahu. This reference is therefore one of many +indications that the Laieikawai tale belongs with those of the ancient +demigods.] + +[Footnote 40: Mr. Meheula suggested to me this translation of the +idiomatic allusions to the canoe and the coral reef.] + + + + +CHAPTER VIII + + +[Footnote 41: A peculiarly close family relation between brother and +sister is reflected in Polynesian tales, as in those of Celtic, Finnish, +and Scandinavian countries. Each serves as messenger or go-between for +the other in matters of love or revenge, and guards the other's safety +by magic arts. Such a condition represents a society in which the family +group is closely bound together. For such illustrations compare the +Fornander stories of _Halemano, Hinaikamalama, Kalanimanuia, Nihoalaki, +Kaulanapokii, Pamano_. The character of accomplished sorceress belongs +especially to the helpful sister, a woman of the Malio or Kahalaomapuana +type, whose art depends upon a life of solitary virginity. She knows +spells, she can see what is going on at a distance, and she can restore +the dead to life. In the older stories she generally appears in bird +form. In more human tales she wins her brother's wishes by strategy. +This is particularly true of the characters in this story, who win their +way by wit rather than magic. In this respect the youngest sister of +Aiwohikupua should be compared with her prototype, Kaulanapokii, who +weaves spells over plants and brings her slain brothers back to life. +Kahalaomapuana never performs any such tasks, but she is pictured as +invincible in persuasion; she never fails in sagacity, and is always +right and always successful. She is, in fact, the most attractive +character in the story. It is rather odd, since modern folk belief is +firmly convinced of the power of love spells, that none appear in the +recorded stories. All is accomplished by strategy.] + +[Footnote 42: For the translation of this dialogue I am indebted, to the +late Dr. Alexander, to whose abstract of the story I was fortunate +enough to have access.] + + + + +CHAPTER X + + +[Footnote 43: To express the interrelation between brothers and sisters +two pairs of kinship terms are used, depending upon the age and sex. +Sisters speak of brothers as _kaikunane_, and brothers of sisters as +_kaikuahine_, but within the same sex _kaikuaana_ for the elder and +_kaikaina_ for the younger is used. So on page 431 Aiwohikupua deserts +his sisters--_kaikuahine_--and the girls lament for their younger +sister--_kaikaina_. After their reunion her older sisters--_kaikuaana_ +--ask her counsel. Notice, too, that when, on page 423, the brother bids +his youngest sister--_kaikuahine opiopio_--stay with "her sisters" he uses +the word _kaikuaana_, because he is thinking of her relation to them, not +of his own. The word _pokii,_--"little sister"--is an endearing term used +to good effect where the younger sister sings-- + + "I am going back to your little sisters (_me o'u pokii_) + To my older sisters (_kaikuaana_) I return."] + +[Footnote 44: The line translated "Fed upon the fruit of sin" contains +one of those poetic plays upon words so frequent in Polynesian song, so +difficult to reproduce in translation. Literally it might read +"Sheltering under the great _hala_ tree." But _hala_, also means "sin." +This meaning is therefore caught up and employed in the next line--"is +constancy then a sin?"--a repetition which is lost in translation. +_Malu_, shade, is a doubtful word, which may, according to Andrews, mean +"protected," or may stand for "wet and uncomfortable," a doubt evidently +depending upon the nature of the case, which adds to the riddling +character of the message. In their songs the sisters call up the natural +scenery, place names, and childhood experiences of their native home on +Kauai. The images used attempt actual description. The slant of the +rain, the actual ladder of wood which helps scale the steep footpath up +Nualolo Valley (compare _Song of Kualii_, line 269, Lyons' version), the +rugged cliffs which are more easily rounded by sea--"swimming 'round the +steeps"--picture actual conditions on the island. Notice especially how +the song of the youngest sister reiterates the constant theme of the +"follow your leader" relation between the brother and his younger +sisters. Thus far they have unhesitatingly followed his lead; how, then, +can he leave them leaderless? is the plea: first, in their sports at +home; next, in this adventure over sea and through the forest; last, in +that divine mystery of birth when he first opened the roadway and they, +his little sisters, followed after.] + + + + +CHAPTER XI + + +[Footnote 45: This _ti_-leaf trumpet is constructed from the thin, dry, +lilylike leaf of the wild _ti_ much as children make whistles out of +grass. It must be recalled that musical instruments were attributed to +gods and awakened wonder and awe in Polynesian minds.] + + + + +CHAPTER XII + + +[Footnote 46: In the story of _Kapuaokaoheloai_ we read that the +daughter of the king of Kuaihelani, the younger brother of Hina, has a +daughter who lives apart under a sacred taboo, with a bathing pool in +which only virgins can safely bathe, and "ministered to by birds." +Samoan accounts say that the chiefs kept tame birds in their houses as +pets, which fluttered freely about the rafters. A stranger unaccustomed +to such a sight might find in it something wonderful and hence +supernatural.] + + + + +CHAPTER XIII + + +[Footnote 47: A strict taboo between man and woman forbade eating +together on ordinary occasions. Such were the taboo restrictions that a +well-regulated, household must set up at least six separate houses: a +temple for the household gods, _heiau_; an eating house for the men, +_hale mua_, which was taboo to the women; and four houses especially for +the women--the living house, _hale noa_, which the husband might enter; +the eating house, _hale aina_; the house of retirement at certain +periods, which was taboo for the husband, _hale pea_; and the _kua_, +where she beat out tapa. The food also must be cooked in two separate +ovens and prepared separately in different food vessels.] + +[Footnote 48: The place of surf riding in Hawaiian song and story +reflects its popularity as a sport. It inspires chants to charm the sea +into good surfing--an end also attained by lashing the water with the +convolvulus vine of the sea beach; forms the background for many an +amorous or competitive adventure; and leaves a number of words in the +language descriptive of the surfing technique or of the surf itself at +particular localities famous for the sport, as, for example, the +"Makaiwa crest" in Moikeha's chant, or the "Huia" of this story. Three +kinds of surfing are indulged in--riding the crest in a canoe, called +_pa ka waa_; standing or lying flat upon a board, which is cut long, +rounded at the front end and square at the back, with slightly convex +surfaces, and highly polished; and, most difficult feat of all, riding +the wave without support, body submerged and head and shoulders erect. +The sport begins out where the high waves form. The foundation of the +wave, _honua_, the crest side, _muku_, and the rear, _lala_, are all +distinguished. The art of the surfer lies in catching the crest by +active paddling and then allowing it to bear him in swift as a race +horse to the _hua_, where the wave breaks near the beach. All swimmers +know that three or four high waves follow in succession. As the first of +these, called the _kulana_, is generally "a high crest which rolls in +from end to end of the beach and falls over bodily," the surfer seldom +takes it, but waits for the _ohu_ or _opuu_, which is "low, smooth and +strong." For other details, see the article by a Hawaiian from Kona, +published in the _Hawaiian Annual_, 1896, page 106.] + + + + +CHAPTER XIV + + +[Footnote 49: _Honi_, to kiss, means to "touch" or "smell," and +describes the Polynesian embrace, which is performed by rubbing noses. +Williams (I, 152) describes it as "one smelling the other with a strong +sniff."] + + + + +CHAPTER XV + + +[Footnote 50: The abrupt entrance of the great _moo_, as of its +disappearance later in the story, is evidently due to the humanized and +patched-together form in which we get the old romance. The _moo_ is the +animal form which the god takes who serves Aiwohikupua's sisters, and +represents the helpful beast of Polynesian folk tale, whose appearance +is a natural result of the transformation power ascribed to the true +demigod, or _kupua_, in the wilder mythical tales. The myths of the +coming of the _moo_ to Hawaii in the days of the gods, and of their +subjection by Hiiaka, sister of Pele, are recounted in Westervelt's +"Legends of Honolulu" and in Emerson's "Pele and Hiiaka." Malo (p. 114) +places Waka also among the lizard gods. These gods seem to have been +connected] with the coming of the Pali family to Hawaii as recounted in +Liliuokalani's "Song of Creation" and in Malo, page 20. The ritual of +the god Lono, whose priests are inferior to those of Ku, is called that +of "Paliku" (Malo, 210), a name also applied to the northern part of +Hilo district on Hawaii with which this story deals. The name means +"vertical precipice," according to Emerson, and refers to the rending by +earthquakes. In fact, the description in this story of the approach of +the great lizard, as well as his name--the word _kiha_ referring to the +writhing convulsions of the body preparatory to sneezing--identify the +monster with the earthquakes so common to the Puna and Hilo districts of +Hawaii, which border upon the active volcano, Kilauea. Natives say that +a great lizard is the guardian spirit or _aumakua_ of this section. At +Kalapana is a pool of brackish water in which, they assert, lies the +tail of a _moo_ whose head is to be seen at the bottom of a pool a mile +and a half distant, at Punaluu; and bathers in this latter place always +dive and touch the head in order to avert harm. As the lizard guardians +of folk tale are to be found "at the bottom of a pit" (see Fornander's +story of _Aukele_), so the little gecko of Hawaii make their homes in +cracks along cuts in the _pali_, and the natives fear to harm their eggs +lest they "fall off a precipice" according to popular belief. When we +consider the ready contractility of Polynesian demigods, the size of the +monster dragons of the fabulous tales is no difficulty in the way of +their identification with these tiny creatures, the largest of which +found on Hawaii is 144 millimeters. By a plausible analogy, then, the +earthquake which rends the earth is attributed to the god who clothes +himself in the form of a lizard; still further, such a convulsion of +nature may have been used to figure the arrival of some warlike band who +peopled Hawaii, perhaps settling in this very Hilo region and forcing +their cult upon the older form of worship. + + + + +CHAPTER XVI + + +[Footnote 51: The _ieie_ vine and the sweet-scented fern are, like the +_maile_ vine, common in the Olaa forests, and are considered sacred +plants dedicated to ceremonial purposes.] + +[Footnote 52: The fight between two _kupua_, one in lizard form, the +other in the form of a dog, occurs in Hawaiian story. Again, when +Wahanui goes to Tahiti he touches a land where men are gathering coral +for the food of the dead. This island takes the form of a dog to +frighten travelers, and is named Kanehunamoku.] + +[Footnote 53: The season for the bird catcher, _kanaka kia manu_, lay +between March and May, when the _lehua_ flowers were in bloom in the +upland forest, where the birds of bright plumage congregated, especially +the honey eaters, with their long-curved bill, shaped like an insect's +proboscis. He armed himself with gum, snares of twisted fiber, and tough +wooden spears shaped like long fishing poles, which were the _kia manu_. +Having laid his snare and spread it with gum, he tolled the birds to it +by decorating it with honey flowers or even transplanting a strange tree +to attract their curiosity; he imitated the exact note of the bird he +wished to trap or used a tamed bird in a cage as a decoy. All these +practical devices must be accompanied by prayer. Emerson translates the +following bird charm: + + Na aumakua i ka Po, + Na aumakua i ka Ao, + Ia Kane i ka Po, + Ia Kanaloa i ka Po, + Ia Hoomeha i ka Po, + I ko'u mau kapuna a pau loa i ka Po. + + Spirits of darkness primeval, + Spirits of light, + To Kane the eternal, + To Kanaloa the eternal, + To Hoomeha the eternal, + To all my ancestors from eternity. + + Ia Ku-huluhulumanu i ka Po, + Ia pale i ka Po, + A puka i ke Ao, + Owau, o Eleele, ka mea iaia ka mana, + Homai he iki, + Homai he loaa nui, + Pii oukou a ke kuahiwi, + A ke kualono, + Ho'a mai oukou i ka manu a pau, + Hooili oukou iluna o ke kepau kahi e pili ni, + Amama! Ua noa. + + To Kuhuluhulumanu, the eternal. + That you may banish the darkness. + That we may enter the light. + To me, Eleele, give divine power. + Give intelligence. + Give great success. + Climb to the wooded mountains. + To the mountain ridges. + Gather all the birds. + Bring them to my gum to be held fast. + Amen, it is finished.] + + + + +CHAPTER XVII + + +[Footnote 54: For the cloud sign compare the story of Kualii's battles +and in Westervelt's _Lepeamoa_ (Legends of Honolulu, p. 217), the fight +with the water monster.] + +[Footnote 55: Of Hawaiians at prayer Dibble says: "The people were in +the habit of praying every morning to the gods, clapping their hands as +they muttered a set form of words in a singsong voice."] + + + + +CHAPTER XVIII + + +[Footnote 56: The three mountain domes of Hawaii rise from 13,000 to +8,000 feet above the sea, and the two highest are in the wintertime +often capped with snow.] + +[Footnote 57: The games of _kilu_ and _ume_, which furnished the popular +evening entertainment of chiefs, were in form much like our "Spin the +plate" and "Forfeits." _Kilu_ was played with "a funnel-shaped toy +fashioned from the upper portion of a drinking gourd, adorned with the +_pawehe_ ornamentation characteristic of Niihau calabashes." The player +must spin the gourd in such a way as to hit the stake set up for his +side. Each hit counted 5, 40 scoring a game. Each player sang a song +before trying his hand, and the forfeit of a _hula_ dance was exacted +for a miss, the successful spinner claiming for his forfeit the favor of +one of the women on the other side. _Ume_ was merely a method of +choosing partners by the master of ceremonies touching with a wand, +called the _maile_, the couple selected for the forfeit, while he sang a +jesting song. The sudden personal turn at the close of many of the +_oli_ may perhaps be accounted for by their composition for this game. +The _kaeke_ dance is that form of _hula_ in which the beat is made on a +_kaekeeke_ instrument, a hollow bamboo cylinder struck upon the ground +with a clear hollow sound, said to have been introduced by Laamaikahiki, +the son of Moikeha, from Tahiti.] + + + + +CHAPTER XIX + + +[Footnote 58: In the story of Kauakahialii, his home at Pihanakalani is +located in the mountains of Kauai back of the ridge Kuamoo, where, in +spite of its inland position, he possesses a fishpond well stocked with +fish.] + +[Footnote 59: The Hawaiian custom of group marriages between brothers or +sisters is clearly brought out in this and other passages in the story. +"Guard our wife"--_Ka wahine a kaua_--says the Kauai chief to his +comrade, "she belongs to us two"--_ia ia kaua_. The sisters of +Aiwohikupua call their mistress's husband "our husband"--_ka kakou +kane_. So Laieikawai's younger sister is called the "young +wife"--_wahine opio_--of Laieikawai's husband, and her husband is called +his _punalua_, which is a term used between friends who have wives in +common, or women who have common husbands.] + +[Footnote 60: The Hawaiian flute is believed to be of ancient origin. It +is made of a bamboo joint pierced with holes and blown through the nose +while the right hand plays the stops. The range is said to comprise five +notes. The name Kanikawi means "changing sound" and is the same as that +given to Kaponohu's supernatural spear.] + + + + +CHAPTER XX + + +[Footnote 61: At the accession of a new chief in Hawaii the land is +redistributed among his followers.] + +[Footnote 62: The names of Malio and Halaaniani are still to be found in +Puna. Ellis (1825) notes the name Malio as one of three hills (evidently +transformed demigods), which, according to tradition, joined at the base +to block an immense flow of lava at Pualaa, Puna. Off the coast between +Kalapana and Kahawalea lies a rock shaped like a headless human form and +called Halaaniani, although its legend retains no trace of the Puna +rascal.] + + + + +CHAPTER XXI + + +[Footnote 63: The _huia_ is a specially high wave formed by the meeting +of two crests, and is said to be characteristic of the surf at +Kaipalaoa, Hawaii.] + +[Footnote 64: Kumukahi is a bold cape of black lava on the extreme +easterly point of the group. Beyond this cape stretches the limitless, +landless Pacific. Against its fissured sides seethes and booms the swell +from the ocean, in a dash of foaming spray. Piles of rocks mark the +visits of chiefs to this sacred spot, and tombs of the dead abut upon +its level heights. A visitor to this spot sees a magnificent horizon +circling the wide heavens, hears the constant boom of the tides pulling +across the measureless waters. It is one of the noteworthy places of +Puna, often sung in ancient lays.] + + + + +CHAPTER XXII + + +[Footnote 65: The name of Laieikawai occurs in no old chants with which +I am familiar. But in the story of _Umi_, the mother of his wife, +Piikea, is called Laielohelohe. She is wife of Piilani and has four +children who "have possession on the edge of the tabu," of whom Piikea +is the first-born, and the famous rival chiefs of Maui, Lonopili, and +Kihapiilani, are the next two; the last is Kalanilonoakea, who is +described in the chant quoted by Fornander as white-skinned and wearing +a white loin cloth. Umi's wife is traditionally descended from the +Spaniards wrecked on the coast of Hawaii (see Lesson). The "Song of +Creation" repeats the same genealogy and calls Laielohelohe the daughter +of Keleanuinohoonaapiapi. In the "ninth era" of the same song Lohelohe +is "the last one born of Lailai" and is "a woman of dark skin," who +lived in Nuumealani.] + +[Footnote 66: To preserve the umbilical cord in order to lengthen the +life of a child was one of the first duties of a guardian. J.S. Emerson +says that the _piko_ was saved in a bottle or salted and wrapped in tapa +until a suitable time came to deposit it in some sacred place. Such a +depository was to be found on Oahu, according to Westervelt, in two +rocks in the Nuuanu valley, the transformed _moo_ women, Hauola and +Haupuu. In Hawaii, in Puna district, on the north and south boundaries +of Apuki, lie two smooth lava mounds whose surfaces are marked with cup +hollows curiously ringed. Pictographs cover other surfaces. These are +named Puuloa and Puumahawalea, or "Hill of long life" and "Hill that +brings together with rejoicing," and the natives tell me that within +their own lifetime pilgrimages have been made to this spot to deposit +the _piko_ within some hollow, cover it with a stone, and thus insure +long life to the newborn infant.] + + + + +CHAPTER XXIV + + +[Footnote 67: More than 470 species of land snails of a single genus, +_Achatinella_, are to be found in the mountains of Hawaii, a fact of +marked interest to science in observing environmental effect upon the +differentiation of species. One of these the natives call _pupu kani oi_ +or "shrill voiced snail," averring that a certain cricketlike chirp that +rings through the stillness of the almost insectless valleys is the +voice of this particular species. Emerson says that the name _kahuli_ is +applied to the land snail to describe the peculiar tilting motion as the +snail crawls first to one side and then to the other of the leaf. He +quotes a little song that runs: + + Kahuli aku, kahuli mai, + Kahuli lei ula, lei akolea. + Kolea, kolea, e kii ka wai, + Wai akolea. + + Tilting this way and that + Tilts the red fern-plume. + Plover, plover, bring me dew, + Dew from the fern-plume.] + +[Footnote 68: This incident is unsatisfactorily treated. We never know +how Waka circumvented Malio and restored her grandchild to the husband +designed for her. The whole thing sounds like a dramatic innovation with +farcical import, which appeared in the tale without motivation for the +reason that it had none in its inception. The oral narrator is rather an +actor than a composer; he may have introduced this episode as a +surprise, and its success as farce perpetuated it as romance.] + + + + +CHAPTER XXVI + + +[Footnote 69: This episode of the storm is another inconsistency in the +story. The storm signs belong to the gods of Aiwohikupua and his +brother, the Sun god, not to Laieikawai, and were certainly not hers +when Waka deserted her. If they were given her for protection by +Kahalaomapuana or through the influence of the seer with the Kauai +family, the story-teller does not inform us of the fact.] + +[Footnote 70: The _pa-u_ is a woman's main garment, and consists of five +thicknesses of bark cloth 4 yards long and 3 or 4 feet wide, the outer +printed in colors, and worn wrapped about the loins, reaching the +knees.] + + + + +CHAPTER XXVII + + +[Footnote 71: In mythical quest stories the hero or heroine seeks, by +proving his relationship, generally on the mother's side, to gain the +favor of the supernatural guardian of whatever treasure he seeks. By +breaking down the taboo he proclaims his rank, and by forcing the +attention of the relative before the angry god (or chief) has a chance +to kill him (compare the story of _Kalaniamanuia_, where the father +recognizes too late the son whom he has slain), he gains time to reveal +himself. In this episode the father's beard is, like the locks of +Dionysus in Euripides' line, dedicated to the god, hence to seize it was +a supreme act of lawlessness.] + +[Footnote 72: According to the old Polynesian system of age groups, the +"mother's brother" bears the relation to the child of _makua_ equally +with his real parents. Kahalaomapuana says to her father: + + "I am your child (_kama_), + The child of Laukieleula, + The child of Mokukelekahiki, + The child of Kaeloikamalama." + +thus claiming rank from all four sources. Owing to inbreeding and this +multiple method of inheriting title, Polynesian children may be of +higher rank than either parent. The form of colloquy which follows each +encounter (compare Kila's journey to Tahiti) is merely the customary +salutation in meeting a stranger, according to Hawaiian etiquette.] + +[Footnote 73: The name Laukieleula means "Red-kiele-leaf." The kiele, +Andrews says, is "a sweet-scented flower growing in the forest," and is +identified by some natives with the gardenia, of which there are two +varieties native in Hawaii; but the form does not occur in any chants +with which I am familiar. It is probably selected to express the idea of +fragrance, which seems to be the _kupua_ property of the mother's side +of the family. It is the rareness of fragrant plants indigenous to the +islands, coupled with sensuous delight in odor, which gives to perfume +the attributes of deity, and to those few varieties which possess +distinct scent like the _maile_ and _hala_, a conspicuous place in +religious ceremonial. + +The name of Moanalihaikawaokele, on the other hand, appears in the "Song +of Creation," in the eighth era where the generations of Uli are sung. +In the time of calm is born the woman Lailai, and after her the gods +Kii, Kane, and Kanaloa, and it is day. Then + + "The drums are born, + Called Moanaliha, + Kawaomaaukele came next, + The last was Kupololiilialiimuaoloipo, + A man of long life and very high rank." + +There follow 34 pages devoted to the history and generations of this +family before the death of this last chief is recorded. Now it is clear +that out of the first two names, Moanaliha and Kawao(maau)kele, is +compounded that of the storm god. This would place him in the era of the +gods as the father of Ku and ancestor of the Uli line.] + + + + +CHAPTER XXVIII + + +[Footnote 74: The story of the slaying of Halulu in the legend of +_Aukelenuiaiku_ is a close parallel to the Indian account of the +adventure with the thunder bird. (See Matthews's "Navajo legends.") The +thunder bird is often mentioned in Hawaiian chants. In the "Song of +Creation" the last stanza of the third or bird era points out + + "--the leaping point of the bird Halulu, + Of Kiwaa, the bird of many notes, + And of those birds that fly close together and shade the sun."] + +[Footnote 75: The divine approach marked by thunder and lightning, +shaken by earthquake and storm, indicates the _kupua_ bodies in which +the Sun god travels in his descent to earth. There are many parallels to +be found in the folk stories. When the sister of Halemano sets out to +woo the beauty of Puna she says: "When the lightning flashes, I am at +Maui; when it thunders I am at Kohala; when the earth quakes, at +Hamakua; when freshets stain the streams red, I am at Puna." When +Hoamakeikekula, the beauty of Kohala, weds, "thunder was heard, +lightning flashed, rain came down in torrents, hills were covered with +fog; for ten days mist covered the earth." When Uweuwelekehau, son of Ku +and Hula, is born "thunder, lightning, earthquake, water, floods and +rain" attend his birth. In Aukelenuiaiku, when the wife of Makalii comes +out of her house her beauty overshadows the rays of the sun, "darkness +covered the land, the red rain, fog, and fine rain followed each other, +then freshets flowed and lightning played in the heavens; after this the +form of the woman, was seen coming along over the tips of the fingers of +her servants, in all her beauty, the sun shone at her back and the +rainbow was as though it were her footstool." In the prayer to the god +Lono, quoted by Fornander, II, 352, we read: + + "These are the sacred signs of the assembly; + Bursting forth is the voice of the thunder; + Striking are the rays of the lightning; + Shaking the earth is the earthquake; + Coming is the dark cloud and the rainbow; + Wildly comes the rain and the wind; + Whirlwinds sweep over the earth; + Rolling down are the rocks of the ravines; + The red mountain streams are rushing to the sea; + Here the waterspouts; + Tumbled about are the clustering clouds of heaven; + Gushing forth are the springs of the mountains."] + + + + +CHAPTER XXXIV + + +[Footnote 75: Kaonohiokala, Mr. Emerson tells me, is the name of one of +the evil spirits invoked by the priest in the art of _po'iuhane_ or +"soul-catching." The spirit is sent by the priest to entice the soul of +an enemy while its owner sleeps, in order that he may catch it in a +coconut gourd and crush it to death between his hands. "_Lapu lapuwale_" +is the Hawaiian rendering of Solomon's ejaculation "Vanity of +vanities!"] + + +[Illustration: A NATIVE GRASS HOUSE OF THE HUMBLER CLASS (HENSHAW)] + + + + +APPENDIX + +HAWAIIAN STORIES + +ABSTRACTS FROM THE TALES COLLECTED BY + +FORNANDER AND EDITED BY THOMAS G. THRUM. + +THE BISHOP MUSEUM, HONOLULU + + +HAWAIIAN STORIES + +I. SONG of CREATION, as translated by Liliuokalani + +II. CHANTS RELATING THE ORIGIN OF THE GROUP: +From the Fornander manuscript: + + A. Kahakuikamoana + B. Pakui + C. Kamahualele + D. Opukahonua + E. Kukailani + F. Kualii + +III. HAWAIIAN FOLKTALES, ROMANCES, OR MOOLELO: +From the Fornander manuscript: + + A. Hero tales primarily of Oahu and Kauai + + 1. Aukelenuiaiku + 2. Hinaaikamalama + 3. Kaulu + 4. Palila + 5. Aiai + 6. Puniaiki + 7. Pikoiakaalala + 8. Kawelo + 9. Kualii + 10. Opelemoemoe + 11. Kalelealuaka + + B. Hero tales primarily of Hawaii + + 1. Wahanui + 2. Kamapuaa + 3. Kana + 4. Kapunohu + 5. Kepakailiula + 6. Kaipalaoa + 7. Moikeha + 8. Kila + 9. Umi + 10. Kihapiilani (of Maui) + 11. Pakaa and Kuapakaa + 12. Kalaepuni + 13. Kalaehina + 14. Lonoikamakahiki + 15. Keaweikekahialii (an incident) + 16. Kekuhaupio (an incident) + + C. Love stories + + 1. Halemano + 2. Uweuwelekehau + 3. Laukiamanuikahiki + 4. Hoamakeikekula + 5. Kapunokaoheloai + + D. Ghost stories and tales of men brought to life + 1. Oahu stories + + Kahalaopuna + Kalanimanuia + Pumaia + Nihoalaki + + 2. Maui stories + + Eleio + Pamano + + 3. Hawaii stories + + Kaulanapokii + Pupuhuluena + Hiku and Kawelu + + E. Trickster stories + + 1. Thefts + + Iwa + Maniniholokuaua + Pupualenalena + + 2. Contests with spirits + + Kaululaau (see Eleio) + Lepe + Hanaaumoe + Punia + Wakaina + + 3. Stories of modern cunning + + Kulepe + Kawaunuiaola + Maiauhaalenalenaupena + Waawaaikinaaupo and Waawaaikinaanao + Kuauamoa + + + + +I. SONG OF CREATION (HEKUMULIPO) + + +The "account of the creation of the world according to Hawaiian +tradition" is said to celebrate Lonoikamakahiki, also called Kaiimamao, +who was the father of Kalaniopuu, king of Hawaii at the time of Cook's +visit. The song was "composed by Keaulumoku in 1700" and handed down by +the chanters of the royal line since that day. It was translated by +"Liliuokalani of Hawaii" in 1895-1897, and published in Boston, 1897. + +From the Sea-bottom (?) (the male) and Darkness (the female) are born +the coral insect, the starfish, sea urchin, and the shellfish. Next +seaweed and grasses are born. Meanwhile land has arisen, and in the next +era fishes of the sea and plants of the forest appear. Next are born the +generations of insects and birds; after these the reptiles--all the +"rolling, clinging" creatures. In the fifth era is born a creature half +pig, half man; the races of men also appear (?). In the sixth come the +rats; in the seventh, dogs and bats; in the eighth is born the woman +Lailai (calmness), the man Kii, and the gods Kane and "the great +octopus" Kanaloa. Lailai flies to heaven, rests upon "the boughs of the +_aoa_ tree in Nuumealani," and bears the earth. She weds Kii and begets +a generation of gods and demigods. + +In the course of these appear Wakea and his three wives, Haumea, Papa, +and Hoohokukalani. Wakea, becoming unfaithful to Papa, changes the feast +days and establishes the taboo. Later the stars are hung in the heavens. +Wakea seeks in the sea for "seeds from Hina," with which to strew the +heavens. Hina floats up from the bottom of the sea and bears sea +creatures and volcanic rocks. Haumea, a stranger of high rank from +Kuaihelani at Paliuli, marries her own sons and grandsons. To her line +belong Waolena and his wife Mafuie, whose grandchild, Maui, is born in +the shape of a fowl. The brothers of his mother, Hina, are angry and +fight Maui, but are thrown. They send him to fetch a branch from the +sacred _awa_ bush; this, too, he achieves. He desires to learn the art +of fishing, and his mother gives him a hook and line with which he +catches "the royal fish Pimoe." He "scratches the eight eyes" of the bat +who abducts Hina. He nooses the sun and so wins summer. He conquers (?) +Hawaii, Maui, Kauai, and Oahu. From him descends "the only high chief of +the island." + + + + +H. CHANTS RELATING THE ORIGIN OF THE GROUP + +A. KAHAKUIKAMOANA + + +This famous priest chants the history of "the row of islands from +Nuumea; the group of islands from the entrance to Kahiki." First Hawaii +is born, "out of darkness," then Maui, then Molokai "of royal lineage." +Lanai is a foster child, Kahoolawe a foundling, of whose afterbirth is +formed the rock island Molokini. Oahu and Kauai have the same mother but +different fathers. Another pair bear the triplets, the islets Niihau, +Kaulu, and Nihoa. + + + + +B. PAKUI + + +According to this high priest and historian of Kamehameha I, from Wakea +and Papa are born Kahikiku, Kahikimoe ("the foundation stones," "the +stones of heaven"), Hawaii, and Maui. While Papa is on a visit to +Kahiki, Wakea takes another wife and begets Lanai, then takes Hina to +wife and begets Molokai. The plover tells Papa on her return, and she in +revenge bears to Lua the child Oahu. After this she returns to Wakea and +bears Kauai and its neighboring islets. + + + + +C. KAMAHUALELE + + +The foster son of Moikeha accompanies this chief on the journey to +Hawaii and Kauai. On sighting land at Hawaii he chants a song in honor +of his chief in which he calls Hawaii a "man," "child of Kahiki," and +"royal offspring from Kapaahu." + + + + +D. OPUKAHONUA + + +This man with his two brothers and a woman peopled Hawaii 95 generations +before Kamehameha. According to his chant, the islands are fished up +from Kapaahu by Kapuheeuanui, who brings up one piece of coral after +another, and, offering sacrifices and prayers to each, throws it back +into the ocean, so creating in succession Hawaii, Maui, Kauai, and the +rest of the islands of the group. + + + + +E. KUKAILANI + + +A powerful priest, 75 generations from Opukahonua, on the occasion of +the sacrifice in the temple of the rebel Iwikauikana by Kenaloakuaana, +king of Maui, chants the genealogies, dividing them into the time from +the migration from Kahiki to Pili, Pili to Wakea, Wakea to Waia, and +Waia to Liloa. + + + + +F. KUALII + + +The song of Kualii was composed about 1700 to celebrate the royal +conqueror of Oahu. It opens with an obscure allusion to the fishing up +by Maui from the hill Kauwiki, of the island of Hawaii, out of the +bottom of the sea, and the fetching of the gods Kane and Kanaloa, +Kauakahi and Maliu, to these islands. + + + + +III. HAWAIIAN FOLK TALES, ROMANCES, OR MOOLELO + +A. HERO TALES PRIMARILY OF OAHU AND KAUAI + +1. AUKELENUIAIKU[1] + + +The eleventh child of Iku and Kapapaiakea in Kuaihelani is his father's +favorite, and to him Iku wills his rank and his kingdom. The brothers +are jealous and seek to kill him. They go through the Hawaiian group to +compete in boxing and wrestling, defeat Kealohikikaupea, the strong man +of Kauai; Kaikipaananea, Kupukupukehaikalani, and Kupukupukehaiaiku, +three strong men of Oahu, and King Kakaalaneo of Maui; but are afraid +when they hear of Kepakailiula, the strong man of Hawaii, and return to +Kuaihelani. + +Aukelenuiaiku has grown straight and faultless. "His skin is like the +ripe banana and his eyeballs like the blood of the banana as it first +appears." He wants to join his brothers in a wrestling match, but is +forbidden by the father, who fears their jealousy. He steals away and +shoots an arrow into their midst; it is a twisted arrow, theirs are +jointed. The brothers are angry, but when one of them strikes the lad, +his own arm is broken. The younger brother takes up each one in turn and +throws him into the sea. The brothers pretend friendship and invite him +into the house, but only to throw him into the pit Kamooinanea, where +lives the lizard grandmother who devours men. She saves her grandchild +and instructs him how to reach the queen, Namakaokahai. For the journey +she furnishes him with a box for his god, Lonoikoualii; a leaf, +_laukahi_, to satisfy his hunger; an ax and a knife; her own tail, in +which lies the strength of her body; and her feather skirt and _kahili_, +by shaking which he can reduce his enemies to ashes. + +When his brothers see him return safe from the pit they determine to +flee to foreign lands. They make one more attempt to kill him by +shutting him into a water hole, but one soft-hearted brother lets him +out. The hero then persuades the brothers to let him accompany them. On +the way he feeds them with "food and meat" from his club, Kaiwakaapu. +They sail eight months, touch at Holaniku, where they get _awa_, sugar +cane, bananas, and coconuts, and arrive in four months more at +Lalakeenuiakane, the land of Queen Namakaokahai. The queen is guarded by +four brothers in bird form, Kanemoe, Kaneapua, Leapua and Kahaumana, +by two maid servants in animal form, and by a dog, Moela. The whole +party is reduced to ashes at the shaking of the queen's skirt, except +the hero, who escapes and by his good looks and quick wit wins the +friendship of the queen's maids and her brothers. When he approaches the +queen he must encounter certain tests. The dog he turns into ashes; to +befriend him the maids run away and the bird brothers transform +themselves into a rock, a log, a coral rock, and a hard blue rock, in +order to hide themselves. He escapes poisoned food set before him. Then +he worships each one by name, and they are astounded at his knowledge. +The queen therefore takes him as her husband. She is part human, part +divine; the moon is her grandfather, the thunder-and-lightning-bolt is +her uncle. Aukelanuiaiku must know her taboos, eat where she bids him, +not come to her unless she leads him in. + +The bird Halulu with feathers on her forehead, called Hinawaikolii, who +is the queen's cousin, carries the hero away to her nest in the cliff, +but he kills her with his ax, and her mate, Kiwaha, lets him down on a +rainbow. + +The two live happily. Their first child is to be called +Kauwilanuimakehaikalani, "the lightning seen in a rainstorm," and for +him sugar cane, potato, banana and taro are tabooed. The queen can +return to life if cut to pieces; can turn herself into a cliff, a +roaring fire, and a great ocean; and has the power of flight. All her +tricks the queen and her brothers teach to the hero. Then she sends him +with her brothers to meet her relatives. He goes ahead of his guides, +encounters Kuwahailo, who sends against him two bolts of fire, Kukuena +and Mahuia, and two thunder rocks, Ikuwa and Welehu, all of which he +wards off like a puff of wind. Next they meet Makalii and his wife, the +beautiful Malanaikuaheahea. + +The next adventure is after the water of life with which to restore the +brothers to life. The first trip is unsuccessful. Instead of flying in a +straight line between the sky (_lewa_) and space (_nenelu_--literally, +mud) the hero falls into space and is obliged to cling to the moon for +support. Meanwhile his wife thinks him dead and has summoned Night, Day, +Sun, Stars, Thunder, Rainbow, Lightning, Water-spout, Fog, Fine rain, +etc., to mourn for him. Then, through her supernatural knowledge she +hears him declare to the moon, her grandfather, Kaukihikamalama, his +birth and ancestry, and learns for the first time that they are related. +On the next trip he reaches a deep pit, at the bottom of which is the +well of everlasting life, the property of Kamohoalii. It is guarded by +two maternal uncles of the hero, Kanenaiau and Hawewe and a maternal +aunt, Luahinekaikapu, the sister of the lizard grandmother, who is +blind. The hero steals the bananas she is roasting, dodges her anger, +and restores her sight. She paints up his hands to look like +Kamohoalii's and the guards at the well hand him the gourd Huawaiakaula +with its string network called Paleaikaahalanalana. The rustling of the +_lama_ trees, the _loulou_ palms and the bamboo, as Aukelenuiaiku +retreats, wakens Kamohoalii, who pursues; but with a start of one year +and six months, the hero can not be overtaken. + +The brothers are restored to life and the hero hands over to them his +wife and kingdom and lives humbly. When he woos Pele and Hiiaka, his +wife drives them over seas until they come to Maunaloa, Hawaii. Then the +brothers leave for Kuaihelani, and Aukelenuiaiku desires also to see his +native land again. There he finds the lizard grandmother overgrown with +coral and his parents gone to Kauai. + +[Footnote 1: Compare Westervelt's Gods and Ghosts, p. 66.] + + + + +2. HINAAIKAMALAMA + + +Kaiuli and Kaikea are gods who change into _Paoo_ fish and live in the +bottom of the sea in Kahikihonuakele. They have two children, the girl +Hinaluaikoa and the boy Kukeapua. These two have 10 children, +Hinaakeahi, Hinaaimalama, Hinapaleaoana, Hinaluaimoa, all girls, Iheihe, +a boy, Moahelehaku, Kiimaluhaku, and Kanikaea, girls, and the boys +Kipapalaula and Luaehu. As Hinaaikamalama is the most beautiful she is +placed under strict taboo under guard of her brother Kipapalaula. He is +banished for neglect of duty, crawls through a crack at Kawaluna at the +edge of the great ocean. The king treats him kindly, hence he returns +and gets his sister to be the king's wife. In her calabash, called +Kipapalaulu, she carries the moon for food and the stars for fish. + +King Konikonia and Hinaaikamalama have 10 children, the youngest of +whom, the boy Maikoha, is found to be guilty of sacrilege and banished. +He goes to Kaupo and changes into the _wauke_ plant. His sisters coming +in search of him, land at Oahu and turn into fish ponds--Kaihuopalaai +into Kapapaapuhi pond at Ewa; Kaihukoa into Kaena at Waianae; Kawailoa +into Ihukoko at Waialua, and Ihukuuna into Laniloa at Laie. Kaneaukai, +their brother, comes to look for them in the form of a log. It drifts +ashore at Kealia, Waialua, changes into a man, and becomes fish god for +two old men at Kapaeloa.[1] + +[Footnote 1: The rock called Kaneaukai, "Man-floating-on-the-sea," on +the shore below Waimea, Oahu, is still worshiped with offerings. The +local story tells how two old men fish up the same rock three times. +Then they say, "It is a god," and, in spite of the weight of the rock, +carry it inshore and place it where it now stands and make it their fish +god. Thrum tells this, story, p. 250.] + + + + + +3. KAULU + + +Kukaohialaka and Hinauluohia live in Kailua, Oahu, with their two sons, +Kaeha and Kamano. A third, Kaulu, remains five years unborn because he +has heard Kamano threaten to kill him. Then he is born in the shape of a +rope, and Kaeho puts him on an upper shelf until he grows into a boy. +Meanwhile Kaeha is carried away by spirits to Lewanuu and Lewalani where +Kane and Kanaloa live, and Kaulu goes in search of him. On the way he +defeats and breaks into bits the opposing surfs and the dog Kuililoloa, +hence surf and dogs remain small. In the spirit land he fools the +spirits, then visits the land where their food is raised, Monowaikeoo, +guarded by Uweleki and Uweleka, Maaleka, and Maalaki. He fools these +guards into promising him all he can eat, and devours everything, even +obscuring the rays of the sun. In revenge the shark Kukamaulunuiakea +swallows his brother. Kaulu drinks the sea dry in search for him, +catches a thunder rock on his _poi_ finger, and forces Makalii to tell +him where Kaeho is. Then he spits out the sea and this is why the sea is +salt. The dead shark becomes the milky way. The brothers return to Oahu, +and Kaulu kills Haumea, a female spirit, at Niuhelewai, by catching her +in a net got from Makalii. Next he kills Lonokaeho, also called +Piokeanuenue, king of Koolau, by singing an incantation which makes his +forehead fast to the ground on the hill of Olomana.[1] After Kaeha's +death, Kaulu marries Kekele, but they have no children. + +[Footnote 1: See _Kamapuaa_, where the same feat is described.] + + + + +4. PALILA + + +Palila, son of Kaluapalena, chief over one-half of Kauai, and of Mahinui +the daughter of Hina, is born at Kamooloa, Koloa, Kauai, in the form of +a cord and cast out upon the rubbish heap whence he is rescued by Hina +and brought up in the temple of Alanapo among the spirits, where he is +fed upon nothing but bananas. The other chief of Kauai, Namakaokalani, +is at war with his father. Hina sends Palila to offer his services. With +his war club he fells forests as he travels and makes hollows in the +ground. When he arrives before his father, all fall on their faces until +Hina rolls over their bodies to make Palila laugh and thus remove the +taboo. As he stands on a rise of ground, Maunakalika, with his robe +Hakaula, and his mat Ikuwa, she circumcises Palila and returns with him +to Alanapo. When Palila leaves home to fight monsters, he travels by +throwing his club and hanging to one end. The first throw is to Uualolo +cliff on Kamaile, the next to Kaena Point, Oahu, thence to Kalena, to +Pohakea, Maunauna, Kanehoa, Keahumoa, and finally to Waikele. The king +of Oahu, Ahuapau, offers the rule of Oahu to anyone who can slay the +shark man, Kamaikaakui. After effecting this, Palila (who has inherited +the nature of a spirit from his mother), is carried to the temple and +made all human, in order to wed the king's daughter. He slays Olomana, +the greatest warrior on Oahu, goes fishing successfully with Kahului, +with war club for paddle and fishhook, then, with his club to aid him, +springs to Molokai, Lanai, Maui, and thence to Kaula, Hawaii. Hina's +sister Lupea becomes his attendant. She is a _hau_ tree, and where +Palila's malo is hung no _hau_ tree grows to this day, through the power +of Ku, Palila's god. The kings of Hilo and Hamakua districts, Kulukulua +and Wanua, are at war. Palila fights secretly, known only by a voice +which at each victim calls "slain by me, Palila, by the offspring of +Walewale, by the word of Lupea, by the _oo_ bird that sings in the +forest, by the mighty god Ku." Finally he makes himself known and kills +Moananuikalehua, whose war club, Koholalele, takes 700 men to carry; +Kumunuiaiake, whose spear of _mamane_ wood from Kawaihae can be thrown +farther than one _ahupuaa_; and Puupuukaamai, whose spear of hard +_koaie_ wood can kill 1,200 at a stroke. The jaw bones of these heroes +he hangs on the tree Kahakaauhae. Kulukulua is made ruler; finally +Palila becomes king of Hilo. + + + + +5. AIAI + + +Kuula and Hina live at Molopa, Nuuanu. They possess a pearl fish hook +called Kanoi, guarded by the bird Kamanuwai, who lives upon the _aku_ +fish caught by the magic hook. When Kipapalaulu, king of Honolulu, +steals the hook, the bird sleeps from hunger, hence the name of the +locality. Kaumakapili, "perching with closed eyes." Hina bears an +abortive child which she throws into the water. It drifts to a rock +below the Hoolilimanu bridge and floats there. This child is Aiai. The +king's daughter discovers it, brings up the child, and when he becomes a +handsome youth, she marries him. One day she craves the _aku_ fish. Her +husband, Aiai, persuades her to beg the stolen hook of her father. Thus +he secures the hook and returns it to its bird guardian.[1] + +[Footnote 1: Compare the fishhook Pahuhu in _Nihoalaki_; the _leho_ +shells in _Iwa_, and the pearl fishhook of Kona in _Kaulanapokii_. In +Thrum's story from Moke Manu (p. 230) Aiai is the son of the fish god, +Kuula, and, like his father, acts as a culture hero who locates the +fishing grounds and teaches the art of making fish nets for various +kinds of fishes. The hero of this story is Aiai's son, Puniaiki.] + + + + + +6. PUNIAIKI + + +The handsome son of Kuupia and of Halekou of Kaneohe, Oahu, who nurses +Uhumakaikai, the parent of all the fishes, is furnished with whatever +fish he wants. He marries Kaalaea, a handsome and well-behaved woman of +the district, who brings him no dowry, but to whom he and his father +make gifts according to custom. With his mother's permission he goes to +live in her home, but the aunt insults him because he does nothing but +sleep. The family offer to kill her, but he broods over his wrong, +leaves for Kauai, and, on a wager, bids his mother use her influence to +send the fish thither. They come just in time to save his life and to +win for him the island of Kauai. But his pet fish laments his +unfaithfulness to his home, he takes it up and kisses it and returns to +Oahu. + + + + +7. PIKOIAKAALALA + + +Raven is the father, Koukou the mother, Hat and Bat the sisters, and +Pikoiakaalala the brother of the rat family of Wailua, Kauai, who change +into human beings. The sisters marry men of note. Pikoiakaalala wins in +his first attempt to float the _Koieie_ board, then follows it down the +rapids and swims to Oahu. Here he beats Mainele, the champion rat +shooter, by summoning the rats in a chant and then shooting ten rats and +one bat at once. Then he defeats him in a riddling contest in which the +play turns upon the word rat. On Hawaii the king, Keawenuiaumi, wants +the birds shot because they deceive his canoe builders and prevent any +trees from being felled. Pikoiakaalala succeeds in shooting them by +watching their reflection in a basin of water. + + + + +8. KAWELO + + +When Kawelo is born to Maihuna and Malaiakalani in Hanamaulu, Kauai, the +fourth of five children, the maternal grandparents foresee that he is to +be a wonder, and they offer to bring him up at Wailua, where Aikanaka, +the king's son, and Kauahoa of Hanalei are his companions. Later the +parents take him to Oahu, where Kakuhewa is king, and live at Waikiki, +where Kawelo marries Kanewahineikiaoha, daughter of a famous warrior, +Kalonaikahailaau, from whom he learns the art of war. Fishing he learns +from Maakuakeke. On his parents' return to Kauai they are abused of +their property, and summon Kawelo to redress their wrongs. He sends his' +wife to fetch the stroke Wahieloa from his father-in-law, who heaps +abuse upon the son-in-law, not aware that Kawelo hears all his derisive +comments through his god Kalanikilo. A fight follows in which the +son-in-law knocks out the old man and proves his competence as a pupil. +The Oahu king furnishes a canoe in which Kawelo sets out for Kauai with +his wife, his brother, Kamalama, and other followers, of whom Kalaumeki +and Kaeleha are chief. On Kauai he and his brother defeat all the +champions of Aikanaka, with their followers, one after the other, +finally slaying his old playmate Kauahoa, this with the aid of his wife, +who tangles her _pikoi_ ball in the end of his opponent's war club. + +In the division of land that follows this victory Kona falls to his +brother and Koolau and Puna to his two chief warriors. But Kaelehu +visits Aikanaka at Hanapepe, falls in love with his daughter, and +persuades himself that he could do better by taking up the cause of the +defeated chief. Knowing that Kawelo has never learned the art of dodging +stones, they bury him in a shower of rocks, beat him with a club, and +leave him, for dead. He revives when carried to the temple for +sacrifice, rises, and slays them all; not one escapes. + + + + +9. KUALII + + +Kualii's first battle happens before he is a man, when he and his father +dedicate the temple on Kawaluna, Oahu, as an act of rebellion. The +chiefs of Oahu come against him with three armies, but Kualii, with his +warriors, Maheleana and Malanaihaehae, and his war club, Manaiakalani, +slays the enemy chiefs and beats back 12,000 men at Kalena. Later he +conducts a successful campaign in Hawaii, establishes Paepae against the +rebel faction of Molokai, and pacifies Haloalena, who is rebelling +against the king of Maui. In this campaign he secures the bold and +mischievous Kauhi as his follower, who is in time his chief warrior. As +Kualii grows stronger, he goes in disguise to battle, kills the bravest +chief, secures his feather cloak, and runs home with it. A lad who sees +him pass each day runs after and cuts a finger from the dead enemy, +after the battle of Kalakoa, and reveals the true hero of the day.[1] +The chant to Kualii is composed by two brothers, Kapaahulani and +Kamakaaulani, who are in search of a new lord. On the day of battle at +Kaahumoa one joins each army; one brother leads Kualii's forces to an +appointed spot and the other attempts to pacify the chief with the +prearranged chant, in which he is successful; the brothers are raised to +honor and peace is declared. Kualii lives to old age, when he is +"carried to battle in a net of strings." His genealogical tree carries +his ancestry back to Kane, and Kualii himself has the knowledge and +attributes of a god. + +[Footnote 1: Compare _Kalelealuaka_.] + + + + +10. OPELEMOEMOE + + +A man of Kalauao, Ewa, Oahu, has a habit of falling into a supernatural +sleep for a month at a time. In such a sleep he is taken to be +sacrificed at the temple of Polomauna, Kauai, but waking at the sound of +thunder, he goes to Waimea, where he marries, and cultivates land. When +the time comes for his sleep, he warns his wife, but she and her +brothers and servants decide to drop him into the sea. When the month is +up, it thunders, he wakens, finds himself tied in the bottom of the sea, +breaks loose and comes back to his wife. Before their son is born he +leaves her and returns to Oahu. The child is born, is abused by his +stepfather, and finding he has a different father, follows Opelemoemoe +to Oahu. The rest of his story is told under Kalelealuaka. + + + + +11. KALELEALUAKA + + +Kakuhihewa, king of Ewa, on Oahu, and Pueonui, king from Moanalua to +Makapuu, are at war with each other. Kalelealuaka, son of Opelemoemoe, +the sleeper, lives with his companion, Keinohoomanawanui, at Oahunui. He +is a dreamer; that is, a man who wants everything without working for +it. One night the two chant their wishes. His companion desires a good +meal and success in his daily avocations, but Kalelealuaka wishes for +the king's food served by the king himself, and the king's daughter for +his wife. Now Kakuhihewa has night after night seen the men's light and +wondered who it might be. This night he comes to the hut, overhears the +wish, and making himself known to the daring man, fulfills his wish to +the, letter. Thus Kalelealuaka becomes the king's son-in-law. When the +battle is on with the rival king, Kalelealuaka's companion goes off to +war, but Kalelealuaka remains at home. When all are gone, he runs off +like the wind, slays Pueo's best captain and brings home his feather +cloak, while his friend gets the praise for the deed. Finally he is +discovered, he brings out the feather cloaks and is made king of Oahu, +Kakuhihewa serving under him. + + + + +B. HERO TALES PRIMARILY OF HAWAII + + + +1. WAHANUI + + +Wahanui, king of Hawaii, makes a vow to "trample the breasts of Kane and +Kanaloa."[1] He takes his prophet, Kilohi, and starts for Kahiki. Kane +and Kanaloa have left their younger brother, Kaneapua, on Lanai, because +he made their spring water filthy. He forces himself upon Wahanui, and +saves him from the dangers of the way--from the land of Kanehunamoku, +which takes the shape of Hina's dog; from the two demigod hills, Paliuli +and Palikea, sent against them by Kane and Kanaloa; and from a 10 days' +storm loosened from the calabash of Laamaomao, which they escape by +making their boat fast to the intestines of Kamapuaa's grandmother under +the sea. When Wahanui has fulfilled his quest and sets out to return, +Kaneapua gives him his double-bodied god, Pilikua, and warns him not to +show it until he gets to Hawaii. He displays it at Kauai, and the Kauai +people kill him in order to get the god. The Hawaii people hear of it, +invite the Kauai people to see them, and slaughter them in revenge. + +[Footnote: 1 This means literally "to travel over land and sea." (See +Malo, p. 316.) The song runs: + + "Wahilani, king of Oahu. + Who sailed away to Kahiki, + To the islands of Moananuiakea, + To trample the breasts of Kane and Kanaloa."] + + + + +2. KAMAPUAA + + +This demigod, half man, half hog, lives in Kaliuwaa valley, Oahu, in the +reign of Olopana.[1] His father is Kahikiula, his mother, Hina, his +brother, Kahikihonuakele. He robs Olopana's chicken roosts, is captured, +swung on a stick, and carried in triumph until his grandmother sings a +chant which gives him supernatural strength to slay his enemies. Four +times he is captured and four times escapes, killing all of Olopana's +men but Makalii. Then he flees up the valley Kaliuwaa and lets his +followers climb up over his back to the top of the cliff, except his +grandmother, who insists upon climbing up his front. He flees to +Wahiawa, loses his strength by eating food spelled with the letters +_lau_, but eventually becomes lord of Oahu. In Kahiki, his +father-in-law, Kowea, has a rival, Lonokaeho, who in his supernatural +form has eight foreheads as sharp as an ax. Kamapuaa chants to his gods, +and the weeds Puaakukui, Puaatihaloa, and Puaamaumau grow over the +foreheads. Thus snared, Lonokaeho is slain. Kamapuaa also defeats +Kuilioloa, who has the form of a dog. + +The story next describes the struggle between Pele and the pig god. +Kamapuaa goes to Kilauea on Hawaii and stands on a point of land +overlooking the pit called Akanikolea. Below sit Pele and her sisters +stringing wreaths. Kamapuaa derides Pele's red eyes and she in revenge +tells him he is a hog, his nose pierced with a cord, his face turned to +the ground and a tail that wags behind. When he retaliates she is so +angry that she calls out to her brothers to start the fires. Kamapuaa's +love-making god, Lonoikiaweawealoha, decoys the brothers to the +lowlands. Then Pele bids her sisters and uncles to keep up the fire, but +Kamapuaa's sister, Keliiomakahanaloa, protects him with cloud and rain. +Kamapuaa takes his hog form, and hogs overrun the place; Pele is almost +dead. Then the love-making god restores her, she fills up the pit again +with fire; but Kamapuaa calls for the same plants as before, which are +his supernatural bodies, to choke out the flames. At length peace is +declared and Pele takes Puna, Kau, and Kona districts, while Kamapuaa +takes Hilo, Hamakua, and Kohala. (Hence the former districts are overrun +with lava flows; the latter escape.) + +Next Kamapuaa gets Kahikikolo for a war club. Makalii, king of Kauai, is +fighting Kaneiki. After Kamapuaa has killed two warriors and driven away +two spear throwers, he reveals himself to Makalii, who prostrates +himself. Kamapuaa recounts the names of over fifty heroes whom he has +slain and boasts of his amours. He spares Makalii on condition that he +chant the name song in his honor, and spares his own father, brother, +and mother. Later he pays a visit to his parents at Kalalau, but has to +chant his name song to gain recognition. This angers him so much that he +can be pacified only when Hina, his mother, chants all the songs in +honor of his name. By and by he goes away to Kahiki with Kowea.[1] + +[Footnote 1: This is not the Olopana of Hawaii.] + + + + +3. KAINA + + +The first-born of Hakalanileo and Hina is born in the form of a rope at +Hamakualoa, Maui, in the house Halauoloolo, and brought up by his +grandmother, Uli, at Piihonua, Hilo. He grows so long that the house has +to be lengthened from mountain to sea to hold him. When the bold +Kapepeekauila, who lives on the strong fortress of Haupu, Molokai, +carries away Hina on his floating hill, Hakalanileo seeks first his +younger son, Niheu, the trickster, then his terrible son Kana, to +beseech their aid in recovering her. From Uli, Kana secures the canoe +Kaumaielieli, which is buried at Paliuli, and the expedition sets forth, +bearing Kana stretched in the canoe like a long package to conceal his +presence, Niheu with his war club Wawaikalani, and the father +Hakalanileo, with their equipment of paddlers. The Molokai chief has +been warned by his priest Moi's dream of defeat, but, refusing to +believe him, sends Kolea and Ulili to act as scouts. As the canoe +approaches, he sends the scoutfish Keauleinakahi to stop it, but Niheu +kills the warrior with his club. When a rock is rolled down the cliff to +swamp it, Kana stops it with his hand and slips a small stone under to +hold it up. Niheu meanwhile climbs the cliff, enters the house Halehuki, +seizes Hina and makes off with her. But Hina has told her new lover that +Niheu's strength lies, in his hair, so Kolea and Ulili fly after and lay +hold of the intruder's hair. Niheu releases Hina and returns +unsuccessful. Kana next tries his skill. He stretches upward, but the +hill rises also until he is spun out into a mere cobweb and is famishing +with hunger. Niheu advises him to lean over to Hawaii that his +grandmother may feed him. After three days, this advice reaches his ear +and he bends over Haleakala mountain on Maui, where the groove remains +to this day, and puts his head in at the door of his grandmother's house +in Hawaii, where he is fed until he is fat again. Niheu, left behind in +the boat, sees his brother's feet growing fat, and finally cuts off one +to remind Kana of the business in hand. Now the hill Haupu is really a +turtle. Uli tells Kana that if he breaks the turtle's flippers it can no +longer grow higher. Thus Kana succeeds in destroying the hill Haupu and +winning Hina back to his father.[2] + +[Footnote 1: This is only a fragment of the very popular story of the +pig god. For Pele, see Ellis, IV. For both Pele and Kamapuaa, Emerson, +_Unwritten Literature_, pp. 25, 85, 180, 228; and _Pele and Hiiaka_; +Thrum, pp. 36, 193; and Daggett, who places the beginning of the Pele +worship in the twelfth century.] + +[Footnote 2: Rev. A.O. Forbes's version of this story is printed in +Thrum, p. 63. See also Daggett. They differ only in minor detail. Uli's +chant of the canoe is used by sorcerers to exorcise the spirits, and Uli +is the special god of the priests who use sorcery.] + + + + +4. KAPUNOHU + + +Kukuipahu and Niulii are chiefs of Kohala when Kapunohu, the great +warrior, is born in Kukuipahu. Kanikaa is his god, and Kanikawi his +spear. Insulted by Kukuipahu, he goes to the uplands to test his +strength, and sends his spear through 800 _wili-wili_ trees at once. Two +men he meets on the way are offered as much land as they can run over in +a certain time; thus the upland districts of Pioholowai and Kukuikiikii +are formed. Kapunohu makes a conquest of a number of women, before +joining Niulii against Kukuipahu. In the battle that follows at Kapaau +3,200 men are killed and trophies taken, and Kukuipahu falls. Kapunohu, +armed with Kanikawi, kills Paopele at Lamakee, whose huge war club 4,000 +men carry. After this feat he goes to Oahu, where his sister has married +Olopana, who is at war with Kakuhihewa. Kapunohu pulls eight patches of +taro at one time for food, then joins his brother-in-law and slays +Kakuhihewa. Next he wins against Kemano, chief of Kauai, in a throwing +contest, spear against sling stone, and becomes ruler over Kauai. His +skill in riddles brings him wealth in a tour about Hawaii, but two young +men of Kau finally outdo him in a contest of wit. + + + + +5. KEPAKAILIULA + + +When this son of Ku and Hina is born in Keaau, Puna, in the form of an +egg, the maternal uncles, Kiinoho and Kiikele, who are chiefs of high +rank, steal him away and carry him to live in Paliuli, where in 10 days' +time he becomes a beautiful child; in 40 days he has eyes and skin, as +red as the feather cape in which h& is wrapped, and eats nothing but +bananas, a bunch at a meal. The foster parents travel about Hawaii to +find a bride of matchless beauty for their favorite, and finally choose +Makolea, the daughter of Keauhou and Kahaluu, who live in Kona. Thither +they take the boy, leaving Paliuli forever, and this place has never +since been seen by man. The girl is, however, betrothed to Kakaalaneo, +king of Maui, and when her parents discover her amour with Kepakailiula +they send her off to her husband, who is a famous spearsman. +Kepakailiula now moves to Kohala and marries the pretty daughter of its +king. Two successive nights he slips over to Maui, fools the drunken +king, and enjoys his bride. Then he persuades his father-in-law, +Kukuipahu, to send a friendly expedition to Maui, which he turns into a +war venture, and slays the chief Kakaalaneo and so many men that his +father-in-law is obliged to put a stop to the slaughter by running in +front of him with his wife in his arms. He then makes Kukuipahu king +over Maui and goes on to Oahu, where Kakuhihewa hastens to make peace. +One day when Makolea is out surf riding, messengers of the king of +Kauai, Kaikipaananea, steal her away and she becomes this king's wife. +Kepakailiula follows her to Kauai and defeats the king in boxing. One +more contest is prepared; the king has two riddles, the failure to +answer which will mean death. Only one man knows the answers, Kukaea, +the public crier, and he is an outcast who has lived on nothing but +filth air his life. Kepakailiula invites him in, feeds, and clothes him. +For this attention, the man reveals the riddles, Kepakailiula answers +them correctly, and bakes the king in his own oven. The riddles are: + +1. "Plaited all around, plaited to the bottom, leaving an opening. +Answer: A house, thatched all around and leaving a door." + +2. "The men that stand, the men that lie down, the men that are folded. +Answer: A house, the timbers that stand, the battens laid down, the +grass and cords folded." + + + + +6. KAIPALAOA. + + +The boy skilled in the art of disputation, or _hoopapa_, lives in +Waiakea, Hilo, Hawaii. In the days of Pueonuiokona, king of Kauai, his +father, Halepaki, has been killed in a riddling contest with +Kalanialiiloa, the taboo chief of Kauai, whose house is almost +surrounded by a fence of human bones from the victims he has defeated in +this art. Kaipalaoa's mother teaches him all she knows, then his aunt, +Kalenaihaleauau, wife of Kukuipahu, trains him until he is an expert. He +meets Kalanialiiloa, riddles against all his champions, and defeats +them. They are killed, cooked in the oven, and the flesh stripped from +their bones. Thus Kaipalaoa avenges his father's death. + + + + +7. MOIKEHA. + + +Olopana and his wife Luukia, during the flood at Waipio, are swept out +to sea, and sail, or swim, to Tahiti, where Moikeha is king. Olopana +becomes chief counsellor, and Luukia becomes Moikeha's mistress. Mua, +who also loves Luukia, sows discord by reporting to her that Moikeha is +boasting in public of her favors. She repulses Moikeha and he, out of +grief, sails away to Hawaii. The lashing used for water bottles and for +the binding of canoes is called the _pauoluukia_ ("skirt of Luukia") +because she thus bound herself against the chief's approaches. + +Moikeha touches at various points on the islands. At Hilo, Hawaii, he +leaves his younger brothers Kumukahi and Haehae; at Kohala, his priests +Mookini and Kaluawilinae; at Maui, a follower, Honuaula; at Oahu his +sisters Makapuu and Makaaoa. With the rest--his foster son Kamahualele, +his paddlers Kapahi and Moanaikaiaiwe, Kipunuiaiakamau and his fellow, +and two spies, Kaukaukamunolea and his fellow--he reaches Wailua, +Kauai, at the beach Kamakaiwa. He has dark reddish hair and a commanding +figure, and the king of Kauai's two daughters fall in love with and +marry him. He becomes king of Kauai and by them has five sons, Umalehu, +Kaialea, Kila, Kekaihawewe, Laukapalala. How his bones are buried first +in the cliff of Haena and later removed to Tahiti is told in the story +of Kila.[1] + +[Footnote 1: See Daggett's account, who places Moikeha's role in the +eleventh century.] + + + + +8. KILA + + +Moikeha, wishing to send a messenger to fetch his oldest son from +Tahiti, summons his five sons and tests them to know by a sign which boy +to send. The lot falls upon Kila, the youngest. On his journey Kila +encounters dangers and calls upon his supernatural relatives. The +monsters Keaumiki and Keauka draw him down to the coral beds, but +Kakakauhanui saves him. His rat aunt, Kanepohihi, befriends him, and +when he goes to his uncle Makalii,[1] who has all the food fastened up +in his net, she nibbles the net and the food falls out. At Tahiti he +first kills Mua, who caused his father's exile. Then his warriors are +matched with the Tahiti champions and he himself faces Makalii, whose +club is Naulukohelewalewa. Kila, with the club Kahikikolo stuns his +uncle "long enough to cook two ovens of food." The spirits of Moikeha's +slain followers appear and join their praises to those of the crowd +assembled, together with ants, birds, pebbles, shells, grass, smoke, and +thunder. Kila goes to his father's house, Moaulanuiakea, thatched with +birds' feathers, and built of _kauila_ wood. All is desolate. The man +whom he seeks, Laamaikahiki, is hidden in the temple of Kapaahu. On a +strict taboo night Kila conceals himself and, when the brother comes to +beat the drum, delivers his message. Kila succeeds in bringing his +brother to Hawaii, who later returns to Kahiki from Kahoolawe, hence the +name "The road to Tahiti" for the ocean west of that island. When +Laamaikahiki revisits Hawaii to get the bones of his father, he brings +the _hula_ drum and _kaeke_ flute. Meanwhile Kila has become king, after +his father's death. The jealous brothers entice him to Waipio, Hawaii, +where they abandon him to slavery. The priest of the temple adopts him. +He gains influence and introduces the tenant system of working a number +of days for the landlord, and is beloved for his industry. At the time +of famine in the days of Hua,[2] one of his brothers comes to Waipo to +get food. Kila has him thrown into prison, but each time he is taken out +to be killed, Kila imitates the call of a mud hen and the sacrifice is +postponed. Finally the mother and other brothers are summoned, Kila +makes himself known, and the mother demands the brothers' death. Kila +offers himself as the first to be killed, and reconciliation follows. +Later he goes with Laamaikahiki back to Tahiti to carry their father's +bones. + +[Footnote 1: Kaulu meets the wizard Makalii in rat form and kills him by +carrying him up in the air and letting him drop. Makalii means "little +eyes" and refers to a certain mesh of fish net. One form of cat's cradle +has this name. It also names the six summer months, the Pleiades, and +the trees of plenty planted in Paliuli. "Plenty of fish" seems to be the +root idea of the symbol.] + +[Footnote 3: Daggett tells the story of _Hua_, priest of Maui.] + + + + +9. UMI + + +The great chief of Hawaii, Liloa, has a son by Piena, named Hakau. On a +journey to dedicate the temple of Manini at Kohalalele, Liloa sees +Akahiakuleana bathing in the Hoea stream at Kaawikiwiki and falls in +love with her. Some authorities claim she was of low birth, others make +her a relative of Liloa. He leaves with her the customary tokens by +which to recognize his child. When their boy Umi is grown, having +quarreled with his supposed father, he takes the tokens and, by his +mother's direction, goes to seek Liloa in Waipio valley. Two boys, +Omaokamao and Piimaiwaa, whom he meets on the way, accompany him. Umi +enters the sacred inclosure of the chief and sits in his father's lap, +who, recognizing the trophies, pardons the sacrilege and sending for his +gods, performs certain ceremonies. At his death he wills his lands and +men to Hakau, but his gods and temples to Umi. + +Hakau is of a cruel and jealous disposition. Umi is obliged to leave him +and go to farming with his two companions and a third, Koi, whom he +meets on the way. He marries two girls, but their parents complain that +he is lazy and gets no fish. Racing with Paiea at Laupahoehoe, he gets +crowded against the rocks. This is a breach of etiquette and he nurses +his revenge. Finally, by a rainbow sign and by the fact that a pig +offered in sacrifice walks toward Umi, his chiefly blood is proved to +the priest Kaoleioku. The priest considers how Umi may win the kingdom +away from the unpopular Hakau. Umi studies animal raising and farming. +He builds four large houses, holding 160 men each, and these are filled +in no time with men training in the arts of war. A couple of disaffected +old men, Nunu and Kakohe, are won over to Umi's cause, and they advise +Hakau to prepare for war with Umi. While all the king's men are gone to +the forests to get feathers for the war god, Umi and his followers +start, on the day of Olekulua, and on the day of Lono they surprise and +kill Hakau and his few attendants, who thought they were men from the +outdistricts come with their taxes. So Umi becomes king. Kaoleioku is +chief priest, and Nunu and Kakohe are high in authority. The land he +divides among his followers, giving Kau to Omaokamau, Hilo to Kaoleioku, +Hamakua to Piimaiwaa, Kahala to Koi, Kona to Ehu, and Puna to another +friend. To prove how long Umi will hold his kingdom, he is placed 8 +fathoms away from a warrior who hurls his spear at the king's middle, +using the thrust known as Wahie. Umi wards it off, catches it by the +handle and holds it. This is a sign that he will hold his kingdom +successfully--"your son, your grandson, your issue, your offspring until +the very last of your blood." + +Umi now makes a tour of the island for two years. He slays Paiea. He +sends Omaokamau to Piilani of Maui to arrange a marriage with Piikea. +After 20 days, Piikea sets sail for Hawaii with a fleet of 400 canoes, +and a rainbow "like a feather helmet" stands out at sea signaling her +approach. The rest of the story has to do with the adventures of Umi's +three warriors, Omaokamau who is right-handed, Koi who is left-handed, +and Piimaiwae, who is ambidextrous, during the campaign on Maui, +undertaken at Piikea's plea to gain for her brother, Kihapiilani, the +rule over Maui. The son and successor of Umi is Keawenuiaumi, father of +Lonoikamakahiki. + + + + +10. KIHAPILANI + + +Lonoapii, king of Maui, has two sisters, Piikea, the wife of Umi, and +Kihawahine, named for the lizard god, and a younger brother, +Kihapiilani, with whom he quarrels. Kihapiilani nurses his revenge as he +plants potatoes in Kula. Later he escapes to Umi in Hawaii, and his +sister Piikea persuades her husband to aid his cause with a fleet of war +canoes that make a bridge from Kohala to Kauwiki. Hoolae defends the +fort at Kauwiki. Umi's greatest warriors, Piimaiwae, Omaokamau, and Koi, +attack in vain by day. At night a giant appears and frightens away +intruders. One night Piimaiwaa discovers that the giant is only a wooden +image called Kawalakii, and knocks it over with his club. Lonoapii is +slain and Kihapiilani becomes king. He builds a paved road from +Kawaipapa to Kahalaoaka and a shell road on Molokai. + + + +11. PAKAA AND KUAPAKAA[1] + + +Pakaa, the favorite of Keawenuiaumi, king of Hawaii, regulates the +distribution of land, has charge of the king's household, keeps his +personal effects, and is sailing master for his double canoe. The king +gives him land in the six districts of Hawaii. He owns the paddle, +Lapakahoe, and the wooden calabash with netted cover in which are the +bones of his mother, Laamaomao, whose voice the winds obey. + +Two men, Hookeleiholo and Hookeleipuna, ruin him with the king. So, +taking the king's effects, his paddle and calabash, he sails away to +Molokai where he marries a high chiefess and has a son, Kuapakaa, named +after the king's cracked skin from drinking _awa_. He plants fields in +the uplands marked out like the districts of Hawaii, and trains his son +in all the lore of Hawaii. + +The king dreams that Pakaa reveals to him his residence in Kaula. His +love for the man returns and he sets out with a great retinue to seek +him. Pakaa foresees the king's arrival and goes to meet him and bring +him to land. He conceals his own face under the pretense of fishing, and +leaves the son to question the expedition. First pass the six canoes of +the district chiefs of Hawaii, and Kuapakaa sings a derisive chant for +each, calling him by name. Then he inquires their destination and sings +a prophecy of storm. The king's sailing masters, priests, and prophets +deny the danger, but the boy again and again repeats the warning. He +names the winds of all the islands in turn, then calls the names of the +king's paddlers. Finally he uncovers the calabash, and the canoes are +swamped and the whole party is obliged to come ashore. Pakaa brings the +king the loin cloth and scented tapa he has had in keeping, prepares his +food in the old way, and makes him so comfortable that the king regrets +his old servant. The party is weather-bound four months. As they +proceed, they carry the boy Kuapakaa with them. He blows up a storm in +which the two sailing masters are drowned, and carries the rest of the +party safe back to Kawaihae, Kohala. Here the boy is forgotten, but by a +great racing feat, in which he wins against his contestants by riding in +near shore in the eddy caused by their flying canoes, thus coming to the +last stretch unwearied, he gets the lives of his father's last enemies. +Then he makes known to the king his parentage, and Pakaa is returned to +all his former honors. + +[Footnote 1: This story Fornander calls "the most famous in Hawaiian +history."] + + + + +12. KALAEPUNI + + +The older brother of Kalaehina and son of Kalanipo and Kamelekapu, is +born and raised in Holualoa, Kona, in the reign of Keawenuiaumi. He is +mischievous and without fear. At 6 he can outdo all his playmates, at 20 +he is fully developed, kills sharks with his hands and pulls up a _kou_ +tree as if it were a blade of grass. The king hides himself, and +Kalaepuni rules Hawaii. The priest Mokupane plots his death. He has a +pit dug on Kahoolawe, presided over by two old people who are told to +look out for a very large man with long hair like bunches of _olona_ +fiber. Once Kalaepuni goes out shark killing and drifts to this island. +The old people give him fish to eat, but send him to the pit to get +water; then throw down stones on his head until he dies, at the place +called Keanapou. + + + + +13. KALAEHINA + + +The younger brother of Kalaepuni can throw a canoe into the sea as if it +were a spear, and split wood with his head. He proves his worth by +getting six canoes for his brother out of a place where they were stuck, +in the uplands of Kapua, South Kona, Hawaii. He makes a conquest of the +island of Maui; its king, Kamalalawalu, flees and hides himself when +Kalaehina defies his taboo. There he rules until Kapakohana, the strong +usurper of Kauai, wrestles with him and pushes him over the cliff +Kaihalulu and kills him.[1] + + + + +14. LONOIKAMAKAHIKE + + +Lonoikamakahike was king of Hawaii after Keawenuiaumi, his father, 64 +generations from Wakea. According to the story, he is born and brought +up at Napoopo, Hawaii, by the priests Loli and Hauna. He learns spear +throwing from Kanaloakuaana; at the test he dodges 3 times 40 spears at +one time. He discards sports, but becomes expert in the use of the spear +and the sling, in wrestling, and in the art of riddling disputation, the +_hoopapa_. He also promotes the worship of the gods. While yet a boy he +marries his cousin Kaikilani, a woman of high rank who has been +Kanaloakuaana's wife, and gives her rule over the island until he comes +of age. Then they rule together, and so wisely that everything prospers. + +Kaikilani has a lover, Heakekoa, who follows them as they set out on a +tour of the islands. While detained on Molokai by the weather, +Lonoikamakahike and his wife are playing checkers when the lover sings a +chant from the cliff above Kalaupapa. Lonoikamakahike suspects treachery +and strikes his wife to the ground with the board. Fearful of the +revenge of her friends he travels on to Kailua on Oahu to Kekuhihewa's +court, which he visits incognito. Reproached because he has no name +song, he secures from a visiting chiefess of Kauai the chant called "The +Mirage of Mana." In the series of bets which follow, Lonoikamakahike +wins from Kakuhihewa all Oahu and is about to win his daughter for a +wife when Kaikilani arrives, and a reconciliation follows. The betting +continues, concluded by a riddling match, in all of which +Lonoikamakahike is successful. + +But his wife brings word that the chiefs of Hawaii, enraged by his +insult to her person, have rebelled against him, only the district of +Kau remaining faithful. In a series of battles at Puuanahulu, called +Kaheawai; at Kaunooa; at Puupea; at Puukohola, called Kawaluna because +imdertaken at night and achieved by the strategy of lighting torches to +make the appearance of numbers; at Kahua, called Kaiopae; at Halelua, +called Kaiopihi from a warrior slain in the battle; finally at Puumaneo, +his success is complete, and Hawaii becomes his. + +Lonoikamakahike sails to Maui with his younger brother and chief +counsellor, Pupuakea, to visit King Kamalalawalu, whose younger brother +is Makakuikalani: In the contest of wit, Lonoikamakahike is successful. +The king of Maui wishes to make war on Hawaii and sends his son to spy +out the land, who gains false intelligence. At the same time +Lonoikamakahike sends to the king two chiefs who pretend disaffection +and egg him on to ruin. In spite of Lanikaula's prophecy of disaster, +Kamalalawalu sails to Hawaii with a fleet that reaches from Hamoa, Hana, +to Puakea, Kohala; he and his brother are killed at Puuoaoaka, and their +bodies offered in sacrifice.[1] + +Lonoikamakahike, desiring to view "the trunkless tree Kahihikolo," puts +his kingdom in charge of his wife and sails for Kauai. Such are the +hardships of the journey that his followers desert him, only one +stranger, Kapaihiahilani, accompanying him and serving him in his +wanderings. This man therefore on his return is made chief counsellor +and favorite. But he becomes the queen's lover, and after an absence on +Kauai, finds himself disgraced at court. Standing without the king's +door, he chants a song recalling their wanderings together; the king +relents, the informers are put to death, and he remains the first man in +the kingdom until his death. Nor are there any further wars on Hawaii +until the days of Keoua. + +[Footnote 1: One of the most popular heroes of the Puna, Kau, and Kona +coast of Hawaii to-day is the _kupua_ or "magician," Kalaekini. His +power, _mana_, works through a rod of _kauila_ wood, and his object +seems to be to change the established order of things, some say for +good, others for the worse. The stories tell of his efforts to overturn +the rock called Pohaku o Lekia (rock of Lekia), of the bubbling spring +of Punaluu, whose flow he stops, and the blowhole called +Kapuhiokalaekini, which he chokes with cross-sticks of _kauila_ wood. +The double character of this magician, whom one native paints as a +benevolent god, another, not 10 miles distant, as a boaster and +mischief-maker, is an instructive example of the effect of local +coloring upon the interpretation of folklore. Daggett describes this +hero. He seems to be identical with the Kalaehina of Fornander.] + + + + +15. KEAWEIKEKAHIALII + + +This chief, born in Kailua, Kona, has a faithful servant, Mao, who +studies how his master may usurp the chief ship of Hawaii. One day while +Keaweikekahialii plays at checkers with King Keliiokaloa, Mao +approaches, and while speaking apparently about the moves of the game, +conveys to him the intelligence that now is the time to strike. Mao +kills the king by a blow on the neck, and they further slay all the 800 +chiefs of Hawaii save Kalapanakuioiomoa, whose daughter Keaweikekahialii +marries, thus handing down the high chief blood of Hawaii to this day. + +[Footnote 1: Mr. Stokes found on the rocks at Kahaluu, near the _heiau_ +of Keeku, a petroglyph which the natives point to as the beheaded figure +of Kamalalawalu.] + + + + +16. KEKUHAUPIO + + +One of the most famous warriors and chiefs in the days of Kalaniopuu and +of Kamehameha, kings of Hawaii, was Kekuhaupio, who taught the latter +the art of war. He could face a whole army of men and ward off 400 to +4,000 spears at once. In the battle at Waikapu between Kalaniopuu of +Hawaii and Kahekili of Maui, the Hawaii men are put to flight. As they +flee over Kamoamoa, Kekuhaupio faces the Maui warriors alone. Weapons +lie about him in heaps, still he is not wounded. The Maui hero, Oulu, +encounters him with his sling; the first stone misses, the god Lono in +answer to prayer averts the next. Kekuhaupio then demands with the third +a hand-to-hand conflict, in which he kills Oulu. + + + + +C. LOVE STORIES + +1. HALEMANO + + +The son of Wahiawa and Kukaniloko is born in Halemano, Waianae, and +brought up in Kaau by his grandmother, Kaukaalii. Dreaming one day of +Kamalalawalu, the beauty of Puna, he dies for love of her, but his +sister Laenihi, who has supernatural power, restores him to life and +wins the beauty for her brother. First she goes to visit her and fetches +back her wreath and skirt to Halemano. Then she shows him how to toll +the girl on board his red canoe by means of wooden idols, kites, and +other toys made to please her favorite brother. + +The king of Oahu, Aikanaka, desires Halemano's death in order to enjoy +the beauty of Puna. They flee and live as castaways, first on Molokai, +then Maui, then Hawaii, at Waiakea, Hilo. Here the two are estranged. +The chief of Puna seduces her, then, after a reconciliation, the Kohala +chief, Kumoho, wins her affection. Halemano dies of grief, and his +spirit appears to his sister as she is surfing in the Makaiwi surf at +Wailua, Kauai. She restores him to life with a chant. + +In order to win back his bride, Halemano makes himself an adept in the +art of singing and dancing (the _hula_). His fame travels about Kohala +and the young chiefess Kikekaala falls in love with him. Meanwhile the +seduced wife has overheard his wonderful singing and her love is +restored. When his new mistress gives a _kilu_ singing match, she is +present, and when Halemano, after singing eight chants commemorating +their life of love together, goes off with the new enchantress, she +tries in vain to win him back by chanting songs which in turn deride the +girl and recall herself to her lover. He soon wearies of the girl and +escapes from her to Kauai, where his old love follows him. But they do +not agree. Kamalalawalu leaves for Oahu, where she becomes wife to +Waiahole at Kualoa. Two Hawaii chiefs, Huaa and Kuhukulua, come with a +fleet of 8,000 canoes, make great slaughter at Waiahole, and win the +beauty of Puna for their own. + + + + +2. UWEUWELEKEHAU + + +Olopana, king of Kauai, has decreed that his daughter, Luukia, shall +marry none but Uweuwelekehau, the son of Ku and Hina in Hilo, and that +he shall be known when he comes by his chiefly equipment, red canoe, red +sails, etc. Thunder, lightning, and floods have heralded this child's +birth, and he is kept under the chiefly taboo. One day he goes to the +Kalopulepule River to sail a boat; floods wash him out to sea; and in +the form of a fish he swims to Kauai, is brought to Luukia and, changing +into a man, becomes her lover. When Olopana hears this, he banishes the +two to Mana, where only the gods dwell. These supply their needs, +however, and the country becomes so fertile that the two steal the +hearts of the people with kindness, and all go to live at Mana. Finally +Olopana recognizes his son-in-law and they become king and queen of +Kauai, plant the coconut grove at Kaunalewa, and build the temple of +Lolomauna. + + + + +3. LAUKIAMANUIKAHIKI + + +Makiioeoe, king of Kuaihelani, has an amour with Hina on Kauai and, +returning home, leaves with Hina his whale-tooth necklace and feather +cloak to recognize the child by, and bids that his daughter be sent to +him with the full equipment of a chief. Meanwhile he prepares a bathing +pool, plants a garden, and taboos both for his daughter's arrival. +Laukiamanuikahiki is abused by her supposed father, and, discovering the +truth, starts out under her mother's direction to find her real father. +With the help of her grandmother she reaches Kuaihelani. Here she bathes +in the taboo pool and plucks the taboo flowers. She is about to be slain +for this act when her aunt, in the form of an owl, proclaims her name, +and the chief recognizes his daughter. Her beauty shines like a light. +Kahikiula, her half brother, on a visit to his father, becomes her +lover. When he returns to his wife, Kahalaokolepuupuu in Kahikiku, she +follows in the shape of an old woman called Lupewale. Although her lover +recognizes her, she is treated like a servant. In revenge she calls upon +the gods to set fire to the dance house, and burns all inside. Kahikiula +now begs her to stay, but she leaves him and returns to Kuaihelani. + + + + +4. HOAMAKEIKEKULA + + +"Companion-in-suffering-on-the-plain" is a beautiful woman of Kohala, +Hawaii, born at Oioiapaiho, of parents of high rank, Hooleipalaoa +and Pili. As she is in the form of an _ala_ stone, she is cast out upon +the trash; but her aunt has a dream, rescues her through a rainbow which +guides her to the place, and wraps her in red _tapa_ cloth. In 20 days +she is a beautiful child. Until she is 20 she lives under a strict +taboo; then, as she strings _lehua_ blossoms in the woods, the _elepaio_ +bird comes in the form of a handsome man and carries her away in a fog +to be the bride of Kalamaula, chief's son of Kawaihae. She asks for 30 +days to consider it, and dreams each night of a handsome man, with whom +she falls in love. She runs away and, accompanied by a rainbow, wanders +in the uplands of Pahulumoa until Puuhue finds her and carries her home +to his lord, the king of Kohala, Puuonale, who turns out to be the man +of her dream. Her first child is the image Alelekinakina. + + + + +5. KAPUAOKAOHELOAI + + + +When Ku and Hina are living at Waiakea, Hilo, they have two children, a +boy called Hookaakaaikapakaakaua and a lovely girl named +Kapuaokaoheloai. They are brought up apart and virgin, without being +permitted to see each other, until one day the sister discovers the +brother by the bright light that shines from his house, and outwits the +attendants. The two are discovered and banished. Attendants of the king +of Kuaihelani find the girl and, because she is so beautiful, carry her +back with them to be the king's wife. Her virginity is tested and she +slips on the platform, is wounded in the virgin's bathing pool, and +slips on the bank getting out. Her guilt thus proved, she is about to be +slain when a soothsayer reveals her high rank as the child of Hina, +older sister to the king, and the king forgives and marries her. His +daughter, Kapuaokaohelo, who is ministered to by birds, hearing +Kapuaokaoheloai tell of her brother on Hawaii, falls in love with him +and determines to go in search of him. When she reaches Punahoa harbor +at Kumukahi, Hawaii, where she has been directed, she finds no handsome +youth, for the boy has grown ill pining for his sister. In two days, +however, he regains his youth and good looks, and the two are married. + + + + +D. GHOST STORIES AND TALES OF MEN BROUGHT TO LIFE + +1. OAHU STORIES + +KAHALAOPUNA + + +During the days of Kakuhihewa, king of Oahu, there is born in Manoa, +Oahu, a beautiful girl named Kahalaomapuana. Kauakuahine is her father, +Kahioamano her mother. Her house stands at Kahoiwai. Kauhi, her husband, +hears her slandered, and believing her guilty, takes her to Pohakea on +the Kaala mountain, and, in spite of her chant of innocence, beats her +to death under a great _lehua_ tree, covers the body with leaves, and +returns. Her spirit flies to the top of the tree and chants the news of +her death. Thus she is found and restored to life, but she will have +nothing more to do with Kauhi.[1] + +[Footnote 1: This story is much amplified by Mrs. Nakuina in Thrum, p. +118. Here mythical details are added to the girl's parentage, and the +ghost fabric related in full, in connection with her restoration to life +and revenge upon Kauhi. The Fornander version is, on the whole, very +bare. See also Daggett.] + + + + +KALANIMANUIA + + +The son of Ku, king of Lihue, through a secret amour with Kaunoa, is +brought up at Kukaniloko, where he incurs the anger of his supposed +father by giving food away recklessly. He therefore runs away to his +real father, carrying the king's spear and malo; but Ku, not recognizing +them, throws him into the sea at Kualoa point. The spirit comes night +after night to the temple, where the priests worship it until it becomes +strong enough to appear in human form. In this shape Ku recognizes his +son and snares the spirit in a net. At first it takes the shape of a +rat, then almost assumes human form. Kalanimanuia's sister, Ihiawaawa, +has three lovers, Hala, Kumuniaiake, and Aholenuimakiukai. Kalanimanuia +sings a derisive chant, and they determine upon a test of beauty. A cord +is arranged to fall of itself at the appearance of the most handsome +contestant. The night before the match, Kalanimanuia hears a knocking at +the door and there enter his soles, knees, thighs, hair, and eyes. Now +he is a handsome fellow. Wind, rain, thunder, and lightning attend his +advent, and the cord falls of itself. + + +PUMAIA + + +King Kualii of Oahu demands from the hog raiser, Pumaia, of Pukoula, one +hog after another in sacrifice. At last Pumaia has but one favorite hog +left. This he refuses to give up, since he has vowed it shall die a +natural death, and he kills all Kualii's men, sparing only the king and +his god. The king prays to his god, and Pumaia is caught, bound, and +sacrificed in the temple Kapua. Pumaia's spirit directs his wife to +collect the bones out of the bone pit in the temple and flee with her +daughter to a cave overlooking Nuuanu pali. Here the spirit brings them +food and riches robbed from Kualii's men. In order to stop these +deprivations, Kualii is advised by his priest to build three houses at +Waikiki, one for the wife, one for the daughter, and one for the bones +of Pumaia. (In one version, Pumaia is then brought back to life.) + + + + +NIHOALAKI + + +Nihoalaki is this man's spirit name. He is born at Keauhou, Kona, +Hawaii, and goes to Waianae, Oahu, where he marries and becomes chief, +under the name of Kaehaikiaholeha, because of his famous _aku_-catching +hook called Pahuhu (see Aiai). He goes on to Waimea, Kauai, and becomes +ruler of that island, dies, and his body is brought back to Waianae. +The parents place the body in a small house built of poles in the shape +of a pyramid and worship it until it is strong enough to become a man +again. Then he goes back to Waimea, under the new name of Nihoalaki. +Here his supernatural sister, in the shape of a small black bird, Noio, +has guarded the fishhook. When Nihoalaki is reproached for his +indolence, he takes the hook and his old canoe and, going out, secures +an enormous haul of _aku_ fish. As all eat, the "person with dropsy +living at Waiahulu," Kamapuaa, who is a friend of Nihoalaki's, comes to +have his share and the two go off together, diving under the sea to +Waianae. A Kauai chief, who follows them, is turned into the rock +Pohakuokauai outside Waianae. Nihoalaki goes into his burial house at +Waianae and disappears. Kamapuaa marries the sister. + + + + +2. MAUI STORIES + +ELEIO + + +Eleio runs so swiftly that he can make three circuits of Maui in a day. +When King Kakaalaneo of Lahaina is almost ready for a meal, Eleio sets +out for Hana to fetch fish for the king, and always returns before the +king sits down to eat. Three times a spirit chases him for the fish, so +he takes a new route. Passing Kaupo, he sees a beautiful spirit, brings +her to life, and finds that she is a woman of rank from another island, +named Kanikaniaula. She gives him a feather cape, until then unknown on +Maui. The king, angry at his runner's delay, has prepared an oven to +cook him in at his return, but at sight of the feather cape he is +mollified, and marries the restored chiefess. Their child is Kaululaau. +(See under Trickster stories.) + + + + +PAMANO + + +In Kahikinui, Maui, in the village of Kaipolohua, in the days of King +Kaiuli, is born Pamano, child of Lono and Kenia. His uncle is Waipu, his +sisters are spirits named Nakinowailua and Hokiolele. Pamano studies the +art of the _hula_, and becomes a famous dancer, then comes to the +uplands of Mokulau in Kaupo, where the king adopts him, but places a +taboo between him and his daughter, Keaka. Keaka, however, entices +Pamano into her house. Now Pamano and his friend, Hoolau, have agreed +not to make love to Keaka without the other's consent. Koolau, not +knowing it is the girl's doing, reports his friend to the king, and he +and his wife decide that Pamano must die. They entice him in from surf +riding, get him drunk with _awa_ in spite of his spirit sisters' +warnings, and chop him to pieces. The sisters restore him to life. At a +_kilu_ game given by Keaka and Koolau. Pamano reveals himself in a chant +and orders his three enemies slain before he will return to Keaka. + + + + +3. HAWAII STORIES + +KAULANAPOKII + + +Kaumalumalu and Lanihau of Holualoa, Kona, Hawaii, have five sons and +five daughters. The boys are Mumu, Wawa, Ahewahewa, Lulukaina and +Kalino; their sisters are Mailelaulii, Mailekaluhea, Mailepakaha, +Mailehaiwale, and Kaulanapokii, who is endowed with gifts of magic. The +girls go sight-seeing along the coast of Kohala, and Mailelaulii weds the +king of Kohala, Hikapoloa. He gets them to send for the supernatural +pearl fishhook with which their brothers catch _aku_ fish, but the hook +sent proves a sham, and the angry chief determines to induce the +brothers thither on a visit and then kill them in revenge. When the five +arrive with a boatload of _aku_, the sisters are shut up in the woman's +house composing a name song for the first-born. Each brother in turn +comes up to the king's house and thrusts his head in at the door, only +to have it chopped off and the body burnt in a special kind of wood +fire, _opiko_, _aaka_, _mamane_, _pua_ and _alani_. The youngest sister, +however, is aware of the event, and the sisters determine to slay +Hikapoloa. When he comes in to see his child, Kaulanapokii sings an +incantation to the rains and seas, the _ie_ and _maile_ vines, to block +the house. Thus the chief is killed. Then Kaulanapokii sings an +incantation to the various fires burning her brothers' flesh, to tell +her where their bones are concealed. With the bones she brings her +brothers to life, and they all return to Kona, abandoning "the proud +land of Kohala and its favorite wind, the Aeloa." + + + + +PUPUHULUENA + + +The spirits have potatoes, yam, and taro at Kalae Point, Kau, but the +Kohala people have none. Pupuhuluena goes fishing from Kohala off +Makaukiu, and the fishes collect under his canoe. As he sails he leaves +certain kinds of fish as he goes until he comes just below Kalae. Here +Ieiea and Poopulu, the fishermen of Makalii, have a dragnet. By oiling +the water with chewed _kukui_ nut, he calms it enough to see the fishes +entering their net, and this art pleases the fishermen. By giving them +the nut he wins their friendship, hence when he goes ashore, one prompts +him with the names of the food plants which are new to him. Then he +stands the spirits on their heads, so shaming them that they give him +the plants to take to Kohala. + + + + + +HIKU AND KAWELU[1] + + +The son of Keaauolu and Lanihau, who live in Kaumalumalu, Kona, once +sends his arrow, called Puane, into the hut of Kawelu, a chiefess of +Kona. She falls violently in love with the stranger who follows to seek +it, and will not let him depart. He escapes, and she dies of grief for +him, her spirit descending to Milu. Hiku, hearing of her death, +determines to fetch her thence. He goes out into mid-ocean, lets down a +_koali_ vine, smears himself with rancid _kukui_ oil to cover the smell +of a live person, and lowers himself on another vine. Arrived in the +lower world, he tempts the spirits to swing on his vines. At last he +catches Kawelu, signals to his friends above, and brings her back with +him to the upper world. Arrived at the house where the body lies, he +crowds the spirit in from the feet up. After some days the spirit gets +clear in. Kawelu crows like a rooster and is taken up, warmed, and +restored. + +[Footnote 1: See Thrum, p. 43.] + + + + +E. TRICKSTER STORIES + +1. THEFTS + +IWA + + +At Keaau, Puna, lives Keaau, who catches squid by means of two famous +_leho_ shells, Kalokuna, which the squid follow into the canoe. Umi, the +king, hears about them and demands them. Keaau, mourning their loss, +seeks some one clever enough to steal them back from Umi. He is directed +to a grove of _kukui_ trees between Mokapu Point and Bird Island, on +Oahu, where lives Kukui and his thieving son Iwa. This child, "while yet +in his mother's womb used to go out stealing." He was the greatest thief +of his day. Keaau engages his services and they start out. With one dip +of Iwa's paddle, Kapahi, they are at the next island. So they go until +they find Umi fishing off Kailua, Hawaii. Iwa swims 3 miles under water, +steals the shells, and fastens the hooks to the coral at the bottom of +the sea 400 fathoms below. Later, Iwa steals back the shells from Keaau +for Umi. + +Iwa's next feat is the stealing of Umi's ax, Waipu, which is kept under +strict taboo in the temple of Pakaalana, in Waipio, on Hawaii. It hangs +on a rope whose ends are fastened to the necks of two old women. A crier +runs back and forth without the temple to proclaim the taboo. Iwa takes +the place of the crier, persuades the old women to let him touch the ax, +and escapes with it. + +Umi arranges a contest to prove who is the champion thief. Iwa is pitted +against the six champions from each of the six districts of Hawaii. The +test is to see which can fill a house fullest in a single night. The six +thieves go to work, but Iwa sleeps until cockcrow, when he rises and +steals all the things out of the other thieves' house. He also steals +sleeping men, women, and children from the king's own house to fill his +own. The championship is his, and the other six thieves are killed. + + + + +MANINIHOLOKUAUA + + +This skillful thief lives at Kaunakahakai on Molokai, where he is noted +for strength and fleetness. In a cave at Kalamaula, in the uplands, his +lizard guardian keeps all the valuables that he steals from strangers +who land on his shore. This cave opens and shuts at his call. +Maniniholokuaua steals the canoe of the famous Oahu runner, Keliimalolo, +who can make three circuits of Oahu in a day, and this man secures the +help of two supernatural runners from Niihau, Kamaakauluohia (or +Kaneulohia), and Kamaakamikioi (or Kaneikamikioi), sons of Halulu, who +can make ten circuits of Kauai in a day. In spite of his grandmother's +warning, Maniniholokuaua steals from them also, and they pursue him to +his cave, where he is, caught between the jaws in his haste. + + + + +PUPUALENALENA + + +This marvelous dog named Pupualenalena fetches _awa_ from Hakau's food +patches in Waipio, Hawaii, to his master in Puako. Hakau has the dog +tracked, and is about to kill both dog and master when he bethinks +himself. He has been troubled by the blowing of a conch shell, Kuana, by +the spirits above Waipio, and he now promises life if the dog will bring +him the shell. This the dog effects in the night, though breaking a +piece in his flight, and the king, delighted, rewards the master with +land in Waipio. + + + + +2. CONTESTS WITH SPIRITS + + +The son of Kakaalaneo, king of Maui and Kanikaniaula, uproots all the +breadfruit trees of Lahaina to get the fruit that is out of reach, and +does so much mischief with the other children born on the same day with +him, who are brought to court for his companions, that they are sent +home, and he is abandoned on the island of Lanai to be eaten by the +spirits. His god shows him a secret cave to hide in. Each night the +spirits run about trying to find him, but every time he tricks them +until they get so overworked that all die except Pahulu and a few +others. Finally his parents, seeing his light still burning, send a +double canoe to fetch him home with honor. This is how Lanai was cleared +of spirits.[1] + +[Footnote 1: Daggett tells this story.] + + + + +LEPE + + +A trickster named Lepe lives at Hilo, Hawaii, calls up the spirits by +means of an incantation, and then fools them in every possible way. + + + + +HANAAUMOE + + +Halalii is the king of the spirits on Oahu. The ghost of Hawaii is +Kanikaa; that of Maui, Kaahualii; of Lanai, Pahulu; of Molokai, Kahiole. +The great flatterer of the ghosts, Hanaaumoe, persuades the Kauai chief, +Kahaookamoku, and his men to land with the promise of lodging, food, and +wives. When they are well asleep, the ghost come and eat them up--"they +made but one smack and the men disappeared." But one man, Kaneopa, has +suspected mischief and hidden under the doorsill where the king of the +spirits sat, so no one found him. He returns and tells the Kauai king, +who makes wooden images, brings them with him to Oahu, puts them in +place of his men in the house; while they hide without, and while the +ghosts are trying to eat these fresh victims, burns down the house and +consumes all but the flatterer, who manages to escape. + + + + +PUNIA. + + +The artful son of Hina in Kohala goes to the cave of lobsters and by +lying speech tricks the shark who guard it under their king, Kaialeale. +He pretends to dive, throws in a stone, and dives in another place. Then +he accuses one shark after another as his accomplice, and its companions +kill it, until only the king is left. The king is tricked into +swallowing him whole instead of cutting him into bits. There he remains +until he is bald--"serves him right, the rascal!"--but finally he +persuades the shark to bring him to land, and the shark is caught and +Punia escapes. Next he kills a parcel of ghosts by pretending that this +is an old fishing ground of his and enticing them out to sea two by two, +when he puts them to death, all but one. + + + + +WAKAINA + + +A cunning ghost of Waiapuka, North Kohala, disguises himself as a dancer +and approaches a party of people. He shows off his skill, then calls for +feather cloak, helmet, bamboo flute, skirt, and various other valuable +things with which to display his art. When he has them secure, he flies +off with them, and the audience never see him or their property +again.[1] + +[Footnote 1: Gill tells this same story from the Hervey group. Myths and +Songs, p. 88.] + + + + +3. STORIES OF MODERN CUNNING + +KULEPE + + +A cunning man and great thinker lives on Oahu in the days of +Peleioholani. He travels to Kalaupapa, Molokai, is hungry, and, seeing +some people bent over their food, chants a song that deceives them into +believing him a soldier and man of the court. They become friendly at +once and invite him to eat. + + + + +KAWAUNUIAOLA + + +A woman of Kula, Maui, whose husband deserts her for another woman, +makes herself taboo, returns to her house, and offers prayers and +invents conversations as if she had a new husband. The news quickly +spreads, and Hoeu starts at once for home. In this cunning manner she +regains her husband. + + + + +MAIAUHAALENALENAUPENA + + +The upland peddlers bring sugar cane, bananas, gourds, etc., to sea to +peddle for fish. Maiauhaalenalenaupena pretends to be a fisherman. He +spreads out his net as if just driven in from sea by the rough weather. +The peddlers trust him with their goods until he has better luck; but he +really is no fisherman and never gives them anything. + + + + +WAAWAAIKINAAUPO AND WAAWAAIKINAANAO + + +One day these two brothers go out snaring birds. The older brother +suggests that they divide the spoils thus: He will take all those with +holes on each side of the beak. The unobservant younger brother +consents, thinking this number will be few, and the older wins the whole +catch. + + + + +KUAUAMOA + + +At Kawaihae, Kohala, lives the great trickster, Kuauamoa. He knows Davis +and Young after they are made prisoners by the natives, and thus learns +some English words. On the plains of Alawawai he meets some men going to +sell rope to the whites and they ask him to instruct them what to say. +He teaches them to swear at the whites. When the white men are about to +beat the peddlers, they drop the rope and run away. + + + + +INDEX TO REFERENCES + +ALEXANDER, W.D. _Short synopsis of the most essential points of Hawaiian +Grammar_. By William DeWitt Alexander, LL.D. (Yale), Honolulu, 1908. +_Brief History of the Hawaiian People_ (school edition), Honolulu, 1908. +_Hawaiian Geographic Names_. Compiled by W.D. Alexander. Report of Coast +and Geodetic Survey for 1902. Appendix No. 7, Washington, 1903. + +ANDREWS, L. _Dictionary of the Hawaiian Language_. By Lorrin Andrews, +Honolulu, 1865. _Haui ka Lani_, a prophetic song foretelling the deeds +of Kamehameha I, chanted by Keaulumoku eight years before the defeat of +Keoua. Translated by Judge Lorrin Andrews and revised by Sanford B. +Dole, Islander, Honolulu, 1875. + +BAESSLER, A. _Suedsee-Bilder_. By Arthur Baessler, Berlin, 1895. _Neue +Suedsee-Bilder_, Berlin, 1900. + +BASTIAN, A. _Die heilige Sage der Polynesier_: Kosmogonie und Theogonie. +By Adolf Bastian. Leipzig, 1881. _Zur Kenntniss Hawaii's_. Berlin, 1883. +_Einiges ueber Samoa und andere Inseln des Suedsee_. 1889. _Inselgrueppen +in Oceanien_. 1889. _Die Samoanische Schoepfungssage_. Berlin, 1894. + +BRIGHAM, W.T. _Contributions of a Venerable Savage to the Ancient +History of the Hawaiian Islands_, translated from the French of Jules +Remy by William Tufts Brigham, LL.D. (Columbia). Boston, 1868. In +publications of the Bishop Museum, Honolulu, Hawaii: _Hawaiian Feather +Work_, 1899. _Additional Notes_, 1903. _Index to the Islands of the +Pacific_, 1900. _Stone Implements and Stone Work of the Ancient +Hawaiians_, 1902. _Mat and Basket Weaving of the Ancient Hawaiians_, +1906. _Old Hawaiian Carving_, 1906. _Ancient Hawaiian House_, 1908. _Ka +Hana Kapa_: Making of Bark Cloth in Hawaii, 1911. + +BUeLOW, W. VON. _Samoanische Sagen_. By Wilhelm von Buelow. Globus, 1895, +1896, 1897. Internationales Archiv fuer Ethnographie, 1898, 1899, 1908. + +CODRINGTON, R. H. _The Melanesians_: Studies in their anthropology and +folklore. By Robert Henry Codrington. Oxford, 1891. + +COLENSO, W. _Historical Incidents and Traditions of the Olden Times_. +Translated from the Maori. By W. Colenso, F.L.S. Transactions of the New +Zealand Institute, Vol. XIII (1880), XIV (1881). + +COOK, J. _A New Voyage Round the World_ in the years 1768, 1769, 1770, +1771, performed by Capt. James Cook in the ship _Endeavor_, drawn from +his own journals and from the papers of Joseph Banks, by John +Hawkesworth. 2 volumes. New York, 1774. _A Voyage Towards the South Pole +and Round the World_, Performed in His Majesty's ships the _Resolution_ +and _Adventure_ in the years 1772, 1773, 1774, and 1775 by Capt. James +Cook. In which is included Capt. Furneaux's narrative of his proceedings +in the _Adventure_ during the separation of the ships. 2 volumes. +Plates. London, 1777. _Voyage to the Pacific Ocean_ ... in His Majesty's +ships the _Resolution_ and _Discovery_, in the years 1776, 1777, 1778, +1779, and 1780. 3 volumes. Vols. I and II by Capt. James Cook, F.R.S. +Vol. III by Capt. James King, LL.D., F.R.S. London, 1784. + +DAGGETT. _Legends and Myths of Hawaii_. Fables and Folktales of a +Strange People. Collected by Kalakaua, edited by Daggett. New York, +1888. + +DIBBLE, S. _A History of the Sandwich Islands_. By Sheldon Dibble. +Lahainaluna, 1843; Honolulu, 1909. + +DIXON, R.B. _Oceanic mythology_. By Roland B. Dixon. In Mythology of All +Races. Vol. IX. Boston, 1916. + +ELLIS, W. _Journal of a Tour Round Hawaii_. By the Rev. William Ellis. +Boston, 1825; London, 1827. _Polynesian Researches_ during a residence +of nearly eight years in the Society and Sandwich Islands. 4 volumes (2nd +edition). London, 1842. + +EMERSON, N.B. Unwritten Literature of Hawaii: _The Sacred Songs of the +Hula_. By Nathaniel Bright Emerson, A.M., M.D. Bureau of American +Ethnology, Bulletin 38. Washington, 1909. _Pele and Hiiaka_, a myth from +Hawaii. Honolulu, 1915. _Hawaiian Antiquities of David Malo_. Translated +and edited. Honolulu, 1898. + +ERDLAND, P.A. _Die Marshall-insulaner_. Leben und Sitte, Sinn und +Religion eines Suedsee-Volkes. By P. August Erdland, M.S.C. Anthropos, +Ethnologische Bibliothek II, 1914. + +FISON, L. _Tales from Old Fiji_. By Lorimer Fison. London, 1904. + +FORNANDER, A. _The Polynesian Race_, an account of its origin and +migrations and the Ancient History of the Hawaiian People to the time of +Kamehameha I. By Abraham Fornander. 3 volumes. London, 1878. Fornander +Collection of Hawaiian Antiquities and Folk-lore. Memoirs of the Bernice +Pauahi Bishop Museum. Edited by Thomas G. Thrum. Honolulu, 1916-. + +FRASER, J. _Folksongs and Myths from Samoa_. By John Fraser (with Powell +and Pratt), Royal Society of New South Wales, 1890, 1891, 1892, 1895. +Journal of the Polynesian Society, 1895, 1896, 1898. + +GILL, W.W. _Myths and Songs from the South Pacific_. By the Rev. William +Wyatt Gill. London, 1876. _South Pacific and New Guinea_, past and present, +with notes on the Hervey Group, an illustrative song and various myths. +Sydney, 1892. + +GIRSCHNER, M. _Die Karolineninsel Namoeluk_ und ihre Bewohner. By Max +Girschner. Baessler Archiv. Vol. II, 123. Berlin, 1912. + +GRACIA, M. _Lettres sur les Iles Marquises_. By Pere Mathias Gracia +(priest of the Sacred Heart). Paris, 1845. + +GREY, G. _Polynesian Mythology and Ancient Traditional Mythology of the New +Zealand Race_. By Sir George Grey (Governor in chief of New Zealand). +London, 1855. + +JARVES, J.J. _History of the Hawaiian Islands_. By James Jackson Jarves +(4th edition). Honolulu, 1872. + +KOTZEBUE, O. VON. _Entdeckungs-Reise in die Sued-See und nach der Berings +Strasse zur erforschung einer nordoestlichen durchfahrt, unternommen in +den jahren 1815, 1816, 1817, und 1818_. By Otto von Kotzebue. Weimar, 1821. + +KRAeMER, A. _Die Samoa Inseln_; Verfassung stammbaeume und +ueberlieferungen. Entwurf einer Monographie. By Dr. Augustin Kraemer. +Vol. + +LESSON, P.A. _Les Polynesiens_; leur Origine, leurs Migrations, leur +Langage. By Pierre Adolph Lesson. Edited by Ludovic Martinet. 4 volumes. +Paris, 1880. + +LILIUOKALANI. _An account of the Creation of the World according to +Hawaiian Tradition_. Composed by Keaulumoku in 1700 and translated from +manuscripts preserved exclusively in her majesty's family. By Liliuokalani +of Hawaii. Boston, 1897. + +LYONS, C.J. _Song of Kualii Tawaii_ chanted by Kupaahulani and +Kamakaaulani. Translated by Curtis J. Lyons. Journal of Polynesian Society +II, 160, and Islander, Honolulu, 1875. _Land Matters in Hawaii_, Islander. +Honolulu, 1875. + +MALO, D. _Moolelo Hawaii_ (Hawaiian Antiquities of David Malo and others) +gathered at Lahainaluna, 1835-36. Revised and published by Dibble, 1838. +Translated into English by Rev. R. Tinker in Hawaiian Spectator II, 1839. +Compiled in Hawaiian by Rev. J.F. Pogue (Pokele), 1858. Translated into +French by M. Jules Remy. Paris, 1862. _Hawaiian Antiquities_ of David Malo, +translated and edited with further material by N.B. Emerson, with +introduction and notes by W.D. Alexander. Honolulu, 1898. + +MARINER, W. _Account of the Natives of the Tonya Islands_. By William +Mariner. Edited by John Martin. 2 volumes. Edinburgh, 1827. + +MOERENHOUT, J.A. _Voyages aux iles du Grand Ocean_. By J.A. Moerenhout. 2 +volumes. Paris, 1837. + +POWELL, T. _A Samoan Tradition of Creation and the Deluge_. By Rev. T. +Powell, F.L.S., Victoria Institute of Great Britain. Vol. XX. + +RIVERS, W.H. _The History of Melanesian Society_. By William Halse Rivers. +2 volumes. Illustrated. Cambridge, 1914. + +SMITH, S.P. _Hawaiki_, the original home of the Maori; with a sketch of +Polynesian History. By S. Percy Smith, F.R.G.S. (3rd edition.) London, +1904. + +STATE, J.B. _Old Samoa_, or Floatsam and Jetsam from the Pacific Ocean. By +Rev. John B. Stair. Religious Tract Society. London, 1897. + +STOKES, J.F.G. _Hawaiian Petroglyphs_. By John F.G. Stokes. Occasional +papers iv 4, Bishop Museum, Honolulu. _Index to Forander's Polynesian +Race_. Honolulu, 1909. + +STUeBEL, A. _Samoanische Texte_. By Alfons Stuebel, Koeniglichen +Museum fuer Voelkerkunde. Vol. IV, 1896. + +THOMSON, B. _The Fijians_: A study of the decay of custom. By Basil +Thomson. London, 1908. + +THRUM, T.G. _Hawaiian Folktales_. A collection of Native Legends. By Thomas +G. Thrum. Chicago, 1907. _The Hawaiian Annual_; the reference book of +information and statistics relating to the Hawaiian Islands. Edited by +Thomas G. Thrum. Honolulu, 1874-. _Ancient Hawaiian Mythology_. To appear. + +TREGEAR, E. _The Maori-Polynesiam Comparative Dictionary_. By Edward +Tregear, F.R.G.S. Wellington, 1891. _Polynesian Folk-lore_. Hina's Voyage +and Origin of Fire. Transactions of the New Zealand Institute, XIX (1886); +XX (1887), + +TURNER, G. _Nineteen Years in Polynesia_. By Rev. George Turner, LL.D. +London, 1861. _Samoa a Hundred Years Ago_. London, 1884. + +WESTERVELT, W.D. _Legends of Maui_, a demigod of Polynesia, and his mother +Hina. By Rev. William D. Westervelt. Honolulu, 1910; Melbourne, 1913. +_Legends of Old Honolulu_. Boston and London, 1915. _Legends of Gods and +Ghosts_. Boston and London, 1915. _Hawaiian Legends of Volcanoes_. Boston, +1916. + +WHITE, J. _Ancient History of the Maori_, his mythology and traditions. By +John White. 6 volumes. New Zealand, 1887. + +WILLIAMS, T. _Fiji and the Fijians_. By Thomas Williams and James Calvert, +edited by George Rowe. 2 volumes. London, 1858. + +WOHLERS, J.F.H. _Mythology and Traditions of the Maori in New Zealand_. By +the Rev. J.F.H. Wohlers. Transactions of the New Zealand Institute, Vol. +VII. 1874. + + + +THE ORIGINAL HAWAIIAN TEXT + + + + +OLELO HOAKAKA + + +Ua hoopuka ka mea nana i pai keia buke me ka olioli nui, ka makamua o ka +hoao ana e hoolako i buke hoonanea na na kanaka Hawaii. Ua loaa mua mai +ia kakou na buke kula o na ano he nui wale, a he nui no hoi na buke i +hoolakoia mai na kakou, e hoike mai ana ia kakou i ka pono a me ka hewa; +aka, o ka buke mua nae keia i paiia na ka poe Hawaii nei, ma ke ano +hoikeike ma ke Kaao i na mea kahiko a keia lahui kanaka, me ka aua mai +hoi mai ka nalowale loa ana'ku o kekahi o na moolelo punihei a lakou. E +hoike ana iloko o na huaolelo maikai wale i na olelo a me na hana a +kekahi o ko Hawaii kaikamahine wahine maikai a punahele no hoi, a na ia +mea no hoi e kokua mai i ka noho mau ana o ke aloha o na poe o Hawaii +nei, no ko lakou mau kupuna a me ko lakou aina. + +E lawe hoi ano, i keia wahi buke uuku, a e hoike ia ia ma ke ano o kona +loaa ana mai, e heluhelu, a e malama hoi ia ia, e hoike ana i kou iini i +ka naauao Hawaii, me kou makaukau mau no hoi e kokua aku ia mea, i ku +mau ai. + +He mea nui no ka hapai ana i ka mea nana e hoomaamaa mai ia kakou ma ka +heluhelu ana, me ka hoonanea pu mai no hoi i na minute noho hana ole o +ko kakou noho ana; nolaila, i ka hoomaka ana a ka mea nana i pai i keia +buke, e hoomakaukau ia ia no ka hele ana'ku imua o keia lahui, ua +hilinai oia i ke kokua nui mai o na makamaka a pau o ka naauao iwaena o +keia mau pae moku; a na ia manao wale iho no i hooikaika mai ia ia ma ke +kupaa ana mamuli o kana mea i manaolana'i e hana aku, iloko o na pilikia +he nui wale e alai mai ana. Akahi no a haawiia i ka lahui Hawaii, ka +buke e pili ana i ka hoonanea'ku i ka noho ana, e like me ka na haole, +he mea ia nana e hanai mai i ko kakou mau manao i ka ike a me ka naauao. +Ua hiki ia kakou a pau ke hui mai ma ka malama ana a me ka hooholomua +aku hoi i keia wahi buke, he kumu ia e hapai hou ia mai ai i mau buke +hou na keia lahui, ma kana olelo iho--ka olelo Hawaii. A nolaila la, e +na makamaka a pau o ka naauao a me na keiki kupa no hoi o Hawaii nei, +mai ka la hiki a ka la kau, eia mai Kawahineokaliula, ke hele aku la +imua o oukou me ke aloha, a e pono hoi ke hookipa ia ia me ka aloha +makamae o ka puuwai Hawaii. ALOHA NO! + + + + +MOKUNA I + + +I ke kamailio ana i keia kaao, ua oleloia ma Laie, Koolau, kona wahi i +hanau ai, a he mau mahoe laua, o Kahauokapaka ka makuakane, o +Malaekahana ka makuahine. O Kahauokapaka nae, oia ke Alii nona na okana +elua, o Koolauloa a me Koolaupoko, a ia ia ka mana nui maluna o kela mau +okana. + +I ka manawa i lawe ai o Kahauokapaka ia Malaekahana'i wahine mare nana +(hoao) mahope iho o ko laua hoao ana, hai mua o Kahauokapaka i kana +olelo paa imua o kana wahine, o laua wale no ma ke kaawale, oiai iloko o +ko laua mau minute oluolu, a eia ua olelo paa la: + +"E kuu wahine, he nani ia ua mare ae nei kaua, a nolaila, ke hai nei au +i kuu olelo paa ia oe; i noho aku auanei kaua, a i loaa ka kaua keiki, a +he keikikane, alaila pomaikai kaua, ola na iwi iloko o ko kaua mau la +elemakule, a haule aku i ka make, nalo no hoi na wahi huna: na ia keiki +e nai na moku e pau ai, ke loaa hoi ia kaua ke keiki mua a he keikikane; +aka hoi, ina he kaikamahine ke hanau mua mai, alaila e make, a ina he +mau kaikamahine wale no ka kaua ke hanau mai e make no, aia no ke ola a +hanau mai a he keikikane, ola na hanau mui i na he mau kaikamahine." + +I ka ewalu paha o na makahiki o ko laua noho ana he kane a he wahine, +hapai ae la o Malaekahana, a hanau mai la he kaikamahine, ua maikai na +helehelena i ka nana aku, a no ka maikai o na helehelena o ua +kaikamahine nei, manao iho la ka makuahine o ke kumu la hoi ia e lilo ai +ka olelo paa a Kahauokapaka i mea ole, ola la hoi ua kaikamahine nei, +aole ka! Ia manawa i hanau ai, aia nae o Kahauokapaka i ka lawai-a me na +kanaka. + +A hoi mai o Kahauokapaka mai ka lawai-a mai, haiia aku la ua hanau o +Malaekahana he kaikamahine. A hiki ke alii i ka hale, ua wahiia ke +kaikamahine i ke kapa keiki, kena koke ae la o Kahauokapaka i ka Ilamuku +e pepehi. + +Ma ia hope iho hapai hou o Malaekahana, a hanau hou mai la he +kaikamahine, o keia nae ke kaikamahine oi aku o ka maikai mamua o kela +kaikamahine mua, manao iho la e ola la hoi, aole ka! Ike ae la o +Kahauokapaka i ke kaikamahine e hiiia mai ana, ua hoaahuia i ke kapa +keiki, ia manawa, kena koke ae la ke alii i ka Ilamuku e pepehi. + +Mahope mai, ua hapai wale no o Malaekahana, he mau kaikamahine wale no, +aole nae i ola iki kekahi oia mau hanau ana o Malaekahana, ua pau wale +no i ka pepehiia e like me ka olelo paa a ke alii. + +A i ka hapai hou ana o Malaekahana i ke keiki, o ka lima ia, a kokoke i +na la hanau, hele aku la kela a imua o ke Kahuna, a olelo aku la, "E! +auhea oe? E nana mai oe i keia opu o'u e hapai nei, no ka mea, ua pauaho +ae nei hoi i ka pau o na keiki i ka make i ka pakela pepehi a ke kane, +aha ae nei a maua keiki, aha no i ka make; nolaila, e nana mai oe i keia +opu o'u e hapai nei, ina i ike oe he kaikamahine, e omilomilo ae au, +oiai aole i hookanaka ae ke keiki. Aka hoi, ina i ike mai hoi oe i keia +opu o'u e hapai nei a he keikikane, aole ana." + +Alaila, olelo mai ke Kahuna ia Malaekahana, "O hoi, a kokoke i ko la +hanau, alaila, hele mai oe i o'u nei, i nana aku au i keia hapai ana." + +A kokoke i na la hanau, i ka malama o Ikuwa, i na la kapu heiau, +hoomanao ae la o Malaekahana i ke kauoha a ke Kahuna. Ia ianei e +nahunahu ana, hele aku la keia imua o ke Kahuna, me ka olelo aku, "I +hele mai nei au ma ke kauoha a ke Kahuna, no ka mea, ke hoomaka mai nei +ka nahunahu hanau keiki ana; nolaila, ano oe e nana mai oe i kuu keiki e +hapai nei." + +Ia Malaekahana me ke Kahuna e kamailio ana no keia mau mea, alaila, hai +aku la ke Kahuna i kana olelo ia Malaekahana, "E hailona aku au ia oe, +ma ka mea a'u e noi aku ai, e haawi mai oe." + +Ia manawa, nonoi aku la ke Kahuna ia Malaekahana e haawi mai i kekahi +lima imua o ke alo o ke Kahuna, e like no me ka hailona mau o keia +lahui, ma ka lima no nae ana e makemake ai e haawi aku imua o ke Kahuna. + +Ia manawa a ke Kahuna i noi aku ai i kekahi lima, haawi mai la o +Malaekahana i ka lima hema, me ka hoohuliia o ke alo o ka lima iluna. +Alaila, hai aku la ke Kahuna i ka hailona i ku i kana ike, "E hanau hou +ana no oe he kaikamahine, no ka mea, ua haawi mai nei oe i kou lima hema +ia'u, me ka huli nae o ke alo o ka lima iluna." + +A no keia olelo a ke Kahuna, kaumaha loa iho la ka naau o Malaekahana, +no ka mea, ua kumakena mau kela i ka pepehi mau a kana kane i na keiki +mua; nolaila, noi aku la o Malekahana i ke Kahuna e noonoo mai i mea e +pono ai ka wahine, a e ola ai hoi ke keiki. + +Alaila, hai aku la ke Kahuna i kana mau olelo ia Malaekahana, "E hoi oe +a ka hale, ina e hiki i ka wa e aneane hanau ai, alaila ea, e ono ae oe +i ka ohua, me ka olelo aku ia Kahauokapaka, nana ponoi no e lawai-a, o +ka i-a ponoi no e loaa ana ma kona lima oia kau i-a e ono ai; no ka mea, +he kanaka puni kaalauohua hoi ko kane, i lilo ai kela i ka lawai-a, ike +ole ia i kou hanau ana, a ina e hanau ae, alaila, na'u e malama ke +keiki, i hoi mai ia ua lilo ia'u ke keiki, a ina e niuau mai, hai aku oe +he heiki alualu, alaila pau wale." + +A pau ka laua kamailio ana no keia mau mea, hoi aku la o Malaekahana a +hiki i ka hale, in manawa, nui loa mai la ka nahunahu ana a aneane e +hanau, alaila, hoomanao ae la o Malaekahana i na olelo a ke Kahuna i +a-oa-o mai ai ia ia. + +A i ka mao ana'e o ka eha no ka aneane hanau, olelo aku la o Malaekahana +i kana kane, "E Kahauokapaka e! ke kau mai nei i ko'u mau maka ka +ohuapalemo; nolaila, e holo aku oe i ke kaalauohua, me he mea'la a loaa +mai ka ohuapalemo, alaila hemo kuu keiki, akahi wale no o'u hanau ino +ana, a me ka ono o'u i ka ohua; nolaila, e hele koke aku oe me na kanaka +i ka lawai-a." + +Ia manawa, puka koke aku o Kahauokapaka a hele aku la. Ia lakou e hele +ana, hanau ae la ua keiki nei he kaikamahine, a lilo ae la ia Waka ka +hanai, a kapa iho la i ka inoa o Laieikawai. Ia lakou no hoi e lawelawe +ana i ke keiki mua, hanau hou mai la he kaikamahine no, a lilo ae la ia +Kapukaihaoa, a kapa iho la i ka inoa o ka muli o Laielohelohe. + +A lilo na kaikamahine ma ka lima o Waka a me Kapukaihaoa me ke kaawale, +hoi mai la o Kahauokapaka mai ka lawai-a mai, ninau iho la i ka wahine, +"Pehea oe?" + +I mai la ka wahine, "Ua hanau ae nei au he keiki alualu, ua kiola ia aku +nei i ka moana." + +Ua akaka mua no nae ia Kahauokapaka ka hanau ia lakou i ka moana; no ka +mea, elua hekili o ke kui ana, manao ae la no hoi o Kahauokapaka ua +hanau ka wahine; mai ka hanau ana o Laieikawai me Laielohelohe, oia ka +hoomaka ana o ka hekili e kani iloko o Ikuwa, pela i olelo ia iloko o +keia moolelo. + +Ia Waka me Kapukaihaoa ma ke kaa wale me na hanai a laua, olelo aku la o +Waka ia Kapukaihaoa, "Pehea la auanei e nalo ai na hanai a kaua ia +Kahauokapaka?" + +I mai la ke Kahuna, "E pono oe ke huna loa i kau hanai iloko o ke kiowai +i Waiapuka, aia malaila kekahi ana i ike oleia e na mea a pau, a na'u no +hoi e imi ko'u wahi e malama ai i ka'u hanai." + +Lawe aku la o Waka ia Laieikawai ma kahi a Kapukaihaoa i kuhikuhi ai, a +malaila oia i malama malui'ai o Laieikawai a hiki i kona manawa i +hoomahuahua iki ae ai. + +Mahope iho o keia mau la, lawe ae la o Kapukaihaoa ia Laielohelohe i uka +o Wahiawa ma kahi i oleloia o Kukaniloko. + +Iloko o ko Laieikawai mau la ma Waiapuka, ua hoomauia ka pio ana o ke +anuenue ma kela wahi, iloko o ka manawa ua a me ka malie, i ka po a me +ke ao; aka, aole nae i hoomaopopo na mea a pau i ke ano o keia anuenue; +aka, ua hoomauia keia mau hailona alii ma na wahi i malamai'ai ua mau +mahoe nei. + +I kekahi manawa, ia Hulumaniani e kaahele ana ia Kauai apuni, ma kona +ano Makaula nui no Kauai, a ia ia i hiki ai iluna pono o Kalalea, ike +mai la oia i ka pio a keia anuenue i Oahu nei; noho iho la oia malaila +he iwakalua la, i kumu e ike maopopoi'ai o ke ano o kana mea e ike nei. +Ia manawa, ua, maopopo lea i ka Makaula he Alii Nui ka mea nona keia +anuenue e pio nei, a me na onohi elua i hoopuniia i na ao polohiwa +apuni. + +Ia manawa, hooholo ae la ka Makaula i kona manao e holo i Oahu, i +maopopo ai ia ia kana mea e ike nei. Haalele keia ia wahi, hiki aku la +keia i Anahola, hoolimalima aku la keia i waa e holo ai i Oahu nei; aka, +aole i loaa ia ia he waa e holo ai i Oahu nei. Kaapuni hou ka Makaula ia +Kauai a puni, pii hou oia iluna o Kalalea, a ike hou no oia i kana mea i +ike mua ai, aia no e mau ana e like no me mamua, alaila, hoi hou keia a +hiki i Anahola. + +I ua Makaula nei malaila, lohe keia o Poloula ka mea waa o Wailua, no ka +mea, he alii ia no ia wahi, ake aku la oia e halawai me Poloula, me ka +manao e noi aku i ke alii i waa e hiki ai i Oahu. + +Ia Hulumaniani i halawai aku ai me Poloula, nonoi aku la oia i waa e +holo ai i Oahu nei; alaila, haawiia mai la ka waa me na kanaka; ia po +iho, i ka hiki ana o ka Hokuhookelewaa, haalele lakou ia Kauai, he +umikumamalima ko lakou nui, hiki mua mai la lakou ma Kamaile, i Waianae. + +Mamua ae nae o ko ka Makaula holo ana mai, ua hoomakaukau mua oia +hookahi puaa hiwa, he moa lawa, a me ka i-a ula. + +Ia la o lakou i hiki ai ma Waianae, kauoha ka Makaula i na kanaka e noho +malaila a hoi mai oia mai ka huakai kaapuni ana. + +I ua Makaula nei i hele ai, hiki mua keia iluna pono o Maunalahilahi, +ike aku la keia i ke anuenue e pio ana ma Koolauloa, e like me kana ike +ana i kona mau la iluna o Kalalea. + +A hiki keia i Waiapuka, kahi i malamaia ai o Laieikawai, ike iho la oia +aole he kuleana kupono o kela wahi e nohoi'ai e na'lii. I kela manawa +nae a ka Makaula i hiki ai ilaila, ua nalo mua aku o Waka ma kahi i +hunai'ai o Laieikawai. + +I ka manawa nae a ka Makaula e kunana ana, alaila, ike aku la oia i ka +aleale ana o ka wai o ko Waka luu ana aku. Olelo iho la ka Makaula iloko +ona, "He mea kupanaha, aole hoi he makani o keia lua wai e kuleana ai la +hoi ka aleale ana o ka wai, me he mea he mea e auau ana, a ike ae nei +ia'u pee iho nei." A pau ko Waka manawa ma kahi o Laieikawai, hoi mai la +oia; aka, ike ae la keia maloko o ka wai i keia mea e noho ana maluna +iho, emi hope hou aku la o Waka, no ka mea, ua manao oia o Kahauokapaka, +keia mea ma kae o ka luawai. + +Hoi hou aku la o Waka me kana moopuna, a hiki i ka molehulehu ana, +hoomakakiu hou mai la oia me ka manao ua hele aku kela mea ana i ike ai; +aka, aia no ua Makaulanei ma kana wahi i noho mua ai, nolaila, hoi hope +hou o Waka. + +Ua noho ua Makaula nei ma ke kae o kela luawai, a moe oia malaila a ao +ia po. Ia kakahiaka ana ae, i ka manawa molehulehu, ala ae la oia, ike +aku la kela i ka pio a ke anuenue i uka o Kukaniloko, haalele keia ia +wahi, kaapuni keia ia Oahu nei, ma Koolaupoko kona hele mua ana, a ma +Kona nei, a mai anei aku hiki ma Ewa; a hiki keia i Honouliuli, ike aku +la ua Makaula nei i ka pio o ke anuenue i uka o Wahiawa, pii loa aku la +oia a hiki i Kamaoha, a malaila oia i moe ai a ao ia po, aole oia i ike +i kana mea i ukali mai ai. + + + + +MOKUNA II + + +A nele ka Makaula i ka ike i kana mea e ukali nei, haalele keia ia +Kamaoha, hiki keia iluna pono o Kaala, a malaila oia i ike ai e pio ana +ke anuenue i Molokai; nolaila, haalele ka Makaula ia wahi, kaapuni hou +ia Oahu nei; o ka lua ia o kana huakai kaapuni ana, i mea e hiki ai ia +ia ke ike maopopo i kana mea e ukali nei, no ka mea, ua ano e ka hana a +ke anuenue, no ka holoholoke ana i kela wahi keia wahi. + +I ka la a ua Makaula nei i haalele ai ia Kaala, hiki mua aku oia iluna o +Kuamooakane, aia hoi e pio ana ke anuenue i Molokai, e ku ana ka punohu +i uhipaaia e na ao hekili, ekolu mau la oia nei ma Kuamooakane, ua +hoomauia ka uhi paapu a ka ua a me ka noe. + +I ka eha o na la oia nei malaila, loaa ia ia he waa e holo ana i +Molokai; kau aku la oia maluna o ka waa, a holo aku la a like a like o +ka moana, loaa ka manao ino i na mea waa, no ka mea, ua uluhua laua i ua +Makaula nei no ka hiamoe, a me ka ala a mau ana o kahi puaa, a o-o-o mau +no hoi o kahi moa. + +A no keia mea, kunou aku la ka mea mahope o ka waa i ke kanaka iluna o +kuaiako, e hoi hou ka waa i hope, a hoonoho hou i ka Makaula i Oahu nei, +a ua like ka manao o na mea waa ma ia mea e hoihoi hope ka waa, e moe +ana nae ka Makaula ia manawa. + +Hoohuli ae la na mea waa i ka waa i hope a holo i Oahu nei; ia manawa a +ka waa e hoi hope nei, hoohuoi iho la ka Makaula i ka pa ana a ka makani +ma kona papalina, no ka mea, ua maopopo ia ia kahi a ka makani i pa ai i +ka holo ana mai Oahu aku nei manao iho la oia, ma kai mai ka makani e pa +nei. + +Nolaila, kaakaa ae la na maka o ka Makaula, aia hoi e hoi hou ana ka waa +i Oahu nei; ia manawa, nalu iho la ka Makaula i ke kumu o keia hoi hou +ana o ka waa. Aka hoi, no ko ianei makemake e ike maopopo i ka hana a na +mea waa, pule aku la oia i kona Akua ia Kuikauweke, e hooili mai i ka +ino nui maluna o ka moana. + +Ia ia e pule ana iloko ona iho, hiki koke mai la ka ino nui maluna o +lakou, a pono ole ka manao o na mea waa. + +Ia manawa, hoala ae la na mea waa ia ianei, "E keia kanaka e moe nei! e +ala ae paha oe, kainoa paha he pono kau i kau mai ai maluna o ko maua +waa, aole ka! oia no ka moe a nei kanaka la o uka." + +Alaila, ala ae la ua Makaula nei, e hooiho ana ka waa i Oahu nei. + +Alaila, ninau aku la oia i na mea waa, "Heaha iho nei keia hana a olua +ia'u i hoi hope ai ka waa? A heaha kuu hewa?" + +Alaila, olelo mai la na mea waa, "Ua uluhua maua no kou hiamoe, a me ka +alala mau o ko wahi puaa, a me ke kani mau a ko wahi moa, nolaila +kulikuli; mai ka holo ana mai nei no ka ke kulikuli a hiki i keia +manawa, ua pono no la hoi ia, i na la hoi e hoe ana oe, aole ka, he moe +wale iho no ka kau." + +I aku la ka Makaula, "Ua hewa olua i kuu manao; ina o kuu noho wale ke +kumu o ka hoi hou ana o ka waa o kakou i Oahu, alaila, ke olelo nei au, +ua hewa ka mea iluna o kuaiako, no ka mea, he noho wale iho no kana, +aole ana hana." + +Ia lakou e kamailio ana no keia mau mea, lele aku la ka Makaula mahope o +ka waa, a lilo iho la ia ia ka hookele, holo aku la lakou a kau ma +Haleolono i Molokai. + +Ia lakou i hiki aku ai malaila, aia hoi, e pio ana ke anuenue i Koolau, +e like me kana ike ana i kona mau la maluna o Kuamooakane, haalele keia +i na mea waa, ake aku la oia e ike i kana mea i ukali mai ai. + +Ia hele ana hiki mua keia i Waialala maluna pono ae o Kalaupapa; ia +ianei malaila, ike maopopo aku la oia e pio ana ke anuenue iluna o +Malelewaa, ma kahi nihinihi hiki ole ke heleia. Aia nae malaila kahi i +hunaia ai o Laieikawai, oia a me kona kupunawahine, e like me ke kauoha +mau a Kapukaihaoa ia Waka ma ka hihio. + +No ka mea, i ka Makaula e holo mai ana ma ka moana, ua ike mua e aku o +Kapukaihaoa i ka Makaula, a me kana mau hana, nolaila oia i olelo mau ai +ia Waka ma ka hihio e ahai mua ia Laieikawai ma kahi hiki ole ke loaa. + +I ka Makaula i haalele ai ia Waialala, hiki aku keia ma Waikolu ilalo +pono o Malelewaa, aia nae e pio ana ke anuenue i kahi hiki ole ia ia ke +hele aku; aka, ua noonoo ka Makaula i kekahi manawa, i wahi e hiki ai e +ike i kana mea e ukali nei, a waiho aku i kana kanaenae i hoomakaukau +mua ai, aole nae e hiki. + +I kela la a ka Makaula i hiki ai ma Waikolu, ia po iho, hiki mua ke +kauoha a Kapukaihaoa ia Laieikawai ma ka moeuhane, a puoho ae la oia, he +moeuhane. Alaila, hoala aku la o Laieikawai i kona kupunawahine, a ala +ae la, ninau aku la ke kupunawahine i kana moopuna i ke kumu o ka hoala +ana. + +Hai mai la ka moopuna, "Ua hiki mai o Kapukaihaoa i o'u nei ma ka +moeuhane, e olelo mai ana, e ahai loa oe ia'u i Hawaii a hoonoho ma +Paliuli, a malaila kaua e noho ai, pela mai nei oia ia'u, a puoho wale +ae la wau la, hoala aku la ia oe." + +Ia Laieikawai nae e kamailio ana i ke kupunawahine, hiki iho la ka hihio +ma o Waka la, a ua like me ka ka moopuna e olelo ana, ia manawa, ala ae +la laua i ke wanaao a hele aku la e like me ke kuhikuhi a Kapukaihaoa ia +laua ma ka moeuhane. + +Haalele laua ia wahi, hiki aku laua ma Keawanui, kahi i kapaia o +Kaleloa, a malaila laua i halawai ai me ke kanaka e hoomakaukau ana i +ka waa e holo ai i Lanai. La laua i halawai aku ai me ka mea waa, olelo +aku la o Waka, "E ae anei oe ia maua e kau pu aku me oe ma ko waa, a +holo aku i kau wahi i manao ai e holo?" + +Olelo mai la ka mea waa, "Ke ae nei wau e kau pu olua me a'u ma ka waa, +aka hookahi no hewa, o ko'u kokoolua ole e hiki ai ka waa." + +Ia manawa a ka mea waa i hoopuka ai i keia olelo "i kokoolua" hoewaa, +wehe ae la o Laieikawai i kona mau maka i uhiia i ka aahu kapa, mamuli o +ka makemake o ke kupunawahine e huna loa i kana moopuna me ka ike oleia +mai e na mea e ae a hiki i ko laua hiki ana i Paliuli, aka, aole pela ko +ka moopuna manao. + +I ka manawa nae a Laieikawai i hoike ai i kona mau maka mai kona hunaia +ana e kona kupunawahine, luliluli ae la ke poo o ke kupunawahine, aole a +hoike kana moopuna ia ia iho, no ka mea, e lilo auanei ka nani o kana +moopuna i mea pakuwa wale. + +I ka manawa nae a Laieikawai i wehe ae ai i kona mau maka, ike aku la ka +mea waa i ka oi kelakela o ko Laieikawai helehelena mamua o na +kaikamahine kaukaualii o Molokai a puni, a me Lanai. Aia hoi, ua +hookuiia mai ka mea waa e kona iini nui no kana mea e ike nei. + +A no keia mea, noi aku la ka mea waa i ke kupunawahine, me ka olelo aku, +"E kuu loa ae oe i na maka o ko moopuna mai kona hoopulouia ana, no ka +mea, ke ike nei wau ua oi aku ka maikai o kau milimili, mamua o na +kaikamahine kaukaualii o Molokai nei a me Lanai." + +I mai la ke kupunawahine. "Aole e hiki ia'u ke wehe ae ia ia, no ka mea, +o kona makemake no ka huna ia ia iho." + +A no keia olelo a Waka i ka mea waa mamuli o kana noi, alaila, hoike pau +loa ae la o Laieikawai ia ia mai kona hunaia ana, no ka mea, ua lohe aku +la o Laieikawai i ka olelo a kona kupunawahine, o Laieikawai no ka +makemake e huna ia ia; aka, ua, makemake ole keia e huna. + +A no ka ike maopopo loa ana aku o ka mea waa ia Laieikawai, alaila, he +nuhou ia i ka mea waa. Alaila, kupu ae la ka manao ano e iloko ona, e +hele e hookaulana ia Molokai apuni, no keia mea ana e iini nei. + +Alaila, olelo aku la ua mea waa nei ia Laieikawai ma, "Auhea olua, e +noho olua i ka hale nei, na olua na mea a pau oloko, aole kekahi mea e +koe o ka hale nei ia olua, o olua maloko a mawaho o keia wahi." + +A no ka hoopuka ana o ka mea waa i keia olelo, alaila, olelo aku la o +Laieikawai, "E ke kamaaina o maua, e hele loa ana anei oe? No ka mea, ke +ike lea nei maua i kou kauoha honua ana, me he mea la e hele loa ana +oe?" + +I aku la ke kamaaina, "E ke kaikamahine, aole pela, aole au e haalele +ana ia oula; aka, i manao ae nei au e huli i kokoolua no'u e hoe aku ai +ia olua a pae i Lanai." + +A no keia olelo a ka mea waa, i aku la o Waka i ke kamaaina o laua nei, +"Ina o ke kumu ia o kou hele ana i kauoha honua ai oe i na mea a pau o +kou hale ia maua; alaila, ke i aku nei wau, he hiki ia maua ke kokua ia +oe ma ka hoe ana." + +A ike ka mea waa he mea kaumaha keia olelo a Waka imua ona. + +Olelo aku la oia imua o na malahini, "Aole o'u manao e hoounauna aku ia +olua e kokua mai ia'u ma ka hoe pu ana i ka waa, no ka mea, he mea nui +olua na'u." + +Aka, aole pela ka manao o ka mea waa e huli i kokoolua hoe waa pu me ia, +no ka mea, ua hooholo mua oia i kana olelo hooholo iloko ona, e hele e +kukala aku ia Laieikawai apuni o Molokai. + +A pau ke kamailio ana a lakou i keia mau olelo, haalele iho la ka mea +waa ia laua nei, a hele aku la e like me ka olelo hooholo mua iloko ona. + +Ia hele ana, ma Kaluaaha kona hiki mua ana, a moe aku oia i Halawa, a ma +keia hele ana a ia nei, ua kukala aku oia i ka maikai o Laieikawai e +like me kona manao paa. + +A ma kekahi la ae, i ke kakahiaka nui, loaa ia ia ka waa e holo ana i +Kalaupapa, kau aku la oia maluna o ka waa, hiki mua oia i Pelekunu, a me +Wailau, a mahope hiki i Waikolu kahi a ka Makaula e noho ana. + +Ia ia nae i hiki aku ai i Waikolu, ua hala mua aku ua Makaula nei i +Kalaupapa, aka, o ka hana mau a ua wahi kanaka nei, ke kukala hele no +Laieikawai. + +A hiki keia i Kalaupapa, aia hoi, he aha mokomoko e akoakoa ana ku aku +la oia mawaho o ka aha, a kahea aku la me ka leo nui, "E ka hu, e na +makaainana, e ka lopakuakea, lopahoopiliwale, e na'lii, na Kahuna, na +kilo, na aialo, ua ike au i na mea a pau ma keia hele ana mai nei a'u, +ua ike i na mea nui, na mea liilii, na kane, na wahine, na kaukaualii +kane, na kaukaualii wahine, ka niaupio, ke ohi, aole wau i ike i kekahi +oi o lakou e like me ka'u mea i ike ai, a ke olelo nei au, oia ka oi +mamua o na kaikamahine kaukaualii o Molokai nei apuni, a me keia aha no +hoi." + +Ia manawa nae a ia nei e kahea nei, aole i lohe pono mai ka aha, no ka +mea, ua uhiia kona leo e ka haukamumu leo o ka aha, a me ka nene no ka +hoouka kaua. + +A no ko ianei manao i lohe ponoia mai kana olelo, oi pono loa aku la ia +iwaena o ke anaina, ku iho la oia imua o ka aha, a kuehu ae la oia i ka +lepa o kona aahu, a hai hou ae la i ka olelo ana i olelo mua ai. + +Iloko o keia manawa, lohe pono loa aku la ke Alii nui o Molokai i keia +leo, alaila hooki ae la ke alii i ka aha, i loheia aku ai ka olelo a +keia kanaka malahini e kuhea nei; no ka mea, iloko o ko ke alii ike ana +aku i ua wahi kanaka nei, ua hoopihaia kona mau maka i ka olioli, me ke +ano pihoihoi. + +Kaheaia aku la ua wahi kanaka nei mamuli o ke kauoha a ke alii, a hele +mai la imua o ke alii, a ninau aku la, "Heaha kou mea e nui nei kou leo +imua o ka aha, me ka maka olioli?" + +Alaila, hai mai la kela i ke kumu o kona kahea ana, a me kona olioli +imua o ke alii. "Ma ke kakahiakanui o ka la i nehinei, e lawelawe ana +wau i ka waa no ka manao e holo i Lanai, hoea mai ana keia wahine me ke +kaikamahine, aole nae au i ike lea i ke ano o ua kaikamahine la. Aka, +iloko o ko maua wa kamailio, hoopuka mai la ke kaikamahine i kona mau +maka mai kona hunaia ana, aia hoi, ike aku la wau he kaikamahine maikai, +i oi aku mamua o na kaikamahine alii o Molokai nei." + +A lohe ke alii i keia olelo, ninau aku la, "Ina ua like kona maikai me +kuu kaikamahine nei la, alaila, ua nani io." + +A no keia ninau a ke alii, noi aku la ua wahi kanaka nei e hoikeia mai +ke kaikamahine alii imua ona, a laweia mai la o Kaulaailehua ke +kaikamahine a ke alii. + +I aku la ua wahi kanaka nei, "E ke alii! oianei la, eha kikoo i koe o ko +iala maikai ia ianei, alaila, like aku me kela." I mai la ke alii, "E! +nani io aku la, ke hoole ae nei oe i ka makou maikai e ike nei, no ka +mea, o ko Molokai oi no keia." + +Alaila, olelo aku la kahi kanaka i ke alii me ka wiwo ole, "No ko'u ike +i ka maikai, ko'u mea no ia i olelo kaena ai." + +Ia manawa a kahi kanaka e kamailio ana me ke alii, e noho ana ka Makaula +ia manawa e hoolohe ana i ke ano o ke kamailio ana, aka, ua haupu honua +ae ka Makaula, me he mea la o kana mea e ukali nei. + +A no keia mea, neenee loa aku la ka Makaula a kokoke, paa aku la ma ka +lima o kahi kanaka, a huki malu aku la ia ia. + +Ia laua ma kahi kaawale, ninau pono aku la ka Makaula i ua wahi kanaka +nei, "Ua ike no anei oe i kela kaikamahine mamua au e kamailio nei i ke +alii?" + +Hoole aku la ua wahi kanaka nei, me ka i aku, "Aole au i ike mamua, +akahi no wau a ike, a he mea malahini ia i ko'u mau maka." + +A no keia mea, manao ae la ka Makaula, o kana mea i imi mai ai, me ka +ninau pono aku i kahi i noho ai, a hai ponoia mai la. + +A pau ka laua kamailio ana, lawe ae la oia i na mea ana i hoomakaukau ai +i mohai no ka manawa e halawai aku ai, a hele aku la. + + + + +MOKUNA III + + +Ia hele ana o ka Makaula mahope iho o ko laua halawai ana me kahi +kanaka, hiki mua keia iluna o Kawela; nana aku la oia, e pio ana ke +anuenue i kahi a ua wahi kanaka nei i olelo ai ia ia; alaila, hoomaopopo +lea iho la ka Makaula o kana mea no e ukali nei. + +A hiki keia i Kaamola ka aina e pili pu la me Keawanui, kahi hoi a +Laieikawai ma e kali nei i ka mea waa, ia manawa, ua poeleele loa iho +la, ua hiki ole ia ia ke ike aku i ka mea ana i ike ai iluna o Kawela, +aka, ua moe ka Makaula malaila ia po, me ka manao i kakahiaka e ike ai i +kana mea e imi nei. + +I kela po a ka Makaula e moe la i Kaamola, aia hoi, ua hiki ka olelo +kauoha a Kapukaihaoa ia Laieikawai ma ka moeuhane, e like me ke kuhikuhi +ia laua iloko o ko laua mau la ma Malelewaa. + +Ia wanaao ana ae, loaa ia laua ka waa e holo ai i Lanai, a kau laua +malaila a holo aku la, a ma Maunalei ko laua wahi i noho ai i kekahi mau +la. + +Ia Laieikawai ma i haalele ai ia Kalaeloa ia kakahiaka, ala ae la ka +Makaula, e ku ana ka punohu i ka moana, a me ka ua koko, aia nae, ua uhi +paapuia ka moana i ka noe a me ke awa, mawaena o Molokai, a me Lanai. + +Ekolu mau la o ka uhi paapu ana o keia noe i ka moana, a i ka eha o ko +ka Makaula mau la ma Kaamola, i ke kakahiaka nui, ike aku la oia e ku +ana ka onohi iluna pono o Maunalei; aka, ua nui loa ka minamina o ka +Makaula no ke halawai ole me kana mea e imi nei, aole nae oia i pauaho a +hooki i kona manaopaa. + +Ua aneane e hala na la he umi ia ia ma Molokai, ike hou aku la oia e ku +ana ka punohu iluna o Haleakala; haalele keia ia Molokai, hiki mua oia +iluna o Haleakala ma kela lua pele, aole nae oia i ike i kana mea e imi +nei. + +I ua Makaula nei nae i hiki ai malaila, ike aku la oia ia Hawaii, ua uhi +paapuia ka aina i ka ohu, a me ka noe. A haalele keia ia wahi, hiki keia +i Kauwiki, a malaila oia i kukulu ai i wahi heiau, kahi hoi e hoomana ai +i kona Aku, ka mea hiki ke kuhikuhi i kana mea e imi nei. + +I ua Makaula nei e kaapuni ana ma na wahi a pau ana i kipa aku ai, ua +kauoha mua aku ka Makaula, i na e loaa kana mea e imi nei, alaila, e +huli aku ia ia ma kahi e loaa ai. + +A pau ke kapu heiau a ua Makaula nei ma, Kauwiki, i na po o Kane, a me +Lono paha, alaila, ike maopopoia aku la ke kalae ana o ka aina a puni o +Hawaii, a ua waiho pono mai na kuahiwi. + +Ua nui no na la o ka Makaula ma Kauwiki, aneane makahiki a oi ae paha, +aole nae oia i ike iki i ka hoailona mau ana e ukali nei. + +I kekahi la, i ka malama o Kaaona, i na Ku, i ka manawa kakahiaka nui, +ike aweawea aku la oia he wahi onohi ma Koolau, o Hawaii; ia manawa, +puiwa koke ae la oia me ka lele o kona oili me ka maikai ole o kona +noonoo ana; aka, ua kali loihi no oia me ka hoomanawanui a maopopo lea +ka hana a kela wahi onohi; a pau ia malama okoa i ka hoomanawanuiia eia, +a i kekahi malama ae, i ka la o Kukahi, i ke ahiahi, mamua o ka napoo +ana o ka la, komo aku la oia iloko o kona wahi heiau, kahi i hoomakaukau +ai no kona Akua, a pule aku la oia. + +Ia ia e pule ana, a i ka waenakonu o ka manawa, ku mai la imua o ua +Makaula nei ke kahoaka o Laieikawai, a me kona kupunawahine; a no keia +mea, hooniau aku la oia i ka pule ana, aole nae i haalele kela kahoaka +ia ia a hiki i ka maamaama ana. + +Ia po iho, iloko o kona manawa hiamoe, halawai mai la kona Akua me ia ma +ka hihio, i mai la, "Ua ike au i kou luhi, a me kou hoomanawanui ana, me +ke ake e loaa ia oe ka moopuna a Waka, me kou manao hoi e loaa kou +pomaikai no kana moopuna mai. Iloko o kau pule ana, ua hiki ia'u ke +kuhikuhi, e loaa no o Laieikawai ia oe, mawaena o Puna, a me Hilo, iloko +o ka ululaau, e noho ana iloko o ka hale i uhiia i na hulu melemele o ka +Oo, nolaila, apopo e ku oe a hele." + +Puoho ae la oia mai ka hiamoe, aia ka he hihio, a no keia mea, pono ole +iho la kona manao, aole e hiki ia ia ke moe ia po a ao. + +Ia po a ao ae i ke kakahiaka nui, ia ia maluna o Kauwiki, ike aku la oia +i ke kilepalepa a ka pea o ka waa ilalo o Kaihalulu; holo wikiwiki aku +la oia a hiki i ke awa, ninau aku la i kahi a keia waa e holo ai, haiia +mai la, "E holo ana i Hawaii," a noi aku la oia e kau pu me lakou ma ka +waa, a aeia mai la oia pu me lakou. + +Hoi hou aku la ka Makaula iluna o Kauwiki, e lawe mai i kana mau wahi +ukana, na mea ana i hoomakaukau ai i kanaenae. + +Ia manawa, aia nei i hiki ai i ka waa, hai mua aku la oia i kona manao i +na mea waa, "E na mea waa, e hai mai oukou i ka'u hana ma keia holo ana +o kakou; ma ka oukou mea e olelo mai ai, malaila wau e hoolohe ai, no ka +mea, he kanaka wau i hana pono oleia e na mea waa i ko'u holo ana mai +Oahu mai, nolaila wau e hai mua aku nei ia oukou e na mea waa, malia o +like oukou me laua." + +A no keia olelo a ka Makaula, olelo mai la na mea waa, aole e hanaia +kekahi, mea pono ole ma ia holo ana o lakou; a pau keia mau mea kau +lakou ma ka waa a holo aku la. + +Ma ia holo ana hiki mua lakou i Mahukona, ma Kohala, moe malaila ia po, +a i ke kakahiaka ana ae, haalele ka Makaula i na mea waa, pii aku la oia +a hiki i Lamaloloa, a komo aku la i Pahauna ka hoiau, he heiau kahiko +kela mai ka po mai, a hiki i keia manawa. + +Ua nui loa na la ona malaila o ka noho ana, aole nae oia i ike i kana +mea e imi ai; aka, ma kona ano Makaula, hoomau aku la oia i ka pule i ke +Akua, e like me kona mau la ma Kauwiki, a no ka pule hoomau a ua Makaula +nei, ua looa hou ia ia ke kuhikuhi ana e like me kela hoike ia ia ma +Kauwiki. + +A no keia mea, haalele oia ia wahi, kaahele aku la oia ia Hawaii; ma +Hamakua kona hiki mua ana, oi hele aku oia mai ka manawa uuku o kahi +puaa a nui loa, a na ka puaa no e hele. + +Ia ia i hiki ai i Hamakua, malalo o Waipio kona wahi i noho ai ma +Pakaalana, aole nae he nui kona mau la malaila. + +Haalele ka Makaula ia wahi, hiki aku oia i Laupahoehoe, a malaila aku a +hiki i Kaiwilahilahi, a malaila oia i noho ai he mau makahiki. + +(Maanei, e waiho kakou i ka moolelo no pa imi ana o ka Makaula. Pono e +kamailio no ka hoi ana o Kauakahialii, i Kauai, me Kailiokalauokekoa: i +ike ai kakou, aia o Laieikawai i Paliuli.) + +Ma na Helu mua o keia Kaao, ua ike kakou na Kapukaihaoa i kauoha ia +Waka ma ka moeuhane e hoihoi ia Laieikawai i Paliuli, mamuli o ka ike a +ka Makaula. + +Ua hookoia no nae e like me ke kauoha, ua noho o Laieikawai ma Paliuli, +a hiki i kona hookanakamakua ana. + +Ia Kauakahialii, laua o Kailiokalauokekoa i hoi ai i Kauai, mahope iho o +ko laua halawai ana me ka Olali o Paliuli (Laieikawai), a hiki lakou i +Kauai, mauka o Pihanakalani, kui aku la ka lono ia Kauaiapuni; akoakoa +mai la na'lii, na kaukaualii, a me na makaainana a pau e ike i ka puka +malahini ana aku o Kailiokalauokekoa ma, e like me ka mea mau; o +Aiwohikupua nae kekahi oia poe Alii i akoakoa pu mai ma keia aha uwe o +na malihini. + +A pau ka uwe ana a lakou, ninau aku la na'lii ia Kauakahialii "Pehea kau +hele ana aku nei mamuli o kou hoaa'ia ianei?" (Kailiokalauokekoa.) + +Alaila, hai aku la o Kauakahialii i kona hele ana, penei: "I ko'u hele +ana mai anei aku mamuli o ke aloha o ka wahine, a puni Oahu, a me Maui, +aole i loaa ia'u kekahi wahine e like me Kailiokalauokekoa nei; a hiki +au i Hawaii, kaapuni wau ia mokupuni. Ma Kohala kuu hiki mua ana. +Kaahele au ma Kona, Kau, a hiki au i Keaau, a ma Puna, a malaila wau i +noho ai, a malaila wau i halawai ai me kekahi wahine maikai i oi aku +mamua o ianei (Kailiokalauokekoa). A o ka oi no hoi ia mamua o na wahine +maikai o keia mau mokupuni a pau." + +Iloko o keia olelo ana a Kauakahialii, hoomaopopo loa mai la o +Aiwohikupua i ka helehelena maikai o ua wahine nei. + +Alaila, hai aku la o Kauakahialii, "I ka po mua, mahope iho o ko laua +halawai ana me kuu wahi kahu nei, hai mai la oia i kona manawa e hiki +mai ai i kahi o ko makou wahi e noho ana, a hai mai la no hoi oia i na +hoailona o kona hiki ana mai; no ka mea, ua olelo aku kuu wahi kahu nei +i kane au na ua wahine nei, me ke koi aku no hoi e iho pu mai laua me ua +wahi kahu nei o'u, aka, ua hai mai kela i kana olelo, 'E hoi oe a ko +hanai, kuu kane hoi au e olelo mai nei, olelo aku oe ia ia, a keia po +wau hiki aku, ina e kani aku ka leo o ka Ao, aole wau iloko oia leo; a +kani aku ka leo o ka Alala, aole no wau iloko oia leo; i na e kani aku +ka leo o ka Elepaio, hoomakaukau wau no ka iho aku; a i kani aku ka leo +o ka Apapane, alaila, ua puka wau mawaho o kuu hale nei; hoolohe mai +auanei oe a i kani aku ka leo o ka Iiwipolena, alaila, aia wau mawaho o +ka hale o ko hanai; imi ae olua a loaa wau mawaho, oia kuu manawa e +launa ai me ko hanai.' Pela mai ka olelo ua wahi kahu nei o'u. + +"I ka po hoi ana e kauoha nei, aole i hiki ae, o i kali aku makou a ao +ia po, aole i hiki ae; o na manu wale no kai kani mai, manao iho la wau +he wahahee na kuu wahi kahu; i Punahoa nae lakou nei (Kailiokalauokekoa +ma) kahi i moe ai me na aikane. No kuu manao he wahahee na kuu wahi +kahu, nolaila, kauoha ae ana wau i ka Ilamuku e hoopaa i ke kaula; aka, +ua hala e ua wahi kahu nei o'u i uka o Paliuli, e ninau aku i ua wahine +nei i ke kumu o kona hiki ole ana i kai ia po, me ka hai aku no hoi e +make ana ia. + +"A pau kana olelo ana ia Laieikawai i keia mau mea, i mai la ka wahine i +ua wahi kahu nei o'u, 'E hoi oe, a ma keia po hiki aku au, e like me +ka'u kauoha ia oe i ka po mua, pela no wau e hiki aku ai.' + +"Ia po iho, oia ka po e hiki mai ai ua wahine nei, ua puka mua ae lakou +nei (Kailiokalauokekoa ma) i ke ao, i ua po nei e kaao ana no o ianei ia +makou, i ke kihi o ke ahiahi, kani ana ka leo o ka Ao; i ka pili o ke +ahiahi, kani ana ka leo o ka Alala; i ke kau, kani ka leo o ka Elepaio; +i ka pili o ke ao, kani ana ka leo o ka Apapane; a i ka owehewhe ana o +ke alaula, kani ana ka leo o ka Iiwipolena; ia kani ana no hoi, malu ana +ke aka ma ka puka o ka hale, aia hoi, ua paa oloko i ka noe, a i ka mao +ana ae, e kau mai ana kela iluna o ka eheu o na manu, me kona nani nui." + +A no keia olelo a Kauakahialii imua o na'lii, ua hookuiia mai ko +Aiwohikupua kino okoa e ka iini nui, me ka ninau aku, "Owai ka inoa oia +wahine?" + +Haiia aku la oia o Laieikawai; a no ka iini nui o Aiwohikupua i keia mea +a Kauakahialii e olelo nei, manao iho la ia e kii i wahine mare nana, +aka, ua haohao o Aiwohikupua no keia wahine. Nolaila, hai aku oia i kana +olelo imua o Kauakahialii, "Ke haohao nei wau i keia wahine, no ka mea, +owau ka mea nana i kaapuni keia mau mokupuni, aole wau i ike i kekahi +wahine e kau mai iluna o ka eheu o na manu; me he mea la no kukulu o +Tahiti mai ia wahine, noloko o Moaulanuiakea." + +No ka manao o Aiwohikupua no Moaulanuiakea, o Laieikawai, oia kona mea i +manao ai e kii i wahine nana. No ke mea, manua aku o kona lohe ana i +keia mau mea, ua olelo paa o Aiwohikupua, aole e lawe i kekahi wahine o +keia mau mokupuni i wahine mare nana; ua olelo oia, aia kana wahine +makemake noloko o Moaulanuiakea. + +A pau ke kamailio ana a na'lii no keia mau mea, a me ka walea ana e like +me ka mea mau o ka puka malihini ana. A mahope koke iho oia mau la, lawe +ae la o Aiwohikupua i kahi o Kauakahialii, i kanaka lawelawe imua o kona +alo, me ka manao o Aiwohikupua o kela wahi kanaka ka mea e loaa ai ko ke +Alii makemake. + +A no keia kumu, hoolilo loa ae la o Aiwohikupua i ua wahi kanaka nei i +poo kiekie maluna o na mea a pau, o ko ke Alii mau aina a pau, a me na +kanaka a pau loa, na'lii a me na makaainana, ma kona ano Kuhina Nui. + +A lilo ae la ua wahi kanaka nei i mea nui, huahua mai la na punahele mua +a Aiwohikupua, aka, he mea ole lakou i ko ke Alii manao. + + + + +MOKUNA IV + + +Mahope iho o ka lilo ana o ua wahi kanaka nei i mea nui imua o ke Alii, +me he Kuhina Nui la; a oia ka hoa kuka mau o ke Alii ma na mea e lealea +ai ke Alii, me ka manao aku o ka poe e, e kuka ana ma na mea pili i ka +aina, a me na waiwai e like me ka mea mau i ka noho Alii ana. Eia ka o +Laieikawai no ka laua kuka mau, a he uuku ke kuka ma na mea e ae. + +Mamua aku nae o ko Aiwohikupua lohe ana ia Kauakahialii no Laieikawai, +ua hoike e oia i kana olelo paa imua o kona mau kaukaualii, a me na +kaikuahine ona, a me kona poe aialo a pau, a eia kana olelo paa, "Auhea +oukou e ko'u mau kaukaualii, a me na kaikuahine o'u ko'u mau aialo a +pau; mai keia la aku a hiki i ko'u mau la hope, aole loa ana wau e lawe +i kekahi wahine o keia mau mokupuni i wahine mare na'u, mai Kauai nei a +hala loa i Hawaii, ina i oleloia mai he mau wahine maikai, aole no hoi +au e haawi i ko'u kino e komo aku ma ke ano kolohe, he oleloa no. No ka +mea, he kanaka hana pono oleia wau e na wahine, mai ko'u wa opiopio mai +a hiki i ko'u hookanakamakua ana. Aia no ka'u wahine ae ke kii mai, no +kekahi mau aina e mai, ina noloko mai o Moaulanuiakea, kahi o na wahine +oluolu a'u i lohe ai; alaila, o ka'u wahine makemake ia, i na i kiiia +mai wau ma na ano elua." + +Iloko o ko Aiwohikupua lohe ana ia Kauakahialii, a me ko laua kuka mau +ana me kona Kuhina Nui no Laieikawai, alaila, manaopaa ae la ke Alii no +Tahiti mai ua wahine la. + +I kekahi la, i ke awakea, hiamoe iho la ke Alii, loaa iho la o +Laieikawai ia Aiwohikupua ma ka moeuhane, ua like kana ike ana ia +Laieikawai ma ka moeuhane me ka Kauakahialii olelo ana ia ia. A puoho ae +la ke Alii he moeuhane kana. + +Iloko oia ala ana ae, aia hoi, he mea minamina loa i ke Alii i kona ike +ana ia Laieikawai ma ka moeuhane, no ka mea, ua ala e mai ka hiamoe o ke +Alii; a no ia mea, makemake iho la ke Alii e loaa hou ia ia ka hiamoe +loihi ana ma ia awakea, i kumu e ike hou aku ai i kana mea i ike ai ma +ka moeuhane. + +Hoao hou iho la ke Alii e hiamoe hou, loaa hou no o Laieikawai ma ka +hihio pokole loa, aole nae oia i ike maopopo loa aku, he wahi helehelena +wale no kana ike lihi ana, a hikilele ae a oia. + +A no keia mea, ua ano e loa ko ke Alii manao, ia manawa ka hoopuka ana a +ke Alii i olelo paa imua o kona mau mea a pau, penei no ia: + +"Auhea oukou, mai walaau oukou iloko o kuu wa hiamoe, mai hamumumu, a +ina e walaau, he alii aimoku, e pau kona aimoku ana; ina lie alii +aiahupuaa, e pau la; a ina he konohiki, a lopa paha ka mea nana i hahai +kuu olelo paa, alaila, o ka make ka uku." + +Oia iho la ka olelo paa a ke Alii, no ka mea, tia makemake loa ke Alii e +loaa ia ia ka hiamoe loihi i kumu e launa hou ai laua ma ka moeuhane me +Laieikawai. + +A pau ka ke Alii olelo ana no keia mau mea, hoomaka hou oia e hiamoe, +aole nae i loaa ia ia ka hiamoe a hiki i ka napoo ana o ka la. + +Iloko o keia hana a ke Alii, aole nae oia i hai aku i keia mea ana e ike +nei ma ka moeuhane, ua huna loa ke Alii i kona hoa kuka mau, manao la +hoi oia, aia a loaa hou aku, alaila hai aku i kona hoa Kuhina Nui. + +A no ka makemake loa o ke Alii e loaa mau ia ia ka moeuhane mau no +Laieikawai, kauoha ae la oia i kona Kuhina Nui e mama i awa. + +A nolaila, hoolale koke ae la ke Kuhina i na mea mama awa o ke Alii e +mama i ka awa, a makaukau ko ke Alii makemake, a laweia mai la, inu iho +la ke Alii me kona Kuhina, a oki mai la ka ona a ka awa. Kau koke mai la +nae iluna o ke Alii ka halialia aloha o Laieikawai, me he mea ala ua +launa kino mamua. Alaila, hapai ae la ia i wahi olelo ma ke mele penei: + + "Kau mai ana i o'u nei + Ka halialia nae lehua o Puna, + I lawea mai e ka lau makani, + E ka ahe makani puulena o ka lua, + Hiamoe ole loko i ka minamina, + I ka makemake--e." + +I aku la ke Kuhina o ke Alii, mahope iho o ka pau, ana o ke mele ana, +"He mea kupanaha, aole hoi au wahine a kaua e noho nei, aka, iloko o kau +mele e heluhelu nei, me he wahine la kau." + +I mai la ke Alii, "Ua oki na olelo a kaua, no ka mea, ke oki mai nei ka +ona o ka awa ia'u." Iloko oia manawa, haule aku la ke Alii i ka hiamoe +nui, o ke oki no ia, no ka mea, ua poina loa ka hiamoe o ke Alii, ua ike +ole ke Alii i kana mea e manao ai. + +Hookahi po, hookahi ao o ka moe ana mama ka ona awa o ke Alii. Olelo +aku la ke Alii i kona hoa kuka, "Ma keia ona awa o kaua, aole i waiwai +iki." + +I mai la kona hoa kuka, "Pehea la ka hoi ka waiwai o ka ona awa? Kainoa +o ka ona no kona waiwai, o ka mahuna alua." + +I mai la ke Alii, "Aole hoi paha oia, o ka ike aku ka hoi paha la ia +Laieikawai, alaila waiwai ka ona ana o ka awa." + +Mahope iho oia manawa, hoomau aku la ke Alii i ka inu awa a hala na la +he nui, ua like paha me hookahi makahiki, aole nae ke Alii i ike i ka +waiwai oia hana ana, nolaila, hoopau iho la ke Alii ia hana. + +Mahope iho o ko ke Alii hoopau ana no ka inu awa, akahi no a hai aku ke +Alii i ka loaa ana o Laieikawai ma ka moeuhane, a me ke kumu o kona +hoomau ana i ka inu awa, a hai pu aku la no hoi ke Alii i ke kumu o kona +kau ana i kanawai paa, no ka mea walaau iloko o kona wa hiamoe. + +Ia laua e kamailio ana no keia mau mea, alaila, hoomaopopo loa ae la ke +Alii e holo i Hawaii e ike ia Laieikawai. Ia wa ka hoopuka ana o laua i +olelo hooholo no ke kii ia Laieikawai i wahine mare. + +I ka pau ana o na la ino, a hiki mai ka manawa kupono no ka holo moana, +kauoha ae la ke Kuhina i na Kapena waa o ke Alii, e hoomakaukau i na waa +no ka holo i Hawaii ia po iho, ia manawa ke koho ana a ke Alii i na +hoewaa kupono ke holo pu, ko ke Alii mau Iwikuamoo ponoi. + +Mamua o ka napoo ana o ka la, kauohaia ka poe nana uli o ke Alii, a me +na Kilokilo e nana i na ouli o ke ao a me ka moana, i na he hiki i ke +Alii ke hele, a ina he hiki ole e like me ka mea mau; aka, ua maopopo i +kona poe nana uli a Kilokilo hoi, he hike i ke Alii ke hele i kana +huakai. + +A i ka wanaao, i ka puka ana o ka Hokuhookelewaa, kau aku la ke Alii a +me kona Kuhina, na hoewaa he umikumamaono, na hookele elua, he iwakalua +ko lakou nui maluna o na kaulua, a holo aku la. + +Ia holo ana a lakou ma keia holo ana, hiki mua lakou ma Nanakuli, i +Waianae, ia wanaao, haalele lakou ia wahi, hiki mua lakou i Mokapu, a +malaila lakou i noho ai he umi la, no ka mea, ua loohia iakou e ka ino, +hiki ole ke holo i Molokai. A pau na la he umi, ike maopopoia aku la ka +malie, a maikai ka moana. Ia po iho a ao, hiki lakou i Polihua, ma +Lanai, a mailaila aku hiki ma Ukumehame, a no ka makani ino ia la, ua +noho lakou malaila, a i kekahi la ae, haalele lakou ia wahi, hiki lakou +i Kipahulu ia la. + +Ia lakou ma Kipahulu, hooholo ae la ke Alii i olelo e hele wawae mauka, +a ma na waa na kanaka. Ma kahi nae a lakou i noho ai, ua nui ka poe +mahalo no Aiwohikupua no ke kanaka maikai. + +Haalele lakou ia Kipahulu, hiki lakou ma Hana, ma uka no ke Alii me kona +Kuhina, ma na waa no na kanaka. I ke Alii nae e hele ana, he nui ka poe +i ukali ia laua, no ka makemake ia Aiwohikupua. + +Ia lakou i hiki aku ai ma ke awa pae waa o Haneoo i Hana, he nue ka poe +i lulumi mai e makaikai i ke Alii, no ka pakela o ka maikai. + +Ia Aiwohikupua ma nae i hiki aku ai, e heenalu mai ana na kane a me na +wahine i ka nalu o Puhele, aia nae ilaila kekahi kaikamahine Alii maikai +kaulana o Hana, o Hinaikamalama kona inoa. Iloko hoi o ko laua ike ana i +ua kaikamahine Alii nei o Hana, alaila, ua hoopuniia ke Alii kane, a me +kona Kuhina e na kuko; a oia no hoi ke kumu o ko Aiwohikupua ma noho ana +malaila ia la. + +A pau ka heenalu ana a na kamaaina, a i ka nalu pau loa o ko +Hinaikamalama hee ana, o ka nalu ia i pae, hoopolilei mai la ka hee ana +a ke kaikamahine Alii ma ka wai o Kumaka, kahi hoi a Aiwohikupua ma e +noho mai ana. + +I ke kaikamahine Alii nae e auau ana i ka wai o Kumaka, ua hoopuiwaia ke +Alii kane, a me kona Kuhina e ke kuko ino. A no ia mea, iniki malu aku +la ke Kuhina o ke Alii ia Aiwohikupua, e hookaawale ia lana mai kahi a +Hinaikamalama e auau ana, i ole laua e pilikia ma ka manao. + +Ia Aiwohikupua ma i hoomaka ai e hookaawale ia laua mai ko ke Alii +wahine wahi e auau ana, alaila, pane aku la ke Alii wahine, "E na'lii! +he holo ka hoi ka olua, kainoa hoi he wehe ko ke kapa, lele iho hoi he +wai, hookahi hoi ka auau ana o kakou, hoi aku he hale, a moe, he ai no, +he i-a no hoi, a he wahi moe no hoi, oia iho la no ka waiwai a ke +kamaaina, i makemake no hoi e hele, hele no, ina he makemake e noho, o +Hana no hoi nei noho iho." + +A no keia olelo a ke Alii wahine, I aku la ke Kuhina i ke Alii, "E! pono +ha ka manao o ke Alii wahine, no ka mea, ua makemake loa ke Alii wahine +ia oe." + +I mai la o Aiwohikupua, "Ua makemake au i ke Alii wahine, no ka mea, ke +ike lea nei au i ka oi loa o kona maikai mamua o ka'u mau wahine mua +nana i kumakaia; aka, ua lohe oe i ka'u hoohiki paa ana, aole au e lawe +mai i kekahi wahine o keia mau moku i wahine na'u." + +A no keia olelo a Aiwohikupua, i aku kona Kuhina, "Ua laa oe no kela +hoohiki au, alaila, e aho na'u ka wahine a kaua." + +A pau keia kamailio liilii ana a laua, hele aku la laua i ka heenalu. A +ia laua e heenalu ana, aia hoi, ua hoopuniia mai la ke Alii wahine no +Aiwohikupua, a ua nui ka poe i hoopuni paaia no ka makemake i ke Alii +kane. + +A pau ka auau ana a laua, hoi aku la laua me ka manao e kau maluna o na +waa a holo aku; aka, ike aku la o Aiwohikupua i ke Alii wahine e konane +mai ana, a manao iho la ke Alii kane malihini e hele i ke konane; aka, +ua lilo mua na ke Alii wahine ke kahea e konane laua. + +A hiki o Aiwohikupua ma kahi o ke Alii wahine, kau na ilili a paa ka +papa, ninau mai ke Alii wahine, "Heaha ke kumu pili o ka malihini ke +make i ke kamaaina?" + +I aku o Aiwohikupua, "He mau waa kaulua ko'u kumu pili, aia ke lana mai +la iloko o ke kai, oia ko'u kumu pili me oe." + +I mai la ke Alii wahine, "Aole he maikai o kou kumu pili e ka malihini, +hookahi no kumu pili mama loa, oia na kino no o kaua, ina e make au ia +oe, alaila, e lilo wau nau, ma kau hana e olelo mai ai, malaila wau e +hoolohe ai, a e hooko ai hoi, ma ka mea kupono nae i ka hooko aku, a ina +hoi e make oe ia'u, alaila, o oe no ka'u, e like me kau hana ia'u, pela +no au e hana ai ia oe, me ko noho i Maui nei." + +A no keia olelo a ke Alii wahine, hooholo koke ae la ke Alii kane i ka +olelo ae. I ka hahau ana a laua i ka papa mua, make o Aiwohikupua. + +Alaila, i mai la ke Alii wahine, "Ua eo ia'u, aohe ou kumu e ae e pili +mai ai, a ina nae he kaikaina kou, alaila ae aku au e pili hou kaua." + +A no keia mau olelo maikai a ke Alii wahine imua o Aiwohikupua, alaila, +hooholo koke ae la oia i kona manao ae ma ka waha wale no. + +A iloko o ko laua manawa kamailio, hoopuka aku la o Aiwohikupua i kona +manao imua o ke Alii wahine, "He nani hoi ia ua pili ae nei ko'u kino me +oe, a ua maikai no; aka, aole kaua e launa koke, aia a hoi mai au mai +kuu kuakai kaapuni ia Hawaii; no ka mea, ua hoohiki wau mamua o kuu holo +ana mai nei, aole wau e launa me kekahi o na wahine e ae, aia no a puni +o Hawaii, alaila, hana wau e like me kuu makemake, e like me ka kaua e +kamailio nei, a oia hoi ka hookoia ana o kou makemake. Nolaila, ke +kauoha mua aku nei wau ia oe mamua o kuu hele ana, e noho oe me ka +maluhia loa, aole e lilo i kekahi mea e ae, aole hoi e hana iki i kekahi +mea pono ole e keakea ai i ka kaua hoohiki, a hoi mai wau mai kuu huakai +makaikai mai, alaila, e hookoia ke kumu pili o ka wahine Alii. Ina i hoi +mai wau, aole oe i maluhia, aole hoi oe i hooko i ka'u mau kauoha, +alaila, o ka pau no ia." + +Aole nae keia o ko Aiwohikupua manao maoli. A pau na kauoha a +Aiwohikupua ia Hinaikamalama, haalele lakou ia Maui, hiki lakou nei i +Kapakai ma Kohala. + +I kekahi la ae, haalele lakou ia Kapakai, holo aku la lakou a mawaho +pono o Kauhola, nana aku la o Aiwohikupua i ka akoakoa lehulehu ana o na +kanaka mauka o Kapaau. + +Ia manawa, kauoha ae la o Aiwohikupua i na hoewaa, e hookokoke aina aku +na waa, no ka mea, ua makemake ke Alii e ike i ke kumu o keia akoakoa +lehulehu ana o na kanaka. + +A hiki lakou i ke awa pae waa ma Kauhola, ninau aku la ke Alii i ke kumu +o ka akoakoa lehulehu ana o na kanaka, alaila, hai mai la na kamaaina, +he aha mokomoko ke kumu o ia lehulehu ana. + +Ia manawa, okalakala koke ae la o Aiwohikupua e hele e makaikai i ka aha +mokomoko, a hekau iho la na waa o lakou, pii aku la o Aiwohikupua, a me +kona Kuhina, a me na hookele elua, eha ko lakou nui o ka pii ana. + +A hiki lakou i Hinakahua i ke kahua mokomoko, ia manawa, ike mai la ka +aha mokomoko i ke keiki Kauai, no ka oi o kona kanaka maikai mamua o na +keiki kamaaina, a lilo iho la ka aha i mea haunaele. + +Mahope iho o keia haunaele ana, hoomaka hou ka hoonoho o ke kahua +mokomoko, ia manawa, pili aku la o Aiwohikupua ma ke kumu laau milo, e +nana ana no ka hoouka kaua. + +Ia Aiwohikupua nae e ku ana ma kona wahi, puka mai la o Ihuanu a ku +iwaena o ke kahua mokomoko, e hoike ana ia ia iho imua o ke anaina, a +kahea mai la me ka leo nui, "Owai ka mea ma kela aoao mai e hele mai e +mokomoko?" Aka, aole e hiki i kekahi mea ke aa mai e ku imua o Ihuanu, +no ka mea, o ko Kohala oi kelakela no ia ma ka ikaika i ke kuikui. + +Ia Ihuanu e hoike ana ia ia iho, huli ae la oia, a ike ia Aiwohikupua, +kahea mai la, "Pehea oe e ka malihini? E pono paha ke lealea?" + +A lohe o Aiwohikupua i keia leo kahea a Ihuanu, hele aku la a ku imua o +ke kahua kaua, e hawele ana me kona aahu pukohukohu, i like me ke ano +mau o na Puali o ke Alii. Pane aku la oia imua o kona hoa hakaka. + +"E ke kamaaina, ua noi nai oe ia'u e lealea kaua, a eia hoi ka'u noi ia +oe, i elua mai ma kou aoao, huipu me oe, akolu oukou, alaila mikomiko +iki iho ka malihini." + +A lohe o Ihuanu i keia olelo a Aiwohikupua, i mai la oia, "He oi oe o ke +kanaka nana i olelo hookano iho nei wau imua o keia aha a pau, owau no +ka oi mamua o na kanaka a pau, a ke olelo mai nei hoi oe i ekolu aku ma +keia aoao, a heaha la oe i mua o'u?" + +Olelo mai la o Aiwohikupua, "Aole au e aa aku e hakaka me oe ma kau noi, +ke ole oe e ku mai me na mea e ae ma kou aoao, a heaha hoi oe imua o'u! +Nolaila, ke olelo paa nei wau ano, he hiki ia'u ke hoolilo i keia Aha i +mea ole iloko o kuu lima." + +A no keia olelo a Aiwohikupua, hele mai la kekahi o na puali ikaika a ma +ke kua o Aiwohikupua, olelo mai la. "E! mai olelo aku oe ia Ihuanu, o ko +Kohala oi no kela; aohe puko momona o Kohala nei i kela kanaka." + +Ia manawa, huli ae la o Aiwohikupua, a pale ae la i ka mea nana i olelo +mai ma kona kua, haula aku la ilalo a make loa. + + + + +MOKUNA V + + +A ike mai la ka aha kanaka a pau o ke kahua mokomoko i ka oi ana o ka +ikaika o Aiwohikupua, no ka make loa ana o ke kanaka ma ke pale wale ana +no. + +Ia manawa, hele mai la kekahi mau puali o Ihuanu, a olelo mai la ia +Ihuanu penei: "E Ihuanu e! ke ike maopopo lea aku nei wau ano i keia +manawa, aole e lanakila ana ko kakou aoao, a ma kuu manao paa hoi, e +lanakila ana ka malihini maluna o kakou, no ka mea, ke ike maopopo aku +la no oe, ua make loa ko kakou kanaka i ka welau wale no o koia la lima, +ahona a kui maoli aku kela, lele liilii. Nolaila, ke noi aku nei au ia +oe, e hui ka aha, e pono ke hoopau ka mokomoko ana, a me kou aa ana aku +i ka malihini, a nolaila, e hele oe a i ka malihini, e lulu lima olua, a +e haawi aku i kou aloha nona, i aloha pu ai olua me ka ike aku o ka aha +ua hoomoe a pau wale ke kaua." + +Iloko o keia olelo, alaila, ua ho-ai'a ka inaina wela o Ihuanu no keia +olelo, me ka olelo aku, "E ko'u poe kokua, mai maka'u oukou, mai +hopohopo no ka make ana o kela kanaka o kakou ma ke pale ana i ka welau +o kona lima, aole anei wau i hana pela i kekahi mau la mamua ae nei +maanei? A heaha la oukou i maka'u ai; a nolaila, ke hai aku nei wau ia +oukou, ina i hopo oukou no kela malihini, alaila, e huna oukou i ko +oukou mau maka i ke aouli, aia a lohe aku oukou ua lanakila o Ihuanu, +alaila, hoomanao oukou i kuu puupuu ia Kanikapiha, ka ai a ke kumu i ao +oleia ia oukou. No ka mea, ke ike nei wau, aole e lanakila mai oia +maluna o'u, no ka mea, ua kani ka pola o kuu malo i keia la." + +A no keia olelo a Ihuanu, i aku kona mau hoa hui mokomoko, "Auhea oe! Ua +pau ka makou olelo, aohe hana i koe, kulia imua o ka ai a ke kumu a +kakou i ao pu oleia mai ia makou, a ke olelo mai nei hoi oe, ua kani ka +pola o ko malo, malia o lanakila oe i ua malo ou." Alaila, nee aku la +kona mau hoa mawaho o ka aha. + +Ia Ihuanu nae e olelo kaena ana ia ia iho imua o kona mau hoa no kona +lanakila maluna o Aiwohikupua, alaila, oi mai la o Aiwohikupua a kokoke +iki ma ke alo o Ihuanu, upoipoi ae la oia i kona mau lima ma ka poohiwi, +me he moa kane la e hoomakaukau ana no ke kani ana, a olelo aku la oia +ia Ihuanu, "E Ihuanu! Kuiia i kuu piko a pololei i eha kauna kui?" + +A lohe o Ihuanu i keia kaena a Aiwohikupua e kui, alaila, leha ae la na +maka o Ihuanu a puni ka aha, ike aku la oia e hiiia mai ana kekahi keiki +opiopio loa, alaila, olelo aku la o Ihuanu ia Aiwohikupua, "Aole na'u oe +e kui, na kela wahi keiki e hiiia mai la, nana oe e kui, a oia kou hoa +hakaka." + +A lohe o Aiwohikupua i keia olelo, he mea e kona ukiuki, ia manawa, pii +ae la ka ula o Aiwohikupua a puni ke kino, me he mea la ua hooluuia i ke +koko o na hipa keiki. Huli ae la oia a kupono imua o ka aha, a olelo aku +la, "Owai keia kanaka i aa mai ai oia i ke keiki Kauai nei, nolaila, ke +olelo nei wau i keia, he hiki i kuu Akua ke haawi mai ia'u e lanakila +maluna o keia kanaka, a e hoolilo ae kuu Akua i ke poo o ko oukou ikaika +i mea milimili na kuu mau hoewaa." + +Alaila, kukuli iho la o Aiwohikupua a pule aku la i kona mau Akua penei: +"E Lanipipili, Lanioaka, Lanikahuliomealani, e Lono, e Hekilikaakaa, a +me Nakolowailani, i keia la, e ike mai oukou ia'u i ka oukou kama, ka +oukou pua i koe ma ke ao nei, ma keia la, e haawi mai oukou i ka ikaika +a pau maluna o ka oukou kama nei, e hiki no ia oukou ke hoohala i kana +puupuu ma kona kui ana mai i ka oukou kama, a ke noi aku nei wau e haawi +mai i ke poo o Ihuanu i kuu lima, i mea paani na ko'u mau hoewaa, i ike +ai keia aha a pau, owau ke lanakila maluna o keia kanaka i Okipoepoe +Oleia. Amene." (Amama.) + +A pau kana pule ana, ku ae la o Aiwohikupua iluna me ka maka ikaika a +makaukau no ka hoouka kaua, a ninau aku la ia Ihuanu, "Ua makaukau anei +oe e kue mai ia'u?" + +Olelo mai la o Ihuanu, "Aole au e kui aku ia oe, nau e kui mua mai +ia'u." + +A lohe ke kumu kui a Ihuanu i keia mau olelo, hele mai la a ma ka aoao o +Ihuanu, i mai la, "Hawawa oe e kuu haumana, ina e kena hou mai kela, +alaila, e hoomaka oe e kui me kou ikaika a pau, no ka mea, o kona manawa +e kena mai ai e kui, oia iho la no ka hoomaka ana," a nolaila, ua pono +keia ia Ihuanu. + +A pau ka laua kamailio ana, ninau hou aku la o Aiwohikupua ia Ihuanu, +"Ua makaukau anei oe e kui mai ia'u; ina he manao e kui, kui mai I kuu +maka." + +Ia manawa, i waiho koke mai ana o Ihuanu i ka puupuu, hu ka makani ma ka +papalina o Aiwohikupua, aole nae i ku, no ka mea, ua alo o Aiwohikupua, +oia ka mea i hala'i. + +A hala ka puupuu a Ihuanu, e waiho koke ae ana o Aiwohikupua i kana +puupuu, ku no i ka houpo, hula ma ke kua; ia manawa, kaikai ae la o +Aiwohikupua i ke kanaka me kona lima, a kowali ae la ia Ihuanu imua o ke +anaina, a kiola aku la i waho o ka aha, a lanakila iho la o Aiwohikupua +maluna o Ihuanu uwauwa aku la ka pihe me ka hui o ka aha i ka poe +makaikai. + +A make iho la o Ihuanu, hele mai la kona mau hoa, e waiho ana, na mea +hoi nana i olelo mai e hooki ka hakaka, me ka ninau iho, "E Ihuanu! ua +hiki anei i ko ai i ao oleia ia makou ke hoola ia oe, e hakaka hou me +kela kanaka ikaika lua ole?" Oia ke olelo henehene a kona mau hoa. + +I ka lehulehu e lulumi ana no ka make o Ihuanu ko lakou Pukaua, a e uwe +ana hoi, hele aku la o Aiwohikupua, a oki ae la i ke poo o Ihuanu, a me +ka laau palau a Ihuanu, a kiola aku la i kona mau hookele, oia ka hooko +hope loa ana o kana pule. A pau keia mau mea, haalele o Aiwohikupua i ka +aha, a hoi aku la a kau iluna o na waa, a holo aku la, kui aku la ka +lono o keia make a puni o Kohala, Hamakua, a puni o Hawaii. + +Holo aku la lakou nei a kau i Honokaape, ma Waipio, mailaila aku a waho +o Paauhau, nana ae la lakou e ku ana ka ea o ka lepo o uka, ninau aku la +o Aiwohikupua i kona Kuhina, "Heaha la kela lehulehu e paapu mai nei o +uka? He mokomoko no paha? Ina he aha mokomoko kela, e hele hou kaua e +makaikai." + +Olelo aku la kona Kuhina, "Ua oki ia manao ou, no ka mea, aole he huakai +mokomoko ka kaua i hele mai nei, he huakai imi wahine ka kaua." + +I mai o Aiwohikupua i ke Kuhina, "Kaheaia aku na hookele, e hooponopono +ae na waa a holo pololei aku i ke awa, i lohe aku kakou i keia +lehulehu." A hookoia ko ke Alii makemake, a holo aku lakou a malalo o ka +pali kahakai, ninau aku la i na wahine e kuiopihi ana, "Heaha kela +lehulehu o uka?" + +Hai mai la na wahine ia lakou, "He aha hookuku mokomoko, a o ka mea oi o +ka ikaika, alaila, oia ke hoounaia e hele e kuikui me ke kanaka Kauai i +hakaka mai nei me Ihuanu, a make mai nei ua o Ihuanu; oia ia pihe e uwa +ala." + +A no keia mea, kena koke ae la o Aiwohikupua e hekau na waa, a lele aku +la o Aiwohikupua, o kona Kuhina aku me na hookele elua, pii aku la lakou +nei a hiki i ka aha mokomoko, aia nae lakou ma kahi kaawale mai e nana +ana i ka aha. + +Alaila, hele mai la kekahi kamaaina ma ko lakou nei wahi e noho ana, +ninau aku la o Aiwohikupua i ka hana a ka aha, haiia mai la e like me ka +olelo a kela mau wahine i olelo ai. + +Olelo aku la o Aiwohikupua i kahi kamaaina, "E hele oe a olelo aku, owau +kekahi e lealea me keia poe, aole nae e lealea me ka poe ikaika ole." + +I mai la ua wahi kamaaina nei, "Hookahi no ikaika o keia aha o Haunaka, +a oia ke hoounaia ana i Kohala, e hakaka me ke kanaka Kauai." + +Olelo aku la o Aiwohikupua, "E hele koke oe, a olelo aku ia Haunaka e +lealea maua." + +A hiki aku ua wahi kanaka kamaaina nei a halawai me Haunaka; a lohe o +Haunaka i keia mau olelo, lulu iho la oia i kona mau lima, paipai ae la +i ka umauma, keekeehi na wawae, a peahi mai la ia Aiwohikupua e hele aku +iloko o ka aha, a hele aku la o Aiwohikupua, a wehe ae la i kona kihei, +a kaei ae la ma kona puhaka. + +Ia Aiwohikupua ma ka aha, olelo aku la oia imua o Haunaka, "Aole e eha +ke keiki Kauai ia oe, he lala kamahele no ka laau ku i ka pali." + +Ia manawa a Aiwohikupua e kamailio ana no keia mau mea, kahea mai la +mawaho o ka aha he wahi kanaka i ike i ka hakaka ana a Aiwohikupua me +Ihuanu, "E Haunaka, a me ka aha, aole oukou e pakele i keia kanaka, ua +like ka puupuu o keia kanaka me ka pololu, hookahi no kui ia Ihuanu, +hula pu ka puupuu ma ke kua, a o ke kanaka no keia i make mai nei o +Ihuanu." + +Ia manawa, lalau mai la o Haunaka i na lima o Aiwohikupua, a aloha mai +la oia, a o ka pau no ia, hoaikane laua, hui ka aha. A haalele lakou ia +wahi, hele pu aku la o Aiwohikupua ma me ke aikane a kau lakou la ma na +waa, a holo aku la a pae i Laupahoehoe. + + + + +MOKUNA VI + + +(Ma ka Mokuna V o keia Kaao, ua ike kakou ua hiki aku a Aiwohikupua ma +Laupahoehoe; maanei e kamailio iki kakou no Hulumaniani ka Makaula nana +i ukali mai o Laieikawai, mai Kauai mai, ka mea i olelomuaia ma ka helu +mua o keia Kaao.) + +I ka la a Aiwohikupua ma i haalele ai ia Paauhau, ma Hamakua, i ka la +hoi i holo mai ai a hiki i Laupahoehoe, ua ike mua aku ka Makaula i na +mea a pau i kekahi ahiahi iho mamua o ko Aiwohikupua hiki ana ma +Laupahoehoe, a penei kona ike ana: + +I ua ahiahi la, mamua o ka napoo ana o ka la, e noho ana ka Makaula ma +ka puka o ka hale, nana aku la oia i ke kuku o na opua ma ka nana ana i +na ouli o ke ao, a like me ka mea mau i ka poe kilokilo mai ka wa kahiko +mai a hiki i keia manawa. + +I aku la ua Makaula nei, "He waa Alii hoi keia e holo mai nei, he +umikumamaiwa kanaka, hookahi Alii Nui, he mau waa kaulua nae." + +Ia manawa, puiwa koke ae la ka lehulehu e noho pu ana me ka Makaula, a +nana aku la aole he mau waa holo mai; nolaila, ninau aku la ka poe me +ia, "Auhea hoi na waa au i olelo mai nei he mau waa Alii?" + +Olelo aku ka Makaula, "Aole he mau waa maoli, ma ka opua ka'u ike ana +aku la, apopo e ike kakou he waa Alii." + +Ia po a ao ae, mahope o ka auina la ike hou aku la oia i ke ku a ka +punohu i ka moana, ma ka hoailona i ku ia Aiwohikupua e like me ka mea i +maa i ua Makaula nei. (E like paha me ka ike ana i ke Kalaunu Moi o kela +Alii keia Alii ke hiki mai io kakou nei, pela paha ka maopopo ana o ko +Aiwohikupua punohu i ikeia e ua Makaula nei.) + +A no ka ike ana o ka Makaula i kela hoailona, ku ae la oia a hopu he +wahi puaa, he moa lawa, me ka puawa, e hoomakaukau ana no ka hiki mai o +Aiwohikupua. + +A no keia hana a ka Makaula, he mea haohao loa ia i ko lakou poe, me ka +ninau aku, "E hele ana oe e hoomakaukau nei keia ukana au?" + +Hai mai la ka Makaula, "E hoomakaukau mua ana wau no ka hiki mai o kau +Alii o Aiwohikupua, oia kela mea a'u i olelo aku ai ia oukou i ke ahiahi +nei, nolaila, eia oia ke holo mai nei i ka moana, nona kela kualau i ka +moana, a me keia noe e uhi nei." + +A kokoke o Aiwohikupua ma i ke awa pae o Laupahoehoe, ia manawa ke kui +ana o na hekili he iwakalua, pili pu na kanaka o Hilo nokeia mea, a i ka +mao ana ae, ike aku la na mea a pau i keia kaulua e holo mai ana a pae i +ke awa, me ka puloulou Alii iluna o na waa, alaila, maopopo ae la ka +wanana a ka Makaula + +I na waa e holo mai ana a pae, ku ana ka Makaula i ke awa, mai luna mai +o Kaiwilahilahi, hahau iho la ka Makaula i ka puaa imua o ke Alii, a +pule aku la oia ma ka inoa o na Akua o Aiwohikupua, a eia kana pule. + +"E Lanipipili, e Lanioaka, e Lanikahuliomealani, e Lono, e Hekilikaakaa, +e Nakolowailani. E na Akua o kuu Alii, kuu milimili, kuu ihi kapu, ka mea +nana e kalua keia mau iwi. Eia ka puaa, ka moa lawa, ka awa, he makana, +he mohai, he kanaenae i ke Alii na ka oukou kauwa nei, e ike i ka oukou +kauwa ia Hulumaniani homai he ola, i ola nui, i ola loa, a kau i ka +puaneane, a kani koo, a palalauhala, a haumakaiola, amama, ua noa, lele +wale aku la." + +Ia manawa a ke Alii e hoolohe ana i ka pule a ka Makaula, ike mai la o +Aiwohikupua, o kana Makaula keia, ua mokumokuahua ka manawa o ke Alii i +ke aloha i kana kauwa, no ka mea, ua loihi ka manawa o ka nalo ana, aole +no hoi i ikeia ka manawa i nalo ai. + +A pau ka pule ana a ua Makaula nei, kena koke ae ana o Aiwohikupua i +kona Kuhina, "E haawi na makana a ka Makaula na na Akua." + +Lele koke aku la ka Makaula a hopu i na wawae o ke Alii, a kau iho la +iluna o ka a-i, a uwe iho la; a o Aiwohikupua hoi, apo aku la ma na +poohiwi o kana kauwa, a uwe helu iho la. + +A pau ka uwe ana, ninau iho la ke Alii i kana kauwa, " Heaha kou mea i +hiki mai ai a noho ianei; a pehea ka loihi o kou hele ana." + +Hai aku la ke kauwa e like me ka kakou heluhelu ana ma na Mokuna mua. Ia +manawa a ka Makaula i olelo aku ai i ke Alii i na kumu a me na kuleana o +kona hele ana, a pau ia. Alaila, na ka Makaula ka ninau hope ia +Aiwohikupua; aka hoi, ma ka paewaewa o ka ke Alii olelo ana, me ka olelo +aku, e huakai kaapuni kana. + +Walea iho la ke Alii me ka Makaula ia po a wanaao, hoo makaukau na waa, +a holo aku la. + +Holo aku la lakou mai Laupahoehoe aku a hiki lakou i waho o Makahanaloa, +nana aku la ua wahi kanaka nei (ka mea i kapaia he Kuhina), i ka pio mai +a ke anuenue iuka o Paliuli. + +Olelo aku la oia i ke Alii, "E! auhea oe? E nana oe i kela anuenue e pio +mai la, aia ilaila o Laieikawai, ka mea a kaua e kii nei, a malaila no +kahi i loaa ai ia'u." + +Olelo aku la o Aiwohikupua, "Ke manao nei wau aole kela o Laieikawai, +aole no nona kela anuenue, no ka mea, he mea mau no ia no na wahi ua a +pau, he pio no ke anuenue. Nolaila, ke noi aku nei wau ia oe, e kali +kaua a ike ia mai ka malie ana, a ikeia aku ka pio mai o ke anuenue +iloko o ka manawa malie, alaila maopopo nona kela hoailona." + +A ma keia olelo a ke Alii, hekau iho la na waa o lakou i ke kai, pii +aku la o Aiwohikupua me kona Kuhina a hiki i Kukululaumania, ma ke +kauhale o na kamaaina, a noho iho la malaila e kali ana no ka malie o ka +ua. A hala na la eha malaila, haalele loa ka malie o Hilo, ike maopopoia +aku la ke kalae ana mai o ka aina, a waiho wale mai o Panaewa. + +I ka eha o ka la, i ke kakahiaka nui, ala ae la o Aiwohikupua, a puka +aku la mawaho o ka hale, aia hoi, e pio mai ana no ke anuenue i kahi a +laua i ike mua ai, kakali, loihi iho la ke Alii a hiki i ka puka ana o +ka la, hoi aku la a kona Kuhina aia kela e hiamoe ana, hooala aku la, me +ka i aku i ke Kuhina, "E! pono io paha kau e olelo nei, ia'u no +kakahiaka poeleele, ala e aku nei no wau iwaho, ike aku nei no au, e pio +mai ana ke anuenue i kahi no au i kuhikuhi ai ia'u, i ke kali mai la no +wau a puka ka la, aia no ke mau la ke anuenue, hoi mai la wau hoala aku +nei ia oe." + +Olelo aku la ua wahi kanaka nei, "O ka'u ia e olelo aku ana ia oe, e +holo kakou, i na paha aia kakou i uka o Paliuli kahi i noho ai i keia +mau la." + +Ia kakahiaka, haalele lakou ia Makahanaloa, holo waho na waa o lakou, o +Keaau ke awa. + +Ia holo ana o lakou a ahiahi, pae lakou i Keaau, nana aku la lakou e ku +mai ana no na hale o Kauakahialii ma, e heenalu mai ana no hoi na +kamaaina; a hiki lakou, mahalo mai la na kamaaina no Aiwohikupua e like +me kona ano mau. + +Noho malihini iho la lakou ia Keaau, a ahiahi, kauoha mua iho la o +Aiwohikupua i na hookele a me na hoewaa, e noho malie a hoi mai laua mai +ka laua huakai imi wahine mai, oiai o lakou wale no. + +I ka napoo ana o ka la, hopu aku la o Aiwohikupua i kona aahu Ahuula, a +haawi aku la i kahi kanaka, a pii aku la. + +Pii aku la laua iloko o na ululaau loloa, i ka hihia paa o ka +nahelehele, me ka luhi, a hiki laua ma kahi e kokoke ana i Paliuli, lohe +laua i ka leo o ka moa. I aku la kahi kanaka i ke Alii, "Kokoke puka +kaua." + +Hoomau aku la no laua i ka pii a lohe hou laua i ka leo o ka moa (o ka +moa kualua ia). Hoomau aku laua i ka pii a hiki i ka malamalama loa +ana. + +I aku la kahi kanaka i ke Alii, "E! puka kaua, aia ke kupunawahine o +Laieikawai ke houluulu mai la i na moa, e like me kana hana mau." + +Ninau aku la o Aiwohikupua, "Auhea ka hale o ke Alii Wahine?" + +I aku la kahi kanaka, "Aia a puka lea aku kaua iwaho o ka mahinaai nei +la, alaila, ike maopopo leaia aku ka hale." + +A maopopo ia Aiwohikupua, ke kokoke hiki o laua i ka hale o Laieikawai, +nonoi aku la oia e haawi mai kahi kanaka i ka ahuula, i paa iho ai o +Aiwohikupua ia mea ma kona lima, a hiki i ko laua launa ana me ke Alii +wahine o Paliuli. + +A hala ka mahinaai, ike aku la laua i ka hale o Laieikawai, ua uhiia me +no hulu melemele o ka Oo, e like me ka alelo a ke akua i ka Makaula, ma +ka hihio iluna o Kauwiki. + +Ia Aiwohikupua e nana ana i ka hale o ke Alii wahine o Paliuli, he mea e +ke kahaha a me ka hilahila, ia manawa ka hoomaka ana o ko Aiwohikupua +kanalua ana. + +A no ke kanalua i loaa ia Aiwohikupua, olelo aku oia i kona kokoolua, +"Auhea oe, ua hele mai nei kaua me ka manao ikaika no kuu wahine, kuhi +iho nei wau, he wahine a lohe mai i ke ao, aole ka! i ike aku nei ka +hana i ka hale o ke Alii Wahine, aole no ona lua, nolaila, ano e hoi +kaua me ka launa ole." + +I mai la kona Kuhina, "He mea kupanaha, a hiki ka hoi kaua i ka hale o +ko wahine, ka kaua mea i au mai nei i keia mau kai ewalua, eia ka hoi he +koi kau e hoi; e hele no kaua a launa, aia mai ilaila ka nele a me ka +loaa; no ka mea, ina no paha ia e hoole mai, hoomano aku no, ua akaka no +he waa naha i kooka ko kaua, ko ke kane." + +"Auhea oe?" Wahi a Aiwohikupua, "Aole e hiki ia kaua ke hele e halawai +me ke Alii wahine, a aole no hoi e Ioaa; no ka mea, ke ike nei wau, ua +ano e loa ka hale. Ua lawe mai nei au i ko'u ahuula, i makana e haawi +aku ai i ke Alii wahine e Paliuli nei; aka, ke nana aku nei wau o ke +pili iho la ia o ka hale o ke Alii; no ka mea, ua ike no oe, o keia mea, +he ahuula aole ia e loaa i na mea e ae, i na Alii aimoku wale no e +loaa'i, nolaila, e hoi kaua." O ka hoi iho la no ia me ka launa ole. + + + + +MOKUNA VII + + +Ia Aiwohikupua ma i haalele ai ia Paliuli, hoi aku la laua a hiki i +Keaau, hoomakaukau na waa, a ma ia wanaao, kau maluna o na waa, a hoi i +Kauai. + +Ma ia hoi ana, aole nae i hai aku o Aiwohikupua i kekahi kumu o ka hoi +ana, aia i ka hiki ana i Kauai, ma keia hoi ana, akahi no a ike kona +Kuhina i ke kumu. + +Ma keia holo ana mai Keaau mai, a kau i Kamaee, ma Hilopaliku, a ma +kekahi la ae, haalele lakou ia laila, hiki lakou i Humuula, ma ka palena +o Hilo, me Hamakua, ia manawa ka ike ana mai a ka Makaula ia Aiwohikupua +e holo ana i ka moana. + +A hala hope o Humuula ia lakou, hiki lakou mawaho pono o Kealakaha, ike +mai la lakou nei i keia wahine e noho ana i ka pali kahakai, e hiamoe +ana nae ke Alii ia manawa. + +Ia lakou i ike aku ai i kela wahine, hooho ana lakou iluna o na waa, "E! +ka wahine maikai hoi!" + +A no keia, hikilele ae la ka hiamoe o Aiwohikupua, ninau ae la i ka +lakou mea e walaau nei, haiia aku la, "He wahine maikai aia ke noho mai +la i ka pali." Alawa ae la ke Alii, a ike aku la he mea e o ka wahine +maikai. + +A no keia mea, kauoha ae la ke Alii i na hoewaa e hoe pololei aku ma +kahi a ka wahine e noho mai ana, a holo aku la a kokoke, halawai mua iho +la lakou me ke kanaka e paeaea ana, ninau aku la, "Owai kela wahine e +noho mai la iluna o ka pali maluna pono ou?" + +Haiia mai la, "O Poliahu." + +A no ka manao nui o ke Alii e ike i kela wahine, peahiia aku la, a iho +koke mai la kela me kona aahukapa i hoopuniia i ka hau, a haawi mai la i +kona aloha ia Aiwohikupua, a aloha aku la no hoi ke Alii kane i kona +aloha ma ka lululima ana. + +Ia laua e halawai malihini ana, i aku o Aiwohikupua "E Poliahu e! E ka +wahine maikai o ka pali, pomaikai wale wau ia oe ma ko kaua halawai ana +iho nei, a no aila, e ke Alii wahine o ka pali nei, ke makemake nei wau +e lawe oe ia'u i kane hoao nau, a e noho kanaka lawelawe aku malalo ou, +ma kau mau olelo e olelo ai, a malaile wale no wau. Ina hoi e ae oe e +lawe ia'u e like me ka'u e noi aku nei ia oe, alaila, e kau kaua maluna +o na waa, a holo aku i Kauai, a pehea ia?" + +I mai la ka wahine, "Aole wau he wahine no keia pali, no uka lilo mai +wau, mai ka piko mai o kela mauna, e aahu mau ana i na kapa keokeo e +like me keia kapa a'u e aahu aku nei. A pehea la i hikiwawe ai ka loaa +ana o ko'u inoa ia oe e ke Alii?" + +Olelo aku la o Aiwohikupua, "Akahi no wau a maopopo no Maunakea mai oe, +a ua loaa koke kou inoa ia makou ma ka haiia ana e kela kanaka paeaea." + +"A no kau noi e ke Alii," wahi a Poliahu, "E lawe wau ia oe i kane na'u, +a nolaila, ke hai aku nei wau ia oe, me ka ninau aku; aole anei o oe ke +Alii i ku iluna a hoohiki ma ka inoa o kou mau Akua, aole oe e lawe i +hookahi wahine o keia mau mokupuni, mai Hawaii nei, a Kauai; aia kau +wahine lawe noloko mai o Moaulanuiakea? Aole anei oe i hoopalau me +Hinaikamalama, ke kaikamahine Alii kaulana o Hana? A pau ko huakai +kaapuni ia Hawaii nei, alaila, hoi aku a hoao olua? A no kau noi mai e +lawe kaua ia kaua i mau mea hoohui nolaila, ke hai aku nei wau ia oe; +aia a hoopau oe i kau hoohiki mua, alaila, aole na'u e lawe ia oe, nau +no e lawe ia'u a hui kaua e like me kou makemake." + +A no keia olelo a Poliahu, pili pu iho la ko Aiwohikupua manao me ke +kaumaha no hoi; a liuliu hoopuka aku la o Aiwohikupua i wahi ninau +pokole penei, "Pehea la oe i ike ai, a i lohe ai hoi no ka'u mau hana au +e hai mai nei? He oiaio, e Poliahu e, o na mea a pau au e olelo mai nei, +ua hana wau e like me ia nolaila, e hai mai i ka mea nana i olelo aku ia +oe." + +"Aole o'u mea nana i hai mai i keia mau mea, e ke Alii kane, no'u iho no +ko'u ike," wahi a ke Alii wahine, "no ka mea, ua hanau kupuaia mai wau e +like me oe, a ua loaa no ia'u ka ike mai ke Akua mai o ko'u mau kupuna a +hooili ia'u, e like me oe, a na ia Akua wau i kuhikuhi mai e like me +ka'u e olelo nei ia oukou. Ia oukou no e holo mai ana i Humuula, ua ike +wau nou na waa, a pela wau i ike ai ia oe." + +A no keia olelo, kukuli iho la o Aiwohikupua, a hoomaikai aku la imua o +Poliahu, me ke noi aku e lilo ia i kane hoopalau na Poliahu, me ke noi +aku e holo pu i Kauai. + +"Aole kaua e holo pu i Kauai," wahi a ka wahine, "aka, e kau wau me +oukou a Kohala, hoi mai wau, alaila hoi oukou." + +Mai ka hoomaka ana e halawai na'lii a hiki i ka pau ana o na olelo a +laua, iluna no o na waa keia mau kamailio ana. + +Mamua o ka holo ana, olelo aku ka wahine ia Aiwohikupua, "Ke holo pu nei +kakou, e hookaawale mai ko'u wahi, kaawale aku ko olua wahi, aole o na +kanaka, ua akaka ko lakou wahi, mai hoopa mai oukou ia'u, aole hoi au e +hoopa ia oukou a hiki wale i Kohala, e noho maluhia loa kakou a pau." A +ua maikai ia mea imua o lakou. + +Ia holo ana o lakou a hiki i Kohala, aole i hanaia kekahi mea iho iwaena +o lakou. + +Ia lakou ma Kohala, a hiki i ka la i haalele ai o Aiwohikupua ma ia +Kohala, lawe ae la o Poliahu i kona kapa hau, a haawi aku la ia +Aiwohikupua me ka olelo aku, "O kuu kapa hau, he kapa i papa loaia e +ko'u mau makua, aole e lilo i kekahi mea e ae, ia'u wale iho no; aka, no +ko kaua lawe ana ia kaua i kane hoao oe na'u, a pela hoi wau ia oe, +nolaila, ke haawi lilo aku nei wau i keia kapa, a hiki i kou la e manao +mai ai ia'u ma na hoohiki a kaua, alaila, loaa kou kuleana e imi ae ai +ia'u a loaa, iluna o Maunakea, alaila, hoike ae oe ia'u, alaila, hui +kino kaua." + +A lohe o Aiwohikupua i keia mau mea, alaila, he mea olioli nui loa ia i +ko ke Alii kane naau, a me kona Kuhina, a me na kanaka hoewaa. + +Ia manawa, kii aku la o Aiwohikupua i kona Ahuula, lawe mai la a hoouhi +aku la ia Poliahu, me ka olelo aku, "E like me kau olelo ia'u mamua o +kou haawi ana mai ia'u i ke kapa hau, pela no oe e malama ai a hiki i ko +kaua hui ana e like me ke kauoha." + +A pau ka laua kamailio ana i ka wanaao, hookaawale lakou i ka wahine +noho mauna, a holo aku la a hiki i Hana, a halawai me Hinaikamalama. + + + + +MOKUNA VIII + + +A hiki o Aiwohikupua ma i Hana, mai Kohala aku mahope iho o ko lakou +hookaawale ana ia Poliahu, ma ke awa pae waa o Haneoo ko lakou hiki mua +ana, ma ko Hinaikamalama wahi e noho ana. + +Ia Aiwohikupua nae i hiki aku ai ma kela awa pae waa, i ka moana no +lakou i lana aku ai; a ia lakou e lana ana malaila, ike mai la o +Hinaikamalama, o Aiwohikupua keia mau waa, mahamaha mai la ka wahine me +ka manao e hele aku ana a halawai me ka wahine; aka, aia no lakou ke +lana malie mai la i ka moana. + +Hele mai o Hinaikamalama a ma kahi a Aiwohikupua ma e lana ana; I aku la +ka wahine, "He mea kupanaha! heaha iho nei hoi keia o ka lana ana o na +waa iloko o ke kai? Mahamaha mai nei keia i ka ike ana mai nei ia oukou, +kainoa la hoi he holo mai a pae ae, aole ka! Nolaila, ke ninau aku nei +wau ia oe; malaila no anei oukou e lana ai a holo aku?" + +"Ae," wahi a Aiwohikupua. + +"Aole oukou e hiki," wahi a ka wahine "no ka mea, e kauoha no wau i ka +Ilamuku e hoopaa ia oe, ua lilo oe ia'u i ke konaneia, a ke waiho nei no +ia hoohiki a kaua, a ua noho maluhia wau me ka malu loa a hiki i kou hoi +ana mai la." + +"E ke Alii Wahine, aole pela," wahi a Aiwohikupua, "aole au i hoopau i +ka kaua hoohiki, ke mau nei no ia, aole no i hiki i ka manawa e hookoia +ai ia hoohiki a kaua, no ka mea, ua hai mua aku wau ia oe, aia a puni o +Hawaii ia'u, alaila, hookoia kou kumu pili e ke Alii wahine. Nolaila, +holo aku nei wau me ka manao e puni o Hawaii, aole nae i puni, a Hilo +no, loaa ae nei i ka uhai mai Kauai mai no ka pilikia o ko ka hale poe, +nolaila, hoi mai nei; i kipa mai nei i ou la e hai aku no keia mau mea +ia oe, a nolaila, e noho malu oe a hiki i kuu hoi hou ana mai, hookoia +ka hoohiki." + +A no keia olelo a Aiwohikupua, hoi mai la ka manao o ke Alii wahine, a +like me mamua. + +A pau keia mau mea, haalele lakou ia Hana, a holo mai lakou a hiki i +Oahu nei, a mai anei aku a like a like o ka moana o Oahu nei, a me +Kauai, hai aku la oia i kana olelo i na hoewaa, a me na hookele, penei: +"Auhea oukou, ke hai aku nei wau i kuu olelo paa; ina i hiki kakou i +Kauai, mai olelo oukou i Hawaii aku nei kakou i ka imi wahine, o lilo +auanei ia i mea hoohilahila ia'u, i na e loheia ma keia hope aku, +alaila, i loheia no ia oukou, a o ka uku o ka mea nana e hai keia olelo +no ka holo ana i Hawaii, o ka makemake ka mea nana e olelo, make mai +kana wahine, o ka ohi no ia o ka make a ka mea hoaikane mai." Oia ke +kanawai paa a ke Alii i kau ai no ka poe i holo pu me ia i Hawaii. + +A hiki lakou i Kauai, ma ka napoo ana o ka la, a halawai me na +kaikuahine. Ia manawa ka hoopuka ana i olelo i kona mau kaikuahine, +penei: "Ia'u i hele aku nei i ka'u huakai hele, ua haohao paha oukou, no +ka mea, aole wau i hai aku ia oukou i ke kumu o ia hele ana, aole no hoi +wau i hai aku i ka'u wahi e hele ai; a nolaila, ke hai malu aku nei wau +ia oukou e o'u mau kaikuahine o kakou wale. I Hawaii aku nei makou i +nalo iho nei, i kii aku nei wau ia Laieikawai i wahine mare (hoao) na'u, +no ko'u lohe ana no ia Kauakahialii e olelo ana i ka la a lakou i hiki +mai ai. I ka hele ana aku nei hoi, aole no hoi i kanamai a ke ano-e o ka +wahine; aole nae au i ike aku ia Laieikawai; aka, o ka hale ka'u i ike +maka aku, ua uhiia mai i ka hulu melemele o na manu Oo; nolaila, manao +no au aole e loaa, hoi okoa mai nei me ka nele. A no ia manao o'u, aole +e loaa ia'u, manao ae au ia oukou e na kaikuahine, ka poe no e loaa ai +ko'u makemake i na la i hala, nolaila, kii mai nei au ia oukou e holo i +Hawaii, o oukou no ka poe e loaa ai ko'u makemake, a ma keia wanaao, e +ku kakou a e hele." Alaila, he mea maikai keia olelo a ko lakou +kaikunane ia lakou. + +Iloko o keia manawa a Aiwohikupua e olelo ana me na kaikuahine, akahi no +a maopopo i kona Kuhina, oia ka ke kumu o ka hoi wikiwiki ana ia Kauai. + +I kekahi la ae, wae ae la o Aiwohikupua i mau hoewaa hou, no ka mea, ua +maopopo i ke Alii ua luhi na hoewaa mua; a makaukau ka holo ana, ia po +iho, lawe ae la ke Alii he umikumamaha hoewaa, elua hookele, o na +kaikuahine elima, o Mailehaiwale, o Mailekaluhea, o Mailelaulii, o +Mailepakaha, a me ko lakou muli loa o Kahalaomapuana, o ke Alii a me +kona Kuhina, he iwakalua-kumakolu ko lakou nui. I ka wanaao oia po, +haalele lakou ia Kauai, hiki ma Puuloa, a mailaila aku a kau ma Hanauma, +i kekahi la ae kau i Molokai, ma Kaunakakai; mailaila aku a pae i Mala, +ma Lahaina; a haalele lakou ia wahi, hiki lakou i Keoneoio, ma Honuaula; +a malaila i noho loihi ai ekolu anahulu. + +No ka mea, ua nui ka ino ma ka moana, a pau na la ino, alaila, ua ikeia +mai ka maikai o ka moana. + +Ia manawa ko lakou haalele ana ia Honuaula, a holo aku la a hiki ma +Kaelehuluhulu, ma Kona, Hawaii. + +Ia Aiwohikupua ma i holo aku ai mai Maui aku a hiki i kela wahi, ua ike +mua mai o Poliahu i ko lakou holo ana a me ka hiki ana i Kaelehuluhulu. + +Nolaila, hoomakaukau mua o Poliahu ia ia no ka hiki aku o Aiwohikupua, +alaila hoao; hookahi malama ke kali ano o Poliahu no ko laua hoao e like +me ka laua hoohiki ana; aka, ua hala o Aiwohikupua ma Hilo, no ke kii no +ia Laieikawai. + +I kekahi manawa, ku mai ia Poliahu ka ike no ka Aiwohikupua mau hana; +ma ko Poliahu ano kupua keia ike ana, a no ia mea, waiho wale no iloko o +ka wahine kona manao, aia a halawai laua, alaila, hoike aku i kana mea e +ike nei no ka Aiwohikupua mau hana. + +Ma keia holo ana a Aiwohikupua, mai Kaelehuluhulu aku, hiki mua lakou ma +Keaau, aka, ua nui no na la, a me na po o keia hele ana. + +I ke awakea o kekahi la, hiki aku lakou ma Keaau, a pau na waa i ka +hooponopono, a me na ukana o lakou, ia wa no, hoolale koke ae ana ke +Alii i na kaikuahine, a me kona Kuhina e pii i uka o Paliuli; a ua +hooholo koke lakou ia manao o ke Alii. + +Mamua o ko lakou pii ana i Paliuli, kauoha iho la o Aiwohikupua i na +hookele, a me na hoewaa, "Eia makou ke hele nei i ka makou huakai hele, +ka mea hoi a kuu manao i kau nui ai a halawai maka, e noho malie loa +oukou, aia no ka oukou mea malama o na waa; i kali oukou a i ao keia po, +a i po ka la apopo, alaila, ua waiwai makou; aka, i hoi kakahiaka mai +makou i ka la apopo, alaila, ua nele no ka'u mea i manao ai, alaila, o +Kauai ke alo, huli aku hoi." Oia ke kauoha a ke Alii. + +A pau ke kauoha a ke Alii i na kanaka, pii aku la a like a like o ka po, +hiki lakou i Paliuli. Olelo aku la o Aiwohikupua i na kaikuahine, "O +Paliuli keia, eia ianei o Laieikawai, ko oukou kaikoeke, nolaila, imiia +ka oukou pono." + +Alaila, lawe ae la o Aiwohikupua ia Mailehaiwale, i ka hanau mua o lakou +e like me ko lakou hanau ana. Ku iho la ma ka puka ponoi o ka hale o +Laieikawai, ia Mailehaiwale e ku la ma ka puka o ka Halealii, kuu aku +ana keia i ke ala, po oloko i ke ala, aia nae o Laieikawai me kona kahu +ua pauhiaia e ka hiamoe nui; aka, aole nae e hiki ke hiamoe i kela +manawa, no ka mea ua hoalaia e ke ala o Mailehaiwale. + +Ia puoho ana ae o laua mai ka hiamoe, haohao ana laua nei i keia ala +launa ole; a no keia haohao, kahea aku la o Laieikawai me ka leo oluolu +i kona kupunawahine penei: + +LAIEIKAWAI: "E Waka, e Waka--e." + +WAKA: "E-o, heaha kau o ka po e ala nei?" + +LAIEIKAWAI: "He ala, eia--la, he ala e wale no keia, he ala anuanu, he +ala huihui, eia la i ka houpo i ka manawa o maua." + +WAKA: "Aole no he ala e, o Mailehaiwale aku la na, o na kaikuahine aala +o Aiwohikupua i kii mai la ia oe i wahine oe, a i wahine oe, a i kane +ia; o ke kane ia moeia." + +LAIEIKAWAI: "Ka! aole au e moe ia ia." + +A lohe aku la o Aiwohikupua i ka hoole ana mai a Laieikawai, no ka +makemake ole e lawe ia Aiwohikupua i kane mare, alaila, he mea e ka +hilahila, no ka mea, ua lohe maopopo aku la lakou nei i ka hoole ana +mai. + + + + +MOKUNA IX + + +Mahope iho o ka manawa i hooleia ai ko ke Alii kane makemake; alaila, +olelo aku la o Aiwohikupua i kona Kuhina, "E hoi kaua, a e noho na +kaikuahine o'u iuka nei, a na lakou no e imi ae ko lakou wahi e noho ai, +no ka mea, aole a lakou waiwai, ua nele ae la no ka mea i manaoia ai e +loaa ia lakou." + +I mai la kona Kuhina, "He mea kupanaha loa ia oe, kainoa, ua olelo oe +ia'u mamua o ko kakou la i haalele ai ia Kauai; o na kaikuahine wale no +ou ka mea nana e kii kou makemake, a ua ike no hoi oe i ke ko ana o ka +lakou mau hana; ua kena ae nei oe ia Mailehaiwale i kana loaa, a ua lohe +aku la no hoi kakou i ka hoole ana mai a Laieikawai, aole paha no ko +kaikuahine ia hewa, e hiki ai ia kaua ke haalele ia lakou. Nolaila, hele +ae la ia ia, eha ou mau kaikuahine i koe, malia paha o loaa i kekahi o +lakou." + +I aku la o Aiwohikupua, "Nele ae la ka i ka hanau mua, okiloa aku paha +lakou." + +I hou aku kona Kuhina, "E kuu Haku, e hoomanawanui hou kaua, e hoao ae o +Mailekaluhea i kana loaa, a i nele, alaila, hoi kakou." + +Alaila, ua maikai iki ia olelo i ke Alii, olelo aku la o Aiwohikupua, "E +hoao aku hoi oe i kau loaa, a i nele oia iho la no." + +Hele aku la o Mailekaluhea, a ma ka puka o ka Halealii, ku iho la, kuu +aku la i ke ala, oia hele no o ke ala a pa i kaupoku maloko o ka hale, +mai kaupoku ka hoi ana iho loaa ia Laieikawai ma, ia manawa, hikilele +hou ae laua mai ka hiamoe ae. + +I aku la o Laieikawai i kahi kahu, "He ala okoa hoi keia, aole hoi e +like me ke ala mua iho nei, he oi nae hoi keia mamua o kela iho nei, he +kane paha ka mea nona, keia ala." + +Olelo aku kahi kahu, "Kaheaia ko kupunawahine, e hai mai i ke ano o keia +ala." + +Kahea aku la o Laieikawai. + +LAIEIKAWAI: "E Waka, e Waka--e." + +WAKA: "E--o, heaha kau o ka po e ala nei?" + +LAIEIKAWAI: "Eia la he ala, he ala e wale no keia, he ala anuanu, he ala +huihui, eia la i ka houpo i ka manawa o maua." + +WAKA: "Aole na he ala e, o Mailekaluhea aku la, o kekahi kaikuahine aala +o Aiwohikupua, i kii mai la ia oe i wahine oe i kane ia, o ke kane ia +moeia." + +LAIEIKAWAI: "Ka! aole au e moe ia ia." + +I aku la o Aiwohikupua i ua wahi Kuhina nei ona, "E! ke lohe pono aku la +oe i ka hoole ana ae la a ke Alii wahine." + +"Ae, ua loke, heaha la auanei ko ia hoole ana ae la, o ko laua aala no +kai makemake oleia ae la, malia hoi o ae ia Mailelaulii." + +"Hoopaa no hoi oe," wahi a Aiwohikupua, "kainoa ua hai mua iho nei wau +ia oe i ko'u manao e hoi kakou, eia kau he hoololohe, hoololohe iho la +oe la, aeia mai la." + +"Aole ka hoi i pau na kaikuahine o kaua, alua i hala, ekolu i koe," wahi +a kona Kuhina, "kuuia aku paha i pau, he nani ia, ua pau na kaikuahine o +kaua i ke kii, wikiwiki auanei hoi paha oe e hoi, a hiki kakou i kai o +Keaau, olelo kakou no ka loaa ole, e olelo ae auanei ka poe kaikuahine +ou i koe; ina no ia makou ka olelo ana mai e kii, ina no ua ae mai o +Laieikawai, aia la, loaa ka lakou mea e kamailio ai, kuuia aku i pau." + +"Auhea oe e kuu Kuhina," wahi a Aiwohikupua, "aole o oe ke hilahila ana, +owau no, ina e like ana ka manao o ka moopuna me ko Waka la, ina ua +pono." + +"Kuuia aku paha i ka hilahila," wahi a kona Kuhina, "kainoa ua ike no +oe, he waa naha i kooka ko kaua ko ke kane, a hoole mai aunei ia nawai e +olelo kana hoole ana, kainoa o kakou wale no kai lohe, hoaoia'ku paha o +Mailelaulii." + +A no ka ikaika loa o ua wahi Kuhina nei ona i ke koi, hooholo ke Alii i +ka ae. + +Hele aku la o Mailelaulii a kupono i ka puka o ka Halealii, kuu aku ana +oia i kona aala e like me na mea mua, hikilele hou mai la o Laieikawai +mai ka hiamoe, a olelo aku la i kahi kahu, "He wahi ala okoa wale no hoi +keia, aole hoi e like me kela mau mea mua." + +I mai la kahi kahu, "Kaheaia o Waka." + +LAIEIKAWAI: "E Waka, e Waka--e." + +WAKA: "E--o, heaha la kau o ka po e ala nei?" + +LAIEIKAWAI: "Eia la he ala, he ala e wale no keia, he ala anuanu, he +ala huihui, eia la i ka houpo i ka manawa o maua." + +WAKA: "Aole na he ala e, o Mailelaulii aku la na o na kaikuahine aala o +Aiwohikupua, i kii mai la ia oe i wahine oe i kane ia, o ke kane ia +moeia." + +LAIEIKAWAI: "Ka! aole au e moe ia ia." + +"I hookahi no hoi hoole ana o ka pono," wahi a Aiwohikupua, "o ka hele +ka ia he kauna wale ae no koe o ka hoole, makena no hoi ua hilahila ia +oe e ke hoa." + +"Kuuia aku paha i ka hilahila," wahi a kona Kuhina, "a i ole e loaa i na +kaikuahine o kaua, alaila, na'u e kii a loaa iloko o ka hale, a olelo +aku wau e lawe ia oe i kane hoao nana e like me kou makemake." + +A no keia olelo a kona Kuhina, alaila, ua hoopihaia ko ke Alii naau i ka +olioli, no ka mea, ua lohe kela ia Kauakahialii i ka loaa ana i ua wahi +kanaka nei o Laieikawai, i hiki ai i kai o Keaau. + +Ia manawa, kena koke ae la o Aiwohikupua ia Mailepakaha, hele aku la a +ku ma ka puka o ka Halealii; kuu aku la i kona aala, a hikilele mai la +ko Laieikawai hiamoe, honi hou ana no i ke ala. I hou aku keia i kahi +kahu, "Eia hou no keia ala, he wahi ala nohea hoi keia." + +Olelo hou aku kahi kahu, "Kaheaia o Waka." + +LAIEIKAWAI: "E Waka, e Waka--e." + +WAKA: "E--o, heaha kau o ka po e ala nei?" + +LAIEIKAWAI: "Eia la he ala, he ala okoa hoi keia, aole hoi i like me na +ala mua iho nei, he ala maikai keia, he ala nohea, eia la i ka houpo i +ka manawa o maua." + +WAKA: "Aole na he ala e, o Mailepakaha aku la o ke kaikuahine aala o +Aiwohikupua, i kii mai la ia oe i wahine oe i kane ia, o ke kane ia +moeia." + +LAIEIKAWAI: "Ka! aole au e moe ia ia, ina i kii mai kekahi mea e ia'u, +aole no wau e ae ana! Mai hoomoe hou oe ia'u ia Aiwohikupua." + +A lohe o Aiwohikupua, a me kona Kuhina i keia hoole hou ana o +Laieikawai, i aku ua Kuhina nei ona, "E kuu Haku, pale ka pono! aohe +pono i koe, hookahi no pono o ka hoi wale no koe o kakou; kaukai aku nei +hoi ka pono i ko kaikuahine muli la hoi, i ole ae hoi ia lakou, ia'u aku +la hoi, i lohe aku nei ka hana, e hoole loa ae ana no kela, me ka nuku +maoli ae la no i ke kupunawahine; a eia nae hoi ka'u wahi olelo i koe ia +oe, o ka olelo no auanei ka'u, o ka ae no kau." + +"Oleloia ana," wahi a Aiwohikupua, "a i ike aku au he kupono i ka ae, +alaila ae aku, i na he kupono ole, aole no au e ae aku." + +"E kii kaua ma o ke kupunawahine la," wahi a ua Kuhina nei, "e noi aku +ia ia, malia o ae mai kela." + +Olelo aku o Aiwohikupua, "Aole a kakou hana i koe, ua pau, eia wale no +ka olelo i koe, o na kaikuahine o kaua, e noho lakou i ka nahelehele +nei, no ka mea, aohe a lakou waiwai." + +Alaila, huli aku la o Aiwohikupua a olelo aku la i na kaikuahine, "E +noho oukou, ua nele ae la no ka'u mea i makemake ai e lawe mai ia oukou, +o ka nahele no nei noho iho." Ke hele aku nei e maamaama. + +A pau ka Aiwohikupua olelo ana i na kaikuahine; kulou like iho la ke poo +o na kaikuahine i kahi hookahi, e uwe ana. + +Kaha aku la o Aiwohikupua ma iho, kahea aku la o Kahalaomapuana, ke +kaikuahine muli loa, i aku la, "E laua la! ku iho, e lohe mua makou i +Kauai, e lawe ana oe a haalele ia makou i keia wahi, i na aole makou e +hiki mai. Pono no la hoi ia, ina owau kekahi i kii aku nei ia +Laieikawai, a nele ana la hoi, alaila, pono kau haalele ana ia'u, pau pu +no o ka mea i hewa, a me ka mea hewa ole. Aole oe he malihini ia'u, ia'u +wale no e ko ai kau mau mea a pau." + +A lohe o Aiwohikupua i keia olelo a kona kaikuahine opio, hoohewa iho la +oia ia ia iho. + +Kahea mai la o Aiwohikupua i ke kaikuahine opiopio, "Iho mai kaua, ou +mau kaikuaana ke noho aku." + +"Aole wau e hiki aku," wahi a kona kaikuahine opiopio, "aia a pau loa +makou i ka hoi pu me oe, alaila, hoi aku au." + +A no keia olelo a kona kaikauhine opiopio, alaila i aku o Aiwohikupua, +"O noho mamuli ou mau kaikuaana, a nau no e huli ae me ko mau kaikuaana +i ka oukou wahi e hele ai, eia wau ke hoi nei." + +Huli aku la o Aiwohikupua ma e hoi, ia laua e hele ana ma ke ala, kani +aku la ke oli a Mailehaiwale, penei: + + "Kuu kaikunane kapu, + Laniihikapu o ka manawa--e, e hoi--e; + E hoi oe a ike aku + I ka maka o na makua, hai aku, + Eia makou ianei, + E malu ana i ka hala nui, + He hooumau hala paha?" + +Huli mai la o Aiwohikupua nana hope aku la i na kaikuahine, me ka i aku, +"Aole he hala hoomau, kainoa ua hai mua iho nei no wau ia oukou, no ka +oukou waiwai ole, oia kuu mea i haalele ai ia oukou, ina i loaa iho nei +kuu makemake ia oukou, alaila, aole oukou e noho, oia iho la no ko oukou +mea i laweia mai ai." Huli aku la no laua hoi, pau ka ike ana i na +kaikuahine. + +A hala aku la o Aiwohikupua ma, kuka iho la na kaikuahine i ko lakou +manao, a hooholo iho la lakou, e ukali mahope o ke kaikuane, me ka manao +e maliu mai. + +Iho aku la lakou a hiki i kai o Keaau, e hoomakaukau ana na waa; noho +iho la na kaikuahine ma ke awa, e kali ana no ke kaheaia mai, a pau +lakou i ke kau maluna o na waa, aole nae kaheaia mai, ia lakou i hoomaka +ai e holo, kani aku la ke oli a Mailekaluhea, penei: + + "Kuu kaikunane kapu, + Laniihikapu o ka manawa, e huli mai, + E nana mai i ou mau pokii, + I na hoa ukali o ke ala, + O ke ala nui, ala iki, + O ka ua haawe kua, + Me he keiki la; + O ka na hookamumu hala, + Hookamumu hala o Hanalei--e. + Pehea makou--e, + I hea no la hoi kau haalele, + Haalele oe i ka hale, + Hele oe i kau huakai. + Ike aku--e, + Ike aku i ka maka, + I ka maka o na makua, + Aloha wale--e." + +Iloko o keia oli ana a Mailekaluhea, aole nae i maliu iki mai ko lakou +kaikunane, a hala aku la lakou la ma na waa, noho iho la na kaikuahine, +kuka iho la i manao no lakou, hookahi mea nana i hoopuka ka lakou olelo, +o Kahalaomapuana, ko lakou muli loa. + +Eia kana olelo, "He nani ia ua maliu ole mai la ko kakou kaikunane alii, +i ka Mailehaiwale a me Mailekaluhea, i ka laua uwalo aku, e aho e hele +no kakou mauka a kahi e pae ae ai lakou, alaila, na Mailelaulii e kaukau +aku i ko kakou kaikuahine, malia o aloha mai ia kakou." A ua holo like +ae la ia manao ia lakou. + +A haalele lakou ia Keaau, hiki mua na kaikuahine i Punahoa, ma kahi i +kapaia o Kanoakapa, noho iho lakou malaila; hiki hope o Aiwohikupua ma. + +Ia Aiwohikupua ma i aneane ai e pae mai ma kahi a na kaikuahine e noho +aku ana, ike mai la o Aiwohikupua e noho aku ana kona mau kaikuahine, +kahea koke ae la o Aiwohikupua i na hoewaa a me na hookele, "E haalele +kakou i keia awa; no ka mea, eia no ua poe uhai loloa nei, e pono kakou +ke imi aku i awa e ae e pae aku ai." + +Ia lakou i haalele ai i kahi a na kaikuahine e noho ana, hea aku la o +Mailelaulii mahope, ma ke mele, penei: + + "Kuu kaikunane kapu, + Laniihikapu o kuu manawa--e! + Heaha ka hala nui? + I paweo ai na maka o kuu haku, + I kapu ai ka leo i ka uwalo, + Ka uwalo hoi a kou mau pokii, + Kou mau pokii kaikuahine hoi, + E maliu mai. + E maliu mai i na hoa ukali, + Na hoa pii pali o Haena, + Kokolo pali o ke ala haka, + Alahaka ulili o Nualolo, + Pali kui--e! kui o Makana, + E iala--e, hoi mai--e. + Homai ka ihu i ou pokii, + A hele aku i kau huakai, + I ka huakai hoi a ke aloha ole--e. + Aloha oe, ike aku, + Ike aku i ka aina, + I ka maka o na makua--e." + +A lohe o Aiwohikupua ma i ka leo o keia kaikuahine, lana malie iho la na +waa, alaila, i aku la o Kahalaomapuana, "Pono io kakou, akahi no hea ana +i lana malie ai na waa, hoolohe aku kakou o ka leo o ke kahea mai, a kau +kakou maluna o na waa, alaila, palekana." + +A liuliu ka lakou la hoolana ana i na waa, o ka huli aku la no ia o +Aiwohikupua ma e holo, aole wahi mea a maliu iki mai. + +A hala aku la lakou la, kuka hou iho la na kaikuahine i olelo hou na +lakou. O Kahalaomapuana no ko lakou mea manao. + +I mai la oia i kona mau kaikuaana, "Elua maua i koe, owau a me +Mailepakaha." + +Olelo mai hoi o Mailepakaha, "Aole no e maliu mai ia'u; no ka mea, ke +maliu ole ae la ka hoi i ko kaua mau kaikuaana, oki loa aku paha wau, i +ko'u manao, e aho nau e hoalohaloha'ku na kahi mea uuku o kakou, malia o +maliu mai ia oe." + +Aole nae he ae o kahi muli loa, alaila, hoailona iho la lakou, ma ka +huhuki ana i na pua mauu, o ka mea loihi o ka mauu, oia ka mea nana e +hoalohaloha ko lakou kaikunane; aka, i ka hoailona ana, ku ia +Kahalaomapuana ka hoailona. + +A pau ka lakou hana ana no keia mau mea, haalele lakou ia Punahoa, hele +ukali hou mai Ia lakou ma kahi e loaa ai ko lakou kaikunane, ia hele +ana, hiki lakou i Honolii, ua hiki mua o Aiwohikupua ma i Honolii, noho +mai la lakou nei ma kahi kaawale, a pela no hoi o Aiwohikupua ma ma kahi +kaawale. + +Ia lakou ma Honolii ia po, kuka iho la lakou e moe kekahi poe, a e ala +hookahi, a holo ia mea ia lakou. Hoomaka ko lakou wati e like me ko +lakou hanau ana, a i ko lakou kaikaina ka wati wanaao o ke ku ana. O ke +kumu o ia hana ana a lakou pela, i ikeia ka manawa holo o Aiwohikupua +ma; no ka mea, ua maa kona mau kaikuahine i ka holo ana mai, mai Kauai +mai, ma ka wanaao e holo ai. + +Ku aku la na kaikuahine i ka po, a hiki i ko Mailepakaha wati e ku ana, +hoomakaukau o Aiwohikupua ma i na waa no ka holo ana, hoala aku la ia i +kekahi poe o lakou, a ala like mai lakou a pau. + +Ia lakou e okuu nui ana, o ka Kahalaomapuana wati ia, a kau lakou ma na +waa, hookokoke aku la kona mau kaikuahine ma ke awa, a o Kahalaomapuana +ka mea i hele loa aku a paa mahope o na waa, a kahea aku ma ke mele, +penei: + + "Ko makou kaikunane haku, + Kaikunane kapu, + Laniihikapu o kuu piko--e! + Auhea oe, o o--e, + O oe, o makou, i o ianei hoi, + Nau ka huakai, + Ukali aku makou, + I na pali i ka hulaana kakou, + Au aku o ka Waihalau, + Waihalau i Wailua--e; + He aloha ole--e. + He aloha ole paha kou ia makou, + Na hoa ukali o ka moana, + O ka ale nui, ale iki, + O ka ale loa, ale poko, + O ka ale kua loloa o ka moana, + Hoa ukali o kela uka, + O kela nahele liuliu, + O ka po iu anoano, + E huli mai. + E huli mai, a e maliu mai, + E hoolono mai ka i uwalo a'u, + A'u hoi a kou pokii muli loa. + Ihea la hoi kau haalele + Haalele iho ia makou + I kahi haiki, + Nau i waele ke alanui mamua, + Mahope aku makou ou, + Ike'a ai he mau pokii, + Ilaila la haalele aku ka huhu, + Ka inaina, ka opu aloha ole, + Homai ka ihu i ou mau pokii, + Aloha wale--e." + +Ia manawa a kona kaikuahine muli loa e hapai ana i keia leo kaukau imua +o Aiohikupua, alaila, ua hoomaeeleia ka naau o ko lakou kaikunane i ke +aloha kaumaha no kona kaikuahine. + +A no ka nui loa o ke aloha o Aiwohikupua i ko lakou pokii, lalau mai la +a hoonoho iho la iluna o kona uha, a uwe iho la. + +Ia Kahalaomapuana e kau ana i ka uha o kona kaikunane, kena ae la o +Aiwohikupua i na hoewaa, i hoe ikaika; ia manawa, ua hala hope loa +kekahi mau kaikuahine, a hala mua lakou la. + +Ia lakou e holo ana, alaila, ua pono ole ka manao o Kahalaomapuana i +kona mau kaikuaana. + +Ia Kahalaomapuana e uwe ana no kona mau kaikuaana, ia manawa kona noi +ana'ku ia Aiwohikupua, e hoihoi ia ia me kona mau kaikuaana; aka, aole +no he maliu mai o Aiwohikupua. + +"E Aiwohikupua," wahi a kona kaikuahine, "aole wau e ae e lawe oe ia'u +owau wale, ke ole oe e lawe pu me ko'u mau kaikuaana; no ka mea, ua +kahea mua ae no oe ia'u i ko kakou wa i Paliuli; aka, aole wau i ae mai, +no kou lawe ia'u owau wale." + +A no ka paakiki loa o Aiwohikupua aole e hookuu i kona kaikuahine, ia +manawa, lele aku la o Kahalaomapuana mai luna aku o ka waa a haule iloko +o ke kai. Ia manawa, hoopuka aku la kona kaikuahine i olelo hope, ma ke +mele, penei: + + "Ke hoi la oe a ike aku, + Ike aku i ka maka, + I ka maka o na makua, + Aloha aku i ka aina, + I ka nui a me na makamaka, + Ke hoi nei wau me o'u pokii, + Me o'u kaikuaana hoi--e." + + + + +MOKUNA XI + + +Iloko o keia kaukau hope loa a Kahalaomapuana, ua hoopihaia ko +Aiwohikupua naau i ke aloha nui; a kahea ae la oia e hooemi hope na waa, +aka, ua hala hope loa o Kahalaomapuana i hope, no ka ikaika loa o ka +holo o na waa; a i ka wa i huli hope ai na waa e kii hou i kona +kaikuahine, aole nae i loaa. + +(Maanei e waiho iki i ke kamailio ana no Aiwohikupua, e pono ke kamailio +hou no kona mau kaikuahine; alaila, e kamailio hou no Aiwohikupua.) + +Ia manawa a Aiwohikupua ma i haalele aku ai i na kaikuahine ma Honolii, +a lawe pu aku ia Kahalaomapuana; nui loa iho la ke aloha, a me ka uwe +ana no ko lakou kaikaina, ua oi aku ko lakou aloha ia Kahalaomapuana, +mamua o ko lakou aloha i ko lakou mau makua, a me ka aina. + +Ia lakou no e uwe ana, hoea mai ana o Kahalaomapuana ma ka pali mai, +alaila, ua kuuia ka naau kaumaha o kona mau kaikuaana. + +A hui ae la lakou me ko lakou kaikaina, a hai aku la oia i kana hana, a +me ke kumu o kona hoi ana mai e like me ka mea i olelo muaia ae nei ma +keia Mokuna. + +A pau ka lakou kamailio ana no keia mau mea, kuka iho la lakou i ka pono +o ko lakou noho ana, a hooholo ae la lakou e hoi hou lakou i Paliuli. + +Mahope iho o ko lakou kuka ana no lakou iho, haalele lakou ia Honolii, +hoi aku la a uka o Paliuli, ma kahi e kokoke aku ana i ka hale o +Laieikawai, noho iho la lakou maloko o na puha laau. + +A no ko lakou makemake nui e ike ia Laieikawai, hoohalua mau lakou i +keia la keia la, a nui na la o lakou i hoohalua ai, aole lakou i ike iki +no ka lakou mea e hoohalua nei, no ka mea, ua paa mau ka puka o ka hale +i na la a pau. + +A no ia mea, kukakuka ae la lakou i mea e ike aku ai lakou ia +Laieikawai, a nui na la o ko lakou imi ana i mea e ike aku ai no ke Alii +wahine o Paliuli, aole loaa. + +Iloko o kela mau la kuka o lakou, aole i pane iki ko lakou kaikaina, a +no ia mea, olelo aku kekahi o kona mau kaikuaana, "E Kahalaomapuana, o +makou wale no ia e noonoo nei i mea no kakou e ike aku ai ia Laieikawai, +aole nae he loaa; malia paha, aia ia oe kekahi mea e hiki ai, e olelo ae +oe." + +"Ae," wahi a ko lakou kaikaina, "e ho-a kakou i ahima kela po keia po, a +e oli aku ka hanau mua, alaila, i ka muli iho, pela a pau kakou, i +hookahi no olioli ana a ka mea hookahi ma ka po, alaila, ia'u ka po hope +loa; malia paha o lilo ka a-a mau ana a ke ahi i na po a pau i mea no ke +Alii e uluhua ai, alaila, hele mai e nana ia kakou, alaila, pela paha e +ike ai kakou ia Laieikawai." + +A ma keia olelo a Kahalaomapuana, ua pono ia imua o lakou. + +I ka po mua, ho-a ae la lakou i ahi, a ia Mailehaiwale ke oli ana ia po, +e like me ka lakou hooholo like ana. A i kekahi po mai ia Mailekaluhea, +pela mau lakou i hana ai a hala no po eha, aole nae i loaa ia Laieikawai +ka hoouluhuaia, ua loho no nae ke Alii wahine i ke oli, a ua ike no hoi +i ka _a-a_ mau ana a ke ahi; a heaha la ia mea i ke Alii wahine. + +I ka lima o ka po, oia ko Kahalaomapuana po, o ka hope loa no hoi ia; +ho-a iho la ke ahi, a ma ka waenakonu o ka po, hana iho la o +Kahalaomapuana he pu la-i, a hookani aku la. + +Iloko oia manawa, akahi no a komo iloko o Laieikawai ka lealea no kela +leo e kani nei, aole nae i hoouluhuaia ke Alii wahine. A ma ka pili o ke +ao, hookani hou aku la o Kahalaomapuana i kana pu la-i e like me ke kani +mua ana, alaila, ua lilo iho la no ia i mea lealea no ke Alii; elua wale +no puhi ana a Kahalaomapuana ia po. + +I ka lua o ka po, hana hou no o Kahalaomapuana i kana hana; ma ka pili +nae o ke ahiahi kana hoomaka ana e hookani, aole nae i uluhua ke Alii. + +Ma ka pili o ka wanaao oia po no, ka lua ia o ka hookani ana. Ia manawa, +ua hoouluhuaia ko Laieikawai manawa hiamoe; a o ka oi no hoi keia o ka +po lealea loa o ke Alii. + +A no ka uluhua o Laieikawai, kena ae la oia i kona wahi kahu e hele e +nana i kahi i kani mai ai keia mea kani. + +Ia manawa, puka ae la ua wahi kahu nei o ke Alii iwaho o ka Halealii, a +ike aku la i ke ahi a ua poe kaikamahine nei e aa mai ana, hookolo aku +la oia a hiki i kahi o ke ahi e a ana, ma ke kaawale nae keia kahi i ku +aku ai me ka ike ole mai a lakou la ia ianei. + +A ike keia, hoi aku la a ia Laieikawai, ninau mai la ke Alii. + +Hai aku la kahi kahu i kana mea i ike ai, mamuli o ka ninau a ke Alii, +"Ia'u i puka aku ai mai ka hale aku nei, ike aku la wau he ahi e aa mai +ana, hele aku nei wau a hiki, a ma ke kaawale ko'u ku ana aku, me ka ike +ole mai o lakou la ia'u. Aia hoi, ike aku la wau he mau kaikamahine +elima, e noho ana a puni ke ahi, he mau kaikamahine maikai wale no +lakou, ua like wale no na ano, hookahi nae o lakou wahi mea uuku loa, a +nana ka mea kani lealea a kaua e lohe aku nei." + +A lohe ke Alii i keia mea, olelo aku la oia i kona kahu, "E kii oe a +kahi mea uuku o lakou, olelo aku oe e hele mai ianei, i hana mai ai oia +i kana mea hoolealea imua o kaua." + +A no keia olelo a ke Alii, hele aku la kahi kahu a hiki i kahi o na +kaikamahine, a ike mai la lakou i keia mea, hai aku la oia, "He alele +wau i hoounaia mai nei e kuu Alii e kii mai i kekahi o oukou e like me +ka'u mea e manao ai e lawe, nolaila, ke lawe nei wau i kahi mea uuku o +oukou e hele e launa pu me kuu Alii e like me kana kauoha." + +A Iaweia aku la o Kahalaomapuana, alaila, ua hoohauoliia ka naau o kona +mau kaikuaana, no ka manao no e loaa ana ka pomaikai mahope. + +A hiki aku la ua wahi kaikaina nei o lakou imua o Laieikawai. + +Ia ia nae i hiki aku ai a ka hale, wehe ae la ke kahu o ke Alii i ka +puka o ka Halealii, ia manawa, ua hoopuiwa kokeia ko Kahalaomapuana +lunamanao, no ka ike ana aku ia Laieikawai e kau mai ana iluna o ka eheu +o na manu e like me kona ano mau, elua hoi mau manu Iiwipolena e kau ana +ma na poohiwi o ke Alii, e lu ana i na wai ala lehua ma ke poo o ke +Alii. + +A no ka ike ana aku o Kahalaomapuana i keia mau mea, a he mea kupanaha +ia imua o ke Kaikamahine malihini, haule aku la oia i ka honua me ka +naau eehia. + +Hele aku la ke kahu o ke Alii, a ninau aku la, "Heaha keia e ke +kaikamahine?" + +A palua kana ninau ana, alaila, ala ae la ke kaikamahine, a olelo aku la +i ke kahu o ke Alii me ka i aku, "E ae mai oe ia'u e hoi au me ou +kaikuaana, ma kahi i loaa ai wau ia oe, no ka mea, ua eehia wau i ka +maka'u no ke ano e loa o kau Alii." + +Olelo mai la ke kahu o ke Alii, "Mai maka'u oe, mai hopohopo, e ku oe a +e komo aku e halawai me kuu Alii e like me kana kauoha ia oe." + +"He maka'u," wahi a ke kaikamahine. + +A lohe mai la ke Alii i ka laua haukamumu, ala ae la oia a hea aku la ia +Kahalaomapuana, alaila, ua hoopauia ko ke kaikamahine naau kaumaha, a +komo aku la ka malihini e launa me ke Alii. + +I mai la o Laieikawai, "Nau anei ka mea kani lealea i kani mai ai i kela +po, a me keia po?" + +"Ae, na'u," wahi a Kahalaomapuana. + +"O i ana," wahi a Laieikawai, "hookani ia ana." + +Lalau ae la o Kahalaomapuana i kana pu la-i ma kona pepeiao, a hookani aku +la imua o ke Alii; alaila, ua hoolealeaia o Laieikawai. Oia ka makamua o ko +ke Alii ike ana i keia mea kani. + + + + +MOKUNA XII + + +A no ka lilo loa o ko Laieikawai manawa i ka olioli no ka mea kani +lealea a ke kaikamahine; alaila, kena ae la o Laieikawai i ke +kaikamahine e hookani hou. + +I aku la ke kaikamahine, "Aole e kani ke hookani hou; no ka mea ua +malamalama loa, he mea mau ia, ma ka po wale no e kani ai nei mea kani, +aole e pono ma ke ao." + +A no keia olelo a ke kaikamahine, kahaha loa iho la o Laieikawai me ka +manao he wahahee na ke kaikamahine, alaila, lalau aku la o Laieikawai i +ka pu la-i ma ka lima o ke kaikamahine, a hookani iho la, a no ko +Laieikawai maa ole i ka hookani ka pu la-i, nolaila, ua loaa ole ke kani +ma ia hookani ana, alaila, he mea maopopo loa i ke Alii wahine, he mea +kani ole no ka pu la-i ke hookani ma ke ao. + +Olelo aku la o Laieikawai ia Kahalaomapuana, "Ke makemake nei wau e +hoaikane kaua, a ma ko'u hale nei oe e noho ai, a e lilo oe i mea +punahele na'u, a o kau hana ka hoolealea mai ia'u." + +Olelo aku la o Kahalaomapuana, "E ke Alii e, ua pono kau olelo; aka, he +mea kaumaha no'u ke noho wau me oe, a e loaa ana paha ia'u ka pomaikai, +a o ko'u mau kaikuaana, e lilo paha auanei lakou i mea pilikia." + +"Ehia oukou ka nui," wahi a Laieikawai, "a pehea ko oukou hiki ana +maanei?" + +Olelo aku la o Kahalaomapuana, "Eono makou ko makou nui a na makua +hookahi o ko makou ono, he keiki kane, a elima makou na kaikuahine, o ke +keiki kane no ko makou mua, a owau ko makou muli loa. A ma ka huakai a +ko makou kaikunane, oia ko makou mea i hiki ai maanei, a no ka loaa ole +ana ia makou o kona makemake, nolaila, ua haalele kela ia makou, a ua +hoi aku la ko makou kaikunane me kona kekoolua, a ke noho nei makou me +ka makamaka ole." + +Ninau mai la o Laieikawai, "Nohea mai oukou?" + +"No Kauai mai," wahi a Kahalaomapuana. + +"A owai ka inoa o ko oukou kaikunane?" + +Hai aku la kela, "O Aiwohikupua." + +Ninau hou o Laieikawai, "Owai ko oukou mau inoa pakahi?" + +Alaila hai aku la kela ia lakou a pau. + +Alaila, hoomaopopo iho la o Laieikawai, o lakou no ka poe i hiki i kela +po mua. + +I aku la o Laieikawai, "O kou mau kaikuaana a me ke kaikunane o oukou +kai maopopo, ina nae o oukou kai hiki mai i kela po aku nei la; aka, o +oe ka'u mea i lohe ole." + +"O makou no," wahi a Kahalaomapuana. + +I aku la o Laieikawai, "Ina o oukou kai hiki mai i kela po, alaila, +nawai i alakai ia oukou ma keia wahi? No ka mea, he wahi ike oleia keia, +akahi wale no poe i hele mai i keia wahi." + +I aku keia, "He kamaaina no ko makou mea nana i alakai mai, oia hoi kela +wahi kanaka nana i olelo mai ia oe no Kauakahialii." Alaila, ua maopopo +he kamaaina ko lakou. + +A pau ka laua kamailio ana no keia mau mea, kauoha ae la oia i kona +kupunawahine, e hoomakaukau i hale no na kaikuahine o Aiwohikupua. + +Alaila, ma ka mana o Waka, kona kupunawahine, ua hikiwawe loa, ua paa ka +hale. + +A makaukau ka hale, kena aku la o Laieikawai ia, Kahalaomapuana, "E hoi +oe, a kela po aku, pii mai oe me ou mau kaikuaana mai, i ike aku wau ia +lakou, alaila, e lealea mai oe ia kakou, i kau mea kani lealea." + +A hala aku la o Kahalaomapuana, a hui me kona mau kaikuaana, ninau mai +la nae kona mau kaikuaana i kana hana, a me ke ano o ko laua halawai ana +me ke Alii. + +Hai aku la kela, "Ia'u i hiki aku ai a ma ka puka o ka hale o ke Alii, +wehe aku la kahi kuapuu nana i kii mai nei ia'u, a i kuu ike ana aku nei +i ke Alii e kau mai ana iluna o ka eheu o na manu, no ia ike ana o'u, +ua eehia wau me ka maka'u a haule aku la wau ilalo ma ka lepo. A no keia +mea, kiiia mai la wau a komo aku la e kamailio pu me ke Alii, a hana aku +wau i kona lealea, e like me ko ke Alii makemake, a ua ninau mai nei +kela ia kakou, ua hai pau aku au. Nolaila, e loaa ana ia kakou ka +pomaikai, ua kauoha mai nei kela, a i keia po pii aku kakou." + +A lohe kona mau kaikuaana i keia mau olelo, he mea e ka olioli o lakou. + +A hiki i ka manawa a ke Alii i kauoha mai ai ia lakou, haalele lakou i +na puha laau, kahi a lakou i noho pio ai. + +Hele aku la lakou a ku ma ka puka o ka Hale Alii, wehe ae la ke kahu o +Laieikawai i ka puka, a ike aku la lakou e like me ka olelo a ko lakou +kaikaina. + +Ia lakou nae i ike aku ai ia Laieikawai, alaila, ua puiwa koke lakou, a +holo aku la me ka haalulu eehia, a pau loa lakou i ka haule i ka honua, +koe nae o Kahalaomapuana. + +A ma ke kauoha a ke Alii, ua kii ia aku kele poe malihini a laweia mai +la imua o ke Alii, a he mea oluolu ia i ko ke Alii manao. + +Ia lakou e halawai ana me ke Alii wahine, hoopuka mai la oia imua o na +malihini he olelo hoopomaikai, a penei no ia: + +"Ua lohe wau i ko oukou kaikaina, he poe oukou no ka hanauna hookahi, a +he poe koko like oukou; a nolaila, ke lawe nei au ia oukou ma ke ano o +ke koko hookahi, e kiai kakou ia kakou iho, ma ka olelo a kekahi, +malaila like kakou, iloko o kela pilikia keia pilikia, o kakou no kekahi +ilaila. A no ia mea, ua kauoha wau e hoomakaukau ko kakou kupunawahine i +hale no oukou e noho ai me ka maluhia, e like me a'u nei, aole e aeia +kekahi e lawe i kane nana, me ka ae like ole o kakou; pela e pono ai +kakou ma keia hope aku." + +A no keia olelo, hooholo ae la na kaikamahine malihini, na ko lakou +kaikaina e hoopuka ka lakou olelo pane aku i ke Alii. + +"E ke Alii e! Pomaikai makou no kou hookipa ana ia makou, a pomaikai +hoi makou, no kou lawe ana ae ia makou I mau hoahanau nou, e like me kau +i olelo mai nei ia makou, a pela no makou e hoolohe ai. Hookahi nae mea +a makou e hai aku ia oe, he poe kaikamahine makou i hoolaa ia e ko makou +mau makua, aole he oluolu e lawe makou i kane mare, a o ka makemake o ko +makou mau makua, e noho puupaa na makou a hiki i ko makou mau la hope, a +nolaila, ke noi mua aku nei kau mau kauwa, mai ae oe ia makou e +hoohaumia me kekahi mau kanaka, e like me ka makemake o ke Alii; +nolaila, e hookuu ia makou e noho puupaa e like me ka olelo paa a ko +makou mau makua." + +He mea maikai nae i ko ke Alii manao ka olelo a na malihini. + +A pau ka lakou olelo ana me ke Alii no keia mau mea, hoihoiia aku la +lakou a ma ka hale i hoomakaukauia no lakou. + +I ua mau kaikamahine nei e noho ana ma ko lakou hale, he mea mau ia +lakou ke kuka mau ma na mea e pili ana ia lakou, a me ke Alii, no ko +lakou noho ana, a me na hana a ke Alii e olelo mai ai. A hooholo ae la +lakou e hoolilo i ko lakou kaikaina i hoa kuka no ke Alii ma na hana e +pili ana i ko lakou noho ana. + +I kekahi awakea, i ko ke Alii manawa ala mai ka hiamoe mai, hele aku la +o Kahalaomapuana e hoolealea i ke Alii ma ka hookanikani ana i ka pu +la-i, a pau ko ke Alii makemake. + +Ia manawa, hai aku la oia i kana olelo imua o Laieikawai, no ka lakou +mea i kuka ai me kona mau kaikuaana; i aku la, "E ke Alii, ua kuka makou +i mea nou e maluhia ai, nolaila, ua hooholo makou i ko makou manao, e +hoolilo makou ia makou elima i mau koa kiai no kou Halealii, a ma o +makou la e ae ia ai, a ma o makou la e hooleia ai. Ina i hele mai kekahi +mea makemake e ike ia oe, ina he kane, a he wahine paha, a ina he alii, +aole lakou e ike ia oe ke ole makou e ae aku; nolaila, ke noi aku nei au +e ae mai ke Alii e like me ka makou hooholo ana." + +I mai la o Laieikawai, "Ke ae aku nei wau e like me ka oukou mau olelo +hooholo, a o oukou no ka mana ma Paliuli nei a puni." + +Eia nae ka manao nui o kela poe kaikamahine e lilo i kiai no ke Alii, +no ko lakou manao e puka hou ana o Aiwohikupua i Paliuli, alaila, he +mana ko lakou e kipaku i ko lakou enemi. + +Noho iho la lakou ma Paliuli, iloko nae o ko lakou noho ana, aole lakou +i ike i ko lakou luhi ma ia noho ana; aole hoi lakou i ike iki i ka mea +nana e hana mai ka lakou ai. Eia wale no ko lakou manawa ike i ka lakou +mau mea ai, i ka manawa makaukau o lakou e paina, ia manawa e lawe mai +ai na manu i na mea ai a lakou, a na na manu no e hoihoi aku i na ukana +ke pau ka lakou paina ana, a no keia mea, ua lilo o Paliuli i aina aloha +loa na lakou, a malaila lakou i noho ai a hiki i ka haunaele ana ia +Halaaniani. + +(Maanei e ka mea heluhelu e waiho i ke kamailio ana no na kaikuahine o +Aiwohikupua, a ma ka Mokuna XIII o keia Kaao e kamailio hou no +Aiwohikupua no kona hoi ana i Kauai.) + + + + +MOKUNA XIII + + +Mahope iho o ko Kahalaomapuana lele ana iloko o ke kai mai luna iho o na +waa, e holo ikaika loa ana na waa ia manawa; nolaila, ua hala hope loa o +Kahalaomapuana. Hoohuli hou na waa i hope e imi ia Kahalaomapuana, aole +nae i loaa; nolaila, haalele loa o Aiwohikupua i kona kaikuahine +opiopio, a hoi loa aku i Kauai. + +Ia Aiwohikupua i hoi ai mai Hawaii mai a hiki mawaena o Oahu nei a me +Kauai, olelo aku la o Aiwohikupua i kona mau hoewaa penei: "I ko kakou +hoi ana anei a hiki i Kauai, mai olelo oukou, i Hawaii aku nei kakou i o +Laieikawai la, o hilahila auanei au; no ka mea, he kanaka wau ua waia i +ka olelo ia; a nolaila, ke hai aku nei au i ka'u olelo paa ia oukou. O +ka mea nana e hai i keia hele ana o kakou, a lohe wau, alaila, o kona +uku ka make, a me kona ohana a pau, pela no au i olelo ai i keia poe +hoewaa mamua." + +Hoi aku la lakou a Kauai. I kekahi mau la, makemake iho la ke Alii, o +Aiwohikupua, e hana i Ahaaina palala me na'lii, a me kona mau hoa a puni +o Kauai. + +A i ka makaukau ana o ka Ahaaina palala a ke Alii, kauoha ae la ke Alii +i kana olelo e kii aku i na hoa-ai; ma na alii kane wale no, a hookahi +wale no, alii wahine i aeia e komo i ka Ahaaina palala, oia o +Kailiokalauokekoa. + +I ka la i Ahaaina ai, akoakoa mai la na hoa-ai a pau loa, ua makaukau na +mea ai, a o ka awa ko lakou mea inu ma ia Ahaaina ana. + +Mamua o ko lakou paina ana, lalau like na hoa i na apuawa, a inu iho la. +Iloko o ko lakou manawa ai, aole i loaa ia lakou ka ona ana o ka awa. + +A no ka loaa ole o ka ona o ka awa, hoolale koke ae la ke Alii i kona +mau mama awa e mama hou ka awa. A makaukau ko ke Alii makemake, lalau +like ae la na hoa-ai o ke Alii, a me ke Alii pu i na apuawa, a inu ae +la. Ma keia inu awa hope o lakou, ua loohia mai maluna o lakou ka ona +awa. Aka, hookahi mea oi aku o ka ona, o ke Alii nana ka papaaina. + +Iloko o keia manawa ona o ke Alii, alaila, ua nalo ole ka olelopaa ana i +olelo ai i kona mau hoewaa ma ka moana, aole nae i loheia ma o kana poe +i papa ai; aka, ma ka waha ponoi no o Aiwohikupua i loheia'i olelo huna +a ke Alii. + +A ona iho la o Aiwohikupua, alaila, haliu pono aku la oia ma kahi a +Kauakahialii e noho mai ana, olelo aku la, "E Kauakahialii e, ia oe no e +kamailio ana ia makou no Laieikawai, komo koke iho la iloko o'u ka +makemake no kela wahine; nolaila, moe ino ko'u mau po e ake e ike; +nolaila, holo aku nei wau a hiki i Hawaii, pii aku nei maua a +malamalama, puka i uka o Paliuli, i nana aku ka hana i ka hale o ke +Alii, aole i kana mai, o ko'u hilahila; no ia mea, hoi mai nei. Hoi mai +nei hoi wau, a manao mai o na kaikuahine hoi ka mea e loaa'i, kii mai +nei, i hele aku nei ka hana me na kaikuahine a hiki i ka hale o ke Alii, +kuu aku hoi i ka na kaikuahine loaa; i hana aku ka hana, i ka hoole +waleia no a pau na kaikuahine eha, koe o kahi muli loa o'u, o ko'u +hilahila no ia hoi mai nei, he oi no hoi kela o ka wahine kupaa nui +wale, aole i ka lua." + +Iloko o kela manawa a Aiwohikupua e kama ilio ana no ka paakiki o +Laieikawai. Ia manawa e noho ana o Hauailiki, ke keiki puukani o Mana +iloko o ka Ahaaina, he keiki kaukaualii no hoi, oia ka oi o ka maikai. + +Ku ae la oia iluna, a olelo aku la ia Aiwohikupua "He hawawa aku la no +kau hele ana, aole wau i manao he wahine paakiki ia, ina e ku au imua o +kona mau maka, aole au e olelo aku, nana no e hele wale mai a hui maua; +alaila, e ike oukou e noho aku ana maua." + +I aku la o Aiwohikupua, "E Hauailiki e, ke makemake nei au e hele oe i +Hawaii, ina e lilo mai o Laieikawai, he oi oe, a na'u no e hoouna me oe +i mau kanaka, a ia'u na waa, a i nele oe ma keia hele ana au, alaila, +lilo kou mau aina ia'u; a ina i hoi mai oe me Laieikawai, alaila, nou +ko'u mau aina." + +A pau ka Aiwohikupua ma olelo ana no keia mau mea, ia po iho, kau o +Hauailiki ma maluna o na waa a holo aku la; aka, ua nui no na la i hala +ma ia holo ana. + +Ia holo ana, hiki aku lakou iwaho o Makahanaloa, i nana aku ka hana o +lakou nei, e pio ana ke anuenue i kai o Keaau. Olelo aku la ke Kuhina o +Aiwohikupua ia Hauailiki, "E nana oe i kela anuenue e pio mai la i kai, +o Keaau no ia; a aia ilaila o Laieikawai, ua iho ae la i ka nana +heenalu." + +I mai la o Hauailiki, "Kainoa aia o Paliuli kona wahi noho mau." + +A i kekahi la ae, ma ka auina la, hiki aku la lakou i Keaau, ua hoi aku +nae o Laieikawai me na kaikuahine o Aiwohikupua i uka o Paliuli. + +Ia Hauailiki ma i hiki aku ai, aia hoi ua nui na mea i hele mai e nana +no keia keiki oi kelakela o ka maikai mamua o Kauakahialii a me +Aiwohikupua, a he mea mahalo nui loa ia na na kamaaina o Keaau. + +I kekahi la ae ma ka puka ana a ka la, uhi ana ke awa a me ka noe ma +Keaau a puni, a i ka mao ana'e, aia hoi ehiku mau wahine e noho ana ma +ke awa pae o Keaau, a hookahi oi oia poe. Akahi wale no a iho na +kaikuahine o Aiwohikupua ma keia hele ana o Laieikawai, e like me kana +olelo hoopomaikai. + +Ia Laieikawai ma e noho ana ma kela kakahiaka, ku ae la o Hauailiki a +holoholo ae la imua o lakou la, e hoika ana ia ia iho ma kona ano kanaka +ui, me ka manao e maliuia mai e ke Alii wahine o Paliuli. A heaha la o +Hauailiki ia Laieikawai? "he opala paha." + +Eha na la o Laieikawai o ka hiki ana ma Keaau, mahope iho o ko Hauailiki +puka ana aku; a eha no hoi la o ko Hauailiki hoike ana ia ia imua o +Laieikawai, a aole nae he maliu iki ia mai. + +I ka lima o ka la o ko Laieikawai hiki ana ma Keaau, manao iho la o +Hauailiki e hoike ia ia iho imua o kana mea e iini nui nei no kona +akamai ma ka heenalu; he oiaio, o Hauailiki no ka oi ma Kauai no ke +akamai i ka heenalu a oia no ka oi iloko o kona mau la, a he keiki +kaulana hoi oia ma ke akamai i ka heenalu, a kaulana, no hoi no kona ui. + +I ua la la, i ka puka ana a ka la, aia na kamaaina ma kulana, nalu, na +kane, a me na wahine. + +I na kamaaina e akoakoa ana ma kulana heenalu, wehe ae la o Hauailiki i +kona aahu kapa, hopu iho la i kona papa heenalu (he olo), a hele aku la +a ma kahi e kupono ana ia Laieikawai ma, ku iho la oia no kekahi mau +minute, ia manawa nae, komo mai la iloko o na kaikuahine o Aiwohikupua +ka makemake no Hauailiki. + +I aku la o Mailehaiwale ia Laieikawai, "Ina paha aole makou i hoolaaia e +ko kakou mau makua, ina ua lawe wau ia Hauailiki i kane na'u." + +I aku o Laieikawai, "Ua makemake no hoi wau, ina hoi aole wau i hoolaaia +e ko'u kupunawahine, nolaila, he mea ole ko'u makemake." + +"O kaua pu," wahi a Mailehaiwale. + +A pau ko Hauailiki mau minute hookahakaha, lele aku la ua o Hauailiki me +kona papa heenalu i ke kai, a au aku la a kulana nalu. + +Ia Hauailiki ma kulana nalu, kahea mai la kekahi kaikamahine kamaaina, +"Pae hoi kakou." + +"Hee aku paha," wahi a Hauailiki, no ka mea, aole ona makemake, e hee pu +oia me ka lehulehu ma ka nalu hookahi, makemake no oia e hookaokoa ia ia +oia wale no ma ka nulu okoa, i kumu e ike mai ai o Laieikawai no kona +akamai i ka heenalu, malia o makemake ia mai oia; aole ka! + +A hala aku la na kamaaina, ohu mai la he wahi nalu opuu, ia manawa ka +Hauailiki hee ana i kona nalu. Ia Hauailiki e hee la i ka nalu, uwa ka +pihe a na kamaaina, a me na kaikuahine o Aiwohikupua: Heaha la ia ia +Laieikawai? + +A no ka lohe ana aku o Hauailiki i keia pihe uwa, alaila, manao iho ia +ua huipu me Laieikawai i keia leo uwa, aole ka! hoomau aku la oia i ka +heenalu a hala elima nalu, oia mau no. Aole nae i loaa ka heahea ia mai, +nolaila, hoomaka mai la ia Hauailiki ke kaumaha, me ka hooiaio iki i +kela olelo a Aiwohikupua no ka "paakiki o Laieikawai." + + + + +MOKUNA XIV + + +A ike maopopo ae la o Hauailiki, aole i komo iloko o Laieikawai ka +makemake ia Hauailiki ma ia mea, hoopau ae la oia i ka heenalu ma ka +papa; manao ae la oia e kaha. + +Haalele iho la oia i kona papa, a au aku la i kulana heenalu. Ia ia e au +ana, olelo ae la o Laieikawai i kona mau hoa, "E! pupule o Hauailiki." + +I aku la kona mau hoa, "Malia paha e kaha nalu ana." + +Ia Hauailiki ma kulana nalu, i ka nalu i ea mai ai a kakala ma kona kua, +ia manawa kaha mai la oia i ka nalu, pii ke kai me he niho puaa la ma o +a ma o o kona a i. Ia manawa, uwa ka pihe o uka, akahi no a loaa mai ia +Laieikawai ka akaaka, a he mea malihini no hoi ia i kona maka a me kona +mea e ae. + +A ike aku la o Hauailiki i ko Laieikawai akaaka ana iho, manao iho la +oia, ua komo ka makemake i Laieikawai ma keia hana a Hauailiki, alaila, +hoomau aku la oia ma ke kaha nalu, a hala elima nalu, aole i loaa ka hea +mai a Laieikawai ia ia nei. + +Nolaila, he mea kaumaha loa ia ia Hauailiki, ka maliu ole mai o +Laieikawai ia ia nei, a he mea hilahila nui loa hoi nona, no ka mea, ua +olelo kaena mua kela ia Aiwohikupua, e like me ka kakou ike ana ma na +Mokuna mamua ae. + +A no keia mea, lana malie iho la oia ma kulana nalu, ia ia e lana malie +ana, ua kokoke mai ko Laieikawai ma manawa hoi i Paliuli. Ia manawa, +peahi mai la o Laieikawai ia Hauailiki. + +A ike aku la o Hauailiki i ka peahi ana mai, alaila, ua hoomohalaia kona +naau kanalua. I iho la o Hauailiki oia wale no, "Aole no ka hoi oe e +kala i makemake ai, hoolohi wale iho no." + +A no ka peahi a ke Alii wahine o Paliuli, hoomoe iho la keia i ka nalu, +a pae pono aku la ma kahi a Laieikawai ma e noho mai ana. Ia manawa, +haawi mai la o Laieikawai i ka lei lehua, hoolei iho la ma ka a-i o +Hauailiki, e like me kana hana mau i ka poe akamai i ka heenalu. A +mahope iho oia manawa, he uhi ana na ka noe a me ka ohu, a i ka mao ana +ae, aole o Laieikawai ma, aia aku la lakou la i Paliuli. + +O ka iho hope ana keia a Laieikawai ma i Keaau, iloko o ko Hauailiki mau +la, aia hala aku o Hauailiki ma i Kauai, alaila, hiki hou o Laieikawai i +Keaau. + +Ia Laieikawai ma i hala ai i uka o Paliuli, hoi aku la o Hauailiki mai +ka heenalu aku, a halawai me ke Kuhina o Aiwohikupua, o kona alakai hoi. +I aku la, "Kainoa o kahi paa ae nei a paa, he oiaio no ka ka Aiwohikupua +e olelo nei. Nolaila, ua pau ka loaa a kuu kanaka maikai, a me kuu +akamai i ka heenalu, hookahi wale no mea i koe ia kaua, o ke koele wawae +no i Paliuli i neia po." A no keia olelo a Hauailiki, hooholo ae la kona +hoa i ka ae. + +Ma ka auina la mahope o ka aina awakea, pii aku la laua iuka, komo aku +la iloko o na ululaau, i ka hihia paa o ka nahele. Ia laua i pii ai, +halawai mua laua me Mailehaiwale, oia ke kiai makamua o ke Alii wahine. +Ike mai la oia ia laua nei e kokoke aku ana io ia nei la, i mai la, "E +Hauailiki, malaila olua hoi aku, aole o olua kuleana e pii mai ai ianei; +no ka mea, ua hoonohoia mai wau maanei, he kiai makamua no ke Alii, a +na'u no e hookuke aku i na mea a pau i hiki mai maanei, me ke kuleana +ole; nolaila, e hoi olua me ke kali ole." + +I aku la o Hauailiki, "E ae mai oe ia maua, e pii aku e ike i ka hale o +ke Alii." + +I mai la o Mailehaiwale, "Aole wau e ae aku i ko olua manao; no ka mea, +o ko'u kuleana no ia i hoonohoia ai ma keia wahi, e kipaku aku i ka poe +hele mai iuka nei e like me olua." + +Aka, no ka oi aku o ko laua nei koi ana me ka olelo ikaika imua oiala, +nolaila, ua ae aku la keia. + +Ia Hauailiki ma i hala aku ai mahope iho o ko Mailehaiwale hookuu ana +aku ia laua, halawai koke aku la laua me Mailekaluhea, ka lua o ko ke +Alii wahine kiai. + +I mai la o Mailekaluhea, "E! e hoi olua ano, aole he pono no olua e pii +mai ianei, pehea la i aeia mai ai e hookuu mai ia olua?" + +I aku la laua, "I hele mai nei maua e ike i ke Alii wahine." + +"Aole olua e pono pela," wahi a Mailekaluhea, "no ka mea, ua hoonohoia +mai makou he mau kiai e kipaku aku i na mea a pau i hele mai i keia +wahi, nolaila, e hoi olua." + +Aka, ma kela olelo a Mailekaluhea, ua oi aku ka maalea o ka laua nei +olelo malimali imua oiala, nolaila, ua hookuuia'ku laua. + +Ia laua i hala aku ai, halawai aku la laua me Mailelaulii, a e like no +me ka olele a laua nei imua o na mea mua, pela no laua i hana ai imua o +Mailelaulii. + +A no ka maalea loa o laua i na olelo malimali, nolaila, ua hookuuia laua +mai ko Mailelaulii alo aku. A hala aku la laua, halawai aku la me +Mailepakaha, ka ha o na kiai. + +Ia laua i hiki aku ai imua o Mailepakaha, aole he oluolu iki o keia kiai +i ko laua hookuuia ana mai e na kiai mua; aka, no ka pakela o ka maalea +ma ke kamailio ana, ua hookuuia aku la laua. + +A hala aku laua, aia hoi, ike aku la laua ia Kahalaomapuana, ke kiai ma +ka puka o ka Halealii, e kau mai ana iluna o ka eheu o na manu, a ike +aku la no hoi i ke ano e o ka Halealii, ia manawa haule aku la o +Hauailiki i ka honua, me ka naau eehia. + +Ia Kahalaomapuana i ike mai ai ia laua nei, he mea e kona huhu, alaila, +kahea mai la oia me kona mana, ma ke ano Alihikaua no ke Alii, "E +Hauailiki e! e ku oe a hele aku; no ka mea, aole o olua kuleana o keia +wahi, ina e hoopaakiki mai oe, alaila, e kauoha no wau i na manu o +Paliuli nei, e ai aku i ko olua mau io, me ka hoi uhane aku hoi i +Kauai." + +A no keia olelo weliweli a Kahalaomapuana, alaila, ua hoopauia ko +Hauailiki naau eehia, ala ae la ia a holo wikiwiki aku la a hiki ma +Keaau, ma ke kahahiaka nui. + +Ma keia hele ana a laua iuka o Paliali, ua nui ka luhi, a no ia luhi, +haule aku la laua a hiamoe. + +Iloko nae o ko Hauailiki manawa hiamoe, halawai mai la o Laieikawai me +ka moeuhane, a halawai pu iho la laua, a i ko Hauailiki puoho ana ae mai +ka hiamoe, aia hoi, he moeuhane kana. + +Moe hou iho la no o Hauailiki, loaa hou no ia ia ka moeuhane, e like me +mamua. Eha po, eha ao, o ka hoomau ana o keia mea ia Hauailiki, nolaila, +ua pono ole ko Hauailiki manao. + +I ka lima o ka po o ka hoomau ana o keia moeuhane ia Hauailiki, ma ka +pili o ke ahiahi, ala ae la oia a pii aku la iuka o Paliuli, me ka ike +ole nae o kona hoa. + +Ia ia i pii aku ai, aole oia i hele aku ma ke alanui mua a laua i pii +mua ai, a ma kahi e kokoke aku ana ia Mailehaiwale, hele ae la keia ma +kahi kaawale, a pakele aku la i na maka o na kiai o ke Alii. + +Ia ia i hiki ai mawaho o ka Hale Alii, ua hiamoe loa o Kahalaomapuana, +alaila, nihi, malu aku la ko Hauailiki hele ana, a wehe ae la i ke pani +o ka puka o ka Hale Alii, ua uhiia mai i ka Ahuula, aiahoi, ike aku la +ia ia Laieikawai e kau mai ana iluna o ke eheu o na manu, ua hiamoe loa +no hoi. + +Ia ia i komo aku ai a ku ma kahi a ke Alii e moe ana, lalau aku la oia i +ke poo o ke Alii, a hooluilui ae la. Ia manawa, puoho mai la o +Laieikawai mai ka hiamoe ana, aia hoi e ku ana o Hauailiki ma kona poo, +a he mea pono ole ia i ko ke Alii wahine manao. + +Alaila, olelo malu mai la o Laieikawai, ia Hauailiki, "E hoi oe ano i +keia manawa, no ka mea, ua waihoia ka make a me ke ola i ko'u mau kiai; +a nolaila, ke minamina nei wau ia oe; e ku oe a hele, mai kali." + +I aku la o Hauailiki, "E ke Alii, e honi kaua, no ke mea, ia'u i pii +mai ai iuka nei i keia mau po aku nei la, ua hiki mai wau iuka nei me ko +ike ole; aka, ma ka mana o kou mau kiai, ua kipakuia wau, a ia maua i +hiki ai i kai, a no ka maluhiluhi, haule aku la wau hiamoe. Ia'u e +hiamoe ana, halawai pu iho la kaua ma ka moeuhane, a kahaule iho la +kaua, a ua mui na la a me na po o ka hoomau ana ia'u o keia mea; nolaila +wau i pii mai nei e hooko i ka hana i ka moeuhane." + +I aku la o Laieikawai, "E hoe oe, aole o'u manao i kau mea e olelo mai +nei; no ka mea, ua loaa no ia mea ia'u ma ka moeuhane, ua hana no e like +me ka hana ia oe, a heaha la ia mea ia'u; nolaila, e hoi oe." + +Iloko o ko Kahalaomapuana manawa hiamoe, lohe aku la oia i ka haukamumu +o ka Halealii, a puoho ae la oia mai ka hiamoe ae, kahea aku la me ka +ninau aku, "E Laieikawai! Owai kou hoa kamailio e haukamumu mai nei?" + +A lohe laua i keia leo ninau, hoomaha iho la ke Alii aole i pane aku. + +A mahope, ala ae la o Kahalaomapuana, a komo aku la i ka Halealii, aia +hoi e noho mai ana o Hauailiki me Laieikawai iloko o ka Halealii. + +I aku la o Kahalaomapuana, "E! e Hauailiki, e ku oe a e hele, aole i +kupono kou komo ana mai nei, ua olelo aku wau ia oe i kela po mamua, +aole ou kuleana ma keia wahi, ua like no ka'u olelo i keia po me ka po +mua, nolaila, e ku oe a hoi aku." + +A no keia olelo a Kahalaomapuana, ku ae la o Hauailiki me ka naau +hilahila, a hoi aku la i kai o Keaau, a hai aku la i kona hoa no keia +pii ana i Paliuli. + +A ike iho la o Hauailiki, aole he kuleana hou e loaa ai o Laieikawai, +alaila, hoomakaukau ae la na waa no ka hoi i Kauai, a ma ka wanaao, +haalele lakou ia Keaau, a hoi aku la. + +Ia Hauailiki ma i hoi aku ai i Kauai, a hiki lakou ma Wailua, ike aku la +oia e akoakoa mai ana na'lii, a me na kaukaualii, a Kauakahialii, a me +Kailiokalauokekoa kekahi i kela manawa. + +Ia Hauailiki ma e hookokoke aku ana ma ka nuku o ka muliwai o Wailua, +ike aku la oia ia Aiwohikupua, kahea aku la, "Ua eo wau ia oe." + +A hiki aku la o Hauailiki, a hai aku la i ke ano o kana hele ana ia +Aiwohikupua, me ka hai aku nae i ka lilo ana o kona mau kaikuahine i mau +kiai no ke Alii, alaila, he mea olioli ia ia Aiwohikupua. + +I aku nae oia ia Hauailiki, "Ua pau ka pili a kaua, no ka manawa ona awa +aku la no ia." + +I loko nae o ko Hauailiki manawa e kamailio ana no ka lilo ana o na +kaikuahine o Aiwohikupua i mau koa kiai no Laieikawai, alaila, ua +manaolana hou ae la o Aiwohikupua e holo i Hawaii, no ke kii no ia +Laieikawai e like no me kona manao mua. + + + + +MOKUNA XV + + +I iho la o Aiwohikupua, "Pomaikai wau no kuu haalele ana i na kaikuahine +o'u i Hawaii, a e ko auanei ko'u makemake; no ka mea, ua lohe ae nei +wau, ua lilo ko'u mau kaikuahine i mau koa kiai no ka'u mea e manao +nei." + +I kela manawa a na'lii a pau e akoakoa nei ma Wailua, alaila, ku mai la +o Aiwohikupua a hai mai la i kona manao imua o na Alii. "Auhea oukou, e +holo hou ana wau i Hawaii, aole au e nele ana i ko'u makemake, no ka +mea, aia'ku la i o'u mau kaikuahine ke kiai o ka'u mea e manao nei." + +A no kela olelo a Aiwohikupua, pane mai la o Hauailiki, "Aole e loaa ia +oe, no ka mea, ua ike aku la wau i ke kapu o ke Alii wahine, a kapukapu +no hoi me ou mau kaikuahine, hookahi nae kaikuahine huhu loa, o kahi mea +uuku, nolaila ko'u manao paa aole e loaa ia oe, a he uku no kou kokoke +aku." + +A no keia olelo a Hauailiki, aole he manao io o Aiwohikupua, no ka mea, +ua manaolana loa kela no ka lohe ana o kona mau kaikuahine na kiai o ke +Alii. + +Mahope iho oia mau la, hoolale ae la oia i kona mau puali koa kiai, a me +kona hanohano Alii a pau. A makaukau ke Alii no na kanaka, alaila, +kauoha ae la oia i kona Kuhina e hoomakaukau na waa. + +Wae ae la ke Kuhina i na waa kupono ke holo, he iwakalua kaulua, elua +kanaha kaukahi, no na kaukaualii, a me na puali o ke Alii keia mau waa, +a he kanaha peleleu, he mau waa a-ipuupuu no ke Alii ia. A o ke Alii hoi +a me kona Kuhina, maluna laua o na pukolu. + +A makaukau keia mau mea a pau, e like me ka wa holo mau o ke Alii, pela +lakou i holo ai. + +He nui na la i hala ma ia holo ana. A hiki lakou ma Kohala, ia manawa, +akahi no a maopopo i ko Kohala poe o Aiwohikupua keia, ke kupua kaulana +a puni na moku. A no ko ke Alii huna ana ia ia ma kela hiki ana ma +Kohala, i hakaka'i me Ihuanu, oia ka mea i ike oleia ai. + +Haalele lakou ia Kohala, hiki aku la lakou i Keaau. I kela manawa a +lakou i hiki aku ai, ua hoi aku o Laieikawai, a me na kaikuahine pu o +Aiwohikupua i Paliuli. + +Ia Laieikawai ma i hoi aku ai ma kela la a Aiwohikupua ma i hiki aku ai, +ua ike mua mai ko lakou kupunawahine i ko Aiwohikupua hiki ana ma +Keaau. + +I mai la o Waka, "Ua hiki hou mai la o Aiwohikupua ma Keaau i keia la; +nolaila, e kiai oukou me ka makaukau, e makaala ia oukou iho, mai iho +oukou maikai, e noho oukou mauka nei a hiki i ka hoi ana o Aiwohikupua i +Kauai." + +A lohe ke koa kiai Nui o ke Alii wahine i keia olelo a ko lakou +kupunawahine, ia manawa, kauoha koke ae la o Kahalaomapuana ia +Kihanuilulumoku ko lakou Akua, e hookokoke mai ma ka Halealii, e +hoomakaukau no ka hoouka kaua. + +Ma ko Kahalaomapuana ano kiai nui no ke Alii, kauoha ae la oia i kona +mau kaikuaana, e kukakuka lakou ma na mea e pono ai ke Alii. + +Ia lakou i akoakoa ai, kukakuka iho la lakou ma na mea kupono ia lakou. +A eia ka lakou mau olelo hooholo, ma o ka noonoo la o Kahalaomapuana, ke +koa kiai nui o ke Alii, "O oe e Mailehaiwale, ina e hiki mai o +Aiwohikupua a halawai olua, e kipakuaku oe ia ia; no ka mea, o oe no ke +kiai mua loa, a ina e hai mai i kona makemake, e hookuke aku no, a ina i +paakiki loa mai ma kona ano keikikane ana, e hookuke ikaika aku ia ia, a +ina i nui mai ka paakiki, alaila, e hoouna ae oe i kekahi manu kiai ou i +o'u la, alaila, e hele mai au e hoohui ia kakou ma kahi hookahi, a na'u +ponoi e kipaku aku ia ia. Ina he hele mai kana me ka inoino, alaila, e +kauoha no wau i ko kakou Akua ia Kihanuilulumoku, nana no e luku aku ia +ia." + +A pau aeia ka lakou kuka ana no keia mau mea, hookaawale lakou ia lakou +iho e like me mamua, oiai e kiai ana lakou i ke Alii. + +Ma ka wanaao oia po iho, hiki ana o Aiwohikupua me kona Kuhina. Ia laua +i ike mai ai e ku ana ka pahu kapu, ua uhiia i ka _oloa_, alaila, manao +ae la laua ua kapu ke alanui e hiki aku ai i kahi o ke Alii. Aka, aole +nae o Aiwohikupua manao ia kapu; no ka mea, ua lohe mua no ia, o kona +mau kaikuahine ka mana kiai; nolaila, hoomau aku la laua i ka hele ana, +a loaa hou he pahu kapu e like no me ka mea mua i loaa'i ia laua. Ua +like no ko Aiwohikupua manao ma keia pahu kapu me kona manao mua. + +Hoomau aku la no laua i ka hele ana a loaa hou ke kolu o ka pahu kapu e +like me na mea mua; no ka mea, ua kukuluia no na pahu kapu e like me ka +nui o kona mau kaikuahine. + +A loaa ia laua ka ha o na pahu kapu, alaila, kokoke laua e hiki i ka +lima o ka pahu kapu, oia no hoi ko Kahalaomapuana pahu kapu. Oia no hoi +ka pahu kapu weliweli loa, ke hoomaka aeia e malamalama loa. Aka, aole +nae laua i ike i ka weliweli oia pahu kapu, no ka mea, e molehulehu ana +no. + +Haalele laua i kela pahu, aole i liuliu ko laua hele ana aku, halawai +mua no laua me ke kiai mua me Mailehaiwale, mahamaha aku la o +Aiwohikupua, no ka ike ana aku i ke kaikuahine; ia wa koke no, pane aku +la o Mailehaiwale. "E hoi olua ano, he kapu keia wahi." + +Kuhi iho la o Aiwohikupua hoomaakaaka hoomaauea, hoomaka hou aku la +laua e hookokoke aku i o Mailehaiwale, kipaku hou mai la no ke kiai. "E +hoi koke olua, owai ko olua kuleana o uka nei, a o wai ko olua +makamaka?" + +"Heaha keia, e kuu kaikuahine?" wahi a Aiwohikupua, "Kainoa o oukou no +ko'u makamaka, a ma o oukou la e loaa'i ko'u makemake." + +Ia manawa, hoouna aku la o Mailehaiwale i kekahi manu kiai ona, a hiki i +o Kahalaomapuana la; he manawa ole, hoohui ae la keia ia lakou a eha ma +ko Mailekaluhea wahi kiai, a malaila i manao ai lakou e halawai me +Aiwohikupua. + + + + +MOKUNA XVI + + +A makaukau lakou, kii ia'ku la lakou a hiki mai la. Ia Aiwohikupua i ike +aku ai ia Kahalaomapuana e kau mai ana kela iluna o ke eheu o na manu, +me he Alihikaua Nui la, a he mea hou loa ia ia Aiwohikupua ma. Pane mai +la ka kiai Nui, "E hoi olua ano, mai lohi, a aole hoi e kali, no ka mea, +ua kapu ke Alii, aole no ou kuleana ma keia wahi, a aole no hoi e hiki +ia oe ke manao mai he mau kaikuahine makou nou, ua hala ia manawa." O ke +ku aku la no ia o Kahalaomapuana hoi, pau ka ike ana. + +I kela manawa, ua ho-aia ka inaina wela o Aiwohikupua a mahuahua. Ma ia +manawa, manao iho la oia e hoi a kai o Keaau, alaila, hoouna mai i kona +mau puali koa e luku i na kaikuahine. + +Ia laua i kaha aku e hoi a hiki i ka pahu kapu o Kahalaomapuana, aia hoi +ilaila, ua hoopiiia ka huelo o ua moo nui nei iluna o ka pahu kapu, ua +uhiia i ka _oloa_, ka ieie, a me ka palai, a he mea weliweli loa ia laua +ka nana ana aku. + +A hiki o Aiwohikupua ma i kai o Keaau, ia manawa, hoolale ae la ke +Kuhina o Aiwohikupua i na puali koa o ke Alii e pii e luku i na +kaikuahine, ma ke kauoha a ke Alii. + +Ia la no, ike mua mai la no o Waka i ko Aiwohikupua manao, a me kana mau +hana. A no ia mea, hele mai la o Waka a halawai me Kahalaomapuana, ko ke +Alii wahine Alihikaua, olelo mai la, "E Kahalaomapuana, ua ike wau i ka +manao o ko oukou kaikunane, a me kana mau hana, ke hoomakaukau la oia i +umi mau kanaka ikaika, nana e kii mai e luku ia oukou, no ka mea, ua +inaina ko oukou kaikunane, no ko oukou kipaku ana i kakahiaka nei; +nolaila, e noho makaukau oukou ma ka inoa o ko kakou Akua." + +Ia manawa, kauoha ae la oia ia Kihanuilulumoku, ka moo nui o Paliuli, ke +akua o lakou nei. A hiki mai la ua moo nei, kauoha aku la oia, "E ko +makou Akua, e Kihanuilulumoku, nanaia ke kupu, ka eu, ke kalohe o kai, +ina e hele mai me ko lakou ikaika, pepehiia a pau, aohe ahailono, e noke +oe a holo ke i olohelohe, e ao nae oe ia Kalahumoku, i ka ilio nui +ikaika a Aiwohikupua, hemahema no oe, pau loa kakou, aole e pakele, +kulia ko ikaika, ko mana a pau iluna o Aiwohikupua, Amama, ua noa, lele +wale la." Oia ka pule kauoha a Kahalaomapuana i ko lakou Akua. + +Ma ka po ana iho, pii aku la na kanaka he umi a ke Alii i wae ae e luku +i na kaikuahine o Aiwohikupua, a o ka hope Kuhina ka umikumamakahi, +mamuli o ka hookohu a ke Kuhina Nui i hope nona. + +Ma ka pili o ka wanaao, hiki lakou i kahi e kokoke iki aku ana i +Paliuli. Ia manawa, lohe aku la lakou i ka hu o ka nahele i ka makani o +ke alelo o ua moo nui nei o Kihanuilulumoku, e hanu mai ana ia lakou +nei, aole nae lakou i ike i keia mea, nolaila, hoomau aku la lakou i ka +hele ana aole nae lakou i liuliu aku, he ike ana ka lakou i ka upoi ana +iho a _kea_ luna o ua moo nei maluna pono iho o lakou nei, aia nae lakou +nei iwaenakonu o ka waha o ka moo, ia manawa, e lele koke aku ana ka +Hope Kuhina, aole i kaawale aku, o ka muka koke ia aku la no ia pau loa, +aohe ahailono. + +Elua la, aohe mea nana i hai aku keia pilikia ia Aiwohikupua ma. A no +ka haohao o ke Alii i ka hoi ole aku o kona mau koa alaila he mea e ka +huhu o ke Alii. + +A no keia mea, wae hou ae la ke Alii he mau kanaka he iwakalua e pii e +luku i na kaikuahine, ma ka poe ikaika wale no; a hookohu aku la ke +Kuhina i Hope Kuhina nona e hele pu me na koa. + +Pii hou aku la no lakou a hiki no i kahi i pau ai kela poe mua i ka +make, pau hou no i ua moo nei, aohe ahailono. + +Kali hou no ke Alii aole i hoi aku. Hoouna hou aku no ke Alii hookahi +kanaha koa, pau no i ka make; pela mau aku no ka make ana a hiki i ka e +walu kanaha o na kanaka i pau i ka make. + +Ia manawa, kukakuka ae la o Aiwohikupua me kona Kuhina i ke kumu o keia +hoi ole mai o na kanaka e hoouna mauia nei. + +I aku o Aiwohikupua i kona Kuhina, "Heaha keia e hoi ole mai nei na +kanaka a kaua e hoouna aku nei?" + +I aku la kona Kuhina, "Malia paha, ua pii no lakou a hiki iuka, a no ka +ike i ka maikai o kela wahi, noho aku la no, a i ole, ua make mai la no +i ou mau kaikuahine." + +"Pehea auanei e make ai ia lakou, o na kaikamahine palupalu iho la ka +mea e make ai o kau manao ana e make ia lakou?" pela aku o Aiwohikupua. + +A no ka makemake o ke Alii e ike i ke kumu e hoi ole nei o kona mau +kanaka, hooholo ae la laua me kona Kuhina e hoouna i mau elele e ike i +ke kumu o keia hana a na kanaka o laua. + +Ma ke kauoha a ke Alii, lawe ae la ke Kuhina ia Ulili, a me Akikeehiale, +ko Aiwohikupua mau alele mama, a pii aku la e ike i ka pono o kona mau +kanaka. + +I ua mau elele la i hala aku ai, aole i liuliu halawai mai la me laua +kekahi kanaka kia manu mai uka mai o Olaa; ninau mai la, "Mahea ka olua +hele." + +Olelo aku na elele, "E pii aku ana maua e ike i ka pono o ko makou poe, +e noho la i Paliuli, awalu kanaha kanaka i hoounaia, aole hookahi o +lakou i hoi ae." + +"Pau aku la," wahi a ke kia manu, "i ka moo nui ia Kihanuilulumoku, aole +e pakele mai." + +A lohe laua i keia mea, hoomau aku la laua i ka pii ana, aole i upuupu, +lohe aku la laua i ka hu a ka makani, a me ke kamumu o na laau e hina +ana ma-o a ma-o, alaila hoomanao laua i ka olelo a ke kia manu, "ina e +hu ana ka makani, o ua moo la ia." + +Maopopo iho la ia laua o ua moo nei keia, e lele ae ana laua ma ko laua +kino manu. Ia lele ana a kiekie laua nei, i alawa ae ka hana aia maluna +pono o laua _kea_ luna e poi iho ana ia laua nei, a no ko laua nei mama +loa o ka lele ana ma ko laua ano kino manu, ua pakele laua. + + + + +MOKUNA XVII + + +I kela wa, lele Kaawale loa aku la laua a hala loa i luna lilo, i nana +iho ka hana o ua o Ulili ma i _kea_ lalo o ua moo nei, e eku ana i ka +honua me he Oopalau la, alaila, he mea weliweli ia laua i ka nana aku, +maopopo iho la ia laua, ua pau ko lakou poe kanaka i ka make, hoi aku la +laua a olelo aku la ia Aiwohikupua i ka laua mea i ike ai. + +Ia manawa, kiiia aku la o Kalahumoku, ka ilio nui ai kanaka a +Aiwohikupua e hele e pepehi i ka moo a make, alaila, luku aku i na +kaikuahine o Aiwohikupua. + +I ka hiki ana o Kalahumoku ua ilio ai kanaka o Tahiti imua o kana +moopuna (Aiwohikupua), "E pii oe i keia la e luku aku i o'u mau +kaikuahine," wahi a Aiwohikupua, "a e lawe pu mai ia Laieikawai." + +Mamua o ko ka ilio pii ana e luku i na kaikuahine o Aiwohikupua, kauoha +mua ua Ilio nei i ke Alii, a me na kaukaualii, a me na kanaka a pau, a +penei kana olelo kauoha: "Auhea oukou, ma keia pii ana a'u, e nana oukou +i keia la iuka, ina e pii ka ohu a kupololei i luna a kiekie loa, ina e +hina ka ohu ma ka lulu, alaila, ua halawai wau me Kihanuilulumoku, manao +ae oukou ua hoaikane maua. Ina hoi e hina ana ka ohu i ka makani, +alaila, ua hewa o uka, ua hakaka maua me ua moo nei. Alaila, o ka pule +ka oukou i ke Akua ia Lanipipili, nana ae oukou i ka ohu a i hina i kai +nei, ua lanakila ka moo; aka hoi, i pii ka ohu i luna a hina i luna o ke +kuahiwi, alaila, ua hee ka moo; o ko kakou lanakila no hoi ia. Nolaila, +e hoomau oukou i ka pule a hoi wale mai au." + +I ka pau ana o keia mau kauoha, pii aku la ka ilio, hoouna pu aku la o +Aiwohikupua ia Ulili laua me Akikeehiale, i mau elele na laua e hai mai +ka hana a ka moo me ka Ilio. + +I ka ilio i hiki aku ai iuka ma kahi kokoke i Paliuli, ua hiamoe nae o +Kihanuilulumoku ia manawa. I ua moo nei e moe ana, hikilele ae la oia +mai ka hiamoe ana, no ka mea, ua hoopuiwaia e ka hohono ilio, ia manawa +nae, ua hala hope ka moo i ka ilio, e hele aku ana e loaa ke kiai mua o +ke Alii Wahine. + +Ia manawa, hanu ae la ka moo ka hookalakupua hoi o Paliuli, a ike aku la +ia Kalahumoku i ke aiwaiwa o Tahiti, ia manawa, wehe ae la ua moo nei i +kona a luna e hoouka no ke kaua me Kalahumoku. + +I kela manawa koke no, hoike aku ana ka ilio i kona mau niho imua o ka +moo. O ka hoomaka koke no ia o ke kaua, ia manawa, ua lanakila ka moo +maluna o Kalahumoku, a hoi aku la ka ilio me ke ola mahunehune, ua pau +na pepeiao a me ka huelo. + + +I ka hoomaka ana nae o ko laua hakaka, hoi aku la na elele a hai aku la +ia Aiwohikupua ma i keia kaua weliweli. + +A lohe aku la lakou ia Ulili ma i keia kaua a ka moo me ka ilio, a he +mea mau nae ia Aiwohikupua ma ka nana ia uka. + +Ia lakou no enana ana, pii ae la ka ohu a kupololei i luna aole i +upuupu, hina ana ka ohu i kai, alaila, manao ae la o Aiwohikupua ua +lanakila ka moo, alaila, he mea kaumaha ia Aiwohikupua no ke pio ana o +ko lakou aoao. + +Ma ke ahiahi o ua la hoouka kaua nei o na kupueu, hoi mai ana o +Kalahumoku me ka nawaliwali, ua pau ke aho, i nana aku ka hana o ke Alii +i kana ilio, ua pau na pepeiao, a me ka huelo i ka moo. + +A no keia mea, manao ae la o Aiwohikupua e hoi, no ka mea, ua pio lakou. +Hoi aku la lakou a hiki i Kauai, a hai aku la i ke ano o kana hele ana, +a me ka lanakila o ka moo maluna o lakou. (O ke kolu keia, o ko +Aiwohikupua hiki ana i Paliuli no Laieikawai, aole he ko iki o kona +makemake.) + +Ma keia hoi ana o Aiwohikupua i Kauai, mai ke kii hope ana ia +Laieikawai, alaila, hoopau loa o Aiwohikupua i kona manao ana no +Laieikawai. Ia manawa ka hooko ana a Aiwohikupua e hoo ko i ka olelo +Kauohu a Poliahu. + +I kela wa, papaiawa ae la o Aiwohikupua me kona mau kaukaualii, a me na +haiawahine ona e hoopau i kana olelo hoohiki imua o Lanipipili kona +Akua. + +A loaa kona hoomaikaiia imua o kona Akua, me ke kalaia o kona hala +hoohiki, "Aole e lawe i kekahi o na wahine o keia mau mokupuni i wahine +hoao," e like me na mea i hoikeia ma kekahi o na Mokuna mua o keia Kaao. + +A pau na la o ka papaiawa ma Kauai, hoouna aku la ia i kona mau elele ia +Ulili laua me Akikeehiale, e holo aku e hai i ka olelo kauoha a ke Alii +imua o Poliahu. + +Ma ko laua ano kino manu, ua lele koke laua a hiki Hinaikamalama la ma +Hana, a hiki laua, ninau aku i na ka maaina, "Auhea la ka wahine +hoopalau a ke Alii o Kauai." + +"E i ae no," wahi a ma kamaaina. + +Hele aku la laua a halawai me ke Alii wahine o Hana. + +Olelo aku la na elele i ke Alii wahine, "I hoounaia mai nei maua, e hai +aku ia oe, ma ke kauoha a ko kane hoopalau. Ekolu malama ou e +hoomakaukau ai no ka hoao o olua, a ma ka ha o ka malama i ka po i o +Kulu e hiki mai ai oia a halawai olua e like me ka olua hoohiki ana." + +A lohe ke Alii wahine i keia mau olelo, hoi aku la na elele a hiki i o +Aiwohikupua. + +Ninau mai la ke Alii, "Ua halawai olua me Poliahu?" + +"Ae," wahi a na elele, "hai aku nei maua e like me ke kauoha, ke +hoomakaukau la paha kela, i mai nei nae o ua Poliahu ia maua, ke +hoomanao la no nae paha ia i ke konane ana a maua?" + +"Ae paha," wahi a na elele. + +A lohe ke Alii i keia olelo hope a na elele, manao ae la o Aiwohikupua i +keia mau olelo, aole ia i hiki i o Poliahu la, alaila, hoomaopopo aku la +o Aiwohikupua, "Pehea ka olua lele ana aku nei?" + +Hai aku laua, "Lele aku nei maua a loaa he mokuaina lele hou aku no a he +wahi mokuaina loihi, mailaila aku maua a he mokuaina nui e like me ka +moku i loaa mua ia maua, elua nae mau moku liilii iho e like me kahi +moku loihi, a he wahi mokuaina uuku loa iho, lele aku la maua ma ka aoao +hikina o ua moku la a hiki maua he hele malalo o na puu, a he malu e uhi +ana, ilaila o Poliahu i loaa'i ia maua, oia la." + +I mai la o Aiwohikupua, "Aole i loaa ia olua o Poliahu, o Hinaikamalama +aku la ia." + +Aka, ma keia hana a na elele lalau, ua ho-aia ka inaina o ke Alii no +kana mau elele, nolaila, ua hoopauia ko laua punahele. + +Ma keia hoopauia ana o ua o Ulili ma, manao iho la laua, e hai i na mea +huna i papaia ia laua e ko laua haku, nolaila, ua hooko laua i ka laua +mea i ohumu ai, aia ma ka Mokuna XVIII, kakou e ike ai. + + + + +MOKUNA XVIII + + +Mahope iho o ka hoopauia ana o Ulili ma; hoouna hou aku la oia ia Koae, +kekahi o kana mau elele mama e like me ka olelo kauoha i na elele mua. + +A hiki o Koae i o Poliahu la, halawai aku la laua, hai aku la o Koae i +ke kauoha a ke Alii e like me ka mea i haiia ma na pauku hope o ka +Mokuna XVII o keia Kaao; a pau na olelo a ke Alii i ka haiia, hoi aku la +ko ke Alii elele, a hai aku la ma ka pololei, alaila, he mea maikai ia i +kona Haku. + +Noho iho la o Aiwohikupua, a i na la hope o ke kolu o ka malama; lawe ae +la ke Alii i kona mau kaukaualii, a me na punahele, i na haiawahine hoi, +na hoa kupono ke hele pu ma ke kahiko ana i ka hanohano Alii ke hele ma +kana huakai no ka hoao o na Alii. + +I na la i o Kaloa kukahi, haalele o Aiwohikupua ia Kauai, holo aku oia +he kanaha kaulua, elua kanaha kaukahi, he iwahalua peleleu. + +Mamua o ka po hoao o na Alii, i ka po i o Huna, hiki lakou i Kawaihae, +ia manawa, hoouna aku la oia ia koae, kona elele e kii ia Poliahu e iho +mai e halawai me Aiwohikupua, i ka la i kauohaia'i e hoao. + +A hiki ka elele imua o Aiwohikupua mai ke kii ana ia Poliahu, a hai mai +la i kana olelo mai a Poliahu mai, "Eia ke kauoha a ko wahine, ma +Waiulaula olua e hoao ai, ina e ike aku kakou ma ke kakahiaka nui o ka +la o Kulu, e halii ana ka hau mai ka piko o Maunakea, Maunaloa, a me +Hualalai, a hiki i Waiulaula, alaila, ua hiki lakou i kahi o olua e hoao +ai, alaila, hele aku kakou, pela mai nei." + +Alaila, hoomakaukau ae la o Aiwohikupua i kona hanohano Alii. + +Kahiko aku la o Aiwohikupua i kona mau kaukaualii kane, a me na +kaukaualii wahine, a me na punahele, i ka Ahuula, a o na haiawahine +kekahi i kahikoia i ka Ahuoeno. A kahiko iho la o Aiwohikupua i kona +kapa hau a Poliahu i haawi aku ai, kau iho la i ka mahiole ie i hakuia i +ka hulu o na Iiwi. Kahiko aku la oia i kona mau hoewaa, a me na hookele +i na kihei paiula, e like me ke kahiko ana i na hoewaa o ke Alii, pela +no na hoewaa o kona puali alii a pau. + +Ma na waa o ke Alii i kau ai a holo aku, ua kukuluia maluna o na pola o +na waa he anuu, he wahi e noho ai ke Alii; ua hakuia ka anuu o ke Alii i +na Ahuula, a maluna pono o ka anuu, he mau puloulou kapu Alii, a maloko +o ka puloulou, noho iho la o Aiwohikupua. + +Ma na waa ukali o ke Alii, he umi kaulua e hoopuni ana i ko ke Alii waa, +a maluna o na waa ukali o ke Alii, he poe akamai i ke kaeke. Pela i +kahikoia ai o Aiwohikupua i ko laua la i hoao ai me Poliahu. + +Ma ka la o Kulu, ma ke kakahiaka, i ka puka ana ae o ka la a kiekie iki +ae, ike aku la o Aiwohikupua ma i ka hoomaka ana o ka hau e uhi maluna o +ka piko o na mauna, a hiki i kahi o laua e hoao ai. + +I kela manawa, ua hiki o Poliahu, Lilinoe, Waiaie, a me Kahoupokane, i +kahi e hoao ai na Alii. + +Ia manawa, hoomaka o Aiwohikupua e hele e hui me ka wahine noho mauna o +Maunakea. E like me ka mea i oleloia maluna, pela ko ke Alii hele ana. + +Ia Aiwohikupua ma e holo aku ana i ka moana mai Kawaihae aku, he mea e +ka olioli o Lilinoe i ka hanohano launa ole o ke Alii kane. + +A hiki lakou i Waiulaula, ua pauhia lakou e ke anu, a nolaila, hoouna +aku la o Aiwohikupua i kona elele e hai aku ia Poliahu, "Aole e hiki aku +lakou no ke anu." + +Ia manawa, haalele e Poliahu i kona kapa hau, lalau like ae la ka poe +noho mauna i ko lakua kapa la, hoi aku la ka hau a kona wahi mau. + +Ia Aiwohikupua ma i hiki aku ai ma ko Poliahu ma wahi e noho ana, he mea +lealea loa i ke Alii wahine na mea kani o na waa o ke Alii kane, a he +mea mahalo loa no hoi ia lakou ka ike ana i ko ke Alii kane hanohano, a +maikai hoi. + +Ia laua i hui ai, hoike ae la o Aiwohikupua, a me Poliahu, i na aahu o +laua i haawi muaia i mau hoike no ka laua olelo ae like. + +Ia manawa, hoa ae la na Alii, a lilo ae la laua i hookahi io, hoi ae la +lakou a noho ma Kauai iuka o Honopuwai. + +O na elele mua a Aiwohikupua, o Ulili laua me Akikeehiale, na laua i +hele aku e hai ia Hinaikamalama i ka hoao ana o Aiwohikupua me Poliahu. + +Ia Hinaikamalama i lohe ai i keia mau olelo no ka hoao o Aiwohikupua ma, +ia manawa, noi aku la oia i kona mau makua e holo e makaikai ia Kauai, a +ua pono kana noi imua o kona mau makua. + +Hoolale ae la kona mau makua i na kanaka e hoomakaukau i na waa no +Hinaikamalama e holo ai i Kauai, a wae ae la i mau hoahele kupono no ke +Alii e like me ke ano mua o ka huakai Alii. + +A makaukau ko ke Alii mau pono no ka hele ana, kau aku la o +Hinaikamalama ma na waa, a holo aku la a hiki i Kauai. + +Ia ianei i hiki aku ai, aia o Aiwohikupua me Poliahu ma Mana, e akoakoa +ana na Alii malaila no ka la hookahakaha o Hauailiki me Makaweli. + +Ia po iho, he po lealea ia no na Alii, he kilu, a he kaeke, na lealea ia +po. + +Ia Aiwohikupua ma e lealea ana ia manawa, ma ka waena konu o ka po, hiki +aku la o Hinaikamalama a noho iloko o ka aha lealea; a he mea malihini +nae i ka aha keia kaikamahine malihini. + +Ia manawa aianei i komo aku ai iloko o ka aha lealea, aole nae o +Aiwohikupua i ike maopopo mai ia manawa, no ka mea, ua lilo i ka hula +kaeke. + +Ia Hinaikamalama e noho ana iloko o ka aha lealea, aia hoi, ua komo +iloko o Hauailiki ka iini nui. + +Ia manawa, hele aku la o Hauailiki a i ka mea ume i aku la, "E hele oe a +olelo aku ia Aiwohikupua e hoopau ka hula kaeke, i kilu ka lealea i koe, +aia a kilu, alaila, kii aku oe a ume mai i ka wahine malihini, o ko'u +pili ia o keia po." + +Ma ke kauoha a ka mea nona ka po lealea e kilu, ua hoopauia ke kaeke. + +Ia Hauailiki e kilu ana me Poliahu, a i ka umi o na hauna kilu a laua. +Ia manawa, ku mai la ka mea ume a kaapuni ae la a puni ka aha, hoi mai +la a kau aku la i ka maile ia Hauailiki me ke oli ana, a ku mai la o +Hauailiki. + +Ia manawa, kaili mai la ka mea ume i ka maile a kau aku la maluna o +Hinaikamalama, a ku mai la. + +Ia manawa, a Hinaikamalama i ku mai ai, nonoi aku la oia i ka mea ume e +olelo ae, a kunou mai la ka mea ume. + +Ninau aku la o Hinaikamalama i ka mea nona ka aha lealea, haiia mai la +no Hauailiki me Makeweli. + +Iloko o kela manawa, huli pono aku la o Hinaikamalama a olelo aku ia +Hauailiki, "E ke Alii nona keia aha lealea, ua lohe ae la wau keia aha, +ua umeia ae nei kaua e ka mea ume o ka aha lealea au, e ke Alii, no ka +hoohui ana ia kaua no ka manawa pokole, alia nae wau e hooko i ka ume a +ka mea nana i ume ia kaua e like me kona makemake. Aka, a hoakaka ae wau +i ko'u kuleana i hiki mai ai ia Kauai nei, mai kahi loihi mai. Oiala, o +Aiwohikupua ko'u kuleana i hiki ai i keia aina, no kuu lohe ana ae nei +ua hoao oiala me Poliahu, nolaila i hele mai nei wau e ike i koiala +hoopunipuni nui ia'u. No ka mea, hiki ae kela i Hana ma Maui, e heenalu +ana makou, na laua la nae ka heenalu hope loa, a pau ka laua la heenalu +ana, hoi laua la e konane ana makou, makemake no oiala i ke konane, kau +hou ka papa konane a paa, ninau aku wau i kona kumu pili, kuhikuhi kela +i na kaulua. Olelo aku wau, aole o'u makemake i kona kumu pili, alaila, +hai aku wau i ka'u kumu pili makemake, o na kino no o maua, ina e make +wau ia iala ma ke konane ana, alaila, lilo wau na iala, ma kana mau hana +a pau e olelo ai ia'u, malaila wau, ma na mea kupono nae, a pela no hoi +wau ina e make kela ia'u, alaila, e like me kana hana ia'u, pela no ka'u +ia ia; a holo like ia maua keia olelo paa. I ke konane ana nae, aole i +liuliu, paa mua ia'u na luna o ka papa konane a maua, o koiala make iho +la no ia. I aku wau ia iala, ua eo oe, pono oe ke noho me a'u e like me +ka kaua pili ana. I mai kela, 'Alia wau e hooko i kau kumu pili a hoi +mai wau mai kuu huakai kaapuni mai, alaila, hookoia ke kumu pili au e +ke Alii wahine.' A no keia olelo maikai aianei, ua holo like ia ia maua, +a no keia mea, noho puupaa wau me ka maluhia a hiki mai i keia manawa. A +no kuu lohe ana ae nei he wahine ka iala, oia ko'u hiki mai nei ia Kauai +nei, a komo mai la i ko aha lealea e ke Alii, oia la." + +Ia manawa, nene aku la ka aha kanaka a puni ka papai kilu, me ka hoohewa +loa ia Aiwohikupua. Ia manawa no a Hinaikamalama a haiolelo la, alaila +ua hoopihaia o Poliahu i ka huhu wela, o kona hoi no ia i Maunakea a +hiki i keia la. + +Mahope iho nae o ka haiolelo ana a Hinaikamalama, hoomaka hou ke kilu, +ia Aiwohikupua laua me Makaweli ke kilu ia manawa. + +Ia manawa, ku hou mai la ka mea ume a hooili hou i ka maile maluna o +Hauailiki me Hinaikamalama, a ku ae la o Hauailiki, a ku mai la no hoi o +Hinaikamalama. Ma keia ume hope, hai mai la o Hinaikamalama i kana olelo +imua o Hauailiki, "E ke Alii e, ua hoohuiia kaua e ka mea ume ma ka mea +mau o na aha lealea. Aka, alia wau e ae aku, aia ae mai o Aiwohikupua e +hooko maua i na hoohiki a maua, a pau ko maua manawa, alaila, ma ka po +lealea hou a ke Alii, e hookoia ai ka ume o keia po no kaua." Alaila, he +mea maikai loa ia i ko Hauailiki manao. + +A no keia olelo a Hinaikamalama, lawe ae la o Aiwohikupua ia +Hinaikamalama no ka hooko i ka laua hoohiki. + +Ia po no, iloko o ko laua manawa hoomaha no ka hooluolu i ka hoohiki +ana, hike mai la ma o Hinaikamalama ke anu maeele loa, no ka mea, ua kuu +mai la o Poliahu i ke anu o kona kapahau maluna o kona enemi. + +Ia manawa, hapai ae la o Hinaikamalama he wahi mele: + + "He anu e he a--nu + He anu e wale no hoi keia, + Ke ko nei i ke ano o kuu manawa, + Ua hewa ka paha loko o ka noho hale, + Ke kau mai nei ka halia i kuu manawa, + No ka noho hale paha ka hewa--e. + E kuu hoa--e, he anu--e." + + + + +MOKUNA XIX + + +A pau ke oli ana i Hinaikamalama, olelo aku la oia ia Aiwohikupua, +"Auhea oe, e apo mai oe ia'u a paa i mehana iho wau, hele mai nei kuu +anu a anu, aohe wahi anu ole." + +Alaila, hooko mai la o Aiwohikupua i ka ka wahine olelo, alaila, loaa +mai la ka mahana e like me mamua. + +A hoomakaukau iho la laua e hooluolu no ka hooko i ka laua hoohiki ma ka +hoopalau ana, alaila, hiki hou mai la ke anu ia Hinaikamalama, o ka lua +ia o kona loaa ana i ke anu. + +Ia manawa, hapai hou ae la oia he wahi mele, penei: + + "E ke hoa e, he a--nu, + Me he anu hau kuahiwi la keia, + Ke anu mai nei ma na kapuai, + Ke komi nei i kuu manawa, + Kuu manawa hiamoe--hoi, + Ke hoala mai nei ke anu ia'u, + I kuu po hiamoe--hoi." + +I keia manawa, olelo aku la o Hinaikamalama ia Aiwohikupua, "Aole anei +oe i ike i ke kumu o keia anu o kaua? Ina ua ike oe i ke kumu o keia +anu, alaila e hai mai; mai huna oe." + +I aku o Aiwohikupua, "No ko punalua keia anu, ua huhu paha ia kaua, +nolaila, aahu ae la ia i ke kapa hau ona, nolaila na anu." + +Pane aku la o Hinaikamalama, "Ua pau kaua, no ka mea, ua pili ae la no +na kino o kaua, a ua ko ae la no ka hoohiki a kaua no ka hoopalau ana." + +I mai o Aiwohikupua, "Ua oki kaua i keia manawa, e hookaawale kaua, +apopo ma ke awakea, alaila, oia ka hooko ana o ka hoohiki a kaua." + +"Ae," wahi a Hinaikamalama. + +A kaawale aku la laua, alaila, loaa iho la ia Hinaikamalama ka moe +oluolu ana ia koena po a hiki i ke ao ana. + +Ma ke awakea, lawe hou ae la o Aiwohikupua e hooko i ka laua mea i olelo +ai ia po iho mamua. + +Iloko o ko laua manawa i hoomaka ai no ka hooko ana i ka hoohiki, +alaila, ua pono ole ia mea i ko Poliahu manao. + +Ia manawa, lawe ae la o Poliahu i kona kapa la, a aahu iho la, ia manawa +ka hookuu ana'ku o Poliahu i ka wela maluna o Hinaikamalama. Ia manawa, +hapai ae la oia he wahi mele, penei: + + "He wela--e, he wela, + Ke poi mai nei ka wela a kuu ipo ia'u, + Ke hoohahana nei i kuu kino, + Ke hoonakulu nei hoi i kuu manawa, + No kuu ipo paha keia wela--e." + +I aku o Aiwohikupua, "Aole no'u na wela, malia paha no Poliahu no na +wela, ua huhu paha ia kaua." + +I aku la o Hinaikamalama, "E hoomanawanui hou kaua, a ina i hiki hou mai +ka wela maluna o kaua, alaila, haalele mai oe ia'u." + +Mahope iho o keia mau mea, hoao hou ae la laua i ka laua hana no ka +hooko i ka laua hoohiki. + +Ia manawa, kau hou mai la no ka wela maluna o laua, alaila, hapai hou ae +la oia ma ke mele: + + "He wela--e he we--la, + Ke apu mai nei ka wela a ka po ia'u, + Ke ulili anapu nei i kau manawa, + Ka wela kukapu o ka hooilo, + I haoa enaena i ke kau, + Ka la wela kulu kahi o ka Makalii, + Ke hoeu mai nei ka wela ia'u e hele, + E hele no--e." + +Ia manawa, ke ku ae la no ia o Hinaikamalama hele. + +I mai o Aiwohikupua, "Kainoa o ka haawi mai i ka ihu, alaila hele aku." + +I mai la o Hinaikamalama, "Aole e haawiia ka ihu ia oe, o ka hao ana mai +ia o ka wela o ua wahine au, pono ole. Aloha oe." + +(E waiho kakou i ke kamailio ana no Aiwohikupua maanei. E pono e +kamailio pokole no Hinaikamalama.) + +Mahope iho o kona hookaawale ana ia Aiwohikupua, hele aku oia a noho ma +ka hale kamaaina. + +Ia po iho, he po lealea hou ia no Hauailiki me na'lii ma Puuopapai. + +Ia po, hoomanao ae la o Hinaikamalama no kana kauoha ia Hauailiki, +mahope iho o ko laua umeia ana, a mamua hoi o kona hoohui ana me +Aiwohikupua. + +I kela po, oia ka lua o ka po lealea, alaila, hele aku la o +Hinaikamalama a noho pu aku la mawaho o ka aha. + +Ia manawa, na Kauakahialii laua me Kailiokalauokekoa ke kilu mua. Mahope +iho, na Kailiokalauokekoa me Makaweli, ka lua o ka lealea. + +Ia laua e kilu ana, komo mai la o Poliahu iloko o ka aha lealea. Ia +Hauailiki me Poliahu ke kilu hope oia po. + +A no ka ike ole o ka mea ume ia Hinaikamalama i kela po, nolaila, aole e +hiki i ka mea ume ke hoomaka i kana hana. No ka mea, ua oleloia i ka po +mua, no Hauailiki a me Hinaikamalama ka lealea mua oia po, a no ka loaa +ole i ka maka o ka mea ume, ua lilo ka lealea i na mea e ae. + +I ke kokoke ana e ao ua po nei, huli ae la ka mea ume iloko o ka aha ia +Hinaikamalama, a loaa iho la. + + +Ia manawa, ku mai la ka mea ume a waenakonu o ka aha, ia Hauailiki me +Poliahu e kilu ana, ia manawa, kani aku la ke oli a ka mea ume, e +hookolili ana i ka welau o ka maile i luna o Hauailiki, a kaili mai la +ka mea ume i ka maile, alaila, ku mai la o Hauailiki. Hele aku la ua mea +ume nei a loaa o Hinaikamalama, kau aku la i ka maile a kaili mai la. Ia +manawa, ku mai la o Hinaikamalama mawaho o ka aha imua o ke anaina. + +A ike mai la o Poliahu ia Hinaikamalama, kokoe aku la na maka, i ka ike +i kona enemi. + +A hala aku la o Hauailiki me Hinaikamalama ma kahi kupono ia laua e +hooluolu ai. + +Ia laua e hui ana, i aku la o Hinaikamalama ia Hauailiki. "Ina he lawe +kou ia'u no ka manawa pokole a pau ae, alaila, ua pau kaua, no ka mea, +aole pela ka makemake o ko'u mau makua, alaila, e waiho puupaa ia'u +pela. Aka, ina i manao oe e lawe ia'u i wahine hoao nau, alaila, e haawi +wau ia'u nau mau loa, e like me ka makemake o ko'u mau makua." + +A no kela olelo a ka wahine, hai aku o Hauailiki i kona manao, "Ua pono +kou manao, ua like no kou manao me ko'u; aka, e hoohui mua kaua ia kaua +iho e like me ka makemake o ka mea ume, a mahope loa aku, alaila hoao +loa kaua." + +"Aole pela," wahi a Hinaikamalama, "e waiho puupaa ia'u pela, a hiki i +kou manawa e kii ae ai ia'u, a loaa wau i Hana." + +I ke kolu o ka po lealea o Hauailiki, i na'lii e akoakoa ana, a me na +mea e ae, oia ka po i hui ai o Lilinoe, me Poliahu, o Waiau, a me +Kahoupokane, no ka mea, ua imi mai lakou ia Poliahu, me ka manao ke pono +nei ko Aiwohikupua ma noho ana me Poliahu. + +Ia po, ia Aiwohikupua me Makaweli e kilu ana, a i ka waenakonu o ko laua +manawa lealea, komo ana na wahine noho mauna iloko o ka aha lealea. + +Ia Poliahu ma eha e ku ana me na kapa hau o lakou, he mea e ka hulali, +ia manawa, nei aku la ka aha lealea no keia poe wahine, no ke ano e o ko +lakou kapa. Ia manawa, popoi mai la ke anu i ka aha lealea a puni ka +papai kilu, a kau mai la maluna o ka aha ka pilikia a hiki i ka wanaao, +haalele o Poliahu ma ia Kauai. O keia manawa pu no hoi ka haalele ana o +Hinaikamalama ia Kauai. + +(Aia a hiki aku i ka hiki ana aku o Laieikawai i Kauai, mahope iho o ko +Kekalukaluokewa hoao ana me Laieikawai, alaila, e hoomaka hou ke +kamailio no Hinaikamalama. Ma keia wahi e kamailio no ke kauoha a +Kauakahialii i kana aikane, pela aku a hiki i ka hui ana me Laieikawai.) + +Ia Kauakahialii me Kailiokalauokekoa ma Pihanakalani, mahope iho o ko +laua hoi ana mai Haawii mai. Oiai ua kokoke mai ko laua mau la hope. + +Ia manawa, kauoha ae la o Kauakahialii i kana aikane ia Kekalukaluokewa, +i kana olelo hoopomaikai maluna ona, a eia no ia: + +"E kuu aikane aloha nui, ke waiho aku nei wau i olelo hoopomaikai maluna +ou, no ka mea, ke kokoke mai nei ko'u mau la hope a hoi aku i ka aoao +mau o ka honua. + +"Hookahi no au mea malama o ka wahine a kaua, aia a haule aku wau i kahi +hiki ole ia'u ke ike mai ia olua me ka wahine a kaua, alaila, ku oe i ka +moku, o oe no maluna, o ka wahine a kaua malalo, e like no me ka kaua +nei ana i ka moku i puni ai, pela no oe e noho aku ai me ka wahine a +kaua. + +"A make wau, a manao ae paha oe i wahine nau, mai lawe oe i ka kaua +wahine, aole no hoi e manao oe ia ia o kau wahine ia, no ka mea, ua lilo +no ia ia kaua. + +"Aia kau wahine e kii o kuu wahine i haalele aku nei i Hawaii, o +Laieikawai, i na o kau wahine, ia ola ke kino, a kaulana no hoi. A manao +oe e kii, hookahi au mea malama o ka ohe a kaua, aia malama pono oe i ka +ohe, alaila wahine oe, oia ke kauoha ia oe." + +Ma keia kauoha a Kauakahialii, ua pono ia i ko ke aikane manao. + +Ma ia hope mai, make aku la o Kauakahialii, lilo ka noho alii i kana +aikane, a o ka laua wahine no ke Kuhina. + +A ma ia hope mai, i ke kokoke ana i ko Kailiokalauokekoa mau la hope, +waiho aku la oia i olelo kuoha no ka malama ana ia Kanikawi ka laua ohe +kapu me kana kane, e like me ke kauoha a Kauakahialii: + +"E kuu kane, eia ka ohe, malamaia, he ohe mana, o na mea a pau au e +makemake ai, ina e kii oe i ka wahine a ko aikane i kauoha ai ia oe, o +ka mea no keia nana e hoohui ia olua. Eia nae e malama mau loa oe, ma +kau wahi e hele ai, a e noho ai, mai haalele iki i ka ohe, no ka mea, ua +ike no oe i ka hana a kau aikane i ko olua manawa i kii ae ai ia'u i kuu +wa e aneane aku ana i ka make, mamuli o kuu aloha i ko aikane. Na ua ohe +la keia ola ana e ola aku nei mai ka luakupapau mai, nolaila, e hoolohe +oe me ka malama loa e like me ka'u e olelo aku nei ia oe." + + + + +MOKUNA XX + + +A make aku la o Kailiokalauokekoa, lilo ae la ka noho Alii a pau loa ia +Kekalukaluokewa, a hooponopono aku la oia i ka aina, a me na kanaka a +pau malalo o kona noho Alii. + +Mahope iho o ka pau ana o kana hooponopono ana i ka aina, a me kona noho +Alii ana. Ia manawa, hoomanao ae la o Kekalukaluokewa i ke kauoha a kana +aikane no Laieikawai. + +Ia Kekalukaluokewa i manao ai e hooko i ke kauoha a kana aikane, kauoha +ae la oia i kona Kuhina, e hoomakaukau i na waa hookahi mano, no ka +huakai kii wahine a ke Alii i Hawaii, e like me ke aoao mau o ke Alii. + +A makaukau ka ke Alii kauoha, lawe ae la ke Alii elua mau punahele, a +lawe ae la i na kaukaualii ka poe kupono ke hele pu me ke Alii, a lawe +ae la oia i kona mau ialoa a pau. + +I ka malama i oleloia o ka Mahoe mua, i na malama maikai o ka moana, +haalele lakou ia Kauai, a holo aku i Hawaii. Ua nui na la i hala ia +lakou ma ia hele ana. + +Ma keia holo ana a lakou, hiki aku la ma Makahanaloa i Hilo, ma ke +kakahiaka nui. Ia manawa, olelo aku kahi kanaka nana i ike mua ia +Laieikawai i ke Alii, "E nana oe i kela anuenue e pio la iuka, o Paliuli +no ia, oia no ua wahi la, malaila no kahi i loaa'i ia'u." E nee ana nae +ka ua o Hilo ia mau la a lakou i hiki aku ai ma Makahanaloa. + +A no keia olelo a kahi kanaka, i aku ke Alii, "Alia wau e manaoio i kau +no Laieikawai kela hoailona, no ka mea, he mea mau iloko o ka wa ua ka +pio o ke anuenue, nolaila, i kuu manao, e hekau na waa, a e kali kakou a +malie ka ua, alaila, i pio mai ke anuenue iloko o ka wa ua ole, alaila +maopopo no Laieikawai ka hoailona." Ua like ko ke Alii manao ana ma +keia mea me ko Aiwohikupua. + +A no keia mea, noho iho la lakou malaila e like me ko ke Alii makemake. +Hookahi anahulu me elua la keu, haalele ka malie o Hilo, ike maikaiia +aku la ka aina. + +I ke kakahiaka nui o ka la umikumamalua, puka aku la ke Alii iwaho mai +ka hale ae. Aia hoi e hoomau ana ke anuenue e like me mamua, ma ke +kiekie iki ana'e o ka la, aia e pio ana ke anuenue i kai o Keaau, ua +hala ae la o Laieikawai i kai. (E like me ka kakou kamailio ana mamua ma +ko Aiwohikupua moolelo.) + +Ma kela la, pau ko ke Alii kanalua ana no kela hoailona, a holo aku la a +hiki i Keaau. Ia lakou i hiki aku ai ma Keaau, ua hoi aku o Laieikawai +iuka o Paliuli. + +Ia lakou i hiki aku ai, ua nui na kamaaina i lulumi mai e makaikai ia +Kekalukaluokewa; me ka olelo mai o na kamaaina, "Akahi no ka aina kanaka +maikai o Kauai." + +I kela la a Kekalukaluokewa ma i holo aku ai a hiki i Keaau. Ua ike mua +mai o Waka o Kekalukaluokewa keia. + +Olelo mai o Waka i kana moopuna, "Mai iho hou oe i kai, no ka mea, ua +hiki mai la o Kekalukaluokewa i Keaau, i kii mai la ia oe i wahine oe. +Make aku la o Kauakahialii, kauoha ae la i ke aikane e kii mai ia oe i +wahine, nolaila o kau kane ia. A ae oe o kau kane ia, ku oe i ka moku, +ola no hoi na iwi. Nolaila, e noho oe iuka nei, a hala na la eha, alaila +iho aku oe, a ina ua makemake oe, alaila, hoi mai oe a hai mai i kou +makemake ia'u." + +Noho iho la o Laieikawai a hala na la eha e like me ke kauoha a kona +kupunawahine. + +Ma ke kakahiaka nui o ka ha o ko Laieikawai mau la hoomalu, ala ae la +oia, a me kona kahu kuapuu, a iho aku la i Keaau. + +La laua i hiki aku ai, ma kahi kokoke iki e nana aku ai i kauhale; aia +hoi, ua hiki mua aku o Kekalukaluokewa ma kulana heenalu mamua o ko laua +hiki ana aku, ekolu nae mau keiki e ku ana ma kulana heenalu o ke Alii a +me na punahele elua. + +Ia Laieikawai ma e noho ana ma kahi a laua e hoohalua ana no +Kekalukaluokewa, aole nae laua i like i ke kane a ke kupunawahine i +makemake ai. + +I aku o Laieikawai i kona wahi kahu, "Pehea la kaua e ike ai i ke kane +a'u a kuu kupunawahine i olelo mai nei?" + +Olelo aku kona kahu, "Pono kaua ke kali a pau ka lakou heenalu ana, a o +ka mea e hele wale mai ana, aole he paa i ka papa heenalu, alaila, o ke +Alii no ia, o ko kane no ka hoi ia." + +Ma ka olelo a ko Laieikawai kahu, noho iho la laua malaila, e kali ana. + +Ia manawa, hoopau ae la na heenalu i ko lakou manawa heenalu, a hoi mai +la a pae iuka. + +Ia wa, ike aku la laua i ke kiiia ana mai o na papa o na punahele e na +kanaka, a laweia aku la. O ka papa heenalu hoi o ke Alii, na na punahele +i auamo aku, a hele wale mai la o Kekalukaluokewa, pela i ike ai o +Laieikawai i kana kane. + +A maopopo iho la ia laua ka laua mea i iho mai ai, alaila, hoi aku la +laua a hiki i Paliuli, a hai aku la i ke kupunawahine i ka laua mea i +ike ai. + +Ninau mai la ke kupunawahine, "Ua makemake oe i ko kane?" + +"Ae," wahi a Laieikawai. + +I mai o Waka, "Apopo, ma ka puka ana o ka la, oia ka wa e a-u ai o +Kekalukaluokewa i ka heenalu oia wale, ia manawa, e hoouhi aku ai wau i +ka noe maluna o ka aina a puni o Puna nei, a maloko oia noe, e hoouna +aku no wau ia oe maluna o na manu a hui olua me Kekalukaluokewa me ka +ike oleia, aia a pau ka uhi ana o ka noe maluna o ka aina, ia manawa e +ike aku ai na mea a pau, o oe kekahi me Kekalukaluokewa e hee mai ana i +ka nalu hookahi, oia ka manawa e loaa'i ko ihu i ke keiki Kauai. +Nolaila, i kou puka ana mailoko aku nei o kou hale, aole oe e kamailio +iki aku i kekahi mea e ae, aole i kekahi kane, aole hoi i kekahi wahine, +aia a laa ko ihu ia, Kekalukaluokewa, oia kou manawa e kamailio ai me na +mea e ae. Aia a pau ka olua heenalu ana, alaila, e hoouna aku wau i na +manu, a me ka noe maluna o ka aina, o kou manawa ia e hoi mai ai me ko +kane a loko o ko olua hale, alaila, e hoolaaia ko kino e like me ko'u +makemake." + +A pau keia mau mea i ka haiia ia Laieikawai, hoi aku la oia ma kona +Halealii, oia a me kona kahu. + +Ia Laieikawai me kona kahu ma ka hale, mahope iho o ke kauoha ana a kona +kupunawahine. Hoouna ae la oia i kona kahu e kii aku ia Mailehaiwale, +Mailekaluhea, Mailelaulii, Mailepakaha, a me Kahalaomapuana, kona mau +hoa kuka e like me ka lakou hoohiki ana. + +A hiki mai la kona mau hoa kuka, kona mau kiai kino hoi, olelo aku la o +Laieikawai, "Auhea oukou e o'u mau hoa, ua kuka ae nei au me ke +kupunawahine o kakou, e hoao wau i kane na'u, nolaila wau i houna aku +nei i ko kakou kahu e kii aku ia oukou e like me ka kakou hoohiki ana, +mahope iho o ko kakou hui ana maanei. O ka makemake o ko kakou +kupunawahine, o Kekalukaluokewa kuu kane, a pehea? Aia i ka kakou +hooholo like ana, ina i ae mai oukou, ua pono no, ina e hoole mai, aia +no ia i ko kakou manao." + +Olelo aku o Kahalaomapuana, "Ua pono, ua hoomoe ae la no ko kakou +kupunawahine e like me kona makemake, aohe a makou olelo. Eia nae, a i +hoao oe i ke kane, mai haalele oe ia makou e like me ka kakou hoohiki +ana; ma kau wahi e hele ai, malaila pu kakou, o oe i ka pilikia, o kakou +pu ilaila." + +"Aole wau e haalele ia oukou," wahi a Laieikawai. + +Eia hoi, ua ike mua ae nei kakou ma na Mokuna mua, he mea mau no ia +Laieikawai ka iho i kai o Keaau, ma ka moolelo o Hauailiki, a me ka +moolelo o ka hele alua ana o Aiwohikupua i Hawaii, a oia mau no a hiki i +ko Kekalukaluokewa hiki ana i Hawaii. + +I na manawa a pau o ko Laieikawai hele ana ma Keaau, he mea mau i keia +keiki ia Halaaniani ka ike ia Laieikawai ma Keaau, me ka ike ole nae o +Halaaniani i kahi e hele mai ai o Laieikawai; mai ia manawa mai ka +hoomaka ana o ka manao ino e ake e loaa o Laieikawai, aole nae e hiki, +no ka mea, ua alaila mai e ka hilahila, a hiki ole ke pane aku. + +A o ua Halaaniani nei, ke kaikunane o Malio, he keiki kaulana ia ma Puna +no ke kanaka ui, he keiki _koaka_, nae. + +I ka eha o na la hoomalu o Laieikawai, he mea hoohuoi ia Halaaniani ka +nalo ana o Laieikawai, aole i hiki hou ma Keaau. + +Ia Halaaniani i hookokoke mai ai ma kahi o na kamaaina o Keaau, lohe iho +la oia, e lilo ana ua Laieikawai nei ia Kekalukaluokewa. + +Ia manawa, hoi wikiwiki aku la oia e halawai me kona kaikuahine me +Malio. + +Olelo aku la kona kaikunane, "E Malio, i pii mai nei wau ia oe e kii oe +i ko'u makemake. No ka mea, i na la a pau a'u e nalo nei, ma Keaau no +wau, no ko'u ike mau i keia wahine maikai, nolaila, ua hookonokonoia mai +wau e ke kuko e hele pinepine e ike i ua wahine nei. A ma keia la, ua +lohe aku nei wau e lilo ana i ke Alii o Kauai i ka la apopo; nolaila, o +ko mana a pau maluna iho ia o kaua like e lilo ia'u kela kaikamahine." + +I mai la kona kaikuahine, "Aole na he wahine e, o ka moopuna na a Waka, +o Laieikawai, ua haawi ae la ke kupunawahine i ke Alii nui o Kauai, popo +hoao. Nolaila, a e like me kou makemake, e hoi nae oe a kou wahi, a ma +ke ahiahi poeleele pii hou mai, a mauka nei kaua e moe ai, oia ka manawa +o kaua e ike ai i ko nele a me ka loaa." + +Mamuli o ke kauoha o Malio i kona kaikunane, hoi mai la o Halaaniani a +ma kona hale noho ma Kula. + +A hiki i ka manawa i kauohaia nona e hele aku i kahi o kona kaikuahine. + +Mamua o ko laua manawa hiamoe, olelo aku la o Malio ia Halaaniani, "Ina +e moe kaua i keia po, a i loaa ia oe ka moeuhane, alaila, hai mai oe +ia'u, a pela no hoi wau." + +Ia laua e moe ana, a hiki paha i ka pili o ke ao, ala ae la o +Halaaniani, aole i loaa he moe ia ia, a ala mai la no hoi o Malio ia +manawa no. + + + + +MOKUNA XXI + + +Ninau aku o Malio ia Halaaniani, "Heaha kau moe?" + +I aku la o Halaaniani, "Aole a'u wahi moe, i ka hiamoe ana no, o ke oki +no ia, aole wau i loaa wahi moe iki a puoho wale ae la." + +Ninau aku la hoi o Halaaniani i kona kai kuahine, "Pehea hoi oe?" + +Hai mai la kona kaikuahine, "Owau ka mea moe; ia kaua no i moe iho nei, +hele aku nei no kaua a ma nahelehele, moe oe i kou puhalaau, a owau no +hoi ma ko'u puhalaau; nana aku nei ko'u uhane i kekahi wahi manu e hana +ana i kona punana, a pau, lele aku nei no ua manu nei ana i kona punana +a pau, lele aku nei no ua manu nei nana ka punana a nalowale. A mahope, +he manu okoa ka manu nana i lele mai a hoomoe i ua punana nei, aole nae +wau i ike i ka lele ana'ku o ka manu hope nana i hoomoe ua punana nei, a +puoho wale ae la wau, aole no hoi i ikeia ka hoi hou ana mai o ka manu +nana ka punana." + +A no keia moe, ninau aku la o Halaaniani, "A heaha iho la ke ano o ia +moe?" + +Hai aku la kona kaikuahine i ke ano oiaio o ua moe la, "E pomaikai io +ana no oe, no ka mea, o ka manu mua nona ka punana, o Kekalukaluokewa no +ia, a o ka punana, o Laieikawai no ia, a o ka manu hope nana i hoomoe ka +punana, o oe no ia. Nolaila, ma keia kakahiaka, e lilo ana ka wahine a +olua ia oe. Ia Waka e hoouna ae ai ia Laieikawai maluna o ka eheu o na +manu, no ka hoao me Kekalukaluokewa; uhi mai auanei ka noe a me ke awa, +a mao ae, alaila, ikeia'ku ekolu oukou e ku mai ana ma kuanalu, alaila, +e ike auanei oe he mana ko'u e uhi aku maluna o Waka, a ike ole oia i +ka'u mea e hana aku ai nou; nolaila, e ku kaua a hele aku ma kahi e +kokoke aku ana i kahi e hoao ai o Laieikawai." + +A pau ka hoike ana a Malio i ke ano o ke ia mau mea, iho aku la laua a +ma kahi kupono ia laua e noho ai. + +O malio nae, he hiki ia ia ke hana i na hana mana; a oia wale no kona +kumu i hoano ai. + +Ia laua i hiki aku ai ma Keaau, ike aku la laua ia Kekalukaluokewa e au +ae ana i ka heenalu. + +Olelo aku la o Malio ia Halaaniani, "E hoolohe oe i ka'u, ina i hiki +oukou ma kulana heenalu, a hee oukou i ka nalu, mai hoopae oe, e hoomake +oe i kou nalu, pela no oe e hoomake ai a hala na nalu eha o ko laua hee +ana, a i ka lima o ka nalu, oia ko laua nalu pau. Malie o hoohuoi laua i +kou pae ole, ninau iho i ke kumu o kou pae ole ana, alaila nai aku oe, +no ka maa ole i ka hee ana o ka nalu po kopoko, a i ninau mai i kau nalu +loihi e hee ai, alaila hai aku oe o Huia. Ina i maliu ole mai kela i kau +olelo, a hoomakaukau laua e hee i ko laua nalu pau, ia laua e hee ai, +alaila hopu aku oe i na wawae o Laieikawai, i hee aku o Kekalukaluokewa +oia wale. A lilo ia oe kela wahine, alaila ahai oe i ka moana loa, nana +mai oe ia uka nei, e au aku ana o Kumukahi iloko o ka ale, alaila o ke +kulana nalu ia, alaila pule aeoe ma kuu inoa, a na'u no e hoouna aku i +nalu maluna o olua, o kou nalu no ia ko kou makemake, lilo loa ia oe." + +Ia laua no e kamailio ana i keia mau mea, uhi ana ka noe a Waka maluna o +ka aina. Ia manawa, kui ka hekili, aia o Laieikawai ma kaluna nalu, na +Waka ia. Kui hou ka hekili, o ka lua ia, na Malio ia. I ka mao ana ae o +ka noe, aia ekolu poe e lana ana ma kulana nalu e ku ana, a he mea +haohao ia ia uka i ka nana aku. + +E like me ke kauoha a Waka i kana moopuna, "Aole e olelo i na mea e ae, +a laa ka ihu ia Kekalukaluokewa, alaila olelo i na mea e ae." Ua hoolohe +no kana moopuna i ke kauoha a ke kupunawahine. + +A ia lakou ekolu ma kulana heenalu, aole kekahi leo i loheia iwaena o +lakou. + +I ke ku ana o ka nalu mua, olelo mai o Kekalukaluokewa, "Pae kakou." Ia +manawa, hoomoe like lakou i na papa o lakou, make iho la o Halaaniani, +pae aku laua la, oia ka manawa i laa ai ka ihu o Laieikawai ia +Kekalukaluokewa, e like me ke kauoha a ke kupunawahine. + +Ekolu nalu o ka hee ana o lakou, a ekolu no hoi ka pae ana o Laieikawai +ma, a e kolu no hoi ka make ana o Halaaniani. + +I ka ha o ko laua nalu pae, akahi no a loaa ka ninau a Laieikawai ia +Halaaniani, me ka i aku, "Heaha kou mea e pae ole nei? Aha nalu, aole ou +pae iki, heaha la ke kumu o kou pae ole ana?" + +"No ka maa ole i ka nalu pokopoko," wahi a Halaaniani, "no ka mea, he +nalu loloa ko'u e hee ai." + +Hai aku la keia e like me ke kauoha a kona kaikuahine. + +I ka lima o ka nalu, oia ka nalu pau loa o Laieikawai me +Kekalukaluokewa. + +Ia Kekalukaluokewa me Laieikawai i hoomaka ai e hoomoe aku i ka nalu, e +hopu aku ana o Halaaniani ma na kapuai o Laieikawai, a lilo mai la ma +kona lima, lilo aku la ka papa heenalu o Laieikawai, pae aku la nae o +Kekalukaluokewa a kau a kahi maloo. + +I kela manawa i lilo aku ai o Laieikawai ma ka lima o Halaaniani, olelo +aku la ia Halaaniani, "He mea kupanaha, ia oe no ka pae ole ana wau, a +lilo aku la ko'u papa." + +I aku o Halaaniani, "He lilo no ka papa ou o ka wahine maikai, he kanaka +ka mea nana e lawe mai." + +Ia laua no e olelo ana no keia mau mea, laweia mai la ka papa heenalu o +Laieikawai a hiki i kahi o laua e ku ana. + +I aku o Laieikawai ia Halaaniani, "Auhea kau nalu o kau aua ana iho nei +ia'u?" + +A no ka ninau a ke Alii wahine, au aku la laua, ia manawa a laua e au +ana, hai aku la o Halaaniani i kana olelo imua o ke Alii wahine, "Ma +keia au ana a kaua, mai alawa oe i hope, imua no na maka, aia no ia'u +kulana nalu, alaila hai aku au ia oe." + +Au aku la laua a liuliu loa komo mai la iloko o Laieikawai ka haohao; ia +manawa, pane aku oia, "Haohao ka nalu au e ke kane, ke au aku nei kaua i +kahi o ka nalu ole, eia kaua i ka moana lewa loa, ke hai ka nalu i keia +wahi, he mea kupanaha, he ale ka mea loaa i ka moana loa." + +I aku o Halaaniani, "E hoolohe pono loa oe, ma ka'u olelo mua ia oe +malaila wale no kaua." + +Hoolohe aku la no o Laieikawai ma na olelo a kona hoa heenalu. + +Ia au ana a laua a hiki i kahi a Halaaniani e manao ai o kulana nalu ia, +alaila, olelo aku la o Halaaniani i kona hoa heenalu, "Nana ia o uka." + +Pane aku o Laieikawai, "Ua nalo ka aina, ua hele mai nei o Kumukahi a +onioni i ka ale." + +"O kulana nalu keia," wahi a Halaaniani, "Ke olelo aku nei au ia oe, ina +i haki ka nalu mua, aole kaua e pae ia nalu, a i ka lua o ka nalu aole +no e pae, a i ke kolu o ka nalu, o ka nalu ia o kaua e pae ai. I haki ka +nalu, a i kakala, a i oia oe, mai haalele oe i ka papa o ka mea no ia +nana e hoolana; ina e haalele oe i ka papa, alaila aole oe e ike ia'u." + +A pau ka laua kamailio ana no keia mau olelo, pule aku la o Halaaniani i +ko laua akua ma ka inoa o kona kaikuahine e like me ka Malio kauoha mua. + +Pule aku la o Halaaniani a hiki i ka hapalua o ka manawa; ku ana ua +nalu, hoomau aku la oia i ka pule a hiki i ka Amama ana. Ku hou ana ua +nalu, o ka lua ia, aole i upuupu iho, opuu ana kahi nalu. + +Ia wa kahea mai o Halaaniani i kona hoa, "Pae kaua." + +Ia manawa, hoomoe koke o Laieikawai i ka papa, o ka pae aku la no ia, ma +ke kokua aku o Halaaniani. + +I kela manawa, aia no o Laieikawai iloko o ka halehale poipu o ka nalu, +a i ka haki maikai ana o ka nalu, i alawa ae ka hana o Laieikawai, aole +o Halaaniani me ia. I alawa hou aku o Laieikawai, e kau mai ana o +Halaaniani ma ka pea o ka nalu, ma kona akamai nui. Ia manawa ka hoomaka +ana o Laieikawai e haawi ia ia iho ia Halaaniani. + +Hoi aku la laua mai ko laua heenalu ana, me ka ike mai no o Waka i ko +laua hee aku, ua kuhi nae o Kekalukaluokewa ko Laieikawai hoa hee nalu. + +A o Malio, ke kaikuahine o Halaaniani, ua ikeia ma kona kuamoo moolelo, +he hiki ia ia ke hana i na hana mana he nui, ma ka Mokuna XXII a me ka +Mokuna XXIII e ike ai kakou i ka nui o kana mau hana mana. + + + + +MOKUNA XXII + + +I kela manawa a Laieikawai me Halaaniani e heenalu ana mai ka moana mai, +ua uhiia ko Waka mana e ka mana nui o Malio, a nolaila, ua ike ole o +Waka i na mea a pau e hanaia ana o kana moopuna. + +I kela manawa, i ke kokoke ana aku o Laieikawai ma e pae i ka honua, oia +ka manawa a Waka i hoouna mai ai i na manu maloko o ka noe, a i ka mao +ana ae, o na papa heenalu wale no ke waiho ana, aia aku la o Laieikawai +me Halaaniani iuka o Paliuli ma ko Laieikawai hale, malaila o Halaaniani +i lawe ai ia Laieikawai i wahine hoao nana. + +Ia la a po, mai ka po a ao, a awakea, he mea haohao loa ia Waka no kana +moopuna, no ka mea, ua olelo mua aku oia i kana moopuna mamua o kona +hoouna ana aku e launa me Kekalukaluokewa. Eia ke kauoha: + +"Iho oe i keia la, a hui oe me Kekalukaluokewa, hoi mai olua a uka nei, +a laa ko kino, alaila, kii ae oe ia'u, na'u no e malama i kou pau no ka +hoohaumia ana ia oe." E like me ka mea mau o na kaikamahine punahele. + +A no keia haohao o Waka, ma ke awakea o ka lua o ka la o ko Laieikawai +la hui me Halaaniani, hele aku la ke kupunawahine e ike i ka pono o kana +moopuna. + +I ke kupunawahine i hiki aku ai; aia nae ua pauhia laua e ka hiamoe nui, +me he mea la ua lilo ka po i manawa makaala na laua e like me ka mea mau +i na mea hou. + +Ia manawa, iloko o ka wa hiamoe o Laieikawai, i nana iho ka hana o ke +kupunawahine, he kane e keia a ka moopuna e moe pu ana, ka mea a ke +kupunawahine i ae ole ai. + +A no keia mea, hoala ae la o Waka i ka moopuna, a ala ae la, ninau iho +la ke kupunawahine, "Owai keia?" + +Olelo ae la ka moopuna, "O Kekalukaluokewa no hoi." + +I mai la ke kupunawahine me ka inaina, "Aole keia o Kekalukaluokewa, o +Halaaniani keia o ke kaikunane o Malio. Nolaila, ke hai aku nei wau i +kuu manao paa ia oe, aole wau e ike hou i kou maka e kuu moopuna ma keia +hope aku a hiki i kuu la make, no ka mea, ua pale oe i ka'u mau olelo, +kainoa wau e ahai nei ia oe ma kahi nalo, e nana mai ana oe ia'u, +nolaila, e noho oe me ko kane mamuli o ko wahine maikai, o ko mana, aole +ia me oe, he nani ia ua imi aku la no i ke kane, hana pono iho na lima, +i kau kane na pono a me kou hanohano." + +Mahope iho o keia manawa, hoomakaukau ae la o Waka e hana i hale hou i +like me ka hale i hanaia no Laieikawai. A ma ka mana o Waka, ua +hikiwawe, ua paa ka hale. + +A makaukau ka hale, iho aku la o Waka e halawai kino me Kekalukaluokewa, +no ka mea, ua mokumokuahua kona manawa i ke aloha ia Kekalukaluokewa. + +A hiki o Waka ma kahi o Kekalukaluokewa, hopu aku la ma na wawae me ka +naau kaumaha, a olelo aku la, "He nui kuu kaumaha, a me kuu aloha ia oe +e ke Alii, no ka mea, ua upu aku wau i ka'u moopuna o oe ke kane e ola +ai keia mau iwi, kainoa he pono ka'u moopuna, aole ka, i ike mai nei ka +hana i ka'u moopuna, e moe mai ana me Halaaniani ka mea a ko'u naau i +makemake ole ai. Nolaila, i hele mai nei au e noi aku ia oe, e haawi mai +oe i waa no'u, a me na kanaka pu mai, e kii wau i ka hanai a +Kapukaihaoa, ia Laielohelohe, ua like no a like laua me Laieikawai, no +ka mea, ua hanau mahoeia laua." + +A no keia mea, haawi ae la o Kekalukaluokewa hookahi kaulua, me na +kanaka pu no, a me na lako a pau. + +Mamua o ko Waka kii ana ia Laielohelohe, kauoha iho la oia ia +Kekalukaluokewa, "Ke holo nei wau ekolu anahulu me na po keu ekolu, +alaila, hiki mai wau. E nana nae oe, a i ku ka punohu i ka moana, +alaila, manao ae oe ua hoi mai wau me ko wahine, alaila, hoomalu oe ia +oe a hiki i ko olua la e hoao ai." + +Ma ka manao paa o Waka, ua holo mai la oia a hiki i Oahu nei, ma +Honouliuli kau na waa, nana aku la no o Waka, e pio mai ana no ke +anuenue iuka o Wahiawa. + +Lalau iho la oia he wahi puaa, i mea alana aku imua o Kapukaihaoa, ke +kahuna nana i malama ia Laielohelohe, a pii aku la. + +Pii aku la o Waka a hiki i Kukaniloko, hookokoke aku la oia ma kahi i +hunaia'i o Laielohelohe, hahau aku la i ka puaa imua o ke kahuna me ka +pule ana, a Amama ae la. Kuu aku la i ka puaa imua o ke kahuna. + +Ninau mai la ke kahuna, "Heaha ka hana a ka puaa imua o'u? A heaha ka'u +e hana aku ai ia oe?" + +I aku o Waka, "Ua hewa ka'u hanai, ua pono ole, ua upu aku wau o ke Alii +o Kauai ke kane, aka, aole nae i hoolohe i ka'u olelo, ua lilo aku ia +Halaaniani; nolaila, i kii mai nei wau i kau hanai i wahine na +Kekalukaluokewa, ke Alii o Kauai, i ku kaua i ka moku, ola na iwi o ko +kaua mau la elemakule a hiki i ka make. A loaa ia kaua kela Alii, +alaila, ku ka makaia o ka'u hanai, i ike ai ia ua hewa kana hana ana." + +Olelo mai o Kapukaihaoa, "Ua pono ka puaa, nolaila, ke hookuu aku nei +wau i ka'u hanai nau e malama, a loaa ia oe ka pomaikai, a kui mai i o'u +nei ka lono ua waiwai oe, alaila, imi aku wau." + +Ia manawa, komo aku la o Kapukaihaoa me Waka ma kahi kapu, kahi hoi i +hunaia'i o Laielohelohe, hoonohoia iho la o Waka, a komo aku la ke +kahuna ma kahi i hunaia'i. A laweia mai la a mua o Waka, ia manawa, +kulou aku la o Waka imua o Laielohelohe, a hoomaikai aku la. + +I ka la i laweia'i o Laielohelohe a kau iluna o na waa, ia manawa, lawe +ae la ke kahuna i ka piko o kana hanai a lei iho la ma kona ai. Aka, +aole i kaumaha kona manao no Laielohelohe, no ka mea, ua manao no ke +kahuna he pomaikai e ili mai ana maluna ona. + +I ka manawa i laweia'i o Laielohelohe, aole kekahi o na kanaka hoewaa i +ike aku ia ia a hiki wale i Hawaii. + +Noho mai la o Kekalukaluokewa me ke kali iloko ka manawa i kauohaia. + +I kekahi la ma ke kakahiaka, iloko o ko ke Alii manawa i ala mai ai mai +ka hiamoe mai, ike ae la oia i ka hoailona a Waka i kauoha ai. No ka +mea, aia ka punohu i ka moana. + +Hoomakaukau ae la o Kekalukaluokewa ia ia iho no ka hiki aku o +Laielohelohe, me ka manao e ike mua ana laua i ka la e puka aku ai, aole +ka! + +Ma ka auina la, ike maopopoia aku la na waa, akoakoa ae la na kanaka a +pau ma ke awa pae waa e ike i ke Alii, i ka manao e puka aku ana a +halawai me ke kane. + +I ka hookokoke ana aku o na waa ma ke awa, ia manawa ka uhi ana mai o ke +ohu, a me ka noe mai Paliuli mai. + +Ia manawa, kailiia'ku la o Laielohelohe me Waka maloko o ka ohu, maluna +o na manu a hiki i Paliuli, a hoonoho ia Laielohelohe ma ka hale i +hoomakaukauia nona, malaila oia i noho ai a loaa hou ia Halaaniani. + +Ekolu mau la o Waka ma Paliuli, mai ka hoi ana mai Oahu aku nei. Iho mai +la oia e halawai me Kekalukaluokewa, no ka hoao o na'lii. + +Ia Waka i hiki aku ai ma ko Kekalukaluokewa wahi, olelo aku la, "Ua hiki +mai ko wahine, nolaila, e hoomakaukau oe i kanaha la, e kuahaua aku i na +mea a pau, e akoakoa mai ma ko olua wahi e hui ai, e hana i papai kilu, +malaila e hoohilahila aku ai ia Laieikawai, i ike ai oia i ka ino o kana +hana." + +Ia ka manawa nae i lawe aku ai o Waka i ka mana maluna o Laieikawai, +alaila, kukakuka ae la na kaikuahine o Aiwohikupua i ka mea e pono ai ko +lakou noho ana; a hooholo ae la ua mau kaikamahine nei i ka lakou olelo +e pane aku ai ia Laieikawai. + +Hele aku la o Kahalaomapuana a hai aku la imua o Laieikawai, me ka i +aku, "Ua kukakuka makou, kou mau kiai kino i ka manawa e pono ana ko +olua noho ana me ko kupunawahine, a ua lawe aku nei kela i ka +hoopomaikaiia mai a oe aku. Nolaila, e like me ko kakou hoohiki ana +mamua, "No kekahi o kakou ka pilikia, malaila pu kakou a pau." Nolaila, +ua loaa iho nei ia oe ka pilikia, no kakou pu ia pilikia. Nolaila, aole +makou e haalele ia oe, aole hoi oe e haalele ia makou a hiki i ko kakou +make ana, oia ka makou olelo i hooholo mai nei." + +A lohe o Laieikawai i keia mau olelo, haule iho la na kulu waimaka no ke +aloha i kona mau hoa kuka, me ka i aku, "Kuhi au e haalele ana oukou +ia'u i ka laweia'na o ka pomaikai mai o kakou aku, aole ka! a heaha la +hoi, a i loaa ka pomaikai ia'u ma keia hope aku, alaila, e hoolilo no +wau ia oukou a pau i mau mea nui maluna o'u." + +Noho iho la o Halaaniani me Laieikawai, he kane, he wahine; a o na +kaikuahine no o Aiwohikupua kona mau kanaka lawelawe. + +I ka aha malama paha o ko laua noho hoao ana, ma kekahi a awakea, puka +ae la o Halaaniani mai loko ae o ka hale, i hele aku iwaho, ia manawa, +ike aku la oia ia Laielohelohe e puka ae ana mai loko ae o kona hale +kapu. Ia manawa, hiki hou ke kuko i loko o Halaaniani. + +Hoi aku la oia me ka manao ino no kela kaikamahine, me ka manao e kii e +hoohaumia. + +Ia la no, ia laua e noho pono ana me Laieikawai, ia manawa, manao ae la +o Halaaniani e kii e hoohaumia ia Laielohelohe, nolaila imi iho la o +Halaaniani i hewa no Laieikawai, i mea hoi e kaawale ai laua, alaila, +kii aku i kana mea e manao nei. + +I ka po iho, olelo hoowalewale aku la o Halaaniani ia Laieikawai, me ka +i aku, "Ia kaua e noho nei iuka nei mai ko kaua noho ana iuka nei a hiki +i keia manawa, aole he pau o ko'u lealea i ka heenalu, aia awakea, kau +mai ia'u ka lealea, pela i na la a pau, nolaila, ke manao nei au apopo +kaua iho i kai o Keaau i ka heenalu a hoi mai no hoi." + +"Ae," wahi a ka wahine. + +Ia kakahiaka ana ae, hele aku la o Laieikawai imua o kona mau hoa kuka, +na kaikuahine hoi o Aiwohikupua, hai aku la i ko laua manao me ke kane i +kuka ai ia po, a he mea maikai no ia i kona mau hoa kuka. + +I aku nae o Laieikawai i ua mau hoa la, "Ke iho nei maua i kai ma ka +makemake o ke kane a kakou, i kali ae oukou a i anahulu maua, mai +hoohuoi oukou, aole no i pau ka lealea heenalu o ka kakou kane, aka hoi, +i hala ke anahulu me ka po keu, alaila ua pono ole maua, alaila, huki ae +oukou ia'u." + +A hala aku la laua, a hiki i kahi e kokoke aku ana i Keaau, ia manawa, +hoomaka o Halaaniani e hana i ke kalohe ia Laieikawai, me ka olelo aku, +"E iho mua aku oe o kaua, a hiki i kai e pii ae au e ike i ko kaikoeke +(Malio) a hoi mai wau. A ina i kali oe ia'u a i po keia la, a ao ka po, +a i po hou ua la, alaila, manao ae oe ua make wau, alaila, moe hou aku +oe i kane hou." + +A no keia olelo a kana kane, aua aku ka wahine, a i ole, e pii pu no +laua, a no ka pakela loa o Halaaniani i ke akamai i ka hoopuka i na +olelo pahee, ua puni kana wahine maikai ia ia. + +Hala aku la o Halaaniani, iho aku la no hoi o Laieikawai a hiki i Keaau, +ma kahi kaawale ae i pili ole aku ia Kekalukaluokewa, noho iho la oia +malaila; a po ia la, aole i hoi mai kana kane, mai ia po a ao, aole i +hoi mai. Kali hou aku la ia la a po, pale ka pono, alaila, manao ae la o +Laieikawai ua make kana kane, alaila, ia manawa, hoomaka aku la ia i ka +uwe paiauma no kana kane. + + + + +MOKUNA XXIII + + +He mea kaumaha loa ia Laieikawai no ka make ana o kana kane, nolaila i +kanikau ai oia hookahi anahulu me elua mau la keu (umikumamalua la), no +ke aloha ia ia. + +Iloko o keia mau la kanikau o Laieikawai, he mea haohao loa ia i kona +mau hoa kuka, no ka mea, ua kauoha mua o Laieikawai mamua o ko laua iho +ana i kai o Keaau. + +"He umikumamakahi la e kali ai" kona mau hoa ia ia, a i "hoi ole aku" i +na la i kauohaia e like me ka kakou kamailio ana ae nei ma ka Mokuna +XXII, alaila, maopopo ua pono ole. + +A no ka hala ana o ka manawa a Laieikawai i kauoha ai i kona mau hoa, +nolaila, ala ae la na kaikuahine o Aiwohikupua i ke kakahiaka nui o ka +umikumamalua o ka la iho aku la e ike i ka pono o ko lakou hoa. + +A hiki lakou ma Keaau, ia lakou e kokoke aku ana e hiki, ike mua mai la +o Laieikawai i kona mau hoa, paiauma mai la me ka uwe. + +Aka, he mea haohao nae ia i kona mau hoa ka uwe ana, a ua akaka kana +kauoha "ua pono ole, laua." Ma ka uwe ana a Laieikawai, a me na +helehelena o ka poina; no ka mea, aia o Laieikawai e kukuli ana i ka +honua, a o kekahi limu, ua pea ae la ma ke kua, a o kekahi lima, aia ma +ka lae, a uwe helu aku la oia penei: + + O oukou ia--e, auwe! + Eia wau la, + Ua haalulu kuu manawa, + Ua nei nakolo i ke aloha, + I ka hele o ke kane he hoa pili--e! + Ua hala--e. + + Ua hala kuu lehua ala Kookoolau, + I ka nae kolopua, + Ulili nae o olopua, + Haihai pua o kuu manawa--e. + Ei--e. + + Eia wau la ua haiki, + Ua kupu lia halia i ka mana--o--e, + Ke hoopaele mai nei i kuu manawa, + I ke aloha--la, + Auwe kuu ka--ne. + +A lohe kona mau hoa i keia uwe a Laieikawai, uwe like ae la lakou a +pau. + +A pau ka lakou pihe uwe, olelo mai la o Kahalaomapuana, "He mea +kupanaha, ia kakou e uwe nei, o ka hamama wale iho no ka ko'u waha, aole +a kahe mai o ka waimaka, o ke kaea pu wale ae la no ia, me he mea la i +pania mai ka waimaka." + +I mai la na kaikuaana, "Heaha la?" + +I aku la o Kahalaomapuana, "Me he mea la aole i poino ka kakou kane." + +Olelo mai la o Laieikawai, "Ua make, no ka mea, ia maua no i iho mai ai +a mauka ae nei la, o ka hiki mai no hoi ia i kai nei, olelo mai no kela +ia'u, 'e iho e oe mamua, e pii ae au e ike i ko kaikoeke, e kali nae oe +ia'u a i po keia la, a ao ka po, a po hou ua la, alaila, ua make au,' +pela kana kauoha ia'u. Kali iho nei wau a hala kona manawa i kauoha ai, +manao ae nei au ua make, oia wau i noho iho nei a hiki wale mai nei +oukou la e uwe aku ana wau." + +I mai la o Kahalaomapuana, "Aole i make, nanaia aku i keia la, ua oki ka +uwe." + +A no keia olelo a Kahalaomapuana, kakali aku la lakou a hala na la eha, +aole lakou i ike i ke ko o ka Kahalaomapuana mea i olelo ai. Nolaila, +hoomau hou aku la o Laieikawai i ka uwe i ke ahiahi o ke kolu o ka la a +po, mai ia po a wanaao, akahi no a loaa ia ia ka hiamoe. + +Ia Laieikawai i hoomaka iho ai e hookau hiamoe, ku ana no o Halaaniani +me ka wahine hou, a hikilele ae la o Laieikawai, he moeuhane ka. + +Ia manawa no, ua loaa ia Mailehaiwale he moeuhane, ala ae la oia a +kamailio aku la ia Mailelaulii a me Mailekaluhea i keia moe. + +E kamailio ana no lakou no kela moe, ia manawa, puoho mai la o +Laieikawai, a hai mai la i kana moe. + +I aku la o Mailelaulii, "O ka makou no hoi ia e kamailio nei, he moe no +Mailehaiwale." + +E hahai ana no lakou i na moeuhane, puoho mai la o Kahalaomapuana mai ka +hiamoe mai, a ninau mai i ka lakou mea e kamailio ana. + +Hai mai la o Mailehaiwale i ka moe i loaa ia ia, "I uka no i Paliuli, +hele ae la no o Halaaniani a lawe ae ana no ia oe, (Kahalaomapuana,) a +hele aku nei no olua ma kahi e aku, ku aku nei ko'u uhane nana ia olua, +hikilele wale ae nei no hoi au." + +Hai ae la no hoi o Laieikawai i kana moe, i mai la o Kahalaomapuana, +"Aole i make o Halaaniani, kali aku kakou, mai uwe, hoopau waimaka." + +A no keia mea, hooki loa ae la o Laieikawai i kana uwe ana, hoi aku la +lakou iuka o Paliuli. + +(Ma keia wahi, e kamailio kakou no Halaaniani, a maanei kakou e ike ai i +kona kalohe launa ole.) + +Ma kela olelo a Halaaniani ia Laieikawai e pii e halawai me Malio. Ia +laua i hookaawale ai mahope iho o ka Halaaniani kauoha ana ia ia. + +Pii aku la oia a halawai pu me Malio, ninau mai la kona kaikuahine, +"Heaha kau o uka nei?" + +I aku la o Halaaniani, "I pii hou mai nei wau ia oe, e hooko mai oe i +ko'u makemake, no ka mea, ua ike hou au he kaikamahine maikai i like +kona helehelena me ko Laieikawai. + +"Ma ke awakea o nehinei, ia'u i puka ae ai iwaho mai ko maua hale ae. +Ike aku la wau i keia kaikamahine opiopio i maikai kona mau helehelena; +nolaila, ua pauhia mai wau e ka makemake nui. + +"A no ko'u manao o oe no ka mea nana e hoopomaikai nei ia'u ma na mea +a'u e makemake ai, nolaila wau i hiki hou mai nei." + +I aku o Malio i kona kaikunane, "O Laielohelohe na, o kekahi moopuna a +Waka, ua hoopalauia na Kakalukaluokewa, a wahine haoa. Nolaila, a hele +oe e makai i ka hale o ua kaikamahine la me ko ike oleia mai, i eha la +au e makai aku ai, a ike oe i kana hana mau, alaila, hoi mai oe a hai +mai ia'u, alaila, na'u e hoouna aku ia oe e hoowalewale i ua kaikamahine +la. Aole e loaa ia'u ma kuu mana, no ka mea, elua laua." + +A no keia olelo a Malio, hele aku la o Halaaniani e hoohalua mau mawaho +o ko Laielohelohe hale me kona ike oleia mai, kokoke alua anahulu kona +hookalua ana, alaila, ike oia i ka Laielohelohe hana, he kui lehua. +Hoomau pinepine aku la oia a nui na la, aia no oia e hoomau ana i kana +hana he kui lehua. + +Hoi aku la o Halaaniani e halawai me ke kaikuahine e like me kana +kauoha, a hai aku la i na mea ana i ike ai no Laielohelohe. + +A lohe o Malio i keia mau mea, alaila, hai aku la oia i na mea hiki ke +hanaia aku no Laielohelohe e kona kaikunane, me ka i aku ia Halaaniani, +"E hoi oe a ma ka waenakonu o ka po, alaila, pii mai oe i o'u nei, i +hele aku ai kaua ma kahi o Laielohelohe." + +Hoi aku la o Halaaniani, a kokoke i ka manawa i kauo haia nona, alaila, +ala mai la oia a halawai me kona kaikuahine. Lalau ae la kona kaikuahine +i ka pu la-i, a hele aku la me kona kaikunane, a kokoke aku la laua ma +kahi a Laielohelohe e kui lehua mau ai. + +Ia manawa, olelo aku la o Malio ia Halaaniani, "E pii oe maluna o kekahi +laau, ma kahi ou e ike aku ana ia Laielohelohe, a malaila oe e noho ai. +E hoolohe mai oe i ke kani aku a kuu pu la-i, elima a'u puhi ana, ina ua +ike oe e a-u ana kona maka i kahi i kani aku ai ka pu la-i, alaila ka +hoi loaa ia kaua, aka hoi, i aluli ole ae kona mau maka i kuu hookani +aku, alaila, aole e loaa ia kaua i keia la." + +Ia laua no e kamailio ana no keia mau mea, uina mai ana kahi a ua o +Laielohelohe e kui lehua ai, i nana aku ka hana o laua, o Laielohelohe e +haihai lehua ana. + +Ia manawa, pii ae la o Halaaniani ma kekahi kumu laau a nana aku la. Ia +ianei maluna o ka laau, kani ana ka pu la-i a Malio, kani hou aku la o +ka lua ia, pela a hiki i ka lima o ke kani ana o ka pu la-i, aole o +Halaaniani i ike iki ua huli ae ka maka a hoolohe i keia mea kani. + +Kali mai la o Malio o ka hoi aku o Halaaniani e hai aku i kana mea i ike +ai, aole nae i hoi aku, nolaila, hoomau hou aku la o Malio i ke puhi i +ka pu la-i elima hookani ana, aole no i ike iki o Halaaniani i ka nana o +Laielohelohe i keia mea, a hoi wale no. + +Hoi aku la o Halaaniani a kamailio aku i kona kaikuahine, i mai la kona +kaikuahine, "Loaa ole ae la ia kaua i ka pu la-i, i kuu hano aku ia +loaa?" + +Hoi aku la laua ma ko laua wahi, a ma kekahi kakahiaka ae, hiki hou no +laua i kahi mua a laua i hoohalua ai. + +Ia laua nei a hiki iho, hiki ana no o Laielohelohe ma kona wahi mau. +Mamua nae o ko laua hiki ana aku, ua hai mua aku o Malio i kana olelo i +kona kaikunane penei: + +"E haku oe i lehua, e huihui a lilo i mea hookahi, aia lohe oe i kuu +hookani aku i ka hano, oia kou wa e hookuu iho ai i kela popo lehua +iluna pono ona, malia o hoohuoi kela ia mea." + +Pii ae la o Halaaniani iluna o kekahi laau ma kahi kupono ia +Laielohelohe. Ia wa no, kani aku la ka hano a Malio, ia wa no hoi ko +Halaaniani hoolei ana iho i ka popo lehua mai luna iho o ka laau, a +haule pololei iho la ma ke alo ponoi o Laielohelohe. Ia manawa, alawa +pono ae la na maka o Laielohelohe iluna, me ka olelo ae, "Ina he kane oe +ka mea nana keia makana, a me keia hano e kani nei, alaila, na'u oe, ina +he wahine oe, alaila i aikane oe na'u." + +A lohe o Halaaniani i keia olelo, he mea manawa ole ia noho ana ilalo e +hui me kona kaikuahine. + +Ninau mai o Malio, hai aku la oia i kana mea i ike ai no Laielohelohe. + +I aku o Malio ia Halaaniani, "E hoi kaua a kakahiaka hiki hou mai kaua +ianei, ia manawa e lohe maopopo aku ai kaua i kona manao." + +Hoi aku la laua, a ma kekahi kakahiaka ana ae, pii hou aku la, Ia laua i +hiki aku ai a noho iho, hiki mai la o Laielohelohe ma kona wahi mau e +kui lehua ai. + +Ia manawa, hookani aku la o Malio i ka hano ia Laielohelohe e hoomaka +aku ana e ako lehua, aole nae e hiki, no ka mea, ua lilo loa o +Laielohelohe i ka hoolohe i ka mea kani. + +Ekolu hookani ana a Malio i ka hano. + +Ia manawa no, pane mai o Laielohelohe, "Ina he wahine oe ka mea nana +keia hano, alaila, e honi no kaua." + +A no keia olelo a Laielohelohe, hoopuka aku la o Malio imua o +Laielohelohe, a ike mai la kela ia ianei, a he mea malihini hoi ia i ko +Laielohelohe mau maka. + +Ia wa, hoomaka mai la kela e hooko e like me kana olelo mua ma ka honi +ana o laua. + +A no ka hahai ana mai o Laielohelohe e honi me Malio, i aku o Malio, +"Alia kaua e honi, me kuu kaikunane mua oe e honi aku ai, a pau ko olua +manawa, alaila, honi aku kaua." + +I mai o Laielohelohe, "E hoi oe a kou kaikunane, mai hoike mai ia ia +imua o'u, e hoi olua ma ko olua wahi, mai hele hou mai. No ka mea, o oe +wale no ka'u mea i ae aku e haawi i ko'u aloha nou ma ko kaua honi ana, +aole au i ae me kekahi mea e ae. Ina e hooko au i kau noi, alaila, ua +kue wau i ka olelo a ko'u mea nana e malama maikai nei." + +A lohe o Malio i keia olelo, hoi aku la a hai i kona kaikunane, me ka i +aku, "Ua nele ae nei kaua i keia la; aka, e hoao wau ma kuu mana, i ko +ai kou makemake." + +Hoi aku la laua a hiki i ka hale, ia manawa, kena ae la oia ia +Halaaniani e hele e makai aku ia Laieikawai. + +Ia Halaaniani i hiki ai ma Keaau, mamuli o ke kauoha a kona kaikuahine, +aole oia i ike a i lohe hoi no Laieikawai. + + + + +MOKUNA XXIV + + +Ia manawa nae ana i hiki aku ai, lohe iho la o Halaaniani, he la nui no +Kekalukaluokewa, he la hookahakaha, no ka hoao o Laielohelohe me ua +Kekalukaluokewa nei. A maopopo iho la ia Halaaniani ka la hookahakaha o +na'lii, hoi aku la oia a hai aku i kona kaikuahine no keia mea. + +Ia Malio i lohe ai, olelo ae la oia i kona kaikunane, "A hiki i ka la +hookahakaha o Kekalukaluokewa me Laielohelohe, oia ka la e lilo ai o +Laielohelohe ia oe." + +A he mea mau hoi i na kaikuahine o Aiwohikupua ka iho i kai o Keaau e +hoohalua ai no ka lakou kane, no ka make a make ole paha. + +I ua mau kaikuahine nei o Aiwohikupua e iho ana i Keaau, lohe lakou he +la nui no Kekalukaluokewa me Laielohelohe. + +I ke kokoke ana aku i ua la nui nei, iho aku la o Waka mai Paliuli aku e +halawai me Kekalukaluokewa a olelo aku la o Waka ia Kekaluka luokewa: +"Apopo, i ka puka ana o ka la, e kuahaua oe i na kanaka a pau, a me kou +alo alii e hele aku ma kahi au i hoomakaukau ai no ka hookahakaha, +malaila e akoakoa ai na mea a pau. Ia manawa e hele aku oe e hoike mua +ia oe, a kokoke aku i ke awakea, alaila, e hoi oe i kou hale; aia a hiki +aku mahope iho o ka auina la, ia manawa, e hoouhi aku wau i ka noe +maluna o ka aina, a maluna hoi o kahi e akoakoa ai na kanaka. + +"Aia a hoomaka mai ke poi ana o ka noe ma ka aina, alaila, e kali oe ia +wa, a lohe oe i ka leo ikuwa a na manu a haalele wale; kali hou aku oe +ia wa, a lohe hou oe i ka leo ikuwa hou o na manu a haalele wale. + +"A mahope oia manawa, e hoopau aku no wau i ka noe maluna o ka aina. +Alaila, e nana oe ia uka o Paliuli, i pii ka ohu a uhi iluna o na +kuahiwi, ia manawa e uhi hou ana ka noe e like me mamua. + +"E kali oe ia manawa, ina e lohe oe i ke keu a ka Alae, a me ka leo o ka +Ewaewaiki e hoonene ana. Ia manawa, e puka oe mai ka hale nei aku, a ku +mawaho o ke anaina. + +"Hoolohe oe a e kupinai ana ka leo o na manu Oo a haalele, alaila, ua +makaukau wau e hoouna mai ia Laielohelohe. + +"Aia kupinai mai ka leo o na Iiwipolena, alaila, aia ko wahine ma ke +kihi hema o ka aha. A ma ia hope koke iho oia manawa, e lohe auanei oe i +ka leo o na Kahuli e ikuwa ana, ia manawa e hui ai olua ma ke kaawale. + +"Ia olua e hui ana, hookahi hekili e kui ia manawa, nakolo ka honua, +haalulu ka aha a pau. Ia manawa, e hoouna aku wau ia oula maluna o na +manu, a mao ae ka ohu a me ka noe, aia olua e kau aku ana iluna o na +manu me ko olua nani nui. Ia manawa e ku ai ka makaia o Laieikawai, i +ike ai oia i kona hilahila a holo aku me he pio kauwa la." + +A pau keia mau mea, hoi aku la o Waka iuka o Paliuli. + +Mamua iho nei, ua oleloia ua hiki aku o Halaaniani i Keaau, e ike i ka +pono o kana wahine (Laieikawai), a ua oleloia no hoi, ua lohe oia he la +hookahakaha no Kekalukaluokewa me Laielohelohe. + +I kela la a Waka i hiki ai i Keaau e halawai me Kekalukaluokewa, e like +me ka kakou ike ana maluna ae. + +Oia no ka la a Malio i olelo aku ai ia Halaaniani e hoomakaukau no ka +iho e ike i ka la hookahakaha o Laielohelohe ma; me ka i aku nae o Malio +i kona kaikunane, "Apopo, i ka la hookahakaha o Laielohelohe me +Kekalukaluokewa, ia manawa e lilo ai o Laielohelohe ia oe, no laua +auanei ka hekili ekui, a mao ae ka ohu a me ka noe, alaila, e ike auanei +ka aha a pau, o oe a me Laielohelohe ke kau pu mai iluna o ka eheu o na +manu." + +I ke kakahiaka nui o kekahi la ae, oia hoi ka la hookahakaha o ua mau +Alii nei, kiiia aku la o Kihanuilulumoku, a hele mai la imua o na +kaikuahine o Aiwohikupua kona mau kahu nana e malama. + +A hiki mai la ua moo nui nei, olelo aku la o Kahalaomapuana, "I kiiia +aku nei oe e lawe ae oe ia makou i kai o Keaau, e nana makou i ka la +hookahakaha o Kekalukaluokewa, aia a hiki i ka auina la a mahope iho oia +manawa e kii mai oe a iho aku kakou." + +Hoi aku la o Kihanuilulumoku, a hiki i ka manawa i kauohaia'i, a hele +mai la. + +I ua moo nei i hoomaka ai e hele mai imua o kona mau Haku, aia hoi, ua +uhi paaia ka aina i ka noe mai uka o Paliuli a puni ka aina; aka, aole i +wikiwiki o Kihanuilulumoku i ka lawe i kona mau Haku, no ka mea, ua +maopopo no ia Kihanuilulumoku ka manawa e hui ai na'lii. + +A ike o Kekalukaluokewa i keia noe i uhi mua mai maluna o ka aina, +alaila, hoomanao ae la ia i ke kauoha a Waka. + +Kakali hou aku la no oia i na hoailona i koe. Mahope iho oia manawa, +lohe ae la kela i ka leo o ka Ewaewaiki a me ke Kahuli, ia manawa, puka +aku la o Kekalukaluokewa mai kona hale aku a ku mawaho o ka aha, ma kahi +kaawale. + +I kela manawa, oia ka manawa a Kihanuilulumoku i kuu aku ai i kona alelo +i waho i noho iho ai o Laieikawai me na kaikuahine o Aiwohikupua. + +A i ke kui ana o ka leo o ka hekili, uhi ka ohu a me ka noe, a i ka mao +ana ae, i nana aku ka hana o ka aha, aia o Laielohelohe me Halaaniani e +kau mai ana iluna o na manu. + +Ia manawa no hoi, ikeia mai la o Laieikawai me na kaikuahine o +Aiwohikupua e kau mai ana iluna o ke alelo o Kihanuilulumoku ka moo nui +o Paliuli. + +Ia lakou i hiki ai i kela manawa hookahi me na mea nona ka la +hookahakaha; aia hoi ua ike aku la o Laieikawai ia Halaaniani aole i +make, alaila, hoomanao ae la oia i ka olelo wanana a Kahalaomapuana. + +I kela manawa a Kekalukaluokewa i ike aku ai e kau mai ana o Halaaniani +me Laielohelohe iluna o na manu, alaila, manao ae la o Kekalukaluokewa i +kona nele ia Laielohelohe. + +Ia manawa, pii aku la o Kekalukaluokewa iuka o Paliuli, e hai aku i keia +mea ia Waka. + +A hai aku la o Kakalukaluokewa ia Waka i keia mau mea, "Ua lilo o +Laielohelohe ia Halaaniani, aia oia ke kau pu la me Halaaniani i keia +manawa." + +I mai la o Waka, "Aole e lilo ia ia, aka, e iho aku kaua a kokoke aku +wau i ka aha, ina ua haawi aku oia i kona ihu e honi aku ia Halaaniani, +ka mea a'u i kauoha aku ai aole e lilo i ka mea e ae, a ia oe wale no e +laa'i ka ihu o kuu moopuna, a laa pu no hoi me konakino, alaila, ua nele +kaua i ka wahine ole, alaila, e lawe aku oe ia'u i ka lua me ko minamina +ole. Aka hoi, ua hoolohe aku la ia i ka'u kauoha, aole e lilo i kakahi +mea e ae, aole no hoi e lilo ka leo ma kona pane ole aku ia Halaaniani, +alaila, ua wahine no oe, ua hoolohe no kuu moopuna i ka'u olelo." + +Ia laua i kokoke e hiki aku, hoouna aku la o Waka i ka noe a me ka ohu +maluna o ka aha, a ike ole kekahi i kekahi. + +Ia manawa i hoouna aku ai o Waka ia Kekalukaluokewa maluna o na manu, a +i ka mao ana ae o ka noe, aia hoi e kau pu mai ana o Laielohelohe me +Kekalukaluokewa iluna o na manu, alaila, uwa ae la ke anaina kanaka a +puni ka ha, "Hoao na'lii e! hoao na'lii e!!" + +A lohe o Waka i keia pihe uwa, alaila, hiki mai la o Waka imua o ka aha, +a ku mai la iwaenakonu o ke anaina, a hoopuka mai la i olelo hoohilahila +no Laieikawai. + +A lohe o Laieikawai i keia leo hoohilahila a Waka ia ia, walania iho la +kona naau, a me na kaikuahine pu kekahi o Aiwohikupua, ia manawa, lawe +aku la ke alelo o Kihanuilulumoku ia lakou a noho iuka o Olaa, oia ka +hoomaka ana o Laieikawai e hoaaia i kona hilahila nui no ka olelo a +Waka, a hele pu no hoi me kona mau hoa. + +I kela la, hoao ae la o Kekalukaluokewa me Laielohelohe, a hoi aku la +iuka o Paliuli a hiki i ko lakou hoi ana i Kauai. A lilo iho la a +Halaaniani i mea nele loa, aole ona kamailio i koe. + +A ma ko ke Alii kane manaopaa, e hoi no i Kauai, lawe ae la oia i kana +wahine, a me ko laua kupunawahine i Kauai, o na kanaka pu me lakou. + +A makaukau lakou e hoi, haalele lakou ia Keaau, hiki mua lakou i Oahu +nei, ma Honouliuli, a lawe ae la ia Kapukaihaoa me lakou i Kauai, a hiki +lakou i Kauai, ma Pihanakalani, a ili ae la ka hooponopono o na aina, a +me ke aupuni ia Kapukaihaoa, a hooliloia iho la o Waka oia ke kolu o ka +hooilina o ka noho alii. + +(Ma keia wahi, e kamailio kakou no Laieikawai, a me kona loaa ana i ka +Makaula ia Hulumaniani.) + +Ia Laieikawai ma ma Olaa, e noho ana no oia me kona nani, aka, o ka mana +noho iluna o ka eheu o na manu, oia ka mea i kaawale mai o Laieikawai +aku, koe no nae kekahi mau kahiko e ae, a me kekahi mau hoailona alii ia +ia, mamuli o ka mana i loaa i na kaikuahine o Aiwohikupua, mai a +Kihanuilulumoku ae. + + + + +MOKUNA XXV + + +Ia Laieikawai ma i hoi aku ai mai Keaau aku, mahope iho o kona +hoohilahila ana o Waka, a noho ma Olaa. + +Ia manawa, kukakuka ae la na kaikuahine o Aiwohikupua i ka mea hiki ke +hooluolu aku i ka naau kaumaha o ke alii (Laieikawai) no kona hilahila i +ka olelo kumakaia a Waka. + +Hele aku la lakou a hai aku la i ka lakou olelo hooholo i kuka ai imua o +Laieikawai me ka i aku: + +"E ke Alii wahine o ka lai; ua kukakuka ae nei makou i mea e hoopau ai i +kou naau kaumaha no kou hoohilahilaia, aka, aole o oe wale kai kaumaha, +o kakou like no a pau, no ka mea, ua komo like kakou a pau no ia pilikia +hookahi. + +"Nolaila, e ke Alii e, ke noi aku nei makou ia oe, e pono no e hoopauia +kou naau kaumaha, no ka mea, e hiki mai ana ia oe ka pomaikai ma keia +manawa aku. + +"Ua hooholo ae nei makou i pomaikai like no kakou, ua ae ae nei ko kakou +kaikaina e kii aku ia Kaonohiokala i kane nau, he keiki Alii e noho la i +Kealohilani, ua hoonohoia ma ka pea kapu o kukulu o Tahiti, he kaikunane +no no kakou, ko Aiwohikupua mea nana i hoalii mai ia ia. + +"Ina e ae oe e kiiia ko kakou kaikunane, alaila, e loaa ia kakou ka +hanohano nui i oi aku mamua o keia, a e lilo auanei oe i mea kapu ihiihi +loa, me ko launa ole mai ia makou, a oia ka makou i noonoo iho nei, a ae +oe, alaila, ku kou makaia, hilahila o Waka." + +I mai la o Laieikawai, "Ua ae no wau e hoopau i ko'u kaumaha hilahila, a +hookahi a'u mea ae ole, o kuu lilo ana i wahine na ko kakou kaikunane; +no ka mea, ke olelo mai nei oukou, he Alii kapu kela, a ina paha e hoao +maua, pehea la wau e ike hou ai ia oukou, no ka mea, he Alii kapu kela, +a oia ka'u mea minamina loa, o ko kakou launa pu ana." + +I aku la kona mau hoa, "Mai manao mai oe ia makou, e nana oe i ka olelo +hoohilahila a ko kupunawahine, aia ku kona makaia, alaila pono makou, no +ka mea, o oe no ka makou mea manao nui." + +A no keia mea, hooholo ae la o Laieikawai i kona ae. + +Ia manawa, hai mai la o Kahalaomapuana i kana olelo kauoha ia +Laieikawai, a me kona mau kaikuaana, "Ke kii nei au i ko kakou kaikunane +i kane na ke Alli, e pono ia oukou ke malama pono i ko kakou Haku, ma +kana wahi e hele ai, malaila oukou, na mea ana a pau e makemake ai, oia +ka oukou e hooko aku; aka, koe nae ka maluhia o kona kino a hiki mai +maua me ke kaikunane o kakou." + +Mahope iho o keia mau mea, haalele iho la o Kahalaomapuana i kona mau +kaikuaana, a kau aku la maluna o ua moo nui nei (Kihanuilulumoku), a kii +aku la ia Kaonohiokala. + +(Ma keia wahi, e waiho iki i ke kamailio ana no keia mea. E pono ia +kakou e kamailio no Laieikawai, a me kona loaa ana i ka Makaula nana i +ike mai Kauai mai, e like me ka mea i oleloia ma na Mokuna mua elua o +keia Kaao.) + +Mahope iho o ko Kahalaomapuana haalele ana i kona mau kaikuaana, kupu ae +la iloko o Laieikawai ka manao makemake e kaapuni ia Hawaii. + +A no keia manao o Laieikawai, hooko aku la kona mau hoa i ko ke Alii +makemake, a hele aku la e kaapuni ia Hawaii a puni. + +Ma keia huakai kaapuni a ke Alii, ma Kau mua, ma Kona, a hiki lakou ma +Kaiopae i Kohala, ma ka aoao akau mai Kawaihae mai, aneane elima mile ka +loihi mai Kawaihae ae, malaila lakou i noho ai i kekahi mau la, no ka +mea, ua makemake iho la ke Alii wahine e hooluolu malaila. + +Iloko o ko lakou mau la malaila, ike mai la ka Makaula i ka pio a keia +anuenue i kai, me he mea la i Kawaihae ponoi la. I uka nae o Ouli, ma +Waimea, kahi a ka Makaula i ike mai ai. + +No ka mea, ua oleloia ma na Mokuna mua ae nei, ua hiki ka Makaula ma +Hilo, i Kaiwilahilahi; a ua loihi no na makahiki malaila o ke kali ana i +kana mea i imi ai. + +Aka, no ka hiki ole i ua Makaula nei ke kali no kana mea i imi ai, +nolaila, hoopau ae la oia i kona manao kali a me ka imi aku no kana mea +i ukali mai ai mai Kauai mai. + +Nolaila, haalele keia ia Hilo, a manao ae la oia e hoi loa i Kauai, a +hoi aku la. Iloko nae o ko ka Makaula hoi ana, aole oia i haalele i kana +mau mea i lawe mai ai mai Kauai mai (oia ka puaa, a me ka moa). + +Ma keia hoi ana, a hiki ma Waimea, i Ouli, oia ka ka Makaula ike ana aku +i ka pio a ke anuenue i kai o Kawaihae. + +A no ka maluhiluhi o ua Makaula nei, aole oia i wikiwiki mai e ike i ke +ano o ke anuenue, nolaila, hoomaha iho la oia malaila. A ma kekahi la +ae, aole oia i ike hou i kela hoailona. + +Ma kekahi la ae, haalele ka Makaula ia wahi, oia la no hoi ka la a +Laieikawai ma i haalele ai ia kaiopae, hoi aku la a mauka o Kahuwa, ma +Moolau ko lakou wahi i noho ai. + +I ka Makaula i hiki mai ai i Puuloa mai Waimea mai, ike aku la oia e pio +ana ke anuenue i Moolau, ia manawa, haupu iki ae la ka manao o ka +Makaula me ka nalu ana iloko ona iho, "O kuu mea no paha keia i imi mai +nei." + +Hoomau mai la ka Makaula i kona hele ana a hiki iluna pono o +Palalahuakii, alaila, ike maopopo aku la oia i ke ano o ke anuenue, me +ka hoomaopopo iloko ona, a ike lea i kana mea e imi nei. + +Ia manawa, pule aku la oia i kona akua, e hai mai i ke ano o kela +anuenue ana e ike nei; aka, aole i loaa i kona akua ka hookoia o kana +pule. + +Haalele ka Makaula ia wahi, hiki aku la oia ma Waika a malaila oia i +noho ai, no ka mea, ua poeleele iho la. + +Ma ke kakahiaka ana ae, aia hoi, e pio ana ke anuenue i kai o Kaiopae, +no ka mea, ua iho aku o Laieikawai ilaila. + +Ia manawa, iho aku la ka Makaula a hiki i kahi ana e ike nei i ke +anuenue, a i ka hookokoke ana aku o ua Makaula nei, ike maopopo aku la +oia ia Laieikawai, e kono mau ana i ka lae kahakai. He mea e ka wahine +maikai, aia iluna pono o ua kaikamahine nei e pio ana ke anuenue. + +Ia manawa, pule aku la ka Makaula i kona akua, e hoike mai ia ia i keia +wahine, o kana mea paha e imi nei, aole paha. Aka, aole i loaa ka hoike +ana ma ona la, nolaila, aole ka Makaula i waiho i kana mau mohai imua o +Laieikawai, hoi aku la ka Makaula a noho mauka o Waika. + +I kekahi la ae, haalele ka Makaula ia wahi, hiki aku la keia ma +Lamaloloa, a noho iho la malaila. Ia manawa, komo pinepine ae la oia +iloko o ka Heiau i Pahauna, malaila oia i pule hoomau ai i kona akua. Ua +loihi na la mahope iho o ka noho ana o Laieikawai ma Moolau, haalele +lakou ia wahi. + +Hele aku la lakou a noho ma Puakea, a no kahi heenalu malaila, noloila, +ia lakou malaila e makaikai ana i ka heenalu ana a na kamaaina, ua nanea +loa lakou malaila. + +Ma kekahi la ae, ma ke awakea, i ka wa e lailai ana ka la maluna o ka +aina. Ia wa ka Makaula i puka ae ai mailoko ae o ka Heiau, mahope iho o +ka pau ana o kana pule. + +Aia hoi, ike aku la oia e pio ana ke anuenue i kai o Puakea, iho aku la +ua Makaula nei a hiki ilaila, ike aku la oia, ke kaikamahine no ana i +ike mua ai i Kaiopae. + +A no keia mea, emi hope mai la oia a ma ke kaawale, pule hou aku la i +kona akua e hoike mai i kana mea e imi nei; aka, aole no i loaa ka hoike +ana ma ona la. A no ka hooko ole ia o kana mea e noi nei i kona akua, +aneane oia e hoohiki ino aku i kona akua; aka, hoomanawanui no oia. + +Hoopuka loa aku la a ma kahi o Laieikawai ma e noho ana. + +He mea pilikia loa i ka Makaula ka ike ana aku ia Laieikawai, a ia lakou +ma kahi hookahi, ninau aku la ka Makaula ia Laieikawai ma, "Heaha ka +oukou mea e noho nei maanei, aole he au pu me na kamaaina heenalu mai?" + +"He mea hiki ole ia makou ke hele aku," wahi a Laieikawai, "he pono e +nana aku i ka na kamaaina heenalu ana." + +Ninau hou aku ka Makaula, "Heaha ka oukou hana maanei?" + +"E noho ana makou maanei, e kali ana i waa, ina he waa e holo ai i Maui, +Molokai, Oahu, a hiki i Kauai, alaila, holo makou." Pela aku o +Laieikawai ma. + +A no keia olelo, i aku ka Makaula, "Ina e holo ana oukou i Kauai, +alaila, aia ia'u ka waa, he waa uku ole." + +I aku la o Laieikawai, "A ina e kau makou ma ko waa, aole anei au hana e +ae no makou?" + +I aku la ka Makaula, "Auhea oukou, mai manao oukou i kuu olelo ana, e +kau wale oukou maluna o kuu waa, e hoohaumia aku ana au ia oukou; aka, o +ko'u makemake, e lilo oukou i mau kaikamahine na'u, me he mau +kaikamahine ponoi la, i lilo ai oukou i mea nana e hookaulana i ko'u +inoa, aia a lilo oukou i mea e kaulana ai au, alaila, e ola auanei ko'u +inoa. Na Kaikamahine a Hulumaniani, aia la, ola kuu inoa, pela wale iho +la no ko'u makemake?" + +Ia manawa, imi ae la ka Makaula i waa, a loaa ia ia he kaulua, me na +kanaka pu no hoi. + +Ma ke kakahiaka o kekahi la ae, kau aku la lakou maluna o na waa, a holo +aku la a kau ma Honuaula, i Maui; a mai laila aku a Lahaina, a ma kekahi +la ae, i Molokai; haalele lakou ia Molokai, hiki lakou ma Laie, +Koolauloa, a malaila lakou i noho ai i kekahi mau la. + +Ia la a lakou i hiki ai ma Laie, a ia po iho no, olelo ae la o +Laieikawai i kona mau hoa, a me ko lakou makuakane hookama. Eia kana +olelo: + +"Ua lohe au i ko'u kupunawahine, ianei ko'u wahi i hanau ai, he mau +mahoe ka maua, a no ka pepehi o ko maua makuakane i na keiki mua a ko +maua makuahine i hanau ai no ka hanau kaikamahine wale no, a ia maua +hoi, hanau kaikamahine no, nolaila, ahaiia'i au iloko o ka luawai, +malaila ko'u wahi i hanaiia ai e ko'u kupunawahine. + +"A o ko'u lua, lilo ia i ke kahuna ka malama, a no ka ike ana o ke +Kahuna nana i malama i ko'u kokoolua, i ka Makaula nana i ike mai mai +Kauai mai, nolaila, kauoha ai ke Kahuna i ko'u kupunawahine, e ahai loa; +a oia ko'u mea i ahaiia'i i Paliuli, a halawai wale kakou." + + + + +MOKUNA XXVI + + +A lohe ka Makaula i keia mea, alaila, hoomaopopo lea ae la ka Makaula, o +ka mea no keia ana e imi nei. Aka hoi, i mea e maopopo lea ai, naue aku +la ka Makaula ma kahi kaawale, a pule aku la i kona akua e hooiaio mai i +ka olelo a ke kaikamahine. + +A pau kana pule ana, hoi mai la a hiamoe iho la, a iloko a kona manawa +hiamoe, hiki mai la ma o ua Makaula nei, ke kuhikuhi ma ka hihio, mai +kona akua mai, me ka olelo mai, "Ua hiki mai ka manawa e hookoia'i kou +makemake, a e kuu ai hoi ka luhi o kou imi ana i ka loa. Ano hoi, o ka +mea nona ke kamailio ana nona iho ia oukou, oia no ua mea la au i imi +ai. + +"Nolaila, e ala ae oe, a e lawe i kau mea i hoomakaukau ai nona, e waiho +aku i kau mohai imua ona, me ka hoomaikai mua me ka inoa o kou akua. + +"A pau kau hana, alaila, mai kali, e lawe koke aku ia lakou ma keia po +no i Kauai, a hoonoho i na pali o Haena, iuka o Honopuwaiakua." + +Ma keia mea, puoho ae la ka Makaula mai kona hiamoe ana, ala ae la oia a +lalau aku la i ka puaa a me ka moa, a hahau aku la imua o Laieikawai, me +ka olelo aku, "Pomaikai wau e kuu Haku, i ka hoike ana mai a kuu akua ia +oe, no ka mea, he nui ko'u manawa i ukali aku ai ia oe, me ka manao e +loaa ka pomaikai mai a oe mai. + +"A nolaila, ke noi aku nei au ia oe e ae mai, e malamaia keia mau iwi ma +kou lokomaikai e kuu Haku, a e waiho pu ia ka pomaikai me ka'u mau mamo +a hiki i ka'u hanauna hope." + +I aku o Laieikawai, "E ka makua, ua hala ke kau o ko'u pomaikai nui, no +ka mea, ua lawe aku o Waka i ka hoopomaikaiia mai o'u aku nei; aka, ma +keia hope aku e kali oe a loaa ia'u he pomaikai oi aku mamua o ka +pomaikai a me ka hanohano i loaa mua ia'u, alaila, o oe pu kekahi me +makou ia hoopomaikaiia." + +A pau keia mau mea, lawe ae la ka Makaula e like me ke kauoha a kona +akua, holo aku la ia po a hoonoho i kahi i kauohaia. + +I ua Makaula nei me kana mau kaikamahine mauka o Honopuwaiakua, a he mau +la ko lakou malaila. He mea mau i ua Makaula nei ke kaahele i kekahi +manawa. + +Iloko o kona la e hele ana ma kona ano Makaula, ia ia hoi i hiki aku ai +i Wailua. Aia hoi, ua hoakoakoaia na kaikamahine puupaa a pau o Kauai, +ma o ka poe kaukaualii me na kaikamahine koikoi, mamuli nae o ka olelo +kuahaua a Aiwohikupua, e laweia mai na kaikamahine puupaa imua o ke +Alii, o ka mea a ke Alii e lealea ai, oia ka wahine a ke Alii +(Aiwohikupua). + +A hiki aku la ka Makaula iloko o kela akoakoa, aia hoi, ua hoakoakoaia +na kaikamahine ma kahi hookahi, e ku ana imua o ke Alii. + +Ninau aku la ka Makaula i kekahi poe o ka Aha, "Heaha ka hana a keia +Aha? A heaha hoi ka hana a keia poe kaikamahine e ku poai nei imua o ke +Alii?" + +Haiia mai la, "Ua kuahauaia na kaikamahine puupaa a pau ma ke kauoha a +ke Alii, a o ka mea a Aiwohikupua e makemake ai, alaila, e lawe oia elua +mau kaikamahine i mau wahine nana, a o laua na mea pani ma ka hakahaka o +Poliahu a me Hinaikamalama, a o na makua nana na kaikamahine i laweia i +mau wahine na ke Alii, e hoaahuia ka, Ahuula no laua." + +Ia manawa, ku ae la ua Makaula nei, a kahea aku la me ka leo nui imua o +ke Alii a me ka Aha a pau: + +"E ke Alii, ke ike nei au, he mea maikai no ke Alii ka lawe ana i kekahi +o keia poe puupaa i mea hoolealea no ke Alii; aka, aole e hiki i kekahi +o keia poe kaikamahine puupaa ke pani ma ka hakahaka o Poliahu a me +Hinaikamalama. + +"Ina i nana iho nei wau i kekahi o keia poe puupaa, ua ane like iki aku +ka maikai me ka uha hema o ka'u mau kaikamahine, alaila, e aho la ia. He +nani no keia poe, aole nae e like aku me kekahi o ka'u poe kaikamahine." + +I mai la o Aiwohikupua me ka leo huhu, "I nahea makou i ike ai he +kaikamahine kau?" + +A o ua Makaula nei, lilo ae la ia i enemi no ka poe nana na kaikamahine +i laweia imua o ke Alii. + +A no ka olelo huhu ana mai o ke Alii, i aku ua Makaula nei, "Owau +hookahi ka mea i imi ikaika i Haku no ka aina a puni na moku, o ua Haku +la o ka aina, oia ua kaikamahine la a'u, a o na kaikamahine e ae a'u, he +mau kaikuahine no ia no kuu Haku kane. + +"Ina e hele mai ua kaikamahine nei a'u a ku iloko o ke kai, he kaikoo ma +ka moana, ina e ku ma ka aina, lulu ka makani, malu ka la, ua ka ua, kui +ka hekili, olapa ka uwila, opaipai ka mauna, waikahe ka aina, pualena ka +moana i ka hele a kuu kaikamahine Haku." + +A no keia olelo a ka Makaula, lilo iho la ia olelo ana i mea eehia no na +kanaka a puni ka aha. Aka hoi, o ka poe nana na kaikamahine puupaa, aole +o lakou oluolu. + +Nolaila, koi ikaika ae la lakou i ke Alii, e hoopaaia iloko o ka hale +paehumu (Halepaahao), kahi e hoopaa ai i ko ke Alii poe lawehala. + +Ma ka manaopaa o kona poe enemi, hooholoia ae la ua Makaula nei e laweia +iloko o kahi paa, a malaila oia e noho ai a make. + +Ma ka la o ua Makaula nei e hoopaaia'i, a ma ia po iho, ma ka wanaao, +pule aku la oia i kona akua, a ma kona ano Makaula, ua hiki aku ka leo o +kana pule imua o kona akua. A ma ka malamalama loa ana ae, ua weheia ka +puka o ka hale nona, a hele aku la oia me kona ike oleia mai. + +Ia kakahiaka, hoouna aku la ke Alii i kona Ilamuku e hele aku e ike i ka +pono o ua Makaula nei maloko o kahi paa o ke Alii. + +A hiki aku la ka Ilamuku mawaho o ka hale, kahi i hoopaaia'i ka Makaula, +a kahea aku la oia me ka leo nui. + +"E Hulumaniani e! E Hulumaniani e!! E ka Makaula o ke akua!!! Pehea oe? +Ua make anei oe?" Ekolu hea ana o ka Ilamuku i keia olelo, aole nae oia +i lohe i kekahi leo noloko mai. + +Hoi aku la ka Ilamuku, a hai aku la i ke Alii, "Ua make ka Makaula." + +E hoomakaukau no ka la e Kauwila ai ka Heiau, a kau aku. Ia manawa, +kauoha ae la ke Alii i na Luna o ka Heiau, a kau aku i ka Makaula ma ka +lele imua o ke kuahu. + +A lohe ka Makaula i keia mea ma kahi kaawale aku, a ma ia po iho, lawe +aku la oia hookahi pumaia, ua wahiia i ke kapa me he kupapau la, a +hookomoia iloko o kahi i hoopaaia'i ua Makaula nei, a hoi aku la a hui +me kana mau kaikamahine, a hai aku la i keia mau mea, a me kona pilikia +ana. + +A kokoke i ka la kauwila o ka Heiau, lawe ae la ka Makaula ia +Laieikawai, a me kona mau hoa pu maluna o na waa. + +I ke kakahiaka nui hoi o ka la e kauwila ai ka Heiau, kiiia aku la ke +kanaka o ka Heiau, a i ke komo ana aku o na Luna o ke Alii, aia hoi, ua +paa i ka wahiia, laweia aku la a waiho maloko o ka Heiau. + +A kokoke i ka hora e hauia'i ke kanaka ma ka lele, akoakoa ae la na mea +a pau, a me ke Alii pu; a hiki ke Alii iluna o ka anuu, laweia mai la ua +pumaia la i wahiia a kupono malalo o ka lele. + +I aku ke Alii i kona mau Luna, "E wehe i ke kapa o ke kupapau, a kau aku +iluna o ka lele i hoomakaukauia nona." + +I ka wehe ana ae, aia he pumaia ko loko, aole ka Makaula ka mea i +manaoia. "He pumaia keia! Auhea hoi ka Makaula," wahi a ke Alii. + +Nui loa iho la ka huhu o ke Alii i na Luna o ka Halepaahao, kahi i +hoopaaia'i ka Makaula. + +I keia manawa, hookolokoloia iho la kona mau Luna. Ia manawa hoi e +hookolokoloia ana na Luna o ke Alii, hiki mai la ua Makaula nei me kana +mau kaikamahine maluna o ke kaulua, a lana mawaho o ka nuku o ka +muliwai. + +Ku mai la ka Makaula ma kekahi waa, a o na kaikuahine o Aiwohikupua ma +kekahi waa, a o Laieikawai hoi iluna o ka pola o na waa kahi i ku mai +ai, iloko hoi o kona puloulou Alii kapu. + +Ia wa a lakou e ku la me Laieikawai, lulu ka makani, malu ka la, kaikoo +ke kai, pualena ka moana, hoi ka waikahe o na kahawai a paa i na kumu +wai, aole he puka wai i kai. A pau ia, lawe ka Makaula i ka pa-u o +Laieikawai a waiho iuka, ia wa, kui ka hekili, hiolo ka Heiau, haihai ka +lele. + +A pau keia mau mea i ka hoikeia, i nana aku ka hana o Aiwohikupua, a me +na mea e ae, e ku mai ana o Laieikawai maloko o ka puloulou Alii kapu +iluna o na waa. Ia manawa, kanikani pihe aku la ka aha, "Ka wahine +maikai--e! Ka wahine maikai--e! Kilakila ia e ku mai la!" + +Ia manawa, naholo mai la na kanaka a ku mauka o kahakai, hehi kekahi +maluna o kekahi i ike lea aku lakou. + +Ia manawa, kahea aku la ka Makaula ia Aiwohikupua, "Mai hoahewa aku i +kou mau Luna, aole wau na lakou i hookuu mai kahi paa mai, na kuu akua i +lawe mai ia'u mai kuu pilikia mauwale ana, a kuu Haku. + +"He oiaio ka'u olelo ia oe, he kaikamahine ka'u, kuu Haku hoi a'u i imi +ai, ka mea nana keia mau iwi." + +A no ka ike maopopo ana aku o Aiwohikupua ia Laieikawai, he mea e hoi ka +haalulu o kona puuwai, a waiho aku la i ka honua me he mea make la. + +A mama ae la ke Alii, kauoha ae la oia i kona Luna e lawe mai i ka +Makaula me na kaikamahine pu mai, i pani ma ka hakahaka o Poliahu, a me +Hinaikamalama. + +Hele aku la ka Luna a kahea aku la i ka Makaula, iluna o na waa, me ka +hai aku i ka olelo a ke Alii. + +A lohe ka Makaula i keia mea, hai aku la oia i kana olelo i ka Luna, "E +hoi oe a ke Alii, kuu Haku hoi, e olelo aku oe, aole e lilo kuu +kaikamahine Haku i wahine nana, aia he Alii aimoku, alaila, lilo kuu +kaikamahine." + +Hoi aku la ka Luna, hoi aku la no hoi ka Makaula me kana mau +kaikamahine, aole nae i ike houia ma ia hope iho i Wailua, hoi aku la +lakou a noho i Honopuwaiakua. + + + + +MOKUNA XXVII + + +Ma keia Mokuna, e kamailio kakou no ke kii ana o Kahalaomapuana ia +Kaonohiokala i kane hoopalau na Laieikawai, a me kona hoi ana mai. + +A pau ke kauoha a Kahalaomapuana i kona mau kaikuaana, a makaukau hoi +kona hele ana. + +Ma ka puka ana o ka la, komo ae la o Kahalaomapuana iloko o +Kihanuilulumoku, a au aku la ma ka moana a hiki i Kealohilani, eha +malama me ke anahulu, hiki keia iloko o Kealohilani. + +Ia laua i hiki aku ai, aole laua i ike ia Mokukelekahiki ke kiai nana e +malama ko Kaonohiokala waiwai, kona Kuhina Nui hoi iloko o Kealohilani, +elua anahulu ko laua kali ana, hoi mai o Mokukelekahiki mai ka mahina +mai. + +Hoi mai la o Mokukelekahiki, e moe ana keia moo iloko ka hale, i ke poo +no piha o loko o ua hale nui nei o Mokukelekahiki, o ke kina no a me ka +huelo o ua moo nei, iloko no o ke kai. + +He mea weliweli ia Mokukelekahiki ka ike ana i ua moo nei, lele aku la +oia a hiki iluna o Nuumealani, ilaila o Kaeloikamalama ke kupua nui nana +e pani ka puka o ka pea kapu o kukulu o Tahiti, kahi i hunaia'i o +Kaonohiokala. + +Hai aku la o Mokukelekahiki ia Kaeloikamalama i kona ike ana i ka moo. +Ia manawa, lele aku la o Kaeloikamalama me Mokukelekahiki, mai luna mai +o Nuumealani, he aina aia i ka lewa. + +Ia hiki ana mai o Mokukelekahiki ma ma ka hale e moe nei ka moo. + +Ia manawa, olelo aku la o Kihanuilulumoku (ka moo) ia Kahalaomapuana, "I +hiki mai auanei keia mau kanaka e lele mai nei i o kaua nei, alaila, e +luai aku wau ia oe a kau ma ka a-i o Kaeloikamalama, a i ninau ae ia oe, +alaila, hai aku oe, he kama oe na laua, a i ninau mai i ka kaua hana i +hiki mai ai, alaila, hai aku oe." + +Aole i upuupu iho mahope iho o ka laua kamailio ana, halulu ana o +Mokukelekahiki laua me Kaeloikamalama ma ka puka o ka hale. + +I nana aku ka hana o ua moo nei, e ku mai ana o Kaeloikamalama me ka +laau palau, o _Kapahielihonua_ ka inoa, he iwakalua anana ka loa, eha +kanaka nana e apo puni. Manao iho la ka moo he luku keia, aia nae e oniu +ana o Kaeloikamalama i ka laau palau i ka welau o kona lima. + +Ia manawa, hapai mai la o Kihanuilulumoku i kona huelo mailoko ae o ka +moana, pii ke kai iluna, me he poi ana a ka nalu i ke kumu pali, me he +akuku nalu la i poi iloko o ka malama o Kaulua, pii ke ehu o ke kai +iluna, pouli ka la, ku ka punakea iuka. + +Ma ia wa, kau mai la ka weli ia Kaeloikamalama ma, hoomaka laua e holo +mai ke alo aku o ua moo nei. + +Ia manawa, luai aku ana o Kihanuilulumoku ia Kahalaomapuana, kau ana +iluna o ka a-i o Kaeloikamalama. + +Ninau ae la o Kaeloikamalama, "Nawai ke kama o oe?" + +I aku la o Kahalaomapuana, "Na Mokukelekahiki, na Kaeloikamalama; na +kupua nana e malama ka pea kapu o kukulu o Tahiti." + +Ninau laua, "Heaha ka huakai a kuu kama i hiki mai ai?" + +Hai aku la o Kahalaomapuana, "He huakai imi Lani." + +Ninau hou laua, "Imi i ka Lani owai?" + +"O Kaonohiokala," wahi a Kahalaomapuana, "ka Lani kapu a Kaeloikamalama +laua o Mokukelekahiki." + +Ninau hou no laua, "A loaa o Kaonohiokala, heaha ka hana?" + +I aku la o Kahalaomapuana, "I kane na ke kaikamahine Alii o Hawaiiakea, +na Laieikawai, ke Haku o makou." + +Ninau hou no laua "Owai oe?" + +Hai aku la keia, "O Kahalaomapuana, ke kaikamahine muli a +Moanalihaikawaokele laua me Laukieleula." + +A lohe o Kaeloikamalama laua me Mokukelekahiki, he mea e ko laua aloha, +ia manawa, kuu iho la mai ka a-i iho, honi aku la i ka ihu o ke +kaikamahine. + +No ka mea, o Mokukelekahiki, a me Kaeloikamalama, he mau kaikunane no +Laukieleula ka makuahine o lakou me Aiwohikupua. + +I aku la o Kaeloikamalala, "E hele kaua a loaa ke alanui, alaila, pii +aku oe." + +Hele aku la laua hookahi anahulu, hiki i kahi e pii ai, kahea aku la o +Kaeloikamalama, "E ka Lanalananuiaimakua--! kuuia mai ke alanui, i pii +aku wa--!! ua hewa o lalo ne--!!!" + +Aole i upuupu iho, kuu mai ana o Lanalananuiaimakua i ka punawelewele, +hihi pea ka lewa. + +Ia manawa, aoao aku la o Kaeloikamalama, "Eia ko alanui, i pii auanei oe +a hiki iluna, a i ike oe hookahi hale e ku ana iloko o ka mahina, aia +ilaila o Moanalihaikawaokele o Kahakaekaea ia aina. + +"I nana aku auanei oe, ka elemakule e loloa ana ka lauoho, ua hina ke +poo, o Moanalihaikawaokele no ia. Ina e noho ana iluna, mai wikiwiki aku +oe, o ike e mai auanei kela ia oe, make e oe, aole e lohe i kau olelo, +kuhi auanei ia oe he mea e. + +"Kali aku oe a moe, e huli ana ke alo i lalo, aole i moe, aka, i nana +aku oe, a i huli ke alo iluna, ua moe ka hoi, alaila, hele aku oe, mai +hele oe ma ka makani, hele oe ma ka lulu, a noho iluna o ka umauma, paa +oe a paa i ka umiumi, alaila, kahea iho oe: + + "E Moanalihaikawaokele--e! + Eia wau he kama nau, + He kama na Laukieleula, + He kama na Mokukelekahiki, + He kama na Kaeloikamalama, + Na kaikunane o kuu makuahine; + Makuakane, makuakane hoi, + O o'u me o'u kaikuaana, + Me kuu kaikunane o Aiwohikupua hoi. + Homai he ike, he ike nui, he ike loa, + Kuuia mai kuu Lani, + Kuu kaikunane Haku--e. + E ala! E ala mai o--e!! + +"Pela auanei oe e hea iho ai, a ina e ninau mai kela ia oe, alaila, hai +aku oe i kau huakai i hele mai ai. + +"I pii auanei oe, a i uhi ke awa, na ko makuakane ia hana, i hiki mai ke +anu ma ou la, mai maka'u oe. Alaile, pii no oe, a i honi oe i ke ala, o +ko makuahine no ia, nona ke ala, alaila, palekana, kokoke oe e puka +iluna, pii no oe, a i o mai auanei ka kukuna o ka la, a i keehi ka wela +ia oe mai maka'u oe, i ike auanei oe i ka oi o ka nohi o ka la, alaila, +hoomanawanui aku no oe a komo i ka malu o ka mahina, alaila, pau ka +make, o ko komo no ia iloko o Kahakaekaea." + +A pau ka laua kamailio ana no keia mau mea; pii aku la o Kahalaomapuana, +a ahiahi, paa oia i ke awa, manao ae la keia o ka ka makuakane hana ia, +mai ia po a wanaao, honi oia i ke ala o ke kiele, manao ae la keia o ka +makuahine ia, mai ia wanaao a kiekie ka la, loaa oia i ka wela o ka la, +manao ae la oia, o ka hana keia a kona kaikunane. + +Ia manawa, ake aku la keia e komo i ka malu o ka mahina, a ma ke ahiahi, +hiki aku la oia i ka malu o ka mahina, manao ae la keia, ua komo i ka +aina i kapaia o Kahakaekaea. + +Ike aku la oia i keia hale nui e ku ana, ua po iho la, hele aku la oia +ma ka lulu, aia no e ala mai ana o Moanalihaikawaokele, hoi mai la oia a +ma kahi kaawale, e kali ana o ka moe iho, e like me ke kuhikuhi a +Kaeloikamalama. Aoale nae i loaa ka hiamoe ia Moanalihaikawaokele. + +A ma ka wanaao, hele aku la keia, iluna ke alo o Moanalihaikawaokele, +manao ae la keia ua hiamoe, holokiki aku la keia a paa ma ka umiumi o ka +makuakane, kahea iho la e like me ke aoao ana a Kaeloikamalama i hoikeia +maluna. + +Ala ae la o Moanalihaikawaokele, ua paa kahi e ikaika ai, o ka umiumi, +kupaka ae la aole e hiki, ua paa loa ka umiumi ia Kahalaomapuana, o i +noke i ke kupaka i o ianei, a pau ke aho o Moanalihaikawaokele. + +Ninau ae la, "Nawai ke kama o oe?" + +I aku la keia, "Nau no." + +Ninau hou kela, "Na'u me wai?" + +Hai aku keia, "Nau no me Laukieleula." + +Ninau hou kela, "Owai oe?" + +"O Kahalaomapuana." + +I ae la ka makuakane, "Kuuia ae kuu umiumi, he kama io oe na'u." + +Kuu ae la keia, ala ae la ka makuakane, a hoonoho iho la iluna o ka uha, +uwe iho la, a pau ka uwe ana, ninau iho ka makuakane, "Heaha kau huakai +i hiki mai ai?" + +"He huakai imi Lani," wahi a Kahalaomapuana. + +"Imi owai ka Lani e imi ai?" + +"O Kaonohiokala," wahi a ke kaikamahine. + +"A loaa ka Lani, heaha ka hana?" + +I aku la o Kahalaomapuana, "I kii mai nei au i kuu kaikunane Haku, i +kane na ke kaikamahine Alii o Hawaiiakea, na Laieikawai, ke aikane Alii +a makou, ko makou mea nana i malama." + +Hai aku la oia i na mea a pau i hanaia e ko lakou kaikunane, a me ka +lakou aikane. + +I mai la o Moanalihaikawaokele, "Aole na'u e ae aku, na ko makuahine +wale no e ae aku, ka mea nana ke Alii, aia ke noho la i kahi kapu, kahi +hiki ole ia'u ke hele aku, aia hanawai ko makuahine, alaila, hoi mai i +o'u nei, a pau na la haumia o ko makuahine, alaila, pau ka ike ana me +a'u, hoi no me ke Alii. + +"Nolaila, e kali oe, a hiki i na la mai o ko makuahina, i hoi mai kela, +alaila, hai aku oe i kau huakai i hiki mai ai ianei." + +Kakali iho la laua ehiku la, maopopo iho la na la e hanawai ai o +Laukieleula. + +I aku la o Moanalihaikawaokele ia Kahalaomapuana, "Ua kokoke mai ka la e +mai ai ko makuahine, nolaila, ma keia po, e hele mua oe ma ka _Halepea_, +malaila oe e moe ai, i hiki mai kela i kakahiaka, e moe aku ana oe i ka +hale, aole ona wahi e hele e aku ai, no ka mea, ua haumia, ina e ninau +ia oe, hai pololei aku no oe e like me kau olelo ia'u." + +Ma ia po iho, hoouna aku la o Moanalihaikawaokele, ia Kahalaomapuana +iloko o ka Halepea. + + + + +MOKUNA XXVIII + + +Ma ke kakahiaka nui, hiki ana o Laukieleula, i nana mai ka hana e moe +ana keia mea, aole nae e hiki i ua o Laukieleula ke hookaawale ia ia, no +ka mea, ua haumia, o kela hale wale no kahi i aeia nona, "Owai oe e keia +kupu, e keia kalohe, nana i komo kuu wahi kapu, kahi hiki ole i na mea e +ae ke komo ma keia wahi?" Pela aku ka mea hale. + +Hai aku ka malihini, "O Kahalaomapuana au, ka hua hope loa a kou opu." + +I aku ka makuahine, "Auwe! e kuu Haku, e hoi oe me ko makuakane, aole e +hiki ia'u e ike ia oe, no ka mea, ua hiki mai kuu mau la haumia, aia a pau +kuu haumia ana, e launa no kaua no ka manawa pokole a hele aku." + +A no keia mea, hoi aku la o Kahalaomapuana me Moanalihaikawaokele, ninau +mai la ka makuakane, "Pehea mai la?" + +I aku ke kaikamahine, "Olelo mai nei ia'u e hoi mai me oe, a pau ka +manawa haumia, alaila hele mai e ike ia'u." + +Noho iho la laua ekolu la, kokoke i ka wa e pau ai ka haumia o +Laukieleula, olelo aku o Moanalihaikawaokele i ke kaikamahine, "O hele, +no ka mea, ua kokoke mai ka wa mau o ko makuahine, hele no oe i +kakahiaka nui poeleele o ka la apopo, a noho ma ka luawai, kahi ana e +hoomaemae ai ia ia, mai hoike oe, aia a lele kela iloko o ke kiowai, a i +luu ilalo o ka wai, alaila, holo aku oe a lawe mai i ka pa-u, a me ke +kapa ona i haumia i kona mai, i auau kela a hoi mai ma kapa, aole ke +kapa, alaila manao mai ua kii aku au, i hoi mai ai kela i ka hale nei, +alaila ki kou makemake. + +"Ina i uwe olua a i pau ka uwe ana, a i ninau mai ia'u i ke kapa ona au +i lawe mai ai, alaila, hai aku oe, aia ia oe; a e hilahila kela me ka +menemene ia oe i ko haumia ana, oia hoi, aole ana mea nui e ae e uku mai +ai no kou haumia i kona kapa i hoohaumiaia i kona mai, hookahi wale no +mea nui ana o ka Lani au i kii mai nei, aia a ninau kela i kou makemake, +alaila, hai aku oe, o ko ike ka hoi ia i ko kaikunane, ike pu me a'u, no +ka mea, hookahi wale no a'u ike ana i ka makahiki hookahi, he kiei mai +ka, o ka nalo aku la no ia." + +A hiki i ka manawa a ka makuakane i olelo ai, ala ae la ke kaikamahine i +kakahiaka nui poeleele, a hele aku la e like me ke kauoha a kona +makuakane. + +Ia ia i hiki aku ai, pee iho la ma kahi kokoke i ke koiwai, aole i +upuupu iho, hiki ana ka makuahine, a wehe i ke kapa i hoohaumiaia, a +lele aku la iloko o ka wai. + +Ia manawa, lawe ae la ke kaikamahine i ka mea i kauohaia ia ia, a hoi +aku la me ka makuakane. + +Aole keia i liuliu iho, halulu ana ka makuahine, ua hookaawale mua ae o +Moanalihaikawaokele ia ia ma ke kaawale, o ke kaikamahine wale no ko ka +hale. + +"E Moanalihaikawaokele, o kuu kapa i haumia, homai, e lawe ae au e +hoomaemae i ka wai." Aole nae he ekemu mai, ekolu ana kahea ana, aole +nae he ekemuia mai, kiei aku la keia iloko o ka hale, e moe ana o +Kahalaomapuana, ua pulou iho i ke kapa i hoohaumia ole ia. + +Kahea iho la, "E Moanalihaikawaokele", homai kuu kapa i haumia i kuu +mai, e lawe ae au e hoomaemae i ka wai." + +Ia manawa, puoho ae la o Kahalaomapuana, me he mea la ua hiamoe, me ka i +aku i ka makuahine, "E kuu Haku makuahine, ua hele aku nei keia, owau +wale no ko ka hale nei, a o ko kapa nae i haumia i ko mai, eia la." + +"Auwe! e kuu Haku, he nui kuu menemene ia oe i kou malama ana i ke kapa +i haumia ia'u, a heaha la auanei ka uku o kuu menemene ia oe e kuu +Haku?" + +Apo aku la ia i ke kaikamahine, a uwe aku la i ka mea i oleloia ma ka +pauku maluna ae nei. + +A pau ka uwe ana, ninau iho ka makuahine, "Heaha kau huakai i hiki mai +ai i o maua nei?" + +"I kii mai nei au i kuu kaikunane i kane na ke aikane a makou, ke Alii +wahine o Hawaii-nui-akea, o Laieikawai, ka mea nana i malama ia makou +iloko o ko makou haaleleia'na e ko makou kaikunane aloha ole, +nolaila, ua hilahila makou, aola a makou uku e uku aku ai no ka malama +ana a ke Alii ia makou; a no ia mea, e ae mai oe e iho ae au me kuu +kaikunane Lani ilalo, a lawe mai ia Laieikawai iluna nei." O ka +Kahalaomapuana olelo keia imua o kona makuahine. + +I mai la ka makuahine, "Ke ae aku nei au, no ka mea, aole o'u uku no kou +malama ana i kuu kapa i haumia ia'u. + +"Ina no la hoi he mea e ka mea nana i kii mai nei, ina no la hoi aole +wau e ae aku; o ko kii paka ana mai nei, aole au e aua aku. + +"Oia hoi, ua olelo no ko kaikunane o oe hookahi no kana mea i oi aku ke +aloha, a me ka manao nui; a nolaila, e pii kaua e ike i ko kaikunane. + +"Nolaila, e kali oe pela, e hea ae au i ke kahu manu o olua, a nana kaua +e lawe aku a komo i ka pea kapu o kukulu o Tahiti." + +Ia manawa, hea aku la ka makuahine, + + "E Haluluikekihiokamalama--e, + Ka manu nana e pani ka la, + Hoi ka wela i Kealohilani, + Ka manu nana e alai ka ua, + Maloo na kumuwai o Nuumealani. + Ka manu nana i kaohi na ao luna, + Nee na opua i ka moana, + Huliamahi na moku, + Naueue Kahakaekaea, + Palikaulu ole ka lani, + O na kupu, na eu, + O Mokukelekahiki, + O Kaeloikamalama, + Na kupu nana e pani ka pea kapu o kukulu o Tahiti, + Eia la he Lani hou he kana nau, + Kiiia mai, lawe aku i luna i o Awakea." + +Ia wa, kuu iho la ua manu nei i na eheu i lalo, a o ke kino aia no i +luna. Ma ia wa, kau aku la o Laukieleula me Kahalaomapuana i luna o ka +eheu o ua manu nei, o ka lele aku la no ia a hiki i o Awakea, ka mea +nana e wehe ke pani o ka la, kahi i noho ai o Kaonohiokala. + +Ia manawa a laua i hiki aku ai, ua paniia aku la ko ke Alii wahi e na ao +hekili. + +Alaila, kena ae la o Laukieleula ia Awakea, "Weheia mai ke pani o kahi o +ke Alii." + +Ia manawa, ke ae la o Awakea me kona wela nui, a auhee aku la na ao +hekili imua ona. Aia hoi ikeia aku la ke Alii e moe mai ana i ka onohi +pono o ka la, i ka puokooko hoi o ka wela loa, nolaila i kapaia'i ka +inoa o ke Alii, mamuli oia ano (Kaonohiokala). + +Ia manawa, lalau iho la o Laukieleula i kekahi kukuna o ka la a kaohi +iho la. Ia manawa, aia mai la ke Alii. + +Ia Kahalaomapuana i ike aku ai i kona kaikunane, ua like na maka me ka +uwila, a o kona ili a me kona kino a puni, ua like me ka okooko o ke +kapuahi hooheehee hao. + +Kahea aku la o Laukieleula, "E kuu Lani, eia ko kuahine o +Kahalaomapuana, ka mea au e aloha nui nei, eia la ua imi mai nei ia +kaua." + +A lohe o Kaonohiokala, aia mai la mai kona hiamoe ana, alawa ae la kela +ia Laukieleula, e hea aku i na kiai o ka malu. Kahea ae la. + + "E ka Mahinanuikonane, + E Kaohukolokaialea, + Na kiai o ka malumalu, kulia imua o ke Alii." + +Ia manawa, hele mai la na kiai o ka malu a ku iho la imua o ke Alii. Aia +hoi, ua holo ka wela o ka la mai ke Alii aku. + +A loaa ka malumalu imua o ko ke Alii wahi moe, alaila, kahea mai la i ke +kaikuahine, a hele aku la a uwe iho la, no ka mea, ua maeele kona puuwai +i ke aloha no kona kaikuahine opiopio. A he nui no hoi na la o ke +kaawale ana. + +A pau ka uwe ana, ninau iho la, "Nawai ke kama o oe?" + +Pane aku ke kaikuahine, "Na Mokukelekahiki, na Kaeloikamalama, na +Moanalihaikawaokele laua o Laukieleula." + +Ninau hou mai la ke kaikunane, "Heaha ka huakai?" + +Alaila, hai aku la kela e like me kana olelo i ka makuahine. + +A lohe ke Alii i keia mau olelo, haliu aku la oia i ko laua makuahine, +me ka ninau aku, "Laukieleula, ua ae anei oe ia'u e kii i ka mea a ianei +e olelo mai nei i wahine na'u?" + +"Ua haawi mua wau ia oe ua lilo, e like me kana noi ia'u; ina o kekahi o +lakou kai kii mai nei, ina aole e hiki mai i o kaua nei, i lalo aku la +no, hoi; aeia aku ka olelo a kou pokii, no ka mea, nau i wehe mua ke +alanui, a na ko kaikuahine i pani mai, aohe he mea mamua ou, a aohe no +hoi he mea mahope iho," pela aku ka makuahine. + +A pau keia mau olelo, ninau hou mai la o Kaonohiokala ia Kahalaomapuana +no kona mau kaikuaana a me kona kaikunane. + +Alaila hai aku la o Kahalaomapuana, "Aole he pono o ko makou kaikunane, +ua kue ko makou noho ana, o keia wahine no a'u i kii mai nei ia oe. I ka +huakai mua ana i kii ai i ua wahine nei; hoi hou ae ia makou; hele no +makou a hiki i kahi o ua wahine nei, ke Alii wahine a'u e olelo nei. I +ka po, hiki makou i uka, iloko o ka ululaau oia wale no a me kona +kupunawahine ko ia wahi. Ku makou mawaho, i nana aku ka hana i ka hale o +ua o Laieikawai, ua uhiia mai i ka hulu melemele o ka Oo. + +"Kii o Mailehaiwale, aole i loaa, hoole no ua wahine nei, kii aku o +Mailekaluhea, aole no i loaa, kii aku o Mailelaulii, aole no i loaa, kii +aku o Mailepakaha, aole no i loaa, i ka hoole wale no a pau lakou, koe +owau, aole hoi wau i kii, o ka huhu iho la no ia ia makou haalele i ka +nahelehele. + +"A haalele kela ia makou, ukali aku makou mahope, pakela loa no ko makou +kaikunane i ka huhu, me he mea la na makou i hoole kona makemake. + +"Nolaila la, hoi hou makou a kahi i haalele mua ia ai, na ua kaikamahine +Alii la i malama ia makou, a haalele wale aku la wau, hele mai nei, oia +iho la ko makou noho ana." + +A lohe o Kaonohiokala i keia mau olelo, he mea e ka huhu. Ia manawa, +olelo aku la oia ia Kahalaomapuana, "E hoi oe me ou kaikuaana a me ke +aikane Alii a oukou, kuu wahine hoi, kali mai oukou, i nee ka ua ma keia +hope iho, a i lanipili, eia no wau i anei. + +"I kaikoo auanei ka moana, a i ku ka punakea i uka, eia no wau i anei. +Ina e paka makani a hookahi anahulu malie, i kui paloo ka hekili, aia +wau i Kahakae kaea. + +"Kui paloo hou auanei ka hekili ekolu pohaku, ua hala ia'u ka pea kapu o +kukulu o Tahiti, aia wau i Kealohilani, ua pau kuu kino kapu Akua alaila +o kuu kapu Alii koe, alaila noho kanaka aku wau ma ko kakou ano. + +"Ma ia hope iho, hoolohe mai oukou a i hui ka hekili, ua ka ua, kaikoo +ka moana, he waikahe ma ka aina, olapa ka uwila, uhi ka noe, pio ke +anuenue, ku ka punohu i ka moana, hokahi malama e poi ai ka ino a mao +ae, aia wau ma ke kua o na mauna i ka wa molehulehu o ke kakahiaka. + +"Kali mai oukou a i puka aku ka la, a haalele iho i ka piko o na mauna; +ia manawa, e ike ae ai oukou ia'u e noho ana wau iloko o ka la, iwaena o +ka Luakalai, i hoopuniia i na, onohi Alii. + +"Aole nae kakou e halawai ia manawa; aia ko kakou halawai i ka ehu +ahiahi; ma ka puka ana mai o ka mahina i ka po i o Mahealani, alaila e +hui ai au me kuu wahine. + +"Aia a hoao maua, alaila, e hoomaka wau i ka luku maluna o ka aina no ka +poe i hana ino mai ia oukou. + +"Nolaila, e lawe aku oe i ka hoailona o Laieikawai, he anuenue o kuu +wahine ia." + +A pau keia mau mea, hoi iho la oia ma ke aia ana i pii aku ai, hookahi +malama, a halawai iho la me Kihanuilulumoku, hai aku la i ka hua olelo, +"Ua pono kaua, ua waiwai no hoi." + +Komo ae la oia iloko o Kihanuilulumoku, au aku la ma ka moana, e like me +na la o ka hele ana aku, pela no ka loihi o ka hoi ana mai. + +Hiki laua i Olaa, aole a Laieikawai ma, hanu ae la ua moo nei a puni o +Hawaii, aole. Hiki laua i Maui, hanu ae la ka moo, aole no. + +Hanu aku la ia Kahoolawe, Lanai, a me Molokai, oia ole like no. Hiki +laua i Kauai, hanu ae la a puni aole i loaa, hanu ae la i na mauna, aia +hoi, e noho ana i Honopuuwaiakua, luai aku la ua o Kihanuilulumoku ia +Kahalaomapuana. + +Ike mai la ke Alii a me kona mau kaikuaana, he mea e ka olioli. Aka, he +mea malihini nae i ka Makaula keia kaikamahine opiopio, a he mea +weliweli no hoi i ua Makaula nei ka ike ana i ka moo, aka, ma kona ano +Makaula, ua hoopauia kona maka'u. + +He umikumamakahi malama, me ke anahulu, me eha la keu, oia ka loihi o ke +kaawale ana o Kahalaomapuana mai ka la i haalele ai ia, Laieikawai ma, a +hiki i ko laua hoi ana mai mai Kealohilani mai. + + + + +MOKUNA XXIX + + +Ia Kahalaomapuana i hoi mai ai mai kana huakai imi Alii, mai Kealohilani +mai, hai aku la oia i ka moolelo o ko laua hele ana, a me na hihia he +nue, a me na lauwili ana, a me na mea a pau ana i ike ai iloko o kona +manawa hele. + +Iloko nae o kana manawa e olelo nei no ka olelo kauoha a Kaonohiokala, i +mai la o Laieikawai i kona mau hoa, "E na hoa, ia Kahalaomapuana e olelo +nei no Kaonohiokala ke kaikunane o kakou, kuu kane hoi, ke kau e mai nei +ia'u ka halia o ka maka'u, a me ka weliweli, ke kuhi nei au he kanaka, +he Akua nui loa ka! Iahona paha a ike aku, o kuu make no paha ia, no ka +mea, ke maka'u honua e mai nei no i kona manawa aole me kakou." + +I aku la kona mau hoa, "Aole ia he Akua, he kanaka no e like me kakou, o +kona ano nae, a me kona helehelena, he ano Akua. A no kona hanau mua +ana, lilo ai oia i hiwahiwa na na makua o kakou, ma ona la i haawiia'i +ka mana nui hiki ole ia makou, a o Kahalaomapuana nei, alua wale no mea +i haawiia'i ka mana, koe aku nae ke kapu no ko kakou kaikunane, nolaila, +mai maka'u oe; aia no hoi paha a hiki mai la, ike aku no hoi paha oe la, +he kanaka no e like me kakou." + +Mamua aku nae o ko Kahalaomapuana hoi ana mai Kealohilani mai, ua ike +mua aku ka Makaula hookahi malama mamua'ku o ko laua hoi ana mai. +Nolaila, wanana mua ka Makaula me ka olelo iho, "E loaa ana ka pomaikai +ia kakou mai ka lewa mai, aia a hiki aku i na po mahina konane e hiki +mai ai. + +"Aia a lohe aku kakou i ka hekili kui pamaloo, a me ka hekili iloko o ke +kuaua, ia manawa e ike ai ko ka aina nei, he ua me ka uwila, he kaikoo +ma ka moana, he waikahe ma ka aina, uhi paaia ka aina, a me ka moana a +puni e ka noe, ke awa, ka ohu, a me ke kualau. + +"A hala ae ia, a i ka la o Mahealani, ma ka ehu kakahiaka, i ka manawa e +keehi iho ai na kukuna o ka la i ka piko o na mauna, ia manawa e ike aku +ai ko ka aina, he Kamakahi ke noho mai ana iloko o ka onohi o ka la, he +mea like me ke keiki kapu a kuu Akua. E ike auanei ka aina i ka luku nui +ma ia hope iho, a nana e kaili aku i ka poe hookiekie mai ka aina aku, +alaila, no kakou ka pomaikai, a me ka kakou pua aku." + +A lohe kana mau kaikamahine i keia wanana a ka Makaula, nalu iho la +lakou iloko o lakou iho ma ke kaawale i keia wanana a ka Makaula, me ka +hai ole aku i ua Makaula nei, no ka mea, ua hoomanao wale ae la lakou no +ka lakou mea i hoouna ai i ko lakou kaikaina. + +Ma kona ano Makaula, ua hiki ia ia ke hele aku e kukala ma Kauai a puni, +me ka hai aku i kana mea i ike a no na mea e hiki mai ana mahope. + +A no keia mea, kauoha iho la oia i kana mau kaikamahine, mamua o kona +haalele ana ia lakou, me ka olelo aku, "E a'u mau kaikamahine ke hele +nei au ma kuu aoao mau, e haalele ana wau ia oukou, aole nae e hele loa +ana, aka, e hele ana wau e hai aku i keia mea a'u e kamailio nei ia +oukou, a hoi mai wau; nolaila, e noho oukou ma kahi a kuu Akua i +kuhikuhi ai ia'u, e waiho oukou ia oukou maloko o ka maluhia a hiki i ka +hookoia'na o kuu wanana." + +Hele aku la ua Makaula nei e like me kona manaopaa, a hele aku la oia +imua a na'lii a me ka poe koikoi, ma kahi e akoakoa ai na'lii, malaila +oia i kukala aku ai e like me kona ike. + +A hiki mua oia i o Aiwohikupua, me ka i aku, "Mai keia la aku, e kukulu +mua oe i mau lepa a puni kou wahi, a e hookomo i kau poe aloha a pau +maloko. + +"No ka mea, ma keia hope koke iho, e hiki mai ana ka luku maluna o ka +aina, aole e ikeia kekahi luku mamua aku, e like me ka luku e hiki mai +ana, aole hoi mahope iho o ka pau ana ae o keia luku a'u e olelo nei. + +"Mamua o ka hiki ana mai o ka mea mana, e hoike mai no oia i hoailona no +ka luku ana, aole maluna o na makaainana, maluna pono iho no ou, a o kou +poe, ia manawa, e moe ai na mea kiekie o ka aina nei imua ona, a e +kailiia aku ka hanohano mai a oe aku. + +"Ina e hoolohe oe i ka'u olelo, alaila, e pakele oe i ka luku e hiki mai +ana, a oiaio; ano e hoomakaukau oe ia oe." + +A no keia olelo a ka Makaula, kipakuia mai la ka Makaula mai ke alo mai +o ke Alii. + +Pela oia i kukula hele ai imua o na'lii a puni o Kauai, o ka poe alii i +lohe i ka ka Makaula, o lakou no kai pakele. + +Hele aku oia imua o Kekalukaluokewa, kana wahine, a me ko laua alo a +pau. + +E like me ka olelo no Aiwohikupua, pela kana olelo ia Kekalukaluokewa, a +manaoio mai la oia. + +Aka, o Waka, aole oia i hooko, me ka olelo mai, "Ina he Akua ka mea nana +e luku mai, alaila, he Akua no ko'u e hiki ai ke hoopakele ia'u, a me +ka'u mau Alii." + +A no keia olelo a Waka, haliu aku la ka Makaula i ke Alii, a olelo aku +la, "Mai hoolohe i ka ko kupunawahine, no ka mea, e hiki mai ana ka luku +nui maluna o na'lii. Ano e kukulu i lepa a puni oe, a e hookomo i kau +mea aloha maloko o no lepa i kukuluia, a o ka mea e manaoio ole i ka'u, +e haule no lakou iloko o ka luku nui. + +"A hiki i ua la la, e moe ana na luahine ma na kapua i o ke keiki mana, +me ke noi aku i ola, aole e loaa, no ka mea, ua hoole i ka olelo a ka +Makaula nei." + +A no ka mea, ua ike o Kekalukaluokewa i ke ko mau o kana mau wanana +mamua aku, nolaila, ua pale kela i ka olelo a ka luahine. + +A hala aku la ka Makaula, kukulu ae la ke Alii i lepa a puni kona Hale +Alii, a noho iho la maloko o kahi hoomalu e like me ka olelo a ka +Makaula. + +A pau ka huakai kaapuni a ka Makaula, hoi aku la oia a noho me kana mau +kaikamahine. + +No ke aloha wale no o ka Makaula ke kumu o kona hele ana aku e hai i +kana mea i ike ai. Hookahi la o kona, noho ana me kana mau kaikamahine +ma Honopuuwaiakua, mai kona hoi ana aku mai kaapuni, hiki mai o +Kahalaomapuana, e like me ka kakou ike ana mamua ae nei i hoikeia ma +neia Mokuna. + + + + +MOKUNA XXX + + +Hookahi anahulu mahope iho o ko Kahalaomapuana hoi ana mai mai +Kealohilani mai, ia manawa, hiki mai la ka hoailona mua a ko lakou +kaikunane, e like me ke kauoha i kona kaikuahine. + +Pela i hoao liilii ai na hoailona iloko o na la elima, a i ke ono o ka +la, kui ka hekili, ua ka ua, kaikoo ka moana, waikahe ka aina, olapa ka +uwila, uhi ka noe, pio ke anuenue, ku ka punohu i ka moana. + +Ia manawa, olelo aku ka Makaula, "E a'u mau kaikamahine, ua hiki mai ka +hoohoia'na o kuu wanana e like me ka'u olelo mua ia oukou." + +I aku la na kaikamahine, "Oia hoi ka makou i hamumu iho nei, no ka mea, +ua lohe mua no makou i keia mea ia oe, oiai aole keia (Kahalaomapuana) i +hiki mai, a ma ka ianei hoi ana mai nei, lohe hope makou ia ianei." + +Olelo mai la o Laieikawai, "He haalulu nui ko'u, a me ka weliweli, a +pehea la e pau ai kuu maka'u?" + +"Mai maka'u oe, aole hoi e weliweli, e hiki mai ana ka pomaikai ia +kakou, a e lilo auanei kakou i mea nui nana e ai na moku a puni, aole +kekahi mea e ae, a e noho Alii auanei oukou maluna o ka aina, a e holo +aku ka poe hana ino mai ia oukou mai ka noho Alii aku. + +"Nolaila wau i ukali ai me ka hoomanawanui iloko o ka luhi, a me ka +inea, iloko o na pilikia he nui, a ke ike nei wau, no'u ka pomaikai a no +ka'u mau pua, mai ia oukou mai." + +Hookahi malama o ka ino ma ka, aina no ka hoailona hope, ma ke +kakahiaka, i na kukuna o ka la i haalele iho ai i na mauna. Ikeia aku la +o Kaonohiokala e noho ana iloko o a wela kukanono o ka la, mawaena pono +o ka Luakalai, i hoopuniia i na anuenue, a me ka ua koko. + +I kela wa no, loheia aku la ka pihe uwa a puni o Kauai, i ka ike ana aku +i ka Hiwahiwa Kamakahi a Moanalihaikawaokele laua o Laukieleula, ke Alii +nui o Kahakaekaea, a me Nuumealani. + +Aia hoi he leo uwa, "Ka Hiwahiwa a Hulumaniani--e! Ka Makaula nui mana! +E Hulumaniani--e! Homai he ola!" + +Mai ke kakahiaka a ahiahi ka uwa ana, ua paa ka leo, o ke kuhikuhi wale +iho no a ka lima aohe leo, me ke kunou ana o ke poo, no ka mea, ua paa +ka leo i ka uwa ia Kaonohiokala. + +Ia manawa a Kaonohiokala e nana mai ana i ka honua nei, aia hoi, e aahu +mai ana o Laieikawai i ke kapa anuenue a kona kaikuahine +(Kahalaomapuana) i lawe mai ai, alaila, maopopo ae la ia ia o Laieikawai +no keia, ka wahine hoopalau ana. + +Ma ka ehu ahiahi, ma ka puka ana mai a ka mahina konane o Mahealani, +hiki mai la iloko o ke anapuni a ka Makaula. + +Ia Kaonohiokala i hiki mai ai, moe kukuli iho la kona mau kaikuahine, a +me ka Makaula imua o ka Hiwahiwa. + +A o Laieikawai kekahi, i ka Hiwahiwa i ike mai ai ia Laieikawai e +hoomaka ana e kukuli; kahea mai la ka Hiwahiwa, "E kuu Haku wahine, e +Laieikawai e! mai kukuli oe, ua like no kaua." + +"E kuu Haku, he weliweli ko'u, a me ka haalulu nui. A ino i manao oe e +lawe i kuu ola nei, e pono ke lawe aku, no ka mea, aole wau i halawai me +kekahi mea weliweli nui mamua e like me keia," wahi a Laieikawai. + +"Aole au i hiki mai e lawe i kou ola, aka, ma ka huakai a kuu kaikuahine +i hiki ae nei i o'u la, a nolaila, ua haawi mai wau i hoailona no'u e +ike ai ia oe, a e maopopo ai ia'u o oe kuu wahine hoopalau, a nolaila ua +hele mai au e hooko e like me kana kii ana ae nei," pela aku o +Kaonohiokala. + +A lohe kona mau kaikuhine a me ka Makaula pu, alaila hooho maila lakou +me ka leo olioli: + +"Amama! Amama! Amama! Ua noa, lele wale, aku la." Ala ae lakou i luna me +ka maka olioli. + +Ia manawa, kahea iho la oia i kona mau kaikuahine, "Ke lawe nei wau i +kuu wahine, a ma kela po e hiki hou mai maua." Alaila, kailiia aku la +kana wahine me ka ike oleia e kona mau hoa, aka, o ka Makaula ka mea i +ike aweawea aku i ka laweia ana ma ke anuenue a noho i loko o ka Mahina, +malaila i hooiaio ai laua i ko laua mau minute oluolu. + +A ma kekahi po ae, i ka mahina e konane oluolu ana, i ka wa hapa o ka +lai. + +Kuuia mai la kekahi anuenue i uliliia mai luna mai o ka mahina a hiki i +lalo nei, i ka wa e kupono ana ka mahina i luna pono o Honopuuwaiakua. + +Ia manawa, iho mai la na'lii o ka lewa me ko laua ihiihi nui a ku mai la +i mua o ka Makaula, me ka olelo iho, "E hele ae oe e kala aku i na mea a +pau i hookahi anahulu, e hoohuiia ma kahi hookahi, alaila, e hoopuka aku +wau i olelo hoopai no ka poe i hana ino mai ia oukou. + +"A pau na la he umi, alaila e hui hou kaua, a na'u no e hai aku i ka mea +e pono ai ke hana oe, a me kau mau kaikamahine pu me oe." + +A pau keia mau olelo, hele aku la ka Makaula, a hala ia, alaila kaili +puia aku la na kaikuahine elima i luna a noho pu me ia i ka olu o ka +Mahina. + +I ka Makaula i kaapuni ai mamuli o ka olelo a ka Hiwahiwa, aole oia i +halawai me kekahi kanaka hookahi, no ka mea, ua pau i uka o +Pihanakalani, kahi i oleloia he lanakila. + +A pau na la he umi, hiki aku ka Makaula i Honopuwaiakua, aia hoi ua +mehameha. + +Ia manawa, halawai mai la me ia o Kaonohiokala, a hai aku la i kana +olelo hoike no kana oihana kaapuni e like me ke kauoha a ka Hiwahiwa. + +Ia manawa kaili puia aku la ka Makaula a noho i ka mahina. + +A i ke kakahiaka o kekahi la ae, ma ka puka ana mai o ka la, i ka wa i +haalele iho ai na kukuna wela o ka la i na mauna. + +Ia manawa ka hoomaka ana o ka Hiwahiwa e hoopai ia Aiwohikupua a me Waka +pu. + +Haawiia ka make no Waka, a o Aiwohikupua, hoopaiia aku la ia e lilo i +kanaka ilihune, e aea haukae ana maluna o ka aina a hiki i kona mau la +hope. + +Ma ke noi a Laieikawai, e hoopakele ia Laielohelohe a me kana kane, +nolaila, ua maalo ae ka pilikia mai o laua ae, a no laua kekahi kuleana +ma ka aina ma ia hope iho. + +I ke kakahiaka nae, i ka hoomaka ana o ka luku ia Aiwohikupua a me Waka. + +Aia hoi, o ke anaina i akoakoa ma Pihanakalani, ike aku la lakou i ke +anuenue i kuuia mai ma ka mahina mai, i uliliia i na kukuna wela o ka +la. + +Alaila, ia manawa akoakoa lakou a pau, ka Makaula, a me na kaikamahine +elima e kau mai ana ma ke ala i uliliia, a o Kaonohiokala me Laieikawai +ma ke kaawale, a he mau kapuai ko laua me he ahi la. Oia ka manawa a +Aiwohikupua a me Waka i haula ai i ka houna, me ka apono i ka olelo a ka +Makaula. + +A pau ka hoopai a ke Alii no na enemi, hoonoho ae la ke Alii oluna ia +Kahalaomapuana i Moi, a hoonoho pakahi aku la i na kaikuahine ona ma na +mokupui. A o Kekalukaluokewa no ke Kuhina Nui, a me Laielohelohe, a o ka +Makaula no ko lakou mau hoa kuka ma ke ano Kuhina Nui. + +A pau ka hooponopono ana no keia mau mea a pono ka noho ana, kaili puia +aku la o Laieikawai e kana kane ma ke anuenue iloko o na ao kaalelewa a +noho nia kahi mau o kana kane. + +Ina e hewa kona mau kaikuahine, alaila na Kahalaomapuana e lawe ka olelo +hoopii imua o ke Alii. + +Aka, aole i loaa ka hewa o kona mau kaikuahine ma ia hope iho a hiki i +ka haalele ana i keia ao. + + + + +MOKUNA XXXI + + +Mahope o ko Laieikawai hoao ana me Kaonohiokala, me ka hooponopono i ka +noho ana o kona mau kaikuahine, ka Makaula, a me Kekalukaluokewa ma; a +pau keia mau mea i ka hooponoponoia, hoi aku la laua iluna o ka aina i +oleloia o Kahakaekaea, o noho ma ka pea kapu o Kukulu o Tahiti. + +A no ka lilo ana o Laieikawai i wahine mau ma ka berita paa, nolaila, +haawiia ae la ia ia kekahi mau hana mana a pau ma ke ano Akua, e like me +kana kane; koe nae ka mana hiki ole ke ike i na mea huna, a me na hana +pohihihi i hanaia ma kahi mamao, no kana kane wale no. + +Mamua nae o ko laua haalele ana ia Kauai, a hoi aku iluna, ua hanaia +kekahi olelo hooholo iloko o ko lakou akoakoa ana; ma ka ahaolelo +hooponopono aupuni ana. + +Oia hoi, i ka la i kuuia mai ai ke alanui anuenue mai Nuumealani mai, a +kau aku la o Kaonohiokala, a me Laieikawai maluna o ke ala anuenue i +oleloia, a waiho mai la i kona leo kauoha hope i kona mau hoa, ka +Makaula, a me Laielohelohe, eia kana olelo: + +"E o'u mau hoa, a me ko kakou makuakane Makaula, kuu kaikaina i ka aa +hookahi, a me ka kaua kane; ke hoi nei au mamuli o ka mea a kakou i kuka +ai, a ke haalele nei wau ia oukou, a hoi aku i kahi hiki ole ia oukou ke +ike koke ae; nolaila, e nana kekahi i kekahi me ka noho like, no ka mea, +ua hoopomaikai like ia oukou, aole kekahi mea o oukou i hooneleia i ka +pomaikai. Aka, oia nei (Kaonohiokala) no ko maua mea e hiki mai i o +oukou nei, e ike i ka pono o ko oukou noho ana." + +A pau keia mau mea, laweia aku la laua me ko laua ike oleia. A e like me +ka olelo, "o Kaonohiokala ka mea iho mai e ike i ka pono o kona mau +hoa," oia kekahi kumu i haunaele ai ko Laieikawai ma noho ana me kana +kane. + +Ia Laieikawai ma ko laua wahi me kana kane, he mea mau ia Kaonohiokala +ka iho pinepine mai ilalo nei e ike i ka pono o kona mau kaikuahine, a +me kana wahine opio (Laielohelohe), ekolu iho ana i ka makahiki hookahi. + +Elima paha makahiki ka loihi o ko laua noho ana ma ka hoohiki paa o ka +berita mare; a i ke ono paha o ka makahiki o ko Laieikawai ma noho pono +ana me kana kane, ia manawa, haula iho la o Kaonohiokala i ka hewa me +Laielohelohe; me ka ike ole o na mea e ae i keia haule ana i ka hewa. + +I ka ekolu malama o Laieikawai ma iluna, iho mai la o Kaonohiokala e ike +i ka pono o kona mau kaikuahine, a hoi aku la me Laieikawai, pela i kela +a me keia hapakolu o ka makahiki, a i ka ekolu makahiki o ko +Kaonohiokala huakai makai i ka pono o kona mau kaikuahine; aia hoi, ua +hookanaka makua loa ae la kana wahine opio (Laielohelohe), alaila, ua +pii mai a mahuahua ka wahine maikai, a oi ae mamua o kona kaikuaana o +Laieikawai. + +Aole nae i haula o Kaonohiokala ia manawa i ka hewa, aka, ua hoomaka ae +kona kuko ino e hana i ka mea pono ole. + +I kela hele ana keia hele ana a Kaonohiokala i kana hana niau ilalo nei, +a hiki i ka eha makahiki; aia hoi, ua hoomahuahuaia mai ka nani o +Laielohelohe mamua o kana ike mua ana, a mahuahua loa ae la ka manao ino +o Kaonohiokala; aka, ma kona ano keiki Akua, hoomanawanui aku la no oia +e pale ae i kona kuko, hookahi paha minute e lele aku ai ke kuko mai ona +aku, alaila, pili mai la no. + +I ka lima o ka makahiki, ma ka pau ana o ka hapaha mua o ua makahiki la, +iho hou mai la o Kaonohiokala i kana hana mau ilalo nei. + +I kela manawa, ua kailiia aku ko Kaonohiokala manao maikai mai ona aku a +kaawale loa, a haule iho la oia i ka hewa. + +I kela manawa no hoi, ia ia e halawai la me kona, mau kaikuahine, a me +ka Makaula hoi, ka pinualua a me ka laua wahine hoi (Laielohelohe), +hoomaka ae la o Kaonohiokala e hooponopono hou no ke aupuni, a nolaila, +ua hoomaka hou ka ahaolelo. + +A i mea e pono ai ko ke Alii manao kolohe, hoolilo ae la oia i kona mau +kaikuahine i poe kiai no ka aina i oleloia o Kealohilani, a na lakou e +hooponopono pu me Mokukelekahiki i ka noho ana, a me na hana a pau e +pili ana i ka aina. + +A ike ae la kekahi o kona mau kaikuahine, ua oi aku ka hanohano mamua o +keia noho ana, no ka mea, ua hooliloia i mau alii no kahi hiki ole ia +lakou ke noho e lawelawe pu me Mokukelekahiki, nolaila, hooholo ae la +lakou i ka ae mamuli o ka olelo a ko lakou kaikunane. + +Aka, o Kahalaomapuana, aole oia i ae aku e hoi iloko o Kealohilani; no +ka mea, ua oi aku kona minamina i ka hanohano mau i loaa ia ia mamua o +ka hoi ana i Kealohilani. + +A no ko Kahalaomapuana ae ole, hoopuka aku la oia i kana olelo imua o +kona kaikunane, "E kuu Lani, ma kou hoolilo ana ae nei ia makou e hoi i +Kealohilani, a o lakou no ke hoi, a owau nei la, e noho ae no wau ilalo +nei, e like me kau hoonoho mua ana; no ka mea, ke aloha nei wau i ka +aina a me na makaainana, a ua maa ae nei no hoi ka noho ana; a ina owau +no malalo nei, o oe no maluna mai, a o lakou nei hoi iwaena ae nei, +alaila, pono iho no kakou, like loa me ka hanau ana mai a ko kakou +makuahine, no ka mea, nau i wahi ke alanui, a o kou mau pokii hoi, hele +aku mahope ou, a na'u hoi i pani aku, o ke oki no ia, a oia la." + +A no keia olelo a kona kaikuahine muli loa, manao iho la, oia, ua pono +ka olelo a kona kaikuahine. Aka, no ke ake nui o Kaonohiokala e kaawale +aku oia i kahi e, i mea e ike oleia'i kona kalohe ana, nolaila, hailona +aku la oia i kona mai Kaikuahine, a o ka mea e ku ai ka hailona, oia ke +hoi iloko o Kealohilani. + +I aku la o Kaonohiokala i kona mau kaikuahine, "E hele oukou e u-u mai i +pua Kilioopu, aole e hui i ko oukou hele ana, e hele oukou ma ke kaawale +kekahi i kekahi, a loaa, alaila, e hoi mai ko oukou mua a haawi mai +ia'u, e like me ko hanau ana, pela oukou e heleai, a pela no hoi oukou +ke hoi mai, a o ka mea loihi o kana Kilioopu, oia ke hoi i Kealohilani." + +Hele aku la kela a me keia o lakou ma ke kaawale, a hoi mai la e like me +ka mea i oleloia ia lakou. + +Hele aku la ka mea mua, a huhuki mai la elua iniha paha ka loihi o kana, +a o ka lua hoi, huhuki mai la, a oki ae la i kana Kilioopu ekolu iniha a +me ka hapa paha; a o ke kolu hoi, huhuki mai la i kana Kilioopu, elua +iniha paha ka loihi; a o ka eha o lakou hookahi iniha paha ka loihi o +kana, a o Kahalaomapuana hoi, aole oia i huhuki mai ma ke Kilioopu +loloa, huhuki mai la oia ma ka mea liilii loa, ekolu kapuai paha kona +loa; a oki ae la oia i ka hapalua o kana, a hoi aku la, me ka manao o +kana Kilioopu ka pokole. + +Aka, i ka hoohalike ana, kiola aku la ka mua i kana imua o ko lakou +kaikunane, ike aku la o Kahalaomapuana i ka ka mua, he mea kahaha loa ia +ia, nolaila, momoku malu ae la oia i kana iloko o kona aahu, aka, ua ike +aku la kona kaikunane i kana hana, i aku la, "E Kahalaomapuana, mai hana +malu oe, e waiho i kau Kilioopu pela." + +Kiola aku la na mea i koe i ka lakou, aka, o Kahalaomapuana, aole i +hoike mai, i mai nae "Ua ku ia'u ka hailona." + +A no keia mea, koi aku la oia i kona kaikunane e hailona hou; e hailona +hou ana, ku hou no ia Kahalaomapuana ka hailona; aole olelo i koe a +Kahalaomapuana, no ka mea, ua ku ka hailona ia ia. + +Oia hoi, he mea kaumaha nae ia Kahalaomapuana, ke kaawale ana'ku mai +kona noho Alii aku, a me na makaainana, no ka mea, ua hoopouliia ko ke +Alii wahine naau makemake ole e hoi i Kealohilani e ka hailona. + +A i ka la o Kahalaomapuana i hoi ai i Kealohilani, kuuia mai la ke +anuenue mai luna mai a hiki ilalo nei. + +Ia manawa, hai aku la oia i kana olelo imua o kona kaikunane, me ka i +aku, "E ku ke alanui o kuu Lani pela, e kali no na la he umi, e +hoakoakoaia mai na'lii, a me na makaainana a pau, i hoike aku ai wau i +ko'u aloha nui ia lakou mamua o kou lawe ana aku ia'u." + +A ike iho la o Kaonohiokala, ua pono ka olelo a kona kaikuahine hooholo +ae la oia i kona manao ae; alaila, lawe houia aku la ke alanui iluna me +kona kaikunane pu. + +A i ka umi o ka la, kuuia mai la ua alanui nei imua o ke anaina, a kau +aku la o Kahalaomapuana iluna o ke alanui ulili i hoomakaukauia nona, a +huli mai la me ka naau kaumaha, i hoopihaia kona mau maka i na kulu wai +o Kulanihakoi, me ka i mai, "E na'lii, na makaainana, ke haalele nei wau +ia oukou, ke hoi nei wau i ka aina a oukou i ike ole ai, owau a me o'u +mau kaikuaana wale no kai ike; aole nae no ko'u makemake e hoi ia aina, +aka, na ko'u lima no i ae ia'u e haalele ia oukou mamuli o ka hailona a +kuu kaikunane Lani nei. Aka hoi, ua ike no wau he mau Akua like ko kakou +a pau, aole mea nele, nolaila, e pule oukou i ke Akua, a e pule no hoi +wau i ko'u Akua, a ina i mana na pule a kakou, alaila, e halawai hou ana +no kakou ma keia hope aku. Aloha oukou a pau, aloha no hoi ka aina, oki +kakou la nalo." + +Alaila, lalau ae la oia i kona aahu, a palulu ae la i kona mau maka imua +o ke anaina, i mea e huna ai i kona manaonao i na makaainana a me ka +aina. A laweia'ku la oia ma ke anuenue iloko o na ao kalelewa ma ka +Lanikuakaa. + +O ke kumu nui o ko Kaonohiokala manao nui e hookawale ia Kahalaomapuana +i Kealohilani, i mea e nalo ai kona kalohe ia Laielohelohe; no ka mea, o +Kahalaomapuana, aia kekahi ike ia ia, he ike hiki ke hanaia kekahi hana +ma kahi malu; a he kaikamahine manaopaa no, aole e hoopilimeai. O manao +auanei o Kaonohiokala o haiia kana hana kalohe ana imua o +Moanalihaikawaokele, nolaila oia i hookaawale ai i kona kaikuahine, a ma +ke ano Akua o Kaonohiokala, na lilo ka hailona ia Kahalaomapuana. + +A kaawale aku la kona kaikuahine, a i ka pau ana paha o a hapaha elua o +ka lima o ka makahiki, iho hou mai la oia ilalo nei e hooko i kona manao +kuko ia Laielohelohe. + +Aole nae oia i hooko koke ia manawa; aka, i mea e pono ai oia imua o +Kekalukaluokewa nolaila, waiho aku la oia imua o Kekalukaluokewa e pani +ma ka hakahaka o Kahalaomapuana; a o ka Makaula no kona Kuhina Nui. + +A hoonohoia aku la o Mailehaiwale i Kiaaina paha no Kauai; ia +Mailekaluhea no Oahu; o Mailelaulii no Maui a me na moku e ae; ia +Mailepakaha no Hawaii. + + + + +MOKUNA XXXII + + +A lilo ae la o Kekalukaluokewa i poo kiekie ma ke aupuni, alaila, hoouna +aku la o Kaonohiokala ia Kekalukaluokewa e hele e kaapuni ma na mokupuni +a pau e lawelawe i kana oihana Moi, a hoonoho iho la ia Laielohelohe ma +ko Kekalukaluokewa wahi ma ke ano hope Moi. + +A no keia mea, lawe ae la o Kekalukaluokewa i kona Kuhina Nui (ka +Makaula), ma kana huakai kaapuni. + +I ka la i haalele ai o Kekalukaluokewa ia Pihanakalani, a hele aku la ma +kana oihana kaapuni. Ia la no hoi ka haalele ana o Kaonohiokala ia lalo +nei. + +Ma kela hoi ana o Kaonohiokala, aole nae oia i hiki loa iluna, aka, ua +ike nae oia ia la e holo ana na waa o Kekalukaluokewa i ka moana. + +A no ia mea, hoi hou mai la o Kaonohiokala mai luna mai a hiki ilalo +nei, a launa iho la me Laielohelohe, aole nae i hanaia ka hewa ia +manawa. + +Ia laua me Laielohelohe e halawai la, noi aku la o Kaonohiokala ia +Laielohelohe e hookaawaleia na mea e ae, a ma kona ano Mea Nui, ua +hookaawaleia ko ke Alii wahine mau aialo. + +Ia Laielohelohe me Kaonohiokala o laua wale no ma ke kaawale, i aku la, +"O ka ekolu keia o ko'u mai makahiki (puni) o ka makemake ana ia oe, no +ka mea, ua ulu kou nani a papale maluna o kou kaikuaana (Laieikawai). A +nolaila, ma na la hope nei, ua hiki ole ia'u ke hoomanawanui e pale aku +i ke kuko no'u ia oe mai o'u aku." + +"E kuu Lani e," wahi a Laielohelohe, "pehea la e kaawale ai ia kuko ou +mai a oe ae? A heaha la ka manao o kuu Lani e pono ai ke hana?" + +"E launa kino kaua," wahi a Kaonohiokala, "oia wale no ka mea e pono ai +ke hanaia imua o'u." + +I aku la o Laielohelohe, "Aole kaua e launa kino e kuu Lani, no ka mea, +o ka mea nana i malama ia'u mai kuu wa uuku mai a loaa wale kuu kane, +nana ka olelo paa ma o'u la, aole e haawi i kuu kino me kahi mea e ae e +hoohaumia; a nolaila, e kuu Lani e, na ka mea nana ka hoohiki paa ia'u e +ae aku i kou makemake." + +A lohe o Kaonohiokala i keia mea, akahi no a hoomohalaia ke kuko ino +iloko, alaila, hoi aku la oia iluna me kana wahine (Laieikawai). Aole +nae i anahulu kona mau la i luna, uhi paapu houia mai la oia e na hekili +o ke kuko ino, a hiki ole ke hoomanawanui no ke kuko. + +A na keia kuko, kaikai kino houia mai la oia mai luna mai e halawai hou +me Laielohelohe. + +A no ka lohe mua ana o Kaonohiokala "na ka mea nana i malama" ia ia ka +"hoohiki paa e ae aku." Nolaila, kii mua aku la oia ma o Kapukaihaoa la, +e noi aku e ae mai i ko ke Alii makemake. + +A nolaila hoi, hele mua aku la oia a olelo aku ia Kapukaihaoa, "Ua +makemake wau e lawe ia Laielohelohe e pili me a'u i keia manawa, aole +nae no ke kaili loa mai, aka, i mea e hoomama ae ai i ko'u naau kaumaha +i ke kuko i kau milimili, no ka mea, ua noi mua aku wau i ua milimili la +au i kuu makemake; aka, ua kuhikuhi mai kela nau e ae aku, a nolaila, +kii mai nei wau ma ou la." + +I aku o Kapukaihaoa, "E ka lani o na lani, ke ae aku nei wau ma kau noi +e kuu Lani, he mea pono nou e komo aku oe me ka'u milimili; no ka mea, +ua ike au i ko'u pomaikai ole no ka'u mea i luhi ai, ua upu aku hoi ko +maua manao me ka mea nana i malama kau wahine (Laieikawai), o +Kekalukaluokewa ke kane a ka'u hanai, ua pono no, aka, i keia noho +aupuni ana, ua lilo ka pomaikai i na mea e ae, nolaila, ua nele wau. No +ka mea hoi, ua haawi ae nei kela i na moku a pau i ou kaikuahine, koe +hoi wau ka mea nana kana wahine i wahine ai, a nolaila e aho hoi ke ka i +ka nele lua, a nau ka wahine a olua." + +A pau keia mau kamailio a laua ma ke kaawale, hele aku la o Kapukaihaoa +me ke Alii pu a hiki o Laielohelohe la. + +I aku la, "E kuu luhi, eia ke kane, nohoia, he lani iluna he honua, +ilalo, keehi'a kulana a paa, a nana mai i ka mea nana i luhi." + +Alaila he mea kanalua ole ia ia Laielohelohe; a lawe ae la o +Kaonohiokala ia Laielohelohe, a hui oluolu iho la laua. + +Ekolu mau la o laua ma ka laua mau hana, hoi aku la o Kaonohiokala i +Kahakaekaea. + +A mahope iho oia mau la kaawale, ua aaki paaia ke aloha wela i luna o +Kaonohiokala, a ano e kona mau helehelena. + +Ia manawa, hoopuka aku la o Kaonohiokala i olelo hoopunipuni i mua o +Laieikawai, oia ka ha o na la kaawale o laua, me ka i aku, "Haohao hoi +keia po o'u, aole wau i moe iki, i ka hoopahupahu waleia no a ao wale." + +I aku o Laieikawai, "Heaha la?" + +I aku o Kaonohiokala, "Ua pono ole paha ka noho ana o lakou la o lalo." + +"Ae paha," wahi a Laieikawai, "aole no la hoi e iho." + +A no keia hua kena a kana wahine, he mea manawa ole noho ana i lalo nei +o Kaonohiokala, a launa no me Laielohelohe. Aka, o Laielohelohe aole i +loaa ia ia kona pilikia ma ka manao, heaha la ia mea i kona manao ana. + +Ia laua e hui ana ma ka makemake o ke Alii kane, ia manawa, ua ike ole o +Laielohelohe i kona aloha ia Kaonohiokala, no ka mea, aole no o ke Alii +wahine makemake iki e hana i ka hewa me ke Alii nui o luna; aa hoi, +mamuli o ka onou a kona mea nana i malama wale no ka hooko ana. + +Hookahi anahulu paha o ko laua hana ana i ka hewa, hoi aku la o +Kaonohiokala iluna. + +Ia manawa, ulu mai la a mahuahua ke aloha o Laielohelohe ia +Kekalukaluokewa no kona haule ana i ka hewa me Kaonohiokala. + +I kekahi la ma ke ahiahi, olelo aku la o Laielohelohe ia Kapukaihaoa, "E +kuu kahu nana i malama maikai, i keia manawa, ua poino loa ia'u ka manao +no Kaonohiokala iloko o na manawa o maua i hana iho nei i ka hewa, a ke +hoomahuahua mai nei ke aloha o kuu kane (Kekalukaluokewa) ia'u, no ka +mea, i ka noho iho nei no ka i ka pono me ke kane, me ko maua maikai, a +lalau wale no i ka hewa, aole no ko'u makemake, no kou makemake wale no. +Heaha no la hoi kou hewa ke hoole aku, i kuhikuhi aku hoi wau i kou ae +ole no kou hoohiki ana, aole au e launa me kekahi mea e ae, kaiona he +hoohiki paa kau, aole ka." + +I aku o Kapukaihaoa, "I ae aku au e lilo oe i ka mea e, no kuu nele i ka +haawina waiwai o ko kane; no ka mea, ma kuu maka ponoi nei no ka waiwai +a ko kane i haawi ae ai, a owau no ke ku, nolaila, lilo oe, aole hoi au +i manaoia ka mea nana ka wahine i wahine ai oia." + +I aku o Laielohelohe i kona kahu nana i hanai, "Ina o kou kumu ia o ka +haawi ana i kuu kino e hoohaumia me Kaonohiokala, alaila, ua hewa loa +oe; no ka mea, ua ike oe, aole no Kekalukaluokewa i hoonoho na mea +maluna o na aina; aka, na Kaonohiokala no, a nolaila, apopo e kau wau +maluna o na waa a holo aku e imi i kuu kane." + +I ke ahiahi iho, kena'e la oia i na aialo kane ona, na mea malama waa +hoi o ke Alii, e hoomakaukau i na waa no ka holo aku e imi i ke kane. + +A no ke kumu ole o kona manao ia Kaonohiokala, nolaila huna iho la oia +ia ia makolo o na hale kuaaina hiki ole ia ia ke noho, no kona manao o +hiki hou mai o Kaonohiokala, hana hou ia ka hewa me kona makemake ole, +oia kona pee ma na hale kuaaina, aole nae oia (Kaonohiokala) i hiki mai +a hiki i kona hala ana i ka moana ia po iho. + +A hala o Laielohelohe i ka moana, a hiki ma Oahu, noho iho la oia ma na +hale kuaaina. Pela oia i hele ai a hiki i ko laua halawai ana me +Kekalukaluokewa. + +Ia Laielohelohe paha i Oahu, a ma kekahi la ae, iho hou mai la o +Kaonohiokala e launa hou me Laielohelohe; aka, i kona hiki ana mai, aole +o Laielohelohe o ka hale Alii, aole no hoi oia i ninau mai i ka mea nana +e malama ka hale Alii, no ka mea, ina e ninau oia, manaoia e hana ana i +ka hewa me Laielohelohe; aka, ua hai malu aku nae o Laielohelohe i ke +kiai hale Alii i ke kumu o kona hele ana. A no ka nele o ko ke Alii +makemake, hoi aku la oia i luna. + +O keia haula ana nae a na'lii i ka hewa, ua nakulu aku la keia lohe i ke +alo Alii, ma o na aialo wale no nae, a ua lohe puia no hoi ko +Laielohelohe makemake ole. + +Ia Aiwohikupua e kuewa ana ma ke alo Alii, oia nae kekahi i lohe i keia +mau mea. A no ka lohe ana o Aiwohikupua i ko Laielohelohe kumu i holo ai +e imi i ke kane; alaila i aku oia i ke kiai hale Alii, "Ina i hoi hou +mai o Kaonohiokala, a i ninau mai ia Laielohelohe, i aku oe ua mai ia, +alaila aole e hoi hou mai; no ka mea, he mea haumia loa ia ia +Kaonohiokala, a me na makua o makou, aia no a pau ka haumia, alaila hana +aku ma ka hana o ka hoku Venuka." + +Ia iho hou ana mai o Kaonohiokala, ninau i ke kiai hale Alii, alaila +haiia aku la e like me ka Aiwohikupua olelo, alaila hoi aku la oia i +luna. + + + + +MOKUNA XXXIII + + +Ua oleloia ma ka Mokuna XXXII o keia kaao ke kumu o ko Laielohelohe imi +ana i kana kane ia Kekalukaluokewa. + +Nolaila, imi aku la oia mai Kauai mai a Oahu, a Maui; i Lahaina keia, +lohe aia o Kekalukaluokewa i Hana, ua hoi mai mai Hawaii mai. + +Holo aku la oia ma na waa a pae ma Honuaula, ilaila lohe lakou o +Hinaikamalama ka wahine a Kekalukaluokewa, aole nae i ike ko Honuaula +poe o ka Kekalukaluokewa wahine keia. + +A no ka lohe ana o Laielohelohe i keia mea, lalelale koke aku la lakou a +hiki i Kaupo, a me Kipahulu. Alaila, hoomaopopoia mai la ka lohe mua o +lakou i Honuaula, a mailaila aku lakou a kau na waa ma Kapohue, haalele +lakou i na waa, hele aku la lakou a Waiohonu, lohe lakou ua hala o +Kekalukaluokewa me Hinaikamalama i Kauwiki; a hiki lakou i Kauwiki, ua +hala loa aku la o Kekalukaluokewa ma i Honokalani, he nui na la i hala +ia lakou ma ia hele ana. + +Ia hele ana a lakou a hiki i Kauwiki, ua ahiahi nae, ninau aku la o +Laielohelohe i na kamaaina i ka loihi o kahi i koe a hiki i Honokalani, +kahi a Kekalukaluokewa e noho ana me Hinaikamalama. + +Olelo mai kamaaina, "Napoo ka la hiki." + +A hele aku la lakou me ke kamaaina pu, a molehulehu hiki aku la lakou i +Honokalani; alaila, hoouna aku la o Laielohelohe i ke kamaaina e hele +aku e nana i ka noho ana o na'lii. + +Hele aku la ke kamaaina, a ike aku i na'lii e inu awa ana, hoi mai la a +hai mai la ia lakou nei. + +Alaila, hoouna hou aku la no o Laielohelohe i ke kamaaina e hele hou e +nana i na'lii, me ka i aku nae, "E hele oe e nana a ike i na'lii e +hiamoe ana, alaila, hoi mai oe a hele pu aku kakou." + +A no keia olelo a Laielohelohe, alaila, hele aku la ke kamaaina, a ike +aku la, ua hiamoe na'lii, hoi aku la a olelo aku la ia Laielohelohe. + +Ia manawa, akahi no a hai aku oia i ke kamaaina, o Kekalukaluokewa kana +kane mare (hoao). + +Mamua aku nae o ko Laielohelohe halawai ana me Kekalukaluokewa, ua lohe +mua aku oia i ka haula ana o Laielohelohe i ka hewa me Kaonohiokala, i +lohe no i kahi kahu o Kauakahialii, ka mea i lilo ai i Kuhina Nui ma ka +aoao o Aiwohikupua, a no ka lohe ana o ua wahi kanaka nei i ka hewa ana +o Laielohelohe, oia kana mea i hele mai ai e hai ia Kekalukaluokewa. + +Ia Laielohelohe ma i hiki aku ai ma ka hale a Kekalukaluokewa e noho +ana, aia hoi e hiamoe mai ana laua ma kahi hookahi, ua hoouhiia i ka +aahu hookahi, e moe ana nae i ka ona a ka awa. + +A komo aku la o Laielohelohe, a noho iho la ma ke poo o laua +(Kekalukaluokewa ma), honi iho la i ka ihu, a uwe malu iho la iloko ona; +aka, ua hoohaniniia na mapuna waimaka o Laielohelohe no ka ike ana iho +he wahine e ka kana kane, aole nae e hiki ia laua ke ike ae i keia, no +ka mea, ua lumilumiia laua e ka ona a ka awa. + +Oia hoi, aole e hiki ia Laielohelohe ke hoomanawanui i kona ukiuki ia +Hinaikamalama; nolaila, komo aku la oia mawaena o laua, a pale aku la ia +Hinaikamalama, hoohuli mai la ia Kekalukaluokewa, a apo aku la i kana +kane, a hoala aku la. + +Ia manawa, puoho ae la o Kekalukaluokewa a ike iho la o kana wahine; ia +wa, hikilele mai la o Hinaikamalama mai ka hiamoe mai, a ike iho la he +wahine e keia me laua, holo aku la oia mai o laua nei aku, me ka huhu +nui, me ka manao hoi aole keia o ka Kekalukaluokewa wahine. + +A ike aku la o Kekalukaluokewa ia Hinaikamalama e hele ana me ka maka +kukona, alaila, i aku la, "E Hinaikamalama, e holo ana oe i ke aha, me +kou maka inaina, mai kuhi oe i keia wahine he wahine e, o ka'u wahine +mare (hoao) no keia." Ia manawa, hookaawaleia ae la kona huhu mai ona +aku, a paniia iho la ka hilahila a me ka maka'u ma ka hakahaka o ka +huhu. + +I ka wa nae i ala ae ai o Kekalukaluokewa mai ka hiamoe ona awa ae, a +ike mai la i ka wahine, ia Laielohelohe, honi iho la ma ke ano mau o ka +hiki malihini ana. + +Alaila, i mai la oia i kana wahine, "E Laielohelohe, ua lohe iho nei wau +nou, ua haule oe i ka hewa me ka Haku o kaua (Kaonohiokala), a nolaila, +ua pono aku la no oe me ia, a ua pono no hoi wau ke noho aku malalo o +olua, no ka mea, nona mai keia noho hanohano ana a aia no hoi ia ia ka +make a me ke ola; Kamailio aku paha auanei wau, o ka make mai kai ala; +nolaila, ma kahi a ka Haku o kaua e manao ai, pono no ke hooko aku, aole +nae no ko'u makemake ka haawi aku ia oe, aka, no ka maka'u i ka make." + +Alaila, i aku la o Laielohelohe i kana kane, "Auhea oe, kuu kane o ka wa +heu ole, ua pololei kou lohe, a he oiaio, ua haule wau i ka hewa me ua +Haku la o ka aina, aole nae i mahuahua, elua wale no a maua hana ana i +ka hewa; aka, e kuu kane, aole na'u i ae e haawi ia'u e hoohaumia i kuu +kino me ua Haku la o kaua; aka, na kuu mea nana i malama ia'u i ae e +hana wau i ka hewa; no ka mea, i ka la a oukou i hele mai ai, oia no ka +la a ua Haku la o kaua i noe mai ai ia'u e hoohaumia ia maua; aka, no +ko'u makemake ole, nolaila, ua kuhikuhi aku wau i ko'u ae ole ia ia; +aka, i ka hoi ana iluna a hoi hou mai, nonoi ae la kela ia Kapukaihaoa, +a nolaila, ua launa kino maua elua manawa, a no ko'u makemake ole, ua +huna wau ia'u iho ma na hale kuaaina, a no ia mea no hoi, ua haalele wau +i kahi au i hoonoho ai, a ua imi mai nei wau ia oe; a i ko'u hiki ana +mai nei hoi, loaa iho nei oe ia'u me keia wahine. A nolaila, ua pai wale +kaua, aole au hana no'u, aole hoi a'u hana aku ia oe; nolaila, ma keia +po e hookaawale oe i kela wahine." + +A no keia mea, ua pono ka olelo a ka wahine imua o kana kane; aka, ma +keia olelo hope a Laielohelohe, ia manawa, ua ho-aia ke ahi enaena o ke +aloha wela o Hinaikamalama no Kekalukaluokewa, no ka mea, e kaawale ana +laua mai ko laua launa hewa ana. + +Hoi aku la o Hinaikamalama i Haneoo, a noho iho la ma kona hale mau; i +kela la keia la o Hinaikamalama ma kona Hale Alii, he mea mau ia ia ka +noho ma ka puka o ka hale, a huli ke alo i Kauwiki, no ka mea, ua +hoopuniia oia e ke aloha wela. + +I kekahi la, i ke Alii wahine e hoonana ana i kona aloha ia +Kekalukaluokewa, pii ae la oia a me kona mau kahu iluna o Kaiwiopele, a +noho iho la malaila, huli aku la ke alo i Kauwiki, nana aku la ia +Kahalaoaka, a o ke kau mai a ke ao iluna pono o Honokalani, ia manawa, +he mea e ka maeele o ke Alii wahine i ke aloha no kana ipo; alaila, oli +ae la oia he wahi mele penei: + + "Me he ao puapuaa la ke aloha e kau nei, + Ka uhi paapu poele i kuu manawa, + He malihini puka paha ko ka hale, + Ke hulahula nei kuu maka. + He maka uwe paha--e. Oia--e. + E uwe aku ana no wau ia oe, + I ka lele ae a ke ehukai o Hanualele, + Uhi pono ae la iuka o Honokalani. + Kuu Lani--e. Oia--e." + +A pau kana oli ana, uwe iho la oia, a nana i uwe, uwe pu me na kahu ona. + +Noho iho la lakou ma ia la a ahiahi, hoi aku la i ka hale, kena mai la +na makua a me na kahu e ai, aka, aole loaa ia ia ka ono o ka ai, no ka +mea, ua pouli i ke aloha. + +A pela no hoi o Kekalukaluokewa, no ka mea, ia Hinaikamalama i haalele +aku ai ia Kekalukaluokewa i ka po a Laielohelohe i hiki mai ai, ua pono +ole ka manao o ke Alii kane; a nolaila, ua hoomanawanui oia i kekahi mau +la mahope mai o ko laua kaawale ana. + +A ma kela la i Hinaikamalama i pii ai iluna o Kaiwiopele, a ma ia po +iho, hiki oia i o Hinaikamalama la, me ka ike ole o Laielohelohe, no ka +mea, ua hiamoe oia. + +Ia Hinaikamalama no e ala ana, e hiaa ana no kona aloha, puka ana o +Kekalukaluokewa, me ka ike ole oloko o ka Hale Alii ia ianei. + +Ia Kekalukaluokewa i hiki aku ai, pololei aku la no oia a ma kahi a ke +Alii wahine e hiamoe ana, lalau aku la i ka wahine ma ke poo, a hoala +aku la. + +Ia manawa, ua hooleleia ka oili o Hinaikamalama me ka manaolana no o +kana ipo; aka, i ka lalau ana ae, aia nae o kana mea i manao ai. Ia +manawa, kahea ae la oia i na kahu e ho-a ke kukui, a ma ka wanaao, hoi +aku la o Kekalukaluokewa me kana hanaukama (Laielohelohe). + +Ma ia manawa mai, he mea mau ia Kekalukaluokewa ka hele pinepine i o +Hinaikamalama i kela po keia po me kona ike oleia; a hala he anahulu +okoa o ko Kekalukaluokewa hoomau ana e hana hewa me Hinaikamalama me ka +ike ole o kana wahine; no ka mea, ua uhi paapuia ko Laielohelohe ike e +ka ona awa mau, mamuli o ka makemake o kana kane. + +I kekahi la, kupu ka manao aloha i kekahi wahine kamaaina no +Laielohelohe; noalila, hele mai la ua kamaaina wahine nei e launa me ke +Alii wahine. + +Ia Kekalukaluokewa me na kanaka ma ka hale kahi-olona, ia manawa i launa +ai ka wahine kamaaina me Laielohelohe, me ka i aku ma kana olelo +hoohuahualau, "Pehea ko Alii kane? Aole anei he uilani, a kani uhu mai i +kekahi manawa no ka wahine?" + +I aku la o Laielohelohe, "Aole, he maikai loa maua e noho nei." + +Olelo hou ke kamaaina, "Malia paha he hookamani." + +"Ae paha," wahi a Laielohelohe, "aka, i ka'u ike aku a maua e noho nei, +he oluolu ko maua noho ana." + +Ia manawa, olelo maopopo aku la ke kamaaina me ka i aku, "Auhea oe? O ka +maua mahinaai aia ma kapa alanui ponoi; i ka wanaao, ala aku la ka'u +kane i ka mahiai ma ua mahinaai nei a maua, i kuu kane nae e mahiai ana, +hoi mai ana no o Kekalukaluokewa mai Haneoo mai, manao koke ae la no kuu +kane me Hinaikamalama no, hoi ae kuu kane a olelo ia'u, aole nae wau i +hoomaopopo. A ma ia po mai, i ka puka'na mahina, ala ae la wau me ka'u +kane, a iho aku la i ka paeaea aweoweo ma ke kai o Haneoo; ia maua e +hele ana, a hiki i ke alu kahawai, nana aku la maua e hoea mai ana keia +mea maluna o ke ahua i hala hope ia maua; ia manawa, alu ae la maua e +pee ana, aia nae o Kekalukaluokewa keia e hele nei, alaila, ukali aku la +maua ma ko iala mau kapuai, a hiki maua ma kahi kokoke i ka hale o +Hinaikamalama, aia nae ua komo aku no o Kekalukaluokewa; ia maua i ka +lawai-a, a hoi mai maua a ma kahi no a makou i halawai mua ai, loaa iho +la maua ia Kekalukaluokewa e hele ana, aole ana olelo ia aole hoi a maua +olelo ia ia. Pau ia; i keia la hoi, olelo ponoi mai la ke kahu o +Hinaikamalama ia'u, he kaikuahine no kuu kane, anahulu ae nei ka launa +ana o na'lii, na'u nae i hoohuahualau aku; a nolaila, hu mai ko'u aloha +me ka'u kane ia oe, hele mai nei wau e hai aku ia oe." + + + + +MOKUNA XXXIV + + +A no keia olelo a ka wahine kamaaina, alaila, ua ano e ko ke Alii wahine +manao, aole nae oia i wikiwiki i ka huhu; aka, i mea e maopopo lea ai ia +ia, hoomanawanui no o Laielohelohe. I aku nae oia i ke kamaaina, "Malia +i hookina ai kuu kane ia'u i ka inu awa, ia'u paha e moe ana i ka ona +awa, hele kela; aka, ma keia po, e ukali ana wau ia ia." + +Ia po iho, hoomaka hou o Kekalukaluokewa e haawi i ka awa, alaila, hooko +aku la no kana wahine; aka, mahope o ka pau ana o ka inu awa ana, puka +koke aku la o Laielohelohe iwaho o ka hale, a hoolualuai aku la, a pau +loa ka awa i ka luaiia, aole nae i ike mai kana kane i keia hana maalea +a kana wahine; a i ka hoi ana aku i ka hale, haawi mua iho la ua o +Laielohelohe ia ia i ka hiamoe nui ma kona ano maalea. + +A ike mai la o Kekalukaluokewa, he hiamoe io ko kana wahine no ka ona +awa; ia manawa hoomaka hou ke kane i kana hana mau, a hele aku la i o +Hinaikamalama la. + +A ike o Laielohelohe, ua hala aku la kela, ala ae la oia, a ukali aku la +ia Kekalukaluokewa me kona ike oleia. + +Ia ukali ana o Laielohelohe, aia hoi ua loaa pono aku la kana kane ia ia +e hana ana i ka hewa me Hinaikamalama. + +Ia manawa, olelo aku o Laielohelohe ia Kekalukaluokewa, oiai aia ma ko +Hinaikamalama wahi moe laua, "E kuu kane, ua puni wau ia oe, malia oe e +hookina nei ia'u i ka awa, he hana ka kau, a nolaila, ua loaa maopopo ae +nei olua ia'u, nolaila, ke olelo nei wau ia oe, aole e pono ia kaua ke +hoomanawanui i ka noho ana maanei, e pono ia kaua ke hoi i Kauai, a +nolaila, e hoi kaua ano." + +Ike mai la kana kane i ka maikai o ka manao o ke Alii wahine, ku ae la +laua a hoi aku la i Honokalani. A ma ia ao ana ae, hoomakaukau koke na +waa no ka hooko i ka olelo a Laielohelohe, me ka manao ia po iho e holo +ai, aole nae i holo, no ka mea, ua hoomaimai ae la o Kekalukaluokewa, a +nolaila, ua hala ia po; a i kekahi po iho, hana hou no o Kekalukaluokewa +i kana hana, a no ia mea, ua haalele o Laielohelohe i kona aloha i kana +kane, a hoi aku la i Kauai ma kona mau waa, me kona manao hou ole aku ia +Kekalukaluokewa. + +Ia Laielohelohe ma Kauai mahope iho o kona haalele ana i kana kane; i +kekahi la, hiki hou mai o Kaonohiokala mai Kahakaekaea mai, a halawai +iho la me Laielohelohe. + +A hala eha malama o ko laua hui kalohe ana; he mea haohao nae ia +Laieikawai keia hele loihi o Kaonohiokala, no ka mea, eha malama ka +loihi o ka nalo ana. A mahope oia manawa haohao o Laieikawai, hoi aku la +o Kaonohiokala iluna. + +Ninau mai la nae o Laieikawai, "Pehea keia hele loihi ou aha malama, no +ka mea, aole oe pela e hele nei." + +I mai la o Kaonohiokala, "Ua hewa ko Laielohelohe ma noho ana me kana +kane, ua lilo o Kekalukaluokewa i ka wahine e, a oia ka'u mea i noho +loihi ai." + +A no keia mea, olelo aku o Laieikawai i kana kane, "E kii oe i ko wahine +a hoihoi mai e noho pu kakou." + +Ia manawa no a laua e kamailio ana no keia mau mea, haalele aku la o +Kaonohiokala ia Laieikawai, a iho mai la, me ka manao o Laieikawai e kii +ana mamuli o kana kauoha, aole ka! + +I keia hele ana o Kaonohiokala, hookahi makahiki; ia manawa, aole o +kanamai o ka haohao o Laieikawai no ka hele loihi o kana kane. Ua manao +ae o Laieikawai i ke kumu o keia hele loihi, ua pono ole la o +Laielohelohe me Kekalukaluokewa. + +A no keia mea, ake nui ae la oia e ike i ka pono o kona kaikaina, ia wa, +hele aku la o Laieikawai imua o kona makuahonowaikane, me ka ninau aku, +"Pehea la wau e ike ai i ka pono o ko'u kaikaina? No ka mea, ua olelo +mai nei kuu kane Lani, ua hewa ka noho ana o Laielohelohe me +Kekalukaluokewa, a no ia mea, ua hoouna aku nei wau ia Kaonohiokala e +kii aku i ka wahine a hoi mai; aka, i ka hele ana aku nei, aole i hoi +mai; o ka pau keia o ka makehiki o ka hele ana, aole i hoi mai, nolaila, +e haawi mai oe i ike no'u, i ike hiki ke ike aku ma kahi mamao, i ike au +i ka pono o ko'u hoahanau." + +A no keia mea, olelo mai o Moanalihaikawaokele, kona makuahonowaikane, +"E hoi oe a ma ko olua wahi, e nana aku oe i ko makuahonowaiwahine, ina +ua hiamoe, alaila, e hele aku oe a komo iloko o ka heiau kapu, ina e ike +aku oe i ka ipu ua ulanaia i ke ie, a ua hakuia ka hulu ma ka lihilihi o +ke poi oia ua ipu la. O na manu nui e ku ana ma na aoao o ua ipu la, mai +maka'u oe, aole ia he manu maoli, he mau manu laau ia, ua ulanaia i ke +i-e a hanaia i ka hulu. A i kou hiki ana i kahi o ua ipu la e ku ana, +wehe ae oe i ke poi, alaila, hookomo iho oe i ko poo i ka waha o ua ipu +la, alaila, kahea iho oe ma ka inoa o ua ipu la, 'E Laukapalili--e, +homai i he ike.'Alaila loaa ia oe ka ike, e hiki ia oe ke ike aku i kou +kaikaina a me na mea a pau o lalo. Eia nae, i kou kahea ana, mai kahea +oe me ka leo nui, o kani auanei, lohe mai ko makuahonowaiwahine o +Laukieleula, ka mea nana e malama i ua ipu ike la." + +He mea mau nae ia Laukieleula, ma ka po oia e ala ai e malama i ua ipu +la o ka ike, a ma ke ao, he hiamoe. + +I kekahi kakahiaka, i ka wa e hoomaka mai ai ka mehana o ka La maluna o +ka aina, hele aku la oia e makai ia Laukieleula, aia nae e hiamoe ana. + +A ike iho la kela ua hiamoe, hooko ae la o Laieikawai i ke kauoha a +Moanalihaikawaokele, a hele aku la oia e like me ka mea i aoaoia mai ia +ia. + +A hiki keia makahi o ka ipu, ka mea i kapaia, "KAIPUOKAIKE," wehe ae la +keia i ke poi o ka ipu, a kupou iho la kona poo ma ka waha o ua ipu nei, +a kahea iho la ma ka inoa o ua ipu nei, ia wa ka hoomaka ana e ike i na +mea a pau i hanaia ma kahi mamao. + +Ia awakea, leha ae la na maka o Laieikawai ilalo nei, aia hoi, ua hana o +Kaonohiokala i ka hewa me Laielohelohe. + +Iloko o keia manawa, hele aku la o Laieikawai a hai aku la ia +Moanalihaikawaokele, no keia mau mea, me ka olelo aku, "Ua loaa ia'u ka +ike mai a oe mai. Aka, i kuu nana ana aku nei, aia nae ua hewa ka Haku +Lani o'u, ua hanaia kekahi hewa me kuu kaikaina, akahi no a maopopo ia'u +na kumu a me ke kuleana o kona noho loihi ana ilalo." + +A no keia mea, he mea e ka inaina o Moanalihaikawaokele, a lohe pu ae la +o Laukieleula, hele aku la kona mau makuahonowai i kahi o ka ipu ike, +aia hoi, ike lea aku la laua e hana ana i ka hewa, e like me ka +Laieikawai mau olelo. + +I kekahi la ae, akoakoa ae la lakou a pau, o Laieikawai me na +makuahonowai, e hele e ike i ka pono o Kaonohiokala, a hooholo ae la +lakou ia mea. + +Ia manawa, kuuia aku la ke alanui mai Kakahaekaea aku a ku imua o +Kaonohiokala, ia wa, ua lele koke ka oili o Kaonohiokala, no ke alanui i +kuuia mai imua ona. Aole nae i liuliu mahope iho o ko Kaonohiokala +haohao ana. + +Ia manawa, ua hoopouliia ka lewa, a hoopihaia i na leo wawalo o ka +hanehane, me ka leo uwe, "Ua haule ka Lani! Ua haule ka Lani!!" A i ka +pau ana ae o ka pouli ma ka lewa, aia hoi e kau mai ana o +Moanalihaikawaokele me Laukieleula a me Laieikawai, iluna o ke alanui +anuenue. + +A olelo mai la o Moanalihaikawaokele imua o Kaonohiokala, "Ua hewa kau +hana, e Kaonohiokala--e, no ka mea, ua haumia loa oe, a nolaila, aole e +loaa hou ia oe he wahi noho iloko o Kahakaekaea, a o kou uku hoopai, e +lilo ana oe i mea e hoomaka'uka'uia'i ma na alanui, a ma ka puka o na +hale, a o kou inoa, he _Lapu_, a o kau mea e ai ai, o na pulelehua, a +malaila kou kuleana a mau i kau pua." + +Ia manawa, kailiia aku la ke alanui mai ona aku la, mamuli o ka mana o +kona makuakane. A pau keia mau mea, hoi aku la lakou i Kahakaekaea. + +(Ua oleloia ma keia Kaao, o Kaonohiokala ka _lapu_ mua makeia mau moku, +a ma ona la na _lapu_ e auwana nei i keia mau la, ma ka hoohalike ana i +ke ano o ka _lapu_, he _uhane ino_.) + +Ia lakou i hoi ai iluna, mahope iho o ka pau ana o ko Kaonohiokala ola, +halawai aku la lakou me Kahalaomapuana iloko o Kealohilani, akahi no a +lohe lakou aia oia malaila. + +A ma keia halawai ana o lakou, hai aku la o Kahalaomapuana i ka moolelo +o kona hoihoiia'na e like me ka kakou ike ana ma ka Mokuna XXVII o keia +kaao, a pau keia mau mea, laweia'ku la o Kahalaomapuana e pani ma ka +hakahaka o Kaonohiokala. + +Ia lakou ma Kahakaekaea, i kekahi manawa, nui mai la ke aloha o +Laieikawai ia Laielohelohe, aka, aole e hiki ma kona manao, he mea mau +nae ia Laieikawai ka uwe pinepine no kona kaikaina, a he mea haohao no +hoi i kona mau makuahonowai ka ike aku i ko Laieikawai mau maka, ua ano +maka uwe. + +Ninau aku nae o Moanalihaikawaokele i ke kumu o keia mea, alaila, hai +aku la oia, he maka uwe kona no kona kaikaina. + +I mai nae o Moanalihaikawaokele, "Aole e aeia kou kaikaina o noho pu me +kakou, no ka mea, ua haumia oia ia Kaonohiokala; aka, ina he manao kou i +ko kaikaina, alaila, e hoi oe a e pani ma ka hakahaka o +Kekalukaluokewa." Aka, ua ae koke ae la o Laieikawai i keia mau mea. + +A ma ka la o Laieikawai i hookuuia mai ai, olelo mai la o +Moanalihaikawaokele, "E hoi oe a me kou kaikaina, e noho malu oe a hiki +i kou manawa e make ai, a mai keia la aku, aole e kapaia kou inoa o +Laieikawai; aka, o kou inoa mau o KAWAHINEOKALIULA, a ma ia inoa ou e +kukuli aku ai kou hanauna ia oe, a o oe no ke akua o kou mau hanauna." + +A pau keia kauoha, lawe ae la o Moanalihaikawaokele a kau aku la iluna o +ke alanui, a kau pu aku la me Moanalihaikawaokele, a kuuia mai la ilalo +nei. + +Ia manawa, hai aku la o Moanalihaikawaokele i na mea a pau e like me ka +mea i oleloia maluna, a pau ia, hoi aku la o Moanalihaikawaokele iluna, +a noho ma ka pea kapu o kukulu o Tahiti. + +Ia manawa, hooili aku la o Kawahineokaliula i ke aupunu i ka Makaula, o +Laieikawai hoi ka mea i kapaia o Kawahineokaliula, ua noho oia ma kona +ano akua, a ma ona la i kukuli aku ai ka Makaula, a me kona hanauna e +like me ka olelo a Moanalihaikawaokele ia ia. A ma ia ano no o +Laieikawai i noho ai a hiki i kona make ana. + +A mai ia manawa mai a hiki i keia mau la, ke hoomanaia nei no e kekahi +poe ma ka inoa o Kawahineokaliula (Laieikawai). + + +(HOPENA) + + + + + +End of Project Gutenberg's The Hawaiian Romance Of Laieikawai, by Anonymous + +*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE HAWAIIAN ROMANCE OF LAIEIKAWAI *** + +***** This file should be named 13603.txt or 13603.zip ***** +This and all associated files of various formats will be found in: + https://www.gutenberg.org/1/3/6/0/13603/ + +Produced by Karen Lofstrom and the PG Online Distributed Proofreading +Team. This file was produced from images generously made available +by the Bibliotheque nationale de France (BnF/Gallica) at +http://gallica.bnf.fr + + +Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions +will be renamed. + +Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no +one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation +(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without +permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules, +set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to +copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to +protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project +Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you +charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you +do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the +rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose +such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and +research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do +practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is +subject to the trademark license, especially commercial +redistribution. + + + +*** START: FULL LICENSE *** + +THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE +PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK + +To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free +distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work +(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project +Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project +Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at +https://gutenberg.org/license). + + +Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic works + +1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to +and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property +(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all +the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy +all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession. +If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the +terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or +entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8. + +1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be +used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who +agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few +things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works +even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See +paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement +and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. See paragraph 1.E below. + +1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation" +or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the +collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an +individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are +located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from +copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative +works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg +are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project +Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by +freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of +this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with +the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by +keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project +Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others. + +1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern +what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in +a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check +the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement +before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or +creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project +Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning +the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United +States. + +1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg: + +1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate +access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently +whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the +phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project +Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed, +copied or distributed: + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + +1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived +from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is +posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied +and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees +or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work +with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the +work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 +through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the +Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or +1.E.9. + +1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted +with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution +must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional +terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked +to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the +permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work. + +1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this +work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm. + +1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this +electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without +prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with +active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project +Gutenberg-tm License. + +1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary, +compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any +word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or +distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than +"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version +posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org), +you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a +copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon +request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other +form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1. + +1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying, +performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works +unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. + +1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing +access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided +that + +- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from + the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method + you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is + owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he + has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the + Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments + must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you + prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax + returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and + sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the + address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to + the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation." + +- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies + you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he + does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm + License. You must require such a user to return or + destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium + and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of + Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any + money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the + electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days + of receipt of the work. + +- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free + distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set +forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from +both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael +Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the +Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below. + +1.F. + +1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable +effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread +public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm +collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain +"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or +corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual +property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a +computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by +your equipment. + +1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right +of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project +Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all +liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal +fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT +LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE +PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH F3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE +TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE +LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR +INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH +DAMAGE. + +1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a +defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can +receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a +written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you +received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with +your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with +the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a +refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity +providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to +receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy +is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further +opportunities to fix the problem. + +1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth +in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER +WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO +WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE. + +1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied +warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages. +If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the +law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be +interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by +the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any +provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions. + +1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the +trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone +providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance +with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production, +promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works, +harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees, +that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do +or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm +work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any +Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause. + + +Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm + +Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of +electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers +including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists +because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from +people in all walks of life. + +Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the +assistance they need, is critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's +goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will +remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure +and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations. +To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation +and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4 +and the Foundation web page at https://www.pglaf.org. + + +Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive +Foundation + +The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit +501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the +state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal +Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification +number is 64-6221541. Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at +https://pglaf.org/fundraising. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent +permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws. + +The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S. +Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered +throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at +809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email +business@pglaf.org. Email contact links and up to date contact +information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official +page at https://pglaf.org + +For additional contact information: + Dr. Gregory B. Newby + Chief Executive and Director + gbnewby@pglaf.org + + +Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation + +Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide +spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of +increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be +freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest +array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations +($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt +status with the IRS. + +The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating +charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United +States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a +considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up +with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations +where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To +SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any +particular state visit https://pglaf.org + +While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we +have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition +against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who +approach us with offers to donate. + +International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make +any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from +outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff. + +Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation +methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other +ways including including checks, online payments and credit card +donations. To donate, please visit: https://pglaf.org/donate + + +Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. + +Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm +concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared +with anyone. For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project +Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support. + + +Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed +editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S. +unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily +keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition. + + +Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility: + + https://www.gutenberg.org + +This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm, +including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary +Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to +subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks. diff --git a/old/13603.zip b/old/13603.zip Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..2ea50b2 --- /dev/null +++ b/old/13603.zip |